 |
|
| DAH
- DAM - DARWIN - DE
- DEF - DEN
- DEP/DES - DET - DEUTSCH
- DEV - DI - DIFFÉRENCE
- DIS - DIV -
DO - DR - DSM - DU
- DY |
|
|
|
|
 Dabbs James McBride (1937-2004) :
Psychosociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de
l'influence de la testostérone
sur le comportement
social. = Dabbs, J.M. Jr.
Collaborateur de Janis, Latané
et Leventhal.
 |
DABBS, J.M. & JANIS, I.L. (1965). Why does eating
while reading facilitate opinion change ? An experimental
inquiry. Journal of Experimental Social psychology,
1, 133-144. |
|
DABBS, J.M. (1990). Salivary testosterone measurements :
reliability across hours, days and weeks. Physiology
& Behavior, 48, 83-86. |
|
DABBS, J.M. (1997). Testosterone, smiling, and facial
appearance. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 21,
45-55. |
|
DABBS, J.M. (1998). Testosterone and the concept of
dominance. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 21, 370-371. |
|
DABBS, J.M., BERNIERI, F.J., STRONG, R.K., CAMPO, R. &
MILUN, R. (2001). Going on stage : Testosterone in
greetings and meetings. Journal of Research in
Personality, 35, 27-40. |
|
|
RUBACK, B. (2005). James McBride Dabbs Jr. (1937-2004) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 60, 338. |
|
 |
|
Dadds Mark ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
australien, spécialisé dans l'étude des troubles
d'anxiété.
Collaborateur de Barrett
et Rapee.
 |
DADDS, M.R. & SANDERS, M. (1992). Family interaction
and child psychopathology : A comparison of two
observation strategies. Journal of Child & Family
Studies, 1 (4), 371-391. |
|
DADDS, M.R., GAFFNEY, L.R., KENARDY, J., OEI, T. &
EVANS, L. (1993). An exploration of the relationship
between expression of hostility and the anxiety disorders.
Journal of Psychiatric Research, 27 (1), 17-26. |
|
DADDS, M.R., SPENCE, S.H., HOLLAND, D.E., BARRETT, P.M.
& LAURENS, K.H. (1996). Prevention and early
intervention for anxiety disorders : a controlled trial. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 65 (4),
627. |
|
DADDS, M.R., MULLINS, M., McAlLISTER, R. & ATKINSON,
E. (2003). Attributions, affect, and behavior in
abuse-risk mothers : a laboratory study. Child Abuse
& Neglect, 27 (1), 21-45. |
|
DADDS, M.R., HUNTER, K., HAWES, D., FROST, A., VASSALLO,
S., BUNN, P., MERZ, S. & EL MASRY, Y. (2008). A
measure of cognitive and affective empathy in children
using parent ratings. Child Psychiatry & Human
Development, 39 (2), 111-122. |
|
|
|
Dafflon Novelle Anne ( ) : Psychosociologue
suisse et spécialiste de la socialisation
différenciée des genres.
|
DAFFLON-NOVELLE, A. (2002). La littérature enfantine
francophone publiée en 1997. Inventaire des héros et des
héroïnes proposés aux enfants. Revue Suisse des
Sciences de l'Éducation, 24 (2), 309-326. |
|
DAFFLON-NOVELLE,
A. (2002). Les représentations multidimensionnelles du
masculin et du féminin véhiculées par la presse enfantine
francophone. Swiss Journal of Psychology, 61 (2),
85-103. [PDF] |
|
DAFFLON-NOVELLE, A. (2003). Histoires inventées : Quels
héros et héroïnes souhaitent les garçons et les filles ?
Archives de Psychologie, 70, 147-173. |
|
DAFFLON-NOVELLE, A. (Ed.) (2006). Filles-Garcons;
Socialisation différenciée ? Grenoble : Presses
Universitaires de Grenoble. |
|
DAFFLON-NOVELLE, A. (2010). Pourquoi les garçons n'aiment pas le rose ? Pourquoi les petites filles préfèrent Barbie à Batman ? Perception des codes sexués et construction de l'identité sexuée chez des enfants âgés de 3 à 7 ans. In V. Rouyer, S. Croity-Belz et Y. Préteur (Dirs.), Genre et socialisation de l'enfance à l'âge adulte : expliquer les différences, penser l'égalité (pp. 25-40). Toulouse : Erès. |
|
|
|
| D - DAHL
- DAHLGREN - DALBERT - DARLEY
- D'ALEMBERT - DALLA
-
DALLENBACH - DALLERY - DALRYMPLE
- DALTONISME - DAM |
|
|
Dahl
Karin L. (1938-) : Spécialiste de
l'écriture et de la lecture.
|
DAHL, K.L. & SCHARER, P.L. (1993). Children's
spontaneous utterances during early reading and writing
instruction in whole-language classrooms. Journal of
Reading Behavior, 25 (3), 279-294. [PDF] |
|
DAHL, K.L. & FREPPON, P.A. (1995). A comparison of
innercity children's interpretations of reading and
writing instruction in the early grades in skills-based
and whole language classrooms. Reading Research
Quarterly, 30 (1), 50-74. |
|
DAHL, K.L., GROGAN, P.R., LAWSON, L. & SCHARER, P.L.
(1999). Phonics instruction and student achievement in
whole language first-grade classrooms. Reading
Research Quarterly, 34, 312-341. |
|
DAHL, K.L. & SCHARER, P.L. (2000). Phonics teaching
and learning in whole language classrooms : New evidence
from research. The Reading Teacher, 53 (7),
584-594. [PDF] |
|
DAHL, K.L., GROGAN, P.R. & SCHARER, P.L. (2000).
Rethinking phonics : making the best teaching decision.
Heinemann. |
|
|
|
Dahl
Robert Alan (Inwood 1915-2014 Hamden) :
Politologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la
démocratie et du pouvoir.
|
DAHL, R.A. (1957). A preface to democratic theory. Chicago
: University of Chicago Press. |
|
DAHL, R.A. (1957). The concept of power. Behavioral
Science, 2 (3), 201-215. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
DAHL, R.A. (1965). Who governs ? Democracy and power
in an American city. New Haven, CT : Yale
University Press. |
|
DAHL, R.A. (1989). Democracy and its critics. New
Haven : Yale University Press. |
|
DAHL, R.A. (2003). How democratic is the American
constitution ? New Haven : Yale University Press. |
|
|
MORRISS, P. (1972). Power in New Haven : A reassessment of
"Who governs ?" British Journal of Political Science,
2 (4), 457-465. |
PETTIT, P. (2008). Dahl’s power and republican freedom. Journal
of Power, 1, 67-74.
|
|
|
|
Dahlgren Anna ( ) : Psychologue
organisationnel
suédoise, spécialisée dans l'étude des effets nuisibles ou
nocifs du travail (fatigue,
privation de sommeil,
stress, somnolence),
notamment en relation avec le
cortisol. Collaboratrice de
Äkerstedt.
|
DAHLGREN, A., ÄKERSTEDT, T. & KEKLUND, G. (2004).
Individual differences in the diurnal cortisol response to
stress. Chronobiology International, 21 (6),
913-922. |
|
DAHLGREN, A., KEKLUND, G. & ÄKERSTEDT, T. (2005).
Different levels of work-related stress and the effects on
sleep, fatigue and cortisol. Scandinavian Journal of
Work, Environment & Health, 31 (4), 277-285. [PDF] |
|
DAHLGREN, A., KECKLUND, G. & ÄKERSTEDT, T. (2006).
Overtime work and its effects on sleep, sleepiness,
cortisol and blood pressure in an experimental field
study. Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment
& Health, 32 (4), 318-327. [PDF] |
|
DAHLGREN, A., KECKLUND, G., THEORELL, T. & ÄKERSTEDT,
T. (2009). Day-to-day variation in saliva
cortisol-relation with sleep, stress and self-rated
health. Biological Psychology, 82 (2), 149-155. |
|
DAHLGREN, A., TUCKER, P., GUSTAVSSON, P. & RUDMAN, A.
(2016). Quick returns and night work as predictors of
sleep quality, fatigue, work-family balance and
satisfaction with work hours. Chronobiology
International, 36 (6), 759-767. |
|
|
|
Daim
(Dama dama) : Animal
de la classe des mammifères
et de la famille des
cervidés. Fallow deer.
| |
|
|
BERGVALL, U.A., SCHÄPERS, A., KJELLANDER, P. & WEISS,
A. (2011). Personality and foraging decisions in fallow
deer, Dama dama. Animal Behaviour, 81, 101-112. |
|
Voir aussi Animal |
|
|
Dalbert
Claudia (Köln 1954-) : Psychosociologue
allemande et spécialiste de la
théorie du monde juste.
 |
DALBERT, C. (1997). Coping with an unjust fate : The case
of structural unemployment. Social Justice Research,
10, 175-189. |
|
DALBERT, C. (1999). The world is more just for me than
generally : About the personal belief in a Just World
Scale’s validity. Social Justice Research, 12,
79-98. |
|
DALBERT, C. & STOEBER, J. (2005). The belief in a just
world and distress at school. Social Psychology of
Education, 8, 123-135. |
|
DALBERT, C. & FILKE, E. (2007). Belief in a just
world, justice judgments, and their functions for
prisoners. Criminal Justice & Behavior, 34,
1516-1527. [PDF] |
|
DALBERT, C. (2009). Belief in a just world. In M.R. Leary
& R.H. Hoyle (Eds.), Handbook of individual
differences in social behavior (pp. 288-297). New
York : Guilford Publications. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Dalla
Christina ( ) : Pharmacologue
grecque spécialisée dans l'étude de l'apprentissage.
Étudiante de Shors.
 |
DALLA, C.K., ANTONIOU, Z., PAPADOPOULOU-DAIFOTI, M.,
BALTHAZART, J. & BAKKER, J. (2004).
Oestrogen-deficient female aromatase knockout (ArKO) mice
exhibit «depressive-like symptomatology». European
Journal of Neuroscience, 20, 1-12. |
|
DALLA, C., DROSSOPOULOU, A.G., XAGORARIS, M., KOKRAS, N.,
SFIKAKIS, A. & PAPADOPOULOU-DAIFOTI, Z. (2005).
Chronic mild stress impact : Are females more vulnerable ?
Neuroscience, 135 (3), 703-714. |
|
DALLA, C., BANGASSER, C. EDGECOMB, A.S. & SHORS, T.J.
(2007). Neurogenesis and learning : Acquisition and
asymptotic performance predict how many new cells survive.
Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 88, 143-148.
[PDF] |
|
DALLA, C., EDGECOMB, A.S., WHETSTONE & SHORS, T.J.
(2008). Females do not express learned helplessness, as do
males. Neuropsychopharmacology, 33 (7),
1559-1569. [PDF] |
|
DALLA, C. & SHORS, T.J. (2009). Sex differences in
learning processes of classical and operant conditioning.
Physiology & Behavior, 97, 229-238.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Dalle
Grave Riccardo ( ) : Medecin
italien spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement des troubles
alimentaires, notamment l'obésité.
|
DALLE GRAVE, R., TODISCO, P., OLIOSI, M. & MARCHI, S.
(1996). Binge eating disorder and weight cycling in obese
women. Eating Disorders, 4 (1), 67-73. |
|
DALLE GRAVE, R.DALLE GRAVE, R., RICCA V. & TODESCO, T.
(2001). The stepped-care approach in anorexia nervosa and
bulimia nervosa : Progress and problems. Eating
& Weight Disorders, 6 (2), 81-89. |
|
DALLE GRAVE, R. DALLE GRAVE, R., TODESCO, T., BANDERALI,
A. & GUARDINI, S. (2004). Cognitive-behavioural guided
self-help for obesity : A preliminary research. Eating
& Weight Disorders, 9 (1), 69-76. |
|
DALLE GRAVE, R., SARTIRANA, M. & CALUGI, S. (2020).
Personalized cognitive-behavioural therapy for obesity (CBT-OB) : theory, strategies and procedures.
BMC, 14 (5), 1-8. |
|
DALLE GRAVE, R. (2024). The benefit of healthy lifestyle
in the era of new medications to treat obesity. Diabetes,
Metabolic Syndrome & Obesity, 17,
227-230. |
|
|
|
Dallenbach
Karl M. (1887-1971 austin) : Psychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'attention,
de la mémoire et de
l'oubli. Étudiant de Titchener.
Professeur de Guilford.
 |
DALLENBACH, K.M. (1920). Attributive vs. cognitive
clearness. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 3
(3), 183-230. |
|
DALLENBACH, K.M. (1926). Attention. Psychological
Bulletin, 23 (1), 1-18. |
|
WORCHEL, P. & DALLENBACH, K.M. (1947). "Facial
vision": Perception of obstacles by the deaf-blind. American
Journal of Psychology, 60, 502-553. |
|
DALLENBACH, K.M. (1953). The psychological laboratory of
the University of Texas. American Journal of
Psychology, 66, 90-104. |
|
DALLENBACH, K.M. (1953). The place of theory in science.
Psychological Review, 60 (1), 33-39. |
|
|
EVANS, R.B. (1972). Karl M. Dallenbach 1887-1971.
American Journal of Psychology, 85, 463-476. |
|
EVANS, R.B. (2006). Karl M. Dallenbach : The lure of the
empirical. In D. Dewsbury, L.T. Benjamin & M.
Wertheimer (Eds.), Portraits of pioneers in psychology
(Vol. 6). Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association. |
|
|
|
Dallery Jesse ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude des dépendances, notamment à la cigarette.
Étudiant de Baum et Mcdowell.
Collaborateur de Hackenberg.
|
DALLERY, J. & BAUM, W.M. (1991). The functional
equivalence of operant behavior and foraging. Animal
Learning & Behavior, 19, 146-152. |
|
DALLERY, J., McDOWELL, J.J. & LANCASTER, J.S. (2000).
Falsification of matching theory's account of
single-alternative responding : Herrnstein's k varies with
sucrose concentration. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 73, 23-43. [PDF] |
|
DALLERY, J. & RAIFF, B.R. (2012). Monetary-based
consequences for drug abstinence : Methods of
implementation and some considerations about the
allocation of finances in substance abusers. American
Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse, 38, 20-29. |
|
DALLERY, J., RAIFF, B.R. & GRABINSKI, M. (2013).
Internet-based contingency management to promote smoking
cessation : A randomized, controlled study. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 46 (4), 750-764. [PDF] |
|
DALLERY, J., JARVIS, B.P., MARSCH, L. & XIE, H.
(2015). Mechanisms of change associated with
technology-based interventions for substance use. Drug
& Alcohol Dependence, 150, 14-23. |
|
|
|
Dalrymple Kirsten A. ( ) : Neuropsychologue
canadienne et spécialiste de l'étude de l'attention.
Elle s'intéresse notamment à la simultagnosie
et à la prosopagnosie.
Collaboratrice de Elison, Barton,
Birmingham, Kingstone
et Herbert.
 |
DALRYMPLE, K.A., KINGSTONE, A. & BARTON, J.J.S.
(2007). Seeing trees OR seeing forests in simultanagnosia
: Attentional capture can be local or global. Neuropsychologia,
45, 871-875. |
|
DALRYMPLE, K.A. & KINGSTONE, A. (2010). Time to act
and attend to the real mechanisms of action and attention.
British Journal of Psychology, 101, 213-216. [PDF] |
|
DALRYMPLE, K.A., BIRMINGHAM, E., BISCHOF, W.F., BARTON,
J.J.S. & KINGSTONE, A. (2011). Experiencing
simultanagnosia through windowed viewing of complex social
scenes. Brain Research, 1367 (7), 265-277. |
|
DALRYMPLE, K.A., GRAY, A., PERLER, B., BIRMINGHAM, E.,
BISCHOF, W.F., BARTON, J.J.S. & KINGSTONE, A. (2013).
Eying the eyes in social scenes : Evidence for top-down
control of stimulus selection in simultanagnosia. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 30 (1), 25-40, [PDF] |
|
DALRYMPLE, K.A., ELISON, J.T. & DUCHAINE, B. (2017).
Face-selective and domain-general visual processing
deficits in children with developmental prosopagnosia.
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 70
(2), 259-275. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Daltonisme
: Trouble
de la vision (cônes) qui se caractérise par l'incapacité de
distinguer le rouge et le vert (parfois le bleu et le jaune). Daltonisme et xanthocyanopsie.
( ): daltonisme rouge-vert,
daltonisme bleu-jaune. Daltonism.
|
| DAH
- DAMASIO
- DAMON - DAN - DARLEY
- DARWIN - DARWINISME
- DAUPHIN -
DAVIDSON - DAWKINS - DAWES
- DAWSON - DAY - DE |
|
Damasio
Antonio R. (Lisbonne 1944-) : Médecin,
neurochirurgien et neurocognitiviste américain d'origine portugaise, spécialisé dans l'étude de
la mémoire et des émotions.
Collaborateur de Adolphs,
Bechara, Buchanan,
Changeux, Damasio, Dronkers,
Galaburda, Gosselin,
Kuhl, Pinker,
Schyns et Tranel.
 |
DAMASIO, A.R. (1989). Concepts in the brain. Mind
& Language, 4, 24-28. |
|
DAMASIO, A.R. (1994/95). Descartes’ error : Emotion,
reason, and the human brain / L'erreur de Descartes; La
raison des émotions. New York :
Grosset-Putnam/Paris : Odile Jacob. |
|
DAMASIO, A.R. (1995). Toward a neurobiology of emotion and
feeling : operational concepts and hypotheses. Neuroscientist,
1, 19-25. |
|
DAMASIO, A.R. (1999). The feeling of what happens :
Body and emotion in the making of consciousness / Le
sentiment même de soi, corps, émotions, conscience.
New York : Harcourt Brace/Paris : Odile Jacob. |
|
DAMASIO, A.R. (2001). Fundamental feelings. Nature,
413, 781. |
|
|
HURTUBISE, R. (1995). Damasio, Antonio R., Descartes'
error : Emotion, reason, and the human brain.
Relations industrielles / Industrial Relations, 50
(2), 463-467.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Damasio
Hanna B.C. (Lisbonne 1944-) : Médecin,
radiologiste et neurocognitiviste
américaine d'origine portugaise, spécialisée dans l'étude de la mémoire
et du langage.
Collaboratrice de Adolphs,
Bechara, Colomb,
Damasio, Galaburda et Tranel.
 |
DAMASIO, H. & DAMASIO, A.R. (1980). The
anatomical basis of conduction aphasia. Brain, 103, 337-350. |
|
DAMASIO, H. KULJIS, R.O., YUH, W., VAN HOESEN, G.W. & EHRARDT, J.
(1991). Magnetic resonance imaging of human intracortical structure in vivo. Cerebral Cortex, 1, 374-379.
|
|
DAMASIO, H., GRABOWSKI, T.J., FRANK, R., GALABURDA, A.M. & DAMASIO,
A.R. (1994). The return of Phineas Gage : Clues about the brain from the skull of a famous patient. Science,
264, 1102-1105. |
| DAMASIO, H., GRABOWSKI, T.J., TRANEL, D., HICHWA, R. & DAMASIO,
A.R. (1996). A neural basis for lexical retrieval. Nature, 380, 499-505.
|
| DAMASIO, H., TRANEL, D., GRABOWSKI, T.J., ADOLPHS, R. & DAMASIO,
A.R. (2004). Neural systems behind
word and concept retrieval. Cognition, 92, 179-229.
|
|
|
|
D'amato
M.R. (1922-) : Psychologue
et primatologue
spécialisé dans l'étude du capucin. Ils s'intéresse notamment à la mémoire à court terme de ces singes.
|
D'AMATO, M.R. (1973). Delayed matching and short-term memory in monkeys. Psychology of Learning & Motivation, 7, 227-269. |
| D'AMATO, M.R. SALMON, D.P. & COLOMBO, M. (1985).
Auditory matching-to-sample in monkeys (Cebus apella). Animal
Learning & Behavior, 13 (4), 375-382. [PDF] |
|
D'AMATO, M.R., SALMON, D.P. & COLOMBO, M. (1986).
Processing of identity and conditional relations in
monkeys (Cebus apella) and pigeons (Columba livid). Animal
Learning & Behavior, 14 (4), 365–373. [PDF] |
|
D'AMATO, M.R. & COLOMBO, M. (1988). Representation of
serial order in monkeys (Cebus apella). Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 14
(2), 131-139. |
|
D'AMATO, M.R. & COLOMBO, M. (1989). On the limits of
the matching concept in monkeys (Cebus apella). Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52 (3),
225–236. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Dancause Kelsey N. ( ) : Anthopologue
québécoise, spécialisée dans l'étude du stress
produit par les désastres
naturels et de son effet sur la nutrition et la santé
mentale et physique.
|
DANCAUSE, K.N., GRAY, S.J. & AKOL, H.A. (2009). Beer
is the cattle of women : Sorghum beer commercialization and
dietary intake of agropastoral families in Karamoja,
Uganda. Social Science & Medicine, 70, 1123-1130. |
|
DANCAUSE, K.N., VILAR, M., DEHUFF, C., WILSON, M.,
SOLOWAY, L.E., CHAN, C., LUM, K.J. & GARRUTO, R.M.
(2010). Relationships between body size and percent body
fat among Melanesians in Vanuatu. Asia Pacific
Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 19 (3), 425-431. [PDF] |
|
DANCAUSE, K.N., LAPLANTE, D.P., OREMUS, C., FRASER, S.,
BRUNET, A. & KING, S. (2011). Disaster-related
prenatal maternal stress influences birth outcomes :
Project Ice Storm. Early Human Development, 87
(12), 813-820. [PDF] |
|
DANCAUSE, K.N., VERU, F, ANDERSEN, R.E., LAPLANTE, D.P.
& KING, S. (2013). Prenatal stress due to a natural
disaster predicts insulin secretion in adolescence. Early
Human Development, 89, 773-776. [PDF] |
|
DANCAUSE, K.N., LAPLANTE, D.P., HART, K.J., O'HARA, M.W.,
ELGBEILI, G., BRUNET, A. & KING, S. (2015). Prenatal
stress due to a natural disaster predicts adiposity in
childhood : The Iowa Flood Study. Hindawi Publishing
Corporation. Journal of Obesity, 1-10. [PDF]
+
[PDF] |
|
|
|
D'Andrade Roy Goodwin (New York 1931-2016 El Cerrito) :
Anthropologue
américain et fondateur de l'anthropologie cognitive.
Professeur de Hutchins.
 |
ROSEN, B.C. & D'ANDRADE, R.G. (1959). The psychosocial
origins of achievement motivation. Sociometry, 22
(3), 185-218. |
| D'ANDRADE, R.G. (1965). Trait psychology and componential analysis. American Anthropologist, 67 (5),
215-228. |
|
D'ANDRADE, R.G. (1967). Sex differences and cultural
institutions. In E. Maccoby (Ed.), The development of
sex differences (pp. 174-204). Stanford University
Press. |
|
D'ANDRADE, R.G. (1981). The cultural part of cognition. Cognitive
Science, 5, 179-195. |
| D'ANDRADE, R.G. (1995). The development of cognitive
anthropology. Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
|
Danchin
Antoine (1944-) : Biologiste
et généticien français,
spécialisé dans l'étude des génomes
bactériens. Collaborateur de Changeux.
 |
DANCHIN, A. (1978). Ordre et dynamique du vivant.
Chemins de la biologie moléculaire. Paris : Le
Seuil. |
|
CHANGEUX, J.-P. & DANCHIN, A. (1976). Selective
stabilisation of developing synapses as a mechanism for
the specification of neuronal networks. Nature, 264,
705-712. |
|
DANCHIN, A. et CHANGEUX, J.-P. (1974). Apprendre par
stabilisation sélective de synapses en développement. Dans
L'unité de l'Homme (p. 320-350). Paris : Le
Seuil. |
|
DANCHIN, A. (1983). L'oeuf et la poule : Histoires du
code génétique. Paris : Fayard. |
|
DANCHIN, A. (1998). La barque de Delphes. Ce que
révèle le texte des gènomes. Paris : Odile Jacob. |
|
|
|
Danemark : Pays. Denmark.
| |
|
|
NIELSEN, S. (1990). The epidemiology of anorexia nervosa
in Denmark from 1973 to 1987 : A nationwide register
study of psychiatric admission. Acta Psychiatrica
Scandinavica, 81 (6), 507-514. |
PAGSBERG, A.K. & WANG, A.-R. (1994). Epidemiology of
anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa in Bornholm County,
Denmark, 1970-1989. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica,
90 (4), 259-265. |
|
STACK, S. (1990). The effect of divorce on suicide in
Denmark. Sociological Quarterly, 31 (3),
359–370. |
TE NIJENHUIS, J. & VAN DER FLIER, H. (2007). The
secular rise in IQs in the Netherlands : Is the Flynn
effect on g ? Personality & Individual
Differences, 43, 1259-1265. [PDF] |
|
JOERGENSEN, J. (1992). The epidemiology of eating
disorders in Fyn County, Denmark, 1977-1986. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 85 (1), 30-34. |
NORDENTOFT, M. (2007). Prevention of suicide and
attempted suicide in Denmark. Epidemiological studies of
suicide and intervention studies in selected risk
groups. Danish Medical Bulletin, 54 (4),
306-369. |
|
RASMUSSEN, B.K., JENSEN, R. & OLESEN, J. (1992).
Impact of headache on sickness absence and utilisation
of medical services : a Danish population study. Journal
of Epidemiology & Community Health, 46, 443-446.
[PDF] |
LINNET, J. (2009). Denmark. In G. Meyer, T. Hayer &
M. Griffiths (Eds.), Problem gambling in Europe :
Challenges, prevention, and interventions (pp.
333). New York : Springer. |
|
|
Voir aussi Pays |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Danser : Danse : Coordination de mouvement souvent répétitifs, généralement produite au rythme de la musique. Danser, gymnastique
et patinage
artisitique.
Dancer.
| |
|
| KENT, A., CAMNER, J. & CAMNER, C. (1984). The
dancers’ body book. New York : HarperCollins. |
NILSSON, C, LEANDERSON, J, WYKMAN, A. & STRENDER, L.E.
(2001). The injury panorama in a Swedish professional
ballet company. Knee Surgery, Sports Traumatology,
Arthroscopy, 9 (4), 242-246. |
|
HAMILTON, L.H., BROOKS-GUNN, J. & WARREN, M P. (1985).
Sociocultural influences on eating disorders in
professional female ballet dancers. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 5, 925-934. |
LIEDERBACH, M. & COMPAGNO, J.M. (2001). Psychological
aspects of fatigue-related injuries in dancers. Journal
of Dance Medicine & Science, 5, 116-120. |
|
GARNER, D.M., GARFINKEL, P.E., ROCKERT, P. & OLMSTED,
M.P. (1987). A prospective study of eating disturbances in
the ballet. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 48
(1-4), 170-175. |
WARREN, M.P., BROOKS-GUNN, J., FOX, R.P., HOLDERNESS,
C.C., HYLE, E.P. & HAMILTON, W.G. (2002). Osteopenia
in exercise-associated amenorrhea using ballet dancers as
a model : A longitudinal study. Journal of Clinical
Endocrinology & Metabolism, 87, 3162-3168. |
|
FRUSTAJER, N.T., DHUPER, S., WARREN, M.P., BROOKS-GUNN, J.
& FOX, R.P. (1990). Nutrition and the incidence of
stress fractures in ballet dancers. American Journal
of Clinical Nutrition, 51, (5), 779-783. |
ASKLING, C., LUND, H., SAARTOK, T. & THORSTENSSON, A.
(2002). Self-reported hamstring injuries in
student-dancers. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine
& Science in Sports, 12, 230-235. |
|
KADEL, N.J., TEITZ, C.C. & KRONMAL, R.A. (1992).
Stress fractures in ballet dancers. The American
Journal of Sports Medicine, 20 (4), 445-449. |
STRETANSKI, M.F. & WEBER, G.J. (2002). Medical and
rehabilitation issues in classical ballet. American
Journal of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation, 81,
383-391. |
|
HOLDERNESS, C., BROOKS-GUNN, J. & WARREN, M.P. (1994).
Eating disorders and substance use : A dancing vs non
dancing population. Medicine & Science in Sports
& Exercise, 26, 297-302. |
BYHRING, S. & BO, K. (2002). Musculoskeletal injuries
in the Norwegian National Ballet : a prospective cohort
study. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine & Science
in Sports, 12, 365-370. |
| |
RAVALDI, C., VANNACHI, A., ZUCCHI, T., MANNUCCI, E.,
CABRAS, P.L., BOLDRINI, M., MURCIANO, L., ROTELLA, C.M.
& RICCA, V. (2003). Eating disorders and body image
disturbances among ballet dancers, gymnasium users and
body builders. Psychopathology, 36, 247-254. |
|
ABRAHAM, S. (1996). Characteristics of eating disorders
among young ballet dancers. Psychopathology, 29,
223-229. |
ACKARD, D.M., HENDERSON, J.B. & WONDERLICH, A.L.
(2004). The associations between childhood dance
participation and adult disordered eating and related
psychopathology. Journal of Psychosomatic Research,
57, 485-490. |
|
HAMILTON, L.H., HAMILTON, W.G., WARREN, M.P., KELLER, K.
& MOLNAR, M. (1997). Factors contributing to the
attrition rate in elite ballet students. Journal of
Dance Medicine & Science, 1, 131-138. |
THOMAS, J.J., KEEL, P.K. & HEATHERTON, T.F. (2005).
Disordered eating attitudes and behaviors in ballet
students : Examination of environmental and individual
risk factors. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 38, 263-268. |
| |
BACHNER-MILMAN, R., ZOHAR, A.H., EBSTEIN, R.P., ELIZUR, Y.
& CONSTANTINI, N. (2006). How anorexic-like are the
symptom and personality profiles of aesthetic athletes ? Medicine
& Science in Sports & Exercise, 38 (4),
628-636. [PDF] |
| |
RINGHAM, R., LUMP, K., KAYE, W., STONE, D., STOWE, S.
& MARCUS, M. (2006). Eating disorder symptomatology
among ballet dancers. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 39, 503-508. |
| |
TSENG, M., FANG, D., LEE, M.B., CHIE, W.C., LIU, J.P.
& CHEN, W.J. (2007). Two-phase survey of eating
disorders in gifted dance and non-dance high- school
students in Taiwan. Psychological Medicine, 37, 1085-1096. |
| |
HINCAPIE, C.A., MORTON, E.J. & CASSISY, J.D. (2008).
Musculoskeletal injuries and pain in dancers : A
systematic review. Archives of Physical Medicine
& Rehabilitation, 89, 1819-1829. |
|
SOLOMON, R., SOLOMON, J., MICHELI, L.J. & McGRAY, E.
(1999). The "cost" of injuries in a professional ballet
company : A five-year study. Medical Problems of
Performing Artists, 14, 164-169. |
THOMAS, J.J., KEEL, P.K. & HEATHERTON, T.F. (2011).
Disordered eating and injuries among adolescent ballet
dancers. Eating & Weight Disorders, 16,
216-222. [PDF] |
| |
FINK, B., WEEGE, B., FLÜGGE, J., RÖLDER, S., NEAVE, N.
& McCARTY, K. (2012). Men's personality and women's
perception of their dance quality. Personality &
Individual Differences, 52 (2), 232-235. |
| |
RÖLDER, S., WEEGE, B., CARBON, C.-C., SHACKELFORD, T.K.
& FINK, B. (2015). Men's perception of women's dance
movements depends on mating context, but not men's
sociosexual orientation. Personality & Individual
Differences, 86, 172-175. [PDF] |
 |
|
|
Voir aussi Trouble
alimentaire et Blessure |
|
|
|
 |
DANSEREAU, P. (1957). Biogeography. An ecological
perspective. The Ronald Press Co.
|
DANSEREAU, P. (1973). La terre des hommes et le paysage
intérieur. Québec : Leméac.
|
|
DANSEREAU, P. (1976). Le cadre d'une recherche écologique
interdisciplinaire. Montréal : Presses de l'Université
de Montréal. |
|
DANSEREAU, P. (1994). L’envers et l’endroit : le désir,
le besoin et la capacité. Québec : Fides. |
|
|
|
|
Danton William G. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhaviorisme
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la dépression.
Il critique l'usage des
anti-dépresseurs. Il
s'intéresse également à l'hypnose. Collaborateur d'Antonuccio
et Greenberg.
|
DANTON, W.G., MAY, J. & LYNN, E. (1984). Psychological
and physiological effects of relaxation and nitrous oxide
training. Psychological Reports, 55, 311-322. |
|
ANTONOCCIO, D.O., DANTON, W.G. & DENELSKY, G.Y.
(1995). Psychotherapy versus medication for depression :
Challenging the conventional wisdom with data. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 26 (6),
574-585. |
|
DANTON, W.G., ANTONUCCIO, D.O. & ROSENTHAL, Z. (1997).
No need to panic : non-drug treatment of anxiety. The
Therapist, 4 (4), 38-41. |
|
DANTON, W.G. & ANTONUCCIO, D.O (1998). A focused
empirical analysis of drug treatments for anxiety
disorders. In S. Fisher & R. Greenberg (Eds.), From
placebo to panacea : Putting psychiatric drugs to the
test (pp. 229-280). New York : John Wiley &
Sons. |
|
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., DANTON, W.G., DENELSKY, G.Y., GREENBERG,
R.P. & GORDON, J.S. (1999). Raising questions about
antidepressants. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics,
68 (1), 3-14. |
|
|
|
D'Antono
Bianca ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivio-béhavioriste
québécoise, spécialisée en médecine
béhaviorale. Collaboratrice de Dupuis
et Marchand.
 |
D’ANTONO, B., DITTO, B., RIOS, N. & MOSKOWITZ,
D.S. (1999). Risk for hypertension and diminished pain
sensitivity in women : Autonomic and daily correlates.
International Journal of Psychophysiology, 31,
175-187. |
|
COUTU, M.F., DUPUIS, G.H. & D’ANTONO, B. (2001). The
impact of cholesterol lowering on patients’ moods. Journal
of Behavioral Medicine, 24, 517-536. |
|
D’ANTONO, B., DITTO, B., MOSKOWITZ, D.S. & RIOS,
N. (2001). Interpersonal behaviour and resting blood
pressure in young college women : A daily monitoring
study. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 50,
309-318. |
|
D’ANTONO, B., DUPUIS, G., FLEET, R., MARCHAND, A. &
BURELLE, D. (2002). Gender differences in chest pain and
prediction of exericse-ischemia. Canadian Journal of
Cardiology, 19, 515-522. |
|
D’ANTONO, B., DUPUIS, G., FORTIN, C., ARSENAULT, A. &
BURELLE, D. (2006). Angina symptomatology in men and women
with stable coronary artery disease and evidence of
exercise-induced myocardial perfusion defects. American
Heart Journal, 151, 813-819. |
|
|
|
Dantzig
George Bernard (Portland 1914-2005 Stanford) :
Mathématicien et statisticien
américain. Étudiant de Neyman.
Collaborateur de Wald.
 |
DANTZIG, G.B. (1940). On the non-existence of tests of
Student's hypothesis having power functions independent of
sigma. Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 11,
186-192. [PDF] |
|
DANTZIG, G.B. & WALD, A. (1951). On the fundamental
lemma of Neyman and Pearson. Annals of Mathematical
Statistics, 22, 87-93. |
|
DANTZIG, G.B. (1963). Linear programming and
extensions. Princeton University Press, Princeton. |
|
DANTZIG, G.B. (1982). Reminiscences about the origins of
linear programming. Operations Research Letters, 1
(2), 43-48. |
|
DANTZIG, G.B. (2002). Linear Programming. Operations
Research, 50 (1), 42-47. |
|
|
|
Danziger Kurt (Breslau 1926-) :
Psychologue britannique
d'origine allemande et historien
des sciences.
 |
DANZIGER, K. (1953). The interaction of hunger and thirst
in the rat. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 5, 10-21. |
|
DANZIGER, K. (1963). Ideology and utopia in South Africa :
A methodological contribution to the sociology of
knowledge. British Journal of Sociology, 14,
59-76. |
|
DANZIGER, K. (1980). The history of introspection
reconsidered. Journal of the History of the
Behavioral Sciences, 16, 241-262.
[PDF] |
|
DANZIGER, K. (1985). Origins of the psychological
experiment as a social institution. American
Psychologist, 40, 133-140. |
|
DANZIGER, K. (1994). Does the history of psychology have a
future ? Theory & Psychology, 4, 467-484. |
|
|
DZINAS, K. (Ed.) (1995). Special issue : tribute to Kurt
Danziger. History & Philosophy of Psychology
Bulletin, 7 (2), 4-5. [PDF] |
|
BROCK, A.C., LOUW, J. & VAN HOORN, W. (Eds.) (2004). Rediscovering
the history of psychology : Essays inspired by the work
of Kurt Danziger. New York : Springer. |
|
BROCK, A.C. (2006). Rediscovering the history of
psychology : Interview with Kurt Danziger. History of
Psychology, 9 (1), 1-16. |
|
BROCK, A.C. (2012). Kurt Danziger. In R.W. Rieber (Ed.),
Encyclopedia of the history of psychological theories
(pp. 142-143). New York : Springer. [PDF] |
|
BROCK, A.C. (2013). Kurt Danziger. In K. Keith (Ed.), Encyclopedia
of cross-cultural psychology (pp. 634). Hoboken,
NJ : Wiley. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Darley
John McConnon (Minneapolis 1938-2018 Lawrenville) :
Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'altruisme
et du comportement
d'aide. Avec Latané, il a développé une théorie de la diffusion
de la responsabilité pour expliquer l'absence d'aide (Voir
le cas de Kitty Genovese).
Collaborateur d'Aronson, Batson,
Bersheid, Cooper,
Fazio, Gilbert,
Latané et Zanna.
 |
DARLEY, J.M. & ARONSON, E. (1966). Self-evaluation and
direct anxiety reduction as determinants of the
fear-affiliation relationship. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 1 (S1), 66-79. |
|
DARLEY, J.M. & LATANÉ, B. (1968). Bystander
intervention in emergencies : Diffusion of responsibility.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 8
(4), 377-383. [PDF] |
|
DARLEY, J.M., TEGER, A.L. & LEWIS, L.D. (1973). Do
groups always inhibit individuals responses to potential
emergencies. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 26 (3), 395-399. [PDF] |
|
DARLEY, J.M. & GROSS, P.H. (1983). A
hypothesis-confirming bias in labeling effects.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 44
(1), 20-33. [PDF] |
|
DARLEY, J.M. (1991). Altruism and prosocial behavior
research : Reflections and prospects. In M.S. Clark (Ed.),
Prosocial behavior, personality and social psychology
(pp. 312-327). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications. |
|
|
|
Darling-Hammond
Linda (Cleveland 1951-) : Spécialiste
américaine de l'éducation.
Elle s'intéresse notamment aux qualité
des ensignants.
 |
DARLING-HAMMOND, L. (2000). Reforming teacher preparation
and licensing : Debating the evidence. Teachers
College Record, 102 (1), 28-56. [PDF] |
| DARLING-HAMMOND,
L., CHUNG, R. & FRELOW, F. (2002). Variation in
teacher preparation : How well do different pathways
prepare teachers to teach ? Journal of Teacher
Education, 53 (4), 286-302. [PDF] |
|
DARLING-HAMMOND, L. & YOUNGS, P. (2002). Defining
"highly qualified teachers" : What does
"scientifically-based research" actually tell us.
Educational Researcher, 31 (9), 13-25. [PDF] |
|
DARLING-HAMMOND, L. & SYKES, G. (2003). Wanted, a
national teacher supply policy for education : the right
way to meet the "highly qualified teacher" challenge.
Education Policy Analysis Archives, 11 (33), 1-55.
[PDF] |
|
DARLING-HAMMOND, L., HOLTZMAN, D.J., GATLIN, S.J. &
VASQUEZ-HEILIG, J. (2005). Does teacher preparation matter
? Evidence about teacher certification, teach for America,
and teacher effectiveness. Education Policy Analysis
Archives, 13 (42), 1-48. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Darlington
Cyril Dean (1903-1981) : Biologiste,
généticien et sociobiologiste
anglais. On lui doit la découverte du chromosome.
|
DARLINGTON, C.D. (1932). Chromosomes and plant
breeding. Londres : Macmillan. |
|
DARLINGTON, C.D. (1959). The facts of life.
Auckland : George Allen & Unwin. |
|
DARLINGTON, C.D. (1959). Darwin's place in
history. Oxford : Blackwell. |
|
DARLINGTON, C.D. (1964). Genetics and man.
Auckland : George Allen & Unwin. |
|
DARLINGTON, C.D. (1969). The evolution of man
and society. Auckland : George Allen & Unwin. |
|
|
LEWIS, D. (1983). Cyril Dean Darlington. 19 December
1903-26 March 1981". Biographical Memoirs of Fellows
of the Royal Society, 29, 113-126. |
|
BENIRRSCHKE, K. (2004). The man who invented the
chromosome : A life of Cyril Darlington. Journal of
Heredity, 95 (6), 541. |
|
|
|
Dar-Nimrod
Ilan ( ) : Psychologue
australien et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'intéraction gène-environnement.
|
DAR-NIMROD, I. & HEINE, S.J. (2006). Exposure to
scientific theories affects women’s math performance. Science,
314, 435. |
|
DAR-NIMROD, I., RAWN, C., LEHMAN, D.R. & SCHWARTZ, B.
(2009). The maximization paradox : The cost of seeking
alternatives. Personality & Individual
Differences, 46, 631-635. |
|
DAR-NIMROD, I. & HEINE, S.J. (2011). Genetic
essentialism : On the deceptive determinism of DNA. Psychological
Bulletin, 137, 800-818. [PDF] |
|
DAR-NIMROD, I. (2012). Viewing death on television
increases the appeal of advertised products. Journal
of Social Psychology, 152 (2), 199-211. [PDF] |
|
DAR-NIMROD, I., CHEUNG, B.Y., RUBY, M. & HEINE, S.J.
(2014). Can merely learning about obesity genes affect
eating behavior ? Appetite, 81, 269-276. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Darwin
Charles Robert (Shrewsbury Angleterre 1809-1882
Westminster) : Naturaliste
anglais de l'école transformiste
et éthologiste et botaniste
avant la lettre. Il a développé une théorie, la sélection
naturelle, qui permet d'expliquer l'évolution
des espèces. Il a également
élaboré une théorie des émotions.
Il a dit : "Les espèces qui survivent ne sont pas les
espèces les plus fortes, ni les plus intelligentes, mais celles
qui s'adaptent le mieux aux "changements." Collaborateur de Huxley.
  |
DARWIN, C. (1859). On the origin of species.
London : Murray. [PDF] |
|
DARWIN, C. (1871). The descent of man, and selection
in relation to sex. London : John Murray. |
|
DARWIN, C. (1872). The expression of the emotions in
man and animals. Londres : John Murray.
[LIRE] |
|
DARWIN, C. (1873). Origin of certain instincts. Nature,
3, 417-418. |
|
DARWIN, C. (1877). A biographical sketch of an infant. Mind,
2, 285-294. |
|
|
ROMANES, G.J. (1899). Darwin and after Darwin. Cambridge
University Press. |
BOWLBY, J. (1991). Charles Darwin : A new life.
New York : Norton. |
|
ANGELL, J.R. (1909). The influence of Darwin on
psychology. Psychological Review, 16, 152-169.
[LIRE] |
SHERMER, M. (2002). In Darwin's shadow : The life and
science of Alfred Russel Wallace. Oxford University
Press. |
|
BALDWIN, J.M. (1909). Darwin and the humanities.
Baltimore : Review Publishing. |
COSTALL, A. (2004). From Darwin to Watson (and
cognitivism) and back again : The principle of
animal-environment mutuality. Behavior &
Philosophy, 32, 179-195. [PDF] |
|
PENN, D.C., HOLYOAK. K.J. & POVINNELI. D.J. (2008).
Darwin’s mistake : explaining the discontinuity between
human and nonhuman minds. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences,31, 109–130. |
|
SULLOWAY, F.J. (1982). Darwin's conversion : The Beagle
voyage and Its aftermath. Journal of the History of
Biology, 15, 325-396. [PDF] |
LORCH, M.P. & HELLAL, P. (2010). Darwin's “Natural
science of babies”. Journal of the History of the
Neurosciences, 19, 140-157. |
|
YOUNG, R.M. (1985). Darwin's metaphor : Nature's
place in Victorian culture. London : Cambridge
University Press. |
BOAKES, R.A. (2010). Darwin and Animal Behavior. In M.
Breed, M. & J. Moore (Eds.), Encyclopedia of
animal behavior (pp. 454-460). New York : Academic
Press. |
|
THAGARD, P. & FINDLAY, S. (2010). Getting to Darwin :
Obstacles to accepting evolution by natural selection. Science
& Education, 19, 625-636. |
|
CATANIA, A.C. (1987). Some Darwinian lessons for behavior
analysis. A review of P.J. Bowler's The Eclipse of
Darwinism. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 47 (2), 249-257. [PDF]
|
BARRETT, L.F. (2011). Was Darwin wrong about emotional
expressions ? Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 20, 400-406. |
|
GARCIA, J., ROBERTSON, G. & RODRIGO. (1988). Darwin
was a learning theorist. In R.B. Bolles & M.D. Beecher
(Ed.), Evolution and learning (pp. 17-38).
Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
BOAKES, R.A. (2019). The Importance of animal behavior for
Charles Darwin and other 19th century theorists. In J.
Choe (Ed.), Encyclopedia of animal behavior (pp.
41-48). London : Academic Press. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Darwinisme |
|
|
|
|
Darwinisme
: Désigne les idées de Darwin sur
l'évolution et la
parentalité des espèces,
ainsi que les théories modernes en accord avec les grandes lignes
de sa théorie (compétition
entre les individus et les espèces, sélection naturelle, transformation de la descendance, etc.).
=
darwinisme naturel.
/créationisme.
Darwinism.
| |
|
|
ANGELL, J.R. (1909). The influence of Darwin on
psychology. Psychological Review, 16, 152-169.
[LIRE] |
BOWLBY, J. (1991). Charles Darwin : A new life.
New York : Norton. |
|
HIMMELFARB, G. (1959/1962). Darwin and the Darwinian
revolution. Garden City, NY : Doubleday & Co.
AnchorBooks. |
BOWLER, P.J. (1983). The eclipse of Darwinism. Baltimore,
MD: Johns Hopkins University Press. |
|
MAGOUN, H.W. (1960). Evolutionary concepts of brain
function following Darwin and Spencer. In S. Tax (Ed.),
Evolution after Darwin (Vol, 2 pp. 187-209). Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. |
DEGLER, C.N. (1991). In search of human nature : The
decline of Darwinism in American social thought.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
HULL, D.L. (1973/83). Darwin and his critics : The
reception of Darwin's theory of evolution by the
scientific community. Cambridge, MA : Harvard
University Press. |
NESSE, R.M. & WILLIAMS, G.C (1994). Why we get sick :
The new science of Darwinian medicine. New York, NY :
Vintage Books. |
|
CONRY, Y. (1974). L'introduction du darwinisme en
France au XIXe siècle. Paris : Vrin. |
GRIFFITHS, P.E. (1996). Darwinism, process structuralism
and natural kinds. Philosophy of Science, 63 (S),
1-9. [PDF] |
|
SULLOWAY, F.J. (1982). Darwin's conversion : The Beagle
voyage and Its aftermath. Journal of the History of
Biology, 15, 325-96. [PDF] |
LOPREATO, J. & CRIPPEN, T. (1999). Crisis in
sociology : The need for Darwin. Brunswick, NF :
Transaction. |
|
VIDAL, F., BUSCAGLIA, M. & VONÈCHE, J.J (1983).
Darwinism and developmental psychology. Journal of the
History of the Behavioral Sciences, 19, 81-94. |
GRIFFITHS, P.E. & GRAY, R.D. (2001). Darwinism and
developmental systems. In S. Oyama, P.E. Griffiths &
R.D. Gray (Eds.), Cycles of contingency :
Developmental systems and evolution (pp. 195-218).
Cambridge, Mass. : MIT Press. [PDF] |
|
BOWLER, P.J. (1983). The eclipse of darwinism :
Anti-darwinian evolution theories in the decades around
1900. Baltimore : Johns Hopkins University Press. |
COSTALL, A. (2004). From Darwin to Watson (and
cognitivism) and back again : The principle of
animal-environment mutuality. Behavior &
Philosophy, 32, 179-195. [PDF] |
|
BOAKES, R. (1984). From darwinism to behaviorism.
Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. |
HODGSON, G.M. (2005). Generalizing darwinism to social
evolution: some early attempts. Journal of Economic
Issues, 39 (4), 899-914. [PDF] |
|
YOUNG, R.M. (1985). Darwin's metaphor : Nature's
place in Victorian culture. London : Cambridge
University Press. |
HAMILTON, R. (2008). The Darwinian cage : Evolutionary
psychology as moral science. Theory, Culture &
Society, 25 (2), 105-125. [PDF] |
|
CATANIA, A.C. (1987). Some Darwinian lessons for behavior
analysis. A review of P.J. Bowler’s The Eclipse of
Darwinism. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 47 (2), 249-257. [PDF] |
SANDERSON, S.K. (2008). The impact of Darwinism on
sociology : An historical and critical overview. In
H.J.Niedenzu, T. Meleghy & P. Meyer (Eds.), The
new evolutionary social science : Human nature, social
behavior, and social change (pp. 9-25). Boulder, CO
: Paradigm Publishers. [PDF] |
|
GARCIA, J., ROBERTSON, G. & RODRIGO. (1988). Darwin
was a learning theorist. In R.B. Bolles & M.D. Beecher
(Ed.), Evolution and learning (pp. 17-38).
Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
GREEN, C.D. (2009). Darwinian theory, functionalism, and
the first American psychological revolution. American
Psychologist, 64, 75-83. |
|
TIMBERLAKE, W. (1989). Evolution and learning : Will we
finally follow Darwin ? Contemporary Psychology, 34,
549-550. |
DE BLOCK, A. & DEWITTE, S. (2009). Darwinism and the
cultural evolution of sports. Perspectives in Biology
& Medicine, 52 (1), 1-16. [PDF]. |
|
THAGARD, P. & FINDLAY, S. (2010). Getting to Darwin :
Obstacles to accepting evolution by natural selection. Science
& Education, 19, 625-636. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Évolution
et Espèce |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Darwinisme social : Cette expression désigne la théorie de Spencer
selon laquelle la sélection naturelle et la compétition
entre les individus constitueraient le fondement de la vie en
société chez les humains.
Social darwinism.
| |
|
|
TARDE, G. (1884). Darwinisme naturel et Darwinisme social.
Revue Philosophique, 17, 607-637. |
|
BANNISTER, R.C. (1973). William Graham Sumner's social
darwinism : A reconsideration. History of Political
Economy, 5 (1), 89-108. |
|
CLARK, L.L. (1984). Social darwinism in France. The
University of Alabama Press. |
|
RUPP-EISENREICH, B. (1992). Le darwinisme social en
Allemagne. Dans P. Tort (Dir.), Darwinisme et société
(p. 169-236). Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
THOMPSON, N.S. (1993). Oh no! Not social darwinism again!
Commentary. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 16,
2. |
|
HODGSON, G.M. (2005). Generalizing darwinism to social
evolution : some early attempts. Journal of Economic
Issues, 39 (4), 899-914. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Dashiell John Frederick (Southport États-Unis 1888-1975 Alexandria) : Psychologue
américain. Président de l'APA
en 1938. Étudiant de Dewey, Thorndike
et Woodworth.
 |
DASHIELL, J.F. (1928). Fundamentals of objective
psychology. Boston : Houghton Mifflin Company. |
|
DASHIELL, J.F. (1928). Are there any native emotions ? Psychological
Review, 35, 319-327. |
|
DASHIELL, J.F. (1967). John Frederick Dashiell. In E.G.
Boring & G. Lindzey (Eds.), A history of
psychology in autobiography, Vol. 5, pp.
95–-124). Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
| |
|
|
|
|
DAHLSTROM, W.G. (2000).
Dashiell, John Frederick. In A.E. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia
of psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 425). Oxford
University Press. |
|
|
|
Date de naissance : Moment précis de la
naissance d'un organisme.
=Anniversaire.
Birthdate.
| |
|
|
BARNSLEY R.H., THOMPSON, A.H & BARNSLEY P.E. (1985).
Hockey success and birthdate : The RAE. Canadian
Association for Health, Physical Education &
Recreation, 51, 23-28. |
GRONDIN, S., PROULX, J. et ZHOU, R.-M. (1993). Date de
naissance et rendement scolaire. Apprentissage et
Socialisation, 16, 169-174. |
|
MAY D. & WELCH, E. (1986). Screening for schools’
readiness : The influence of birthdate sex. Psychology
in the Schools, 23, 100-105. |
AZVEDO, I., PINTO-DO-O, P. & BORGES, N. (1995). Birth
dates. Nature, 376, 381. |
|
BARNSLEY R.H., THOMPSON, A.H. (1988). Birthdate and
success in minor hockey : The key to the NHL. Canadian Journal
of Behavioural Science, 20, 167-176. |
BODDI, V., BRIZZI, E., CONTI, A. & GENSINI, G.F.
(1996). Birth dates in Florence. Nature, 379, 394. |
|
BELL, J.F. & DANIEL, S. (1990). Are summer-born
children disadvantaged ? The birthdate effect in
education. Oxford Review of Education, 16,
67-80. |
BELL, J.F., MASSEY, A. & DEXTER, T. (1997). Birthdate
and ratings of sporting achievement : Analysis of physical
education GCSE results. European Journal of Physical
Education, 2, 160-166. |
|
BREWER, J., BALSOM, P., DAVIS, J. & EKBLOM, B. (1992).
The influence of birth date and physical development on
the selection of a male junior international soccer squad.
Journal of Sports Sciences, 10, 561-562. |
GIACOMINI, C.P. (1999). Association of birthdate with
success of nationally ranked junior tennis players in the
United States. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 89,
381-386. |
|
|
|
Dauphin (Tursiops Truncatus) : En psychologie
animale, espèce utilisée comme modèle
pour étudier l'apprentissage,
la communication, la
permanence de l'objet,
la résolution de problème,
la reconnaissance
de soi, l'organisation
sociale. On utilise également les dauphins en zoothérapie.
= Souffleur, Flipper.
Dolphin, porpoise.
| |
|
|
PRYOR, K.W., HAAG, R. & O'REILLY, J. (1969). The
creative porpoise : training for novel behavior.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (4),
653-661.
[PDF] |
|
|
PRYOR, K. (1981). Why porpoise trainers are not dolphin
lovers : Real and false communication in the operant
setting. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences,
364 (1), 137-143. [PDF] |
|
|
CONNOR, R.C. & NORRIS, K.S. (1982). Are dolphins
reciprocal altruists ? American Naturalist, 119,
358-374. |
WAPLES, K.A., GALES, N.J. (2002). Evaluating and
minimizing social stress in the care of captive bottlenose
dolphins (Tursiops aduncus). Zoo Biology, 21,
5-26. |
|
HERMAN, L.M., RICHARDS, L.G. & WOLZ, J.P. (1984).
Comprehension of sentences by bottlenosed dolphins. Cognition,
16, 1-90. |
|
|
PEPPERBERG, I.M. (1986). Acquisition of anomalous
communicatory systems : Implications for studies of
interspecies communication. In R.J. Schusterman, J.A.
Thomas & F.G. Woods (Eds.), Dolphin cognition and
behavior : A comparative approach (pp. 289-302).
Hillsdale, N.J. : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
ANTONIOLO, C. & REVELEY, M. A. (2005). Randomized
controlled trial of animal facilitated therapy with
dolphins in the treatment of depression. British
Medical Journal, 331, 1231-1234. |
|
SCHUSTERMAN, R.J., THOMAS, J.A. & WOOD, F.G. (Eds.)
(1986). Dolphin cognition and behavior : A
comparative approach. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
|
HERMAN, L.M. (1986). Cognition and language competencies
of bottlenosed dolphins. In R.J. Schusterman, J.A. Thomas
& F.G. Wood (Eds.), Dolphin cognition and behavior
: a comparative approach (pp. 221-252). Hillsdale,
New Jersey : L. Erlbaum. |
|
|
WELLS, R.S., SCOTT, M.D. & IRVINE, A.B. (1987). The
social structure of free-ranging bottlenose dolphins.
Current Mammalogy, 1, 247- 305. |
|
|
ROITBLAT, H.L., MOORE, P.W.B., NACHTIGALL, P.E. &
PENNER, R.H. (1991). Natural dolphin echo recognition
using an integrator gateway network. In D.S. Touretsky
& R. Lippman (Eds.), Advances in neural
information processing systems (pp. 273-281). San
Mateo, CA : Morgan Kaufmann. |
SEKIGUCHI, Y., ARAI, K. & OHSHIMA, S. (2006). Sleep
behaviour : sleep in continuously active dolphins. Nature,
441, 9-10. |
|
CONNOR, R.C., SMOLKER, R.A. & RICHARDS, A.F. (1992).
Aggressive herding of females by coalitions of male
bottlenose dolphins (Tursiops sp.). In A.H. Harcourt &
F.B.M. de Waal (Eds.), Coalitions and alliances in
humans and other animals (pp. 415-443). Oxford :
Oxford University Press. |
|
|
AU, W.W.L. (1993). The sonar of dolphins. New
York : Springer-Verlag. |
|
|
BAUER, G.B. & JOHNSON, C.M. (1994). Trained motor
imitation by bottlenose dolphins (Tursiops Truncatus). Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 79, 1307-1315. |
|
|
SAYIGH, L., TYACK, P.L., WELLS, R.S., SCOTT, M.D. &
IRVINE, A.B. (1995). Sex difference in whistle production
in free-ranging bottle-nose dolphins, Tursiops truncatus.
Behavioral Ecology & Sociobiology, 36, 171-177. |
KUZCAJ, S.A. & YEATERD, B (2006). Dolphin Imitation :
Who, what, when, and why ? Aquatic Mammals, 32
(4), 413-422. [PDF] |
|
SAMUELS, A. & SPRADIN, T. (1995). Quantitative
behavioral study of bottlenose dolphins in
swim-with-the-dolphin programs in the United States. Marine
Mammal Science, 11, 520-544. |
GNONE, G., MORICONI, T. & GAMBINI, G. (2006). Sleep
behaviour : activity and sleep in dolphins. Nature,
441, 10-11. |
|
MITCHELL, R.W. (1995). Evidence of dolphin
self-recognition and the difficulties of interpretation.
Consciousness & Cognition, 4, 229-234. |
HARLEY, H.E. & DELONG, C.M. (2008). Echoic object
recognition by the bottlenose dolphin. Comparative
Cognition & Behavior Reviews, 3, 46-65. [PDF] |
|
MARTEN, K. & PSARAKOS, S. (1995). Using self-view
television to distinguish between self-examination and
social behavior in the bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops
truncatus). Consciousness & Cognition, 4, 205-224. |
|
|
SAYIGH, L.S., TYACK, P.L., WELLS, R.S., SOLOW, A.R.,
SCOTT, M.D. & IRVINE, A.B. (1998). Individual
recognition in wild bottlenose dolphins : a field test
using playback experiments. Animal Behaviour, 57, 41-50.
[PDF] |
HOLTH, P. (2012). The creative porpoise revisited. European
Journal of Behavior Analysis, 13 (1), 87-89. [PDF] |
|
|
| BURNIE,
D. (Ed.) (2001). Animal. Londres : Dorling
Kindersley / Le règne animal. Saint-Laurent :
Erpi. |
Voir aussi
Créativité et
Animal |
|
|
Davenport
Richard K. (1917-2003) : Psychologue
et primatologue
américain, d'origine indienne, spécialisé dans l'étude du
comportement des chimpannzés.
Collaborateur de Menzel
et Rumbaugh.
|
DAVENPORT, R.K. & MENZEL, E.W. (1960). Oddity
preference in the chimpanzee. Psychological
Reports, 7, 523-526. |
|
DAVENPORT, R.K., MENZEL, E.W. & ROGERS, C.M. (1961).
Maternal care during infancy : Its effect on weight gain
and mortality in the chimpanzee. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 31, 803-809. |
|
DAVENPORT, R.K. & MENZEL, E.W. (1963). Stereotyped
behavior of the infant chimpanzee. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 8 (1), 99-104. |
|
DAVENPORT, R.K., MENZEL, E.W. & ROGERS, C.M. (1966).
Effects of severe isolation on "normal" juvenile
chimpanzees : Health, weight gain, and stereotyped
behaviors. Archives of General Psychiatry, 14
(2), 134-138. |
|
DAVENPORT, R.K., ROGERS, C.M. & RUMBAUGH, D.M.
(1973). Long-term cognitive deficits in chimpanzees
associated with early impoverished rearing.
Developmental Psychology, 9 (3), 343-347. |
|
|
|
Davey-Smith
George ( ) : Épidémiologiste
britannique. Collaborateur de
Egger.
|
DAVEY-SMITH, G. & PHILLIPS, A.N. (1997). Inflation in
epidemiology: "The proof and measurement of association
between two things" revisited. British Medical
Journal, 312, 1659-1661. [PDF] |
|
DAVEY-SMITH, G. & EGGER, M. (1997). Incommunicable
knowledge ? Interpreting and applying the results of
clinical trials and meta-analyses. Journal Clinical
Epidemiology, 51, 289-295. |
|
DAVEY-SMITH, G. & EBRAHIM, S. (2003). Mendelian
randomization : can genetic epidemiology contribute to
understanding environmental determinants of disease ? International Journal of Epidemiology, 32, 1-22. |
|
DAVEY-SMITH, G. (2008). "Something funny seems to happen"
: J.B.S. Haldane and our chaotic, complex but
understandable world. International Journal of
Epidemiology, 37, 423-426. |
|
DAVEY-SMITH, G. (2011). Epidemiology, epigenetics and the
"bloomy prospect" : embracing randomness in population
health research and practice. International Journal of
Epidemiology, 40, 537-562. |
|
|
|
|
DAVID, C.P., BALTHAZAR, L. et VAÏSSE, J. (2003). La
politique étrangère des États-Unis : Fondements,
acteurs, formulation. Paris : Presses de Sciences Po. |
|
DAVID, C.P. (2006/2008/2015/2020). La guerre et la paix
: Approches contemporaines de la sécurité et de la
stratégie. Paris : Presses de Sciences Po. |
|
DAVID, C.P. (2006/7). Natural resources : A source
of conflict ? International Journal, 62,
5-17. |
|
DAVID, C.P. (2013). Repenser la guerre et la paix au XXIe
Siècle. Politique Étrangère, 78, 53-64. |
|
DAVID, C.P. (2018). "No boots on the ground". Dans F. Ramel et B. Pelopida
(Dirs.), Guerres et conflits armés au XXIe
siècle (p.183-186). Paris : Presses de Sciences
Po. |
|
|
|
Davidoff
Jules ( ) : Psychologue
britannique, spécialisé dans l'étude de la catégorisation
et de la
perception des couleurs. Collaborateur de Roberson.
|
DAVIDOFF, J., DAVIES, I. & ROBERSON, D. (1999). Colour
categories of a stone-age tribe. Nature, 398,
203-204. [PDF] |
|
DAVIDOFF, J. & ROBERSON, D. (1999). Similarity and
categorization : Neuropsychological evidence for
dissociations in categorization tasks. Brain &
Language, 69, 296-298. |
|
DAVIDOFF, J. & ROBERSON, D. (2002). Development of
animal recognition : A difference between parts and
wholes. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 81,
217-234. |
|
DAVIDOFF, J. & ROBERSON, D. (2004). Preserved thematic
and impaired taxonomic categorisation : A case study. Language
& Cognitive Processes, 19, 137-174. [PDF] |
|
DAVIDOFF, J., GOLDSTEIN, J. & ROBERSON, D. (2009).
Nature vs. nurture : The simple contrast. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 102, 246-250. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Davidson
Donald Herbert (Berkeley 1917-2003 Berkeley) :
Philosophe du langage et épistémologue
américain. Il a développé une théorie
de la décision en collaboration avec Suppes. Il s'intéresse
également à la notion de cause et
au principe de causalité.
On lui doit également une solution - le monisme anomal - au problème
du corps et de l'esprit. Étudiant de Whitehead
et Quine.
Collaborateur de Suppes.
 |
DAVIDSON, D. (1963). Actions, reasons, and causes. Journal
of Philosophy, 60, 685-700. |
|
DAVIDSON, D. (1969). True to the facts. The Journal
of Philosophy, 66, 748-764. [PDF] |
|
DAVIDSON, D. (1970/91). Mental events In L. Forster &
J.L. Swanson (Eds.), Experience and theories. Amherst
: University of Massachusetts Press/ Théorie de
l'action : textes majeurs de la philosophie analytique
de l'action (pp. 79-191). Liège : Mardaga. |
|
DAVIDSON, D. (1980/93). Essays on actions and events.
Oxford : Clarendon Press. / Actions et
événements. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
DAVIDSON, D. (1991). De la véritable idée de schème
conceptuel. Dans J. Rajchman et C. West (Dirs.), La
pensée américaine contemporaine (p. 221-240). Paris
: Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
|
MURPHY, J.P. (1990). Pragmatism : From Peirce to
Davidson. Boulder, CO : Westview Press. |
|
|
|
Davidson Richard J. (Brooklin 1951-) : Neurosychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'émotion
et de ses déterminants
bio-génétiques. Étudiant de McClelland.
Collaborateur de Ekman, Kosslyn,
Smith et Wager.
 |
DAVIDSON, R.J. (1998). Affective style and affective
disorders : Perspectives from affective neuroscience.
Cognition & Emotion, 12 (3), 307-330. [PDF] |
|
DAVIDSON, R.J. (1998). Anterior electrophysiological
asymmetries, emotion, and depression : Conceptual and
methodological conundrums. Psychophysiology, 35,
607-614. |
|
DAVIDSON, R.J. (2004). What does the prefrontal cortex
"do" in affect : Perspectives on frontal EEG asymmetry
research. Biological Psychology, 67, 219-233. [PDF] |
|
DAVIDSON, R.J., JACKSON, D.C. & KALIN, N.H. (2000).
Emotion, plasticity, context, and regulation :
Perspectives from affective neuroscience. Psychological
Bulletin, 126 (6), 890-909. [PDF] |
|
DAVIDSON, R.J. (2004). Well-being and affective style :
Neural substrates and biobehavioural correlates. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society B : Biological
Sciences, 359 (1449), 1395-1411. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Davies Nick Barry (1952-) : Zoologiste et éthologiste anglais,
spécialisé en écologie
animale. Il s'intéresse tout particulièrement aux oiseaux.
Collaborateur de Krebs.
 |
KREBS, J.R. & DAVIES, N.B. (Eds.) (1978). Behavioural
ecology : an evolutionary approach. Oxford :
Blackwell Scientific Publications. |
|
DAVIES, N.B. (1978). Territorial defence in the speckled
wood butterfly, Pararge aegeria : the resident always
wins. Animal Behaviour, 26, 138-147. |
|
DAVIES, N.B. (1989). Sexual conflict and the polygamy
threshold. Animal Behaviour, 38, 226-234. |
|
KREBS, J.R. & DAVIES, N.B. (1993). An
introduction to behavioural ecology. Oxford, UK :
Blackwell Scientific Publications. |
|
DAVIES, N.B. (2002). Cuckoo tricks with eggs and chicks. British
Birds, 95, 101-115. |
|
|
|
Davis Hank (New York 1941-) : Psychologue
béhavioriste canadien
d'origine américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du conditonnement.Collaborateur de Hurwitz.
|
DAVIS, H. (1968). Conditioned suppression : A survey of
the literature. Psychonomic Mongraph Supplements, 2
(30), 283-291. |
|
DAVIS, H. & McINTIRE, R.W. (1969). Conditioned
suppression under positive, negative, and no contingency
between conditioned and unconditioned stimuli. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (4),
633-640. [PDF] |
|
DAVIS, H., MEMMOTT, J. & HURWITZ, H.M. (1976). Effects
of signals preceding and following shock on baseline
responding during a conditioned-suppression procedure.
Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 25
(2), 263-277. [PDF] |
|
DAVIS, H. & MEMMOTT, J. (1983). Autocontingencies :
Rats count to three to predict safety from shock. Animal
Learning & Behavior, 11 (1), 95-100. [PDF] |
|
DAVIS, H. & MEMMOTT, J. (1984). Autocontingencies :
Suppressive and accelerative effects of pairs of shocks
superimposed on a positively reinforced operant baseline.
Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 42
(1), 75-86.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Davis James H. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des groupes
et de la prise de décision.
Collaborateur de Kerr,
Parks et Stasser.
|
DAVIS, J.H. (1973). Group decisions and social interaction
: A theory of social decision schemes. Psychological
Review, 80, 97-125. |
|
DAVIS, J.H., KERR, N.L., ATKIN, R.S., HOLT, R.W. &
MEEK, D. (1975). The decision processes of 6- and
12-person mock juries assigned unanimous and two-thirds
majority rules. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 32 (1), 1-14. |
|
DAVIS, J.H., STASSER, G., SPITZER, C.E. & HOLT, R.W.
(1976). Changes in group members' decision preferences
during discussion : An illustration with mock juries. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 34 (6),
1177-1187. |
|
DAVIS, J.H., KERR, N.L., STASSER, G., MEEK, D. & HOLT,
R. (1977). Victim consequences, sentence severity, and
decision processes in mock juries. Organizational
Behavior & Human Performance, 18, (2), 346-365. |
|
DAVIS, J.H.,TATSUYA, K., PARKS, C.D., STASSON, M. &
ZIMMERMAN, S. (1989). Some social mechanics of group
decision making : The distribution of opinion, polling
sequence, and implications for consensus. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 57 (6),
1000-1012. |
|
|
|
Davis Keith Eugene (Clifton 1936-) : Psychosociologue
américain. Étudiant de Jones. Collaborateur
de Gergen.
|
DAVIS, K.E. & JONES, E.E. (1960). Changes in
interpersonal perceptions as a means of reducing cognitive
dissonance. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 61, 402-420. |
DAVIS, K.E. & FLORQUIST, C.C. (1965). Dependence and
perceived threat as determinants of the tactile usage of
opinion conformity. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 1, 219-236.
|
|
DAVIS, K.E. & BRAUCHT, G.N. (1973). Exposure to
pornography, character, and sexual deviance : A
retrospective survey. Journal of Social Issues, 19, 184-196. |
|
DAVIS, K.E. & FRIEZE, I.H. (2000). Research on
stalking : What do we know and where do we go ? Violence
& Victims, 15, 473-487. |
|
DAVIS, K.E., SWAN, S.C. & GAMBONE, L.G. (2012). Why
doesn’t he just leave me alone ? A critical review of
theory and evidence. Sex Roles, 66, (5-6),
328-339. |
|
|
|
Davis Mark H. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et et spécialiste de l'étude de l'empathie
et de la révélation
de soi. Étudiant de Archer.
Collaborateur de Franzoi
et Stephan.
|
DAVIS, M.H. (1983). Measuring individual differences in
empathy : Evidence for a multidimensional approach.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 44,
113-124. |
|
DAVIS, M.H., CONKLIN, L., SMITH, A. & LUCE, C. (1996).
Effect of perspective taking on the cognitive
representation of persons : A merging of self and other.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 70,
713-726. |
|
DAVIS, M.H., HALL, J.A. & MEYER, M. (2003). The first
year : influences on the satisfaction, involvement, and
persistence of new community volunteers. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 248-260. |
|
DAVIS, M.H., COPOBIANCO, S. & KRAUS, L.A. (2004).
Measuring conflict-related behaviors : reliability and
validity evidence regarding the Conflict Dynamics Profile.
Educational & Psychological Measurement, 64, 707-731. |
|
DAVIS, M.H. SODERLUND, T., COLE, J., GADOL, E., KUTE, M.,
MYERS, M. & WEIHING, J. (2004). Cognitions associated
with attempts to empathize : how do we imagine the
perspective of another ? Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 30, 1625-1635. |
|
|
|
Davis Michael ( ) : Spécialiste de l'étude
des conceptions historiques de
l'esprit.
|
DAVIS, M. (2006). Incongruous compounds : Re-reading
Jekyll and Hyde and late-Victorian psychology. Journal
of Victorian Culture, 11 (2), 207-225. |
|
DAVIS, M. (2006). Geeorge Eliot and
nineteehth-Century Psychology : Exploring the unmapped
country. Aldershot : Ashgate. |
|
DAVIS, M. (2013). Mind and matter in the picture of Dorian
Gray. Victorian Literature & Culture, 41 (3),
547-560. |
|
DAVIS, M. (2015). Psychology and literature. In L. Behlman
& A. Longmuir (Eds.), Victorian Literature :
Criticism and debates (pp. 250-257). Abingdon :
Routledge. |
|
DAVIS, M. (2017). Self, consciousness and agency in The
Egoist. Journal of Victorian Culture, 22 (4),
536-552. |
|
|
|
Davis Stephen F. ( ) :
Psychosociologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la
tricherie.
|
DAVIS, S.F., GROVER, C.A., BECKER, A.H. & McGREGOR,
L.N. (1992). Academic dishonesty : Prevalence,
determinants, techniques, and punishments. Teaching
of Psychology, 19 (1), 16-20. |
|
DAVIS, S.F. (1993). Academic dishonesty in the 1990s. The
Public Perspective, 26-28. [PDF] |
|
DAVIS, S.F., NOBLE, L.M., ZAK, E.N. & DREYER, K.K.
(1994). A comparison of cheating and learning/grade
orientation in American and Australian college students. College
Student Journal, 28, 353-356. |
|
DAVIS, S.F. & LUDVIGSON, H.W. (1995). Additional data
on academic dishonesty and a proposal for remediation. Teaching
of Psychology, 22, 119-122. |
|
DAVIS, S.F., DRINAN, P.F. & BERTRAM-GALLANT, T.
(2009). Cheating in school : What we know and what we
can do. Wiley. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Davison Michael C. ( ) :
Psychologue béhavioriste anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude du
conditionnement opérant, des
programmes de
renforcement et des facteurs qui influencent les comportements
de choix. Collaborateur de Baum,
Fantino,
Marr, Shahan et Nevin.
 |
DAVISON, M.C. (1969). Preference for mixed-interval versus
fixed-interval schedules. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 12 (2), 247-252.
[PDF] |
|
DAVISON, M.C. & TEMPLE, W. (1974). Preference for
fixed-interval terminal links in a three-key concurrent
chain schedule. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 22 (1), 11-19. [PDF] |
|
DAVISON, M.C. & TUSTIN, R.D. (1981). Towards a
behavioral theory of bias in signal detection.
Perception & Psychophysics, 29 (4), 371-382.
[PDF] |
|
DAVISON, M.C. & BAUM, W.M. (2000). Choice in a
variable environment : every reinforcer counts. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 74 (1),
1-24.
[PDF] |
|
DAVISON, M., MARR, M.J. & ELLIFFE, D. (2010). The
effects of a local negative feedback function between
choice and relative reinforcer rate. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 94 (2), 197-207.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Dawes Robin Mason (1936-2010) : Psychologue
et méthodologiste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la décision,
des dilemmes sociaux et de l'irrationalité.
Collaborateur de Meehl,
Messick, Swets et Thaler.
 |
DAWES, R.M. (1979). The robust beauty of improper linear
models in decision making. American Psychologist, 34
(7), 571-582. [PDF] |
|
DAWES, R.M. & THALER, R.H. (1979). Anomalies :
Cooperation. Journal of Economic Perspectives, 2
(3), 187-197. [PDF] |
|
DAWES, R.M. (1980). Social dilemmas. Annual Review of
Psychology, 31, 169-193. [PDF] |
|
DAWES, R.M., ORBELL, J.M., SIMMONS, R.T. & VAN DE
KRAGHT, A.J.C. (1986). Organizing groups for collective
action. The American Political Science Review, 80
(4), 1171-1185.
[PDF] |
|
DAWES, R.M. (1999). Two methods for studying the
incremental validity of a Rorschach variable.
Psychological Assessment, 11 (3), 297-302. |
|
|
FISCHHOFF, B. (2010). Robin Mason Dawes (1935-2010).
Obituary. American Psychologist, 67 (4), 319-320. |
|
|
|
Dawis René V. (1932-2022) :
Psychologue
industriel et organisationnel américain. On lui doit la théorie des ajustements au travail (Theory of work adjustement). Il est un des signataires du Manifeste des 52. Collaborateur de Lubinski. et Thorndike.
 |
DAWIS, R.V., ENGLAND, G.W., LOFQUIST, L.H., BARRY, J.R., & MCPHEE, W.M. (1964). Research frontier. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 11 (2), 185-189. |
|
DAWIS, R.V. & LOFQUIST, L.H. (1976). Personality style and the process of work adjustment. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 23 (1), 55-59. |
| DAWIS, R.V. (1992). The individual differences tradition in counseling psychology. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 39, 7-19. |
|
DAWIS, R.V. (1996). Vocational psychology, vocational adjustment, and the work force. Psychology, Public Policy, & Law, 2, 229-248. |
|
DAWIS, R.V. (1996). The theory of work adjustment and person-
environment-correspondence counseling. In D. Brown & L. Brooks
(Eds.), Career choice and development (pp. 75-120). San
Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
|
 |
|
|
|
Dawkins Maryam Stamp ( ) : Éthologiste
et zoologiste anglaise
et spécialiste du bien-être
animal. Collaboratrice de Manning.
|
DAWKINS, M.S. (2003). Behaviour as a tool in the
assessment of animal welfare. Zoology, 106 (4),
383-387. |
|
DAWKINS, M.S., DONNELLY, C.A. & JONES, T.A. (2004.)
Chicken welfare is influenced more by housing conditions
than by stocking density. Nature, 427, 342-344.
[PDF] |
|
DAWKINS, M.S. (2006). A user's guide to animal welfare
science. Trends in Ecology & Evolution 25 (2),
77-82. [PDF] |
| DAWKINS, M.S. (2008). The science of animal suffering. Ethology,
114, 937-945. [PDF] |
|
DAWKINS, M.S. (2010). Do asymmetries destablize the
Prisoner’s Dilemma and make reciprocal altruism unlikely ?
Animal Behaviour, 80, 339-341. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Dawkins Richard (Nairobi 1941-) : Éthologiste,
zoologiste anglais et
partisan d'une psychologie évolutionniste.
On lui doit notamment les concepts de
mème et de compétition
entre les gènes. Collaborateur de Krebs.
 |
DAWKINS, R. (1969). A threshold model of choice behaviour.
Animal Behaviour, 17, 120-133. [PDF] |
|
DAWKINS, R. (1976/86). The selfish gene /Le gène
égoïste. Oxford : Oxford University Press/Paris :
Armand Colin. |
|
DAWKINS, R. (1979). Defining sociobiology. Nature,
280, 427-428. |
|
DAWKINS, R. (1981). In defence of selfish genes. Philosophy, 56 (218), 556-573. [PDF] |
|
DAWKINS, R. (1997). Qu'est-ce que l'évolution ? Paris
: Hachette. |
|
|
|
|
|
Dawson Geraldine (Cobleskill 1951-) : Psychologue
neurocognitiviste américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'autisme. Avec Rogers, elle a développé un modèle
d'intervention auprès des autistes
(Early Start Denver Model). Collaboratrice de Kuhl,
Meltzoff,
Ozonoff, Pennington
et Rogers.
 |
DAWSON, G., WARRENBURG, S. & FULLER, P. (1982).
Cerebral lateralization in individuals diagnosed as
autistic in early childhood. Brain & Language,
15, 353-368. |
|
DAWSON, G., MELTZOFF, A., OSTERLING, J. & BROWN, E.
(1998). Children with autism fail to orient to naturally
occurring social stimuli. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 28, 479-485. [PDF] |
|
DAWSON, G., OSTERLING, J., MELTZOFF, A.N. & KUHL, P.
(2000). Case study of the development of an infant with
autism from birth to two yars of age. Journal of
Applied Developmental Psychology, 21 (3), 299-313.
[PDF] |
|
DAWSON, G., WEBB, S.J. & McPARTLAND, J. (2005).
Understanding the nature of face processing impairment in
autism: insights from behavioral and electrophysiological
studies. Developmental Neuropsychology, 27, 403-424.
[PDF] |
|
DAWSON, G. (2008). Early behavioral intervention, brain
plasticity, and the prevention of autism spectrum
disorder. Development & Psychopathology, 20, 775-803.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Dawson Michael R.W. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain d'origine canadienne et concepteur de site internet en psychologie
cognitive. Collaborateur de Pylyshyn.
|
DAWSON, M.R.W. & PYLYSHYN, Z.W. (1988). Natural
constraints in apparent motion. In Z.W. Pylyshyn (Ed.), Computational
processes in human vision : An interdisciplinary
perspective. Norwood, N.J. : Ablex Publishing. |
|
DAWSON, M.R.W. (1995). Pure and applied research at the
biological computation project. Canadian Artificial
Intelligence, 36, 17-22. |
|
DAWSON, M.R.W. (1998). Understanding cognitive
science. Oxford, UK : Blackwell Publishers. |
|
DAWSON, M.R.W. (2004). Minds and machines :
Connectionism and psychological modeling. Oxford,
UK : Blackwell Publishers. |
|
DAWSON, M.R.W. (2005). Connectionism : A hands-on
approach. Oxford, UK : Blackwell Publishers. |
|
|
|
Day Willard F. (1926-1989) : Psychologue
et épistémologue béhavioriste
américain. Collaborateur de
Moore.
|
DAY, W.F. (1969). On certain similarities between the
philosophical investigations of Ludwig Wittgenstein and
the operationism of B.F. Skinner. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (3), 489-506.
[PDF] |
|
DAY, W.F. (1969). Reconciliation of behaviorism and
phenomenology. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 12 (2), 315-328. [PDF] |
|
DAY, W.F. (1976). Analyzing verbal behavior under the
control of private events. Behaviorism, 4 (2). |
|
DAY, W.F. (1977). On Skinner's treatment of the
first-Person, third-Person psychological sentence
distinction. Behaviorism, 5 (1). |
|
DAY, W.F. (1983). On the difference between radical and
methodological behaviorism. Behaviorism, 11,
89-102. |
|
|
KNAPP, T.J. (1989). In memorium : Willard F. Day, Jr. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 7, 1-3.
[PDF] |
|
MOORE, J.C. (1991). A retrospective appreciation of
Willard Day's contributions to radical behaviorism and the
analysis of verbal behavior. The Analysis of Verbal
Behavior, 9, 97-104.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Dayan Peter (1965-) : Neurobiologiste
anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude des déterminants
biologiques de
l'apprentissage par renforcement et de la récompense,
notamment la dopamine.
Collaborateur de Balleine, Sejnowski,
Schultz et Dickinson.
|
DAYAN, P. & SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (1996). Exploration
bonuses and dual control. Machine Learning, 25, 5-22.
[PDF] |
|
DAYAN, P. & BALLEINE, B.W. (2002). Reward, motivation
and reinforcement learning. Neuron, 36, 285-298.
[PDF]
|
|
DAYAN, P., NIV, Y., SEYMOUR, B. & DAW, N.D. (2006).
The misbehavior of value and the discipline of the will.
Neural Network, 19, 1153-1160. [PDF]
|
|
DAYAN, P. & DAW, N.D. (2008). Decision theory,
reinforcement learning, and the brain. Cognitive,
Affective, & Behavioral Neuroscience, 8, 429-453.
[PDF] |
|
DAYAN, P. & NIV, Y. (2008). Reinforcement learnin g:
The good, the bad and The ugly. Current Opinion in
Neurobiology, 18, 1-12.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
| DAM
- DÉBAT- DEC - DECI
- DÉCHARGE -
DÉCISION - DECL -
DÉCOUVERTE - DÉCRIRE - DÉCROCHAGE
- DÉDUCTION - DEF |
De : Particule placée avant un nom de famille.
|
|
|
De Cremer David ( ) : Psychosociologue
belge et spécialiste de l'étude des dilemmes
sociaux. Collaborateur DeWitte,
Sedikides, Van
Dijk, Van Vugt et
Zeelenberg.
|
DE CREMER, D. & VAN VUGT, E. (1999). Social
identification effects in social dilemmas : A
transformation of motives. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 29 (7), 871-893. |
|
DE CREMER, D., SNYDER, M. & DEWITTE, S. (2001). "The
less I trust, the less I contribute (or not) ? " The
effects of trust, accountability and self-monitoring in
social dilemmas. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 31 (1), 93-107. |
|
DE CREMER, D. (2002). How do leaders promote cooperation ?
The effects of charisma and procedural fairness. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 87 (5), 858-866. |
|
DE CREMER, D., VAN KNIPPENBERG, D. & VAN DIJK, E.
(2002). Reactions to group success and failure as a
function of identification level : A test of the
goal-transformation hypothesis in social dilemmas.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38 (5),
435-442. |
|
DE CREMER, D., VAN KNIPPENBERG, D., VAN DIJK, E. & VAN
LEUWEEN, E. (2008). Cooperating if one's goals are
collective-based : Social identification effects in social
dilemmas as a function of goal transformation. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 38 (6), 1562-1579. |
| |
|
|
De Cuyper Nele ( ) : Psychologue
organisationnelle belge. Elle s'intéresse notamment aux
effets psychologiques engendrés par la perte
de son emploi. Collaboratrice De Witte, Näswall et Sverke.
|
DE CUYPER, N. & DE WITTE, H. (2005). Job insecurity :
Mediator or moderator of the relationship between type of
contract and various outcomes ? SA Journal of
Industrial Pyschology, 31 (4), 79-86. |
|
DE CUYPER, N. & DE WITTE, H. (2007). Job insecurity
among temporary versus permanent workers : effects on job
satisfaction, organizational commitment, life satisfaction
and self-rated performance. Work & Stress, 21
(1), 65-84. |
|
DE CUYPER, N., DE JONG, J., DE WITTE, H., ISAKSSON, K.,
RIGOTTI, T. & SCHALK, R. (2008). Review of theory and
research on temporary employment : Towards a conceptual
model. International Journal of Management Reviews, 10
(1), 25-51. |
|
DE CUYPER, N., SORA, B., DE WITTE, H., CABALLER, A. &
PEIRO, J.M. (2009). Organizations' use of temporary
employment and a climate of job insecurity among Belgian
and Spanish permanent workers. Economic &
Industrial Democracy, 30 (4), 564-591. |
|
DE CUYPER, N., DE WITTE, H., SVERKE, M., HELLEGREN, J.
& NÄSWALL, K. (2014). Felt job insecurity and union
membership : The case of temporary workers. Journal
for General Social Issues, 23 (4), 577-591. [PDF] |
|
|
|
De Dreu Carsten K.W. ( ) : Psychologue
organisationnel néerlandais et spécialiste de l'étude des conflits.
|
DE DREU, C.K.W. & McCUSKER, C. (1997). Gain-loss
frames and cooperation in two-person social dilemmas : a
transformational analysis. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 72 (5), 1093-1106. |
|
DE DREU, C.K.W. & WEINGART, L.R. (2003). Task versus
relationship conflict, team performance, and team member
satisfaction : a meta-analysis. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 88 (4), 741-749. [PDF] |
|
DE DREU, C.K.W. (2006). When too little or too much hurts
: evidence for a curvilinear relationship between task
conflict and innovation in teams. Journal of
Management, 32 (1), 83-107. |
|
DE DREU, C.K.W. (2008). The virtue and vice of workplace
conflict: food for (pessimistic) thought. Journal of
Organizational Behavior, 29 (1), 5-18. |
|
DE DREU, C.K.W., KRET M.E. & SLIGTE, G. (2016),
Modulating prefrontal control in humans reveals distinct
pathways to competitive success and collective waste. Social,
Cognitive & Affective Neuroscience, 11 (8),
1236-1244. [PDF] |
|
|
|
De Grobois Philippe ( ) : Sociologue québécois et professeur au Collège
Ahuntsic. Il s'intéresse au rôle
d'internet et des réseaux
sociaux virtuels, ainsi qu'au
journalisme. Collaborateur de Gaulin.
|
GAULIN, B. et DE GROSBOIS, P. (2009). La classe dans le
discours / Le discours dans la classe. Nouveaux
Cahier du Socialisme, 1, 163-186. |
|
LE SAUX A.-M. et DE GROSBOIS, P. (2012). Profs contre la
hausse : le renouvellement de l'action politique
enseignante. à Bâbord, 46, 30. |
|
DE GROSBOIS, P. (2014). WikiLeaks : Journalisme de
confrontation et militantisme du libre. Nouveaux
Cahier du Socialisme, 11, 151-164. |
|
DE GROSBOIS, P. (2018). Les batailles d'internet
assauts et résistances à l'ère du capitalisme numérique.
Montréal : écosociété. |
|
DE GROSBOIS, P. (2022). La collision des récits : Le
journalisme face à la désinformation. Écosociété. |
|
|
|
De
Houwer Jan ( ) :
Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste belge et spécialiste du conditionnement.
Collaborateur de Asendorpf,
Baeyens,
Beckers,
Eelen, Fiedler, Gawronski, Miller,
Nosek, et Schmidt.
 |
DE HOUWER, J. & BECKERS, T. (2002). A review of recent
developments in research and theory on human contingency
learning. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 55B, 289-310. [PDF] |
|
DE HOUWER, J., THOMAS, S. & BAEYENS, F. (2001).
Associative learning of likes and dislikes : A review of
25 years of research on human evaluative conditioning. Psychological
Bulletin, 127 (6), 853-869. [PDF] |
|
DE HOUWER J., BAEYENS, F. & FIELD, A P. (2005).
Associative learning of likes and dislikes : Some current
controversies and possible ways forward. Cognition
& Emotion, 19, 161-174. [PDF] |
|
DE HOUWER, J. (2007). A conceptual and theoretical
analysis of evaluative conditioning. The Spanish
Journal of Psychology, 10, 230-241. [PDF] |
|
DE HOUWER, J. (2009). The propositional approach to
associative learning as an alternative for association
formation models. Learning & Behavior, 37
(1), 1-20. [PDF] |
|
|
|
De Jong Peter F. ( ) : Spécialiste
néerlandais de l'éducation.
Il s'intéresse notamment à l'enseignement de la lecture
et des mathématiques.
Professeur de Van
Bergen.
|
DE JONG, P.F. & VAN DER LEIJ, A. (1999). Specific
contributions of phonological abilities to early reading
acquisition : Results from a Dutch latent variable
longitudinal study. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 91 (3), 450-476. |
|
DE JONG, P.F. & LESEMAN, P.P.M. (2001). Lasting
effects of home literacy on reading achievement in school.
Journal of School Psychology, 39 (5), 389-414. |
|
DE JONG, P.F. (2006). Units and routes of reading in
Dutch. Developmental Science, 9 (5), 441-442. |
|
DE JONG, P.F., BITTER, D.J.L., VAN SETTEN, M. &
MARINUS, E. (2009). Does phonological recoding occur
during silent reading and is it necessary for orthographic
learning ? Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
104 (3), 267-282. |
|
DE JONG, P.F (2011). What discrete and serial rapid
automatized naming can reveal about reading. Scientific
Studies of Reading, 15 (4), 314-337. |
|
|
|
De la Sablonnière Roxane ( ) : Psychosociologue
québécoise et spécialiste de l'étude du changement
social et de l'identité
psychologique et sociale.
Elle enseigne à l'Université de
Montréal. Collaboratrice de Amiot et Taylor.
 |
De la SABLONNIÈRE, R., TAYLOR, D.M., PEROZZO, C. &
SADYKOVA, N. (2009). Reconceptualizing relative
deprivation in the context of dramatic social change : The
challenge confronting the people of Kyrgyzstan. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 39, 325-345. |
|
De la SABLONNIÈRE, R., TOUGAS, F. et COULOMBE, S. (2010).
Changements sociaux, valeurs et effet médiateur de la
privation relative : la situation en Russie [Social
changes, values, and the mediation effect of relative
deprivation : The situation in Russia]. Cahiers
Internationaux de Psychologie Sociale, 85, 11-33. |
|
De la SABLONNIÈRE, R., TOUGAS, F. & De la SABLONNIÈRE,
É. & DEBROSSE, R. (2012). Profound organizational
change, psychological distress and burnout symptoms : The
mediator role of collective relative deprivation. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 15 (5),
776-790. |
|
De la SABLONNIÈRE, R., AUBIN, R. et AMIOT, C.E. (2013). Le
processus d'intégration des identités culturelles : La
réalité des immigrants. Revue Québécoise de
Psychologie, 34, 247-268. |
|
De la SABLONNIÈRE, R., FRENCH-BOURGEOIS, l. & NAJIH,
M. (2013). Dramatic social change : A social psychological
perspective. Journal of Social & Political
Psychology, 1 (1), 253-272. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
De Leeuw Edith Desiree (Amsterdam 1962-) :
Psychologue et
méthodologiste néerlandaise, spécialisée dans la mesure
et les enquêtes par questionnaire.
Elle s'intéresse notamment au
biais de non-réponse. Collaboratrice de Hox.
|
DE LEEUW, E.D. & HOX, J.J. (1988). The effects of
response stimulating factors on response rates and data
quality in mail surveys. A test of Dillman's total design
method. Journal of Official Statistics, 4, 2411-249.
[PDF] |
|
DE LEEUW, E.D., MELLENBERGH, G.J. & HOX, J.J. (1996).
The influence of data collection method on structural
models : A comparison of a mail, a telephone, and a face
to face survey. Sociological Methods & Research,
24, 443-472. [PDF] |
|
DE LEEUW, E.D. & HOX, J.J. & KEF, S. (2003).
Computer-assisted self-interviewing tailored for special
populations and topics. Field Methods, 15 (3),
223-251. [PDF] |
|
DE LEEUW, E.D. & HOX, J.J. (2004). I am not selling
anything. 29 experiments in telephone introductions. International
Journal of Public Opinion Research, 16 (4),
464-473. [PDF] |
|
DE LEEUW, E.D., CLLEGARO, M., HOX, J.J., KORENDIK, E.
& LENSVET-MULDERS, G. (2007). The influence of advance
letters on response in telephone surveys. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 71 (3), 413-443. [PDF] |
|
|
|
De Luca Rayleen V. ( ) :
Psychologue béhavioriste canadienne, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'obésité
et de la maltraitance
envers les enfants.
|
DE LUCA, R.V. & HOLBORN, S.W. (1990). Effects of
fixed-interval and fixed-ratio schedules of token
reinforcement on exercise in obese and non-obese boys. Psychological Record, 40, 67-82. |
|
DE LUCA, R.V. & HOLBORN, S.W. (1992). Effects of a
variable-ratio reinforcement schedule with changing
criteria on exercise in obese and non-obese boys. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 25, 671-679. |
|
DE LUCA, R.V., HAZEN, A. & CUTLER, J. (1993).
Evaluation of a group counselling program for
preadolescent female victims of incest. Elementary
School Guidance & Counselling, 28, 104-114. |
|
DE LUCA, R.V. (1995). Males and sexual abuse : Breaking
the cycle. Canadian Psychology, 36 (2). |
|
DE LUCA, R.V., BOYES, D.A., GRAYSTON, A.D. & ROMANO,
E. (1995). Sexual abuse : Effects of group therapy on
preadolescent girls. Child Abuse Review, 4,
263-277. |
|
|
|
De Neys Wim ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain d'origine belge, spécialiste de l'étude du
raisonnement. Collaborateur de Houdé.
|
DE NEYS, W., SCHAEKEN, W. & d'YDEWALLE, G. (2003).
Inference suppression and semantic memory retrieval :
Every counterexample counts. Memory & Cognition,
31, 581-595. [PDF] |
|
DE NEYS, W. (2006). Dual processing in reasoning : Two
systems but one reasoner. Psychological Science, 17,
428-433. [PDF] |
|
DE NEYS, W. & VAN GELDER, E. (2008). Logic and belief
across the life span : The rise and fall of belief
inhibition during syllogistic reasoning. Developmental
Science, 12, 123-130. [PDF] |
|
DE NEYS, W. (2011). The freak in all of us : Logical truth
seeking without argumentation. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 34, 75-76. [PDF] |
|
DE NEYS, W. & FEREMANS, V. (2013). Development of
heuristic bias detection in elementary school. Developmental
Psychology, 49, 258-269. [PDF] |
|
|
|
De Ribaupierre Anik (Lausanne 1946-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste européenne
d'origine suisse. Collaboratrice de Fagot
et Pascual-Leone.
|
DE RIBAUPIERRE, A. & PASCUAL-LEONE, J. (1979). Formal
operations and M power : A neo-piagetian investigation. New
Directions for Child Development, 5, 1-43. |
|
DE RIBAUPIERRE, A. (1997). Les modèles néo-piagétiens :
Quoi de nouveau ? Psychologie Française, 42,
9-21. |
|
DE RIBAUPIERRE, A. & LECERF, T. (2006). Relationships
between working memory and intelligence from a
developmental perspective : convergent evidence from a
Neo-Piagetian and a psychometric approach. European
Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 18 (1), 109-137. |
|
DE RIBAUPIERRE, A. (2007). Modèles néo-piagétiens du
développement cognitif et perspective psychométrique de
l'intelligence : y a-t-il convergence ? L'Année
Psychologique, 107, 257-302. [PDF] |
|
DE RIBAUPIERRE, A. (2015). Why should cognitive
developmental psychology remember that individuals are
different ? Research in Human Development, 12
(3-4), 237-245. |
|
|
|
|
|
De Sanctis Sante (Parrani 1862-1935 Rome) :
Psychiatre et médecin
italien. Il s'intéresse notamment aux rêves (songes).
|
DE SANCTIS, S. (1899). Isogni : studi psicologici e
clinici di un alienista (Les songes : études
psychologiques et cliniques). Turrin : Bocca. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
BINET, A. (1899). Sante de Sanctis. Les songes; études
psychologiques et cliniques [compte-rendu]. L'Année
psychologique Année, 6, 608-610. [PDF] |
|
MEDEA, E. (1951). The personality of Sante de Sanctis.
Archivio di Psicologia, Neurologia e Psichiatria, 12
(3), 274-280. |
|
ALBARELLO, B. (1986). Sleep and the dreams of Sancte de
Sanctis. Minerva psichiatrica, 27 (1), 65-69. |
|
LOMBARDO, G.P. & CICCIOLA, E. (2006).The clinical
differential approach of Sante De Sanctis in Italian
scientific psychology. Physis : Rvista Internazionale
di Storia della Scienza, 43 (1-2), 443-457 |
|
LOMBARDO, G.P. & FOSCHI, R. (2008). Escape from the
dark forest : the experimentalist standpoint of Sante De
Sanctis' psychology of dreams. History of the Human
Sciences, 21 (3), 45-69. |
|
|
|
De Valois Russell Lee (Ames 1926-2003 Rock Springs) :
Neurosychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la vision.
|
|
DE VALOIS, R.L., ABRAMOV, I. & JACOBS, G.H. (1966.)
Analysis of response patterns of LGN cells. Journal
of the Optical Society of America, 56, 966-977. |
|
DE VALOIS, R.L. & JACOBS, G.H. (1968). Primate color
vision. Science, 162, 533-540. |
|
DE VALOIS, R.L., MORGAN, H.C., POLSON, M.C., MEAD, W.R.
& HULL, H.M. (1974). Psychophysical studies of monkey
vision : I. Macaque luminosity and color vision tests. Vision
Research, 14 (3), 53-67. |
|
DE VALOIS, R.L., THORELL, L.G. & ALBRETCH, D.G.
(1985). Periodicity of striate-cortex-cell receptive
fields. Journal of the Optical Society of America, 2,
1115-1123. |
|
DE VALOIS, R.L., DE VALOIS, K.K., SWITKES, E. & MAHON,
L. (1997). Hue scaling of isoluminant and cone-specific
lights. Vision Research, 37 (7), 885-897. |
|
|
SWITKES, E. & ADAMS, A.J. (2004). Professor Russell L.
De Valois 1926-2003.Vision Research, 44 (23),
2745-2747. |
|
|
|
|
|
De Villiers Jill G. (1948-) : Philosophe
et psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste d'origine anglaise, spécialisée dans
l'étude de l'apprentissage
du langage, notamment chez
les sourds.
= J.G. Dent. Collaboratrice de De
Villiers.
 |
DE VILLIERS, P.A. & DE VILLIERS, J.G. (1972). Early
judgments of semantic and syntactic acceptability by
children. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 1,
299-310. |
|
DE VILLIERS, J.G. & DE VILLIERS, P.A. (1973). A cross
sectional study of the acquisition of grammatical
morphemes in child speech. Journal of
Psycholinguistic Research, 2, 267-278. |
|
DE VILLIERS, J.G. & DE VILLIERS, P.A. (1978). Language
acquisition. Harvard University Press. |
|
DE VILLIERS, J.G., DE VILLIERS, P.A. & HOBAN, E.
(1994). The central problem of functional categories in
the english syntax of oral deaf children. In H.
Tager-Flusberg (Ed.), Theoretical approaches to
atypical language. Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
DE VILLIERS, J.G. & DE VILLIERS, P.A. (1999). Language
development. In M. Bornstein & M. Lamb (Eds.), Developmental
psychology : an advanced textbook. Erlbaum. |
| |
|
|
De Villiers Peter A. (Durban-) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain, d'origine sudafricaine, spécialisé
dans l'étude de l'apprentissage
du langage, notamment chez
les sourds. Collaborateur
de De villiers,
Herrnstein et Logue.
 |
DE VILLIERS, P.A. (1974). The law of effect and avoidance
: a quantitative relationship between response rate and
shock-frequency reduction. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 21, 223-235. [PDF] |
|
DE VILLIERS, P.A. & HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1976). Toward a
law of response strength. Psychological Bulletin, 83,
1131-1153. |
|
DE VILLIERS, P.A. (1977). Choice in concurrent schedules
and quantitative formulations of the law of effect. In
W.K. Honig & J.E.R. Staddon (Eds.), Operant
behaviour II (pp. 233-287). New York : Prentice
Hall. |
|
DE VILLIERS, P.A. & DE VILLIERS, J.G. (1979). Early
language : The developing child series. Harvard
University Press. |
|
DE VILLIERS, P.A. (2002). Language of the deaf :
acquisition of english. In R. Kent (Ed.), MIT
encyclopedia of communication disorders. MIT Press. |
| |
|
|
|
|
De Vries Hugo Marie (Haarlem 1848-1935 Lunteren)
: Botaniste
néerlandais et généticien
avant la lettre. Il propose l'existence d'un mécanisme de transmission héréditaire des caractères acquis, théorie qui sera remplacée quelques années plus tard par le concept de gène.
On lui doit également le concept de mutation,
qui désigne selon lui des variations héréditaires brusques
et discontinues, ainsi que la redécouverte des
lois de Mendel et la confirmation de leur l'existence chez
les fleurs.
|
De VRIES, H. (1889/1910). Intracellular pangenesis. Chicago
: Chicago The Open Court Publishing Co.
[LIRE]. |
|
De VRIES, H. (1900). Sur la loi de disjonction des
hybrides. Comptes Rendus de 1'Académie des Sciences,
130, 845-847. |
|
De VRIES, H. (1901/03). The mutation theory.
Leipzig,Veit & comp. |
|
De VRIES , H. (1905). Species and varieties : Their
origin by mutation. |
|
|
DARDEN, L. (1976). Reasoning in scientific change :
Charles Darwin, Hugo de Vries, and the discovery of
segregation. Studies in History & Philosophy of
Science Part A. 7 (2), 127–169. |
|
BOWLER, J.P. (1978). Hugo De Vries and Thomas Hunt Morgan
: The mutation theory and the spirit of Darwinism. Annals
of Science, 35 (1), 53–73. |
|
THEUNISEN, B. (1994). Closing the door on Hugo de Vries'
Mendelism. Annals of Science, 51 (3), 225–248. |
| |
|
|
De Vries Rheta (1936-2012) : Psychologue
cogntiviste européenne,
d'origne américaine. Collaboratrice de Kohlberg.
|
DE VRIES, R. (1974). Relationships among Piagetian, IQ,
and achievement assessments of intelligence. Child
Development, 45, 746-756. |
|
DE VRIES, R. & KOHLBERG, L. (1977). Relations between
Piagetian and psychometric assessments of intelligence. In
L. Katz (Ed.), Current topics in early childhood
education (Vol. 1). Nordwood, NJ : Ablex. |
|
DE VRIES, R. (1997). Piaget's social theory. Educational
Researcher, 26 (2), 4-17. |
|
DE VRIES, R. (2000). Vygotsky, Piaget, and education : a
reciprocal assimilation of theories and educational
practices. New Ideas in Psychology, 18 (2-3),
187-213. |
|
DE VRIES, R. & ZAN, B. (2003). When children make
rules. Educational Leadership, 61 (1), 64-67. [PDF] |
|
|
|
De Waal Frans B.M. (Utrecht/Bois-le-duc 1948-2024 Atlanta)
: Primatologue
et éthologiste
néerlandais, spécialisé dans l'étude du bonobo.
Collaborateur de Call, Harcourt,
Hopkins,
McGrew et Nishida
 |
DE WAAL, F. (1995). Bonobo sex and society The behavior of
a close relative challenges assumptions about male
supremacy in human evolution. Scientific American,
272 (3), 82-88. |
|
DE WAAL, F. & LANTING, F. (1997). Bonobo : The
forgotten ape. Berkeley : University of California
Press. |
|
DE WAAL, F. (1999). The end of nature versus nurture. Scientific
American, 281 (6), 94-99. |
|
DE WAAL, F. (2001). Tree of origin : What primate
behavior can tell us about human social evolution.
Harvard : Harvard University Press. |
|
DE WAAL, F.B.M. (2008). Putting the altruism back into
altruism : The evolution of empathy. Annual Review of
Psychology, 59, 279-300. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
De Witte Hans ( ) : Psychologue
organisationnel belge. Il s'intéresse au travail,
notamment aux effets psychologiques engendrés par la
perte de son emploi. Collaborateur de Chiumbolo,
De Cuyper, Hellgren,
Näswall et Sverke.
 |
DE WITTE, H. (1999). Job insecurity and psychological
well-being. Review of the literature and exploration of
some unresolved issues. European Journal of Work
& Organizational Psychology, 8 (2), 155-177. |
|
DE WITTE, H. & NÄSWALL, K. (2003). "Objective" vs
"subjective" job insecurity : Consequences of temporary
work for job satisfaction and organizational commitment in
four European countries. Economic & Industrial
Democracy, 24 (2), 149-188. |
|
DE WITTE, H. (2005). Job insecurity : Review of the
international literature on definitions, prevalence,
antecedents and consequences. SA Journal of
Industrial Psychology, 31 (4), 1-6. [PDF] |
|
DE WITTE, H. DE CUYPER, N., HANDAJA, Y., SVERKE, M.,
NÄSWALL, K. & HELLEGREN, J. (2010). Associations
between qualitative and quantitative job insecurity and
well-being. A test in Belgian banks. International
Studies of Management & Organization : Special Issue
on Job Insecurity, 40 (1), 40-57. |
|
DE WITTE, H., DE CUYPER, N., VANDER ELST, T., NIESEN, W.
& VANBELLE, E. (2012). Job insecurity : Review of the
literature and a summary of recent studies from Belgium. Romanian
Journal of Applied Psychology, 14 (1), 11-17. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Deary Ian J. (Carluke-) : Psychologue
et épidémiologiste écossais et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'intelligence. Collaborateur de Batty,
Der, Gale,
Johnson, Jones,
Penke, Perrett
et Weiss.
|
DEARY, I.J. (1994). Intelligence and auditory
discrimination : Separating processing speed and fidelity
of stimulus representation. Intelligence, 18,
189-213. |
|
DEARY, I.J., DER, G. & FORD, G. (2001). Reaction times
and intelligence differences : a population-based cohort
study. Intelligence, 29, 389-399. |
|
DEARY, I.J., SPINATH, F.M. & BATES, T.C. (2006).
Genetics of intelligence. European Journal of Human
Genetics, 14, 690-700. [PDF] |
|
DEARY, I.J., PENKE, L. & JOHNSON, W. (2010). The
neuroscience of human intelligence differences. Nature
Reviews/Neuroscience, 11, 201-221. [PDF] |
|
DEARY, I.J. (2012). Intelligence. Annual Review of
Psychoology, 63, 453-482. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Death Studies : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du deuil
et de la perte d'un être
cher. Éditeur : John Taylor & Francis/Routledge.
BALK, D.E. (2004). Recovery following bereavement : an
examination of the concept. Death Studies, 28, 361-374.
|
| |
|
|
Deaton Angus Stewart (Édimbourg 1945-) : Économiste
britannique et lauréat du prix
Nobel d'économie en 2015.
|
DEATON, A. (1972). A reconsideration of the empirical
implications of additive preferences. Economic
Journal, 84, 338-347. [PDF] |
|
DEATON, A. (1977). The measurement of income and price
elasticities. European Economic Review, 6,
261-274. [PDF] |
|
DEATON, A. & LAROQUE, G. (1992). On the behaviour of
commodity prices. The Review of Economic Studies, 59 (1),
1-23.
[PDF] |
|
DEATON, A. & LAROCQUE, G. (2001). Housing, land
prices, and the link between growth and saving. Journal
of Economic Growth, 6, 87-105. [PDF] |
|
DEATON, A. (2003). Health, inequality, and economic
development. Journal of Economic Literature, 41,
113-158. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Deaux Kay (Warren 1941-) : Psychosociologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des attributions
et des différences sexuelles.
Étudiante de Taylor-Spence.
Collaboratrice de Biernat, d'Emswiller
et Fiske.
 |
DEAUX, K. (1967). Effect of situational expectation on
information preference and anticipatory lowering of
belief. Public Opinion Quarterly, 31, 472-473. |
|
DEAUX, K. & EMSWILLER, T. (1974). Explanations for
successful performance on sex-linked tasks : What is skill
for the male is luck for the female. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 29, 80-85. |
|
DEAUX, K. & FARRIS, E. (1977). Attributing causes for
one's own performance : The effects of sex, norms, and
outcome. Journal of Research in Personality, 11,
59-72. |
|
DEAUX, K. (1984). From individual differences to social
categories : Analysis of a decade's research on gender. American Psychologist, 39 (2), 105-116. |
|
DEAUX, K. REID, A., MARTIN, D. & BIKMEN, N. (2006).
Ideologies of diversity and inequality : Predicting
collective action in groups varying in ethnicity and
immigrant status. Political Psychology, 27,
123-146. |
|
|
|
Débat : Discussion
autour d'un problème,
généralement entre plusieurs interlocuteurs souvent divisés en
deux camps, qui ne fait pas l'objet d'un consensus. En science,
les débat se font à la lumière des théories
et des recherches empiriques. Débat et grand
problème.
|
Débat
(Grand) : En éducation,
débat autour de l'efficacité de l'enseignement
de la lecture, débat
qui opposent les tenants des méthodes syllabique
aux partisans de l'enseignement
par la méthode globale. Great debate,
reading wars.
| |
|
|
CHALL, J.S. (1967). Learning to read : The great
debate. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
CARBO, M. (1996). Whole language or phonics ? Use Both! The
Education Digest, 61, 60-63. |
|
CARNINE, D.W. (1977). Phonics versus look-say : Transfer
to new words. Reading Teacher, 30 (6), 636-640. |
CARBO, M. (1996). Whole language vs. phonic : The great
debate. Principal, 75, 35-37. |
|
CARNINE, D.W (1980). Phonic versus whole-word correction
procedures follow phonic instruction. Education &
Treatment of Children, 3 (4), 323-330. |
CHALL, J.S. (1996). Learning to read : The Great
Debate (1967). New York : McGraw Hill. |
|
FOX, D. (1986). The debate goes on systematic phonics vs.
whole language. Journal of Reading, 29, 678-680. |
ELDREDGE, L. & BAIRD, J. (1996). Phonemic awareness
training works better than whole language instruction for
teaching first graders how to write. Reading Research
& Instruction, 35, 193-208. |
|
TURNER, R.L. (1989). The "great" debate : Can both Carbo
and Chall be right ? Phi Delta Kappan, 71, 276-283. |
|
|
LIBERMAN, I.Y. & LIBERMAN, A.M. (1990). Whole word vs.
code emphasis : Underlying assumptions and their
implications for reading instruction. Bulletin of the
Orton Society, 40, 51-76. [PDF] |
LEMANN, N. (1997). The reading wars. The Atlantic
Monthly Company, 280, 128-134. |
|
ADAMS, M.J. (1991). Why not phonics and whole language ?
In W. Ellis (Ed.), All language and the creation of
literacy (pp. 40-53). Baltimore, MD : Orton
Dyslexia Society. |
|
|
ANDRESEN, J. (1991). Skinner and Chomsky 30 years
later Or: The return of the repressed. The Behavior
Analyst, 14 (1), 49–60.
[PDF] |
|
|
KLESIUS, J., GRIFFITH, P. & ZIELONKA, P. (1991). A
whole language and traditional instruction comparison :
Overall effectiveness and development of the alphabetic
principle. Reading Research & Instruction, 30, 47-61.
|
|
|
CHALL, J.S. (1992). The new reading debates :
Evidence from science, art & ideology. Columbia
University : Teachers Col. Record. |
|
|
BUNT, N.A. (1993-94). An experimental comparison of whole
language and tradition methods of spelling instruction in
first grade classrooms. Journal of Clinical Reading,
4, 18-27. |
DAHL, K.L. & SCHARER, P.L. (2000). Phonics teaching
and learning in whole language classrooms : New evidence
from research. The Reading Teacher, 53 (7),
584-594. |
| |
DONAT, D.J. (2003). Reading their way : a balance of
phonics and whole language. Lanham : The Scarecrow
P, Inc. |
|
BARBETTA, P.M., HEWARD, W.L. & BRADLEY, D.M. (1993).
Relative effects of whole-word and phonetic- prompt error
correction on the acquisition and maintenance of sight
words by students with developmental disabilities. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 26 (1), 99-110.
[PDF] |
BROOKS, M. & BROOKS J. (2005). Whole language or
phonics : Improving instructional language through general
semantics. ETC. A Review of General Semantics, 29,
271-280. |
|
POWELL, D. & HORNSBY, D. (1993). Learning phonics
and spelling in a whole language classroom. New
York : Scholastic Professional Books. |
KOTAMN, H.,TEKIN, A.K. & TEKIN, G. (2007). Reading
acquisition through phonics method in a Turkish public
elementary school : A case study. Reading Improvement,
44 (4), 199-206. |
|
FOORMAN, B.R. (1995). Research on "The great debate" :
Code-oriented versus whole language approaches to reading
instruction. School Psychology Review, 24 (3),
376-392. |
KIM, J.S. (2008). Research and the reading wars. The
Phi Delta Kappa, 89 (5), 372-375. [PDF] |
|
McKENNA, M.C. (1995). Differential effects of whole
language and traditional instruction on reading attitudes.
Journal of Reading Behavior, 27, 19-44. |
KIM, J.S. (2008). Research and the reading wars. In F.M.
Hess (Ed.), When research matters : How scholarship
Influences education policy (pp. 89-111).
Cambridge, MA : Harvard Education Press. [PDF] |
|
ADAMS, M.J. & BRUCK, M. (1995). Resolving the "great
debate." American Educator, 19 (2), 10-20. |
MADDOX, K. & FENG, J. (2013). Whole language
instruction vs. phonics instruction: Effect on reading
fluency and spelling accuracy of first grade students.
Savannah, Georgia : Georgia Educational Research
Association Annual Conference. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Enseignement syllabique et Enseignement
globale |
| |
|
|
|
|
Débat
entre Skinner/Chomsky :
Débat entre Skinner
et Chomsky concernant les mécanismes de l'acquisition du
langage, langage/comportement verbal qui serait en grande
partie appris par conditonnement
opérant pour le premier, et plutôt le résultat d'un module
inné de développement (Language acquisition device) pour le
second. Débat Skinner/Chomsky, problème
inné/acquis et Verbal
behavior.
|
Commentaire de Skinner au sujet de
Chomsky : |
|
| |
« I have never been able to understand why Chomsky becomes
almost pathologically angry when writing about me but I do
not see why I should submit myself to such verbal
treatment. If I thought I could learn something which
might lead to useful revisions of my position I would of
course be willing to take my punishment, but Chomsky
simply does not understand what I am talking about and I
see no reason to listen to him. (as reported in Andresen,
1991, p. 57) »
|
|
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1957). Verbal behavior. New York
: Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
PALMER, D.C. (1999). A call for tutorials on alternative
approaches to the study of verbal behavior. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 16, 45-58. [PDF] |
|
CHOMSKY, N. (1959). A review of B.F. Skinner's Verbal
behavior. Language, 35, 26-58. [PDF] |
BARNES-HOLMES, D., BARNES-HOLMES, Y. & CULLINAN, V.
(2000). Relational frame theory and Skinner's Verbal
Behavior : A possible synthesis. The Behavior Analyst,
23, 69-84. [PDF] |
|
MacQUORDALE, K. (1970). A reply to Chomsky's review of
Skinner's Verbal Behavior. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 13 (1), 83-99.
[PDF] |
|
|
RICHELLE, M. (1972). Analyse formelle et analyse
fonctionnelle du comportement verbal. Notes sur le débat
entre Chomsky et Skinner. Bulletin de Psychologie, 26,
252-259/ (1976). Formal analysis and functional analysis
of verbal behavior : Notes on the debate between Chomsky
and Skinner. Behaviorism, 4, 209-221. |
|
|
BISCHOF, N. (1980). Remarks on Lorenz and Piaget: How can
«working hypotheses» be «necessary» ? In M.
Piattelli-Palmarini (Ed.), Language & Learning. The
Debate between Jean Piaget and Noam Chomsky (pp. 233-241).
Cambridge : Harvard University Pres. |
|
|
ANDRESEN, J.T. (1990). Skinner and Chomsky thirty years
later. Histographica Linguistica, 17 (1/2),
145-165. [PDF] |
|
|
STEMMER, N. (1990). Skinner's verbal behavior, Chomsky's
review, and mentalism. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 54 (3), 307-319. [PDF] |
PALMER, D.C. (2006). On Chomsky's appraisal of Skinner's
Verbal Behavior. The Behavior Analyst, 29,
253-267. [PDF] |
|
ANDRESEN, J.T. (1991). Skinner and Chomsky 30 years later or
: The return of the repressed. The Behavior Analyst,
14, 49-60. [PDF] |
VIRUES-ORTEGA, J. (2006). The case against B.F. Skinner 45
years later : An encounter with N. Chomsky. The
Behavior Analyst, 29, 243-251. [PDF] |
|
KNAPP, T.J. (1992). Verbal Behavior : The other reviews. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 10, 87-95. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Grands
problèmes et Comportement
verbal |
|
|
Débat
politique : Débat, campagne
politique et vote.
Political debate, televised debate.
| |
|
|
BLAIS, A. & BOYER, M. (1996). Assessing the impact of
televised debates : The case of the 1988 Canadian
election. British Journal of Political Science, 26, 143-164. |
|
NORTON, M.I. & GOETHALS, G.R. (2004). Spin (and pitch)
doctors : Campaign strategies in televised political
debates. Political Behavior, 26, 227-248. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debruine Lisa M. ( ) :
Psychologue évolutionniste écossaise et spécialiste de
l'étude du visage, notamment
en lien avec la beauté et l'attirance
physique. Collaboratrice de
Jones, Haselton,
Little, Penke. et Pentonvoak.
|
DeBRUINE, L.M. (2004). Facial resemblance increases the
attractiveness of same-sex faces more than other-sex
faces. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B,
271, 2085-2090.
[PDF] |
|
DeBRUINE, L.M. (2009). Beyond "just-so stories" : How
evolutionary theories led to predictions that
non-evolution-minded researchers would never dream of. The
Psychologist, 22 (11), 930-931.
[PDF] |
|
DeBRUINE, L.M., SMITH, F.G., JONES, B.C., ROBERTS, S.C.,
PETRIE, M. & SPECTOR, T.D. (2009). Kin recognition
signals in adult faces. Vision Research, 49 (1),
38-43. [PDF] |
|
DeBRUINE, L.M., JONES, B.C., CRAWFORD, J.R., WELLING,
L.L.M. & LITTLE, A.C. (2010). The health of a nation
predicts their mate preferences : cross-cultural variation
in women's preferences for masculinized male faces. Proceedings
of the Royal Society of London B, 277, 2405-2410.
[PDF] |
|
DeBRUINE, L.M., HAHN, L.C. & JONES, B.C. (2016).
Perceiving infant faces. Current Opinion in
Psychology, 7, 87-91. |
|
|
|
Décalage
: Selon Piaget,
variation individuelle dans le passage d'un stade
développmenent à l'autre. Decalage.
| |
|
|
GILLIÉRON, C. (1976). Décalage et sériation. Archives
de Psychologie, 44. |
|
SCARDAMALIA, M. (1977). Information processing capacity
and the problem of horizontal decalage : A demonstration
using combinatorial reasoning tasks. Child
Development, 48, 28-37. |
|
LEONARD, F. (1979). Décalages et interruptions du
processus d’équilibration chez l’adulte. Cahiers de
Psychologie, 22, 75-84. |
|
DE RIBAUPIERRE, A. & RIEBEN, L. (1983). Aspects
différentiels du fonctionnement cognitif : procédures,
décalages et dysharmonies. Archives de Psychologie,
51, 9-16. |
|
| LEGENDRE-BERGERON,
M.F. (1980). Lexique de la psychologie du
développement de Jean Piaget. Montréal : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
|
|
Décentralisation
: Décentaliser : Decentralization.
| |
|
|
WYNER, G.M. & MALONE, T.W. (1996). Cowboys or
commanders : Does information technology lead to
decentralization ? Proceedings of the International
Conference on Information Systems, Columbus, OH, December
15-18. |
|
|
| LEGENDRE-BERGERON,
M.F. (1980). Lexique de la psychologie du
développement de Jean Piaget. Montréal : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
|
Décentration
: Décentrer : Chez Piaget,
capacité d'un enfant d'envisager le point de vue des autres, donc
de cesser de se centrer sur sa propre perception
ou ses sentiments.
Decentration, Taking another person's
perspective.
| |
|
|
RUBIN, K.H. (1973). Decentration skills in
institutionalized and non-institutionalized elderly.
Proceedings of the 81st Annual Convention of the
American Psychological Association, 763-764. |
AMES, D.L., JENKINS, A.C., BANAJI, M.R. & MITCHELL,
J.P. (2008). Taking another person's perspective increases
self-referential neural processing. Psychological
Science, 19 (7), 642-644. [PDF] |
|
BATSON, C.D., EARLY, S. & SALVARINI, G. (1997).
Perspective taking : imagining how another feels versus
imagining how you would feel. Personality &
Social Personality Bulletin, 23, 751-758. |
|
|
| LEGENDRE-BERGERON, M.F. (1980). Lexique de la psychologie du développement de Jean Piaget. Montréal : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Empathie |
|
|
Déception
: Disappointment.
|
|
|
Décharge
: Au sens freudien,
évacuation par le corps d'une énergie
psychique engendrée par une excitation interne ou externe.
La décharge peut-être totale ou partielle.
|
|
| |
|
|
| LAPLANCHE, J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
|
Décharge électrique : L'expression renvoie à deux réalités bien
distinctes : a) En psychologie,
les décharges électriques de faible intensité sont utilisées comme
punition positive
ou comme renforcement
négatif pour diminuer ou augmenter la fréquence des comportements
chez les animaux (rat, pigeon,
etc) et les humains (notamment
chez les enfants qui s'automutilent).
Décharge électrique, punir et
jet d'eau sur la tempe.
Contingent
electric shock, electric shock therapy, electrical aversion
therapy, EAT.
b) En psychiatrie,
on utilise également l'électricité pour traiter les patients
qui sont profondément dépressifs
(Voir thérapie
électroconvulsive). NDLR : Choc
électrique est un anglicisme; en français, le terme "choc" désigne
plutôt la conséquence physique de la décharge électrique, autrement dit la réponse à un courant électrique.
Electric shock, shock, unavoidable shock, electric current.
| |
|
| a |
|
BARLOW, M.C. (1933). The influence of electric shock in
mirror tracing. American Journal of Psycholy, 45,
478- 487. |
KNUTSON, J.F., HYNAN, M.T. & KANE, N.L. (1976). The
influence of home-cage lighting conditions on
shock-induced fighting. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 90, 877-888. |
|
BERNARD, J. & GILBERT, R.W. (1941). The specificity of
the effect of shock for error in maze learning with human
subjects. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 28, 178-186. |
LINHART, S.B., ROBERTS, J.D., SCHUMAKE, A. & JOHNSON,
R. (1977). Avoidance of prey by captive coyotes punished
with electric shock. Proceedings of the 7th
Vertebrate Pest Conference, 302-306. [PDF] |
|
STONE, C.P. & HOROWITZ, M.W. (1946). The disorganizing
effects of electroconvulsive shock on a light
discrimination habit in albino rats. Journal of
Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 40, 15-21. |
LINSCHEID, T.R. & CUNNINGHAM, C.E. (1977). A
controlled demonstration of the effectiveness of electric
shock in the elimination of chronic infant rumination. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 10 (3), 500. |
|
STONE, C.P., SHARP, H.C. & WINDER, D.L. (1946).
Effects of electro-convulsive shocks on "reasoning"
ability in albino rats. Journal of Psychology, 22,
193-197. |
BERSH, P.J. & ALLOY, L.B. (1978). Avoidance based on
shock intensity reduction with no change in shock
probability. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 30 (3), 293-300. [PDF] |
|
STONE, C.P., EADY, H.R. & HAUTY, G.T. (1949). Possible
genetic differences in the mortality of mice from
electro-convulsive shocks. Journal of Comparative
& Physiological Psychology, 42, 427-428. |
HINELINE, P. (1978). Warm-up in free-operant avoidance as
a function of the response-shock = shock-shock interval.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 30 (3),
281-291. [PDF] |
|
SIDMAN, M. (1953). Avoidance conditioning with brief shock
and no exteroceptive warning signal. Science, 118 (3058),
157-158. |
ROSSELINI, R.A. (1978). Inescapable shock interferes with
the acquisition of a free appetitive operant. Animal
Learning & Behaviour, 6, 155-159. |
|
RISHIKOF, J.R. & ROSVOLD, H.E. (1953) Effects of
electroconvulsive shocks on the performance of the rat in
the closed- field test. Canadian Journal of
Psychology, 7, 29-33. |
|
|
CAMPBELL, B.A. & TEGTSOONIAN, R. (1958). Electrical
and behavioral effects of different types of shock stimuli
on the rat. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 64, 171-175. |
|
|
AZRIN, N.H. (1959). A technique for delivering shock to
pigeons. Journal of Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 2 (2), 161-162.
[PDF] |
BERSH, P.J. & ALLOY, L.B. (1980). Reduction of shock
duration as negative reinforcement in free-operant
avoidance. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 33 (2), 265-273. [PDF] |
|
APPEL, J.B. (1959). Punishment and shock intensity. Science,
141, 528-529 |
ROSSELINI, R.A. & DECOLA, J.P. (1981). Inescapable
shock interferes with the acquisition of a low-activity
response in an appetitive context. Animal Learning
and Behaviour, 9, 487-490. |
|
BROOKSHIRE K.H., LITTMAN, R.A. & STEWART, C.N. (1961).
Residua of shock-trauma in the white rat : A three- factor
theory. Psychological Monographs, 75 (10), 1-32. |
MURISON, R. & ISAKEN, E. (1982). Gastric ulceration
and adrenocortical activity after inescapable and
escapable pre-shock in rats. Scandinavian Journal of
Psychology, 1, 133-137. |
|
LYKKEN, D.T. (1962). Preception in the rat : Autonomic
response to shock as a function of length of the warning
interval. Science, 137, 665-666. |
ROSSELINI, R.A., DECOLA, J.P. & SHAPIRO, N.R. (1982).
Cross-motivational effects of inescapable shock are
associative in nature. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behaviour Processes, 8,
376-388. |
|
ULRICH, R.E. & AZRIN, N H. (1962). Elimination of
undesired escape from
footshock. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 5 (1), 72.
[PDF] |
KATZ, R.J. (1982). Animal model of depression : Animal
model of depression : Effects of electroconvulsive shock,
therapy. Neuroscience & Behavioral Reviews, 5,
273-277. [PDF] |
|
KELLEHER, R.T., RIDDLE, W.C. & COOK, L. (1963).
Persistent behavior maintained by unavoidable shocks. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6 (4),
507-517.
[PDF] |
LOGUE, A.W. (1982). Expecting shock. Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 5, 680-681. |
|
WALLER, M.B. & WALLER, P.F. (1963). The effects of
unavoidable shocks on a multiple schedule having an
avoidance component. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 6 (1), 29-37.
[PDF] |
|
|
HAKE, D.F. & AZRIN, N.H. (1963). An apparatus for
delivering pain shock to monkeys. Journal of
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6 (2),
2297-2298.
[PDF] |
ABBOTT, B.B., SCHOEN, L.S. & BADIA, P. (1984).
Predictable and unpredictable shock : Behavioral measures
of aversion and physiological measures of stress. Psychological
Bulletin, 96, 45-71. |
|
SIDLEY, N.A. & SCHOENFELD, W.N. (1963). Induced
electric current flow in the pigeon as a function of
impressed voltage and pulse frequency. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6 (1), 99-100. |
|
|
FOWLER, H. & MILLER, N.E. (1963). Facilitation and
inhibition of runway performance by hind-and forepaw shock
of various intensities. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 56, 801-805. |
|
|
CORNSTREET, T.N. (1963). The design of electric
circuits in the behavioral sequences. New York :
Wiley. |
|
|
|
ULRICH, R.E. & CRAINE, W.H. (1964). Behavior :
persistence of shock-induced aggression. Science, 143,
971-973. |
|
|
APPEL, J.B. & PETERSEN, N.J. (1965). Punishment :
effect of soft shock intensity on response suppression. Psychologcal
Reports, 16, 721-730. |
LAUDENSLAGER, M.L., FLESHNER, M., HOFSTADER, P., HELD,
P.E., SIMONS, L. & MAIER, S.F. (1988). Suppression of
specific antibody production by inescapable shock :
Stability under varying conditions. Brain, Behavior
& Immunity, 2, 92-101. |
|
METZ, J.R. (1965). Conditioning generalized imitation in
autistic children. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 2, 389-399. |
SPREAT, S., LIPINSKI, D., DICKERSON, R., NASS, R. &
DORSEY, M. (1989). The acceptability of electric shock
programs. Behavior Modification, 13 (2),
245-256. |
|
LOVAAS, O.I., SCHAEFFER, B. & SIMMONS, J.Q. (1965).
Building social behavior in autistic children by use of
electric shock. Journal of Experimental Research in
Personality, 1, 99-109.
[PDF] |
LINSCHEID, T., HARTEL, F. & COOLEY, N. (1993). Are
aversives durable ? A five year follow-up of three
individuals treated with contingent electric shock. Child
& Adolescent Mental Health Care, 3 (2), 67-76. |
|
|
|
DINSMOOR, J.A. & CLAYTON, M.H. (1966). A conditioned
reinforcer maintained by temporal association with the
termination of shock. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 9, 547-552. [PDF] |
WILLIAMS, D.E., KIRKPATRICK-SANCHEZ, S. & IWATA, B.A.
(1993). A comparison of shock intensity in the treatment
of longstanding and severe self-injurious behavior.
Research in Developmental Disabilities, 14,
207-219. |
|
WEISS, J.M. (1967). A tail electrode for unrestrained
rats. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 10 (1), 85-86.
[PDF] |
WOODAMNSEE, W.W., SILBERT, L.H. & MAIER, S.F.
(1993). Factors that modulate inescapable shock-induced
reductions in daily activity in the rat. Pharmacology
Biochemistry & Behavior, 4 (5), 553–559. |
|
ROBERTS, C. & LARSON, C. (1967). Shock history and
adaptation as parameters of elicited aggression in rats. The
Psychological Record, 17, 425-428. |
MUDFORD, O.C., BOUNDY, K. & MURRAY, A.D. (1995).
Therapeutic shock device (TSD) : Clinical evaluation with
self-injurious behaviors. Research in Developmental
Disabilities, 16, 253-267. |
|
GIBBON, J. (1967). Discriminated punishment : avoidable
and unavoidable shock. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 10 (5), 10, 451-460. [PDF] |
PRABHAKAR, T. & JOB, R.F.S. (1996). The effects of
order of shock durations on helplessness in rats.
Animal Learning & Behavior, 24, 175-182. |
|
RACHLIN, H. (1967). The effect of shock intensity on
concurrent and single key responding in concurrent-chain
schedules. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 10 (1), 87-93. [PDF] |
DUKER, P.C. & SEYS, D.M. (1996). Long-term use of
electrical aversion treatment with self-injurious
behaviors. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 17
(4), 293-301. [PDF] |
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & MAIER, S.F. (1967). Failure to
escape traumatic shock. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 74 (1), 1-9.
[PDF] |
|
|
AZRIN, N.H., HUTCHISON, R.R. & HAKE, D.F. (1967).
Attack, avoidance, and escape reactions to aversive shock.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 10 (2),
131-148. [PDF] |
|
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & MAIER, S.F. (1967). Failure to
escape traumatic shock. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 74, 1-9. |
|
|
POWELL, J. & AZRIN, N. (1968). The effects of shock as
a punisher for cigarette smoking. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 1 (1), 63-71.
[PDF] |
|
|
McKEARNEY, J.W. (1968). Maintenance of responding under a
fixed-interval schedule of electric shock presentation.
Science, 160, 1249-1251. |
|
|
DREYER, P.I. & CHURCH, R.M. (1968). Shock-induced
fighting as a function of the intensity and duration of
the aversive stimulus. Psychonomic Science, 10,
271-272. |
|
|
POWELL, D.A., FRANCIS, J., BRAMAN, M.J. &
SCHNEIDERMAN, N. (1969). Frequency of attack in
shock-elicited aggression as a function of the performance
of individual rats. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 12 (5), 817-823. [PDF] |
|
|
KELLEHER, R.T. & MORSE, W.H. (1968). Schedules using
noxious stimuli. III. Responding maintained with
response-produced electric shocks. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 11 (6), 819-838.
[PDF] |
|
|
BYRD, L.D. (1969). Responding in the cat maintained under
response-independent electric shock and response-produced
electric shock. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 12, 1-10. |
|
|
MILLER, R.R. & MISANIN, J.R. (1969). Critique of
electroconvulsive shock-induced retrograde amnesia :
Analysis of the familiarization effect. Communications
in Behavioral Biology, 4, 255-256. |
|
|
GALEF, B.G. (1970). Familiarity of target location as a
factor in the shock-associated aggression of wild rats. Psychonomic
Science, 19, 299-300. |
PERONE, M. & CRAWFORD, E. (1999). The role of
intermittent shock postponement in reinforcement by
timeout from avoidance. Mexican Journal of Behavior
Analysis, 25, 329-340. |
|
DREYER, P.I. & CHURCH, R.M. (1970). Reinforcement of
shock-induced fighting. Psychonomic Science, 18, 147-148.
|
|
|
MILLER, R.R. (1970). Effects of environmental complexity
on amnesia induced by electroconvulsive shock in the rat.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
71, 267-275. |
|
|
CREER, T.L. & POWELL, D.A. (1971). Effect of repeated
shock presenations and different stimulus intensities on
shock-induced aggression. Psvchonomic Science, 24,
133-134. |
|
|
BERRY, R. & JACK, C. (1971). The effect of temperature
on shock-elicited aggression in rats. Psychonornic
Science, 23, 341-343. |
|
|
MILLER, R.R. & SPRINGER, A.D. (1971). Temporal course
of amnesia in rats after electroconvulsive shock. Physiology
& Behavior, 6, 229-233. |
DUKER, P.C. & SEYS, D.M. (2000). A quasi-experimental
study on the effect of electrical aversion treatment on
imposed mechanical restraint for severe self-injurious
behavior. Research in Developmental disabilities, 21,
235-242. |
|
MISANIN, J.R., SMITH, N.F. & MILLER, R.R. (1971).
Memory of electroconvulsive shock as a function of shock
intensity and duration. Psychonomic Science, 22,
5-7. |
LINSCHEID, T.R. & REICHENBACH, H. (2002). Multiple
factors in the long-term effectiveness of contingent
electric shock treatment for self-injurious behavior : a
case example. Research in Developmental Disabilities,
23, 161-177. |
|
KNUTSON, J.F. & HYNAN, M.T. (1972). Influence of
upright posture on shock-elicited aggression in rats. Journal
of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 81,
297-306. |
|
|
CROWELL, C.R. & FREI, L.A. (1972). A circuit to permit
an electronic drinkometer to operate during footshock. Behavior
Research Methods & Instrumentation, 4, 193-194. |
|
|
CAGGIUALA, A.A. (1972). Shock-elicited copulation and
aggression in male rats. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 80, 393-397. |
|
|
MAIER, S.F., ANDERSON, C. & LIEBERMAN, D.A. (1972).
Influence of control of shock on subsequent shock-elicited
aggression. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 81, 94-100. |
|
|
BAUMEISTER, A.A. & FOREHAND, R. (1972). Effects of
contingent shock and verbal command on body rocking of
retardates. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 28,
586-590. |
SALVY, S., MULICK, J.A, BUTTER, E., BARTLETT, R.K. &
LINSCHEID, T.R. (2004). Contingent electric shock (SIBIS)
and a conditioned punisher eliminate severe head banging
in a preschool child. Behavioral Interventions, 19,
59-72. |
|
HUTZELL, R.R. & KNUTSON, J.F. (1972). A comparison of
shock-elicited fighting and shock-elicited biting in rats.
Physiology & Behavior, 18, 477-480. |
OORSOUW, W.M.W.J., ISRAEL, M.L., VON HEYN, R.E. &
DUKER, P.C. (2008). Side effects of contingent shock
treatment. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 29,
(6), 513-52.
[PDF] |
|
LAMBERT, J.V., BERSH, P.J., HINELINE, P.N. & SMITH,
G.D. (1973). Avoidance conditioning with shock contingent
upon the avoidance response. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 19 (2),
361-367. [PDF] |
REED, P. & YOSHINO, T. (2008). Effect of contingent
auditory stimuli on concurrent schedule performance : An
alternative punisher to electric shock. Behavioural
Processes, 78, 421-428. |
|
FOLLICK, M.J. & KNUTSON, J.F. (1974). Shock source and
intensity : Variables in shock-induced fighting. Behavior
Research Methods & Instrumentation, 6 (5),
477-480. [PDF] |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Stimulis
aversif et Punition
|
| b |
|
CERLETTI, U. (1950). Old and new information about
electroshock. American Journal of Psychiatry, 107,
87-94. |
|
|
Voir aussi Thérapie
électroconvulsive |
| |
|
|
Deci Edward L. (Clifton Springs 1942-) : Psychosociologue
américain. Il a développé une théorie de la motivation
(self-determination theory)
en collaboration avec Ryan. Collaborateur de
Grolnick, Koestner, Murayama,
Pelletier, Ryan,
Sheldon,
Soenens, Vallerand,
Vansteenkiste et Vroom.
 |
DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (1987). The support of
autonomy and the control of behavior. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 53 (6),
1024-1037. |
|
DECI, E.L., VALLERAND, R.J., PELLETIER, L.G. & RYAN,
R.M. (1991). Motivation and education : The
self-determination perspective. The Educational
Psychologist, 26, 325-346. [PDF] |
|
DECI, E.L., KOESTNER, R. & RYAN, R.M. (1999). A
meta-analytic review of experiments examining the effects
of extrinsic rewards on intrinsic motivation. Psychological
Bulletin, 125, 627-668. [PDF] |
|
DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (2000). The «what» and «why»
of goal pursuits : Human needs and the self-determination
of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11 (4),
227-268. [PDF] |
|
DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (2008). Self-determination
theory : A macrotheory of human motivation, development,
and health. Canadian Psychology, 49 (3), 182-185.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Décider
: Décision : Contrairement au choix,
souvent plus rapide et spontané, la décision est le le produit ou
le résultat d'un processus de réflexion, qui peut se faire tant
sur le plan individuel
que collectif (groupe). Ce
processus est l'ensemble des étapes que franchit un organisme (ou
un groupe) avant
d'émettre un comportement, donc d'agir. Ces étapes varient
beaucoup selon les modèles, mais habituellement, en conditions
idéales, elles consistent à recueillir des renseignements sur la
situation et ses acteurs, à analyser ces informations à la lumière
du contexte, des traditions et autres façons de faire propres à la
situation, à analyser les choix
disponibles en tenant compte des contraintes du moment, à
juger des conséquences possibles à court/moyen/long terme,
et enfin, à prendre une décision. Décision, pouvoir
et leader.
= prise de décision, processus de
décision, faire un choix, peser le pour et le contre. /procrastiner.
Decision, decision making.
|
|
| |
|
Les Kennedy en réflexion...
|
|
BLACK, D. (1948). On the rationale of group
decision-making. Journal of Political Economy, 56,
23-34. |
HIGGINS, E.T. (2000). Making a good decision : Value from
fit. American Psychologist, 55 (11), 1217-1230. |
|
TANNER, W.P., WILSON, P. & SWETS, J.A. (1954). A
decision-making theory of visual detection.
Psychological Review, 61 (6), 401-409. |
GRANT, S., CONTOREGGI, C. & LONDON, E.D. (2000). Drug
abusers show impaired performance in a laboratory test of
decision making. Neuropsychologia, 38,
1180-1187. |
|
WOODHEAD, M.M. (1959). Effect of brief, loud noise on
decision making. Journal of the Acoustical Society of
America, 31, 1329-1331. |
ISEN, A.M. (2000). Positive affect and decision making. In
M. Lewis & J.M. Haviland-Jones (Ed.), Handbook of
emotions (pp. 417-435). New York : Guilford. |
|
EXLINE, R.V. (1959). Status congruency and interpersonal
conflict in decision-making groups. Human Relations,
12 (2), 147-162. |
BECHARA, A., DAMASIO, H. & DAMASIO, A.R. (2000).
Emotion, decision making and the orbitofrontal cortex. Cerebral
Cortex, 10 (3), 295-307. |
|
SWETS, J.A., TANNER, W.P. & BIRDSALL, T.G. (1961).
Decision processes in perception. Psychological
Review, 68 (5), 301-340. [PDF]
|
|
|
EDWARDS, W. (1962). Subjective probabilities inferred from
decisions. Psychological Review, 69, 109-135. |
|
|
LOGAN, F.A. (1965). Decision making by rats : Delay versus
amount of reward. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 59, 246-251. |
GEVA, N., MAYHAR, J. & SKORICK, J.M. (2000). The
cognitive calculus of foreign policy decision making : An
experimental assessment. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 44 (4), 447-471. |
|
NEVIN, J.A. (1965). Decision theory in studies of
discrimination in animals. Science, 150, 1057. |
FISHER-LOKOU, J. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2001). Impact of a
mediator, mutual representation of the negociators and
decision making in a dyad : evaluation in the case of
computer-mediated-communication. Studia Psychologica,
43 (1), 13-21. [PDF] |
|
PEPITONE, A. (1967). Motivations in decision making. Transactions
of the New York Academy of Sciences, 29 (7),
920-934. |
SLOVIC, P. (2001). Psychological study of human judgment :
Implications for investment decision making. The
Journal of Psychology & Financial Markets, 2,
160-172. |
|
BONEAU, C.A. & COLE, J.L. (1967). Decision theory, the
pigeon, and the psychophysical function. Psychological
Review, 74, 123-135. |
BAZERMAN, M.H. (2001). The study of «real» decision
making. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 14,
353-355. |
|
LOWIN, A. (1968). Participative decision making : A model,
literature critique, and prescriptions for research. Organizational
Behavior & Human Performance 3, 68-106. |
ISEN, A.M. (2001). An influence of positive affect on
decision making in complex situations : Theoretical issues
with practical implications. Journal of Consumer
Psychology, 11 (2), 75-85. [PDF] |
|
EINHORN, H.J. (1970). The use of non linear
noncompensatory models in decision making. Psychological
Bulletin, 73, 221-230. |
ARIELY, D. & ZAKAY, D. (2001). A timely account of the
role of duration in decision making. Acta
Psychologica, 108, 187-207. [PDF] |
|
ALLISON, G.T. (1971). Essence of decision :
explaining the Cuban missile crisis. Boston :
Little Brown. |
BAZERMAN, M.H. (2001). The study of «real» decision
making.Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 14,
353-355. |
|
BROADBENT, D.E. (1971). Decision and stress.
London : Academic Press. |
RUSSO, J.E. & SCHOEMAKER, P.J. (2002). Winning
decisions. New York : Doubleday. |
|
LEE, W. (1971). Decision theory and human behavior.
New York : Wiley. |
MANES, F., SAHAKIAN, B., CLARK, L., ROGERS, R., ANTOUN,
N., AITKEN, M. & ROBBINS, T. (2002) Decision-making
processes following damage to the prefrontal cortex. Brain,
125, 624-639. |
|
ARROW, K.J. & HURWICZ, L. (1972). Decision making
under ignorance. In C.F. Carter & J.L. Ford, (Eds.), Uncertainty
and expectations in economics : essays in honour of
G.L.S. Shackle. Oxford/New New York : Basil
Blackwell. |
BUSEMEYER, J.R. & STOUT, J.C. (2002). A contribution
of cognitive decision models to clinical assessment :
Decomposing performance on the Bechara gambling task. Psychological
Assessment, 14, 253-262. [PDF] |
|
VROOM, V.H. (1972). Some descriptive studies of
participation in decision-making. Pittsburgh :
Carnegie-Mellon University, Graduate School of Industrial
Administration. |
ERNST, M., KIMES, A.S., LONDON, E.D., MATOCHIK, J.A.,
ELDRETH, D., TATA, S., CONTOREGGI, C., LEFF, M. &
BOLLA, K. (2003). Neural substrates of decision making in
adults with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 1061-1070. |
|
RAPOPORT, A. & WALLSTEN, T.S. (1972). Individual
decision behavior. Annual Review of Psychology, 23, 131-176. |
DIEDERICH, A. (2003). Decision making under conflict :
Decision time as a measure of conflict strength. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 10 (1), 167-175. |
|
VROOM, V.H. & YETTON, P.W. (1973). Leadership and
decision-making. Pittsburgh PA : University of
Pittsburgh Press. |
HSEE, C.K., ZHANG, J., YU, F. & XI, Y. (2003). Lay
rationalism and inconsistency between predicted experience
and decision. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making,
16, 257-272. [PDF] |
|
VROOM, V.H. & JAGO, A.G. (1974). Decision making as a
social process/Leadership and decision making. Decision
Sciences, 5, 743-755. [PDF] |
LOEWENSTEIN, G. & LERNER J.S. (2003). The role of a
ect in decision making. Handbook of affective
Science, 619 (642), 619-642. |
|
HUFFMAN, W.E. (1974). Decision making : The role of
education. American Journal of Agricultural
Economics, 56 (1), 85-97. |
ERNST, M., GRANT, S.J., LONDON, E.D., CONTOREGGI, C.S.,
KIMES, A.S. & SPURGEON, L. (2003). Decision making in
adolescents with behavior disorders and adults with
substance abuse. American Journal of Psychiatry, 160,
33-40. |
| |
BRAND, M., LABUDDA, K., KALBE, E., HILKER, R., EMMANS, D.,
FUCHS, G., KESSLER, J. & MARKOWITSCH, H.J. (2004).
Decision-making impairments in patients with Parkinson's
disease. Behavioural Neurology, 15, 77-85. [PDF] |
|
MOSCOVICI, S. & DOISE, W. (1974), Decision making in
groups. In C. Nemeth (Ed.), Social psychology,
classes and contemporary integrations (pp.
250-287). Chicago : Rand McNally. |
KERR, L. & TINDALE, R.S. (2004). Group performance and
decision making. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 623-655.
[PDF] |
|
|
EINHORN, H.J. & HOGARTH, R.M. (1975). Unit weighting
schemes for decision making. Organizational Behavior
& Human Performance, 13, 171-192. |
BORNSTEIN, G., KUGLER, T. & ZIEGELMEYER, A. (2004).
Individual and group decisions in the centipede game : Are
groups more "rational" players ? Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 599-605. |
| |
ECKEL, C. & R. WILSON, R. (2004). Is trust a risky
decision ? Journal of Economic Behavior &
Organization, 55, 447-465. |
|
RAPOPORT, A. (1975). Research paradigms for studying
decision behavior. In D. Wendt & C.A.J. Vlek (Eds.),
Utility, probability, and human decision making (pp.
349-369). Dordrecht, Holland : D. Reidel. |
MINTZ, A. (2004). How do leaders make decisions ? A
poliheuristic perspective. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 48 (1), 3-13. [PDF] |
|
HOGARTH, R.M. (1975). Decision time as a function of task
complexity. In D. Wendt & C. Vlek (Eds.), Utility,
probability, and human decision making (pp.
321-338). Dordrecht, Holland : Reidel. |
GARON, N. & MOORE, C. (2004). Complex decision-making
in early childhood. Brain & Cognition, 55
(1), 158-170. |
|
PAYNE, J. (1976). Task complexity and contingent
processing in decision making : An information search and
protocol analysis. Organizational Behavior & Human
Performance, 16, 366-387. |
SMITH, P.L. & RATCLIFF, R. (2004). Psychology and
neurobiology of simple decisions. Trends in
Neurosciences, 27, 161-168. |
|
VROOM, V.H. (1977). The social structure of decision
making. New Haven, Connecticut : School of
Organization and Management, Yale University. |
FISHER-LOKOU, J., GUÉGUEN, N. & LÉPY N. (2004). Effets
de la communication par réseaux informatiques versus en
face-à-face sur la représentation réciproque des
négociateurs et leur prise de décision. Bulletin de
Psychologie, 57 (5), 525-533. [PDF] |
|
KINDER, D.R. & WEISS, J.A. (1978). In lieu of
rationality: Psychological perspectives on foreign policy
decision making. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 22,
707-736. |
|
|
EINHORN, H.J. & HOGARTH, R.M. (1978). Behavioral
decision theory : Processes of judgment and choice. Annual
Review of Psychology, 32, 53-88. [PDF] |
THAGARD, P. (2004). Causal inference in legal decision
making : Explanatory coherence vs. Bayesian networks. Applied
Artificial Intelligence, 18, 231-249. [PDF]
|
|
NEZU, A. & D’ZURILLA, T.J. (1979). An experimental
evaluation of the decision-making process in social
problem solving. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 3,
269-277. |
THAGARD, P.R. (2004). Spiking Phineas Gage : A
neurocomputational theory of cognitive-affective
integration in decision making. Psychological Review,
111, 67-79. [PDF] |
|
DAWES, R.M. (1979). The robust beauty of improper linear
models in decision making. American Psychologist, 34
(7), 571-582. [PDF] |
HSEE, C.K. & ZHANG, J. (2004). Distinction bias :
Misprediction and mischoice due to joint evaluation. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 86,
680-695. [PDF] |
|
KAHNEMAN, D. & TVERSKY, A. (1979). Prospect theory :
an analysis of decision under risk. Econometrica, 47,
263-291. |
DIJKTERHUIS, A. (2004). Think different : The merits of
unconscious thought in preference development and decision
making. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 87, 586-598.
[PDF] |
|
HOGARTH, R.M., MICHAUD, C. & MERY, J.-L. (1980).
Decision behavior in urban development : A methodological
approach and substantive consideration. Acta
Psychologica, 45, 95-117. |
SCHWARZ, N. (2004). Metacognitive experiences in consumer
judgment and decision making. Journal of Consumer
Psychology, 14 (4), 332-348. [PDF] |
|
TVERSKY, A. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1981). The framing of
decisions and the psychology of choice. Science, 211,
453-458. |
GOERTZ, G. (2004). Constraints, compromises, and decision
making. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 48 (1),
14-37. |
|
HOGARTH, R.M. & MAKRIDAKIS, S. (1981). The value of
decision making in a complex environment : An experimental
approach. Management Science, 27 (1), 93-107. |
TOPLAK, M.E., JAIN, U. & TANNOCK, R. (2005).
Decision-making and cognitive abilities in adolescents
with attention-deficit-hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Behavioral
& Brain Functions, 1 [8]. |
|
JANIS, I.L. (1982). Groupthink : Psychological
studies of policy decisions and fiascoes. Boston :
Houghton Mifflin. |
FRANKEN, I.H.A. & MURIS, P. (2005). Individual
differences in decision-making. Personality &
individual differences, 39 (5), 991-998. [PDF] |
|
PAYNE, J. (1982). Contingent decision behavior. Psychological
Bulletin, 92, 382-402. |
BRAND, M., FUJIWARA, E., BORSUTSKY, S., KALBE, E.,
KESSLER, J. & MARKOWITSCH, H.J. (2005).
Decision-making deficits of korsakoff patients in a new
gambling task with explicit rules : associations with
executive functions. Neuropsychology, 19, 267-277. |
|
ISEN, A.M. & MEANS, B. (1983). The influence of
positive affect on decision-making strategy. Social
Cognition, 2, 18-31. |
BIRBAUM, M.H. (2005). New paradoxes of risky decision
making. Fullerton : Mimeo California State
University. |
|
PITZ, G.F. & SACHS, N.J. (1984). Judgment and
decision. Annual Review of Psychology, 35, 139-163.
[PDF] |
FINUCANE, M.L., MERTZ, C.K., SLOVIC, P. & SCHMIDT,
E.S. (2005). Task complexity and older adults'
decision-making competence. Psychology & Aging,
20, 71-84. |
|
KONECNI, V.J. & EBBESEN, E.B. (1984). The mythology of
legal decision-making. International Journal of Law
& Psychiatry, 7, 5-18. [PDF] |
STEWART, N., CHATER, N. & BROWN, G.D.A. (2006).
Decision by sampling. Cognitive Psychology, 53,
1-26. [PDF] |
|
HARRISON, J.R. & MARCH, J.G. (1984). Decision making
and postdecision surprises. Administrative Science
Quarterly, 29, 26-42. |
GUTBROD, K., KROUZEL, C., HOFER, H., MURI, R., PERRIG, W.
& PTAK, R. (2006). Decision- making in amnesia : do
advantageous decisions require conscious knowledge of
previous behavioural choices ? Neuropsychologia, 44,
1315-1324. |
|
HOGARTH, R.M. & KUNREUTHER, H. (1985). Ambiguity and
insurance decisions. American Economic Review, 75
(2), 386-390. |
BRAND, M., LABUDDA, K. & MARKOWITSCH, H.J. (2006).
Neuropsychological correlates of decision-making in
ambiguous and risky situations. Neural Network, 19,
1266-1276. |
|
EINCHORN, H.J. & HOGARTH, R.M. (1986). Decision making
under ambiguity. Journal of Business, 59 (S4),
225-250. |
VALDESOLO, P. & DeSTENO, D.A. (2006). Manipulations of
emotional context shape moral decision making. Psychological
Science, 17 (6), 476-477. |
|
LEVIN, I., SNYDER, M. & CHAPMAN, D. (1988). The
interaction of experiential and situational factors and
gender in a simulated risky decision-making task. The
Journal of Psychology, 122 (2), 173-181. |
PETERS, E., VÄSTJFÄLL, D., GÄRLING, T. & SLOVIC, P.
(2006). Affect and decision making : A "hot" topic. Journal
of Behavioral Decision Making, 19, 79-85. [PDF] |
|
EINHORN, H.J. & HOGARTH, R.M. (1988). Decision making
under ambiguity : A note. Risk, Decision and
Rationality Theory & Decision Library, 9,
327-336. |
ZHANG, J., HSEE C.K. & XIAO, Z. (2006). The majority
rule in individual decision making. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 99, 102-111.
[PDF] |
|
PENNINGTON, N. & HASTIE, R. (1988). Explanation-based
decision making : effects of memory structure on judgment.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory,
& Cognition, 14, 521-533. |
ARIELY, D. & LOWENSTEIN, G. (2006). The heat of the
moment : The effect of sexual arousal on sexual decision
making. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 19,
87-98. [PDF] |
|
SAMUELSON, W. & ZECKHAUSER, R. (1988). Status quo bias
in decision making. Journal of Risk & Uncertainty,
1 (1), 7-59. |
GARON, N., MOORE, C. & WASCHBUSCH, D.A. (2006)
Decision making in children with ADHD only,
ADHD-anxious-depressed, and control children using a child
version of the Iowa Gambling Task. Journal of
Attention Disorders, 9, 607-619. |
|
HELLER, F.A., DRENTH, P.J.D., KOOPMAN, P.L. & RUS, V.
(1988). Decisions in organizations; a three country
comparative study. London : Sage |
|
|
EINHORN, H.J. & HOGARTH, R.M. (1988). Behavioral
decision theory; processes of judgment and choice. In D.
Bell, H. Raiffa & A. Tversky (Eds.), Decision
making, descriptive, normative, and prescriptive
interactions (pp. 113-146). Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
SNIJKERS, G., BERKENBOSCH, B. & LUPPES, M. (2007).
Understanding the decision to participate in a business.
Survey. Papers presented at the ICES-III, 1048-1059.
[PDF] |
|
MICHAELSEN, L.K., WATSON, W.E. & BLACK, R.H. (1989). A
realistic test of individual versus group consensus
decision making. Journal of Applied Psychology, 74
(5), 834-839. |
BRAND, M., GRABENHORST, F., STARCKE, K., VANDERKERCKKOVE,
M.M. & MARKOWITSCH, H.J. (2007). Role of the amygdala
in decisions under ambiguity and decisions under risk :
evidence from patients with Urbach-Wiethe disease. Neuropsychologia,
45, 1305-1317. |
|
HOGARTH, R.M. (1989). Ambiguity and competitive decision
making : Some implications and tests. Annals of
Operations Research, 19, 31-50. |
DANE, E. & PRATT, M.G. (2007). Exploring intuition and
its role in managerial decision making. Academy of
Management Review, 32 (1), 33-54. |
|
TINDALE, R.S. (1989). Group vs. individual information
processing : The effects of outcome feedback on
decision-making. Organizational Behavior and Human
Decision Processes, 44, 454-473. |
WINKIELMAN, P., KNUTSON, B., PAULUS, M.P. & TRUJILLO,
J.T. (2007). Affective influence on decisions : Moving
towards the core mechanisms. Review of General
Psychology, 11, 179-192. [PDF] |
|
WOOD, R.E. & BANDURA, A. (1989). Impact of conceptions
of ability on self-regulatory mechanisms and complex
decision making. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 56, 407-415. [PDF] |
|
|
PERKINS, W.S. & REYNA, V.F. (1990). The effects of
expertise on preference and typicality in investment
decision making. Advances in Consumer Research, 17,
1-6. |
WANG, Y. & RUHE, G. (2007). The cognitive process of
decision making. International Journal of Cognitive
Informatics & Natural Intelligence, 1 (2),
73-85. [PDF] |
|
|
HOGARTH, R.M. & EINHORN, H.J. (1990). Venture theory :
A model of decision weights. Management Science, 36 (7),
780-803. |
JOHNSON, A., VAN DER MEER, M.A., STEINER, A.P. &
REDISH, A.D. (2007). Integrating hippocampus and striatum
in decision-making. Current Opinion in
Neurobiobiology, 17, 692-697. |
|
HOWARD, D. & MADRIGAL, R. (1990). Who makes the
decision : The parent or child ? Journal of Leisure
Research, 22, 244-258. |
|
|
YATES, J.F. (1990). Judgment and decision making. Englewood
Cliffs, NJ : Prentice-Hall. |
|
|
PRELEC, D. & LOEWENSTEIN, G. (1991). Decision making
over time and under uncertainty : A common approach. Management
Science, 37, 770-786. |
COHEN, J.D., McCLURE S.M. & YU, A.J. (2007). Should I
stay or should I go ? How the brain manages the trade-off
between exploitation and exploration. Philosophical
Transactions of Royal Society B, 362, 933-942. [PDF] |
|
MELLERS, B.A., CHANG, S., BIRNBAUM, M.H. & ORDÖNEZ, L.
(1992). Preferences, prices, and ratings in risky decision
making. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human
Perception & Performance, 18, (2), 347-361. [PDF] |
BIRNBAUM, M.H. & BAHRA, J.P. (2007). Gain-loss
separability and coalescing in risky decision making. Management
Science, 53, 1016-1028. |
|
GOLTZ, S. (1992). A sequential learning analysis of
decisions in organizations to escalate investments despite
continuing costs or losses. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 25 (3), 561-574. [PDF] |
WINKIELMAN, P. & TRUJILLO, J.T. (2007). Emotional
influence on decision and behavior: Stimuli, states, and
subjectivity. In R. Baumeister, K. Vohs & G.
Loewenstein (Eds.) Do emotions help or hurt decision
making ? (pp. 69-91). New York : Russell Sage
Foundation. [PDF] |
|
GOLDSTEIN, W.M. & BUSEMEYER, J.M. (1992). The effect
of "irrelevant" variables on decision making : Criterion
shifts in preferential choice. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 52,
425-454. |
|
|
PENNINGTON, N. & HASTIE, R. (1992). Explaining the
evidence : tests of the story model for juror decision
making. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 62, 189-206. |
CORICELLI, G., DOLAN, R.J. & SIRIGU, A. (2007). Brain,
emotion and decision making : the paradigmatic example of
regret. Trends in Cognitive Science, 11 (6),
258-265. [PDF] |
|
PAYNE, J.W., BETTMAN, J.R. & JOHNSON, E.J. (1992).
Behavioral decision research : a constructive process
perspective. Annual Review of Psychology, 43, 87-131. |
|
|
TVERSKY, A. & SHAFIR, E. (1992). Choice under conflict
: The dynamics of deferred decision. Psychological
Science, 3 (6), 358-361. |
|
|
MESSICK, D.M. & SCHELL, T. (1992). Evidence for an
equality heuristic in social decision making. Acta
Psychologica, 80, 311-323. |
|
|
KUNREUTHER, H. & HOGARTH, R.M. (1992). How does
ambiguity affect insurance decisions ? G. Dionne (Ed.), Contributions
to insurance economics (pp. 307-324). Boston, MA :
Kluwer Academic Publishers. |
DRECHSLER, R., RIZZO, P. & STEINHAUSEN, H.C. (2008).
Decision-making on an explicit risk-taking task in
preadolescents with attention-de cit/hyperactivity
disorder. Journal of Neural Transmission, 115
(2), 201-209. [PDF] |
|
HOGARTH, R.M. (1993). Accounting for decisions and
decisions for accounting. Accounting, Organizations
& Society, 18 (5), 407-424. |
TSAI, I. & HSEE, C.K. (2008). A behavioral model of
compensation decisions. Journal of Behavioral
Decision Making, 21, 1-15. [PDF] |
|
MINTZ, A. (1993). The decision to attack Iraq : A
noncompensatory theory of decision making. Journal of
Conflict Resolution, 37 (4), 595-618. |
RATCLIFF, R. & McKOON, G. (2008). The diffusion
decision model : Theory and data for two-choice decision
tasks. Neural Computation, 20, 873-922. [PDF] |
|
ISEN, A.M. (1993). Positive affect and decision making. In
M. Lewis & J. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of emotion
(pp. 261-277). New York : Guilford. |
PFISTER, H.R. & BÖHM, G. (2008). The multiplicity of
emotions : A framework of emotional functions in decision
making. Judgment & Decision Making, 3 (1),
5-17. |
|
PLOUS, S. (1993). The psychology of judgment and
decision making. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
BAZERMAN, M.H. & MOORE, D.A. (2008). Judgment in
managerial decision making. John Wiley and Sons. |
|
BUSEMEYER, J. & TOWNSEND, J.T. (1993). Decision field
theory : A dynamic-cognitive approach to decision making.
Psychological Review, 100 (3), 432-459. |
BAZERMAN, M.H. & MOORE, D.A. (2008). Judgment in
managerial decision making. John Wiley and Sons. |
|
SCHANK, R.C. & LANGER, E. (Eds.) (1994), Beliefs,
reasoning and decision-making : Psychologic in honor of
Robert Abelson. New Jersey : Erlbaum Publishing. |
BIRNBAUM, M.H. (2008). New paradoxes of risky decision
making. Psychological Review, 115 (2), 463-501.
[PDF] |
|
FORD, R.C. & RICHARDSON, W.D. (1994). Ethical decision
making : A review of the empirical literature. Journal
of Business Ethics, 13, 205-221. |
BOTVINICK, M.M. & ROSEN, Z.B. (2009). Anticipation of
cognitive demand during decision-making. Psychological
Research, 73 (6), 835-842. |
|
JOHNSON, J.E.V. & BRUCE, A. (1992). Toward and
explanation of betting as a leisure pursuit. Leisure
Studies, 11, (3), 201-218. |
ALBANTAKIS, L & DECO, G. (2009). The encoding of
alternatives in multiple-choice decision making. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences USA,106, 10308–10313. |
|
POULTON, E.C. (1994). Behavioral decision theory : A
new approach. Cambridge University Press :
Cambridge. |
KRAMER, R.M., TENBRUNSEL, A. & BAZERMAN, M.H. (Eds.)
(2009). Social decision making : Social dilemmas,
social values, and ethical judgments. New York :
Psychology Press. |
|
KUDER, J.M. (1995). The current environment for medical
decision making : Alternative efficiency concepts and
decision motivation. Motivation & Emotion, 19, 221-236. |
WEBER, E.U. & JOHNSON, E.J. (2009). Mindful judgment
and decision making. Annual Review of Psychology, 60,
53-85. [PDF] |
|
CAMERER, C. (1995). Individual decision making. In
The handbook of experimental economics. Princeton
University Press. |
STEWART, N. (2009). Decision by sampling: the role of the
decision environment in risky choice. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 62 (6),
1041-1062. |
|
KUNREUTHER, H., MESZAROS, J., HOGARTH, R.M. & SPRANCA,
M. (1995). Ambiguity and underwriter decision processes. Journal
of Economic Behavior & Organization, 26 (3),
337-352. |
LIGHTLE, J., KAGEL, J. & ARKES, H.R., (2009).
Information exchange in group decision making : The hidden
profile problem reconsidered.Management Science,
55, 568-581. |
|
GALOTTI, K.M. (1995). A longitudinal study of real-life
decision making : Choosing a college. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 9, 459-484. [PDF] |
BAKOS, D.S., DENBURG, N., FONSECA, R. P. & DE MATTOS
PIMENTA PARENTE, M.A. (2010). A cultural study on decision
making : Performance di erences on the Iowa Gambling Task
between selected groups of Brazilians and Americans. Psychology
& Neuroscience, 3, 101-107. |
|
RADECKI, C. & JACQUARD, J. (1996). Gender-role
differences in decision-making orientations and decision
making skills. Journal of Applied Psychology, 26 (1),
76-94. |
TOPLAK, M.E., SORGE, G.B., BENOIT, A., WEST, R.F. &
STANOVICH, K.E. (2010). Decision-making and cognitive
abilities : A review of associations between Iowa Gambling
Task performance, executive functions, and intelligence.
Clinical Psychology Review, 30, 562-581. |
|
NYGREN, T.E., ISEN, A.M., TAYLOR, P.J. & DULIN, J.
(1996). The influence of positive affect on the decision
rule in risk situations : Focus on outcome (and especially
avoidance of loss) rather than probability.
Organizational Behavior & Human Decision Processes,
66, 59-72. |
STASSER, G. (2010). Social decisions chemes. In J. M
Levine & M.A. Hogg (Eds.), Encyclopedia of group
processes and intergroup relations (Vol 2, pp.
770-773). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
BIRNBAUM, M.H. & CHAVEZ, A. (1997). Tests of
theories of decision making : Violations of branch
independence and distribution independence. Organizational
Behavior & Human decision Processes 71
(2), 161-194 |
|
|
|
KAHN, B.E., GREENLEAF, E., IRWIN, J.R., ISEN, A.M., LEVIN,
I.P., LUCE, M.F., PONTES, M.C.F., SHANTEAU, J., VANHUELE,
M. & YOUNG, M.J. (1997). Examining medical decision
making from a marketing perspective. Marketing
Letters, 8, 361-375. |
MATTHEWS, G., PANGANIBAN, A.R. & HUDICK, E. (2011).
Anxiety and selective attention to threat in tactical
decision-making. Personality & Individual
Differences, 50, 949-954. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, W. & HOGARTH, R.M. (1997). Judgment and
decision research : Some historical context. In Currents,
connections and controversies (pp.3-65.). Cambridge
University Press. |
SHEN, L., HSEE, C.K., WU, Q. & TSAI, C. (2011).
Overprediction and under-pricing in pricing decisions. Journal
of Behavioral Decision Making, DOI: 10.1002/bdm.746 [PDF] |
|
MELLERS, B.A., SCHARWTZ, A. & COOKE, D.J. (1998).
Judgment and decision making. Annual Review in
Psychology, 49, 447-477. [PDF]
|
STÜGGEN, M.C., YILDIZ, A. & GÜNTÜRÜN, O. (2011).
Adaptive criterion setting in perceptual decision making.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 96
(2), 155-176. [PDF] |
|
RATCLIF, R. & ROUDER, J.N. (1998). Modeling response
times for two-choice decisions. Psychological
Science, 9, 347-356. [PDF] |
YANG, A., HSEE, C.K., LIU, Y. & ZHANG, L. (2011). The
supremacy of singular subjectivity : Improving consumer
decisions by removing specifications and comparisons.
Journal of Consumer Psychology, 21, 393-404. [PDF] |
|
FANTINO, E. (1998). Judgment and decision making :
Behavioral approaches. The Behavior Analyst, 21, 203-218. |
RAUHUT, H. & LORENZ, J. (2011). The wisdom of crowds
in one mind : How individuals can simulate the knowledge
of diverse societies to reach better decisions. Journal
of Mathematical Psychology, 55 (2), 191-197. [PDF] |
|
ARKES, H.R., SHOOTS-REINHARD, B. & MAYES, R.S. (2012).
Disjunction between probability and verdict in decision
making. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 25,
276-294. |
|
DAWES, R.M. (1998). Behavioral decision making, judgment,
and inference. In D. Gilbert, S. Fiske & G. Lindzey
(Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (pp.
589-597). Boston, MA : McGraw-Hill. |
STEINER, A.P & REDISH, A.D. (2012). The road not taken
: neural correlates of decision making in orbitofrontal
cortex. Frontiers in Neuroscience, 6 [131],
1-21. [PDF] |
|
BIRNBAUM, M.H. (1998). Measurement, judgment, and
decision making. San Diego : Academic Press. |
PENNER, M.R. & MIZUMORI, J.Y. (2012). Neural systems
analysis of decision making during goal-directed
navigation. Progress in Neurobiology, 96, 96-135.
[PDF] |
|
ARKES, H.R. (2013). The consequences of the hindsight bias
in medical decision making. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 22, 356-360. |
|
YATES, J.F. & ESTIN, P.A. (1998). Decision making. In
W. Bechtel & G. Graham (Eds.), A companion to
cognitive science (pp. 186-196). Malden, MA :
Blackwell. |
LEFEBVRE, R. & FRANKE, V. (2013). Culture matters :
Individualism vs. collectivism in conflict
decision-making. Societes, 3, 128-146. |
|
CROWLEY, P.H. & ZENTALL, T.R. (Eds.) (2013). Comparative
decision making. New York : Oxford University
Press. |
|
ZWICK, R., EREV, I. & BUDESCU, D. (1999). The
psychological and economical perspectives on human
decisions in social and interactive contexts. In D.
Budescu, I. Erev and R. Zwick (Eds.), Games and human
behavior: Essays in honor of Amnon Rapoport. (pp.
3-20). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates : New Jersey. [PDF] |
LERNER, J., LI, Y., VALDESOLO, P. & KASSAM K. (2015)
Emotion and decision making. Annual Review of
Psychology, 66, 799-823. [PDF] |
|
GEVA, N. & SKORICK, J.M. (1999). Information
inconsistency and the cognitive algebra of foreign policy
decision making. International Interactions. Empirical
& Theoretical Research in International Relations,
25 (4), 333-362. |
EBERET, S. (2020). Decision making when things are only a
matter of time. Operations Research 68 (5),
1564–1575. |
|
HSEE, C.K. (1999). Value-seeking and prediction-decision
inconsistency. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 6,
555-561. [PDF] |
BIRNBAUM, M.H. (2018). Behavioral models of decision
making under risk. In M. Raue, E. Lermer & B.
Streicher (Eds.), Psychological perspectives on risk
and risk analysis : Theory, models and applications
(pp. 181-200). Berlin : Springer Verlag. [PDF] |
|
BIRNBAUM, M.H. (1999). Testing critical properties of
decision making on the Internet MH Birnbaum Psychological
Science 10 (5), 399-407. |
ROSENBERGER, C.A. (2020). Does level of education make a
difference ? An examination in emotion-based
decision-making. Journal of Articles in Support of
the Null Hypothesis, 17, (1), 37-43. [PDF] |
|
LOHRE, E. & TEIGEN, H.K. (2023). When leaders disclose
uncertainty : Effects of expressing internal and external
uncertainty about a decision. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, |
|
| |
|
Voir Risque,
Pouvoir, Leader,
Juger, Résolution
de problème, PDG,
Décision de
groupe, Procrastiner,
Dilemme et Choisir |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Décision statistique : Décision qui se fonde sur le hasard
pour inférer
l'existence d'une relation entre deux variables.
La décision statistique consiste à postuler l'existence d'un lien
entre X et Y s'il s'avère que ce lien a une probabilité très
faible d'être attribué au hasard.
| Décision/Condition//Analyse |
SI... |
DONC... |
| Je
ne rejette pas l'hypothèse nulle... |
P >
0.05 % |
X
n'influence pas Y |
| Je
rejette l'hypothèse nulle... |
P <
0.05 % |
X
influence Y |
|
|
|
Déclaration d'intérêt/de conflit d'intérêt :
Déclaration faite par un chercheur qui rend public les conflits
d'intérêt auxquels ils pourraient être exposés. On trouve généralement cette conclusion à la fin d'un article scientifique.
Conflit of interest statement.
| |
The authors declare that the research was conducted in
the absence of any commercial or financial relationships
that could be construed as a potential conflict of
interest.
ou
The authors declare no conflicts of interest.
|
| |
|
|
|
Déclencheur (stimulus) : Tout objet ou stimulus qui active un mécanisme
inné de déclenchement chez tous les individus d'une espèce (ou du genre d'une espèce). =
stimulus-signe, stimulus-déclencheur.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Décomposer : Le mot a au moins quatre usages : a)
En psychologie,
habileté cognitive qui consiste à réduire un phénomène
à ses parties, à ses éléments, à ses propriétés.
EX: Un enfant décompose un objet (bloc légo) en
nommant sa forme, sa taille, sa couleur (= 3 propriétés). b)
En linguisitique,
habileté cognitive qui consiste à décomposer les mots
en phonèmes.
Décomposer, méthode
syllabique et conscience
phonémique. Segmentation, phonological
segment, phoneme segmentations. c)
Finalement, en science, on
utilise le terme comme synonyme d'analyser
(les données, une hypothèse, un raisonnement, etc). =
analyser. d) On utilise aussi le
terme en mathématique pour désigner un nombre ou une équation
logiquement équivalente à sa forme originelle, formée de facteurs
plus simples. EX: 300 (forme originelle)
décomposé en 3 X 100 (équivalence).
| |
|
| a |
| |
| b |
|
LIBERMAN, I.Y., SHANKWEILER, D., FISCHER, F.W. &
CARTER, B.J. (1974). Explicit syllable and phoneme
segmentation in the young child. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 18, 201-212. |
COUSS, G., SHANKWEILER, D, LIBERMAN, I.T., KATZ, L. &
TOLA. G. (1988). A wareness of phonological segments and
reading ability in Italian children. Applied
Psycholinguistics, 9, 1-16. |
|
CONTENT, A., KOLINSKY, R., MORAIS, J. & BERTELSON, P.
(1986). Phonetic segmentation in pre-readers : Effects of
corrective information. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 42, 49-72. |
LUNDBERG, I. & HOIEN, T. (1991). Initital enabling
knowledge and skills in reading acquisition: Print
awareness and phonological segmentation. In D.J. Sawyer
& B.J. Fox (Eds.), Phonological awareness in
reading : The evolution of current perspectives
(pp. 73-95). New York : Springer-Verlag. |
|
TUNMER, W.E. & NESDALE, A.R. (1986). Phonemic
segmentation skill and beginning reading. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 77, 417-427. |
WEBSTER, P. & PLANTE, A. (1992). Effects of
phonological impairment on word, syllable and phoneme
segmentation and reading. Language, Speech, &
Hearing Services in Schools, 23, 176-182. |
|
SAMUELS, S.J. (1988). Decoding and automaticity at word
recognition. The Reading Teacher, 41 (1),
113-116. |
BECK, I.L. & JUEL, C. (1995). The role of decoding in
learning to read. American Educator, 19, 8-42.
|
| c |
|
|
Voir aussi Analyser |
| d |
| |
|
Voir aussi Conscience
phonologique, Phonème
et Conscience
phonémique |
| |
|
|
|
|
Découverte scientifique : Explication
ou phénomène nouveau,
dont la validité ou
l'existence fait consensus au sein de la communauté
scientifique, et dont la
valeur heuristique est élevée. Une découverte peut se faire
grâce aux prédictions d'une théorie,
à des observations inattendues ou, parfois, par hasard (sérenpidité).
Découverte, Théorie
et révolution
scientifique.
= solution.
Scientific discovery, research finding, scientific innovation.
| |
|
|
POPPER, K. (1934/1984). Logique de la découverte
scientifique. Paris : Payot. |
BOWERS, K., REGEHR, G., BALTHAZARD, C. & PARKER, K.
(1990). Intuition in the context of discovery.
Cognitive Psychology, 22, 72-110. |
| |
DUNBAR, K & SCHUUN, C.D. (1990). The temporal nature
of scientific discovery : The roles of priming and
analogy. In Proceedings of the 12th annual meeting of
the Cognitive science Society. Erlbaum :
Hillsdale, New Jersey |
| |
QIN, Y. & SIMON, H.A. (1990). Laboratory replication
of scientific discovery processes. Cognitive Science,
14, 281-312. [PDF] |
|
MERTON, R.K. (1957). Priorities in scientific discovery. American
Sociological Review, 22 (6), 635-659. |
LOFTUS, E.F. & CECI, S.J. (1991). Research findings :
What do they mean ? In J.L. Doris (Ed.), The
suggestibility of children's recollections.
Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association. |
| |
GIGERENZER, G. (1991). From tools to theories : a
heuristic of discovery in cognitive psychology. Psychological Review, 98, 254-267.
[PDF] |
| |
HAMOIR, G. (1992). The discovery of meiosis by E. Van
Beneden, a breakthrough in the morphological phase of
heredity. International Journal of Developmental
Biology, 36, 9-15. [PDF] |
|
HANSON, N.R. (1958). Patterns of discovery : An
inquiry into the conceptual foundations of science.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
DUNBAR, K. (1993). Concept discovery in a scientific
domain. Cognitive Science, 17, 397-434.
[PDF |
|
MERTON, R.K. (1961). Singletons and multiples in scientifc
discovery. American Sociological Review, 105
(5), 470-486. |
DURU-BELLAT, M. (1994). La «découverte» de la variable
sexe et ses implications théoriques dans la sociologie de
l’éducation française contemporaine. Nouvelles
questions féministes, 15, 35-68. |
|
MERTON, R.K. (1963). Resistance to the systematic study of
multiple discoveries in science. Archives Européenne
de Sociologie, 4 (2), 237-282. |
BRANNIGAN, A. (1996). Le fondement social des
découvertes scientifiques. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France |
|
SCHAFFNER, K.F. (1973). Logic of discovery and
justification in regulatory genetics. Studies in
History and Philosophy of Science, 4, 397-433. |
WILCOX, R.R. (1998). How many discoveries have been lost
by ignoring modern statistical methods ? American
Psychologist, 53, 300-314. [PDF] |
|
CACIOPPO, J.T., SEMIN, G.R. & BERNTSON, G.G. (2004).
Realism, instrumentalism, and scientific symbiosis :
Psychological theory as a search for truth and the
discovery of solutions. American
Psychologist, 59 (4), 214-223. [PDF] |
|
GINGERICH, O. (Ed.) (1975).The nature of scientific
discovery. Washington, DC : Smithsonian
Institution Press. |
CHANDRASEKHARAN, S. (2009). Building to discover : A
common coding model. Cognitive Science, 33 (6),
1059-1086. |
|
LANGLEY, P., SIMON, H., BRADHSAW, G. & ZYTKOW, J.
(1987). Scientific discovery. Cambridge, MA :
MIT Press. |
SULLOWAY, F.J. (2009). Sources of scientific innovation :
A meta-analytic approach (commentary on Simonton, 2009). Perspectives
on Psychological Science, 4, 455-459. |
|
GARFIELD, E. (1989). Delayed recognition in scientific
discovery : citation frequency analysis aids the search
for case histories. Current Contents, 23, 3-9. |
CHANDRASEKHARAN, S. & NERSESSIAN, N.J. (2011).
Building cognition: The construction of external
Representations for discovery. Proceedings of the
Cognitive Science Society 33, 1-7. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. (1989). A process of discovery. The
Psychologist, 2, 153-154. |
WILCOX, R.R. CARLSON, M., AZEN, S. & CLARK, F. (2013).
Avoid lost discoveries, due to violations of standard
assumptions, by using modern robust statistical methods. Journal
of Clinical Epidemiology, 66, 319-329. |
| |
PAYLOR, B., LONGSTAFF, H., ROSSIL, F. & ILLES, J.
(2014). (2014). Collision or convergence ? Beliefs and
politics in neuroscience discovery, ethics, and
intervention. Trends in Neuroscience, 37 (8),
409-412. |
| |
LEBEL, E.P., McCARTHY, R.J., EARP, B.D., ELSON, M. &
VANPAEMEL, W. (2018). A unified framework to quantify the
credibility of scientific findings. Advances in
Methods & Practices in Psychological Science,
1-14. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Résolution
de problème,
Pensée scientifique, Raisonnement,
Créativité, SérendipitéSolution
et Problème |
| |
|
|
|
|
Décrire
: Description : Décrire consiste à énumérer les
caractéristiques ou les propriétés
d'un objet d'étude ou
d'un phénomène; et dans
certains cas, le moment et le lieu où il apparaît. Pour décrire un
objet, on peut l'observer
- directement
ou indirectement,
en condition naturelle
ou artificielle ou bien s'en remettre aux
rapports verbaux des sujets. La description est un énoncé
qui contient toujours un
prédicat. C'est aussi l'un des trois objectifs de la psychologie
scientifique (et de toute science).
Il existe plusieurs niveaux
de description d'un phénomène. Décrire, expliquer
et contrôler.
Description.
| |
|
|
DONNELLAN, K. (1966). Reference and definite descriptions.
The Philosophical Review, 75, 281-304. |
REESE, H.W. (1999). Explanation is not description. Behavioral
Development Bulltetin, 8 (1), 3-7. [PDF] |
|
BIJOU, S.W., PETERSEN, R.F. & AULT, M.H. (1968). A
method to integrate descriptive and field studies at the
level of data and concepts. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 1 (2), 175-191. [PDF] |
SANDELOWSKI, M. (2000).Whatever happened to qualitative
description ? Research in Nursing & Health, 23,
334-340. |
|
ORTONY, A. & ANDERSON, R.C. (1977). Definite
descriptions and semantic memory. Cognitive Science,
1, 74-83. [PDF] |
McINTYRE, L.C. (2004). Redescription and descriptivism in
the social sciences. Behavior & Philosophy, 32,
453-464. [PDF] |
|
BLURTON JONES, N.G. & WOODSON, R.H. (1979). Describing
behavior : The ethologist's perspective. In M. Lamb, S.
Soumi & G. Stephenson (Eds.), The study of social
interaction (pp. 97-118). Reading : The University
of Wisconsin Press. |
HANLEY, G.P., CAMMILLERI, A.P., TIGER, J.H. &
INGVARSSON, E.T. (2007). A method for describing
preschoolers' activity preferences. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 40 (4), 603-618. [PDF] |
|
BEKOFF, M. (1979). Behavioral acts : Description,
classification, ethogram analysis and measurement. In R.B.
Cairns (Ed.), The analysis of social interactions
(pp. 67-80). Hillsdale N.J. : Erlbaum. |
TONNEAU, F. (2008). The concept of reinforcement :
explanatory or descriptive ? Behavior &
Philosophy, 36, 87-96. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Méthode
descriptive |
|
|
|
Décrochage : Abandon volontaire ou non d'une activité, donc avant sa fin ou son terme. Ce terme est utilisé dans plusieurs contextes : a) sur le plan cognitif. b) Lors d'une conversation. c) À l'école.
|
|
|
|
|
Décrochage scolaire : Abandon volontaire de l'école. Décrochage scolaire, redoublement
et échec
scolaire. = abandon scolaire. /persévérance
scolaire. School dropout, student
attrition.
| |
|
|
CLARK, M., LACCHOWITZ, J. & WOLFF, M.M. (1968). A
pilot basic education program for school drop-outs
incorporating a token reinforcement system. Behavior
Research & Therapy, 6, 183-188. |
JANOSZ, M., LEBLANC, M., BOULERICE, B. & TREMBLAY,
R.E. (2000). Predicting different types of school dropout
: A typological approach on two longitudinal samples. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 92 (1), 171-190. |
|
KATZELL, M.E. (1968). Expectations and dropouts in schools
of nursing. Journal of Applied Psychology, 72,
393-400. |
THÉORÊT, M., GARON, R. et HRIMECH, M. (2000). Évaluation
d'une intervention de mentorat visant à réduire le risque
d'abandon scolaire. Revue Canadienne de
Psychoéducation, 29 (1), 65-86. |
|
SPADY, W.G. (1971). Dropouts from higher education :
Toward an empirical model. Interchange, 2,
38-62. |
|
|
TINTO, V. (1975). Dropout from higher education : A
theoretical synthesis of recent research. Review of
Educational Research, 45, 89-125. |
RENZULLI, J.S. & PARK, S. (2000). Gifted dropouts :
The who and the why. Gifted Child Quarterly, 44
(4), 261-271. [PDF]
|
|
TINTO, V. (1982). Limits of theory and practice in student
attrition. Journal of Higher Education, 53 (6),
687-700. [PDF]
|
JIMERSON, S.R., EGELAND, B., SROUFE, L.A. & CARLSON,
E. (2000). A prospective longitudinal study of high school
dropouts : Examining multiple predictors across
development. Journal of School Psychology, 38 (6),
525-549. |
|
TINTO, V. (1983). Defining dropout : A matter of
perspective. In E. Pascarella (Ed.), Studying student
retention. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass Inc. |
BATTIN-PEARSON, S., NEWCOMB, M.D., ABBOTT, R.D., HILL,
K.G., CATALANO, R.F. & HAWKINS, J.D. (2000).
Predictors of early high school dropout : A test of five
theories. Journal of Educational Psychology, 92,
568-582. |
|
CATTERALL, J. (1987). On the social costs of dropping out
of school. High School Journal, 71, 19-30. |
WALKER, D.A. & SCHULTZ, A.M. (2001). Reaching for
diversity : Recruiting and retaining Mexican-American
students. College Student Retention Research, Theory
& Practice, 2, 313-325. |
|
TINTO, V. (1987). Leaving college : Rethinking the
cause and cures of student attrition. Chicago, IL :
Presses de l'Université de Chicago. |
MONTMARQUETTE, C., MAHSEREDJIANM, S. & HOULE, R.
(2001). The determinants of university dropouts : A
bivariate probit model with selectivity bias. Economics
of Education Review, 20 (5), 475-489. |
|
TERRILL, R. (1988). Abandon scolaire au collégial.
Une analyse de profil des décrocheurs. Montréal :
Service régional d’admission du Montréal métropolitain. |
JANOSZ, M. et DENIGER, M.A. ROY, G., LACROIX, M.,
LANGEVIN, L., LE BLANC, M. et FALLU, J. (2001). Évaluation
de programmes de prévention du décrochage scolaire pour
adolescents de milieux défavorisés. Rapport de recherche
présenté au programme d'Actions concertées sur le décro-
chage scolaire en milieu défavorisé. Montréal, Qc :
École de psychoéducation de l'Université de Montréal. |
|
FINE, M. (1989). Why urban adolescents drop out of public
high school. Teachers College Record, 87, 393-409. |
JANOSZ, M. et DENIGER, M.A. (2001). Évaluation de
programmes de prévention du décrochage scolaire pour
adolescents de milieux défavorisés 1998-2000. rapport
synthèse de recherche. Montréal : centre de
recherche et d'Intervention sur la réussite Scolaire et
Institut de recherche pour le Développement Social des
Jeunes (IRDS). |
|
CAIRNS, R., CAIRNS, B. & NECKERMAN, H. (1989). Early
school dropout : Configurations and determinants.
Child Development, 60, 1437-1452. |
JANOSZ, M., FALLU, J.S. et DENIGER, M.A. (2003). La
prévention du décrochage scolaire : facteurs de risque et
efficacité des programmes de prévention. Dans F. Vitaro et
C. Gagnon (Dirs.), La prévention des problèmes
d'adaptation (Tome 2, pp. 115-164). Montréal : Les
presses de l'Université du Québec à Montréal. |
|
EVANS, I. & DIIBENEDETTO, A. (1990). Pathways to
school drop-out : A conceptual model for early prevention.
Special Services in School, 6, 63-80. |
LESSARD, A. (2004). Le genre et l'abandon scolaire. Sherbrooke
: Université de Sherbrooke. |
|
|
TINTO, V. (1991). Student attrition in higher education.
In B. Clark & G. Neave (Eds.), The encyclopedia of
higher education. Oxford : Pergamon Press. |
HANDELSMAN, M.M., BRIGGS, W.L., SULLIVAN, N. & TO
WYLER, A. (2005). A measure of college student course
engagement. Journal of Educational Research, 98, 184. |
|
CONNOLLY, S.J., MICKELWRIGHT, J. & NICKELL, S. (1992).
The occupational success of young men who left school at
sixteen. Oxford Economic Papers 44, 460-479. |
LOTKOWSKI, V.A., ROBBINS, S.B. & NOETH, R.J. (2004). The
role of academic and non-academic factors in improving
college retention : ACT policy report. Iowa City,
IA : ACT Inc. |
|
ENSMINGER, M. & SLUSARICK, A. (1992). Paths to high
school graduation or dropout : A longitudinal study or a
first grade cohort. Sociology of Education, 65, 95-113. |
ZHAO, C., KUH, G.D. & GARINI, R.M. (2005). A
comparison of international student and American student
engagement in effective educational practices. Journal
of Higher Education, 76, 209-229. |
|
VALLERAND, R.J. & SENÉCAL, C.B. (1992). Une analyse
motivationnelle de l'abandon des études. Apprentissage
et Socialisation, 15, 49-62.
[PDF] |
JANOSZ, M. & LEBLANC, M. (2005). L'abandon scolaire à
l'adolescence : des déterminants communs aux trajectoires
multiples. Dans G. Brandibas et R. Fourasté (Eds.), Les
accidentés de l'école. Paris : L'Harmattan. |
|
TINTO, V. (1993). Leaving college : Rethinking the
causes and cures of student attrition. Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. |
TINTO, V. (2006). Research and practice of student
retention : What next ? College Student Retention :
Research, Theory, & Practice, 8, 1-20. |
|
PARENT, G., DUQUETTE, R. et CARRIER, J. (1993). Opinion
des enseignants sur les causes du décrochage scolaire. Revue
des Sciences de l’Éducation, 19 (3), 537-553. |
JANOSZ, M., QUIROGA C., JANOSZ, M. & MARCOTTE, D.
(2006). Les sentiments dépressifs à l'adolescence : un
facteur de risque différentiel du décrochage scolaire chez
les filles et les garçons de milieu défavorisé. Revue
de Psychoéducation, 35 (2), 277-300. |
| |
JERALD, C.D. (2006). Identifying potential dropouts :
Key lessons for building an early warning data system. Washington
DC, É.-U. : Achieve. |
|
RUMBERGER, R.W. (1995). Dropping out of middle school : A
multilevel analysis of students and schools. American
Educational Research Journal, 32 (3), 583-625. |
GUIFFRIDA, D.A. (2006). Toward a cultural advancement of
Tinto's theory. Review of Higher Education, 29,
451-472. |
|
KROHN, M.D., THORNBERRY, T.P., COLLINS-HALL, L. &
LIZOTTE, A.J. (1995). School dropout, delinquent behavior,
and drug use : An examination of the causes and
consequences of dropping out of school. In B. Howard &
Kaplan (Eds.), Drugs, crime, and other deviant
adaptations : Longitudinal studies. New York :
Plenum Press. |
QUIROGA C., JANOSZ, M. et MARCOTTE, D. (2006). Les
sentiments dépressifs à l'adolescence : un facteur de
risque différentiel du décrochage scolaire chez les filles
et les garçons de milieu défavorisé. Revue de
Psychoéducation, 35 (2), 277-300. |
|
RIVIÈRE, B. (1996). Le décrochage au collégial : le
comprendre et le prévenir. Laval : Éditions
Beauchemin. |
HRIMECH, M. et THÉORÊT, M. (2007). Analyse de facteurs
personnels reliés à la problématique de l'abandon scolaire
des garçons et des filles au Québec. In C. Solar et F.
Kanouté (Dir.), Les défis de l'équité en éducation.
Paris : L'Harmattan. |
|
McNEAL, R. (1997). High school dropouts : A closer
examination of school effects. Social Science
Quarterly, 78, 209-222. |
STEARNS, E., MOLLER, S., BLAU, J. & POTOCHNICK, S.
(2007). Staying back and dropping out : The relationship
between grade retention and school dropout. Sociology
of Education, 80, 210-240. |
|
VALLERAND, R.J., FORTIER, M.S. & GUAY, F. (1997).
Self-determination and persistence in areal-life setting :
Toward a motivational model of high school dropout.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 72 (5),
1161-1176. |
PAGANI, L.S., VITARO, F., TREMBLAY, RE., McDUFF, P.,
JAPEL, C. & LAROSE, S. (2008). When predictions fail :
The case of unexpected pathways toward high school
dropout. Journal of Social Issues, 64 (1),
175-194. |
|
ABRAMI, P.C., BERNARD, R.M., SCHMID, R.M., Janosz,
M., WADE, A., GIRARD, C., WOZNEY, L. & BOROKHOSKI, E.
(2008). Dropout prevention systematic review. Reviewing
the evidence of Canadian research since 1990. (Final
Report). Montréal, QC : Université de Concordia. |
|
HRIMECH, M. et THÉORÊT, M. (1997). L’abandon scolaire au
secondaire : une comparaison entre les élèves montréalais
nés au Canada et ceux nés à l’étranger. Revue
Canadienne de l’Éducation, 22 (1), 268-282. |
MARTINEZ J.A., SHER K.J. & WOOD, P.K. (2008). Is heavy
drinking really associated with attrition from college ?:
The alcohol-attrition paradox. Psychology of Addictive
Behaviors, 22, 450-456. [PDF] |
| |
ARCHAMBAULT, I. et JANOSZ, M. (2009). Fidélité, validité
discriminante et prédictive de l'indice de prédiction du
décrochage. Revue Canadienne des Sciences du
Comportement, 41, 187-191. |
| |
WOLKE, D., WAYLEN, A., SAMARA, M., STEER, C., GOODMAN, R.,
FORD, T. & LAMBERTS, K. (2009). Selective drop-out in
longitudinal studies and non-biased prediction of
behaviour disorders. British Journal of Psychiatry,
195, 249-256. |
|
JANOSZ, M., LELBLANC, M., BOULERICE, B. & TREMBLAY,
R.E. (1997). Disentangling the weight of school dropout
predictors : A test on two longitudinal samples.
Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 26 (6),
733-762. |
MARTINEZ, J.A., SHER, K.J., KRULL, J.L. & WOOD, P.K.
(2009). Blue-collar scholars ? : Mediators and moderators
of university attrition in first-generation college
students. Journal of College Student Development, 50,
87-103. [PDF] |
| |
AFLALO, E. & GABAY, E. (2012). An information system
for dropout prevention. Education & Information
Technologies, 17, 233-250. |
| |
GASPER, J., DELUCA, S. & ESTACION, A. (2012).
Switching schools : Revisiting the relationship between
school mobility and high school dropout. American
Educational Research Journal, 49, 487-519. |
| |
VAN HEESCH, M.M.J., BOSMA, H., TRAAG, T. & OTTEN, F.
(2012). Hospital admissions and school dropout : A
retrospective cohort study of the "selection hypothesis".
European Journal of Public Health, 22, 550-555. |
| |
BOWERS, A.J., SPROTT, R. & TAFF, S.A. (2013). Do we
know who will drop out ? A review of the predictors of
dropping out of high school : Precision, sensitivity, and
specificity. High School Journal, 96, 77-100. |
|
FORTIN, L., MARCOTTE, D., DIALLO T., POTVIN, P. et ROYER,
É. (2013). A multidimensional model of school dropout from
an 8-year longitudinal study in a general high school
population. European Journal of Psychology of
Education, 28 (2), 563–583. |
| |
LESSARD, A., LOPEZ, A., POIRIER, M., NADEAU, S., POULIN,
C. et FORTIN, M.P. (2013). Synthèse des connaissances
concernant l'intervention auprès des élèves à risque de
décrochage scolaire à l'enseignement au secondaire en
classe ordinaire. Québec, Qc : Centre de recherche
et d'intervention sur la réussite scolaire. |
| |
JANOSZ, M., PASCAL, S., BELLEAU, L., ARCHAMBAULT, I.,
PARENT, S. & PAGANI, L. (2013). Elementary school
students at risk of dropping out of high school :
Characteristics at 12 years of age and predictors at 7
years of age. Quebec Longitudinal Study of Child
Development, 7 (2), |
|
FAN, W. & WOLTERS C.A. (2014). School motivation and
high school dropout : The mediating role of educational
expectation. British Journal of Educational Psychology,
84 (1), 22-39. |
| |
WANG, M.T. & FREDRICKS, J.A. (2014). The reciprocal
links between school engagement, youth problem behaviors,
and school dropout during adolescence. Child
Development, 85 (2), 722-737. |
| |
GAGNON, V., DUPÉRÉ, V., DION, E., LÉVEILLÉE, F.,
ST-PIERRE, M., ARCHAMBAULT, I. et JANOSZ, M. (2015).
Dépistage du décrochage scolaire à l'aide d'informations
administratives ou auto-rapportées [Screening of secondary
school dropouts using administrative or self-reported
information]. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science
/ Revue Canadienne des Sciences du Comportement, 47
(3), 236-240. [PDF] |
| |
DUPÉRÉ, V., LEVENTHAL, T., DION, E., CROSNOE, R.,
ARCHAMBAULT, I. & JANOSZ, M. (2015). Stressors and
turning points in high school and dropout : A stress
process, life course framework. Review of Educational
Research, 85, 591-629. [PDF] |
|
REISBERG, L. (1999). Colleges struggle to keep would-be
dropouts enrolled. Chronicle of Higher Education, 8,
54-57. |
FITZPATRICK, C., ARCHAMBAULT, I., JANOSZ, M. & PAGANI,
L. (2015). Early childhood working memory forecasts high
school dropout risk. Intelligence, 53, 160-165.
[PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Échec
scolaire, Redoublement
et Persévérance
scolaire |
| |
|
|
Décroissance
: Decrease.
|
|
|
|
|
Déduction
: Forme de raisonnement
qui consiste à tirer une conclusion à partir de deux
prémisses ou plus. Une déduction peut-être cohérente ou non. La
conclusion d'une déduction est forcément vraie si les deux
prémisses de départ sont vraies. = raisonnement
hypothético-déductif, raisonnement de haut en bas.
/induction. (
): modus ponens,
modus tollens. Deduction.
| |
|
|
JOHNSON-LAIRD, P. & BYRNE, R.M.J. (1991). Deduction.
Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
CUMMINS, D.D. (1995). Naive theories and causal deduction.
Memory & Cognition, 24, 646-658. |
|
EVANS, J., NEWSTEAD, S.E. & BYRNE, R.M.J. (1993). Human
reasoning : The psychology of deduction. Mahwah, NJ
: Erlbaum. |
|
MARKOVITS, H. (2004). The development of deductive
reasoning. In R.J. Sternberg & J.P. Leighton (Eds.), The
nature of reasoning (pp. 313-338). Cambridge
University Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Raisonnement
|
|
|
|
|
Deese
James Earle (Salt Lake City 1921-1999 Charlottesville)
: Psychologue
béhavioriste cognitif
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage
et du langage.
Étudiant de Kellog. Collaborateur
de Egeth, Hulse
et Lazarus.
|
DEESE, J.E. (1962). On the structure of associative
meaning. Psychological Review, 69 (3), 161-175. |
|
DEESE, J.E. & HULSE, S.H. (1967). The psychology
of learning. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
DEESE, J.E. (1969). The structure of associations in
language and thought. Oxford, England : John
Hopkins Press. |
|
DEESE, J.E. (1978). Thought into speech. American
Scientist, 66 (3), 314-321. |
|
DEESE, J.E. (1989). The science of language and
psychology. Journal of Social Behavior &
Personality, 4 (3), 203-208. |
|
|
|
HULSE, S. (2000). James Earle Deese (1921-1999) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 55 (7), 760. |
|
|
|
| DE - DÉFICIENCE
INTELLECTUELLE - DÉFINITION
- DEFRIES - DEG
- DEH - DÉJA VU - DEL - DÉLINQUANCE - DÉMENCE - DEMENT - DEN |
Défaite : Issue d'un duel,
d'un conflit ou d'un combat
qui engendre pour le perdant
un désavantage, un désagrément, de la douleur, etc. On nomme perdant
celui ou celle qui subit la défaite. Défaite, échec
et dominance.
= défaite, effet de la défaite. *échec.
/victoire.
Defeat, loser effects.
| |
|
|
REEVE, J., OLSON, B.C. & COLE, S.G. (1985). Motivation
and performance : Two consequences of winning and losing
in competition. Motivation & Emotion, 9 (3),
291-298. [PDF]
|
HSU, Y. & WOLF, L.L. (2001). The winner and loser
effect : what fighting behaviours are influenced ? Animal
Behaviour, 61, 777-786. [PDF] |
|
BJORKVIST, K. (2000). Social defeat as a stressor in
humans. Physiology Behavior, 73 (3), 435-442. |
|
BEAUGRAND, J.P., GOULET, C. & PAYETTE, D. (1991).
Outcome of dyadic conflict in male green swordtail fish
(Xiphophorus helleri) : Effects of body size and prior
dominance. Animal Behaviour, 41, 187-194. |
DUGATKIN, L.A. & EARLY, R.L. (2004). Individual
recognition, dominance hierarchies and winner and looser
effect. Proceedings of the Royal Society B :
Biological Sciences, 271, 1537-1540. [PDF]
|
|
DUGATKIN, L.A. (1997). Winner effects, loser effects and
the structure of dominance hierarchies. Behavior
Ecology, 8, 583-587. |
LARSEN, J.T., McGRAW, A.P., MELLERS, B.A. & CACIOPPO,
J.T. (2004). The agony of victory and the thrill of defeat
: Mixed emotional reactions to disappointing wins and
relieving losses. Psychological Science, 15,
325-330. [PDF]
|
|
HSU, Y. & WOLF, L.L. (1999). The winner and loser
effect : integrating multiple experiences. Animal
Behaviour, 57, 903-910. [PDF] |
EARLY, R.L., LU, C.-K., LEE, I-H., WONG, S.C. & HSU,
Y. (2013). Winner and loser effects are modulated by
hormonal states. Frontiers in Zoology, 10 (6),
1–13. |
|
MESTERTON-GIBBONS, M. (1999). On the evolution of pure
winner and loser effects : a game-theoretic model.
Bulletin of Mathematical Biology, 61, 1151-1186. |
VERBRUGGEN, F., LAWRENCE, N.S., CHAMBERS, C.D. &
McLAREN, I.P.L. (2016). Winning and losing : Effects on
impulsive action. Journal of Experimental Psychology
Human Perception & Performance, 43 (1),
147-168. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Conflit,
Combat,
Échec, Victoire,
Sport, Jeu
de hasard et
Perdant |
| |
|
|
Défaut
: Erreur de
fabrication, qui s'écarte du plan;
irrégularité qui ne devait pas se produire.
Flaw.
|
|
|
Défection
: Comportement
qui consiste à quitter ou à abandonner son groupe
de référence. Defection.
| |
|
|
SEDIKIDES, C. & ANDERSON, C.A. (1992). Causal
explanations of defection : A knowledge structure
approach. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 18 (4), 420-429. [PDF] |
|
DOEBELI, M., HAUERT, C. & KILLINGBACK, T. (2004). The
evolutionary origin of cooperators and defectors.
Science, 306, 859-862. |
|
|
|
Déféquer
: Défécation : Besoin
qui consiste à expulser des matières fécales par l'anus. Déféquer,
comportement de propreté et
uriner. Defecation.
| |
|
|
RAYFIELD, F., SEGAL, M. & GOLDIAMOND, I. (1982).
Schedule-induced defecation. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 38 (1), 19-34. [PDF] |
|
KRIEF, S., BORIES, C. & HLADIK, C.-M. (2003).
Résultats des examens parasitologiques de selles pratiqués
sur une population de chimpanzés sauvages (Pan troglodytes
schweinfurthii) d’Ouganda. Bulletin de la Société de
Pathologie Exotique, 96, 80-81. |
|
|
|
Défense
: Se défendre : Le terme a plusieurs acceptions : a)
En psychologie, le
terme renvoie aux
mécanisme de défense proposés par Freud. b)
En éthologie, comportement
agonostique qui consiste soit à parer ou à minimiser
l'impact de l'attaque d'un
agresseur (prédateur)
contre soi ou envers un
congénère, soit à empêcher cet agresseur d'exploiter ses biens,
ses ressources ou son territoire.
Une défense efficace permet d'épuiser l'adversersaire jusqu'à ce
qu'il rende les armes ou de contre-attaquer dans le but de le
chasser ou de le défaire. Se défendre, agression
et combat.
= Comportement défensif. Defense
reaction, defensive behavior. c) Dans
le sport, on utilise
également le terme pour désigner les joueurs chargés de contrer
l'adversaire, de les empêcher de marquer des points. =
défensive. Défense et attaque.
d) Dans de nombreux pays,
on utilise le mot défense pour désigner l'armée.
= armée. Defense.
e) En droit, lors d'un procès,
la défense est la partie qui défend les intérêts de l'accusé.
/la poursuite. f) Finalement, on
utilise le ce terme pour désigner les efforts que l'on déploie
pour protéger une idée, une activité, une pratique, une théorie
contre ses critiques, opposants, ses détracteurs.
= prendre la défense, se porter à la défense.
In defense.
| |
|
| a |
|
FREUD, A. (1937/1946). The ego and the mechanisms of
defence. / Le Moi et les mécanismes de défense. London
: Hogarth Press / Paris : Presses universitaires de
France. |
|
NICOLAS, M. & JEBRANE, A. (2008). Relationships
between coping stategies and defense mechanism in sport
performance. Psychological Reports, 103 (3),
735-744. |
|
|
Voir aussi Freud et
Mécanisme de
défense |
| b |
|
CRAWFORD, M. & MASTERSON, F.A. (1982).
Species-specific defense reactions and avoidance learning.
Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science, 17
(4), 204-214. |
|
KALIN, N.H. & SHELTON, S.E. (1989). Defensive
behaviors in infant rhesus monkeys : Environmental cues
and neurochemical regulation. Science, 243, 1718-1721. |
|
| |
Voir aussi Dent, Comportement
agonostique |
| c |
|
| |
Voir aussi Sport |
| d |
|
| |
Voir aussi Armée |
| e |
| |
| |
Voir aussi Procès |
| f |
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1933). In defense of stimulus-response
psychology. Psychological Review, 40, 324-336. |
LOURENÇO, O. & MACHADO, A. (1996) In defense of
Piaget's theory. : A reply to 10 common criticisms. Psychological
Review, 103 (1), 143-164. [PDF] |
|
HOCUTT, M. (1967). In defense of materialism. Philosophy
& Phenomenological Research, 27, 366-385. |
LEIGLAND, S. (1996). The functional analysis of
psychological terms : In defense of a research program. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 13, 105-122. [PDF] |
|
RORTY, R. (1970). In defence of eliminative materialism. Review
of Metaphysics, 24, 112-121. |
FRIEDRICHS, D.O. (1996). Defining white collar crime : In
defense of an inclusive approach. In J. Helmkamp, R. Ball
& K. Townsend (Eds.), Definitional dilemma : Can
and should there be a universal definition of white
collar crime ? (pp. 263-274). Morgantown, WV :
National White Collar Crime Center. |
|
MELLOR, D.H. (1974). In defense of dispositions. The
Philosophical Review, 83, 157-181. |
BENJAMIN, J. (1996). In defense of gender ambiguity. Gender
& Psychoanalysis, 1, 27-43. |
|
DAWKINS, R. (1981). In defence of selfish genes. Philosophy,
56 (218), 556-573. [PDF] |
WIGGINS, J.S. (1997). In defense of traits. In R. Hogan,
J. Johnson & S. Briggs (Eds.), Handbook of
personality psychology (pp. 95-115). San Diego :
Academic Press. |
|
JAHODA, M. (1986). In defence of a non-reductionist social
psychology. Social Behaviour, 1, 25-29. |
BONJOUR, L. (1998). In defense of pure reason. Cambridge
University Press. |
| |
CARRIER, M. (1998). In defense of psychological laws. International
Studies in the Philosophy of Science, 12, 217-232. |
|
MOOK, D.G. (1983). In defense of external invalidity. American
Psychologist, 38, 379-387. |
MARKMAN, A.B. & DIETRICH, E. (2000). In defense of
representation. Cognitive Psychology, 40 (2),
138-171. |
|
TETLOCK, P.E. (1989). The selfishness-altruism debate : In
defense of agnosticism. Brain & Behavioral
Sciences, 12, 723-724. |
WEST, R.L. (2000). In defense of the frontal lobe
hypothesis of cognitive aging. Journal of the
International Neuropsychological Society, 6, 727-729. |
|
CONWAY, M.A. (1991). In defense of everyday memory : A
reply to Banaji and Crowder. American Psychologist, 46
(1), 19-26. |
BOWERS, J.S. (2000). In defense of abstractionist theories
of repetition priming and word identification. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 7, 83-99. |
| |
PETTIGREW, T.F. & MEERTENS, R.W (2001). In defense of
the subtle prejudice concept. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 31, 299-309. |
|
RUSSELL, J.A. (1991). In defense of a prototype approach
to emotion concepts. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 60, 37-47. |
SHAW B. & GANT, L. (2002). In defense of the Internet
: The relationship between Internet communication and
depression, loneliness, self-esteem, and perceived social
support. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 5,
157-171. |
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1991). In defense of mentalism and emergent
interaction. Journal of Mind & Behavior, 12, 221-245. |
BRYANT, K. (2008). In defense of gay children ? "Progay"
homophobia and the production of homonormativity. Sexualities,
11, 455-475. |
|
SCHRAG, F. (1992). In defense of positivist research
paradigms. Educational Researcher, 21 (5), 5-8. |
CLAYTON, N.S., CORREIA, S.P.C., RABY, C.R., LEXIS, D.M.,
EMERY, N.J. & DICKINSON, A. (2008). In defense of
animal foresight. Animal Behaviour, 76, 1-3. |
|
BELL, P.A. (1992). In defense of the negative affect
escape model of heat and aggression. Psychological
Bulletin, 111, 342-346. |
NELSON, S.K., KUSHLEV, K., ENGLISH, T., DUNN, E.W. &
LYUBOMIRSKY, S. (2013). In defense of parenthood :
Children are associated with more joy than misery. Psychological
Science, 24 (1), 3-10. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Argument |
|
|
|
|
Déference
:
|
Déficience
intellectuelle : Enfant
ou adulte handicapé sur le plan cognitif (intelligence,
langage, habilité
sociale, prise de
décision, etc). L'évaluation de la déficience se fonde en
grande partie sur la mesure du quotient
intellectuel et des critères définis par l'OMS
: Déficience mentale profonde (Q.I. inférieur ou = à 25);
déficience mentale sévère (Q.I. 26 à 40); déficience mentale
modérée (Q.I. 41 à 55); déficience mentale légère (Q.I. 56 à 70);
déficience mentale limite (Q.I. 71 à 85). La déficience a de
multiples causes et est
généralement considéré comme un état permanent. Déficience
intellectuelle, QI et
test d'intelligence.
= Déficience mentale, retard mental,
handicap mental, individus avec des besoins particuliers, 'enfant
mentalement arriéré. *handicap
physique. Mental retardation, retarded
children, retardate, mentally retarded person, low average-IQ,
severe handicap, profound mental
retardation, intellectual
extreme.
| |
| Q.I. |
Évaluation |
| < =
25 |
Déficience
mentale profonde |
| 26 à 40 |
Déficience
mentale sévère |
| 41 à 55 |
Déficience
mentale modérée |
| 56 à 70 |
Déficience
mentale légère |
| 71 à 85 |
Déficience
mentale limite |
| |
|
|
|
CRUICKSHANK, W.M. (1948). Arithmetic ability of mentally
retarded children : II. Understanding arithmetic
processes. Journal of Educational Research, 42, 279-288. |
McILVANE, W.J., DUBE, W.V., KLEDARAS, J.B., IENNACO, F.M.
& STODDARD, L.T. (1990). Teaching relational
discrimination to individuals with mental retardation :
Some problems and possible solutions. American
Journal on Mental Retardation, 95, 283-296. |
|
SARASON, S.B. (1952). Aspects of a community program for
the retarded child. Training School Bulletin, 48, 201-207. |
DYER, K., DUNLAP, G. & WINTERLING, V. (1990). Effects
of choice making on the serious problem behaviors of
students with severe handicaps. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 23 (4), 515-524. [PDF] |
|
ORLANDO R. & BIJOU, S.W. (1960). Single and multiple
schedules of reinforcement in developmentally retarded
children. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 3, 339-348. [PDF] |
SEVERY, L. & DAVIS, K. (1991). Helping behavior among
normal and retarded children. Child Development, 42,
1017-1031. |
|
SPITZ, H.H.(1992). Does the Carolina
Abecedarian Early Intervention Project prevent
sociocultural mental retardation ? Intelligence, 16
(2), 225-237. |
|
BIJOU, S.W. & ORLANDO, R. (1961). Rapid development of
multiple-schedule performance with retarded children. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 4 (1),
7-16. [PDF] |
ZYGMONT, D.M., LAZAR, R.M., DUBE, W.V. & McILVANE,
W.J. (1992). Teaching arbitrary matching via sample
stimulus-control shaping to young children and mentally
retarded individuals : a methodological note. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 57 (1),
109-117. [PDF] |
|
KING, B.H. (1993). Self-injury by people with mental
retardation : a compulsive behaviour hypothesis. American
Journal on Mental Retardation, 98 (1), 93–112.
|
|
McKINNEY, J.P. (1962). Multidimensional study of the
behavior of severely retarded boys. Child Develpment,
33, 923-938. |
NEZU, C.M. & NEZU, A.M. (1994). Psychotherapy for
adults with mental retardation and concomitant
psychopathology : Research and clinical imperatives. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 1, 34-42. |
|
BARRETT, B.H. & LINDSLEY, O.R. (1962). Deficits in
acquisition of operant discrimination and differentiation
shown by institutionalized retarded children. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 67, 424-435. [PDF] |
LANGEVIN, J., DROUIN, C. & HANRAHAN, J. (1994).
Teaching a prudent strategy of payment to children with
leaming problems. Journal of Practical Approaches to
Developmental Handicap, 2 (2), 20-23. |
|
DICKERSON, D.J., GIRARDEAU, F.L. & SPRADLIN, J.F.
(1964). Verbal pre-training and discrimination learning by
retardates. American Journal of Mental Deficiency,
68, 476-484. |
VYGOTSKY, L.S. (1994). Le problème de compensation dans le
développement de l'enfant mentalement arriéré. Dans K.
Barisnikov et G. Petitpierre (Dirs.), Défectologie et
déficience mentale (p. 117-154). Lausanne :
Delachaux et Niestlé. |
|
SPITZ, H.H. (1964). A comparison of mental retardates
and normals on the rotating trapezoidal window illusion.
The Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 68
(5), 574–578. |
KOBE, F.H., MULICK, J.A., RASH, T.A. & MARTIN,
J. (1990).Nonambulatory persons with profound
mental retardation : Physical, developmental, and
behavioral characteristics. Research in Developmental
Disabilities, 15, 413-423. |
|
LINDSLEY, O.R. (1964). Direct measurement and prosthesis
of retarded behavior. Journal of Education, 147,
62-81. |
FOSTER-JOHNSON, L., FERRO, J. & DUNLAP, G. (1994).
Preferred curricular activities and reduced problem
behaviors in students with intellectual disabilities. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27, 493-504.[PDF] |
|
HAMILTON, J. (1966). Learning of a generalized response
class in mentally retarded individuals. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 71 (1), 100-108. |
MOREAU, A. (1995). L'efficacié des procédés d'initiation
sociale des pairs sur l'acquisition d'interactions
sociales positives d'enfants ayant une déficience
intellectuelle : critique des études primaires.
Revue Francophone de la Déficience Intellectuelle, 6
(1), 47-55. [PDF] |
|
GUESS, D. SAILOR, W. & BAER, D.M. (1969). To teach
language to retarded children. in R. Schiefelbusch and
Lloyd L.L.L (Eds.), Language perspectives :
Acquisition, retardation and intervention.
Baltimore : University Park Press. |
POLING, A. & LESAGE, M. (1995). Evaluating
psychotropic drugs in people with mental retardation :
Where are the social validity data ? American Journal
on Mental Retardation, 100, 193-200. |
|
ANTONAK, R.F., MULICK, J.A., KOBE, F.H. & FIEDLER C.
R. (1995). The influence of mental retardation severity
and respondent characteristics on self-reported attitudes
toward mental retardation and eugenics. Journal of
Intellectual Disability Research, 39, 316-325 |
|
ZIMMERMAN, E.H., ZIMMERMAN, J. & RUSSELL, C.D. (1969).
Differential effects of token reinforcement on
instruction-following behavior in retarded students
instructed as a group. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 2 (3), 101-112. [PDF] |
KEARNEY, C.A., DURAND, V.M. & MINDELL, J.A. (1995).
It's not where you live but how you live : Choice and
adaptive/maladaptive behavior in persons with severe
handicaps. Journal of Developmental & Physical
Disabilities, 7, 11-24. |
|
FAGAN, J.F (1969). Free recall learning in normal and
retarded children. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 8 (1), 9-19. |
LANGEVIN, J. (1996). Ergonomie et éducation des personnes
présentant des incapacités intellectuelles. Revue
Francophone de la Déficience Intellectuelle, 7 (2),
135-150. |
|
BARRETT, B.H. (1969). Behavioral individuality in four
cultural-familially retarded brothers. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 7, 79-91. |
JACOBSON, J.W. & MULICK, J.A. (Eds.) (1996). Manual
of diagnosis and professional practice in mental
retardation. Washington, DC : American
Psychological Association. |
|
BARTON, E.S. (1970). Inappropriate speech in a severely
retarded child : a case study in language conditioning and
generalization. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 4 (1), 299-307. [PDF] |
MacMILLAN, D.L., GRESHAM, F.M., SIPESTEIN, G.N. &
BOCIAN, K.M. (1996). The labyrinth of I.D.E.A. : School
decisions on referred students with subaverage general
intelligence. American Journal on Mental Retardation,
101, 161-174. |
|
SAILOR, W. (1971). Reinforcement and generalization of
productive plural allomorphs in two retarded children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 4 (4), 305-310. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
AUNE, B.P. & KROEGER, S.A. (1997). Career development
of college students with disabilities : An interactional
approach to defining the issues. Journal of College
Student Development, 38 (4), 344-356. |
|
GUESS, D.. SMITH, J.O. & ENSMINGER, E.E. (1971). The
role of nonprofessional persons in teaching language
skills to mentally retarded children. Exceptional
Children, 37 (6), 447-453. |
BRAY, N.W., FLETCHER, K.L. & TURNER, L.A. (1997).
Cognitive competencies and strategy use in individual
swith mental retardation. In W.V. Dube, W.J. Mcllvane, G.
Green & W.E. MacLean (Ed.), Ellis'handbookof
mental deficiency, psychological theory and research (pp.
197-217). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum |
|
BROWN, L., BELLAMY, T., PERLMUTTER, L., SACKOWITZ, P.
& SONTAG, E. (1972). The developmen tof quality,
quantity, and durability in the work performance of
retarded students in a public school prevocational
workshop. Training School Bulletin, 68, 58-69. |
CHRISTIAN, L., KERR, C., SUTPHIN, G. & POLING, A.
(1997). Reporting of medication regimen in applied studies
of persons with mental retardation and ADHD. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 18, 319-327. |
|
PENDERGRASS, V.E. (1972). Timeout from positive
reiforcement following persistent, high-rate behavior in
retardates. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 5
(1), 85-91. [PDF] |
SMITH, T., EIKESETH, S., KLEVSTRAND, M. & LOVAAS, O.I.
(1997). Intensive behavioral treatment for preschoolers
with severe mental retardation and pervasive developmental
disorder. American Journal on Mental Retardation,
102, 238-249. |
|
PARIS, S.G. & CAIRNS, R.B. (1972). An experimental and
ethological investigation of social reinforcement in
retarded children. Child Development, 43,
717-729. |
DIDDEN R., DUKER, P.C. & KORZILIUS, H. (1997).
Meta-analytic study on treatment effectiveness for problem
behaviors with individuals who have mental retardation. American
Journal of Mental Retardation, 101 (4), 387-399. |
|
GUESS, D. & BAER, D.M. (1973). Some experimental
analysis of linguistic development in institutionalized
retarded children. In B.B. Lahey (Ed.), The
modification of language bebavlor. Springfield,
Illinois : C.C. Thomas. |
|
|
STEPHENS, C.E., PEAR, J.J., WRAY, L.D. & JACKSON, G.C.
(1975). Some effects of reinforcement schedules in
teaching picture names to retarded children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 5 (4), 435-447. [PDF] |
De WITT, M.B., SCHRECK, K.A. & MULICK, J.A. (1998).
Use of the Bayley scales in individuals with profound
mental retardation : Comparison of the first and second
editions. Journal of Developmental & Physical
Disabilities, 10, 307-313. |
|
SHEPARD, C.H. (1976). Teaching language to mentally
retarded deaf children: a review of the literature and a
description of one classroom program. American Annals
of the Deaf, 121 (4), 366-369. |
|
|
BARTAK L. & RUTTER, M. (1976). Differences between
mentally retarded and normally intelligent autistic
children. Journal of Autism & Childhood
Schizophrenia, 6, 109-120. |
HOARD, M.K., GEARY, D.C. & HAMSON, C.O. (1999).
Numerical and arithmetical cognition : Performance of
low-and average-IQ child. Mathematical Cognition, 5,
65-91. |
|
BEDROSIAN, J. & PRUTTING, C. (1978). Communicative
performance of mentally retarded adults in four
conversational settings. Journal of Speech &
Hearing Research, 21, 79-95. |
FRIEDMAN, S.H., FESTINGER, D.F., NEZU, C.M., McGUFFIN,
P.W. & NEZU, A.M. (1999). Group therapy for
mentally-retarded sex offenders : A behavioral approach. The
Behavior Therapist, 22, 32-33. |
|
|
KOOP, S., MARTIN, G., YU, D. & SUTHONS, E. (1980).
Comparison of two reinforcement strategies in
vocational-skill training of mentally retarded persons. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 84, 616-626. |
POLING, A. & EHRHARDT, K. (1999). Applied behavior
analysis, social validation, and the psychopharmacology of
mental retardation. Mental Retardation &
Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews, 5,
342-347. |
|
SHAPIRO, E.S. & KLEIN, R.D. (1980). Self-management of
classroom behavior with retarded/disturbed children. Behavior
Modification, 4, 83-97. |
CLAESSON, M., SONNANDER K. & EKEHAMMAR, B. (2000).
Attitudes toward people with intellectual disabilities and
social dominance : An empirical study in Sweden. Journal
of Intellectual Disability Research, 44, 237. |
|
MITHAUG, D.E. & MAR, D.K. (1980). The relation between
choosing and working prevocational tasks in two severely
retarded young adults. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 13 (1), 177-182.
[PDF] |
DURAND, V.M. (2001). Future directions for children and
adolescents with mental retardation. Behavior
Therapy, 32, 633-650. |
|
JOHNSON, B.F. & CUVO, A.J. (1981). Teaching Mentally
retarded adults to cook. Behavior Modification, 5,
187-202. |
LOGAN, K.R. & GAST, D.L. (2001). Conducting preference
assessments and reinforcer testing for individuals with
profound multiple disabilities : Issues and procedures. Exceptionality,
9 (3), 123-134. |
|
GREENSPAN, S. & SHOULTZ, B. (1981). Why mentally
retarded adults lose their jobs : Social competence as a
factor in work adjustment. Applied Research in Mental
Retardation, 2 (1), 23–38. |
DUBE, W.V. & McILVANE, W.J. (2002). Quantitative
assessments of sensitivity to reinforcement contingencies
in mental retardation. American Journal on Mental
Retardation, 107, 136-145. |
|
WEEKS, M. & GAYLORD-ROSS, R. (1981). Task difficulty
and aberrant behavior in severely handicapped students. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 141 (4), 449-463. [PDF] |
LANFRANCHI, S., CORNOLDI, C. & VIANELLO, R. (2002).
Working memory deficits in individuals whit and without
mental retardation. Journal of Cognitive Education
& Psychology, 2 (3), 301-312. |
|
FERRETTI, R.P. (1982). An analysis of passive memory in
normal and mentally retarded persons. Intelligence,
6, 69-87. |
BATTAGLIA, A. (2003). Neuroimaging studies in the evalu-
ation of developmental delay/mental retardation. American
Journal of Medical Genetics Part C, 117, 25-30. |
|
SPITZ, H.H. (1982). Intellectual extremes, mental age, and
the nature of human intelligence. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 28 (2), 167-192. |
|
|
SAILOR, W. & GUESS, D. (1983). Severely
handicapped students : An instructional design.
Palo Alto, CA : Houghton Mifflin. |
PORTER, C., CHRISTIAN, L. & POLING, A. (2003). Some
data concerning the reporting of participants' gender in
the mental retardation literature. Mental Retardation,
41, 75-77. |
|
MOSK, M.D. & BUCHNER, B. (1984). Prompting and
stimulus shaping procedures for teaching visual-moto
rskils to retarded children. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 17 (1), 23-34. [PDF] |
BATTAGLIA, A. & CAREY, J.C. (2003). Diagnostic
evaluation of developmental delay/mental retardation : An
overview. American Journal of Medical Genetics Part
C, 117, 3-14. |
|
PACE, G.M., IVANCIC, M.T., EDWARDS, G.L., IWATA, B.A.
& PAGE, T.J. (1985). Assessment of stimulus preference
and reinforcer value with profoundly retarded individuals.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 18
(3), 249-255. [PDF] |
AKRAMI, N., EKEHAMMAR, B., CLAESSON, M. & SONNANDER,
K. (2006). Classical and modern prejudice : Attitudes
toward people with intellectual disabilities. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 27, 605-617.
[PDF] |
|
CAMPIONE, J.C. & BROWN, A.L. (1987). Toward a theory
of intelligence : Contributions from research with
retarded children. Intelligence, 2, 279-304. |
READ, J., HASLAM, N., SAYCE, L. & DAVIES, E. (2006).
Prejudice and schizophrenia : a review of the "mental
illness is an illness like any other" approach. Acta
Psychiatrica Sccandinavica, 114, 303-318.
[PDF] |
|
SCHROEDER, S.R., SCHROEDER, C.S. & LANDESMAN, S.
(1987). Psychological services in educational settings to
persons with mental retardation. American
Psychologist, 42, 805-808. |
LANFRANCHI, S., CORNOLDI, C. & VIANELLO, R. (2006)
Memory profiles in individuals with mental retardation due
to genetic causes. In J.V. Engels (Ed.), Focus on
birth defects research (pp. 53-80). New York : Nova
Science Publishers. |
|
SPITZ, H.H. (1988). Wechsler Subtest Patterns of
Mentally Retarded Groups: Relationship to "g" and to
Estimates of Heritability. Intelligence, 12 (3),
279-297. |
|
|
LENNOX, D.D. MILTENBERGER, R.G., SPENGLER, P. &
ERFANIAN, N. (1988). Decelerative treatment practices with
persons who have mental retardation : A review of five
years of literature. American Journal of Mental
Retardation, 92, 492-501. |
PRAKASH, J., SUDARSANAN, S. & PRABHU, H.R.A. (2007).
Study of behavioural problems in mentally retarded
children. Delhi Psychoatry Journal, 10 (1),
40-45. [PDF] |
|
STODDARD, L.T. & McILVANE, W.J. (1989). Establishing
auditory stimulus control in profoundly retarded
individuals. Research in Developmental Disabilities,
10, 141-151. |
MARISSAL, J.-P. (2009). Les conceptions du handicap : du
modèle médical au modèle social et réciproquement. Revue
d'Éthique et de Théologie Morale, 256, 19-28. |
|
WATKINS, C.L., PACK-TEIXEIRA, L. & HOWARD, J.S.
(1989). Teaching intraverbal behavior to severely retarded
children. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 7,
69-81. [PDF] |
VIANELLO, R. & LANFRANCHI, S. (2009). Genetic
syndromes causing mental retardation: deficit and surplus
in school performance and social adaptability compared to
cognitive functioning. Life Span & Disability,
12, 1, 41-52. |
|
SAUNDERS, K.J. & SPARADLIN, J.E. (1989). Conditional
discrimination in mentally retarded adults : The effects
of training the component simple discriminations. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52 (1),
1-12. [PDF] |
TASSÉ, M.J. (2009). Adaptive behavior assessment and the
diagnosis of mental retardation in capital cases. Applied
Neuropsychology, 16, 114-123. |
|
DUBE, W.V. & METHANE, W.J. (1989). Microcomputer-based
implementation of stimulus control technology with
mentally retarded individuals. International Journal
of Rehabilitation Research, 12 (2), 226-227. |
KUTZ, P.F., BOELTER, E.W., JARMOLOWICZ, D.P., CHIN, M.D.
& HAGOPIAN, L.P. (2012), An analysis of functional
communication training as an empirically supported
treatment for problem behavior displayed by individuals
with intellectual disabilities. Research in
Developmental Disabilities, 32, 2935-2942. [PDF] |
|
McILVANE, W.J., KLEGARAS, J.B., DUBE, W.V. & STODDARD,
L.T. (1989). Automated instruction of severely and
profoundly retarded individuals. In J.A. Mulick & R.F.
Antonak (Eds.), Transitions in mental retardation
(Vol. 4, pp. 15-76). Norwood, NJ : Ablex. |
COLEMAN, M., HURLEY, K.J. & CIHAK, D.F. (2012).
Comparing teacher-directed and computer-assisted constant
time delay for teaching functional sight words to students
with moderate intellectual disability. Education &
Training in Autism & Developmental Disabilities, 47
(3), 280-292. |
|
|
Voir aussi QI, Test
d'intelligence, Éduction
spécialisée,
Trouble d'apprentissage et Syndrome
de Down |
| |
|
|
Déficit
: Terme générique qui renvoie à un manque ou à une
diminution d'une chose qui engendre des problèmes ou des
diffficultés chez l'individu concerné. ( ): Voir
tableau ci-desous. = trouble,
manque, absence d'une chose essentielle.
Deficit.
| |
|
|
JONES, W.H., HOBB, S.A. & HOCKENBURY, D. (1982).
Loneliness and social skills deficits. Journal of
Personality & Social Personality, 42 (4),
27-48. |
|
BARNES, C.A. (1979). Memory deficits associated with
senescence : a neurophysiological and behavioral study in
the rat. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 93 (1), 74-104. |
|
SHALLICE, T. & BURGESS, P. (1991). Deficits in
strategy application following frontal lobe damage in man.
Brain, 114, 727-741. |
|
|
|
Déficit
cognitif : Déficit cognitif et analyse
des déficits cognitifs. Cognitive
deficit, psychologcial deficit.
| |
|
|
ZANGWILL, O.L. (1966). Psychologcial deficits with frontal
lobe lesions. International Journal of Neurology, 5,
395-402. |
|
FANTZ, R.L., FAGAN, J.F. & MIRANDA, S.B. (1975). Early
visual selectivity as a function of pattern variables,
previous exposure, age from birth and conception, and
expected cognitive deficit. In L.B. Cohen & P.
Salapatek (Eds.), Infant perception : From sensation
to cognition : Basic visual processes (Vol. 1. pp.
249-346). New York : Academic Press. |
|
BRACKENBURY, T. & PYE, C. (2005). Semantic deficits in
children with language impairments : Issues for clinical
assessment. Language, Speech & Hearing Services
in Schools, 36, 5-16. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Déficit
de transfert des apprentissages : Incapacité ou
difficulté à transférer dans
une situation réelle (en trois dimensions) un apprentissage
réalisé devant un écran (en
deux dimensions). Transfer deficit.
| |
|
|
CHOI, K., KIRKORIAN, H. & PEMPEK, T. (2017).
Understanding the transfer deficit : Contextual mismatch,
proactive interference, and working memory affect
toddlers' video-based transfer. Child Development, 89
(4, 1378-1393. |
| |
|
|
|
Définir
: Définition : Définir est une
habileté cognitive qui
se déroule en deux temps : 1) Il faut d'abord discriminer
(distinguer, donc A n'est pas un B) les phénomènes que l'on
cherche à comprendre. 2) Ensuite, il faut en regrouper un
certains nombres (Tous les a sont des A) en choisissant et en énumérant
les propriétés
nécessaires et suffisantes d'une classe A d'objets/ phénomènes.
EX: Pour un jeune enfant, un chat est un petit
animal (propriété no 1) qui possède quatre pattes (propriété no 2)
et fait miaou (propriété no 3). Un chat en particulier doit
nécessairement posséder ces trois propriétés pour que l'on puisse
lui accoler l'étiquette de chat. Qui plus est, il n'est pas
nécessaire qu'il soit gris ou ait les yeux verts, ce qui signifie
que ces trois propriétés sont en soi suffisantes pour distinguer
les chats des non-chats. Il existe trois types de définitions :
a) scientifique (issue d'une théorie ou obtenu par
consensus); b) usuelle (= dictionnaire) ou c)
personnelle (intension
de concept d'un individu). Bref, comme le disait Jacquard,
« [...] un mot mal défini ou mal compris est plus dangereux
qu'un scalpel ébréché. ». Définir, nommer
et expliquer.
Definition, redefinition, meaning of world,
meaning of concept, use of the term.
| |
| |
Propriétés du concept «chat» |
Objet |
| 1 |
Petit
animal |
Chat |
| 2 |
4
pattes |
| 3 |
A du
poil |
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
Propriétés nécessaires communes |
Propriété discriminante |
| Chat |
Petit animal |
4 pattes |
A du poil |
Fait miaou |
| Chien |
Fait
wouf |
|
|
| |
|
| Définition
: Rôle |
|
OGDEN, C.K. & RICHARDS, I.A. (1923). The meaning
of meaning. New York : Harchourt, Brace &
World. |
|
|
RESCHER, N. (1954). A note on a species of definition. Theoria, 20, 173-175. |
|
|
KRIPKE, S.A. (1980). Naming and necessity.
Cambridge MA : Harvard University Press. |
POTHOS, E.M. & HAHN, U. (2000). So concepts aren’t
definitions, but do they have necessary or sufficient
features ? British Journal of Psychology, 91, 439-450. |
|
SALZINGER, K. (1991). Definitions and usage, or a rose by
any other name smells as sweet. Behavior Analyst, 14,
213. [PDF] |
MARTINEZ, M. (2001). Some closure properties of finite
definitions. Studia Logica, 68, 43-68. |
|
YABLO, S. (1992). Definitions, consistent and
inconsistent. Philosophical Studies, 72,
147-175. [PDF] |
SLANEY, K.L. (2001). On empirical realism and the defining
of theoretical terms. Journal of Theoretical &
Philosophical Psychology, 21, 132-152. |
|
BELNAP, N. (1993). On rigorous definitions. Philosophical
Studies, 72, 115-146. |
RIBES-INESTA, E. (2003). What is defined in operational
definitions ? The case of operant psychology. Behavior
& Philosophy, 31 (1), 111-126.
[PDF] |
|
HORTY, J. (1993). Frege on the psychological significance
of definitions. Philosophical Studies, 69, 113-153. |
GUPTA, A. (2006). Finite circular definitions. In T.
Bolander, V.F. Hendrick and S.A. Andersen (Eds.), Self-reference
(pp. 79-93). Stanford : CSLI Publications. |
|
CHAPUIS, A. & GUPTA, A. (Eds.) (1999). Circularity,
definition, and truth. New Delhi : Indian Council
of Philosophical Research. |
HORTY, J. (2007). Frege on definitions : a case study
of semantic content. Oxford : Oxford University
Press. [PDF] |
|
GERRING, J. (1999). What makes a concept good ? A
criterial framework for understanding concept formation in
the social sciences. Polity, 31 (3), 357-393. |
DUMEZ, H. (2011). Qu'est-ce qu'un concept ? Le
Libellio d'AEGIS, 7 (S1), 67-79. |
|
|
Voir aussi Signification,
Concept
scientifique et Définition
opérationnelle |
|
| Définition
scientifique : Exemple |
|
GARDINER, H.N. (1906). The definition of "feeling". Journal
of Philosophy, Psychology & Scientific Methods, 3
(3), 57-62. |
|
|
BODE, B.H. (1908). Some recent definitions of
consciousness. Psychological Review, 15,
255-264. |
WOOD, W., POOL, G., LECK, K. & PURVIS, D. (1996).
Self-definition, defensive processing, and influence : The
normative impact of majority and minority groups. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 71, 1181-1193.
[PDF] |
|
WARREN, H.C., CALKINS, M.W., DUNLAP, K., GARDINER H.N.,
RUCKMICK, C.A. (1918). Report: Definitions and
delimitations of psychological terms prepared by a
committee of the American Psychological Association. Psychological
Bulletin, 15 (3), 89-95. |
|
|
CALKINS, M.W., DUNLAP, K., GARDINER H.N., RUCKMICK, C.A.
& WARREN, H.C. (1922). Definitions and limitations of
psychological terms, II. Psychological Bulletin, 19 (4),
230–233. |
|
|
HEMPEL, C.G. (1943). A purely syntactical definition of
confirmation. The Journal of Symbolic Logic, 8,
122-143. |
FRIEDRICHS, D.O. (1996). Defining white collar crime : In
defense of an inclusive approach. In J. Helmkamp, R. Ball
& K. Townsend (Eds.), Definitional dilemma : Can
and should there be a universal definition of white
collar crime ? (pp. 263-274). Morgantown, WV :
National White Collar Crime Center. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1945). The operational analysis of
psychological terms. Psychological Review, 52, 270-277. |
GOLDSTEIN, I. (1996). Ontology, epistemology, and private
ostensive definition. Philosophy &
Phenomenological Research, 56 (1), 137-147. |
|
HEMPEL, C.G. & OPPENHEIM, P. (1945). A definition of
«degree of confirmation». Philosophy of Science, 12, 98-115. |
LEIGLAND, S. (1997). Is a new definition of verbal
behavior necessary in light of derived relational
responding ? The Behavior Analyst, 20, 3-10. [PDF] |
|
KROEBER, A.L. & KLUCKKOHN, C.K. (1952). Culture :
A critical review of concepts and definitions. New
York : Random House. |
FAGOT, B.I., LEINBACH, M.D., HORT, B.E. & STRAYER, J.
(1997). Qualities underlying the definitions of gender. Sex
Roles : A Journal of Research, 37 (1-2), 1-18. |
|
RESCHER, N. (1957). Definitions of "Existence". Philosophical
Studies, 8, 65-69. |
|
|
STEVENS, S.S. (1959). Measurement, psychophysics and
utility. In C.W. Churchman & P. Ratoosh (Eds.), Measurement
: Definitions and theories. New York : Wiley. |
BLACKMORE, S. (1998). Imitation and the definition of a
meme. Journal of Memetics - Evolutionary Models of
Information Transmission, 2. [PDF] |
|
WINGATE, M. (1964). A standard definitions of stuttering.
Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders, 29,
484-488. |
TOLBERT, P.S. & MOEN, P. (1998). Men's and women's
definitions of "good" jobs. Similarities and differences
by age and across times. Work & Occupations, 25
(2), 168-194. |
|
CATTELL, R.B. (1964). The definition(s) of anxiety.
Journal of the American Medical Association, 190,
859. |
ROTHAUSEN, T.J. (1999). "Family" in organizational
research : A review and comparison of definitions and
measures. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 20, 817-836. |
|
KOLMOGOROV, A.N. (1965). Three approaches to the
quantitative definition of information. Problems of
Information Transmission, 1, 4-7. |
LUNDBERG, I. (1999). Towards a sharper definition of
dyslexia. In I. Lundberg, F.E. Tönnessen & I. Austad
(Eds.), Dyslexia : advances in theory and practice
(pp. 9-29). Dordrecht : Kluwer. |
|
FISHBEIN, M. & RAVEN, B.A. (1967). The AB scales : An
operational definition of belief and attitude. Human
Relations, 15 (1), 355-44. |
LAMBON RALPH, M.A., GRAHAM, K.S., PATTERSON, K. &
HODGES, J.R. (1999). Is a picture worth a thousand words ?
Evidence from concept definitions by patients with
semantic dementia. Brain & Language, 70, 309-335. |
|
SCANDURA, J.M. (1970). The role of rules in behavior :
Toward an operational definition of what (rule) is
learned. Psychological Review, 77, 516-533. |
GOLDBERG, S., GRUSEC, J.E. & JENKINS, J.M. (1999).
Confidence in protection : Arguments for a narrow
definition of attachment. Journal of Family
Psychology, 13, 475-483. |
|
PULVER, S.E. (1970) Narcissism — The term & the
concept. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 18 (2), 319–341. |
|
|
BARLOW, H.B. (1970). Definition of intelligence.
Nature, 228, 1008. |
LEE, V.L. (1999). "Behavior" does not mean "behavior of
the organism" : Why conceptual revision is needed in
behavior analysis. Behavior & Social Issues, 9,
67-80. [PDF] |
|
STOLOROW, R.D. (1975) Toward a functional definition of
narcissism. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
56, 179–185. |
|
|
BICKHARD, M.H. & FORD, B.L. (1976). Adler's concept of
social interest : A critical explication. Journal of
Individual Psychology, 32 (2), 27-49. |
RYAN, R.M. & DECI, E.L. (2000). Intrinsic and
extrinsic motivations : Classic definitions and new
directions. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 25,
54-67. [PDF] |
|
KONECNI, V.J. (1976). Altruism : Methodological and
definitional issues. Science, 194, 562. [PDF] |
VELLUTINO, F.R., SCANLON, D.N. & LYON, G.R. (2000).
Differentiating between difficult-to-remediate and readily
remediated poor readers : More evidence against the IQ :
achievement discrepancy definition of reading disability.
Journal of Learning Disabilities, 33, 223-238. |
|
GOTTMAN, J.M. (1977). Toward a definition of social
isolation in children. Child Development, 48,
513-517. |
|
|
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1977). Outline of a denotative definition
of aggression. Aggressive Behavior, 3, 379-383. |
PRYZGODA, J. & CHRISLER, J.C. (2000). Definitions of
gender and sEX: The subtleties of meaning. Sex Roles,
43, (7/8), 553-569. [PDF] |
|
KOVACS, M. & BECK, A.T. (1977). An empirical-clinical
approach toward a definition of childhood depression. In
J.G. Schulterbrandt & A. Raskin (Eds.), Depression
in childhood : diagnosis, treatment, and conceptual
models (pp. 1-25). New York, NY : Raven Press. |
BLIESZNER, R. & DEVRIES, B. (2000). Definitions of
friendship in the third age : Age, gender, and study
location effects. Journal of Aging Studies, 14 (1),
117-133. |
|
UNGER, R.K. (1979). Toward a redefinition of sex and
gender. American Psychologist, 34, 1085-1094. |
COOPER, Z. & FAIRBURN, C.G. (2003), Refining the
definition of binge eating disorder and nonpurging bulimia
nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 34
(S), 89-95. |
|
GOULD, S.J. (1980). Sociobiology and the theory of natural
selection. In G.W. Barlow & J. Silverberg (Eds.), Sociobiology
: beyond nature/nurture ? Reports, definitions and
debate (pp. 257-269). Boulder, CO : Westview. |
LYON, G.R. SHAYWITZ, S.E. & SHAYWITZ, B. (2003). A
definition of dyslexia. Annals of Dyslexia, 53,
1-14. |
|
SCHROEDER, S.R., MULICK, J.A. & ROJAHN, J. (1980). The
definition, taxonomy, epidemiology and ecology of
self-injurious behavior. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 10, 417-432. |
UPTON, M., EGAN, T.M. & LYNHAM, S.A. (2003). Career
development : Definitions, theories, and dependent
variables. In T.M. Egan (Ed.), Proceedings of the
Academy of Human Resource Development, USA (pp.
728-735). Bowling Green, OH : AHRD. |
|
SCHACHAR, R., RUTTER, M. & SMITH, A. (1981). The
characteristics of situationally and pervasively
hyperactive children : Implications for syndrome
definition. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 22, 375-392. |
BISHOP, S.R., LAU, M., SHAPIRO, S., CARLSON, L., ANDERSON,
N.D., CARMODY, J., SEGAL, Z.V., ABBEY, S., SPECA, M.,
VELTING, D. & DEVINS, G. (2004). Mindfulness : A
proposed operational definition. Clinical Psychology
: Science & Practice, 11 (3), 230-241. [PDF] |
|
MARTIN, R.R. & HAROLDSON, S.K. (1981). Stuttering
identification : standard definition and moment of
stuttering. Journal of Speech & Hearing Research,
24, 59-63. |
|
|
|
ANDREASEN, N.C. & OLSEN, S. (1982). Negative and
positive schizophrenia : definition and validation. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 39, 789-794. [PDF] |
ORUKIBICH, J., NASSAW, K. & MORI, K. (2005). Comments
on defining adolescence. Psychological Reports, 97, 737-738.
[PDF] |
|
TURNER, J.C. (1982). Toward a cognitive redefinition of
the social group. In H. Tajfel (Ed.), Social identity
and intergroup relations (pp. 15-40). Cambridge,
England : Cambridge University Press. |
DE WITTE, H. (2005). Job insecurity : Review of the
international literature on definitions, prevalence,
antecedents and consequences. SA Journal of
Industrial Psychology, 31 (4), 1-6. [PDF] |
|
DILL, D.D. (1982). The structure of the academic
profession : Toward a definition of ethical issues. Journal
of Higher Education, 53, 255-267. |
NASH, M.R. (2005). The importance of being earnest when
crafting definitions : Science and scientism are not the
same thing. International Journal of Clinical &
Experimental Hypnosis, 53 (3), 265-280. [PDF] |
|
TARSY, D. (1983). History and definition of tardive
dyskinesia. Clinical Neuropharmacology, 6, 91-99. |
HOLTH, P. (2005). Two definitions of punishment. The
Behavior Analyst Today, 6 (1), 43- 55. [PDF] |
|
KIRK, S.A. & KIRK, W.D. (1983). On defining learning
disabilities. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 16
(1), 20–21. |
|
|
BERK, R.A. (1983). Toward a definition of learning
disabilities : progress or regress ? Education &
Treatment of Children, 6 (3), 285-310. |
|
|
CHEEK, J.M. & WATSON, A.K. (1989). The definition of
shyness : Psychological imperialism or construct validity
? Journal of Social Behavior & Personality, 4
(1), 85-95. [PDF] |
|
|
AMES, C. & AMES, P. (1984). System of student and
teacher motivation towards a qualitative definition.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 76 (4), 535-556. |
BULIK, C.M., REBA, L., SIEGLA-RIZ, A. &
REICHBORN-KJENNERUD, T. (2005). Anorexia nervosa :
Definition, epidemiology, and cycle of risk.
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 37 (S),
2-9. |
|
HULIN, C.L. (1984). Suggested directions for defining,
measuring, and controlling absenteeism. In P. Goodman
& R. Atkin and associates (Eds.), Absenteeism.
San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
|
|
KASHTI,Y., ARIELI, M. & HAREL, Y. (1984). Classroom
seating as a definition of situation : Observations in an
elementary school in one development town. Urban
Education, 19, 161-181. |
|
|
WATERS, W., NOYES, D.M., VAUGHN, B.E. & RICKS, M.
(1985). Q-sort definitions of social competence and
self-esteem: discriminant validity of related constructs
in theory and data. Developmental Psychology, 21,
508-522. |
PARADIES, Y. (2006). Defining, conceptualizing and
characterizing racism in health research. Critical
Public Health, 16 (2), 143-157. |
|
LEIGLAND, S. (1985). On "setting events" and related
concepts.The Behavior Analyst, 7, 41-45. [PDF] |
LILIENFELD, S.O., WALDMAN, I. & ISRAEL, A.C. (2006). A
Critical examination of the use of the term and concept of
comorbidity in psychopathology research. Clinical
Psychology Science & Practice, 1 (1), 71-83. |
|
HIGGINS, S.T. & MORRIS, E.K. (1985). A comment on
contemporary definitions of reinforcement as a behavioral
process. The Psychological Record, 35, 81-88. |
ZENTALL, T.R. (2006). Imitation : definitions, evidence,
and mechanisms. Animal Cognition, 9, 355-367. [PDF] |
|
WISE, R.A. (1987). Sensorimotor modulation and the
variable action pattern (VAP) : Toward a noncircular
definition of drive and motivation. Psychobiology,
15, 7-20. |
|
|
SWEETSER, E. (1987). The definition of «lie»: An
examination of the folk models underlying a semantic
prototype. In D. Hollard & N. Quinn (Eds.), Cultural
models in language and thought. New York :
Cambridge University Press. |
KINNAERT, P. (2006). Placebo et effet placebo (première
partie) : définition, aspects cliniques, mécanismes. Revue
Médicale de Bruxelles, 27, 499-504. [PDF] |
|
ZIMMERMAN, M., CORYELL, W., STANGL, D. & PFOHL, B.
(1987). Validity of an operational definition for neurotic
unipolar major depression. Journal of Affective
Disorders, 12, 29-40. |
CAPDEVILLA, R. (2007). Redefinition reviewed : what
"Toward a redefinition of sex and gender" can offer today.
Feminism & Psychology, 17 (4), 465-469.
[PDF] |
|
ROSNOW, R.L. & ROSENTHAL, R. (1989). Definition and
interpretation of interaction effects. Psychological
Bulletin, 105, 143-146. |
JOHNSON, R.B. & ONWUEEGBUZIE, A.J. & TURNER, L.A.
(2007). Toward a definition of mixed methods research. Journal
of Mixed Methods Research, 1 (112), DOI:
10.1177/1558689806298224.
[PDF] |
|
GOODMAN, A. (1989). Addiction defined : Diagnostic
criteria for addictive disorder. American Journal of
Preventive Psychiatry & Neurology, 2, 12-15. |
MILES, E. (1995). Can there be a single definition of
dyslexia ? Dyslexia, 1, 37-45. |
|
KELLY, L. (1989). What's in a name ? Defining child sexual
abuse. Feminist Review, 28, 65-73. |
HALL, R.C. & HALL R.C. (2007). Profile of pedophilia :
Definition, characteristics of offenders, recidivism,
treatment outcomes, and forensic issues. Mayo Clinic
Proceedings, 82 (4), 457-471. [PDF] |
|
OLWEUS, D. (1989). Prevalence and incidence in the study
of antisocial behavior : Definitions and measurement. In
M. Klein (Ed.), Cross-national research in
self-reported crime and delinquency. Dordrecht, The
Netherlands, Kluwer. |
KUBINA, R.M. & LIN, F.Y. (2008). Defining frequency :
A natural scientific term. The Behavior Analyst
Today, 9 (2), 125-129. [PDF] |
|
CHEEK, J.M. & WATSON, A.K. (1989). The definition of
shyness : Psychological imperialism or construct validity
? Journal of Social Behavior & Personality, 4 (1),
85-95.
[PDF] |
PALMER, D.C. (2008). On Skinner's definition of verbal
behavior. International Journal of Psychology &
Psychological Therapy, 8, 295-307. [PDF] |
|
AMES, A. & HOUSTON, D. (1990). Legal, social, and
biological definitions of pedophilia. Archives of
Sexual Behavior, 19 (4), 333-342. |
VASSILLIOU, M. & ROWLEY, J. (2008). Progressing the
definition of "e-book". Library Hi Tech, 26 (3),
355-368. [PDF] |
|
IRWIN, H.J. (1990). Definitions of parapsychology. Journal
of the American Society for Psychical Research, 84, 176-178. |
|
|
GOODMAN, A. (1990), Addiction : Definition and
Implications. British Journal of Addiction, 85,
1403-1408 |
|
|
DAVIS, J. (1991). Who is black ? One nation’s
definition. University Park, PA : Pennsylvania
State University Press. |
GORDON, G. (2009). What is play ? In search of a
definition. In D.S. Kuschner (Ed.), From children to
red hatters : Diverse images and issues of play, play
and culture studies (Vol. 8, pp. 1-13). UPA. |
|
ZAHAVI, A. (1991). On the definition of sexual selection,
Fisher's model, and the evolution of waste and of signals
in general. Animal Behaviour, 42 (3), 501-503. |
OWCZARK, K. (2010). The concept of quality of life. Acta
Neuropsychologica, 8 (3), 207-213. |
|
DONAT, P. & D'EMILIO, J. (1992). A feminist
redefinition of rape and sexual assault : Historical
foundations and change. Journal of Social Issues, 48
(1), 9-22. |
MUEHLENHARD, C.L. & PETERSON, Z.D. (2011).
Distinguishing between sex and gender : History, current
conceptualizations, and implications. Sex Roles, 64,
791-803. [PDF] |
|
|
KOHN, S.E. (1992). Conclusions : Toward a working
definition of conduction aphasia. In S.E. Kohn (Ed.), Conduction
aphasia (pp. 157-161). New Jersey : Lawrence
Erlbaum. |
PHILLIPS, J., FRANCES, A., CERULLO, M.A., CHARDAVOYNE, J.,
DECKER, J.H., FIRST, M.B., GHAEMI, N., GREENBERG, G.,
HINDERLITER, A.C., KINGHORN, W.A., LOBELLO, S.G., MARTIN,
E.B., MISHARA, A.L., PARIS, J., PIERRE, J.M., PIES R.W.,
PINCUS, H.A., PORTER, D., POUNCEY, C., SCHWARTZ, M.A.,
SZASZ, T., WAKEFIELD, J.C., WATERMAN, G.S., WHOOLEY, O.
& ZACHAR, P. (2012). The six most essential questions
in psychiatric diagnosis : A pluralogue. Part 1 :
Conceptual and definitional issues in psychiatric
diagnosis. Philosophy, Ethics, & Humanities in
Medicine, 7 (3), 1-29. [PDF] |
|
FEE, V.E. & MATSON, J.L. (1992). Definition,
classification, and taxonomy. In J.K. Luiselli, J.L.
Matson & N.N. Singh (Eds.), Self-injurious
behavior : Analysis, assessment, and treatment (pp.
3-20). New York : Springer-Verlag. |
RUNCO, M.A. & JAEGER G. J. (2012). The standard
definition of creativity. Creativity Research Journal,
24, 92-96. |
|
UNGER, R.K. & CRAWFORD, M. (1993). Sex and gender -
The troubled relationship between terms and concepts.
Psychological Science, 4, 122-124. |
PASSOS, M.L.R.F. (2012). B.F. Skinner : The writer and his
definition of verbal behavior. The Behavior Analysis,
35 (1), 115-126. [PDF] |
|
GUTHRIE, S.E. (1993). Anthropomorphism : A definition
and a theory. New York : State University of New
York Press. |
STAIRS, A.M., SMITH, G.T., ZAPOLSKI, T.C.B., COMBS, J.L.
& SETTLES, R.E. (2012). Clarifying the construct of
perfectionism. Assessment, 19, 146-166. [PDF] |
|
RUBIN, K.H. & ASENDORPF, J. (1993). Social withdrawal,
inhibition and shyness in childhood : Conceptual and
definitional issues. In K.H. Rubin & J. Asendorpf
(Eds.), Social withdrawal, inhibition, and shyness in
childhood. Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum. |
BROTHERTON, R. (2013). Towards a definition of "conspiracy
theory". PsyPAG Quarterly, 8 (S), 9-14. |
|
WAGNER, E.D. (1994). In support of a functional definition
of interaction. American Journal of Distance
Education, 8 (2), 6-26. |
HALLAHAN, D.P., PULLEN, P.C. & WARD, D. (2014). A
brief history of the field of learning disabilities. In
H.L. Swanson, K.R. Harris & S. Graham (Eds.), Handbook
of learning disabilities (pp. 15-32). The Guilford
Press. |
|
BOURSEUL, V. (2014). Le genre en psychanalyse : Périmètre
d'une définition. Recherches en Psychanalyse,
17 (1), 63-72. [PDF] |
|
ALLEN, C. & BEKOFF, M. (1994). Intentionality, social
play and definition. Biology & Philosophy, 9,
63-74. |
BUYSSE, D.J. (2014). Sleep health : Can define it ? Does
it matter ? Sleep, 37 (1), 9-17. [PDF] |
|
FUKUDA, K., STRAUS, S.E., HICKIE, I., FRANZCP, SHARPE,
M.C., DOBBINS, J.G. & KOMAROFF, A. (1994). The chronic
fatigue syndrome : A comprehensive approach to its
definition and study. Annals of Internal Medicine,
121 (12), 953-959. [PDF] |
ABEYSEKERA, L. & DAWSON, P. (2015). Motivation and
cognitive load in the flipped classroom : definition,
rationale and a call for research. Higher Education
Research & Development, 34 (1), 1-14. [PDF] |
|
LYON, G.R. (1995). Towards a definition of dyslexia : II.
Annals of Dyslexia, 45, 3-27. |
HARRIS, S. (2015). Our narrow definition of "science". In
J. Brockman (Ed.), This idea must die (pp.
136-138). New York : Harper Perennial. |
|
ADAMS, E.J., NGUYEN, A.T. & COWAN, N. (2018).
Theories of working memory : Differences in
definition, degree of modularity, role of attention, and
purpose. Language, Speech, & Hearing Services in
Schools , 49, 340–355. [PDF] |
|
BALLANTYNE, P.F. (1995). From initial abstractions to a
concrete concept of personality. In I. Lubek, et al.
(Eds.), Recent trends in theoretical psychology
(Vol. 4., pp. 151-157). New York : Springer. |
LANGHAM, E., THORNE, H., BROWNE, M., DONALDSON, P., ROSE,
J. & ROCKLOFF, M. (2016). Understanding gambling
related harm : a proposed definition, conceptual
framework, and taxonomy of harms. BMC Public Health,
16 (80), 1-23. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
BAUM, W.M. (1995). Radical behaviorism and the concept of
agency. Behaviorology, 3 (1), 93-106. [PDF] |
SNOWLING, M.J., HULME, C. & NATION, K. (2020).
Defining and understanding dyslexia : past, present and
future. Oxford Review of Education, 46 (4),
501-553. |
|
LANSKA, D.J. & KULLER, L.H. (1995). The geography of
stroke mortality in the United States and theconcept of a
stroke belt. Stroke, 26 (7), 1145-1149. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Définition,
Concept
scientifique, Propriété
et Opérationnaliser |
| |
|
|
Définition
opérationnelle : Définition
dont les éléments nécessaires et suffisants ont été
opérationnalisés, et qui renvoient donc à des phénomènes
observables et mesurables (comportements, réaction
physiologique, etc.). Operational definition.
| |
|
|
BORING, E.G. (1945). The use of operational definitions in
science. Psychological Review, 52, 243-245. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1945). The operational analysis of
psychological terms. Psychological Review, 52, 270-277. |
|
SCANDURA, J.M. (1970). The role of rules in behavior :
Toward an operational definition of what (rule) is
learned. Psychological Review, 77, 516-533. |
|
ZIMMERMAN, M., CORYELL, W., STANGL, D. & PFOHL, B.
(1987). Validity of an operational definition for neurotic
unipolar major depression. Journal of Affective
Disorders, 12, 29-40. |
|
SLANEY, K. L. (2001). On empirical realism and the
defining of theoretical terms. Journal of Theoretical
& Philosophical Psychology, 21 (2), 132-152. |
|
RIBES-INESTA, E. (2003). What is defined in operational
definitions ? The case of operant psychology. Behavior
& Philosophy, 31 (1), 111-126.
[PDF] |
|
BISHOP, S.R., LAU, M., SHAPIRO, S., CARLSON, L., ANDERSON,
N.D., SEGAL, Z.V., SPECA, M., VELTING, D. & DEVINS, G.
(2004). Mindfulness : A proposed operational definition. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 11 (3),
230-241. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Définition |
|
|
Définition par la négative : Définition
d'un phénomène que l'on forge par exclusion en précisant «ce qu'il
n'est pas» (définition négative), plutôt qu'en nommant ses
propriétés (définition positive = ce qu'il est). Il va de soi que
ces définitions sont imprécises; elles permettent cependant de
mieux cerner un nouveau phénomène et de montrer qu'il faut
sans doute chercher à nommer plus précisément ses propriétés.
| |
| |
Caractéristiques
négatives du concept «chat» |
Objet |
| 1 |
Ce
n'est pas un gros animal |
Chat ?
|
| 2 |
n'a pas
deux pattes |
| 3 |
Ne fait
pas wouf |
|
|
|
|
|
Définitivement
faux/vrai : Expression qui souligne le caractère non
temporel d'une hypothèse
falsifiée par les faits.
On ne peut pas montrer que
l'hypothèse falsifiable Tous les éléphants sont gris
est définitivement vraie car, pour y parvenir, il faudrait
examiner tous les cas, donc tous les éléphants de tous les mondes,
de toutes les époques (vaste programme, dirait de Gaulle).
Cependant, on peut montrer que cette hypothèse est définitivement
fausse. En effet, une hypothèse falsifiable possède toujours un quantificateur
universel - un Tout - qui équivaut logiquement à
nier l'existence d'autres phénomènes (Si tous les éléphants sont
gris, il n'existe donc pas d'éléphants roses ou mauves). Si cette
hypothèse est contredite par les faits - on vient tout juste de
découvrir un éléphant rose sur la planète Éthilyc 12 - l'hypothèse
falsibiable sera alors considérée comme falsifiée, donc
définitivement fausse. /temporairement
vraie/fausse.
|
Defries John C. (Delrey 1934-) : Psychologue
évolutionniste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des fonctions
cognitives des jumeaux et
du stress chez la souris.
Collaborateur de Caspi, Emde,
Friedman, Galaburda,
Hewitt, Kagan, McGuffin,
Miyake,
Olson, Pennington,
Plomin, Rhee,
Robinson, Rutter,
Thompson,
Zahn-Waxler, Waldman
et Willcutt.
 |
DeFRIES, J.C. (1967). Effects of heredity and prenatal
stress on behavior of offspring. Illinois Research, 9,
6-7. |
|
DeFRIES, J.C., VANDERBERG, S.G. & McCLEARN, G.E.
(1976). Genetics of specific cognitive abilities. Annual
Review of Genetics, 10, 179-207. |
|
DeFRIES, J.C. (1978). "Heritability estimates" from family
data. Behavior Genetics, 8, 481-482. |
|
DeFRIES, J.C. & FULKER, D.W. (1986). Multivariate
behavioral genetics and development. Behavior
Genetics, 16, 1-10. |
|
DeFRIES, J.C. & ALARCON, M. (1996). Genetics of
specific reading disability. Mental Retardation &
Developmental Disabilities Research, 2, 39-47. |
|
|
|
Déforestation
: Deforestation.
| |
|
|
SUSSMAN, R.W., GREEN, G.M. & SUSSMAN, L.K. (1996). The
use of satellite imagery and anthropology to assess the
causes of deforestation in Madagascar. In L.E. Sponsel,
T.N. Headland & R.C. Bailey (Eds.), Tropical
deforestation : the human dimension (pp. 296-315).
New York : Columbia University. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Réchauffement
climatique |
|
|
Déformation
: Mécanisme
de défense proposé par Rogers
qui consiste à interpréter ou à réinterpréter ses
expériences de manière à les rendre conformes aux principes
et à la vision de son soi. EX
: Non, je n'ai ps dit ça, je ne suis pas une personne
méchante.
Distorsion.
|
Défusion
cognitive : Cognitive defusion.
| |
|
|
LUOMA, J.B. & HAYES, S.C. (2003). Cognitive defusion.
In W.T. O’ Donohue & W.T. Fisher, J.E. (Eds.),
Cognitive Behavior Therapy : Applying empirically
supported techniques in your practice (pp. 71–78).
New York : Wiley. |
|
MASUDA, A., HAYES, S.C. SACKETT, C.F. & TWOHIG, M.P.
(2004). Cognitive defusion and self-relevant negative
thoughts : Examining the impact of a ninety year old
technique. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 42,
477–485. |
|
McCRACKEN, L.M., BARKER, E. & CHILCOT, J.
(2014). Decentering, rumination, cognitive defusion, and
psychological flexibility in people with chronic pain. Journal
of Behavioral Medicine, 37, 1215–1225. |
|
MANDAVIA, A., MASUDA, A., MOORE, M., MENDOZA, H.,
DONATI, M.R. & COHEN, L.L. (2015). The application of
a cognitive defusion technique to negative body image
thoughts : A preliminary analogue investigation.
Journal of Contextual Behavioral Science, 4, 86–95. |
|
BARRERA, T.L., SZAFRANSKI, D.D., RATCLIFF, C.G., GARNAAT,
S.L. & NORTON, P.J. (2016). An experimental comparison
of techniques : Cognitive defusion, cognitive
restructuring, and in-vivo exposure for social anxiety. Behavioural
& Cognitive Psychotherapy, 44, 249–254. |
|
PILECKI, B.C. & McKAY, D. (2017). An Experimental
investigation of cognitive defusion. Psychological
Record, 62, 19–40. |
|
FANG, S., DING, D., JI, P., HUNANG, M. & HU, K.
(2022). Cognitive defusion and psychological flexibility
predict negative body image isn the Chinese college
students : Evidence from acceptance and commitment
therapy. International Journal of Environmental
Research & Public Health 19, 1-16. |
|
|
Voir Thérapie de l'acceptation et de
l'engagement (TAE) |
|
|
|
Degelman Douglas ( ) : Psychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de
l'image du corps.
|
DEGELMAN, D. & ROSINSKI, R.R. (1976). Texture gradient
registration and the development of slant perception. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 21, 339-348. |
|
GARRITY, K. & DEGELMAN, D. (1990). Effect of server
introduction on restaurant tipping. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 20, 168-172. [PDF] |
|
MURZYNSKI, J. & DEGELMAN, D. (1996). Body language of
women and judgments of vulnerability to sexual assault.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 26,
1617-1626. |
|
CROUCH, A. & DEGELMAN, D. (1998). Influence of female
body images in printed advertising on self-ratings of
physical attractiveness by adolescent girls. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 87, 1-2. |
|
DEGELMAN, D. & PRICE, N.D. (2002). Tattoos and ratings
of personal characteristics. Psychological Reports,
90 (2), 507-514. |
|
|
|
Dégénérescence : Selon Morel,
affaiblissement ou dégradation de l'organisme,
tant sur le plan physique que psychologique
(maladie mentale), en grande partie attribuable à l'hérédité.
= vieillissement programmé.
| |
|
|
MOREL, P. (1857). Traité des dégénérescence
physiques, intellectuelles, et morales de l'espèce
humaine, Paris : Arno Press. |
|
MOREL, P. (1864). De la formation des types dans les
variétés dégénérées. Rouen. |
|
|
|
Dégoût : Ce qui nous répugne (émotion)
et que l'on cherche par tous les moyens à éviter.
Dégoût, aversion et
phobie. Disgust.
| |
|
|
ROZIN, P. & FALLON, A.E. (1987). A perspective on
disgust. Psychological Review, 94 (1), 23-41. |
BRADY, R.E., ADAMS, T.G. & LOHR, J.M. (2010). Disgust
in contamination-related obsessive-compulsive disorder. Expert
Review of Neurotherapeutics, 10, 1295-1305. |
|
HAIDT, J., MCCAULEY, M. & ROZIN, P. (1994). Individual
differences in sensitivity to disgust : A scale sampling
seven domains of disgust elicitors. Personality &
Individual Differences, 16 (5), 701-713. |
PROKOP, P. & FANCOVICOVÀ, J. (2010). The association
between disgust, danger and fear of macroparasites and
human behaviour. Acta Ethologica, 13 (1), 57-62.
[PDF] |
|
MULKENS, S.A.N., DE JONG, P.J. & MERCKELBACH, H.
(1996). Disgust and spider phobia. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 105 (3), 464-468. [PDF] |
|
|
OLATUNJI, B.O., LOHR, J.M., SAWCHUK, C.N. & PATTEN, K.
(2007). Fear and disgust responding in heterogeneous
blood-injection-injury phobia. Journal of
Psychopathology & Behavioral Assessment, 29,
1-8. |
ADAMS, T.G., BRADY, R.E. & LOHR, J.M. (2011). The
nature and function of disgust in coping and control. In
R. Trnka (Ed.), Reconstructing emotional spaces :
From experience to regulation (pp. 63-76). Prague,
CZ : Prague College of Psychosocial Studies. [PDF] |
|
OLATUNJI, B.O., TOLIN, D.F., SAWCHUK, C.N., WILLIAMS,
N.L., ABRAMOVITZ, J.S., LOHR, J.M. & ELWOOD, S.S.
(2007). The Disgust Scale : Item analysis, factor
structure, and suggestions for refinement. Psychological
Assessment, 19 (3), 281-297. [PDF] |
RANDLER, C., HUMMEL, E. & PROKOP, P. (2012). Practical
work at school reduces disgust and fear of unpopular
animals. Society & Animals, 20 (1), 61-74. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, D., LOEWENSTEIN, G., ROZIN, P., SHERRIFF, R.L.
& UBEl, P. (2007). Sensitivity to disgust, stigma, and
adjustment to life with a colostomy. Journal of
Research in Personality, 41, 787-803. |
PROKOP, P. & JANCOVICOVÀ, M. (2013). Disgust
sensitivity and gender differences : an initial test of
the parental investment hypothesis. Problems of
Psychology in the 21st Century, 7 (7), 40-48. [PDF] |
|
CISLER, J.M., OLATUNJI B.O. & LOHR, J.M. (2009).
Disgust, fear, and the anxiety disorders : A critical
review. Clinical Psychology Review, 29, 34-46.
|
FANCOVICOVÀ, J., PROKOP, P. & LESKOVA, A. (2013).
Perceived disgust and personal experiences are associated
with acceptance of dissections in schools. Eurasia
Journal of Mathematics, Science & Technology
Education, 9 (3), 311-318. [PDF] |
|
CONNOLLY, K.M., LOHR, J.M., OLATUNJI, B.O., HAHN, K.S.
& WILLIANS, N.L. (2009). Information processing in
contamination fear : A covariation bias examination of
fear and disgust. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 23,
60-68. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Aversion,
Émotion, Mépris
et Phobie |
|
|
|
|
|
Degré de liberté : Pour Fisher et Gosset, désigne le nombre de valeurs
aléatoires qui ne peuvent être déterminées ou fixés par une
équation (notamment les équations des tests statistiques). EX:
Si l'on cherche deux nombres dont le produit est 12,
aucun des deux nombres n'est strictement déterminé par l'équation
X + Y = 12. X peut être choisi arbitrairement, mais pour Y il n'y
a alors plus de choix. Ainsi, si vous choisissez arbitrairement
11, Y est obligatoirement 1. Il y a donc deux variables aléatoires
(11, 1), mais un seul degré de liberté. =
ddl, dl. = variation possible.
Degre of freedom, df.
| |
|
|
WALKER, H.M. (1940). Degrees of freedom. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 31 (4), 253-269. |
|
GOOD, I.J. (1973). What are degrees of freedom ?The
American Statistician, 27 (5), 227-228. |
|
HUYNH, H. & FELDT, L.S. (1976). Estimation of the Box
correction for degrees of freedom from sample data in the
randomized block and split plot designs. Journal of
Educational Statistics, 1, 69-82. |
|
COX, D.R. (1984). Effective degrees of freedom and the
likelihood ratio test. Biometrika, 71, 487-493. |
|
GALFO, A.J. (1985). Teaching degrees of freedom as a
concept in inferential statistics : An elementary
approach. School Science & Mathematics, 85
(3), 240-247. |
|
BLITSTEIN, J.L., MURRAY, D.M., HANNAN, P.J. & SHADISH,
W.R. (2005). Increasing the degrees of freedom in future
group randomized trials : The approach. Evaluation
Review, 29, 268-286. |
|
EISENHAUER, J.G. (2008). Degrees of freedom. Teaching
Statistics, 30 (3), 75-78. |
|
|
Voir aussi Valeur
aléatoire |
|
|
Degré d'indépendance de la recherche : Voir Étude indépendante.
Independence of scientific publishing.
|
Degré d'influence d'une variable : Voir Effet.
Effect.
|
|
|
Degré zéro de la connaissance : Pour certains psychologues,
cette expression désigne l'absence ou la quasi-absence de connaissance
du nouveau-né.
= tabula rasa.
/catégorie kantienne.
|
Dehaene Stanislas (Roubaix 1965-) : Psychologue
neurocognitiviste
français, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage
des habiletés
mathématiques. Collaborateur de Changeux,
Gutkin, Klonsky,
Morais, Pashler
et Spelke.
|
DEHAENE, S. (1992). Varieties of numerical abilities. Cognition, 44, 1-42. [PDF]
|
|
DEHAENE, S. & NACCACHE, L. (2001). Towards a cognitive
neuroscience of consciousness : basic evidence and a
workspace framework. Cognition, 79, 1-37. [PDF] |
|
DEHAENE, S., COHEN, L., SIGMAN, M. & VINCKIER, F.
(2005). The neural code for written words : A proposal. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 9 (7), 335-341.
[PDF] |
|
DEHAENE, S. (2007). A few steps toward a scienceof mental
life. Journal Compilation, 1 (1), 28-47. [PDF] |
|
DEHAENE, S., COHEN, L., MORAIS, J. & KOLINSKY, R.
(2015). Illiterate to literate : behavioural and cerebral
changes induced by reading acquisition. Natural
Reviews/Neurocience, 16, 235-244. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Dehue Trudy ( ) : Psychologue,
historienne et méthodologiste
danoise, spécialisée dans l'étude des groupes
aléatoires et du
contrôle et des procédures de distribution
aléatoire des sujets.
|
DEHUE, T. (1997). Deception, efficiency, and random groups
: Psychology and the gradual origination of the random
group design. Isis, 88, 653-673. |
|
DEHUE, T. (2000). From deception trials to control
reagents. The introduction of the control group about a
century ago. American Psychologist, 55 (2),
264-269. |
|
DEHUE, T. (2001). Establishing the experimenting society.
The historical origination of social experimentation
according to the randomized controlled design. American
Journal of Psychology, 114 (2), 283-302. |
|
DEHUE, T. (2002). A dutch treat. Randomized controlled
experimentation and the case of heroin-maintenance in the
Netherlands. History of the Human Sciences, 15
(2), 75-98. |
|
DEHUE, T. (2005). History of the control group. In B.
Everitt & D. Howell (Eds.), Encyclopedia of
statistics in the behavioral science (Vol. 2, pp.
829-836). Chichester, UK : Wiley. |
|
|
|
Déindividualisation : Perte de sa
capacité d'agir, de décider en son nom, comme individu, au profit
du groupe. EX: Tuer
un ennemi sur l'ordre de l'armée, alors que cet ordre me semble
déraisonnable ou sans fondement. L'individu dit non, mais le
groupe le pousse à dire oui, à agir contre son gré.
= Sentiment d'anonymat, perte d'identité. /individualisation.
*Dépersonnalisation.
Deindividuation, losing myself.
| |
|
|
FESTINGER, L., PEPITONE, A. & NEWCOMB, T. (1952). Some
consequences of deindividuation in a group. Journal of
Social Psychology, 47, 382-389. |
REICHER, S.D. & LEVINE, R.M. (1994). Deindividuation,
power relations between groups and the expression of
social identity : The effects of visibility to the
out-group. British Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 145-163. |
|
SINGER, J.E., BRUSH, C.A. & LUBLIN, S.C. (1965). Some
aspects of deindividuation : Identification and
conformity. Journal of Experimental & Social
Psychology, 1, 356-378. |
REICHER, S.D. & LEVINE, R.M. (1994). On the
consequences of deindividuation manipulations for the
strategic communication of self : Identifiability &
the presentation of social identity. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 24, 511-524. |
|
ZIMBARDO, P.G. (1969). The human choice : Individuation,
reason, and order vs. deindividuation, impulse, and chaos.
In W.J. Arnold & D. Levine (Eds.), Nebraska
symposium on motivation (Vol 17. pp. 237-307).
Lincoln : University of nebraska press. |
REICHER, S.D., SPEARS, R. & POSTMES, T. (1995). A
social identity model of deindividuation phenomena. In W.
Stroebe & M. Hewstone (Eds.), European review of
social psychology (Vol. 6, pp. 161-198).
Chichester, U.K.: Wiley. |
|
CANNAVALE, F.J., SCARR, H.A. & PEPITONE, A. (1970).
Deindividuation in the small group: further evidence. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 16 (1),
141-147. |
|
|
DIENER, E., DINEEN, J., WESTFORD, K., BEAMAN, A.L. &
FRASER, S.C. (1975). Effects of Altered Responsibility,
Cognitive Set, and Modeling on Physical Aggression and
Deindividuation. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 31,328-337. |
REICHER, S.D., LEVINE, R.M. & GORDIJN, E. (1998). More
on deindividuation, power relations between groups and the
expression of social identity : Three studies on the
effects of visibility to the in-group. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 37, 15-40. |
|
DIENER, E. (1976). Effects of prior destructive behavior,
anonymity, and group presence ondeindividuation and
aggression. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 33, 497-507. |
REICHER, S.D., SPEARS, R. & POSTMES, T. (1995). A
social identity model of deindividuation phenomena. European
Review of Social Psychology, 6 (1), 161-198. [PDF] |
|
DIENER, E., FRASER, S.C., BEAMAN, A.L. & KELEM, R.T.
(1976). Effects of deindividuation variables on stealing
among Halloween trick-or-treaters. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 33, 178-183. |
POSTMES, T. & SPEARS, R. (1998). Deindividuation and
antinormative behavior : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 123 (3), 238-259. [PDF] |
|
DIENER, E. (1977). Deindividuation : Causes and
consequences. Social Behavior & Personality, 5,
143-155. |
|
|
DIENER, E. (1979). Deindividuation, self-awareness, and
disinhibition. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 37, 1160-1171. |
POSTMES, T., SPEARS, R. & LEA, M. (1999). Social
identity, normative content & "deindividuation" in
computer mediated groups. In N. Ellemers, R. Spears &
B. Doosje (Eds.), Social identity : Context,
commitment, content (pp. 164-183). Oxford :
Blackwell. |
|
JOHNSON, R.D. & DOWNING, L.L. (1979). Deindividuation
and valence of cues : Effects of prosocial and antisocial
behavior. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 37, 1532-1538 |
SPEARS, R., LEA, M. & POSTMES, T. (2000). One
side : Purview, problems and prospects. In T. Postmes, R.
Spears, M. Lea & S. Reicher (Eds.), SIDE issues
centre stage : Recent developments in studies of
de-individuation in groups (pp. 1-16). Amsterdam,
The Netherlands : Royal Netherlands Academy of Arts &
Sciences. |
|
PRENTICE-DUNN, S. & ROGERS, R.W. (1982). Effects of
public and private self-awareness on deindividuation and
aggression. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 43, 503-513. |
|
|
NADLER, A., GOLDBERG, M. & JAFFE, Y. (1982). Effect of
self-differentiation and anonymity in group on
deindividuation. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 42 (6), 1127-1136. |
SILKE, A. (2003). Deindividuation, anonymity and violence
: Findings from Northern Ireland. Journal of Social
Psychology, 143 (4), 493-499. |
|
REICHER, S.D. (1984). Social influence in the crowd :
Attitudinal & behavioural effects of de-individuation
in conditions of high & low group salience. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 23, 341-350. |
LEE, E. (2007). Deindividuation effects on group
polarization in computer-mediated communication: the role
of group identification, public-self-awareness, and
perceived argument quality. Journal of Communication,
57 (2), 385-403. |
|
PRENTICE-DUNN, S. & SPIVEY, C.B. (1986). Extreme
deindividuation in the laboratory : Its magnitude and
subjective components. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 12 (2), 206-215. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Individuation
et Groupe |
|
|
|
Déisme : Doctrine
philosophique qui postule l'existence de Dieu,
mais refuse toute forme de religion
ou promotion de cette croyance.
Déisme et théisme.
| |
|
|
LALOUETTE, J. (2010). Déisme et théisme. In
Dictionnaire des faits religieux. Édition
Quadrige/P.U.F. |
|
|
|
Dietz Samuel M. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de la modification de comportement, notamment par renforcement
différentiel à débit lent auprès des handicapés et des déficients intellectuels.
= Deitz.
Collaborateur de Repp.
 |
DIETZ, S.M. & PURKEY, W.W. (1969). Teacher expectation
of performance based on race of student. Psychological
Report, 24 (3), 694. |
|
DIETZ, S.M. & REPP, A.C. (1973). Decreasing classroom
misbehavior through the use of DRL schedules of
reinforcement. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
6 (3), 457-463. [PDF] |
|
DIETZ, S.M., REPP, A.C. & DEITZ, D.E.D. (1976).
Reducing inappropriate classroom behaviour of retarded
students through three procedures of differential
reinforcement. Journal of Mental Deficiency Research,
20 (3), 155-170. |
|
DIETZ, S.M., FREDERICK, L.D., QUINN, P.C. & BRASHER,
L.D. (1986). Comparing the effects of two correction
procedures on human acquisition of sequential behavior
patterns. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 46 (1), 1-14. [PDF] |
|
DIETZ, S.M. (1997). What is unnatural about "extrinsic
reinforcement ?" Behavior Analysis, 12 (2), 255.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Déjà vu : Impression
fugitive de familiarité
avec un objet ou une situation, donnant l'impression erronée de
l'avoir déjà vue ou vécue. Pour certaines théories cognitives, ce
phénomène est attribuable à l'incapacité du sujet d'indexer
certaines informations
(en raison de la fatigue ou de l'effet des drogues notamment).
Deja vu.
| |
|
|
LEEDS, M. (1944). One form of paramnesia : The illusion of
déjà vu. Journal of the American Society for Psychical
Research, 38, 24-42. |
SPATT, J. (2002). Déjà vu : Possible
parahippocampal mechanisms. Journal of
Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 14, 6-10. |
|
NEPPE, V.M. (1983). The psychology of déja vu : Have
I been here before ? Johannesburg, South Africa :
Witwatersrand University Press. |
BROWN, A.S. (2004). The déjà vu illusion. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 13 (6),
256-259. [PDF] |
|
ZAIDEL, E. (1985). Right-hemisphere reading : A case of
"déjà vu" Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 8 (2),
365-367. |
|
|
BANCAUD, J., BRUNET-BOURGIN, F., CHAUVEL, P. &
HALGREN, E. (1994). Anatomical origin of deja vu
and vivid "memories" in human temporal lobe epilepsy. Brain,
117, 71-90. |
BROWN, A.S. (2004). The déjà vu experience. New
York : Psychology Press. |
|
TAIMINEN, T. & JÄÄSKELÄINEN, S.K. (2001). Intense and
recurrent déjà vu experiences related to
amantadine and phenylpropanolamine in a healthy male.
Journal of Clinical Neuroscience, 8, 460-462. |
BROWN, A.S. (2004). Getting to grips with déjà vu. British
Psychologist, 17, 694-696. |
|
BROWN, A.S. (2003). A review of déjà vu experience.
Psychological Bulletin, 129, 394-413. |
CLEARY, A.M. (2008). Recognition memory, familiarity, and
déjà vu. Current Directions in Psychological Science,
17 (5), 353-357. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Delabarre Edmund Burke (1863-1945) : Psychologue,
historien et anthropologue
américain. Il a fondé un laboratoire
de psychologie en 1892 (à l'Université Brown à Providence).
Il est aussi l'un des membres fondateurs de l'American
Psychological Association. Étudiant de James
et Münstenberg.
|
DELABARRE, E.B. (1917). Early interests in Dighton Rock. Publications of the Colonial Society of Massachusetts, Transactions, 18, 235-299. |
|
DELABARRE, E.B. (1920). The inscribed rocks of
Narragansett Bay. Rhode Island Historical Society
Collections, 13, 73-93. |
|
DELABARRE, E.B. (1925). A possible pre-Algonkian culture
in southeastern Massachusetts. American Anthropologist, 27 (3), 359-369. |
|
DELABARRE, E.B. (1928). Dighton Rock : A study of the
written rocks of New England. New York : Walter
Neale. |
|
DELABARRE, E.B. (1935). Alleged runic inscription in Rhode
Island. Rhode Island Historical Society Collections,
28, 49-57. |
|
|
|
BRENNAN, J.F. (1975). Edmund Burke Delabarre and
petroglyphs of Southeastern New England. Journal of
the History of Behavioral Sciences, 11, 107-122. |
|
|
|
|
|
Delâge Denys (1942-) : Sociologue
et historien québécois,
spécialisé dans l'étude des autochtones/Amérindiens.
Il enseigne à l'Université
de Laval.
|
DELÂGE, D. (1964). La contribution de l'indien à notre
histoire. Revue Lettres et écritures, 2 (2),
15-18. |
|
DELÂGE, D. (1985). Le pays renversé : Amérindiens et
Européens en Amérique du Nord-Est, 1600-1664. Boréal. |
|
DELÂGE, D. (1992). L'influence des Amérindiens sur les
Canadiens et les Français au temps de la Nouvelle-Franc. Lekton,
2 (2), 103-191. [PDF] |
|
DELÂGE, D. et SAWAYA, J.P. (2001). Les traités des
sept-feux avec les Britanniques : droits et pièges d'un
héritage colonial au Québec. Septentrion. |
|
DELÂGE, D. et WARREN, J.P. (2017). Le piège de la
liberté : les peuples autochtones dans l'engrenage des
régimes coloniaux. Boréal. |
|
|
|
Délai : Temps qui s'écoule entre deux événements interreliés ou durée dont on dispose pour faire quelque chose, effectué une tâche.
Délai et rétroaction.
Delay.
| |
|
|
BRACKBILL, Y., BRAVOS, A. & STARR, R.H. (1962).
Delay-improved retention of a difficult task.
Physiological Psychology, 55, 947-952. |
|
AIKEN, E.G. (1968). Delayed feedback effects on learning
and retention of Morse Code symbols. Psychological
Reports, 23, 723-730. |
|
KULHAVY, R.W. & ANDERSON, R.C. (1972). Delay-retention
effect with multiple-choice tests. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 63, 505-512. |
|
GAYNOR, P. (1981). The effect of feedback delay on
retention of computer-based mathematical material.
Journal of Computer-Based Instruction, 8, 28-34. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Delamater
Andrew R. ( ) :
Psychologue cognitivo-béhaviorisme
américain, d'origine américaine, spécialisé dans l'étude conditionnement
répondant, notamment de l'extinction
et de l'acquisition des saveurs
et des goûts.
Collaborateur de Berridge,
Holland et Lolordo.
|
DELAMATER, A.R., LOLORDO, V.M. & BERRIDGE, K.C.
(1986). Control of fluid palatability by exteroceptive
Pavlovian signals. Journal of Experimental Psychology
: Animal Behavior Processes, 12 (2), 143-152. [PDF] |
|
DELAMATER, A.R. (1996). Effects of several extinction
treatments upon the integrity of Pavlovian
stimulus-outcome associations. Animal Learning &
Behavior, 24, 437-449. |
|
DELAMATER, A.R. (2004). Experimental extinction in
Pavlovian conditioning : behavioural and neuroscience
perspectives. The Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 57B (2), 97-132. [PDF] |
|
DELAMATER, A.R. (2007). Extinction of conditioned flavor
preferences. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Animal Behavior Processes, 33 (2), 160-171.
[PDF] |
|
DELAMATER, A.R. (2012). Issues in the extinction of
specific stimulus-outcome associations in Pavlovian
conditioning. Behavior Processes, 90 (1), 9-19.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Delamater
John ( ) : Sociologue
américain et spécialiste de la sexualité.
Collaborateur de Fidell et
Hyde.
|
DELAMATER, J. & FREIDRICH, R. (2002). Human sexual
development. Journal of Sex Research, 39, 10-14.
[PDF] |
|
DELAMATER, J. & MOORMAN, S. (2007). Sexual behavior in
later life. Journal of Aging & Health, 19,
921-945. [PDF] |
|
DELAMATER, J., HYDE, J. & FONG, M.C. (2008). Sexual
satisfaction in the seventh decade of life. Journal
of Sex & Marital Therapy, 34, 439-454. [PDF] |
|
DELAMATER, J. & KARRAKER, A. (2009). Sexual
functioning in older adults. Current Psychiatry
Reports, 11, 6-11. [PDF] |
|
DELAMATER, A.R. (2011). At the interface of learning and
cognition : An associative learning perspective. International
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 24, 389-411. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Delattre
Pierre C. (Roanne 1903-1969 Santa-Barbara) :
Linguiste français et
spécialiste de la perception de la parole.
Collaborateur de Cooper et
Liberman.
|
|
DELATTRE, P.C., LIBERMAN, A.M. & COOPER, F.S. (1951).
Voyelles synthetiques à deux formants et voyelles
cardinales. Le Maitre Phonetique, 96, 30-37. |
|
DELATTRE, P.C., LIBERMAN, A.M., COOPER, F.S. &
GERSTMAN, L.J. (1952). An experimental study of the
acoustic determinants of vowel color; observations on one-
and two-formant vowels synthesized from spectrographic
patterns. Word, 8, 195-210. |
|
DELATTRE, P.C., LIBERMAN, A.M. & COOPER, F.S. (1955).
Acoustic loci and transitional cues for consonants. Journal
of the Acoustical Society of America, 27, 769-773. |
|
DELATTRE, P.C. (1958). Les indices acoustiques de la
parole : premier rapport. Phonetica, 2, 108-118. |
|
DELATTRE, P.C., LIBERMAN, A.M. & COOPER, F.S. (1964).
Formant transitions and loci as acoustic correlates of
place of articulation in American fricatives. Studia
Linguistica, 16, 104-121. |
|
|
|
Delboeuf Joseph Rémi Léopold (Liège 1831-1896 Bonn) :
Psychologue, éthologiste
et mathématicien belge. Il s'intéresse notamment aux comportements
des lézards, aux sensations
et à l'hypnose.
|
DELBOEUF, J. (1865). Note sur certaines illusions
d'optique : Essai d'une théorie psychophysique de la
manière dont l'oeil apprécie les distances et les angles
[Note on certain optical illusions : Essay on a
psychophysical theory con cerning the way in which the eye
evaluates distances and angles]. Bulletins de
l'Académie Royale des Sciences, Lettres et Beaux-arts de
Belgique, 19, 195-216. [LIRE] |
|
DELBOEUF, J. (1875). De l'origine des jugements
conscients. Revue de Belgique, 21, 77-97. |
|
DELBOEUF, J. (1892-93). Sur une nouvelle illusion
d'optique. Bulletin de l'Académie Royale de Belgique,
24, 545-558. /Revue Scientifique, 51, 237-241. |
|
DELBOEUF, J. (1893). La psychologie des lézards (III). Revue
Scientifique, 51 (12), 494-498.
[LIRE] |
|
DELBOEUF, J. (1893). Quelques considérations sur la
psychologie de l'hypnotisme. Revue de l'Hypnotisme,
9, 200-210. |
|
|
NICOLAS, S. (1995). Joseph Delboeuf on visual illusions :
A historical sketch. The American Journal of
Psychology, 108 (4), 563-574. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DeLeon
Iser Guillermo ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
préférence des renforcements. Collaborateur de Borrero,
Cataldo,
Catania, Fisher,
Hagopian, Horner,
Hursh,
Iwata, Lerman, Mace,
Madden, Nevin,
Piazza, Podlesnick,
Poling, Rojahn,
Schroeder, Sandman,
Shahan, Shore,
Smith, Symons
et Thompson.
|
DELEON, I.G. & IWATA, B.A. (1996). Evaluation of a
multiple-stimulus presentation format for assessing
reinforcer preferences. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 29 (4), 519-532. [PDF] |
|
DELEON, I.G., IWATA, B.A., GOH, H.L. & WORDSELL, A.S.
(1997). Emergence of reinforcer preference as a function
of schedule requirements and stimulus similarity.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 30 (3),
439-449. [PDF] |
|
DELEON, I.G., ANDERS, B.M., RODRIGUEZ-CATTER, V. &
NEIDERT, P.L. (2000). The effects of noncontingent access
to single-versus multiple-stimulus sets on self-injurious
behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 33 (4),
623-626. [PDF] |
|
DELEON, I.G., FRANK, M.A., GREGORY, M.K. & ALLAM, M.J.
(2009). On the correspondence between preference
assessment outcomes and progressive-ratio schedule
assessments of stimulus value. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 42 (3), 729-733. [PDF] |
|
DELEON, I.G., CHASE, J.A., FRANK-CRAWFORD, M.A.,
CARREAU-WEBSTER, A.B., TRIGGS, M.M. & BULLOCK, C.E.
(2014). Distributed and accumulated reinforcement
arrangements : Evaluations of efficacy and preference.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 47 (2),
293-313.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Deleuze
Gilles (Paris 1925-1995 Paris) : Philosophe
français et figure de proue du postmodernisme.
Collaborateur de Guattari.
 |
DELEUZE, G. (1969). Logique du sens. Paris :
Les Éditions de minuit. |
|
DELEUZE, G. et GUATARRI, F. (1972). L'anti-oedipe :
capitalisme et schizophrénie. Paris : Les Éditions
de Minuit. |
|
DELEUZE, G. (1983). L'image-mouvement. Paris :
Les Éditions de Minuit. |
|
DELEUZE, G. (1985). L'image-temps. Paris : Les
Éditions de Minuit. |
|
DELEUZE, G. et PARNET, C. (1996). Dialogues.
Paris : Champs/Flammarion. |
|
|
|
SEED, A. (2021). Still anti-oedipus ? - Reflections on
Deleuze and Guattari. European Journal of
Psychotherapy & Counselling, 23 (3), 338-356. |
|
|
|
Delfabbro
Paul H. ( ) : Psychologue
australien, spécialisé dans l'étude du jeu
de hasard et du jeu
compulsif. Collaborateur de Derevensky,
Griffiths, Gupta,
King et Volberg.
|
DELFABBRO, P.H. & WINEFIELD, A.H. (1999). Poker
machine gambling : an analysis of within session
characteristics. British Journal of Psychology, 90, 425-439. |
|
DELFABBRO, P.H. & WINEFIELD, A.H. (2000). Predictors
of irrational thinking in slot-machine gambling. Journal
of Psychology, 134, 17-28. |
|
DELFABBRO, P.H. (2000). Gender differences in Australian
gambling : a critical summary of sociological and
psychological research. Australian Journal of Social
Issues, 35, 145-157. |
|
DELFABBRO, P.H. (2004). The stubborn logic of regular
gamblers : obstacles and dilemmas in cognitive gambling
research. Journal of Gambling Studies, 20, 1-21. |
|
DELFABBRO, P.H., HIRTE, C., ROGERS, N. & WILSON, R.
(2010). The over-representation of young indigenous people
in the South Australian child system : A longitudinal
analysis. Children & Youth Services Review, 32, 1418-1425.
|
|
|
|
Delgado
Mauricio R. ( ) : Neuropsychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du striatum
et des déterminants
biogénétiques
de l'apprentissage
et du conditionnement.
Étudiant de Phelps.
|
DELGADO, M.R., LOCKE, H.M., STENGER, V.A. & FIEZ, J.A.
(2000). Dorsal striatum responses to reward and punishment
: Effects of valence and magnitude manipulations.
Journal of Cognitive, Affective, & Behavioral
Neuroscience, 3 (1), 27-38. [PDF] |
|
DELGADO, M.R., MILLER, M.M., INATI, S. & PHELPS, E.A.
(2005). An fMRI study of reward-related probability
learning. NeuroImage, 24 (3), 862-873. [PDF] |
|
DELGADO, M.R., OLSSON, A. & PHELPS, E.A. (2006).
Extending animal models of fear conditioning to humans. Biological
Psychology, 73 (1), 39-48. [PDF] |
|
DELGADO, M.R. (2007). Reward-related responses in the
human striatum. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 1104, 70-88. [PDF] |
|
DELGADO, M.R. & DICKERERSON, K.C. (2012).
Reward-related learning via multiple memory systems. Biological
Psychiatry, 72, 134-141.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Délinquance : Délinquant : Délinquance, Criminalité
et adolescent
agresseur.
Delinquency.
| |
|
|
BURT, C.L. (1925). The young delinquent. London
: University of London Press. |
VITARO, F., BRENDGEN, M. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (2000).
Influence of deviant friends on delinquency : Searching
for moderator variables. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 28 (4), 313-325. |
|
BANDURA, A. & WALTERS, R.H. (1958). Dependency
conflicts in aggressive delinquents. Journal of
Social Issues, 14, 52-65. |
VITARO, F., LADOUCEUR, R. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (2001).
Gambling, delinquency, and drug use during adolescence :
Mutual influences and common risk factors. Journal of
Gambling Studies, 17, 171-190. |
|
McDAVID, J.W. (1957). The interpretation of approval and disapproval by delinquent and nondelinquent adolescents. Journal of
Personality, 25, 539-549.
|
|
|
MACCOBY, E.E. JOHNSON, J.P. & CHURCH, R.M. (1958). Community integration and the social control of juvenile delinquency. Journal of Social Issues, 14, 38-51. |
|
|
BURCHARD, J.D. & TYLER, V.O. (1965). Modification of
delinquent behavior through operant conditioning. Behavior
Research & Therapy, 2, 245-250. |
PRINZ, R.J. & KERNS, S.E.U. (2003). Early substance
use by juvenile offenders. Child Psychiatry &
Human Development, 33, 263-278. |
|
GORDON, T. (1967). Issues in the ecological study of delinquency
927-944. |
|
|
CUSSON, M. (1974). La resocialisation du jeune
délinquant. Montréal : Le Presses de l'Université
de Montréal. [PDF] |
|
|
CONGER, J.J., MILLER, W.C. & WALSMITH, C.R. (1975).
Antecedent of delinquency : Personality, social class, and
intelligence. In P.H. Mussen, J.J. Conger & J. Kagan
(Eds.), Readings in child development and
personality. New York : Harper & Row. |
LACOURSE, E., NAGIN, D., TREMBLAY, R.E., VITARO, F. &
CLAES, M. (2003). Developmental trajectories of boys'
delinquent group membership and facilitation of violent
behaviors during adolescence. Development &
Psychopathology, 15, 183-197. |
|
ALEXANDER, J.E., BARTON, C., SCHIAVO, R.S. & PARSONS,
B.V. (1976). Systems behavioral intervention with families
of delinquents : Therapists characteristics, family
behavior, and outcome. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 44, 656-664. |
SCHRECK, C.J., FISHER, B.S. & MILLER, J.M. (2004). The
social context of violent victimization : A study of the
delinquent peer effect. Justice Quarterly, 21,
23-47. |
|
HIRSCHI, T. & HINDELANG, M. (1977). Intelligence and
delinquency : A revisionist review. American Journal
of Sociology, 42, 571-587. |
DE KEMP, R.A.T., SCHOLTE, R.H.J., OVERBEEK, G. &
ENGELS, R.C.M.E. (2006). Early adolescent delinquency :
The role of parents and best friends. Criminal Justice
& Behavior, 33, 488-510. |
|
AGNEW, R. (1985). A revised strain theory of delinquency.
Social Forces, 64, 151-167. |
AICHORN, A. (2007). Cliniques de la délinquance.
Éditeur : Champ Social et Theetete/Collection :
Psychanalyse Champ Social. |
|
HAWKINS, J.D. & WEIS, J.G. (1985). The social
development model : An integrated approach to delinquency
prevention. The Journal of Primary Prevention, 6, 73-97. |
|
|
GOTTFREDSON, G.D. (1987). Peer group interventions to
reduce the risk of delinquent behavior : a selective
review and a new evaluation. Criminology, 25,
671-714. |
ARMOUR, S. & HYNIE, D.L. (2007). Adolescent sexual
debut and later delinquency. Journal of Youth &
Adolescence, 36, 141-152. |
|
HEAVEN, P.L.C. (1992). Personality predictors of
self-reported delinquency. Personality &
Individual Differences, 14 (1), 67-76 |
BEAVER, K.M., WRIGHT, J.P. & DELISI, M. (2008).
Delinquent peer group formation : Evidence of a
gene-environment correlation. The Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 169 (3), 227-244. [PDF]
|
|
AGNEW, R. (1992). Foundation for a general strain theory
of crime and delinquency. Criminology, 30,
47-87. |
WALDMAN, I.D. & LAHEY, B.B. (2010). Oppositional
defiant and conduct disorder : Conduct disorder, and
juvenile delinquency. In T.P. Beauchaîne & S.P.
Hinshaw (Eds.), Child and adolescent psychopathology
(pp. 335-369). John Wiley & Sons Inc. [PDF]
|
|
WHITE, J.L., MOFFITT, T.E., CASPI, A., BARTUSCH, D.J.,
NEEDLES, D. & STOUTHAMER-LOEBER, M. (1994). Measuring
impulsivity and examining its relationship to delinquency.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 10 (3), 192-205. |
BURKE, J.D., WALDMAN, I.D. & LAHEY, B.B. (2010).
Predictive validity of childhood oppositional defiant
disorder and conduct disorder : implications for the
DSM-V. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 119 (4),
739-751. |
|
ROSS, L.E. (1996). The relationship between religion,
self-esteem and delinquency. Journal of Crime &
Justice, 19 (2), 195-214. |
TEMCHEFF, C.E., ST-PIERRE, R.A. & DEREVENSKY, J.L.
(2011). Youth gambling and delinquency : Legislative and
social policy implications. Gaming Law Review &
Economics, 15 (9), 539-552. |
|
BARNES, J.C. & BOUTWELL, B.B. (2012). On the
relationship of past to future involvement in crime and
delinquency : A behavior genetic analysis. Journal of
Criminal Justice, 40 (1), 94–102. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Délinquance
sexuelle, Adolescence
et Criminalité |
| |
|
|
Délinquance sexuelle : Délinquant sexuel : Délinquance sexuelle, viol
et adolescent
agresseur. Sexual delinquency,
Adolescent sex offenders, juvenile sexual offender.
| |
|
|
GROTH, A.N. (1977). The adolescent sexual offender and his
prey. International Journal of Offender Therapy &
Comparative Criminology, 21 (3), 249-254. |
STEEN, C. & MONETTE, B. (1989). Treating
adolescent sex offenders in the community.
Springfield, Illinois : Charles C. Thomas. |
|
DEISHER, R.W., WENET, G.A., PAPERNY, D.M., CLARK, T.F.
& FEHRENBACH, P.A. (1982). Adolescent sexual offense
behavior : The role of the physician. Journal of
Adolescent Health Care, 2, 279-286. |
HUNTER, J.A. & SANTOS, D.R. (1990). The use of
specialized cognitive-behavioral therapies in the
treatment of adolescent sexual offenders.
International Journal of Offender Therapy &
Comparative Crirninology, 34 (3), 239-248. |
|
MARGOLIN, L. (1983). A treatment model for the adolescent
sex offender. Journal of Offender Counseling.
Services & Rehabilitation, 8 (1/2), 1-12. |
STEVENSON, H.C. & WIMBERLEY, R. (1990). Assessment of
treatment impact of sexually aggressive youth. Journal
of Offender Counseling, Services & Rehabilitation,
15 (2), 55-68. |
|
AWAD, G.A., SAUNDERS, E. & LEVENE, J. (1984). A
clinical study of male adolescent sexual offenders. International
Journal of Offender Therapy & Comparative
Criminology, 28 (2), 105-115. |
RYAN, G. & LANE, S. (1991). Juvenile sexual
offending : Causes, consequences, and correction.
Lexington MA : Lexington Books. |
|
VAN NESS, S.R. (1984). Rape as instrumental violence : A
study of youth offenders. Journal of Offender
Counseling, Services & Rehabilitation, 9 (1),
161-170. |
RYAN, G. (1991). Juvenile sex offenders : Defining the
population. In G.D. Ryan & S.L. Lane (Eds.), Juvenile
sexual offending : Causes, consequences, and corrections
(pp. 3-8). Lexington, MA : Lexington Books. |
|
EARLS, C. M. & QUINSEY, V.L. (1985). What is to be
done ? Future research on the assessment and behavioral
treatment of sex offenders. Behavioural Sciences
& the Law, 3 (4), 377-390. |
ROSS, J.E. & LOSS, P. (1991). Assessment of Adolescent
Sex Offenders. In G.D. Ryan & S.L. Lane (Eds.), Juvenile
sexual offending : Causes, consequences, and corrections
(pp. 199-251). Lexington, MA : Lexington Books. |
|
FEHRENBACH, P.A., SMITH, W., MONASTERSKY, C. &
DEISHER, R.W. (1986). Adolescent sexual offenders :
Offender and offense characteristics. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 56 (2), 225-233. |
WORLING, J.R. (1995). Adolescent sex offenders against
females : Differences based on the age of their victims. International
Journal of Offender Therapy & Comparative
Criminology, 39 (3), 276-293. |
|
SAUNDERS, E., AWAD, G.A. & WHITE, G. (1986). Male
adolescent sexual offenders : the offender and the
offense. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 31,
542-549. |
VITARO, F., BRENDGEN, M. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (2000).
Influence of deviant friends on delinquency : Searching
for moderator variables. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 28, 313-325. |
|
DAVIS, G.E. & LEITNEBERG, H. (1987). Adolescent sex
offenders. Psychological Bulletin, 101 (3),
417-427. |
HENGELLER, S.W. & SHEIDOW, A.J. (2003). Conduct
disorder and delinquency. Journal of Marital &
Family Therapy, 29, 505-522. |
|
SMITH, W.R. (1988). Delinquency and abuse among juvenile
sexual offenders. Journal of Interpersonal Violence,
3, 400-413. |
PAPACOSTA, E.S. (2012). Juvenile delinquency in cyprus :
the role of gender, ethnicity, and family status. In S.R.
Jimerson & M.J. Furlong (Eds.), Handbook of
school violence and school safety. Routledge. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Viol et
Adolescent
agresseur |
|
|
|
Délire : Delirium
: Symptôme de
nombreuses maladies, notamment la schizophrénie.
Renvoie à de nombreux comportements/traits, notamment un discours
incohérent, un sentiment de persécution ou de paranoïa,
des idées de
grandeur, des hallucinations,
des peurs non-fondées,
etc. = Idée délirante, confusion
mentale.
Delusion.
| |
|
|
SHARPE, E.F. (1930). Certain aspects of sublimation and
delusion. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis,
11, 12-23. |
GOLD, I. & HOHWY, J. (2000). Rationality and
schizophrenic delusion. Mind & Language, 15,
145-167. |
|
SCHMIDEBERG, M. (1931). A contribution to the psychology
of persecutory ideas and delusions. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 12, 331-367. |
FREEMAN, D., GARETY, P.A. & PHILLIPS, M.L. (2000). An
examination of hypervigilance for external threat in
individuals with generalised anxiety disorder and
individuals with persecutory delusions using visual scan
paths. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology,
53A, 549-567. |
|
EY, H. (1934). Hallucinations et délire. Paris :
Alcan. |
FREEMAN, D., GARETY, P.A. & KUIPERS, E. (2001).
Persecutory delusions : Developing the understanding of
belief maintenance and emotional distress. Psychological
Medicine 31, 1293-1306. |
|
BECK, A.T. (1952). Successful outpatient psychotherapy of
a chronic schizophrenic with a delusion based on borrowed
guilt. Psychiatry, 15, 305-312. |
BLACKWOOD, N.J., HOWARD, R., BENTALL, R.P. & MURRAY,
R.M. (2001). Cognitive neuropsychiatric models of
persecutory delusions. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 158, 527-539. |
|
NYDEGGER, R. (1972). The elimination of hallucinatory and
delusional behavior by verbal conditioning and assertive
training : A case study. Journal of Behavior Therapy
& Experimental Psychiatry, 3, 225-227. |
BENTALL, R.P., CORCORAN, R., HOWARD, R., BLACKWOOD, N.
& KIDERMAN, P. (2001). Persecutory delusions : A
review and theoretical integration. Clinical
Psychology Review, 21, 1143-1192. |
|
LIBERMAN, R.P., TEIGEN, J., PATTERSON, R. & BAKER, V.
(1973). Reducing delusional speech in chronic, paranoid
schizophrenics. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
6 (1), 57-64. [PDF] |
FREEMAN, D., GARETY, P.A., KUIPERS, E., FOWLER, D. &
BEBBINGTON, P.E. (2002). A cognitive model of persecutory
delusions. British Journal of Clinical Psychology,
41, 331-347. [PDF] |
|
SEGAL, H. (1974). Delusion and artistic creativity. International
Review of Psychoanalysis, 1, 135-140. |
FREEMAN, D. & GARETY, P.A. (2003). Connecting neurosis
and psychosis : The direct influence of emotion on
delusions and hallucinations. Behavior Research &
Therapy, 41, 923-497. |
|
KENDLER, K.S. & HAYS, P. (1981). Paranoid psychosis
(delusional disorder) and schizophrenia : A family history
study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 38,
547-551. |
CATHER, C., PENN, D., OTTO, M. & GOFF, D.C. (2004).
Cognitive therapy for delusions in schizophrenia : Models,
benefits, and new approaches.Journal of Cognitive
Psychotherapy : An International Quarterly, 18, 207-221. |
|
LAYNG, T.V.J. & ANDRONIS, P.T. (1984). Toward a
functional analysis of delusional speech and hallucinatory
behavior. The Behavior Analyst, 7 (2), 139-156. [PDF] |
MORITZ, S. & WOODWARD, T.S. (2005). Jumping to
conclusions in delusional and non-delusional schizophrenic
patients. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 44
(2), 193-207. [PDF] |
|
OLTMANNS, T.F. (1988). Approaches to the study of
delusional beliefs. In T.F. Oltmanns & B.A. Maher
(Eds.), Delusional beliefs (pp. 3-11). New York
: Wiley-Interscience. |
GARETY, P.A., FREEMAN, D., BEBBINGTON, P.E., KUIPERS, E.,
DUNN, G., FOWLER, D.G. & DUDLEY, R. (2006). Reasoning,
emotions, and delusional conviction in psychosis. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 114 (3), 373-384. [PDF] |
|
CHADWICK, P.D.J. & LOWE, C.F. (1990). Measurement and
modification of delusional beliefs. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 58, 225-232.
[PDF] |
BELL, V., HALLIGAN, P.W. & ELLIS, H.D. (2006).
Explaining delusions : a cognitive perspective. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 10 (5), 219-226. [PDF] |
|
WESSELY, S., BUCHANAN, A., REED, A., CUTTING, J., EVERITT,
B., GARETY, P. & TAYLOR, P.J. (1993). Acting on
delusions (1) : Prevalence. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 163, 69-76. |
COMBS, D.R., TIEGREEN, J. & NELSON, A. (2007). The use
of behavioral experiments to modify delusion and paranoia
: Clinical guidelines and Recommendations. International Journal
of Behavioral Consultation & Therapy, 3 (1),
30-37. [PDF] |
|
CHADWICK, P.D.J. & LOWE, C.F. (1994). A cognitive
approach to measuring and modifying delusions. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 32, 355-367. |
WOODWARD, T.S. & MENON, M. & WHITMAN, J.C. (2007).
Source monitoring biases and auditory hallucinations. Cognitive
Neuropsychiatry, 12 (6), 477-494. [PDF] |
|
CHADWICK, P.D.J. & LOWE, C.F., HORNE, P.J. &
IGSON, P.J. (1994). Modifying delusions : The role of
empirical testing. Behavior Therapy, 25, 35-49. |
FREEMAN, D. (2007). Suspicious minds : The psychology of
persecutory delusions. Clinical Psychology Review,
27, 425-457. |
|
GAINES, A.D. (1995). Culture-specific delusions. Sense and
nonsense in cultural context. Psychiatric Clinics of
North America, 18, 281-301. |
BENTALL, R.P., ROWSE, G., SHRYANE, N., KINDERMAN, P.,
HOWARD, R., BLACKWOOD, N., MOORE, R. & CORCORAN, R.
(2009). The cognitive and affective structure of paranoid
delusions : A transdiagnostic investigation of patients
with schizophrenia spectrum disorders and depression.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 66 (3), 236-247. [PDF] |
|
TROWER, P. & CHADWICK, P.D.J. (1995). Pathways to
defense of the self : A theory of two types of paranoia. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 2, 263-278. |
SPEECHLEY, W.J., MORITZ, S., NGAN, E.T.C. & WOODWARD,
T.S. (2012). Impaired evidence integration and delusions
in shizophrenia. Journal of Experimental
Psychopathology, 3 (4), 688-701. [PDF] |
|
CHADWICK, P.D.J., BIRCHWOOD, M.J. & TROWER, P. (1996).
Cognitive therapy for delusions, voices and paranoia.
Chichester, UK : Wiley. |
WHITMAN, J.C., MENON, M., KUO, S.S. & WOODWARD, T.S.
(2013). Bias in favour of self-selected hypotheses is
associated with delusion severity in schizophrenia. Cognitive
Neuropsychiatry, 18 (5), 376-389. [PDF] |
|
GARETY, P.A. & FREEMAN, D. (1999). Cognitive
approaches to delusions : A critical review of theories
and evidence. British Journal of Clinical Psychology,
38 (2), 113-154. |
GARETY, P.A. & FREEMAN, D. (2013). The past and future
of delusions research : from the inexplicable to the
treatable. British Journal of Psychiatry, 203, 327-333. |
|
READ, J. & ARGYLE, N. (1999). Hallucinations,
delusions, and thought disorder among adult psychiatric
inpatients with a history of child abuse. Psychiatric
Services, 50, 1467-1472. [PDF] |
MONESTES, J.L., VILLATTE, M., STEWART, I. & LOAS, G.
(2014). Rule-based insensitivity and delusion maintenance
in schizophrenia. The Psychological Record, 64
(2), 329-338. |
|
WALSTON, F., DAVID, A.S. & CHARLTON, B.G. (1999). Sex
differences in the content of persecutory delusions : A
reflection of hostile threats in the ancestral environment
? Evolution & Human Behavior, 19, 257-260. |
FREEMAN, D. (2016). Persecutory delusions : a cognitive
perspective on understanding and treatment. The
Lancet Psychiatry, 3 (7), 685-692. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Psychose,
Paranoïa, Hallucinations
et
Schizophrénie |
|
|
|
Délire
paranoïde : = délire de
persécution. Bizarre speech, persecutory
delusions, paranoid delusions.
| |
|
|
MACE, F.C. & LALLI, J.S. (1991). Linking descriptive
and experimental analyses in the treatment of bizarre
speech. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 24
(3), 553-562. [PDF] |
|
LYON, H.M., KANEY, S. & BENTALL, R.P. (1994). The
defensive function of persecutory delusions : Evidence
from attribution tasks. British Journal of Psychiatry,
164, 637-646. |
|
FREEMAN, D., GARETY, P.A., KUIPERS, E., FOWLER, D. &
BEBBINGTON, P.E. (2002). A cognitive model of persecutory
delusions. British Journal of Clinical Psychology,
41, 331-347. [PDF] |
|
BELL, V., HALLIGAN, P.W. & ELLIS, H.D. (2006).
Explaining delusions : a cognitive perspective. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 10 (5), 219-226. [PDF] |
|
MOUTOUSSIS, M. WILLIAMS, J., DAYAN, P. & BENTALL, R.P.
(2007). Persecutory delusions and the conditioned
avoidance paradigm : Towards an integration of the
psychology and biology of paranoia. Cognitive
Neuropsychiatry, 12 (6), 495-510. [PDF] |
|
BENTALL, R.P., ROWSE, G., SHRYANE, N., KINDERMAN, P.,
HOWARD, R., BLACKWOOD, N., MOORE, R. & CORCORAN, R.
(2009). The cognitive and affective structure of paranoid
delusions : A transdiagnostic investigation of patients
with schizophrenia spectrum disorders and depression.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 66 (3), 236-247. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi
Schizophrénie paranoiaque |
|
|
Delirium
tremens : Chez le toxicomane,
ensemble des symptômes
produits par le sevrage (hallucinations,
tremblement,
agitation, convulsion,
délire, etc.). Delirium
tremens.
| |
|
|
WOLF, K.M., SHAUGHNESSY, A.F. & MIDDLETON, D.B.
(1993). Prolonged delirium tremens requiring massive doses
of medication. Journal of the American Board of
Family Medicine, 6 (5), 502-504. |
|
|
|
Delisi
Matthews ( ) : Sociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la criminalité
et de la récidive.
|
DELISI, M., ANGTON, A., BEHNKEN, M.P. & KUSOW, A.M.
(2015). Do adolescent drug users fare the worst ? Onset
type, juvenile delinquency, and criminal careers. International
Journal of Offender Therapy & Comparative
Criminology, 59 (2), 180-195. |
DELISI, M., CAROPRESO, D.E., DRURY, A.J., ELBERT, M.J.,
EVANS, J.L., HEINRICHS, T. & TAHJA, K.M. (2016).
The dark figure of sexual offending : New evidence from
federal sex offenders. Journal of Criminal Psychology,
6 (1), 3-15.
|
|
DELISI, M., PIQUERO, A.R. & CARDWELL, S.M.
(2016). The unpredictability of murder : Juvenile homicide
in the pathways to desistance study. Youth Violence
& Juvenile Justice, 14 (1), 26-42. |
DELISI, M. (2016). Zeroing in on violent recidivism among
released prisoners. The Lancet Psychiatry 3, 493-494.
|
DELISI, M., DRURY, A.J., ELBERT, M.J., TAHJA, K.M.,
CAROPRESO, D.E. & HEINRICHS, T. (2017). Sexual sadism
and criminal versatility : Does sexual sadism spillover
into nonsexual crimes ? Journal of Aggression,
Conflict, & Peace Research, 9 (1), 2-12.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Delquadri Joseph C. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé en éducation,
plus particulièrement dans l'étude du tutorat.
Collaborateur de Greenwood,
Kamps et Hall.
|
DELQUADRI, J., GREENWOOD, C.R., STRETTON, K. & HALL,
R.V. (1983). The peer tutoring spelling game : A classroom
procedure for increasing opportunity to respond and
speling performance. Education & Treatment of
Children, 6, 225-239. |
|
DELQUADRI, J., GREENWOOD, C.R., WHORTON, D., CARTA, J.J.
& HALL, R.V. (1986). Classwide peer tutoring.
Exceptional Children, 52 (6), 535-542. [PDF] |
|
GREENWOOD, C.R., DELQUARDI, J.C. & HALL, R.V. (1989).
Longitudinal effects of classwide peer tutoring. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 81 (3), 371-383. |
|
GREENWOOD, C.R. & DELQUARDI, J.C. (1995). Classwide
peer tutoring and the prevention of school failure.
Preventing School Failure, 39 (4), 21-25. |
|
DUVALL, S.F., DELQUARDI, J.C. & WARD, D.L. (2004). A
preliminary investigation of the effectiveness of
homeschool instructional environments for students with
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. School
Psychology Review, 33 (1), 140-158. |
|
|
|
Delta : Quatrième lettre
de l'alphabet grec. a) En mathématique, on
utilise cette lettre pour désigner la différence entre deux valeurs.
En informatique, il renvoie à la variation constante ajouté à une
valeur donnée à chaque répétition d'une boucle de rétroaction ou
sous-routine (= incrémentation). b) En physiologie,
cette lettre désigne également un type
d'onde cérébrale qui caratérise un sommeil
profond.
Increment.
| |
|
| a |
|
PIERREL, R. & SHERMAN, J.G. (1962). Generalization and
discrimination as a function of the S-D-S delta intensity
difference. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 5 (1), 67-71. [PDF] |
|
DEWS, P.B. (1962). The effect of multiple S delta periods
on responding on a fixed-interval schedule. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5 (3),
369-374. [PDF] |
| b |
|
|
|
Delumeau
Georges (Nantes 1923-2020 Brest) :
Historien français et spécialiste du christianisme,
notamment lors de la
Renaissance.
|
DELUMEAU, G. (1967). La civilisation de la
renaissance. Paris : Arthaud. |
|
DELUMEAU, G. (1971). Le catholicisme de Luther à
Voltaire. Nouvelle Clio |
|
DELUMEAU, G. (1977). Le christianisme va-t-il mourir
? Paris : Hachette. |
|
DELUMEAU, G. (1992). Une histoire du paradis. I : Le
Jardin des délices. Paris : Fayard. |
|
DELUMEAU, G. (2013). La seconde gloire de Rome
XVe-XVIIe siècle. Perrin. |
|
|
LEBRUN, F. (1972). Jean Delumeau, Le catholicisme entre
Luther et Voltaire. Annales, 27 (2), 434-437. [PDF] |
|
ISAMBERT F.-A. (1978). Delumeau (Jean) Le christianisme
va-t-il mourir ? Archives de Sciences Sociales des
Religions Année, 45 (2), 246-247. [PDF] |
|
THILS, G. (1992). Une histoire du Paradis. I : Le Jardin
des délices. Revue Théologique de Louvain, 25 (2),
255. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Deluty
Marvin Z. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la punition.
Collaborateur de Church
et Hineline
|
DELUTY, M.Z. (1976). Choice and the rate of punishment in
concurrent schedules. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 25 (1), 75-80. [PDF] |
|
CHURCH, R.M. & DELUTY, M.Z. (1977). Bisection of
temporal intervals. Cover Image Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes 3 (3),
216-28. |
|
DELUTY, M.Z. & CHURCH, R.M. (1978). Time-allocation
matching between punishing situations. Journal of
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 29 (2),
191-198. [PDF]
|
|
DELUTY, M.Z., WHITEHOUSE, W.G., MELITZ, M. & HINELINE,
P. (1983). Self-control and commitment involving aversive
events. Behaviour Analysis Letters, 3 (4),
213-219. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Demande
d'aide : Requête écrite ou de vive voix qui exprime un
besoin d'aide.
Request.
| |
|
|
GROSS, A., WALLSTON, B. & PILIAVIN, I. (1975).
Beneficiary attractiveness and cost as determinants of
responses to routine requests help. Sociometry, 38, 131-140. |
JUHNKE, R., BARMANN, B., CUNNINGHAM, M. & SMITH, E.
(1987). Effects of attractiveness and nature of request on
helping behavior. The Journal of Social Psychology,
127 (4), 317-322.
[PDF] |
|
LINDSKOLD, S., FORTE, R., HAAKE, C. & SCHMIDT, E.
(1977). The effects of directness of face-to-face requests
and sex of solicitor on street corner donations. The
Journal of Social Psychology, 101, 45-51. |
RIND, B. (1997). Effect of interest arousal on compliance
with a request for help. Basic & Applied Social
Psychology, 19, 49-59. |
| |
GUÉGUEN, N., JACOB, C. & LEGOHÉREL, P. (2003).
Personnalisation, attrait physique et acceptation d'une
requête : Une évaluation dans le cas de la communication
médiatisée par ordinateur. Revue Canadienne des
Sciences du Comportement, 35 (2), 84-96. [PDF] |
|
WALKER, M., HARRIMAN, S. & COSTELLO, S. (1980). The
influence of appearance on compliance with a request. Journal
of Social Psychology, 112, 159-160. |
GUÉGUEN, N., PICHOT, N. & LE DREFF, G. (2005).
Similarity and helping behavior on the Web : The impact of
the convergence of surnames between a solicitor and a
subject in a request made by E-mail. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 35 (2), 423-429. [PDF] |
|
YINON, Y., DOVRAT, M. & AVNI, A. (1981). The
reciprocity-arousing potential of the requester's
occupation and helping behavior. Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 11, 252-258. |
GUÉGUEN, N. & LAMY, L. (2011). The effect of the word
"love" on compliance to a request for humanitarian aid :
An evaluation in a field setting. Social Influence, 6
(4), 249-258. [PDF] |
| |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2011). Influence of a positive versus
negative social labeling on helping behavior : Testing the
requests connectivity hypothesis. European Journal of
Social Sciences, 19 (2), 175-179. [PDF] |
|
ROGERS M., MILLER, N., MAYER, F.S. & DUVAL, S. (1982).
Personal responsibility and salience of the request for
help : Determinants of the relation between negative
affect and helping behavior. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 43, 956-970. |
GUÉGUEN, N., MARTIN, A. & MEINERI, S. (2011). Mimicry
and altruism : An evaluation of mimicry on explicit
helping request. The Journal of Social Psychology,
151 (1), 1-4.
[PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Comportement
d'aide |
|
|
Demande
d'emploi : Démarche que l'on entreprend dans le but de
se trouver un travail, un
emploi. Cette démarche comprend : l'obtention de lettres
de recommandation, la rédaction d'un
CV et la sollication d'une entrevue
d'embauche. D'autres informations peuvent être utilisées par
l'intervieweur, notammen les information disponible sur internet.
Job applicant.
| |
|
|
HEILMAN, M.E., MARTELL, R.F. & SIMON, M.C. (1988). The
vagaries of sex bias : Conditions regulating the
undervaluation, equivalence, and overvaluation of female
job applicants. Organizational Behavior & Human
Decision Processes, 41, 98-110. |
|
SCHMADER, T., WHITEHEAD, J. & WYSOCKI, V.H. (2007). A
linguistic comparison of letters of recommendation for
male and female chemistry and biochemistry job applicants.
Sex Roles, 57, 509-514. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Lettre
de recommandation, CV
et Entrevue
d'embauche |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Démarche
scientifique : Le mot renvoie aux étapes qu'il faut
franchir pour appliquer correctement à un
problème la méthode
scientifique. Ici, le mot démarche met l'accent sur
l'action, l'initiative, par opposition à la simple réflexion
logique ou théorique, par ailleurs nécessaire à cette démarche. En
ce sens, il est synonyme de
méthode scientifique. =
procédure scientifique.
| |
|
|
BEAUGRAND, J. (1988). Démarche scientifique et cycle de la
recherche. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et étapes
de la recherche scientifique en psychologie (p.
1-34). St-Hyacinthe : Édisem. |
|
VALLERAND, R. J. Perreault, S., Hess, U. &
Ratelle, C. (2000). La démarche scientifique en
psychologie. In R.J. Vallerand et U. Hess (Dirs.), Méthodes
de recherche en psychologie (pp. 3-31).
Boucherville, Qc : Gaëtan Morin. |
|
|
Voir aussi Problème
et Méthode
scientifique |
|
|
|
Démarche
d'Intégration (des acquis) en Sciences Humaines :
Au Québec, cours
de niveau collégial dont
l'objectif est d'évaluer les acquis/apprentissages réalisés dans
le programme des sciences humaines et de préparer les étudiants à
l'université. L'un des moyens d'évaluer l'intégration de ces
acquis consiste à demander aux étudiant-e-s de rédiger une problématique.
= DISH, DIASH.
| |
|
|
BAILLARGEON, J., BLANCHARD, M.P., DÉZIEL, J. DOUVILLE, É., GALAN, M.,
LALONDE, M., LOSLIER, S. et ROCK, G. (2011). Memento : Guide pour la démarche d'intégration des acquis en sciences humaines. Ville St-Laurent : ERPI. |
|
REED, J. (2024). Démarche d'intégration des
acquis en sciences humaines. Chnelière. |
|
|
Voir aussi IPMSH |
| |
|
Demause
Lloyd (Détroit 1931-2020) : Politologue
américain, spécialiste de la psychohistoire.
Il s'intéresse aussi à l'enfance.
|
DEMAUSE, L. (1974). The evolution of childhood.
History of Childhood Quarterly : The Journal of
Psychohistory, 1 (4), 503-575 |
|
DEMAUSE, L. (1975). A bibliography of psychohistory.
New York : Garland Pub. |
|
DEMAUSE, L. (1982). Foundations of psychohistory. New
York : Creative Roots, Inc. |
|
DEMAUSE, L. (1997). The psychogenic theory of history. The
Journal of Psychohistory, 25 (1), 112-183. |
|
DEMAUSE, L. (2002). The emotional life of nations. New
York : Karnac Books. |
|
|
|
Déménagement :
|
Démence
: La démence n'est pas une
maladie, mais le conséquence sur le plan comportement et
cognitif d'une maladie du cerveau, qui peut-être chronique
(traumatisme cranieen, hypoxie du du cerveau) ou dégénérative
(encéphalopathie). Il s'agit donc d'un
trouble neurocognitif. ( ): Voir
tableau ci-dessous. Dementia, impairment in
frontal.
| |
|
ALBERT, M.L., FELDMAN, R.G. & WiILLIS, A.L. (1974) The
sub- cortical dementia of progressive supranuclear palsy.
of neuropsychological syndromes characteristic Journal of
Neurology Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 37,
121–130.
|
BARRETT, A.M., CRUCIAN, G.P., SCHWARTZ, R.L. &
HEILMAN, K.M. (2000). Testing memory for self-generated
items in dementia : Method makes a difference. Neurology,
54, 1258-1264. |
|
NELSON, H.E. & O'CONNELL, A. (1978). Dementia : The
estimation of premorbid intelligence levels using the new
adult reading test. Cortex, 14 (2), 234-244. |
INEICHEN, B. (2000). The epidemiology of dementia in
Africa : A review. Social Science & Medicine, 50,
1673-1677. |
|
ROSEN, W.G. (1980). Verbal fluency in aging and dementia.
Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, 2, 135-146. |
VOLKOW, N.D., LOGAN, J., FOWLER, J.S., WANG, G.J., GUR,
R.C., WONG, C., FELDER, C., GATLEY, S.J., DING, Y.S.,
HITZEMANN, R. & PAPPAS, N. (2000). Association between
age-related decline in brain dopamine activity and
impairment in frontal and cingulate metabolism. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 75-80. |
|
MESULAM, M.M. (1982). Slowly progressive aphasia without
generalized dementia. Annals of Neurology, 11,
592-598. |
NESTOR, P. & HODGES, J. (2000). Non-Alzheimer
dementias. Seminars in Neurology, 20, 439-446. |
|
BUTLER, R.N. (1984). Senile dementia : Reversible and
irreversible. The Counseling Psychologist, 12,
75-79. |
ANETZBERGER, G.J., PALMISANO, B.R., SANDERS, M., BASS, D.,
DAYTON, C., ECKERT, S. & SCHIMER M.R. (2000). A model
intervention for elder abuse and dementia. Gerontologist,
40 (4), 492-497. |
|
MITCHELL, D.B., HUNT, R.R. & SCHMITT, F.A. (1986). The
generation effect and reality monitoring : Evidence from
dementia and normal aging. Journal of Gerontology, 41
(1), 79-84. |
PROCTOR, G. (2001). Listening to older women with dementia : relationships, voices and power Disability & Society, 16 (3), 361-376. |
|
NEARY, D., SNOWDEN, J.S. & BOWEN, D.M. (1986).
Neuropsychological syndromes in presenile dementia due to
cerebralatrophy. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery,
& Psychiatry, 49, 163-174. |
CALDERON, J., PERRY, R.J., ERZINCLIOGLU, S.W., BERRIOS,
G.E., DENING, T.R. & HODGES, J.R. (2001). Perception,
attention, and working memory are disproportionately
impaired in dementia with Lewy bodies compared with
Alzheimer's disease. Journal of Neurology,
Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 70 (2), 157-164. [PDF] |
|
RAZ, N., RAZ, S., YEO, R.A., TURKHEIMER, E., BIGLER, E.D.
& CULLUM, C.M. (1987). Relationship between cognitive
and morphological asymmetry in dementia of the alzheimer
type : ACT scan study. International Journal of
Neuroscience, 35 (3), 225-232.
[PDF] |
YOUSSEF, F.F. & ADDAE, J.I. (2002). Learning may
provide neuroprotection against dementia. West Indian
Medical Journal, 51, 143-147. |
|
AU, R., ALBERT, M.L. & OBLER, L.K. (1988). The
relation of aphasia to dementia. Aphasiology, 2,
161-73. |
BUCHANAN J.A. & FISHER, J.E. (2002). Functional
assessment and noncontingent reinforcement in the
treatment of disruptive vocalization in elderly dementia
patients. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 35 (1),
99-103. [PDF] |
|
|
SNODGRASS, J.G. & CORWIN, J. (1988). Pragmatics of
measuring recognition memory : applications to dementia
and amnesia. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 117, 34-50. |
SILBERFELD, M., RUEDA, S., KRAHN, M. & NAGLIE, G.
(2002). Content validity for dementia of three generic
preference based health related quality of life
instruments. Quality of Life Research, 11,
71-79. |
|
CLARFIELD, A.M. (1988). The reversible dementias : Do they
reverse ? Annals of Internal Medicine, 109,
476-86. |
SNOWDEN, J.S., NEARY, D. & MANN, D.M. (2002).
Frontotemporal dementia. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 180 (2), 140-143. [PDF] |
|
NEARY, D., SNOWDEN, J.S., NORTHEN, B. & GOULDING, P.
(1988). Dementia of frontal lobe type. Journal of
Neurology, Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry, 51, 353-361.
[PDF] |
NEARY, D. & SNOWDEN, J.S. (2002). Sorting out the
dementias. Practical Neurology, 2, 328-339. [PDF] |
|
BREGGIN, P.R. (1990). Brain damage, dementia and
persistent cognitive dysfunction associated with
neuroleptics : Evidence, etiology, implications. Journal
of Mind Behavior, 11, 425-464.
[PDF] |
HÉBERT, R., LÉVESQUE, L., VÉZINA, J., LAVOIE, J.P.,
DUCHARME, F., GENDRON, C., PRÉVILLE, M., VOYER, L. et
DUBOIS, M.F. (2003). Efficacy of a psychoeducative group
program for caregivers of demented persons living at home
: a randomized controlled trial. Journal of
Gerontology : Social Sciences, 58b (S6), 58-67. |
| |
READY, R.E. & OTT, B.R. (2003). Quality of life
measures for dementia. Health Qual Life Outcomes, 1,
11-19. |
|
NEARY, D., SNOWDEN, J.S. & MANN. D.M.A. (1990).
Frontal lobe dementia and motor neuron disease. Neurology,
Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry, 53, 23-32. |
WEYERER, S. & SCHAUFELE, M. (2003). The assessment of
quality of life in dementia. International
Psychogeriatrics, 15, 213-218. |
|
NEARY, D. (1990). Non Alzheimer'sdisease forms of cerebral
atrophy. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery &
Psychiatry, 53, 929-931. [PDF] |
ALBINSON, L. & STRANG, P. (2003). Existential concerns
of families of late-stage dementia patients : Questions of
freedom, choices, isolation, death, and meaning. Journal
of Palliative Medicine, 6, 225-235. |
|
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. & AABBENHUIS, M.A. (1992).
Learning and memory in demented patients. In G.M.M. Jones
& B.M.L. Miesen (Eds.), Care-giving in dementia :
Research and applications (pp. 27-37). London :
Routledge. [PDF] |
SNOWDEN, J.S., THOMPSON, J.C. & NEARY, D. (2004).
Knowledge of famous faces and names in semantic dementia.
Brain, 127, 860-872. [PDF] |
|
CUMMING, J.L. & BENSON, D.F. (1992). Dementia
: a clinical behaviour, taken together with the results
of approach. Boston : Butterworth-Heinemann. |
IVAN, C. S., SESHADRI, S., BEISER, A., AU, R., KASE, C.
S., KELLY-HAYES, M. & WOLF, P. (2004). Dementia after
stroke : the Framingham Study. Stroke, 35,
1264-1268. |
|
MANN. D.M.A., SOUTH, P.W., SNOWDEN, J.S. & NEARY, D.
(1993). Dementia of frontal lobe type; neuropathology and
immunohisto-chemistry. Journal of Neurology,
Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry, 56, 605-614. [PDF] |
AGRONIN, M.E. (2004). Dementia : A practical guide.
Philadelphia : Lippincott. |
|
SNOWDEN, J.S., GRIFFITHS, H. & NEARY, D. (1994).
Semantic dementia : autobiographical contribution to
preservation of meaning. Cognitive Neuropsychology,
11 (3), 265-288. |
GODBOLT, A.K., JOSEPHS, K.A., REVESZ, T., WARRINGTON,
E.K., LANTOS, P., KING, A., FOX, N.C., AL SARRAJ, S.,
HOLTON, J., CIPOLOTTI, L., NADEEM KHAN, M. & ROSSOR,
M.N. (2005). Sporadic and familial dementia with
ubiquitin-positive tau-negative inclusions : Clinical
features of one histopathological abnormality underlying
frontotemporal lobar degeneration. Archives of
Neurology, 62 (7), 1097-1101. [PDF] |
| |
DE VUGT, M.E., NICOLSON, N.A., AALTEN, P., LOUSBERG, R.,
JOLLE, J. & VERHEY, F.R.J. (2005). Behavioral Problems
in Dementia Patients and Salivary Cortisol Patterns in
Caregivers. The Journal of Neuropsychiatry Clinical
Neurosciences, 17, 201-207. |
|
CANADIAN STUDY OF HEALTH AND AGING WORKING GROUP. (1994).
Canadian study of health and aging : Study methods and
prevalence of dementia. Canadian Medical Association
Journal, 150, 899-913. |
MESSINGER-RAPPORT, B., McCALLUM, T. & HUJER, M.
(2006). Impact of dementia caregiving on the caregiver in
the continuum of care. Annals of Long-Term Care, 14,
32-50. |
|
ORRELL, M. & SAHAKIAN, B. (1995). Education and
dementia. British Medical Journal, 310 (6985),
951-952. [PDF] |
LUSTIG, C. & BUCKNER, R.L. (2004). Preserved neural
correlates of priming in old age and dementia. Neuron,
40, 865-875. |
| |
MISSOTTEN, P., YLIEFF M., DI NOTTE, D., PAQUAY L., DE
LEPELEIRE, J., BUNTINX F. & FONTAINE, O. (2007).
Quality of life in dementia : a two year follow-up study.
International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 2
(12), 1201-1207. |
| |
NAGLIE, G. (2007). Quality of life in dementia.
Canadian Journal of Neurological Sciences, 34 (S1),
57-61. [PDF] |
|
MALLOY, P., CORREIA, S., STEBBINS, G. & LAIDLAW, D.H.
(2007). Neuroimaging of white matter in aging and
dementia. The Clinical Neuropsychogist, 21 (1),
73=109. |
|
BUTTERS, N. & DELIS, D.C. (1995). Clinical assessment
of memory disorders in amnesia and dementia. Annual
Review of Psychology, 46, 493-523. |
VAN HOUT, H.P. & VERNOOIJ-DASSEN, M.J., STALMAN, W.A.
(2007). Diagnosing dementia with confidence by GPs. Family
Practice, 24, 616-621. |
|
SCHULZ, R., O'BRIEN, A.T., BOOKWALA, J. & FLEISSNER,
K. (1995). Psychiatric and physical morbidity effects of
dementia caregiving : prevalence, correlates, and causes.
Gerontologist, 35, 771-791. |
BIALYSTOK, E., CRAIK, F.I.M. & FREEDMAN, M. (2007).
Bilingualism as a protection against the onset of symptoms
of dementia. Neuropsychologia, 45, 459-464. [PDF] |
|
POLLITT, P.A. (1996). Dementia in old age : An
anthropological perspective. Psychological Medicine,
26, 1061-1074. |
SPEECHLY, C.M., BRIDGES-WEBB, C. & PASSMORE, E.
(2008). The pathway to dementia diagnosis Medical
Journal of Australia, 189 (9), 487-489. [PDF] |
|
STUSS, D.T., MEIRAN, N., GUZMAN, D.A., LAFLECHE, G. &
WILLMER, J. (1996). Do long tests yield a more accurate
diagnosis of dementia than short tests ? : A comparison of
five neuropsychological tests. Archives of Neurology,
53, 1033-1039. [PDF] |
SIKKES, S.A., DE LANGE-DE KLERK, E.S., PIJNENBURG, Y.A.,
SCHELTENS, P. & UITDEHAAG, B.M. (2008). A systematic
review of instrumental activities of daily living scales
in dementia : room for improvement. Journal of
Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 80 (7),
7-12. [PDF] |
| |
MISSOTTEN, P., SQUELARD G., YLIEFF, M., DI NOTTE, D.,
PAQUAY, L., DE LEPELEIRE, J. & FONTAINE O. (2008).
Quality of life in older Belgian people : comparison
between people with dementia, mild cognitive impairment
and controls. International Journal of Geriatric
Psychiatry, 23 (11), 1103-1109. |
|
MEIRAN, N., STUSS, D.T., GUZMAN, D.A., LAFLECHE, G. &
WILLMER, J. (1996). The diagnosis of dementia : Methods
for the interpretation of tests scores of five
neuropsychological tests. Archives of Neurology, 53,
1043-1054.
[PDF] |
LIPEROTI, R., PEDONE, C. & CORSONELLO, A. (2008).
Antipsychotics for the treatment of behavioral and
psychological symptoms of dementia (BPSD). Current
Neuropharmacology, 6, 117-124. [PDF] |
| |
DURON E. & HANON, O. (2008). Vascular risk factors,
cognitive decline and dementia. Vascular Health &
Risk Management, 4 (2), 363-381. |
|
| |
KROGER, E., ANDEL, R., LINDSAY, J., BENOUNISSA, Z.,
VERRAULT, R. & LAURIN, D. (2008). Is the complexity of
work associated with risk of dementia ? American
Journal of Epidemiology, 167 (7), 820-830. |
| |
MISSOTTEN, P., SQUELARD G., YLIEFF, M., DI NOTTE, D.,
PAQUAY, L., DE LEPELEIRE, J., BUNTINX, F. & FONTAINE
O. (2008). Relationship between quality of life and
cognitive decline in dementia. Dementia &
Geriatric Cognitive Disorders, 25 (6), 564-572. |
|
BERGEM, A.L., ENGEDAL K. & KRINGLEN, E. (1997). The
role of heredity in late-onset Alzheimer disease and
vascular dementia : A twin study. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 54, 264-270. |
GAGNON, L., PERETZ, I. & FULOP, T. (2009). Musical
structural determinants of emotional judgments in dementia
of the Alzheimer type. Neuropsychology, 23 (1),
90-97. |
|
LUAUTÉ, J-P., SANSONE, S., BIDAUT, E. et TIBERGHIEN, G.
(1997). Syndrome de Capgras et démence. L'Année
Gérontologique, 4, 29-44. |
KORCYN, A.D. & HALPERIN, I. (2009). Depression and
dementia. Journal of the Neurological Sciences, 283,
139-142. |
|
CUMMINGS, J.L. (1997). The neuropsychiatric inventory :
assessing psychopathology in dementia patients. Neurology,
48 (5-6), 10-16. |
MISSOTTEN, P., THOMAS P., SQUELARD, G., DI NOTTE, D.,
FONTAINE, O., PAQUAY, L., DE LEPELEIRE J., BUNTINX F.
& YLIEFF M. (2009). Impact of place of residence on
relationship between quality of life and cognitive decline
in dementia. Alzheimer Disease & Associated
Disorders, 23 (4), 395-400. |
| |
BALLARD, C. & AARSLAND, D. (2010). Pharmacological
management of neuropsychiatric symptoms in people with
dementia. In J.C. Hughes, M. Lloyd-Williams & G.A.
Sachs (Eds.), Supportive care for the person with
Dementia. New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
KETSESZ, A., DAVIDSON, W. & FOX, H. (1997). Frontal
lobe behavioural inventory : Diagnostic criteria for
frontal lobe dementia. Canadian Journal of
Neurological Science, 24, 29-36. |
CASANOVA, M.F., STARKSTEIN, S.E. & JELLINGER, K.A.
(2011). Clini-copathological correlates of behavioral and
psychological symptoms of dementia. Acta
Neuropathologica, 122, 117-135. |
| |
PIGUET, O., PETERSEN, A., LAM, B., GABERY, S., MURPHY, K.,
HODGES, J.R. & HALLIDAY, G. (2011). Eating and
hypothalamus changes in behavioral-variant frontotemporal
dementia. Annals of Neurology, 69 (2),
312-319. |
|
TERI, L., LOGSDON, R.G., UOMOTO, J. & McCERRY, S.M.
(1997). Behavioral treatment of depression in dementia
patients : A controlled clinical trial. Journal of
Gerontology : Psychological Sciences, 52B, 159-166. |
McDANIEL, M.A., SHELTON, J.T., BRENEISER, J., MOYNAN, S.
& BALOTA, D. (2011). Focal and nonfocal prospective
memory performance in very mild dementia : A signature
decline. Neuropsychology, 25, 387-396. [PDF] |
| |
JENSEN, H., BELL, D., FLICKER, L., LOGIUDICE, D.,
LINDEMAN, M., ATKINSON, D. & SMITH, K. (2012). Dementia
service coordination in Aboriginal communities in
Central Australia. Western Australian Centre for
Health and Ageing. The University of Western Australia. |
|
ERKINJUNTTI, T., OSTBYE, T., STEENHUIS, R. &
HACHINSKY, V. (1997). The effect of different diagnostic
criteria on the prevalence of dementia. New England
Journal of Medecine, 337, 1667-1674. |
BILLIOTI DE GAGE, S., BÉGAUD, B., BAZIN, F., VERDOUX, H.,
DARTIGUES, J.-F., PÉRÈS, K., KURTH, T. & PARIENTE, A.
(2012). Benzodiazepine use and risk of dementia :
prospective population based study. British Medical
Journal, [345], 1-12. [PDF]
|
|
LICHTENBERG, P.A., ROSS, T.P., YOUNGBLADE, L.M. &
VANGEL, S.J. (1998). The normative studies research
project test battery : Detection of dementia in African
American and Euro-American urban elderly patients. Clinical
Neuropsychologist, 12, 146-154. |
CEREJEIRA, J., LAGARTO, L. & MUKAETOVA-LADINSKA, E.B.
(2012). Behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia.
Frontiers in Neurology, 3 (73), 1-121. [PDF] |
|
HERRMANN, N., RIVARD, M.F., FLYNN, M., WARD, C., RABHERU,
K. & CAMPBELL, B. (1998). Risperidone for the
treatment of behavioral disturbances in dementia : a case
series. Journal of Neuropsychiatry Clinical
Neurosciences, 10 (2), 220-223. |
SUBRAMANIAM, P. & WOODS, B. (2012). The impact of
individual reminiscence therapy for people with dementia :
systematic review. Expert Review of
Neurotherapeutics, 12 (5), 545-555. |
| |
LI, S.Q., GUTHRIDGE, S.L., ARATCHIGE, P.E., LOWE, M.P.,
WANG, Z., ZHAO, Y. & KRAUSE, V. (2014). Dementia
prevalence and incidence among the Indigenous and
non-Indigenous populations of the Northern Territory. Medical
Journal of Australia, 200 (8), 465-469. |
|
KATZ, I.R., JESTE, D.V., MINTZER, J.E., CLYDE, C.,
NAPOLITANO J. & BRECHER, M. (1999). Comparison of
risperidone and placebo for psychosis and behavioral
disturbances associated with dementia : a randomized,
double-blind trial. Risperidone study group. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 60 (2), 107-115. |
STRAUSS, S. (2015). Does bilingualism delay dementia ?
Does bilingualism delay dementia ? Canadian Medical
Association Journal, 187 (7), 209-210. [PDF] |
| |
BURRELL, J.R., HALLIDAY, G.M., KRIL J.J., ITTNER L.M.,
GÖTZ, J. KIERNAN, M.C. & HODGES, J.R. (2016). 'The
frontotemporal dementia-motor neuron disease continuum. The
Lancet, 388, 919-931. |
| |
ATKINSON, A.L. (2016). Does bilingualism delay the
development of dementia ? Journal of European
Psychology Students, 7 (1), 43-50. |
| |
NESTOR, P.J. (2017). Dementia of the personality.
Medical Journal of Australia, 207 (7), 286-287. |
| |
HODGES, J.R. & PIGUET, O. (2018). Progress and
challenges in frontotemporal dementia research : A 20-year
review. Journal of Alzheimer's Disease, 62, 1467-1480. |
| |
ASCHWANDEN, D., SUTIN, A.R., LUCHETTI, M., STEPHAN, Y.
& TERRACCIANO, A. (2020). Personality and dementia
risk in England and Australia. GeroPsych : The Journal
of Gerontopsychology & Geriatric Psychiatry, 33 (4),
197-208. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Trouble neurocognitif, Évaluation de la démence et Alzheimer |
|
|
Démence
(Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic,
des tests et des
outils de collecte de données
qui permettent d'évaluer et
de mesurer la démence.
Assessment for dementia, diagnosis of dementia.
| |
|
|
FOLSTEIN, M.F., FOLSTEIN, S.E. & McHUGH, P.R. (1975).
Mini-Mental State : a practical method for grading the
cognitive state of patients for the clinician. Journal
of Psychiatric Research, 12 (3), 189-198. |
|
|
UHLMANN, R.F. & LARSON, E.B. (1991). Effect of
education on the Mini-Mental State Examination as a
screening tests for dementia. Journal of the American
Geriatrics Society, 39, 876-880. |
PATTERSON, M.B. & MACK, J.L. (2001). The Cleveland
Scale for Activities of Daily Living (CSADL) : Its
reliability and validity. Journal of Clinical
Geropsychology, 7, 15-28. |
|
DEALBERTO, M.J., GAGNON, M., BARBERGER-GATEAU, P.,
DARTIGUES, J.F. et ALPEROVITCH, A.A. (1992). Influence du
niveau d'études sur un test de dépistage de la démence, le
Mini-Mental State Examination. Revue d'Épidémiologie
et de Santé Publique, 40, 93-101. |
FELDMAN, H., SAUTER, A., DONALD, A., GÉLINAS, I.,
GAUTHIER, S., TORFS, K., PARYS, W. & MEHNERT, A.
(2001). The disability assessment for dementia scale : a
12-month study of functional ability in mild to moderate
severity Alzheimer disease. Alzheimer Disease &
Associated Disorders, 15, 89-95. |
|
BRUN, A., ENGLUND, B., GUSTAFSON, L., PASSANT, U., MANN.
D.M.A., NEARY, D.E. & SNOWDEN, J.S. (1994). Clinical
and neuropathological criteria for frontotemporal
dementia. Neurology, Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry,
57, 416-418. [PDF] |
|
|
STUSS, D.T., MEIRAN, N., GUZMAN, D. A., LAFLECHE, G. &
WILLMER, J. (1996). Do long tests yield a more accurate
diagnosis of dementia than short tests ?: A comparison of
five neuropsychological tests. Archives of Neurology,
53, 1033-1039. [PDF] |
|
|
MEIRAN, N. STUSS, D.T., GUZMAN, D.A., LAFLECHE, G. &
WILLMER, J. (1996). The diagnosis of dementia : Methods
for the interpretation of tests scores of five
neuropsychological tests. Archives of Neurology, 53,
1043-1054.
[PDF] |
KORNER, A., LAURITZEN, L., ABELSKOV, K., GULMANN, N.,
BRODERSEN, A.M., WEDERVANG-JENSEN, T. & KJELDGAARD,
K.M. (2006). The Geriatric Depression Scale and the
Cornell Scale for depression in dementia : A validity
study. Nordic Journal of Psychiatry, 60 (5),
360-364. |
|
MCDOWELL, I., KRISTJANSSON, B., HILL, G.B. & HÉBERT,
R. (1997). Community screening for dementia : the
Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE) and Modified Mini-Mental
State Exam (3MS) compared. Journal of Clinical
Epidemiology, 50, 377-383. |
HÉBERT, M., THIBEAULT, R., SACOLAX, N., TANDON, K.,
GERMAIN, M., BRUNEAU, P. & GARVEL, J. (2007) Utilité
clinique de trois outils d'évaluation pour les personnes
atteintes de démence. Canadian Journal of
Occupational Therapy, 74 (2), 102-114. |
|
NEARY, D., SNOWDEN, J.S., GUSTAFSON L., PASSANT, U.,
STUSS, D., BLACK, S., FREEDMAN, M., KERTESZ, A., ROBERT,
P.H., ALBERT, M., BOONE, K., MILLER, B.L., CUMMINGS, J.
& BENSON, D.F. (1998). Frontotemporal lobar
degeneration : a consensus on clinical diagnostic
criteria. Neurology, 51, 1546-1554. [PDF] |
MACK, J.L. & PATTERSON, M.B. (2006). An empirical
basis for domains in the analysis of dependency in the
activities of daily living (ADL) : results of a
confirmatory factor analysis of the Cleveland Scale for
Activities of Daily Living (CSADL). The Clinical
Neuropsychologist, 20, 662-677. |
|
COHEN-MANSFIELD, J. (1999). Measurement of inappropriate
behavior associated with dementia. Journal of
Gerontological Nursing, 25 (2), 42-51. |
SIKKES. S.A., DE LANGE-DE KLERK, E.S., PIJNENBURG, Y.A.,
SCHELTENS, P. & UITDEHAAG, B.M. (2008). A systematic
review of Instrumental Activities of Daily Living Scales
in Dementia : room for improvement. Journal of
Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 80 (7),
7-12. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Mini-mental,
Test du MOCA et
Démence |
|
|
Démence
à corps de Lewy : Lewy body
disease, Dementia with Lewy bodies, DLB.
| |
|
|
INCE, P.G., McARTHUR, F.K., BJERTNESS, E., EORVIK, A.C.,
CANDY J.M.A. & EDWARDSON, J.A. (1995).
Neuropathological diagnoses in elderly patients in Oslo :
Alzheimer's disease, Lewy body disease, vascular lesions.
Dementia, 6 (3), 162-168. |
FÖRSTL, H. (1999).The Lewy body variant of Alzheimer's
disease : clinical, pathological and conceptual issues. European
Archives of Psychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 249
(S), 64-67. |
|
WEINER, M.F., RISSER, R.C., CULLUM, C.M., HONIG, L.,
WHITE, C., SPECIALE, S. & ROSENBERG, R.N. (1996).
Alzheimer's disease and its Lewy body variant : a clinical
analysis of postmortem verified cases. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 1269-1273. |
WALKER, Z., GRACE, J., OVERSHOT, R., ESATARASINGHE, S.,
SWAN, A., KATONA, C.L. & MCKEITH, I.G. (1999).
Olanzapine in dementia with Lewy bodies : a clinical
study. International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry,
14, 459-466. |
|
McKEITH, I.G., GALASKO, D, KOSAKA, K et al. (1996)
Consensus guidelines for the clinical and pathological
diagnosis of dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB) : report of
the Consortium on DLB international workshop. Neurology,
47, 1113–-1124. |
VERGHESE, J., CRYSTAL, H.A., DICKSON, D.W. & LIPTON,
R.B. (1999). Validity of clinical criteria for the
diagnosis of dementia with Lewy bodies. Neurology,
53, 1974-1982. |
|
INCE, P.G., PERRY, E.K., MORRIS, C.M. (1998). Dementia
with Lewy bodies. A distinct non-Alzheimer dementia
syndrome ? Brain Pathology, 8, 299-324. |
HARDING, A.J., BROE, G.A. & HALLIDAY, G.M. (2002).
Visual hallucinations in lewy body disease. Relate to Lewy
bodies in the temporal lobe. Brain, 125 (2),
391-403. |
|
PAPKA, M, SCHIFFER, R. & RUBIO, A. (1998). Diagnosing
Lewy body disease; accuracy of clinical criteria in
detecting Lewy body pathology. Neurobiology of Aging,
19, 203. |
McKEITH, I.G., BURN, D., O'BRIEN, J., PERRY, R. &
PERRY. E. (2003). Dementia with Lewy bodies. Seminars
in Clinical Neuropsychiatry, 8 (1), 46-57. [PDF] |
| |
NESTOR, P.J. (2010). Dementia in Lewy body syndromes A
battle between hearts and minds. Neurology, 74
(11), 872-873. |
| |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Démence |
|
|
Démence
frontale : Dementia of frontal lobe
type.
| |
|
|
NEARY, D., SNOWDEN, J.S., NORTHEN, B. & GOULDING, P.
(1988). Dementia of frontal lobe type. Journal of
Neurology, Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry, 51, 353-361.
[PDF] |
MANN. D.M.A., SOUTH, P.W., SNOWDEN, J.S. & NEARY, D.
(1993). Dementia of frontal lobe type ; neuropathology and
immunohisto-chemistry. Journal of Neurology,
Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry, 56, 605-614. [PDF] |
| |
GREGORY, C.A. & HODGES, J.R. (1993). Dementia of
frontal type and the focal lobar atrophies. International
Review of Psychiatry, 5, 397-406. |
|
NEARY, D., SNOWDEN, J.S. & MANN. D.M.A. (1990).
Frontal lobe dementia and motor neuron disease. Journal
of Neurology, Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry, 53,
23-32. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Démence |
|
|
Démence
frontotemporale : Type de démence.
= Maladie de Pick.
Frontotemporal
dementia, DFT, FTD, frontotemporal lobar degeneration.
| |
|
|
OWENBERG, K, BOYD, D.A. & SALON, D.D. (1939).
Occurrence of Pick's disease in early adult years. Archives
of Neurological Psychiatry, 41, 1004-1020. |
DAVIES, R.R., KIPPS, C.M., MITCHELL, J., KRIL, J.J.,
HALLIDAY, G.M. & HODGES, J.R. (2006). Progression in
frontotemporal dementia : identifying a benign behavioral
variant by magnetic resonance imaging. Archives of
Neurology, 63, 1627-1631. |
|
BRUN, A., ENGLUND, B., GUSTAFSON, L., PASSANT, U., MANN.
D.M.A., NEARY, D.E. & SNOWDEN, J.S. (1994). Clinical
and neuropathological criteria for frontotemporal
dementia. Neurology, Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry,
57, 416-418. [PDF] |
FORMAN, M.S., FARMER, J., JOHNSON, J.K., CLARK, C.M.,
ARNOLD, S.E., COSLETT, H.B., CHATTERJEE, A., HURTIG, H.I.,
KARLAWISH, J.H., ROSEN, H.J., VAN DEERLIN, V., LEE,
V.M.Y., MILLER, B.L., TROJANOWSKI, J.Q. & GROSSMAN, M.
(2006). Frontotemporal dementia : clinicopathological
correlations. Annals of Neurology, 59, 952-962. |
SNOWDEN, J.S., NEARY, D. & MANN, D.M. (1996) Frontotem-
atrophy. The SPECT scan shows anterior low uptake poral
lobar degeneration. Frontotemporal Dementia, of tracer
in the cerebral hemispheres. (c) SPECT Progressive
Aphasia, Semantic Dementia. Churchill Livingstone,
London.
|
|
|
NEARY, D., SNOWDEN, J.S., GUSTAFSON L., PASSANT, U.,
STUSS, D., BLACK, S., FREEDMAN, M., KERTESZ, A., ROBERT,
P.H., ALBERT, M., BOONE, K., MILLER, B.L., CUMMINGS, J.
& BENSON, D.F. (1998). Frontotemporal lobar
degeneration : a consensus on clinical diagnostic
criteria. Neurology, 51, 1546-1554. [PDF] |
KNIBB, J.A., KIPPS, C.M. & HODGES, J.R. (2006).
Frontotemporal dementia. Current Opinion in Neurology,
19, 565-571. [PDF] |
|
NEARY, D. (1999). Overview of frontotemporal dementias and
the consensus applied. moral dementia : application of an
MRI visual rating scale. Dementia & Geriatric
Cognitive Disorders, 10 (S), 6-9. |
|
|
RATNAVALLI, E., BRAYNE, C., DAWSON, K. & HODGES, J.R.
(2000). The prevalence of frontotemporal dementia.
Neurology, 58, 1615-1621. |
MIOSHI, E., KIPPS, C.M., DAWSON, K.E., MITCHEL, J.,
GRAHAM, A. & HODGES, J.R. (2007). Activities of daily
living in frontotemporal dementia and Alzheimer's disease.
Neurology, 68, 2077-2084 |
|
|
MATHURANATH, P.S., NESTOR, P.J., BERRIOS, G.E., RAKOWICZ,
W. & HODGES, J.R. (2000). A brief cognitive test
battery to differentiate Alzheimer's disease and
frontotemporal dementia. Neurology, 55,
1613-1620. |
KIPPS, C.M., NESTOR, P.J., FRYER, T.D. & HODGES, J.R.
(2007). Behavioural variant frontotemporal dementia : not
all it seems ? Neurocase, 13, 1-11. |
BATHGATE, D., SNOWDEN, J.S., VARMA, A., BLACKSHAW, A.
& NEARY, D. (2001). Behaviour in frontotemporal
dementia, nym for brain disease. Hierarchical descriptions
Alzheimer’s disease and vascular dementia. Acta
Neurologica Scandinavica, 103, 367–378.
|
KIPPS, C.M., DAVIES, R.R., MITCHELL, J., KRIL, J.J.,
HALLIDAY, G.M. & HODGES, J.R. (2007). Clinical
significance of lobar atrophy in frontotemporal dementia :
application of an MRI visual rating scale. Dementia
& Geriatric Cognitive Disorders, 23, 334-342. |
|
HODGES, J.R. (2001). Frontotemporal dementia (Pick's
disease) : clinical features and assessment.
Neurology, 56 (11), 6-10. |
KIPPS, C.M., NESTOR, P.J., DAWSON, C.E., MITCHELL, J.
& HODGES, J.R. (2008). Measuring progression in
frontotemporal dementia : implications for therapeutic
interventions. Neurology, 70, 2046-2052. |
|
SNOWDEN, J.S., NEARY, D. & MANN, D.M. (2002).
Frontotemporal dementia. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 180 (2), 140-143. [PDF] |
HORNBERGER, M., PIGUET, O., KIPPS, C.M. & HODGES J.R.
(2008). Executive function in progressive and
nonprogressive behavioral variant frontotemporal dementia.
Neurology, 71, 1481-1488. |
|
BROE, M., HODGES, J.R., SCHOFIELD, E., SHEPHERD, C.E.,
KRIL, J.J. & HALLIDAY, G.M. (2003). Staging disease
severity in pathologically confirmed cases of
frontotemporal dementia. Neurology, 60, 1005-1011. |
MIOSHI, E., KIPPS, C.M. & HODGES, J.R. (2009).
Activities of daily living in behavioral variant
frontotemporal dementia : differences in caregiver and
performance-based assessments. Alzheimer Disease
& Associated Disorders, 23, 70-76. |
|
HODGES, J.R., DAVIES, R., XUEREB, J., KRIL, J. &
HALLIDAY, G. (2003). Survival in frontotemporal dementia.
Neurology, 61, 349-354. |
MIOSHI, E., BRISTOW, M., COOK, R. & HODGES, J.R.
(2009). Factors underlying caregiver stress in
frontotemporal dementia and Alzheimer's disease. Dementia
& Geriatric Cognitive Disorders, 27, 76-81. [PDF] |
|
SNOWDEN, J.S., GIBBONS, Z.C., BLACKSHAW, A., DOUBLEDAY,
E., THOMPSON, J., CRAUFURD, D., FOSTER, J., HAPPÉ, F.
& NEARY, D. (2003). Social cognition in frontotemproal
dementia and Huntington's disease. Neuropsychologia,
41 (6), 688-701. |
MACKENZIE, I.R., NEUMANN M., BIGIO, E.H., CAIRNS, N.J.,
ALAFUZOFF, I., KRIL, J., KOVACS, G.G., GHETTI, B.,
HALLIDAY, G., HOLM, I.E., INCE, P.G., KAMPHORST, W.,
REVESZ, T., ROZEMULLER, A.J.M., KUMAR-SINGH, S., AKIYAMA,
H., BABORIE, A., SPINA, S., DICKSON, D.W., TROJANOWSKI,
J.Q. & MANN, D.M.A. (2009). Nomenclature for
neuropathologic subtypes of frontotemporal lobar
degeneration : consensus recommendations. Acta
Neuropathologica, 117, 15-18. [PDF] |
| |
PIGUET, O., HORNBERGER, M., SHELLEY, B.P., KIPPS, C.M.
& HODGES, J.R. (2009). Sensitivity of current criteria
for the diagnosis of behavioral variant frontotemporal
dementia. Neurology, 72, 732-737. [PDF] |
|
KIPPS, C.M., MIOSHI, E. & HODGES, J.R. (2009).
Emotion, social functioning and activities of daily living
in frontotemporal dementia. Neurocase, 15 (3),
182-189. [PDF] |
|
GARCIN, B., LILLO, P., HORNBERGER, M., PIGUET, O., DAWSON,
K., NESTOR, P.J. & HODGES, J.R. (2009). Determinants
of survival in behavioral variant frontotemporal dementia.
Neurology, 73, 1656-1661. [PDF] |
|
SNOWDEN, J.S., NEARY, D. & MANN, D.M. (2004). Autopsy
proven sporadic frontotemporal dementia due to
microvacuolar-type histology, with onset at 21 years of
age. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, &
Psychiatry, 57 (75), 1337-1339. [PDF] |
HORNBERGER, M., PIGUET, O., GRAHAM, A.J., NESTOR, P.J.
& HODGES, J.R. (2010). How preserved is episodic
memory in behavioral variant frontotemporal dementia ? Neurology,
74, 472-479. [PDF] |
|
NEARY, D., SNOWDEN, J.S. & MANN, D. (2005).
Frontotemporal dementia. Lancet Neuroogy, 4
(11), 717-780. |
KIPPS, C.M., NESTOR, P.J., DAWSON, C.E., MITCHELL, J.
& HODGES, J.R. (2010). Nonprogressive behavioural
frontotemporal dementia : recent developments and clinical
implications of the "bvFTD phenocopy syndrom". Current
Opinion in Neurology, 23, 628-632. [PDF] |
|
ROBERSON, E.D., HESSE, J.H., ROSE, K.D., SLAMA, H.,
JOHNSON, J.K., YAFFE, K., FORMAN, M.S., MILLER, C.A.,
TROJANOWSKI, J.Q., KRAMER, J.H. & MILLER, B.L. (2005).
Frontotemporal dementia progresses to death faster than
Alzheimer disease. Neurology, 65, 719-725. |
PIGUET, O., HORNBERGER, M., MIOSHI, E. & HODGES, J.R.
(2011). Behavioural-variant frontotemporal dementia :
diagnosis, clinical staging, and management. Lancet/Neurology,
10, 162-172. [PDF] |
| |
HORNBERGER, M., GENG, J. & HODGES, J.R. (2011).
Convergent grey and white matter evidence of orbitofrontal
cortex changes related to disinhibition in behavioural
variant frontotemporal dementia. Brain, 134 (9),
2502-2512. [PDF] |
|
RASCOVSKY, K., SALMON, D.P., LIPTON, A.M., LEVERENZ, J.B.,
DECARLI, C., JAGUST, W.J., CLARK, C.M., MENDEZ, M.F.,
TANG-WAI, D.F., GRAFF-RADFORD, N.R. & GALASKO, D.
(2005). Rate of progression differs in frontotemporal
dementia and Alzheimer disease. Neurology, 65, 397-403.
[PDF] |
HODGES, J.R. & PIGUET, O. (2018). Progress and
challenges in frontotemporal dementia research : A 20-year
review. Journal of Alzheimer's Disease, 62, 1467-1480. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Démence |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Démence sémantique : Forme de démence
découverte par Snowden,
Goulding et Neary (1989),
qui résulte d'une dysfonction de la mémoire
sémantique. Semantic dementia.
| |
|
|
SNOWDEN, J.S., GOULDING, P.J. & NEARY, D. (1989).
Semantic dementia : a form of circumscribed atrophy.
Behavioural Neurology, 2, 167-182. |
GRAHAM, K.S., SIMONS, J.S., PRATT, K., PATTERSON, K. &
HODGES, J.R. (2000). Insights from semantic dementia on
the relationship between episodic and semantic memory. Neuropsychologia,
38, 313-324. |
| |
LAMBON RALPH, M.A. & HOWARD, D. (2000). Golgi aphasia
or semantic dementia ? Simulating and assessing poor
verbal omprehension in a case of progressive fluent
aphasia. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 17, 437-466. |
|
HODGES, J.R., PATTERSON, K., OXBURY, S. & FUNNELL, E.
(1992). Semantic dementia : Progressive fluent aphasia
with temporal lobe atrophy. Brain, 115, 1783-1806. |
SNOWDEN, J.S., BATHGATE, D., VARMA, A., BLACKSHAW, A.,
GIBBONS, Z.C. & NEARY, D. (2001). Distinct behavioural
profiles in frontotemporal dementia and semantic dementia.
Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry,
70, 323-332. [PDF] |
| |
LAMBON RALPH, M.A. & HOWARD, D. (2000). Golgi aphasia
or semantic dementia ? Simulating and assessing poor
verbal omprehension in a case of progressive fluent
aphasia. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 17, 437-466. |
|
SNOWDEN, J.S., GRIFFITHS, H. & NEARY, D. (1994).
Semantic dementia : autobiographical contribution to
preservation of meaning. Cognitive Neuropsychology,
11 (3), 265-88. |
GALTON, C.J., PATTERSON, K., GRAHAM, K.S., LAMBON RALPH,
M.A. WILLIAMS, G., ANTOUN, N., SAHAKIAN, B.J. &
HODGES, J.R. (2001). Differing patterns of temporal
atrophy in Alzheimer's disease and semantic dementia. Neurology,
57, 216-225. |
| |
THOMPSON, S.A., PATTERSON, K. & HODGES, J.R. (2003).
Left/right assymmetry of atrophy in semantic dementia.
Behavioral-cognitive implications. Neurology, 61,
1196-1203. |
|
SNOWDEN, J.S., GRIFFITHS, H. & NEARY, D. (1994).
Semantic episodic memory interactions in semantic dementia
: Implications for retrograde memory function.
Cognitive Neuropsychology, 13 (8), 1101-1139. |
SNOWDEN, J.S., THOMPSON, J.C. & NEARY, D. (2004).
Knowledge of famous faces and names in semantic dementia.
Brain, 127, 860-872. [PDF] |
| |
JEFFERIES, E., JONES, R., BATEMAN, D. & LAMBON RALPH,
M.A. (2005). A semantic contribution to nonword recall ?
Evidence for intact phonological processes in semantic
dementia. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 22, 183-212.
[PDF] |
| |
JEFFERIES, E. & LAMBON RALPH, M.A. (2006). Semantic
impairment in stroke aphasia vs. semantic dementia : A
case-series comparison. Brain, 129, 2132-2147. [PDF] |
|
GRAHAM, K.S., BECKER, J.T. & HODGES, J.R. (1997). On
the relationship between knowledge and memory for pictures
: Evidence from the study of patients with semantic
dementia and Alzheimer's disease. Journal of the
International Neuropsychological Society, 30 (6),
534-544. [PDF] |
JEFFERIES, E., CRISP, J. & LAMBON RALPH, M.A. (2006).
The impact of phonological or semantic impairment on
delayed auditory repetition : Evidence from stroke aphasia
and semantic dementia. Aphasiology, 20, 963-992.
[PDF] |
|
| |
NESTOR, P.J., FRYER, T.D. & HODGES, J.R. (2006).
Declarative memory impairments in Alzheimer's disease and
semantic dementia. Neuroimage, 30, 1010-1020. |
|
GRAHAM, K.S. & HODGES, J.R. (1997). Differentiating
the roles of the hippocampal system and the neocortex in
long-term memory storage : Evidence from the study of
semantic dementia and Alzheimer's disease. Neuropsychology,
11, 77-89. |
PATTERSON, K., LAMBON RALPH, M.A., JEFFERIES, E.,
WOOLLAMS, A., JONES, R., HODGES, J.R. & ROGERS, T.T.
(2006). "Pre-semantic" cognition in semantic dementia :
six deficits in search of an explanation. Journal of
Cognitive Neuroscience, 18, 169-183. |
| |
BELLIARD, S., BON, L., LEMOAL, S., JONIN, P.-Y.,
VERCELLETTO, M. & LEBAIL, B. (2007). La démence
sémantique. Psychologie & Neuropsychiatrie du
Vieillissement, 5 (2), 127-138. [PDF] |
| |
HODGES, J.R. & PATTERSON, K. (2007). Semantic dementia
: a unique clinicopathological syndrome. Lancet
Neurology, 6, 1004-1014. |
| |
LAMBON RALPH, M.A. & PATTERSON, K. (2008).
Generalization and differentiation in semantic memory
insights from semantic dementia. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 1124, 61-76. [PDF] |
|
LAMBON RALPH, M.A., GRAHAM, K.S., PATTERSON, K. &
HODGES, J.R. (1999). Is a picture worth a thousand words ?
Evidence from concept definitions by patients with
semantic dementia. Brain & Language, 70,
309-335. |
JEFFERIES, E., PATTERSON, K., JONES, R.W. & LAMBON
RALPH, M.A. (2009). Comprehension of concrete and abstract
words in semantic dementia. Neuropsychology, 23 (4),
492-499. [PDF] |
| |
HODGES, J.R., MITCHELL J, DAWSON K, SPILLANTINI MG, XUEREB
JH, MCMONAGLE P, NESTOR, P.J. & PATTERSON, K. (2010).
Semantic dementia : demography, familial factors and
survival in a consecutive series of 100 cases. Brain,
133, 300-306. |
|
GRAHAM, K.S., PATTERSON, K. & HODGES, J.R. (1999).
Episodic memory : new insights from the study of semantic
dementia. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 9,
245-250.
[PDF] |
PENGAS, G., PATTERSON, K., ARNOLD, R.J., BIRD, C.M.,
BURGESS, N. & NESTOR, PJ. (2010). Lost and found :
bespoke memory testing for Alzheimer's disease and
semantic dementia. Journal of Alzheimer's Disease, 21
(4), 1347-1365. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Mémoire
sémantique et
Démence |
|
|
Demence
subcorticale : Subcortical
dementia.
| |
|
|
CUMMINGS, J.L. (1990). Subcortical dementia. Oxford
rational classification of disorders leading to the
University Press : London |
|
|
|
Demence
vasculaire : Vascularl
dementia.
| |
|
|
HÉBERT, R. & BRAYNE, C. (1995). Epidemiology of
vascular dementia. Neuroepidemiology, 14, 240-257. |
|
HÉBERT, R. LINDSAY, J., VERREAULT, R., ROCKWOOD, K., HILL,
G. & DUBOIS, M.F. (2000). Vascular dementia :
Incidence and risk factors in the Canadian Study of Health
and Aging. Stroke, 31, 1487-1493. |
|
DURON E. & HANON, O. (2008). Vascular risk factors,
cognitive decline and dementia. Vascular Health &
Risk Management, 4 (2), 363-381. |
|
|
|
Dement
William Charles (Walla Walla 1928-2020 Stanford) :
Biologiste et physiologiste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du sommeil,
plus précisément dans la privation
de sommeil et le sommeil
paradoxal. Étudiant de Kleitman.
Collaborateur de Guilleminault.
|
DEMENT, W.C. & KLEITMAN, N. (1957). Cyclic variations
in EEG during sleep and their relation to eye movements,
body motility and dreaming. Electroencephalography
& Clinical Neurophysiology, 9, 673-690. |
|
GULEVITCH, G., DEMENT, W.C. & JOHNSON, L. (1966).
Psychiatric and EEG observations on a case of prolonged
(264 hours) wakefulness. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 15, 29-35. |
|
DEMENT, W.C. (1998). The study of human sleep : a
historical perspective. Thorax, 53 (3), 2-7. |
|
DEMENT, W.C. (2004). The paradox of sleep : the early
years. Archives of Italian Biology, 142 (4),
333-345. |
|
DEMENT, W.C. (2005). History of sleep medicine. Neurological
Clinics, 23 (4), 945-965. |
|
|
|
Dementia & Geriatric Cognitive Disorders : Revue
scientifique qui se consacre à l'étude du cerveau
et ses relations avec les phénomènes neuro-cognitifs,
notamment la démence. Éditeur : Karger.
NEARY, D. (1999). Overview of frontotemporal dementias
and the consensus applied. moral dementia : application
of an MRI visual rating scale. Dementia &
Geriatric Cognitive Disorders, 10 (S1), 6-9.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Demerouti
Evangelia ( ) :
Psychologue organisationnelle
et spécialiste de l'étude de l'épuisement professionnel et des ressources dans le milieu de travail.
Collaborateur de Bakker et
Schaufeli.
|
|
DEMEROUTI, E., BAKKER, A.B., NACHREINER, F. &
SCHAUFELI, W.B. (2001). The job demands-resources model of
burnout. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86,
499-512.
[PDF] |
|
DEMEROUTI, E., BAKKER, A.B., DE JONGE, J., JANSSEN,
P.P.P.M. & SCHAUFELI, W.B. (2001). Burnout and
engagement at work as a function of demands and control. Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment & Health, 27 (4),
279-286.
[PDF] |
| DEMEROUTI, E., BAKKER, A.B., NACHREINER, F. EBBINGHAUS, M. (2002). From mental straiN to burnout. European Journal of Work and Organizational
Psychology, 11 (4). 423-441. |
|
DEMEROUTI, E. (2012). The spillover and crossover of
resources among partners : The role of work-self and
family-self facilitation. Journal of Occupational
Health Psychology, 17 (2), 184-195 |
|
DEMEROUTI, E., & PEETERS, M.C.W. (2018). Transmission
of reduction-oriented crafting among colleagues : a diary
study on the moderating role of working conditions. Journal
of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 91,
209-234. |
|
|
|
Demetriou
Andreas (1950-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste européeen, d'origine grecque, et spécialiste
de l'intelligence et
du développement cognitif. Collaborateur de
Case.
|
DEMETRIOU, A. (Ed.) (1988). The neo-Piagetian theories
of cognitive development : Toward an integration.
Amsterdam : North-Holland. |
|
DEMETRIOU, A. & RAFTOPOULOS, A. (1999). Modeling the
developing mind : From structure to change. Developmental
Review, 19, 319-368. |
|
DEMETRIOU, A. KYRIAKIDES, L. & AVRAAMIDOU, C. (2003).
The missing link in the relations between intelligence and
personality. Journal of Research in Personality, 37,
547-581. |
|
DEMETRIOU, A. & KYRIAKIDES, L. (2006). The functional
and developmental organization of cognitive developmental
sequences. British Journal of Educational Psychology,
76, 209-242. |
|
DEMETRIOU, A. & BAKRACEVIC, K. (2009). Cognitive
development from adolescence to middle age : From
environment-oriented reasoning to social understanding and
self-awareness. Learning & Individual
Differences, 19, 181-194. |
|
|
|
Demi-vie
: Half-life.
|
Démocratie : Démocratique : Du grec demos qui signifie «peuple» et de
kratein qui veut dire «commander». Régime
politique qui repose sur la délégation du pouvoir
du peuple aux élus du peuple, délégation réalisé au moyen d'élection
par suffrage
universel. /Dictature.
Democratic society, democracy.
|
|
|
TOCQUEVILLE, A. (1835-1840/1963). De la démocratie en
Amérique. Paris : Le monde en 10/18. / Democracy
in America. London : Saunders & Otley. |
LEWIS, B. (1996). Islam and liberal democracy : A
historical overview. Journal of Democracy, 7
(2), 52–63. |
| |
HABERMAS, J. (1996). Between facts and norms :
Contributions to a discourse theory of law and
democracy. Cambridge Polity Press. |
|
DEWEY, J. (1916). Democracy and education. New
York : MacMillan. |
WRIGHT, R. (1996). Islam and liberal democracy : Two
Visions of reformation. Journal of Democracy, 7
(2), 64-75. |
|
LIPPMAN, W. (1925). The phantom public.
Transaction Publishers. |
PRATKANIS, A.R. & TURNER, M.E. (1996). Persuasion and
democracy : Strategies for increasing deliberative
participation and enacting social change. Journal of
Social Issues, 52 (1), 187-205. |
|
HELD, D. (1996). Models of democracy.
Stanford, CA : Stanford University Press. |
|
BERNAYS, E. (1928/2007). Propaganda : New York : Horace
Liverigh. / Propaganda : comment manipuler l'opinion
en démocratie. Montréal : Lux. |
GUTMANN, A. & THOMPSON, D. (1996). Democracy and
disagreement. Cambridge, MA : Harvard University
Press |
|
GALLUP, G.H. (1939). Public opinion in a democracy.
Princeton : Princeton university. |
COLLIER, D. & LEVITSKY, S. (1997). Democracy with
adjectives : conceptual innovation in comparative
research. World Politics, 49 (3), 430-451. |
GALLUP, G.H. & RAE, S. (1940). The pulse of
democracy.
New York : Simon & Schuste |
VATTIMO, G. (1997). Hermeneutics and democracy. Philosophy
& Social Criticism, 23 (4), 1-7. |
|
BERNAYS, E. (1943). Democratic leadership in total
war. |
KURZMAN C. (1998). Waves of democratization. Studies
in Comparative International Development, 33 (1),
42-64 |
|
DEWEY, J. (1944). Democracy and education. New
York : Free Press. |
SAWARD, M. (1998/2003). The terms of democracy.
Oxford : Polity. |
|
BOAS, F. (1945). Race and democratic society.
New York : J.J. Augustin Publisher. |
MANN, M. (1999). The dark side of democracy : the modern
tradition of ethnic and political cleansing. New Left
Review, 235, 18-45. |
|
SCHUMPETER, J. (1950). Capitalism, socialism, and
democracy. New York : Harper. |
COLLIER, D. & ADCOCK, R. (1999). Democracy and
dichotomies : A pragmatic approach to choices about
concepts. Annual Review of Political Science, 2,
(1), 537-565. [PDF] |
|
DAHL, R. (1956). A preface to democratic theory.
Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
McCHESNEY, R.W. (1999). Rich media, poor democracy :
Communication politics in dubious times. University
of Illinois Press. |
|
DAHL, R. (1956). Democracy and its critics. New
Haven: Yale University Press. |
BARRO, R.J. (1999). Determinants of democracy. Journal
of Political Economy, 107 (S6), 158-183. [PDF] |
|
DOWNS, A. (1957). An economic theory of democracy. New
York : Harper & Row. |
MAINWARING, S. (1999). Democratic survivability in Latin
America. In H. Handelman and M.A. Tessler (Eds.), Democracy
and its limits (pp. 11-68). Norte Dame : University
of Notre Dame Press. |
|
BECKER, G.S. (1958). Competition and democracy. Journal
of Law & Economics, 1, 105-109. |
INGLEHART, R. & KLINGEMANN, H.-D. (2000). Genes,
culture, democracy, and happiness. In E. Diener & E.M.
Suh (Eds.), Culture and subjective well-being
(pp. 165-184). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
|
LIPSET, S.M. (1959). Some social requisites of democracy :
Economic development and political legitimacy. The
American Political Science Review, 53 (1), 69-105.
[PDF] |
PAXTON, P. (2000). Women's suffrage in the mea-surement of
democracy : Problems of operationalization. Studies
in Comparative International Development, 35 (3),
92-110. |
KEY, V.O. (1961). Public opinion and American
democracy. New York : Knopf. |
|
|
HUNTER, F. & DAHL, R.A. (1962). Who governs :
democracy and power in an American city.
Administrative Science Quarterly, 6 (4), 517-519. |
VANHANEN, T. (2000). A new dataset for measuring
democracy, 1810-1998. Journal of Peace Research, 37 (2),
251-265. |
HABERMAS, J. (1966). Three normative models of
democracy. In S. Benhabib (Ed.), Democracy and
difference : Testing the boundaries of the political
(pp. 21–30). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University
Press. |
BOLLEN, K.A. & PAXTON, P. (2000). Subjective measures
of liberal democracy. Comparative Political Studies,
33 (1), 58-86. |
|
WALKER, J.L. (1966). Critique of the elitist theory of
democracy. American Political Science Review, 60
(2), 285-295. |
HART, R.A. (2000). Democracy and the successful use of
economic sanctions. Political Research Quarterly, 53
(2), 267-284. [PDF] |
|
RUSTOW, D.C. (1970). Transitions to democracy : Toward a
dynamic model. Comparative Politics, 2 (3),
337-363. |
KITCHER, P. (2001). Science, truth and democracy.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
BUCHANAN, J.M. (1972). Social choice, democracy, and free
markets. Journal of Political Economy, 62,
114-123. |
MUNCK, G.L. & VERKULIEN, J. (2002). Conceptualizing
and measuring democracy : evaluating alternative indices.
Comparative Political Studies, 35 (1), 5-34. |
|
SOLOMON, D., ALI, F., KFIR, D., HOULIHAN, K. & YAEGER,
J. (1972). The development of democratic values and
behavior among Mexican-American children. Child
Development, 43, 625-683. |
BRUMBERG, D. (2002). Democratization in the Arab world ?
The trap of liberalized autocracy. Journal of
Democracy, 13, 56-68. [PDF] |
|
LIVELY, J. (1975). Democracy. Oxford, UK:
Blackwell. |
TESSLER, M. (2002). Do Islamic orientations influence
attitudes toward democracy in the Arab world ? Evidence
from Egypt, Jordan, Morocco, and Algeria. International
Journal of Comparative Sociology, 43 (3-5),
229-249. |
|
HEWITT, C. (1977). The effect of political democracy and
social democracy on equality in industrial societies : A
cross national comparison. American Sociological
Review, 42, 450-464. |
BOWMAN, K.S. (2002). Militarization, democracy, and
development : The perils of praetorianism in Latin
America. University Park : Penn State University
Press. |
|
SIDANIUS, J., EKEHAMMAR, B. & ROSS, M. (1979).
Comparisons of socio-political attitudes between two
democratic societies. International Journal of
Psychology, 14, 225-240. |
KURZMAN, C., WERUM, R. & BURKHART, R.E. (2002).
Democracy's effect on economic growth : A pooled
time-series analysis. Studies in Comparative
International Development, 37 (1), 3-33. [PDF] |
|
WALLERSTEIN, M. (1980). The collapse of democracy in
Brazil : Its economic determinants. Latin American
Research Review, 15 (3), 3-40. |
ROWLAND, S. (2003). Teaching for democracy in higher
education. Teaching in Higher Education, 8 (1),
89-101. |
| |
DAHL, R. (2003). How democratic is the American
constitution ? New Haven : Yale University Press. |
|
BOLLEN, K.A. (1980). Issues in the comparative measurement
of political democracy. American Sociological Review,
45 (3), 370-390. |
INGLEHART, R. & WELZEL, C. (2003). Political culture
and democracy : Analyzing cross-level linkages. Comparative
Politics, 36 (1), 61-79. |
|
BOLLEN, K.A. & GRANDJEAN, B. (1981). The dimension(s)
of democracy : Further issues in the measurement and
effects of political democracy. American Sociological
Review, 46, 232-239. |
STEPAN, A.C. & ROBERTSON, G.B. (2003). An "Arab" more
than a "Muslim" democracy gap. Journal of Democracy,
14 (3), 30-44. |
|
ROSANVALLON, P. (1981). La crise de
l'état-providence. Paris : Le Seuil. |
BRATTON, M. (2003). Briefing : Islam, democracy and public
opinion in Africa. African Affairs, 102 (408),
493-501. |
|
PRZEWORSKI, A. & WALLERSTEIN, M. (1982). Democratic
capitalism at the crossroads. Democracy, 2 (3),
52-68. |
CASPER, G. & TUFIS, C. (2003). Correlation versus
interchangeability : The limited robustness of empirical
findings on democracy using highly correlated data sets.
Political Analysis, 11, 196-203. |
|
WEEDE, E. (1983). The impact of democracy on economic
growth. Kyklos, 36, 21-39. |
MAINWARING, S. & PÉREZ-LINAN, A. (2003). Level of
development and democracy : Latin American exceptionalism,
1945-1996. Comparative Political Studies, 36
(9), 1031-1068. |
|
LATOUR, B. (2004). Politics of nature : How to
bring the sciences into democracy. Cambridge, MA :
Harvard University Press.
|
|
PRZEWORSKI, A. (1985). Capitalism and social
democracy. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University
Press. |
BEETHAM, D. (2005). Towards a universal framework for
democracy assessment. Democratization, 11 (2),
1-17. |
|
BOLLEN, K.A. & JACKMAN, R.W. (1985). Political
democracy and the size distribution of income. American
Sociological Review, 50, (4), 438-457. [PDF] |
DICKENSON, E.R. (2004). Biopolitics, fascism, and
democracy : some reflections on our discourse about
modernity. Central European History, 37, 1–48. |
|
FIORINO, D. (1989). Technical and democratic values in
risk analysis. Risk Analysis, 9, 293-299. |
BOWMAN, K., LEHOUCQ, F. & MAHONEY, F. (2005).
Measuring olitical democracy : Case Expertise, Data
adequacy, and Central America. Comparative Political
Studies, 38 (8), 939-970. |
|
DAHL, R. (1956). Democracy and its critics. New
Haven : Yale University Press. |
VERMILLION, (2006). Problems in the measurement of
democracy. Democracy at Large, 3 (1), 26-30. |
|
BOLLEN, K.A. & JACKMAN, R.W. (1989). Democracy,
stability, and dichotomies. American Sociological
Review, 54 (4), 612-621. |
KAHAN, D.M., SLOVIC, P., BRAMAN, D. & GASTIL, J.
(2006). Fear of democracy : A cultural evaluation of
Sunstein on risk. [Review of the book Laws of fear :
Beyond the precautionary principle]. Harvard Law
Review, 119, 1071-1109. |
|
BOCK-CÔTÉ, M. (2007). L’avenir de la démocratie : la
participation contre la représentation. Controverses,
5, 116-138. |
|
ENTMAN, R.M. (1989). Democracy without citizens :
Media and the decay of American politics. New York
: Oxford University Press. |
LOYER, B. et AGUERRE, C. (2008). Terrorisme et démocratie
: les exemples basque et catalan. Hérodote, 130,
112-145. [PDF] |
|
ROUBINI, N. & SACHS, J. (1989). Political and economic
determinants of budget deficits in the industrial
democracies. European Economic Review, 3,
903-993. [PDF]
|
COPPEDGE, M., ALVAREZ, A. & MALDONADO, C. (2008). Two
persistent dimensions of democracy : Contestation and
inclusiveness. Journal of Politics, 70 (3),
335-350. |
|
REMMER, K. (1990). Democracy and economic crisis : The
latin american experience. World Politics, 42, 315-335. |
TREIER, S. & JACKMAN, S. (2008). Democracy as a latent
variable. American Journal of Political Science, 52
(1), 201-217. |
|
|
SIROWY, L. & INKELES, A. (1990). The effects of
democracy on economic growth and inequality : A Review. Studies
Comparative International Development, 25, 126-157. |
PILET, J.-B. (2008). Régimes politiques des pays
occidentaux. Bruxelles : Presses Universitaires de
Bruxelles. |
|
BOLLEN, K.A. (1990). Political democracy : Conceptual and
measurement traps. Studies Comparative International
Development, 25 (1), 7-24. [PDF] |
CHAN, S. (2009). The democratic peace proposition : an
agenda for critical analysis. The Economics of Peace
& Security Journal, 4 (1), 70-77. [PDF] |
FISHKIN J.S. (1991). Democracy and deliberation: New
directions for democratic reform. New Haven: Yale
University Press. |
ROCK, M.T. (2009). Corruption and democracy. Journal
of Development Studies 45 (1), 55-75. |
|
SCHMITTER, P.C. & KARL, T.L. (1991). What democracy
is... and is not. Journal of Democracy, 2 (3),
75-88. |
VAN VUGT, M. (2009). Despotism, democracy and the
evolutionary dynamics of leadership and followership. American
Psychologist, 64, 54-56. |
|
DIAMOND, L. (1992). Economic development and democracy
reconsidered. In L. Diamond & G. Marks (Eds.), Reaxamining
democracy. London : Sage. |
BOLLEN, K.A. (2009). Liberal democracy series I,
1972-1988: Definition, measurement, and trajectories. Electoral
Studies, 28, 368-374. |
|
KEDOURIE, E. (1992). Democracy and Arab culture. Washington,
D.C. : Washington Institute for Near East Policy. |
MITCHELL, T. (2009). Carbon democracy. Economy &
Society, 38 (3), 399-432. [PDF] |
|
WARREN, M. (1992). Democratic theory and self-transformation. American Political Science Review,
86, 8–23. |
ALTMAN, D. & PÉREZ-LINAN, A. (2010). Assessing the
quality of democracy : Freedom, competitiveness and
participation in eighteen latin American countries. Democratization,
9 (2), 85-100. |
|
CHOMSKY, N. (1993). Necessary illusions : Thought
control in democratic societies. Pantheon. |
CIFTCI, S. (2010). Modernization, Islam, or social capital
: What explains attitudes toward democracy in the Muslim
world ? Comparative Political Studies, 43 (11),
1442-1470. |
|
SLOVIC, P. (1993). Perceived risk, trust, and democracy.
Risk Analysis, 13 (6), 675-682. [PDF] |
DIAMOND, L. (2010). Why are there no Arab democracies ? Journal
of Democracy, 21, 93–104. [PDF] |
|
MINTZ, A. & GEVA, N. (1993). Why Don't democracies
fight ech other ? : An Experimental Assessment of the
political incentive explanation. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 3 (3), 484-503. |
KNUTSEN, C.H. (2010). Measuring effective democracy. International Political Science Review, 31 (2), 109-128.
[PDF] |
|
BOLLEN, K.A. (1993). Liberal democracy : Validity and
method factors in cross-national measures. American
Journal of Political Science, 37 (4), 1207-1230. |
RUSSETT, B. (2010). Capitalism or democracy ? Not so fast.
International Interactions, 36 (2), 198-205. |
|
BURKHART, R.E. & LEWIS-BECK, M. (1994). Comparative
democracy : The economic development thesis. American
Political Science Review, 88, 903-910. |
COPPEDGE, M., GERRING, J., ALTMAN, D., BERNHARD, M., FISH,
S., HICKEN, A., KROENIG, M., LINDBERG, S.I., MCMANN, K.,
PAXTON, P., HOLLI, A. SEMETKO, H.A., SKAANING, S-E.,
STATON, J. & TEORELL, J. (2011). Conceptualizing and
measuring democracy : A new approach. Perspective on
Politics, 9 (2), 247-267. [PDF] |
|
KITSCHELT, H. (1994). The transformation of European
social democracy. Cambridge : Cambridge University
Press. |
KEDOURIE, E. (2013). Democracy and Arab political
culture. Abingdon, UK : Routledge |
|
TOURAINE, A. (1994). Qu'est-ce que la démocratie ? Paris
: Fayard. |
TOMZ, M. & WEEKS, J.L.P. (2013). Public opinion and
the democratic peace. American Political Science
Review, 107 (4), 849-865. |
|
DIXON, W. (1994). Democracy and the peaceful settlement of
international conflict. American Political Science
Review, 88 (1), 14-32. |
MASOUD, T. (2015). Has the door closed on Arab democraty ?
Journal of Democracy, 26 (1), 74-87. [PDF] |
|
HIRSCH, J. (1995). Nation, state, international regulation
and the question of democracy. Review of
International Political Economy, 2 (2), 267-284. |
ISBELL, T. (2018). Separate and compatible ? Islam and
democracy in five North African countries. Afro-Barometer,
188, 1-11.
[PDF] |
|
BOCK-CÔTÉ, M. (2019). Le populisme ou la part étouffée de
la démocratie contemporaine. Dans C. Delsol et G. De Ligio
(Dirs.), La démocratie dans l’adversité (p.
317-330). Paris : Éditions du Cerf. |
|
|
|
Voir Régime
politique et Suffrage
universel |
|
|
|
|
Démocratie
(Conditions) : Ensemble des
conditions qui permettent de qualifier un pays ou un état
de démocratique : 1)
Élections libres
des représentants du peuple (vote);
2) Mode de
scrutin juste qui favorise le pluralisme des partis
et la représentation de toutes les couches de la société.
3) Presse libre
et indépendante; 4) Justice
impartiale et accessible; 5) Surveillance
systématique des groupes
de pression, du
pouvoir occulte et de l'armée.
6) Reconnaissance légale des contre-pouvoirs
(opposition, mouvements
sociaux, syndicats,
altermondialisme).
Pour Huntington,un pays
est démocratique s'il parvient à élire deux gouvernement
démocratique consécutifs. On pourrait ajouter que la démocratie
n'est pas affaire de goût ou de volonté, mais de ressources qui
doivent être assez nombreuses pour qu'un ensemble d'individus
"décident" de les séparer entre tous sans recourir à la violence/ guerre
(donc de manière démocratique).
/dictature.
| |
|
|
BOLLEN, K.A. & GRANDJEAN, B. (1981). The dimension(s)
of democracy : Further issues in the measurement and
effects of political democracy. American Sociological
Review, 46, 232-239. |
KITCHER, P. (2001). Science, truth and democracy.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
| |
COPPEDGE, M., ALVAREZ, A. & MALDONADO, C. (2008). Two
persistent dimensions of democracy : Contestation and
inclusiveness. Journal of Politics, 70 (3),
335-350. |
|
SCHMITTER, P.C. & KARL, T.L. (1991). What democracy
is... and is not. Journal of Democracy, 2 (3),
75-88. |
BOLLEN, K.A. (2009). Liberal democracy series I, 1972-1988
: Definition, measurement, and trajectories. Electoral
Studies, 28, 368-374. |
| |
KNUTSEN, C.H. (2010). Measuring effective democracy. International
Political Science Review, 31 (2), 109-128.
[PDF] |
|
BARRO, R.J. (1999). Determinants of democracy. Journal
of Political Economy, 107 (S6), 158-183. [PDF] |
DIAMOND, L. (2010). Why are there no arab democracies ? Journal
of Democracy, 21, 93–104. [PDF] |
|
MANN, M. (1999). The dark side of democracy : the modern
tradition of ethnic and political cleansing. New Left
Review, 235, 18-45. |
TOMZ, M. & WEEKS, J.L.P. (2013). Public opinion and
the democratic peace. American Political Science
Review, 107 (4), 849-865. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Démocratie |
|
|
Démocratie
(Pseudo-) : Pays qui possède des institutions
(chambre, assemblée, tribunaux, etc.) et des valeurs
(chartes, constitution, codes civil et criminel, etc.) démocratiques,
mais dont l'influence de ces institutions/valeurs sur les
décisions gouvernementales
est inférieure au pouvoir
des entreprises privées, des groupes
de pression, de l'armée, des bailleurs de fonds ou de
certaines grandes familles, etc. Les pseudodémocraties sont en
fait des ploutocraties
ou des oligarchies.
|
Démocratie
(Social-) :
Idéologie politique qui considère que l'on peut réduire les
injustices sociales et
économiques en encadrant l'économie (le capitalisme) et en
réformant l'organisation sociale et judiciaire (libéralisme).
|
Démocratie
militaire : Tout pays dont l'organisation
et le fonctionnement interne et externe (politique étrangère) sont
conformes aux principes d'une
démocratie, mais qui agit fréquemment comme une dictature
militaire au-delà de ses frontières (torture, police secrète, base
militaire à l'étranger, vente d'armes). Démocratie militaire et
pseudodémocratie.
|
Démocratie
participative :
|
|
| |
BLONDIAUX, L. (2005). L'idée de démocratie participative :
enjeux, impensés et questions récurrentes. Dans M.-H.
Bacqué (Dir.), Une perspective comparative (p.
119-137). Paris : La Découverte. |
|
|
Voir aussi Démocratie |
|
|
Démographie
: Démographique : Science
au carrefour de la statistique
et de la sociologie,
qui étudie les comportements sociaux et les mouvements migratoires
des populations et les
conséquences de ces comportements/mouvements sur les
sociétés/pays. ( ): Bertillon,
Castonguay, Coleman,
Henripin, Lapierre-Adamcyk,Termote.
Demography.
| |
|
|
MATHEWS, G. (1984). Le choc démographique.
Montréal : Boréal Express. |
WILLIAMS, K.Y. & O’REILLY, C.A. (1998). Demography and
diversity in organizations : A review of 40 years of
research. In B. Staw & R. Sutton (Eds.), Research
in organizational behavior (Vol. 20, pp. 77-140).
Greenwich, CT : JAI Press. |
| |
FUJIURA, G.T. & YAMAKI, K. (2000). Trends in
demography of childhood poverty and disability. Exceptional
Children, 66, 187-199. |
|
TSUI, A.S. & O'REILLY, C.A. (1989). Beyond simple
demographic effects : the importance of relational demog-
raphy in superior-subordinate dyads. Academy of
Management Journal, 32, 402-423. |
GRIFFITHS, M., DAVIES, M.N.O. & CHAPPELL, D. (2004).
Demographic factors and playing variables in online
computer gaming. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 7
(4), 479-487. [PDF] |
|
TSUI, A.S., EGAN, T.D. & O'REILLY, C.A. (1992). Being
different : relational demography and organizational
commitment. Administrative Science Quarterly, 37,
549-579. |
HENRICH, J. (2004). Demography and cultural evolution :
How adaptive cultural processes can produce maladaptive
losses : The Tasmanian case. American Antiquity, 69,
197-214. |
|
BAILEY, M. (1996). Demographic decline in late medieval
England : Some thoughts on recent research. The
Economic History Review, 49, 1-19. |
INSTITUT DE LA STATISTIQUE DU QUÉBEC (2009). Perspectives
démographiques du Québec et régions, 2006-2056. Québec. |
|
|
Voir aussi Déterminant
soci-économique |
|
|
Démons
de Maxwell : Entité fictive imaginée en 1871 par James
Clerk Maxwell afin de mettre à l’épreuve la seconde loi de la
thermodynamique. Il s'agit d'une variable
intermédaire de type métaphorique. En psychologie,
on fait souvent appel à ces "démons" pour qualifier une
explication ou une théorie qui semble peu crédible ou accorder
trop d'importance à des phénomènes nouveaux et flous, qui
échappent à l'observation. Maxwell's demon.
|
|
|
| DEF
- DENDRITE
- DÉNÉGATION - DÉNI -
DENIS - DENMARK - DENNETT
- DENSON - DENT/DENTISTE
- DENZIN - DÉONTOLOGIE
- DET |
Deneault
Alain (1970-) :
Philosophe québécois. Il s'intéresse notamment aux paradis
fiscaux.
|
DENEAULT, A., ABADIE, D. & SACHER, W. (2008). Noir
Canada : Pillage, corruption et criminalité en Afrique.
Montréal : Écosociété. |
|
DENEAULT, A. (2010). Offshore : Paradis fiscaux et
souveraineté criminelle. La Fabrique Éditions. |
|
DENEAULT, A. (2014). Paradis fiscaux : La fillière
canadienne : Barbade, Caïmans, Bahamas, Nouvelle-Écosse,
Ontario... Montréal : Écosociété. |
|
DENEAULT, A. (2015). La médiocratie : Politiques de
l'extrême-centre. LUX. |
|
DENEAULT, A. (2016). Une escroquerie légalisée :
Précis sur les "paradis fiscaux". Montréal :
Écosociété. |
|
|
|
Dendrite
: Ramifications rattachées au corps cellulaire d'un
neurone qui reçoivent l'influx
nerveux en provenance d'autres neurones. Dendrite.
| |
|
 |
| |
|
CLARE, M.H. & BISHOP, G.H. (1955). Properties of
dendrites; apical dendrites of the cat cortex. EEG
Clinical Neurophysiology, 7, 85-98. |
LABERGE, D. & KASEVICH, R.S. (2007). The apical
dendrite theory of consciousness. Neural Networks,
20, 1004-1020. |
|
MacLENNAN, B. (1993). Information processing in the
dendritic net. In K.H. Pribram (Ed.), Rethinking
neural networks. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
KOLB, B., CIOE, J. & COMEAU, W. (2008). Contrasting
effects of motor and visual learning tasks on dendritic
arborization and spine density in rats. Neurobiology
of Learning & Memory, 90, 295-300. |
|
GALEA, L.A., MCEWEN, B.S., TANAPAT, P., DEAK, T., SPENCER,
R.L. & DHABHAR, F.S. (1997). Sex differences in
dendritic atrophy of CA3 pyramidal neurons in response to
chronic restraint stress. Neuroscience, 81,
689-697. |
LABERGE, D. (2009). Resonant dendrites : Music for
flute and computer. University of California,
Irvine : Claire Trevor School of the Arts. |
|
LABERGE, D. (2005). Sustained attention and apical
dendrite activity in recurrent circuits. Brain
Research Reviews, 50, 86-99. |
VOLMAN, V., LEVINE, H., BEN-JACOB, E. & SEJNOWSKI,
T.J. (2009). Locally balanced dendritic integration by
short-term synaptic plasticity and active dendritic
conductance. Journal of Neurophysiology, 102,
3234-3250. [PDF] |
|
ATHERTON, J.F. & BEVAN, M.D. (2005). Ionic mechanisms
underlying autonomous action potential generation in the
somata and dendrites of GABAergic substantia nigra pars
reticulata neurons in vitro. Journal of Neuroscience,
25 (36), 8272-8281. |
KASEVICH, R.S. & LABERGE, D. (2010). Theory of
electric resonance in the neocortical apical dendrite. PLoS
ONE, 6 (8), e23412. |
|
LABERGE, D. (2006). Apical dendrite activity in cognition
and consciousness. Consciousness & Cognition, 15,
235-257. |
NISHIMURA, M., GU, X. & SWANN, J.W. (2011). Seizures
in early life suppress hippocampal dendrite growth while
impairing spatial learning. Neurobiology of Disease,
44 (2), 205-214. [PDF] |
|
|
CARPENTER, M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human
neuroanatomy. Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
Voir aussi Neurone
et Influx
nerveux |
|
|
Dénégation
: Mécanisme
de défense par lequel le sujet névrosé,
tout en formulant un de ses désirs,
pensées, sentiments
jusqu'ici refoulé,
continue à s'en défendre en niant qu'il lui appartienne. La
dénégation, contrairement au déni, n'est pas
un refus de la réalité ou d'un élément de cette dernière. =
négation, refus de la vérité. *deni
Negation.
| |
|
|
FREUD, S. (1925). Negation. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 6, 367-371. |
FEIGENBAUM, A. (1961). Notes on affirmation and negation
in human speech - Their linguistic expression and
biological and psychological background. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 30, 243-258. |
|
PENROSE, L.S. (1927). Some psycho-analytical notes on
negation. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis,
8, 47-52. |
FEIGENBAUM, A. (1963). Notes on negation, affirmation, and
magical thinking. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 32,
215-245. |
|
FENICHEL, O. (1941). The expressive gestures of
affirmation and negation. Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
10, 689-690. |
TSON, R.L. (1994). Neurotic negativism and negation in the
psychoanalytic situation. Psychoanalytic Study of the
Child, 49, 293-312. |
|
| LAPLANCHE,
J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la
psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
Voir aussi Mécanisme
de défense |
|
|
|
|
Déni
: Terme employé par Freud
et Rogers. Chez
Freud, mécanisme de défense qui consiste à refuser de
reconnaître la réalité d'une perception
traumatisante (essentiellement celle de l'absence du pénis chez la
femme). *denégation.
Denial, denial of reality, disavowal.
| |
HORNEY, K. (1933). The denial of the vagina : A
contribution to the problem of the genital axieties
specific to women. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 14, 57-70. |
|
KATAN, M. (1964). Fetishism, splitting of the ego, and
denial. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 45,
237-245. |
|
RUBINFINE, D.L. (1952). On denial of objective sources of
anxiety and "pain". Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 21,
543-544. |
|
BECKER, E. (1973). The denial of death. New York
: Free Press. |
|
BAUMEISTER, R.F., DALE, K. & SOMMER, K.L. (1998).
Freudian defense mechanisms and empirical findings in
modern scial psychology : Reaction formation, projection,
displacement, undoing, isolation, sublimation, and denial.
Journal of Personality, 66 (6), 1081-1124. [PDF] |
|
KNOX, J. (2007). The fear of love : The denial of self in
relationship. Journal of Analytical Psychology, 52,
543-563. [PDF] |
|
| LAPLANCHE,
J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la
psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
Voir aussi Freud, Rogers
et Mécanisme
de défense |
|
|
|
|
Denis
Michel (1943-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
français. Ses travaux portent notamment sur le rôle des images
mentales dans la cognition
et la résolution de
problème. Collaborateur de Kosslyn
et Le Ny.
 |
DENIS, M. (1979). Les images mentales. Paris :
Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
DENIS, M. & LE NY, J.-F. (1986). Centering on
figurative features during the comprehension of sentences
describing scenes. Psychological Research, 48,
145-152. |
|
DENIS, M. (1989/94). Image et cognition. Paris :
Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
DENIS, M. (1990). Approches différentielles de l’imagerie
mentale. Dans M. Reuchlin, J. Lautrey, C. Marendaz &
T. Ohlmann (Dirs.), Cognition : L’individuel et
l’universel (p. 91-120). Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
|
DENIS, M. & KOSSLYN, S.M. (1999). Scanning visual
mental images : A window on the mind. Current
Psychology of Cognition, 18, 409-465. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Denissen Jaap J.A. ( ) : Psychologue
évolutionniste danois et spécialiste de l'étude de la personnalité.
Collaborateur de AsendorpF,
Eccles,
Furnham et Penke.
|
DENISSEN, J.J.A., ZARRETT, N.R. & ECCLES, J.S. (2007).
I like to do it, I'm able and I know I am : Longitudinal
couplings between domain-specific ability/achievement,
self-concept, and interests. Child Development, 78,
430-447. |
|
DENISSEN, J.J.A. & PENKE, L. (2008). Neuroticism
predicts reactions to cues of social inclusion. European
Journal of Personality, 22, 497-517. [PDF] |
|
DENISSEN, J.J.A, ASENDORPF, J.B. & VAN AKEN, M.A.G.
(2008). Childhood personality predicts long-term
trajectories of shyness and aggressiveness in the context
of demographic transitions in emerging adulthood. Journal
of Personality, 76, 67-99. |
|
DENISSEN, J.J.A., BUTALID, L., PENKE, L. & VAN AKEN,
M.A.G. (2008). The effects of weather on daily mood : A
multilevel approach. Emotion, 8 (5), 662-667. [PDF] |
|
DENISSEN, J.J.A., WOOD, D., PENKE, L. & VAN AKEN,
M.A.G. (2013). Self-regulation underlies temperament and
personality : An integrative developmental framework.
Child Development Perspectives, 7, 255-260. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Denmark Florence Levin (Philadelphie 1931-) : Psychosociologue
et féministe américaine,
spécialisée dans l'étude de la violence.
Présidente de l'APA en 1980.
Collaboratrice de Frieze, Halpern,
Johnson, Pepitone,
Russo et
Unger.
|
DENMARK, F.L., MURGATROYD, D. & PEPITONE, A. (1965).
Effect of differential valuation of group level of
aspiration, decision time, and productivity. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 67 (2),
201-209 |
|
DENMARK, F.L. & GUTTENTAG, M. (1969). Effect of
integrated and non-integrated programs on cognitive change
in pre school children. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 29, 375-380. |
|
DENMARK, F.L. (1976). Who discriminates against women ?
London : Sage. |
|
DENMARK, F.L. & PALUDI, M. (1993). Psychology of
women. Westport, CT. : Greenwood Press. |
|
DENMARK, F.L. (1998). Women and psychology. An
international perspective. American Psychologist, 53 (4),
465-473. |
|
|
|
Dennett
Daniel Clement (Boston 1942-204 Portland) : Philosophe
américain et chef de file de l'instrumentalisme
et du matérialisme
éliminatif. Il est membre du Comittee
for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal.
Étudiant de Quine. Professeur
de Heyes. Collaborateur de Hofstadter.
 |
DENNETT, D.C. (1969/86). Content and consciousness. Routledge
& Kegan Paul Books Ltd. |
|
DENNETT, D.C. (1983). Intentional systems in cognitive
ethology : The "Panglossian paradigm" defended. The
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 6, 343-390. |
|
DENNETT, D.C. (1987). The intentional stance. MIT
Press. |
|
DENNETT, D.C. (1991/94). Consciousness explained.
Boston : Little & Brown. La conscience expliquée.
Paris : Odile Jacob. |
|
DENNETT, D.C. (1996/99). Darwin's dangerous idea.
Harmondsworth : Penguin. Darwin est-il dangeureux ? Paris
: Odile Jacob. |
|
|
BLOCK, N. (1994). What is Dennett's theory a theory of ? Philosophical Topics, 22 (1-2-), 23-40. [LIRE] |
|
ELTON, M. (2003). Daniel Dennett : Reconciling science
and our self-conception. Cambridge : Polity Press. |
|
SIEWERT, C. (2014). What Dennett can't imagine and why.
Inquiry, 36, 96-112. |
|
|
|
|
|
Dennis Tracy A. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude des émotions
et de la régulation,
notamment chez les enfants.
|
DENNIS, T.A., COLE, P.M., ZAHN-WAXLER, C. & MIZUTA, I.
(2002). Self in context : Autonomy and relatedness in
Japanese and U.S. mother-preschooler dyads. Child
Development, 73, 1803-1817. [PDF] |
|
DENNIS, T.A. & CHEN, C. (2007). Emotional face
processing and attention performance in three domains :
Neurophysiological mechanisms and moderating effects of
trait anxiety. International Journal of
Psychophysiology, 65, 10-19. [PDF] |
|
DENNIS, T.A. (2007). Interactions between emotion
regulation strategies and affective style : Implications
for trait anxiety versus depressed mood. Motivation
& Emotion, 31, 200-207. [PDF] |
|
DENNIS, T.A. & KELEMEN, D.A. (2009). Preschool
children’s views on emotion regulation : Functional
associations and implications for social-emotional
adjustment. International Journal of Behavioral
Development, 33 (3), 243-252. [PDF] |
|
DENNIS, T.A. (2010). Neurophysiological markers for child
fmotion regulation from the perspective of
emotion-cognition integration : Current directions and
future challenges. Developmental Neuropsychology, 35
(2), 212-230. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Denny
Maurice Ray (1918-2000). Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude l'apprentissage, notamment de
l'évitement. Collaborateur de
Weisman.
|
DENNY, M.R. (1946). The role of secondary reinforcement in
a partial reinforcement learning situation. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 36, 373-389. |
|
DENNY, M.R. (1948). The effect of using differential end boxes in a simple T-maze learning situation. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 38 (3), 245-249. |
|
DENNY, M.R. & DUNH, M.D. (1951). The effect of
differential non-reinforcement of the incorrect response on the learning of the correct response in the simple T-maze. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 41, (5), 382-389. |
|
DENNY, M.R. & WEISMAN, R.G. (1964). Avoidance behavior as a function of length of nonshock confinement. Journal
of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 58 252-257. |
|
BOICE, R., DENNY, M.R. & EVANS, T. (1967). A
comparison of albino and wild rats in shuttlebox
avoidance. Psychonomic Science, 8 (7), 271-272. [PDF] |
|
|
WEISMAN, R.G. (2001). Denny, Maurice Ray Obituary :
Maurice Ray Denny (1918-2000). American Psychologist,
56 (12), 1172. |
|
|
|
Dénombrement
: Consiste à compter
systématiquement une chose afin d'en connaître le nombre
(ou ses propiétés). Dénombrer et recenser.
|
Dénonciateur
: Dénonciation : Whistleblower.
| |
|
|
MARTIN, B. (1999). The whistleblower's handbook : How
to be an effective resister. Sydney : Envirobook. |
|
MARTIN, B. & RIFKIN, W. (2004). The dynamics of
employee dissent : whistleblowers and organizational
jiu-jitsu. Public Organization Review, 4,
221-238. |
|
MARTIN, B. (2007). Whistleblowers : risks and skills. In
B. Rappert & C. McLeish (Eds.), A Web of
prevention : biological weapons, life sciences and the
governance of research (pp. 35-49.) London :
Earthscan. |
|
|
Voir aussi Complot |
|
|
|
|
Densité
de la population : Rapport mathématique entre l'espace
disponible et le nombre
d'individus qui occupe cet espace. Lorsque la densité nuit
au bon fonctionnement individuel ou collectif, on parle
d'entassement. Densité,
ville et population.
Population density.
| |
|
|
GORDON, P. & RICHARDSON, H.W. (1997) Are compact
cities a desirable planning goal ? Journal of the
American Planning Association 63 (1), 95-106. |
|
BREED, M.D. & BYERS, J.A. (1998). The effect of
population density on spacing patterns and behavioral
interactions in the cockroach, Byrsotria fumigata.
Behavioral & Neural Biology, 27, 523-531 |
|
FILION, P., BUNTING, T., PAVLIC, D. & LANGLOIS, P.
(2010) Intensification and sprawl : residential density
trajectories in Canada's largest metropolitan regions.
Urban Geography, 31 (4), 541-569. |
|
O'GUINN, T.C., TANNER, R.J. & MAEENG, A. (2015),
Turning to space : Social density, social class and the
value of things in stores. Journal of Consumer
Research, 42 (2), 196-213. |
|
|
Voir aussi Entassement,
Ville et Population |
|
|
Denson Thomas F. ( ) : Neupsychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des
ruminations et de la colère.
Il s'intéresse également aux effets de l'alcool
et de la cannabis
sur la colère et l'agressivité.
Collaborateur de Miller
et Pedersen.
|
DENSON, T.F., AVILES F., POLLOCK, V., EALEYWINE, M.,
VASQUEZ, E.A. & MILLER, N. (2008). The effects of
alcohol and the salience of aggressive cues on triggered
displaced aggression. Aggressive Behavior, 34,
24-33. [PDF] |
|
DENSON, T.F., PEDERSEN, W.C., RONQUILLO, J. & NANDY,
A.S. (2009). The angry brain : Neural correlates of anger,
angry rumination, and aggressive personality. Journal
of Cognitive Neuroscience, 21, 734-744. [PDF] |
|
DENSON, T.F., SPANOVIC, M. & MILLER N. (2009).
Cognitive appraisals and emotions predict cortisol and
immune responses : A meta-analysis of acute laboratory
social stressors and emotion inductions. Psychological
Bulletin, 135, 823-853. [PDF] |
|
DENSON, T.F., GRISHAM, J.R. & MOULDS, M.L. (2011).
Cognitive reappraisal increases heart rate variability in
response to anger provocation. Motivation &
Emotion, 35, 14-22. [PDF] |
|
DENSON, T.F. (2013). The multiple systems model of angry
rumination. Personality & Social Psychology
Review, 17, 103-123. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Dent
(Qualité et Fonction) : Dent, défense
et attaque.
Tooth, dentist, dental treatment, dental
practice.
| |
|
|
|
BRACE, C.L. (1963). Japanese tooth size, past and present
(with Masafumi Nagai). American Journal of Physical
Anthropology 59 (4), 399-411. |
BRACE, C.L. & RYAN, A.S. (1980). Sexual dimorphism and
human tooth size differences. Journal of Human
Evolution, 9 (5), 417-435. |
|
HOLLOWAY, R.L. (1967). Tools and teeth : some speculations
regarding caninine reduction. American
Anthropologist, 69, 63-67. [PDF] |
BRACE, C.L., ROSENBERG, K. & HUNT, K.D. (1987).
Gradual change in human tooth size in the late Pleistocene
and post-Pleistocene. Evolution, 41 (4),
705-720. |
|
BRACE, C.L. (1979). Sexual dimorphism in recent human
tooth size. American Journal of Physical Anthropology,
50 (3), 422. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Défense, Dimophisme
et Attaque |
|
|
Dent
: Dentiste : Dent,
brosser les dents et phobie
du dentiste. Tooth, dentist, dental
treatment, dental practice.
| |
|
|
LATTAL, K.A (1969). Contingency management of
toothbrushing behavior in a summer camp for children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 2 (3), 195-198. [PDF] |
ALLEN, K.D., LOIBEN, T., ALLEN, S.J. & STANLEY, R.T.
(1992). Dentist-implemented contingent escape for
management of disruptive child behavior. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 25 (3), 629-636. [PDF] |
| |
MURTOMAA, H., MILGROM, P., WEINSTEIN, P. & VUOPIO, T.
(1996). Dentists' perceptions and management of pain
experienced by children during treatment : a survey of
groups of dentists in the USA and Finland.
International Journal of Paediatric Dentistry, 6,
25-30. |
|
KOHLENBERG, R.J., GREENBERG, D., RETMORE, L. & HAAS,
G. (1972). Behavior modification in the dentist's office.
Journal of Dentistry for Children, 3, 61-67. |
THOMSON, W.M., POULTON, R., MILNE, B.J., CASPI, A.,
BROUGHTON, J.R. & AYERS, K.M. (2004). Socioeconomic
inequalities in oral health in childhood and adulthood in
a birth cohort. Community Dentistry & Oral
Epidemiology, 32 (5), 345-353. |
|
ABRAMSON, E.E. & WUNDERLICH, R.A. (1972). Dental
hygiene training for retardates : an application of
behavioral techniques. Mental Retardation, 10,
6-8. |
DHARAMSI, S., COBAN, S. & COMPTON, S. (2004). Using
qualitative research for evidence-based dental hygiene
practice. The Canadian Journal of Dental Hygien, 38
(5), 220-225. [PDF] |
|
ZUCKERMAN, M. & CRABB, L.J. (1973). Attribution
processes and anxiety over dental treatment.
Psychological Reports, 32 (2), 374. |
RISE, J., ASTROM, A.N. & SUTTON, S. (1998). Predicting
intentions and use of dental floss among adolescents : An
application of the theory of planned behaviour. Psychology
& Health, 13, 223-236. |
|
NICKOL, S.D. (1973). Dentistry for the handicapped : a
proposal for the use of dental hygienists. Mental
Retardation, 11, 46-47. |
WINCIK, R.L. (1999). Cranial electrotherapy stimulation
(CES) : A safe and effective low cost means of anxiety
control in dental practice. General Dentistry, 47
(1), 50-55. |
|
WHITE, W.C., AKERS, J., GREEN, J. & YATES, D. (1974).
Use of imitation in the treatment of dental phobia in
early childhood : A preliminary report. Journal of
Dentistry for Children, 41, 26-30. |
GELSKEY, S.C. (2001). Tobacco-use cessation programs and
policies at the University of Manitoba's faculty of
dentistry. Journaol of Canadian Dental Association,
67, 145-148. [PDF] |
|
MACHEN, J.B. & JOHNSON, R. (1974). Desensitization,
model learning, and dental behavior of children. Journal
of Dental Research, 53, 83-87. |
THOMSON, W.M., POULTON, R., MILNE, B.J., CASPI, A.,
ROUGHTON, J.R. & AYERS, K.M. (2004). Socioeconomic
inequalities in oral health in childhood and adulthood in
a birth cohort. Community Dentistry & Oral
Epidemiology, 32 (5), 345-353. |
|
ZUCKERMAN, M. (1974). Attribution processes, placebo
effect, and anxiety over dental treatment. Representative
Research in Social Psychology, 5, 35-4 |
DHARAMSI, S., COBAN, S. & COMPTON, S. (2004). Using
qualitative research for evidence-based dental hygiene
practice. The Canadian Journal of Dental Hygien, 38
(5), 220-225. [PDF] |
|
MELAMED, B.G., HAWES, R.R., HEIBEY, E. & GLICK, J.
(1975). Use of filmed modeling to reduce uncooperative
behavior of children during dental treatment. Journal
of Dental Research, 54, 797-801. |
BARKER, M.J., THOMSON, W.M. & POULTON, R. (2005).
Personality traits in adolescence and satisfaction with
orthodontic treatment in young adulthood. Australasian
Orthodontic Journal, 21 (2), 87-93. |
|
MELAMED, B.G., WEINSTEIN, D., HAWES, R. &
KATIN-BORLAND, M. (1975). Reduction of fear-related dental
management problems with use of filmed modeling. Journal
of the American Dental Association, 90, 822-826. |
THOMSON, W.M., BROADBENT, J.M., WELCH, D., BECK, J.D.
& POULTON, R. (2007). Cigarette smoking and period-
ontal disease among 32-year-olds : a prospective study of
a representative birth cohort. Journal of Clinical
Periodontology, 34 (10), 828-834. |
|
HORNER, R.D. & KEILITZ, I. (1975). Training mentally
retarded adolescents to brush their teeth. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 8 (3), 301-309. [PDF] |
THOMSON, W.M., POULTON, R., BROADBENT, J.M., MOFFITT,
T.E., CASPI, A., BECK, J.D., WELCH, D. & HANCOX, R.J.
(2008). Cannabis smoking and periodontal disease among
young adults. JAMA, 299 (5), 525-531. |
|
VENHAM, L. & QUATROCELLI, S. (1977). The young child's
response to repeated dental procedures. Journal of
Dental Research, 56, 734-738. |
BARKER, M.L., THOMSON, W.M. & POULTON, R. (2012).
Personality traits in adolescence and satisfaction with
orthodontic treatment in young adulthood. Australasian
Orthodontic Journal, 21 (2), 87-93. |
|
VENHAM, L., BENGSTON, D. & CIPES, M. (1977).
Children's response to sequential dental visits. Journal
of Dental Research, 56, 454-459. |
DAVIS, J.M., STOCKDALE, M.S. & CROPPER, M. (2010).
Evaluation of a comprehensive tobacco cessation curriculum
for dental hygiene programs. Journal of Dental
Education, 74, (5), 472-479.
[PDF] |
| |
THOMSON, W.M., WILLIAMS, S.M., BROADBENT, J.M., POULTON,
R. & LOCKER, D. (2010). Long-term dental visiting
patterns and adult oral health. Journal of Dental
Research, 89 (3), 307-311. |
|
STOKES, T.F. & KENNEDY, S.H. (1980). Reducing child
uncooperative behavior during dental treatment through
modeling and reinforcement. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 13 (1), 41-49. [PDF] |
THOMSON, W.M., CASPI, A., BROADBENT, J.M., POULTON, R.
& MOFFITT. T.E. (2011). Personality and oral health. European
Journal of Oral Sciences, 119 (5), 366-372. |
| |
BROADBENT, J.M., THOMSON, W.M., BOYENS, J.V. &
POULTON, R. (2011). Dental plaque and oral health during
the first 32 years of life. Journal of the American
Dental Association, 142 (4), 415-426. |
|
GREENE, B.F. & NEISTAT, M.D. (1983). Behavior analysis
in consumer affairs : encouraging dental professionals to
provide consumers with shielding from unnecessary X-ray
exposure. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 16
(1), 13-27. [PDF] |
THOMSON, W.M. (2012). Social inequality in oral health. Community
Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology, 40 (S2), 28-32. |
|
ALLEN, K.D. & STOKES, T.F. (1987). Use of escape and
reward in the management of young children during dental
treatment. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20 (4),
381-390. [PDF] |
CROCOMBE, L.A., BROADBENT, J.M., THOMSON, W.M., BRENNAN,
D.S. & POULTON, R. (2012). Impact of dental visiting
trajectory patterns on clinical oral health and oral
health-related quality of life. Journal of Public
Health Dentistry, 72 (1), 36-44. |
| |
BROADBENT, J.M., ZENG, J., FOSTER PAGE, L.A., BAKER, S.R.,
RAMRAKHA, S. & THOMSON, W.M. (2016). Oral
health-related beliefs, behaviors, and outcomes through
the life course. Journal of Dental Research, 95
(7), 808-813. |
|
SCHEUTZ, F., ANDERSEN, B. & WULFF, H. R. (1988). What
do dentists know about statistics ? European Journal
of Oral Sciences, 96, 281-287. |
HONG, C.L., J.M. BROADBENT, J.M., THOMSON, W.M. &
POULTON, R. (2020). The Dunedin Multidisciplinary Health
and Development Study : oral health findings and their
implications Journal of the Royal Society of New
Zealand, 50 (1), 35-46. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Douleur ou Phobie
du dentiste |
|
|
Dent
Clyde W. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude et la prévention du comportement
de fumer. Collaborateur de Johnson,
Sussman et Unger.
|
DENT, C.W., SUSSMAN, S., JOHNSON, C.A., HANSEN, W.B. &
FLAY, B.R. (1987). Adolescent smokeless tobacco incidence
: Relations with other drugs and psychosocial variables. Preventive
Medicine, 16 (3), 422-431. [PDF] |
|
DENT, C.W., SUSSMAN, S., STACY, A.W., CRAIG, S., BURTON D.
& FLAY, B.R. (1995). Two-year behavior outcomes of
Project Towards No Tobacco Use. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 63, 676-77. [PDF] |
|
DENT, C.W., GALAIF, E.R., SUSSMAN, S. & STACY, A.W.
(1996). Use of the "theme study" as a means of curriculum
development in continuation high schools. Journal of
Drug Education, 26, 377-393. |
|
DENT, C.W., SUSSMAN, S., ELLICKSON P., BROWN, P. &
RICHARDSONN, J. (1996). Is drug abuse prevention
programming generalizable across ethnic groups ? American
Behavioral Scientist, 39, 911-919. |
|
DENT, C.W., SUSSMAN, S., McCULLAR W.J. & STACY, A.W.
(2001). Drug abuse prevention among youth at comprehensive
high schools. Preventive Medicine, 32, 514-520. |
|
|
|
|
|
Denzin Norman K. (1941-2023) :
Sociologue et méthodologiste
américain, spécialiste des méthodes
qualititatives. Collaborateur de Lincoln.
 |
DENZIN, N.K. (1978). The research act. Chicago,
IL : Adline. |
| DENZIN, N.K. (1989). Interpretive interactionism.
Newbury Park, CA : Sage Publications. |
| DENZIN, N.K. & LINCOLN, Y.S. (Eds.) (1994). Handbook of qualitative research. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage
Publications. |
|
LINCOLN, Y. & DENZIN, N.K. (1994). The fifth moment.
In N.K. Denzin & Y.S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of
qualitative research. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage
Publications. |
|
DENZIN, N.K. & LINCOLN, Y.S. (Eds.) (1998). Collecting
and interpreting qualitative materials. London :
Sage. |
|
|
|
|
|
| DÉPENDANCE
- DÉPLACEMENT - DES - DÉPRESSION
- DÉSASTRE -
DÉSENSIBILISATION - DÉSESPOIR -
DÉSIR - DÉSIRABILITÉ - DET |
DePaulo Bella M. ( ) :
Psychosociologue américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du
mensonge et du célibat. Collaboratrice
de Kashy et Rosenthal.
|
DEPAULO, B.M. & ROSENTHAL, R. (1979). Telling lies.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 37,
1713-1722. |
|
DEPAULO, B.M., LANIER, K. & DAVIS, T. (1983).
Detecting the deceit of the motivated liar. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 45,
1096-1103. [PDF] |
|
DEPAULO, B.M. (1994). Spotting lies : Can humans learn to
do better ? Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 3, 83-86. [PDF] |
|
DEPAULO, B.M., KIRKENDO, S.E., KASHY, D.A., WYER, M.M.
& EPSTEIN, J.A. (1996). Lying in everyday life.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 70,
979-995. [PDF] |
|
DEPAULO, B.M. & MORRIS, W.L. (2005). Singles in
society and in science. Psychological Inquiry, 16,
57-83. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Dépendance : Le terme a deux significations selon qu'il renvoie à
un individu ou à la relation entre deux individus : a) Individu
: Incapacité ou très grande difficulté à se passer d'un objet ou
d'une susbstance, incapacité ou dépendance qui nuit à la santé
et au bon fonctionnement de la vie quotidienne (famille, travail,
etc). Si la substance n'est pas nocive
ou toxique, comme
le chocolat ou les Simpsons, on utilise de préférence le terme assuétude.
NDLR : Je ne vois pas d'intérêt à utiliser
l'anglicisme addiction pour distinguer la dépendance
physiologique (substance addiction) de la dépendance
comportementale (behavioral addiction) puisque les adjectifs physiologique
et comportementale permettent d'établir clairement cette
nuance ( EX: dans le cas de la cigarette, on
ressent à la fois un besoin physiologique de fumer et le besoin de
porte un objet à sa bouche). = maladie,
addiction, penchant maladif.
(
): Voir tableau ci-dessous. Dependence, subtance addiction, substance abusing, behavioral
addiction. b) Individu : Relation asymétrique
entre deux individus. EX: Relation entre un
père et son enfant; le fils dépend de son père.
| |
| a |
|
GLASER, W. (1976). Positive addiction. New York :
Harper and Row. |
ROBINSON, T.E. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (2000). The psychology
and neurobiology of addiction : an incentive-sensitization
view. Addiction, 95 (S2), 91-117. [PDF]
|
| |
BERKE, J.D. & HYMAN, S.E. (2000). Addiction, dopamine,
and the molecular mechanisms of memory. Neuron, 25, 515-532.
[PDF] |
| |
NESTLER, E.J. (2000). Genes and addiction. Nature
Genetics, 26, 277-281 |
| |
LOONIS, E., APTER, M.J. & SZTULMAN, H. (2000),
Addiction as a function of action system properties.
Addictive Behaviors, 25 (3), 477-481. |
| |
HYMAN, S.E. & MALENKA, R.C. (2001). Addiction and the
brain : the neurobiology of compulsion and its
persistence. Nature Reviews : Neuroscience, 2,
695-703. [PDF] |
|
JACOBS, D.F., MARSTON, A.R. & SINGER, R.D. (1985).
Testing a general theory of addictions : Similarities and
differences between alcoholics, pathological gamblers, and
compulsive overeaters. Dans J.J. Sanchez-Sosa (Ed.), Health
and clinical psychology. North Holland : Elsevier
Science Publishers. |
BICKEL W.K. & MARSCH, L.A. (2001). Conceptualizing
addiction : Toward a behavioral economic understanding of
drug dependence : delay discounting processes. Addiction,
96, 73-86. |
| |
ORFORD, J. (2001). Addiction as excessive appetite. Addiction,
96, 15-31. |
|
ORFORD, J. (1985). A psychological view of addiction.
Chichester, John Wiley. |
HOLDEN, C. (2001). Behavioral addictions : Do they exist ?
Science, 294, 980-982. [LIRE] |
|
JACOBS, D.F. (1986). A general theory of addictions : A
new theoretical model. Journal of Gambling Behavior,
2 (1), 15-31. |
McCUSKER, C.G. (2001). Conceptualizinf addiction :
Cognitive biases and addiction : an evolution in theory
and method. Addiction, 96, 47-56. [PDF] |
|
WISE, R.A. & BOZARTH, M.A. (1987). Stimulant theory of
addiction. Psychological Review, 94, 469-492. |
EVERITT, B.J., DICKINSON, T.W. & ROBBINS, T.W. (2001).
The neuropsychological basis of addictive behaviour.
Brain Research Reviews, 36 (2-3), 129-138. [PDF] |
|
SOBELL, L.C., SOBELL, M.B. & NIRENBERG, T.D. (1988).
Behavioral assessment and treatment planning with alcohol
and drug abusers : A review with an emphasis on clinical
application. Clinical Psychology Review, 8,
19-54. |
PANKSEPP, J., KNUTSON, B. & BURGDORF, J. (2002). The
role of brain emotional systems in addictions : A
neuro-evolutionary perspective and new "self-report"
animal model. Addiction, 97, 459-469. [PDF] |
|
ALEXANDER, B.K. & SCHEWEIGHOFER, A.R. (1988). Defining
"Addiction". Canadian Psychology, 29, 151-162. |
YOUNG, S.E., CORLEY, R.P., STALLINGS, M.C., RHEE, S.H.,
CROWLEY, T.J. & HEWITT, J.K. (2002). Substance use,
abuse and dependence in adolescence : Prevalence, symptom
profiles, and correlates. Drug & Alcohol
Dependence, 68, 309-322. |
|
MARLATT, A.G., BAER, J.S., DONOVAN, D.M. & KIVLAHAN,
D.R. (1988). Addictive behaviours : etiology and
treatment. Annual Review of Psychology, 39,
223-252. |
DODES, L.M. (2002). The heart of addiction. new
York : Harper Collins. |
|
GOODMAN, A. (1989). Addiction defined : Diagnostic
criteria for addictive disorder. American Journal of
Preventive Psychiatry & Neurology, 2, 12-15. |
ROBINSON, T.E. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (2003). Addiction. Annual
Review of Psychology, 54, 25-53. [PDF] |
|
JACOBS, D.F. (1989). A general theory of addictions :
Rationale for and evidence supporting a new approach for
understanding and treating addictive behaviors. In H.J.
Shaffer, S.A. Stein, B. Gambino & T.N. Cummings
(Eds.), Compulsive gambling : Theory, research, and
practice (pp.35-64). Lexington : Lexington Books. |
GIUGLIANO, J.R. (2003). A psychoanalytic overview of
excessive sexual behavior and addiction. Sexual
Addiction & Compulsivity, 10, 275-290. [PDF] |
|
PEELE, S. (1990), Addiction as a cultural concept. Annals
of the New York Academyof Sciences, 602, 205-220 |
INSEL, T.R. (2003). Is social attachment an addictive
disorder ? Physiology & Behavior 79,
351–357. |
|
GOODMAN, A. (1990), Addiction : Definition and
Implications. British Journal of Addiction , 85,
1403-1408 |
ESCH, T. & STEFANO, G.B. (2004). The neurobiology of
pleasure, reward processes, addiction and their health
implications. Neuroendocrinology Letters, 25
(4), 235-251. [PDF] |
|
BECKER, G.S. & MURPHY, K.M. (1990). A theory of
rational addiction. Journal of Political Economy, 96,
675-700. |
NESTLER, E.J. (2005). Is there a common molecular pathway
for addiction ? Nature Neuroscience, 8, 1445-1449. |
|
HIRSCHMAN, E.C. (1992). The consciousness of addiction :
toward a general theory of compulsive consumption. Journal
of Consumer Research, 19, 155-179. |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2005). A "components" model of addiction
within a biopsychosocial framework. Journal of
Substance Use, 10 (4), 191-197. |
|
BECKER, G.S., GROSSMAN, M. & MURPHY, K.M. (1992).
Rational addiction and the effect of price on consumption.
In G. Loewenstein & 1. Elster (Eds.), Choice over
time (pp. 361-370). New York : Russell Sage
Foundation. |
|
|
|
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. & PRELEC, D. (1992). A theory of
addiction. In G. Lowenstein and J. Elster (Eds.), Choice
over time (pp. 331-360). New York : Russell Sage
Press. |
GREKIN, E.R., SHER, K.J. & WOOD, P.K. (2006).
Personality and substance dependence symptoms : Modeling
substance-specific traits. Psychology of Addictive
Behavior, 20, 415-424. |
|
ROBINSON, T.E. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (1993). The neural
basis of drug craving : an incentive-sensitization theory
of addiction. Brain Research Reviews, 18,
247-291. [PDF] |
BICKEL, W.K., KOWAL, B.P. & GATCHALIAN, K.M. (2006).
Understanding addiction as a pathology of temporal
horizon. Behavior Analyst Today, 7 (1), 32-47. [PDF] |
|
NESTLER, E.J., HOPE, B.T. & WIDNEL, K.L. (1993). Drug
addiction : a model for the molecular basis of neural
plasticity. Neuron, 11, 995-1006. |
VITARO, F., CARBONNEAU, R. et ASSAAD, J-M. (2006). Les
enfants de parents affectés d'une dépendance, Problèmes
et résilience. Québec : Les Presses de l'Université
du Québec. |
|
McMURRAN, M. (1994). The psychology of addiction.
London : Taylor & Francis. |
HYMAN, S.E. (2007). Addiction : A disease of learning and
memory. Focus, 5, 220-228. [PDF] |
|
GOLDSTEIN, A. (1994). Addiction : From biology to
drug policy New York : W.H. Freeman and Company. |
REDISH, A.D., JENSEN, S., JOHNSON, A. & KURT-NELSON,
Z. (2007). Reconciling reinforcement learning models with
behavioral extinction and renewal : Implications for
addiction, relapse, and problem gambling. Psychological
Review, 114 (3), 784-805. [PDF] |
|
WISE, R.A. (1996). Neurobiology of addiction. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 6, 243-251. [PDF] |
IACONO, W.G., MALONE, S.M. & McGUE, M. (2008).
Behavioral disinhibition and the development of
early-onset addiction : Common and specific influences. Annual
Review of Clinical Psychology, 4, 325-348.
[PDF] |
|
DODES, L.M. (1996). Addiction and compulsion. Journal
of the American Psychoanalytic Association 44,
815-835. |
HEYMAN, G.M. (2009). Addiction : A disorder of
choice. Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
|
LOONIS, E. (1997). Notre cerveau est un drogué, vers
une théorie générale des addictions. Toulouse :
Presses Universitaires du Mirail. |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2011). Behavioural addiction : The case
for a biopsychosocial approach. Transgressive
Culture, 1 (1), 7-28. |
|
O'BRIEN, C.P. (1997). A range of research-based
pharmacotherapies for addiction. Science, 278,
66-70. |
WISE, R.A. (2009). Roles for nigrostriatal--not just
mesocorticolimbic--dopamine in reward and addiction. Trends
in Neuroscience, 32 (10), 517-524. [PDF] |
|
NESTLER, E.J. & AGHAJANIAN, G.K. (1997). Molecular and
cellular basis of addiction. Science, 278, 58-63.
|
ALAVI, S.S., FERDOSI, M., JANNATIFARD, F., ESLAMI, M.,
ALAGHEMANDAN, H. & SETARE, M. (2012). Behavioral
addiction versus substance addiction : Correspondence of
psychiatric and psychological views. International
Journal of Preventive Medicine, 3 (4), 290-294. [LIRE] |
|
RACHLIN, H. (1997). Four teleological theories of
addiction. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review 4
(4), 462-473. [PDF] |
MEYERS, R.J., SMITH, J.E. SERNS, B. & BELON, K.E.
(2013). Community reinforcement approaches : CRA and
CRAFT. In P. Miller's (Ed.) Interventions for
addiction : Comprehensive addictive behaviors and
disorders. Academic Press : San Diego, CA. |
|
KOOB, G.F., SANNA, P.P. & BLOOM, F.E. (1998).
Neuroscience of addiction. Neuron, 21, 467-476. |
PIAZZA, P.V. & DEROCHE-GAMONET, V. (2013). A multi
step general theory of transition to addiction. Psychopharmacology,
229, 387-413.
[PDF] |
|
VOLKOW, N.D. & BALER, R.D. (2014). Addiction science : uncovering neurobiological complexity. Neuropharmacology, 76, 235–249. |
|
LOONIS, E. et SZTULMAN, H. (1998), Le fonctionnement de
notre cerveau serait-il de nature addictive ? L'Encéphale, 24, 26-32. |
BILLIEUX, J., SCHIMMENTI, A., KHAZAAL, Y., MAURAGE, P.
& HEEREN, A. (2015). Are we overpathologizing everyday
life ? A tenable blueprint for behavioral addiction
research. Journal of Behavioral Addictions, 4,
119-123. |
|
CARTER, B.L. & TIFFANY, S.T. (1999). Meta-analysis of
cue-reactivity in addiction research. Addiction, 94,
327-340. |
VOLKOW, N.D., KOOB, G.F. & McLELLAN, A.T. (2016).
Neurobiologic advances from the brain disease model of
addiction. The New England Journal of Medicine, 37
(4), 363-371. [PDF] |
|
FERNANDEZ, L. et SZTULMAN, H. (1999). La dépendance sous
le regard du psychologue. In D. Richard, J.L. Senon
(Eds.), Dictionnaire des drogues, des toxicomanies et
des dépendances. (pp. 137-141). Paris :
Larousse-Bordas. [PDF] |
BERRIDGE, K.C. (2017). Is addiction a brain disease ? Neuroethics,
10 (1), 29-33. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Toxicomanie
et Drogue |
| b |
|
| |
Voir aussi Asymétrie |
|
|
Dépendance
(Cyber) : Voir
Dépendance à internet.
Internet addiction,
cyberaddiction, computer addiction, problematic internet use,
cyber disorder, unhealthy internet use, compulsive computer
use behavior, excessive internet user.
|
Dépendance
(Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des tests
et des outils de collecte de
données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
les différentes forme de dépendance.
| |
|
|
FAGERSTRÖM, K.O. (1978). Measuring degree of physical
dependency to tobacco smoking with reference to
individualization treatment. Addictive Behaviors, 3,
235-241. |
CHOLIZ, M. (2012). Mobile-phone addiction in adolescence :
The Test of Mobile Phone Dependence (TMD). Progress
in Health Sciences, 2 (1), 33-44. [PDF] |
|
DAVIS, R.A., FLETT G.L. & BESSER, A. (2002).
Validation of a new scale for measuring problematic
Internet use : Implications for pre-employment screening.
CyberPsychology & Behavior, 5, 331-345. |
WONG, U. & CARSON-HODGINS, D. (2013). Development of
the Game AddictionInventory for Adults (GAIA).
Addiction Research & Theory, 22 (3), 195-209.
[PDF] |
|
NICHOLS, L.A. & NICKI, R. (2004). Development of a
psychometrically sound internet addiction scale : a
preliminary step. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors,
18, 381-384. |
PONTES, H.M. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2014). Assessment of
internet gaming disorder in clinical research : Past and
present perspectives. Clinical Research &
Regulatory Affairs, 31 (2-4), 35-48. |
|
KO, C.H., YEN, J.Y., CHEN, C.C., CHEN, C.H. & YEN,
C.F. (2005). Proposed diagnostic criteria of internet
addiction for adolescents. Journal of Nervous &
Mental Disease, 193 (11), 728-733. |
|
|
WANG, S.L. & CAN, Y.Q. (2006). The revision and
preliminary application of Online Game Addiction
Inventory. Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology,
14, 8-10. |
OGEL, K., KARADAG, F., SATGAN, D. & KOC, C. (2015).
Development of the Addiction Profile Index internet
Addiction Form (APIINT) : Validity and reliability. The
Journal of Psychiatry & Neurological Sciences, 28, 337-343.
[PDF] |
|
DEMETROVICS, Z., SZEREDI, B. & ROZSA, S. (2008). The
three-factor model of Internet addiction : The development
of the problematic internet use questionnaire.
Behavior Research Methods, 40, 563-574. |
PONTES, H.M. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2016). The development
and psychometric properties of the internet disorder
Scale-Short Form (IDS9-SF). Addicta : The Turkish
Journal of Addictions, 3 (3), 303-318.
[PDF] |
| |
PONTES, H.M. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2017). The development
and psychometric evaluation of the internet Disorder Scale
(IDS-15). Addictive Behaviors, 64, 261-268. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Dépendance |
|
|
Dépendance
à internet : Dépendance à internet,
notamment aux jeux vidéo
et à la pornographie,
qui semble augmenter la procrastination,
nuire aux relations
sociales et même, dans certains cas, créer de l'isolement
social. = cyberdépendance.
Dépendance à internet, ordinateur
et jeu
vidéo. Internet addiction,
cyberaddiction, computer addiction, problematic internet use,
cyber disorder, unhealthy internet use, compulsive computer use
behavior, excessive internet user.
| |
|
|
SHOTTON, M. (1991). The costs and benefits of "computer
addiction". Behavior & Information Technology, 10
(3), 219-230. |
CHOU, C., CONDRON, L. & BELLAN, J.C. (2005). A review
of the research on internet addiction. Educational
Psychology Review, 17 (4), 363-387. [PDF]
|
|
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (1995). Technological addictions.
Clinical Psychology Forum, 76, 14-19. |
SHEPERD, R.-M. & EDELMAN, R.J. (2005). Reasons for
internet use and social anxiety. Personality &
individual Differences, 39, 949-958. |
|
SHAFFER, H.J. (1996). Understanding the means and objects
of addiction : technology, the internet and gambling. Journal
of Gambling Studies, 12, 461-469. |
MOROHAN-MARTIN, J. (2005). Internet abuse. Social
Science Computer Review, 23 (1), 39-48. [PDF]
|
|
YOUNG, K.S. (1996). Addictive use of the internet. Psychological
Reports, 79, 899-902. |
KO, C.H., YEN, J.Y., CHEN, C.C., CHEN, C.H. & YEN,
C.F. (2005). Proposed diagnostic criteria of internet
addiction for adolescents. Journal of Nervous &
Mental Disease, 193 (11), 728-733. |
|
O'REILLY, M. (1996). Internet addiction : a new disorder
enters the medical lexicon. Canadian Medical
Association Journal, 154, 188-189. |
BLASZCZYNSKI, A.P. (2006). Internet use : In search of an
addiction. International Journal of Mental Health
& Addiction, 4, 1-3. |
|
SHAFFER, H.J. (1996). Understanding the means and objects
of addiction : technology, the internet and gambling. Journal
of Gambling Studies, 12, 461-469. |
NIEMZ, K., GRIFFITHS, M. & BANYARD, P. (2005).
Prevalence of pathological internet use among university
students and correlations with self-esteem, the General
Health Questionnaire (GHQ), and disinhibition. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 8 (6), 562-568. |
|
MURPHEY, B. (1996). Computer addictions entangle
students. The APA Monitor. |
GRIFFITHS, M. (2005). A "components" model of addiction
within a biopsychosocial framework. Journal of
Substance Use, 10, 191-197. |
|
YOUNG, K.S. (1996). Pathological internet use : A case
that breaks the stereotype. Psychological Reports, 79,
899-902. |
|
|
YOUNG, K.S. (1996). Psychology of computer use : xl.
addictive use of the internet : a case that breaks the
stereotype. Psychological Reports, 79, 899-902.
[PDF] |
|
|
YOUNG, K.S. (1996). Internet addiction : The emergence of
a new clinical disorder. CyberPsychology &
Behavior, 1 (3), 237-244. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
|
BRENNER, V. (1997). Psychology of computer use : XL VII.
Parameters of internet use, abuse and addiction : The
first 90 days of the internet usage survey. Psychology
Report, 80, 879-882. |
WAN, C.-S. & CHIOU, W.B. (2006). Why are adolescents
addicted to online gaming ? An interview study in Taiwan.
CyberPsychology & Behavior, 9 (6), 762-766.
[PDF] |
|
SCHERER, K. (1997). College life online : Healthy and
unhealthy internet use. Journal of College Life &
Development, 38 (6), 655-665. |
KO, C.H., YEN, J.Y., CHEN, C.C., CHEN, S.H., WU, K. &
YEN, C.F. (2006). Tridimensional personality of
adolescents with internet addiction and substance use
experience. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 51
(14), 887-894. |
|
|
YOUNG, K.S. & RODGERS, R. (1997). The relationship
between depression and internet addiction. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 1 (1), 25-28. |
WIDYANTO, L. & GRIFFITHS, M. (2006). Internet
addiction : A critical review. International Journal
of Mental Health & Addiction, 4, 31-51. [PDF] |
|
BELSARE, T.J., GAFFNEY, G.R. & BLACK, D.W (1997).
Compulsive computer use (letter). American Journal of
Psychiatry, 154, 289. |
SATO, T. (2006). Characteristics of the internet addiction
college students in using web. Journal of Medical
Association of Japan, 89 (7-8), 279-283. [PDF] |
|
KRAUT, R., PATTERSON, M., LUNDMARK, V., KIESLER, S.,
MUKOPADHYAY, T. & SCHERLIS, W. (1998). Internet
paradox : A social technology that reduces social
involvement and psychological well-being ? The
American Psychologist, 53, 1017-1031.
[PDF] |
YAO-GUO, G., LIN-YAN, S. & FENG-LIN, C. (2006). A
research on emotion and personality characteristics in
junior high school students with internet addiction
disorders. Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology,
14, 153-155. |
|
GRIFFITHS, M.D., MILLER, H., SPARROW, P. & GILLESPIE,
T. (1998). Internet usage and "internet addiction" in
students and its implications for student learning.
Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 15, 89-91. |
WAN, C.-S. & CHIOU, W.B. (2006). Psychological motives
and online games addiction : A test of flow theory and
humanistic needs theory for Taiwanese adolescents. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 9 (3), 317-324. |
|
KANDELL, J. (1998). Internet addiction on campus : The
vulnerability of college students. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 1 (1), 11-17. |
YELLOWLEES, P.M. & MARKS, S. (2007). Problematic
internet use or internet addiction ? Computers in
Human Behavior, 23 (3), 1447-1453. |
|
YOUNG, K.S. (1998). Internet addiction : The emergence of
a new clinical disorder. CyberPsychology &
Behavior, 1, 237-244. [PDF] |
FERRARO, G., CACI, B, D'AMICO, A. & Di BIASI, M.
(2007). Internet Addiction disorder : an italian study. CyberPsychology
& Behavior 10, 170-175. |
|
YOUNG, K.S. (1998). Caught in the Net : How to
recognise the signs of internet addiction and a
winning strategy for recovery. John Wiley & Sons. |
YEN, J.Y., KO, C.H., YEN, C.F., WU, H.Y. & YANG, M.J.
(2007). The comorbid psychiatric symptoms of internet
addiction : Attention deficit and hyperactivity disorder
(ADHD), depression, social phobia, and hostility.
Journal of Adolescent Health, 41, 93-98. |
|
KANDELL, J. (1998). Internet addiction on campus : The
vulnerability of college students. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 1, 1. |
HARDIE, E. & TEE, M.Y. (2007). Excessive internet use
: The role of personality, loneliness and social support
networks in internet addiction. Australian Journal of
Emerging Technologies & Society, 5 (1), 34-47.
[PDF] |
|
YOUNG, K.S. & RODGERS, R.C. (1998). The relationship
between depression and internet addiction.
CyberPsychology & Behavior, 1 (1), 25-28. [PDF]
|
YEN, J.Y., YEN, C.F., CHEN, C.C., CHEN, C.H. & KO,
C.H. (2007). Family factors of internet addiction and
substance use experience in Taiwanese adolescents.
CyberPsychology & Behavior, 10 (3), 323-329. [PDF] |
|
LARKIN, M. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (1998). Response to Sh!er
(1996 the case for & complex systems'
conceptualisations of addiction. Journal of Gambling
Studies, 14, 73-82. |
HA, J.H., KIM, S.Y., BAE, SC., BAE, S. KIM, S., SIM, M.,
LYOO, I.K. & CHO, S.C. (2007). Depression and internet
addiction in adolescents. Psychopathology, 40,
424-430. |
|
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & HUNT, N. (1998). Dependence on
computer games by adolescents. Psychological Reports,
82, 475-480. |
CAO, F. & SU, L. (2007). internet addiction among
Chinese adolescents : prevalence and psychological
feature. Child : Care, Health & Development, 33 (3),
275-281. [PDF] |
|
YU-YUAN, L. (2007). Psycho-social related factors of
junior high school students with internet addiction
disorder. Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology, 15,
422-423. |
|
LENIHAN, F. (2007). Computer addiction - a sceptical view.
Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 3, 31-33. [PDF] |
|
|
YOUNG, K.S. (2007). Cogntive-behavioral therapy with
internet addicts : Treatment outcomes and implications.
CyberPsychology & Behavior, 10 (5), 671-679. [PDF] |
|
SULER, J.R. (1999). To get what you need : healthy and
pathological internet use. CyberPsychology &
Behavior 2, 385-393. |
MURALI, V. & GEORGE, S. (2007) Lost online : an
overview of internet addiction. Advances in
Psychiatric Treatment, 13, 24-30. |
|
YOUNG, K.S. (1999). The evaluation and treatment of
internet addiction. In L. VandeCreek & T. Jackson
(Eds.), Innovations in clinical practice : A source
book (Vol. 17, pp. 1-13). Sarasota, FL :
Professional Resource Press. |
YI, X.-M. & HUANG, J.-X. (2008). Characteristics of
the internet addiction college students in using web. Chinese
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 16, 34-36. |
|
BLACK, D., BELSARE, G. & SCHLOSSER, S. (1999).
Clinical features, psychiatric comorbidity, and
health-related quality of life in persons reporting
compulsive computer use behavior. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 60, 839-843. |
THATCHER, A., WRETSCHKO, G., AND FRIDJHON, P. (2008).
Online flow experiences, problematic Internet use and
Internet procrastination. Computers in Human Behavior,
24, 2236-2254. |
|
ORZACK, M.H. & ORZACK, D.S. (1999). Treatment of
computer addicts with complex comorbid psychiatric
disorders. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 2,
465-473. |
SHAW, M. & BLACK, D.W. (2008). Internet addiction :
Definition, assessment, epidemiology and clinical
management. CNS Drugs, 22 (5), 353-365. |
|
ORZACK, M.H. (1999). Computer addiction : Is it real or is
it virtual ? Harvard Mental Health Letter, 15 (7),
8. |
KO, C.H., YEN, J.Y., CHEN, C.S. & WANG, S.Y. (2008).
The association between Internet addiction and belief of
frustration intolerance : the gender difference. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 11 (3), 273-278. |
|
PRATARELLI, M., BROWNE, B. & JOHNSON, K. (1999). The
bits and bytes of computer/internet addiction : A factor
analytic approach. Behavior Research Methods,
Instruments, & Computers, 31, 305-314. |
YEN, J.Y., KO, C.H. YEN, J.Y., CHEN, S.H., CHUNG, W.L.
& CHEN, C.C. (2008). Psychiatric symptoms in
adolescents with internet addiction : Comparison with
substance use. Psychiatry & Clinical
Neurosciences, 62 (1), 9-16. |
|
YOUNG, K.S. (1999). Internet addiction : Symptoms,
evaluation, and treatment. In L. VandeCreek & T.L.
Jackson (Eds.), Innovations in clinical practice
(Vol. 17). Sarasota, FL : Professional Resource Press. [PDF] |
KO, C.H., YEN, J.Y., CHEN, C.S., CHEN, C.C. & YEN,
C.F. (2008). Psychiatric comorbidity of internet addiction
in college students : an interview study. CNS
Spectrums, 13 (2), 147-153. |
|
YOUNG, K.S., PISTNER, M., O'MARA, J. & BUCHANAN, J.
(1999). Cyber disorders : The mental health concern for
the new millennium. CyberPsychology & Behavior 2,
475-479. |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2008). Internet and video-game addiction.
In C. Essau (Ed.), Adolescent addiction :
Epidemiology, assessment and treatment (pp.
231-267). San Diego : Elselvier. |
|
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (1999). Internet addiction : internet
fuels other addictions. Student British Medical
Journal, 7, 428-429. |
DEMETROVICS, Z., SZEREDI, B. & ROZSA, S. (2008). The
three-factor model of Internet addiction : The development
of the problematic internet use questionnaire.
Behavior Research Methods, 40, 563-574. |
|
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (1999). internet addiction : fact or
fiction ? The Psychologist : Bulletin of the British
Psychological Society, 12, 246-250. [PDF]
|
KO, C.H., YEN, J.Y., YEN, C.F., CHEN, C.S., WENG, C.C.
& CHEN, C.C. (2008). The association between Internet
addiction and problematic alcohol use in adolescents : The
problem behavior model. Cyberpsychology, Behavior,
& Social Networking, 11, 571-576. |
|
EPPRIGHT, T., ALLWOOD, M., STERN, B. & THEISS, T.
(1999). Internet addiction : a new type of addiction ? Molecular
Medicine, 96 (4), 133-136. |
KIM, J.U. (2008). The effect of a R/T group counseling
program on the internet addiction level and self-esteem of
internet addiction university students.
International Journal of Reality Therapy, 27 (2),
4-12.
[PDF] |
|
GREENFIELD, D.N. (1999). The nature of internet
addiction : Psychological factors in compulsive internet
use. American psychological association convention.
Boston. |
PIES, R. (2009). Should DSM-V Designate "internet
addiction" : A mental disorder ? Psychiatry, 6,
31-37. |
|
GREENFIELD, D.N. (1999). Psychological
charactreristic of compulsive Internet use : A preliminary
analysis. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 8 (5),
403-412. |
LAM, L.T., PENG, Z.W., MAI, J.C. & JING, J. (2009).
Factors associated with Internet addiction among
adolescents. Cyberpsychology, Behavior, & Social
Networking, 12, 551-555. |
JONHSON, B. (1999). Three perspectives on addiction. Journal
of American Psychoanalytic
Association, 47, 791–815. |
SHEK, D.T., TANG,V. M. & LO, C.Y. (2009). Evaluation
of an internet addiction treatment program for Chinese
adolescents in Hong Kong. Adolescence, 44 (174),
359-373. |
| |
CAPLAN, S., WILLIAMS, D. & YEE, N. (2009). Problematic
internet use and psychosocial well-being among MMO
players. Computers in Human Behavior, 25 (6),
1312-1319. [PDF] |
| |
SUN, D.-L., CHEN, Z.-J., MA, N., ZHANG, X.-C., FU, X.-M.
& ZHANG, D.-R. (2009). Decision-making and prepotent
response inhibition functions in excessive internet users.
CNS Spectrums, 14, 75-81. |
| |
YEN, C-F., KO, C-H., YEN, J-Y., CHANG, Y.-P. & CHENG,
C-P. (2009). Multi-dimensional discriminative factors for
internet addiction among adolescents regarding gender and
age. Psychiatry Clinical Neurosciences, 63 (3),
357-364. [PDF] |
| |
SUISSA, J.A. (2013). Gambling and cyber-addiction as a
social problem : Some Psychosocial Benchmarks. Canadian
Social Work Review / Revue Canadienne de Service Social,
30, (1), 83-100. |
| |
BERNARDI, S. & PALLANTI, S. (2009). Internet Addiction
: a descriptive clinical study focusing on comorbidities
and dissociative symptoms. Comprehensive Psychiatry,
50, 510-516. |
| |
WEINSTEIN, A.M. (2010). Computer and video game addiction
: A comparison between game users and non-game users. The
American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse, 36,
268-276. [PDF] |
| |
TAO, R., HUANG, X., WANG, J., ZHANG, H., ZHANG, Y. &
Li, M. (2010). Proposed diagnostic criteria for internet
addiction. Addiction, 105, 556-564. |
| |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & PARKE, J. (2010). Adolescent
gambling on the internet : a review. International
Journal of Adolescent Medicine & Health, 22,
59-75. [PDF] |
| |
WEINSTEIN, A.M. & LEJOYEUX, M. (2010). Internet
addiction or excessive internet use. Journal of Drug
& Alcohol Abuse, 36, 277-283. |
| |
SAVILLE, B.K., GISBERT, S., KOPP, J. & TELESCO, C.
(2010). Internet addition and delay discounting in college
students. The Psychological Record, 60, 273-286.
[PDF] |
|
| |
VAN DEN EIJNDEN, R.J.J.M., SPIJKERMAN, R., VERMULST, A.A.,
VAN ROOIJ, T.J. & ENGELS, R.C.M.E. (2010). Compulsive
internet use among adolescents : Bidirectional
parent-child relationships. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 38, 77-89. |
| |
HAUTEFEUILLE, M. et VÉLÉA, D. (2010). Les addictions à
internet. De l'ennui à la dépendance. Paris :
Payot. |
| |
KOC, M. (2011). Internet addiction and psychopathology. Turkish
Online Journal of Educational Technology, 10 (1),
143-148. [PDF] |
|
SHAFFER, H.J., HALL, M.N. & VANDER BILT, J.
(2000)."Computer addiction" : A critical consideration.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 70, 162-168. |
ZHOU, Y., LIN, F.-C., DU, Y.-S., QIN, L.-D., ZHAO, Z.-M.,
XU, J.-R. & LEI, H. (2011). Gray matter abnormalities
in Internet addiction : a voxel-based morphometry study. European
Journal of Radiology, 79, 92-95. |
|
KERKHOF, P, FINKERENAUEER, C. & MUUSSES,
L.D. (2011). Relational consequences of compulsive
internet use : a longitudinal study among newlyweds. Human
Communication Research, 37, 147–173. |
|
MORAHAN-MARTIN, J. & SCHUMACHER, P. (2000). Incidents
and correlates of pathological internet use among college
students. Computers in Human Behavior, 16, 13-29. |
KIM, S.H., BAIK, S.H., PARK, C.S., KIM, S.J., CHOI, S.W.
& KIM, S.E. (2011). Reduced striatal dopamine D2
receptors in people with internet addiction. Neuroreport,
22, 407-411. |
|
SHAPIRA, N.A., GOLDSMITH, T.D., KECK, P.E., KHOSLA, U.M.
& McElROY, S.L. (2000). Psychiatric features of
individuals with problematic internet use. Journal of
Affective Disorders, 57, 267-272. |
MA, H.K. (2011). Internet Addiction and Antisocial
internet Behavior of Adolescents. The Scientific
World Journal, 11, 2187-2196. [PDF] |
|
ARMSTRONG, L., PHILLIPS, J.G. & SALING, L.L. (2000).
Potential determinants of heavier internet usage.
International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 53,
537-550. [PDF] |
SHIN, S.E., KIM, N.S. & JANG, E.Y. (2011). Comparison
of problematic internet and alcohol use and attachment
styles among industrial workers in Korea.
Cyberpsychology, Behavior, & Social Networking, 14 (11),
665-672. |
|
LEON, D. & ROTUNDA, R. (2000). Contrasting case
studies of frequent internet use : Is it pathological or
adaptive ? Journal of College Student Psychotherapy,
14, 9-17. |
AKIN, A. & ISKENDER, M. (2011). Internet addiction and
depression, anxiety and stress. International Online
Journal of Educational Sciences, 3 (1), 138-148.
[PDF] |
|
ARMSTRONG, L., PHILLIPS, J.G. & SALING, L.L. (2000).
Potential determinants of heavier internet usage. International
Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 53, 537-550. |
KUSS, D.J. & GRIFFITHS, M. (2012). Adolescent online
gaming addiction. Education & Health, 30
(1), 1-3. [PDF] |
|
SHAFFER, H.J., HALL, M.N. & VANDER BILT, J. (2000).
"Computer addiction" : A critical consideration.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 70, 162-168. |
YATES, T.M., GREGOR, M. & HAVILAND, M.G. (2012). Child
maltreatment, alexithymia, and problematic internet use in
young adulthood. Cyberpsychology, Behavior, &
Social Networking, 15 (4), 219-225.
[PDF] |
|
GRAYSON, P.A. & SCHWARTZ, V. (2000). Commentary on
"Contrasting case studies of frequent internet use : Is it
pathological or adaptive ?" Journal of College
Student Psychotherapy, 14, 19-22. |
KUSS, D.J. & GRIFFITHS, M. (2012). Internet gaming
addiction : A systematic review of empirical research. International
Journal of Mental Health & Addiction, 10, 278-296.
|
|
GREENFIELD, D.N. (2000). Psychological characteristics of
compulsive internet use : a preliminary analysis. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 5, 403-412. |
DURKEE, T., KAESS, M., CARLI, V., PARZER, P., WASSERMAN,
C., FLODERUS, B., APTER, A., BALAZS, J., BARZILAY, S.,
BOBES, J., BRUNNER, R., CORCORAN, P., COSMAN, D., COTTER,
P., DESPALINS, R., GRABER, N., GUILLEMIN, F., HARING, C.,
KAHN, J.P., MANDELLI, L., MARUSIC, D., MÉSZÀROS, G., MUSA,
G.J., POSTUVAN, V., RESCH, F., SAIZ, P.A., SISASK, M.,
VARNIK, A., SARCHIAPONE, M., HOVEN, C.W. & WASSERMAN,
D. (2012). Prevalence of pathological internet use among
adolescents in Europe : demographic and social factors. Addiction, 107 (12), 2210-2222. |
|
YOUNG, K.S., COOPER, A. GRIFFITHS-SHELLEY, E., O'MARA, J.
& BUCHANAN, J. (2000). Cybersex and infidelity online
: Implications for evaluation and treatment. Sexual
Addiction & Compulsivity, 7 (10), 59-74.
[PDF] |
SMAHEL, D. & BLINKA, L. (2012). Excessive internet use
among European children. Children, Risk and Safety on
the Internet : Research & Policy Challenges in
Comparative Perspective, 191-204. |
|
LEON, D.T. & ROTUNDA, R.J. (2000). Contrasting case
studies of frequent internet use : Is it pathological or
adaptive ? Journal of College Student Psychotherapy,
14, 9-18. |
NADEAU, L. (2012). La cyberdépendance : et s'il fallait
faire des Descartes de nous-mêmes ? Psychotropes. Revue
Internationale des Toxicomanies et des Addictions, 18
(3-4), 11-24. |
|
GRIFFITHS, M. (2000). Does internet and computer
"addiction" exist ? Some case study evidence.
CyberPsychology & Behavior, 3 (2), 211-218. [PDF] |
KING, D.L., DELFABBRO, P.H., ZWAANS, T. & KAPTSIS, D.
(2013). Clinical features and axis I comorbidity of
Australian adolescent pathological internet and video-game
users. Australian & New Zealand Journal of
Psychiatry, 47, 1058-1067. |
|
BAI, Y.M., LIN, C.C. & CHEN, J.Y. (2000). internet
addiction disorder among clients of a virtual clinic. Psychiatric
Services, 52 (10), 1397. [LIRE] |
KUSS, D.J., GRIFFITHS, M.D. & BINDER, J.F. (2013).
Internet addiction in students : Prevalence and risk
factors. Computers in Human Behavior, 29, 959-966. |
|
STARCEVIC, V. (2013). Is Internet addiction a useful
concept ? Australian & New Zealand Journal of
Psychiatry, 47, 16-19. |
|
KUSS, D.J., GRIFFITHS, M.D., KARILA, L. & BILLIEUX, J.
(2014). Internet addiction : a systematic review of
epidemiological research for the last decade. Current
Pharmaceutical Design, 20 (25), 4026-4052. |
FERIS, J. (2001). Social ramifications of excessive
Internet use among college-age males. Journal of
Technology & Culture, 20 (1), 44-53.
|
TANG, J., YU, Y., DU, Y., MA, Y., ZHANG, D. & WANG, J.
(2014). Prevalence of internet addiction and its
association with stressful life events and psychological
symptoms among adolescent internet users. Addictive
Behaviors, 39, 744-747. |
|
TREUER, T., FABIAN, Z. & FUREDI, J. (2001). Internet
addiction associated with features of impulse control
disorder : Is it a real psychiatric disorder ? Journal
of Affective Disorders, 66, 283. |
FLOROS, G., SIOMOS, K., STOGIANNIDOU, A., GIOUZEPAS, I.
& GARYFALLOS, G. (2014). Comorbidity of psychiatric
disorders with Internet addiction in a clinical sample :
The effect of personality, defense style and
psychopathology. Addictive Behaviors, 39, 1839-1845. |
|
BEARD, K.W. & WOLF, E.M. (2001). Modification in the
proposed diagnostic criteria for internet addiction. Cyberpsychology
Behavior, 4, 377-383. [PDF] |
AN, J., SUN, Y., WAN, Y., CHEN, J., WANG, X. & TAO, F.
(2014). Associations between problematic Internet use and
adolescents' physical and psychological symptoms :
Possible role of sleep quality. Journal of Addiction
Medicine, 8 (4), 282-287. |
|
CHEBBI, P., KOONG, K.S., LIU, L. & ROTTMAN, R. (2001).
Some observations on internet addiction disorder research.
Journal of Information Systems Education, 1 (1),
3-4. |
WEINSTEIN, A., FEDER, L.C., ROSENBERG, K.P. & DANNON,
P. (2014). Internet addiction disorder : Overview and
controversies. In K.P. Rosenberg & L.C. Feder (Eds.),
Behavioral addictions (pp. 99-117). San Diego, CA
: Academic Press. |
|
|
CHOU, C. (2001). Internet heavy use and addiction among
taiwanese college students : An online interview study. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 4, 573-585. [PDF] |
SCHIMMENTI, A., CARETTI, V. & LA BARBERA, D. (2014).
Internet gaming disorder or internet addiction ? A plea
for conceptual clarity. Clinical Neuropsychiatry, 11,
145-146. |
|
DAVIS, R.A. (2001). A cognitive-behavioral model of
pathological internet use. Computers in Human
Behavior, 17, 187-195. |
RYAN, T., CHESTER, A., REECEJ. & XENOS, S. (2014). The
uses and abuses of Facebook : A review of Facebook
addiction. Journal of Behavioral Addictions, 3
(3), 133-148. |
|
TSAI, C.-C. & LIN, S.S.J. (2001). Internet addiction
of adolescents in Taiwan : An interview study. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 4, 649-652. |
SALEHI, M., KHALILI, M.N., HOJJAT, S.H., SELHI, M. &
DANESH, A. (2014). Prevalence of internet addiction and
associated factors among medical students from Mashhad,
Iran in 2013. Iranian Red Crescent Medical Journal,
16 (5), 1-7. [PDF] |
|
WOLFDRAT, U. & DOLL, J. (2001). Motives of adolescents
to use the internet as a function of personality traits,
personal and social factors. Journal of Educational
Computing Research, 24, 13-27. |
NADEAU, L. DUFOUR, M. et GAGNON, S.R. (2014). Tableau
clinique des personnes cyberdépendantes demandant des
services dans les centres publics de réadaptation en
dépendance au Québec : étude exploratoire. Santé
Mentale au Québec, 39 (2), 149-168. |
|
XUANHUI, L. & GONGU, Y. (2001). Internet addiction
disorder, online behavior and personality. Chinese
Mental Health Journal, 15, 281-283. |
KARDEFELT-WINTHER, D. (2014). A conceptual and
methodological critique of internet addiction research :
Towards a model of compensatory internet use. Computers
in Human Behavior, 31, 351-354. |
|
SCHIMMENTI, A., PASSANISI, A., GERVASI, A.M., MANZELLA, S.
& FAMÀ, F.I. (2014). Insecure attachment attitudes in
the onset of problematic internet use among late
adolescents. Child Psychiatry & Human
Development, 45 (5), 588-595. |
|
BRAND, M., LAIER, C. & YOUNG, K.S. (2014). Internet
addiction : coping styles, expectancies, and treatment
implications. Frontiers in Psychology, 5 [1256],
11-14. [PDF] |
|
SHAPIRA, N.A., LESSIG, M.C., GOLDSMITH, T.B., SZABO, S.T.,
LAZORITZ, M., GOLD, M.S. & STEIN, D.J. (2003).
Problematic internet use : proposed classification and
diagnostic criteria. Depression & Anxiety, 17,
207-216. [PDF]
|
GRIFFITHS, M.D., KUSS, D.J. & DEMETROVICS, Z. (2014).
Social networking addiction : an overview of preliminary
findings. In K.P. Rosenberg and L.C. Feder (Eds.),
Behavioural addictions : Criteria, Evidence and
Treatment ( 119-141). New York, NY : Elsevier
Science. |
|
BEARD, K.W. (2002). Internet addiction : current status
and implications for employees. Journal of Employment
Counseling, 39 (1), 2-11. |
VAN ROOIJ, A. & PRAUSE, N. (2014). A critical review
of "internet addiction" criteria with suggestions for the
future. Journal of Behavioral Addictions, 3, 203-213. |
|
CAPLAN, S.E. (2002). Problematic internet use and
psychosocial well-being : Development of a theory-based
cognitive-behavioral measurement instrument. Computers
in Human Behavior, 18, 553-575. |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & PONTES, H.M. (2014). Internet
addiction disorder and internet gaming disorder are not
the same. Journal of Addiction Research & Therapy,
5 (4), 1-3. [PDF] |
|
DAVIS, R.A., FLETT, G.L. & BESER, A. (2002).
Validation of a new scale for measuring problematic
internet use. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 5
(4), 331-345. |
WARTBERG, L., KRISTON, L., KAMMERL, R., PETERSEN, K.U.
& THOMASIUS, R. (2015). Prevalence of pathological
internet use in a representative German sample of
adolescents : Results of a latent profi le analysis. Psychopathology, 48 (1), 25-30. |
|
KRAUT, R., KIESLER, S., BONEVA, B., CUMMINGS, J.N.,
HELGESON, V. & CRAWFORD, A.M. (2002). Internet paradox
revisited. Journal of Social issues, 58, 49-74.
[PDF] |
WEINSTEIN, A., DORANI, D., ELHADIF R., BUKOVZA, Y. &
YAMULNIK, A. (2015). Internet addiction is associated with
social anxiety in young adults. Annals of Clinical
Psychiatry, 27 (1), 2-7. |
|
ANDREASSON, C.S. (2015). Online social networking
addiction : A comprehensive review. Current Addiction
Reports, 2, 174-185. |
|
SULER, J. (2004). Computer and cyberspace addiction. International
Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies, 1, 359-362. |
SUISSA, J.A. (2015). Cyberaddictions and gambling
addiction : a reflection on social markers and paths of
intervention. International Archives of Addictions
& Medicine, 1 (2), 1-5. |
|
JOHANSSON, A. & GÖTESTAM, K.G. (2004). Internet
addiction : Characteristics of a questionnaire and
prevalence in Norwegian youth. Scandinavian Journal of
Psychology, 45 (3), 223-229. |
OGEL, K., KARADAG, F., SATGAN, D. & KOC, C. (2015).
Development of the Addiction Profile Index internet
Addiction Form (APIINT) : Validity and reliability. The
Journal of Psychiatry & Neurological Sciences, 28, 337-343.
[PDF] |
|
WARDEN, N.L., PHILLIPS, J.G. & OGLOFF, J.R.P. (2004)
internet addiction. Psychiatry, Psychology & Law,
11, 280-295. |
TOKUNAHA, R.S. (2015). Perspectives on internet addiction,
problematic internet use, and deficient self-regulation :
Contributions of communication research. Annals of
the International Communication Association, 39, 131-161. |
|
NICHOLS, L.A. & NICKI, R. (2004). Development of a
psychometrically sound internet addiction scale : A
preliminary step. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors,
18 (4), 381-384. |
PONTES, H.M. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2016). The development
and psychometric properties of the internet disorder
Scale-Short Form (IDS9-SF). Addicta : The Turkish
Journal of Addictions, 3 (3), 303-318. [PDF] |
|
YOUNG, K.S. (2004). Internet addiction : A new clinical
phenomenon and its consequences. American Behavioral
Scientist, 48, 402-415. [PDF] |
GRIFFITHS, M.D., KUSS, D.J., BILLIEUX, J. & PONTES,
H.M. (2016). The evolution of internet addiction : A
global perspective. Addictive Behaviors, 53,
193-195. [PDF] |
|
LEUNG, L. (2004). Net-generation attributes and seductive
properties of the internet as predictors of online
activities and internet addiction. Cyberpsychology
& Behavior, 7, 333-348. |
CHEN, C.Y., YEN, J.Y., WANG, P.W., LIU, G.C., YEN, C.F.
& KO, C.H. (2016). Altered functional connectivity of
the insula and nucleus accumbens in internet gaming
disorder : A resting state fMRI study. European
Addiction Research, 22 (4), 192-200. |
|
GRIFFITHS, M. (2004). Sex addiction on the internet.
Janus Head, 7 (1), 188-217.
[PDF] |
WANG, B.Q., YAO, N.Q., ZHOU, X., LIU, J. & LV, Z.Y.
(2017). The association between attention deficit/
hyperactivity disorder and internet addiction : a
systematic review and meta- analysis. BMC Psychiatry,
17 [260] 1-12. [PDF] |
|
YOO, H.J., CHO, S.C., HA, J., YUNE, S.K., KIM, S.J.,
HWANG, J., CHUNG, Y. SUNG, Y.H. & LYOO, K. (2004).
Attention deficit hyperactivity symptoms and internet
addiction. Psychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences,
58, 487-494. |
PONTES, H.M. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2017). The development
and psychometric evaluation of the internet Disorder Scale
(IDS-15). Addictive Behaviors, 64, 261-268. |
|
WIDYANTO, L. & McMURRAN, M. (2004). The psychometric
properties of the internet addiction test. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 7 (4), 443-450. [PDF] |
PONTES, H.M., TAYLOR, M. & STAVROPOULOS, V. (2018).
Beyond "Facebook addiction" : The role of
cognitive-related factors and psychiatric distress in
social networking site addiction. Cyberpsychology,
Behavior, & Social Networking, 21 (4), 1-8. |
|
YOUNG, K.S. & CASE, C.J. (2004). Internet abuse in the
workplace : New trends in risk management. Cyberpsychology
& Behavior, 7 (1), 105-111. [PDF] |
SUISSA, J.A. (2020). Cyberdépendances et réflexions
l'accompagnement des familles. Intervention, 151, 207-221.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir Internet,
Jeu compulsif, Dépendance/Pornographie/Téléphone,
Exposition/Écran et
Jeu vidéo |
| |
|
|
|
|
Dépendance
à l'alcool : Voir Alcoolisme.
Alcohol dependence.
|
Dépendance
à la cigarette : Voir
Fumer.
Smoking dependence.
|
|
|
Dépendance
à la pornographie : Incapacité de se passer de la pornographie
(notamment sur
internet). Dépendance à la pornographie, sexualité
et dépendance à internet.
Porn dependence.
| |
|
|
SCHOETTLE, U.C. (1980). Treatment of the child pornography
patient. American Journal of Psychiatry, 137,
1109-1110. |
|
LINZ, D., DONNERTEIN, E. & PENROD, S. (1988).
Long-term exposure to violent and sexually segrading
depictions of women. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 55 (5), 758-768. |
|
COOPER, A., SCHERER, C., BOIES, S. & GORDON, B.
(1999). Sexuality on the Internet : from sexuale
exploration to pathological expression. Profesionnal
Psychology : Research & Practice, 3 (2),
154-164. |
|
GRIFFITHS, M. (2000). Excessive internet use :
implications for sexual behavior. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 3, 537-552. |
|
COOPER, A., DELMONICO, D.L. & BURG, R. (2000).
Cybersex users, abusers, and compulsives : New findings
and implications. Sexual Addiction &
Compulsivity, 7, 5-29. |
|
FREEMAN-LONGO, R.E. (2000). Children, teens, and sex on
the internet. Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 7,
75-90. |
|
MANNING, J.C. (2006). The impact of internet pornography
on marriage and the family : A review of the research. Sexual
Addiction & Compulsivity, 13, 131-165. |
|
|
Voir aussi Pornographie
Exposition
aux écrans et Évaluation
de la dépendance |
|
|
|
|
|
Dépendance
à la télévision : Forme de dépendance
à la télévision
qui augmente la procrastination
et nuit aux relations
sociales. Television addiction.
| |
|
|
MCILWRAITH, R., JACOBVITZ, R.S., KUBEY, R. &
ALEXANDER, A. (1991). Television addiction : Theories and
data behind the ubiquitous metaphor. American
Behavioral Scientist, 35, 104-121. |
|
KUBEY, R. & CSIKSZENTMIHALYI, M. (2003). Television
addiction is no mere metaphor. Scientific American,
286, 74-80. [PDF] |
|
KUBEY, R. (2009). Addiction to television : With
commentary on dependence on video games and the internet.
In A. Browne-Miller (Ed.), The Praeger international
collection on addictions, : Behavioral addictions from
concept to compulsion (Vol. 4, pp. 27-51).
Westport, CT : Praeger. |
|
|
Voir aussi Dépendance et Télévision
et Exposition
aux écrans |
|
|
|
Dépendance
au téléphone mobile : SMS : Forme de dépendance
au téléphone qui
augmente la procrastination
et nuit aux relations
sociales. Mobile phone, addiction,
cell phone dependency, extreme cell phone, excessive cellular
phone use, mobile phone dependance, SMS problem, smartphone
addiction, compulsive smartphone use, problematic smartphone
use, SMS addiction.
| |
|
|
CARROLL, J., HOWARD, S., PECK, J. & MURPHY, J. (2002).
A field study of perceptions and use of mobile telephones
by 16-22 years olds. Journal of Information
Technology Theory & Practice, 4, 49-61. |
DIXIT, S., SHUKLA, H. & BHAGWAT, A.K. (2010). A study
to evaluate mobile phone dependance among students of a
medical college and associated hospital of central India.
Journal of Community Medecine, 35 (2), 339-341. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, A.S. & HARPER, R. (2003). The gift of the gab
? : A design oriented sociology of young people's use of
mobiles. Journal of Computer Supported Cooperative
Work, 12 (3), 267-296. |
HANSON, T.L., DRUMHELLER, K., MALLARD, J. MCKEE, C. &
SCHLEGEL, P. (2011). Cell phones, text messaging, and
Facebook : Competing time demands of today's college
students. College Teaching, 59, 23-30. |
|
MATTHEWS, R. (2004). The Psychosocial aspects of mobile
phone use among adolescents. In Psych, 26 (6),
16-19. |
THOMÉEE, S., HÄRENSTAM, A. & HAGBERG, M. (2011).
Mobile phone use and stress, sleep disturbances, and
symptoms of depression among young adults - a prospective
cohort study. BMC Public Health, 11: 66, 1-11. [PDF] |
|
HUMPHREYS, L. (2005). Cellphones in public : social
interactions in a wireless era. New Media &
Society, 7 (6), 810-833.
[PDF] |
AHMED, I., QAZI, T.F. & PERJI, A. (2011). Mobile phone
to youngsters : Necessity or addiction. Journal of
Business Management, 5 (32), 12512-12519. [PDF] |
|
BIANCHI, A. & PHILLIPS, J.G. (2005). Psychological
predictors of problem mobile phone use. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 8 (1), 39-51. |
HASSANZADEH, R. & ABBAS, R. (2011). Effect of sex,
course and age on SMS addiction in students. Middle-East
Journal of Scientific Research, 10 (5), 619-625. [PDF] |
|
KAMIBEPPU, K. & SUGIURA, H. (2005). Impact of the
mobile phone on junior high school students'friends hips
in the Tokyo metropolitan area. CyberPsychology &
Behavior, 8, (2), 121-130. |
BEYDOKHTI, A., HASSANZADEH, R. & MIRZAIAN, B. (2012).
The relationship between five main factors of personality
and addiction to SMS in high school students. Current
Research Journal of Biological Sciences, 4 (6),
685-689. [PDF] |
|
TODA, M., MONDEN, K., KUBO, K. & MORIMOTO, K. (2006).
Mobile phone dependence and health related lifestyle of
university students. Social Behavior & Personality
: An International Journal, 34 (10), 1277-1284. [PDF] |
DUNCAN, D.K., HOEKSTRA, A.R. & WILCOX, B.R. (2012).
Digital devices, distraction, and student performance :
Does in-class cell phone use reduce learning ? Astronomy
Education Review, 11 (1), 1-4. [PDF] |
|
PHILLIPS, J., BUTT, S. & BLASZCZYNSKI, A.P. (2006).
Personality and self-reported use of mobile phones of
games. Cyber Psychology & Behavior, 9 (6),
753-758. |
CHOLIZ, M. (2012). Mobile-phone addiction in adolescence :
The Test of Mobile Phone Dependence (TMD). Progress
in Health Sciences, 2 (1), 33-44. [PDF] |
|
VAN DER LINDEN, M., D'ACREMONT, M., CESCHI, G. &
ZERMATTEN, A. (2007). Does impulsivity relate to perceived
dependence on and actual use of the mobile phone ?
Applied Cognitive Psychology, 21 (4), 527-537. |
WU, A.M., CHEUNG, V.I., KU, L. & HUNG, E.P. (2013).
Psychological risk factors of addiction to social
networking sites among Chinese smartphone users. Journal
of Behavioral Addictions, 2 (3), 160-166. [PDF] |
|
RUTLAND, J.B., SHEETS, T. & YOUNG, T. (2007).
Development of a scale to measure problem use of short
message service : the SMS problem use diagnostic
questionnaire. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 10
(6), 841-843. |
THOMAS, K. & BOLTON, N. (2013). Cell phones in the
classroom : Preservice teachers' perceptions product code
: JDLTE, 30 (1), 11-20. [RTF] |
|
BHATIA, M.S. (2008). Cell phone dependancy-a new
diagnostic entity. Delhi Psychiatry Journal, 11
(2), 123-124. [PDF] |
KUZNEKOFF, J.H. & TITSWORTH, S. (2013). The impact of
mobile phone usage on student learning. Communication
Education, 62 (3), 233-252.
[PDF] |
|
BILLIEUX, J. & VAN DER LINDEN, M. & ROCHAT, L.
(2008). The role of impulsivity in actual and problematic
use of mobile phone. Applied Cognitive Psychology,
22, 1195-1210. [PDF] |
GIKAS, J. & GRANT, M.M. (2013). Mobile computing
devices in higher education : Student perspectives on
learning with cellphones, smartphones & social media.
The internet & Higher Education, 19, 18-26. |
|
BANJO, O., HU, Y. & SUNDAR, S. (2008). Cell phone
usage and social interaction with proximate others :
Ringing in a theoretical model. The Open
Communication Journal, 2, 127-135. [PDF] |
JONES, T. (2014). Students' cell phone addiction and their
opinions. The Elon Journal of Undergraduate Research
in Communications, 5 (1), 74-79. [PDF]
|
| |
WANG, C., LEE, M.K.O. & HUA, Z. (2014). Understanding
and predicting compulsive smartphone use : An extension of
reinforcement sensitivity approach. Thirty Fifth
International Conference on Information Systems, 1-12.
[PDF] |
|
|
WALSH, S.P., WHITE, K.M. & YOUNG, R.M. (2008).
Pver-connected ? A qualitative exploration of the
relationship between Australian youth and ther mobile
phones. Journal of Adolescence, 31, 77-92. |
LOPEZ-FERNANDEZ, O., HONRUBIA-SERRANS, M.L. &
FREIXA-BLANXART, M.I. (2014). Adapting the Mobile Phone
Problem Use Scale for the Mobile Phone Problem Use Scale
for adolescents : The English Version. Personality
& Individual Differences, 60 (S), 24-47. |
|
LEUNG, L. (2008). Linking psychological attributes to
addiction and improper use of the mobile phone among
adolescents in Hong Kong. Journal of Children &
Media, 2 (2), 93-113. |
TANEJA, C. (2014). The psychology of excessive cellular
phone use. Delhi Psychiatry Journal, 17 (2),
448-451. [PDF]
|
|
TROTTER, A. (2009). Students turn their cell phone on for
classroom lessons. Education Week, 28 (16),
10-11. |
BILLIEUX, J., MAURAGE, P., LOPEZ-FERNANDEZ, O., KUSS, D.J.
& GRIFFTIHS, M.D. (2015). Can disordered mobile phone
use be considered a behavioral addiction ? An update on
current evidence and a comprehensive model for future
research. Current Addiction Reports, 2, 156-162.
[PDF]
|
|
SHELTON, J.T., ELLIOTT, E.M., EAVES, S.D. & EXNER,
A.L. (2009). The distracting effects of a ringing cell
phone : An investigation of the laboratory and the
classroom setting. Journal of Environmental
Psychology, 29, 513-521.
[PDF] |
LIN, Y.H., LIN, Y.C., LEE, Y.H., LIN, P.H., LIN, S.H.,
CHANG, L.R., TSENG, H.W., YEN, L.Y., YANG, C.C. & KUO,
T.B. (2015). Time distortion associated with smartphone
addiction : Identifying smartphone addiction via a mobile
application. Journal of Psychiatic Research, 65,
139-145. |
| |
HADLINGTON, L.J. (2015). Cognitive failures in daily life
: Exploring the link with Internet addiction and
problematic mobile phone use. Computers in Human
Behavior, 51, 75-81. [PDF]
|
| |
LIN, T.T.C., CHIANG, Y. & JIANG, C. (2015). Sociable
people beware ? Investigating smartphone vs non-smartphone
dependency symptoms among young Singaporeans. Social
Behavior & Personality, 43 (7), 1209-1216. |
|
TAKAO. M., TAKHASHI, S. & KITAMURA, M. (2009).
Addictive personality and problematic mobile phone use. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 12 (5), 501-507. |
OZ, F., ARSLANTAS, D, BUGRUL, N., KOYUNCU, T. & ÜNSAL,
A. (2015). Evaluation of problematic use of mobile phones
and quality of sleep among high school students. International
Journal of Human Sciences, 12 (1), 226-235. |
|
YEN, C.F., TANG, T.C., YEN, J.Y., LIN, H.C., HUANG, C.F.,
LIU, S.C. & KO, C.H. (2009). Symptoms of problematic
cellular phone use, functional impairment and its
association with depression among adolescents in Southern
Taiwan. Journal of Adolescent Health, 32, 863-873. |
MONTAG, C., BLASKIEWICZ, K., LACHMANN, B., SARIYSKA, R.,
ANDONE, I., TRENDAFILOV, B. & MARKOWETZ, A. (2015).
Recorded behavior as a valuable resource for
psychodiagnostics in mobile phone addiction: evidence from
psychoinformatics. Behavioral Sciences, 5 (4),
434-442.
[PDF] |
|
DIXIT, S., SHUKLA, H. & BHAGWAT, A.K. (2010). A study
to evaluate mobile phone dependance among students of a
medical college and associated hospital of central India.
Journal of Community Medecine, 35 (2), 339-341. [PDF] |
ELHAI, J.D., LEVINE, J.C., DVORAK, R.B. & HALL, B.J.
(2016). Fear of missing out, need for touch, anxiety and
depression are related to problematic smartphone use. Computers
in Human Behavior, 63, 509-516. |
| |
LONG, J., LIU, T.-Q., LIAO, Y.H., HE, H.-Y., CHEN, S.-B.
& BILLIEUX, J. (2016). Prevalence and correlates of
problematic smartphone use in a large random sample of
Chinese undergraduates. BMC Psychiatry, 16,
1-12. [PDF] |
| |
ELHAI, J.D., YANG, H., ROZGONJUK, D. & MONTAG, C.
(2020). Using machine learning to model problematic
smartphone use severity : The significant role of fear of
missing out. Addictive Behaviors, 103, [106261]. |
|
BURNS, S. & LOHENRY, K. (2010). Cellular phone use in
class : Implications for teaching and learning a pilot
study. College Student Journal, 44, 805-810. |
MONTAG, C., WEGMANN, E., SARIYSKA, R., DEMETROVICS, Z.
& BRAND, M. (2020). How to overcome taxonomical
problems in the study of technology related use disorders
and what to do with "smartphone addiction" ? Journal
of Behavioral Addictions, 9 (4), 908-914. |
|
| |
|
Voir Distraction,
Évaluation
de la dépendance, Exposition/Écrans, Dépendance
à Internet/
Téléphone |
| |
|
|
Dépendance aux drogues : Forme de toxicomanie,
qui consiste en l'incapacité de cesser la consommation d'une
drogue, quelle qu'elle soit. La plupart des
drogues qui produisent une dépendance augmente artificiellement la
quantité de dopamine dans
les circuits de la
récompense du cerveau.
Dépendance aux drogues, sévrage
et syndrome
de sevrage. *accoutumance.
( ): amphétamine,
cigarette, cocaïne,
heroïne. Drug
dependence, drug abuse, cocaine dependance, substance abuse.
| |
|
|
ROSENFELD, H. (1960). On drug addiction. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 41, 467-475. |
ANTONOCCIO, D.O. & BOUTILIER, L. (2000). The
behavioral treatment of cigarette smoking and nicotine
dependence. In M. Piasecki (Ed.) Nicotine :
Psychotropic and psychotoxic effects. American
Psychiatric Association Press. |
|
SCHUSTER, C.R. & THOMPSON, T. (1969)
Self-administration of and behavioral dependence on drugs.
Annual Review of Pharmacology, 9, 483-502. |
|
|
WURMSER, L. (1974). Psychoanalytic considerations of the
etiology of compulsive drug use. J. Am. Psychoanal. Assoc.
22, 820–843. |
|
|
MOWRER, O.H. (1975). The "no-win" position of professional
therapists for drug addicts. The Counseling
Psychologist, 5 (3), 126-127. |
BICKEL W.K. & MARSCH, L.A. (2001). Toward a behavioral
economic understanding of drug dependence : delay
discounting processes. Addiction, 96, 73-86. |
|
WIKLER, A. (1976. Symposium on conditioning and addiction
The Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science : Official
Journal of the Pavlovian, 11, 191-194. |
|
|
JOHANSON, C.E. & FISCHMAN, M.W. (1977). The
pharmacology of cocaine related to its abuse. Pharmacological
Reviews, 41 (1), 3-52. |
KOOB, G.F. & MOAL, M. (2001). Drug addiction,
dysregulation of reward, and allostasis. Neuropsychopharmacology,
24 (2), 97-129. [PDF] |
|
WIKLER, A. (1980). A theory of opioid dependence. Nida
Research Monograph, 30, 174-178. |
|
|
BIGELOW, G.E., STITZER, M. L., GRIFFITHS, R R. &
LIEBSON, I.A. (1981). Contingency management approaches to
drug self-administration and drug abuse : Efficacy and
limitations. Addictive Behaviors, 6 (3), 41-252. |
|
|
|
SKINNER, H.A. (1982). The drug abuse screening test. Addictive
Behaviors, 7, 363-371. |
MINKOFF, K. (2001). Developing standards of care for
individuals with co-occurring psychiatric and substance
use disorders. Psychiatric Services, 52, 597-599. |
|
JAFFE, J.H. (1985). Drug addiction and drug abuse. In A.G.
Gilman, L.S. Goodman, T.W. Rall & F. Murad (Eds.), The
pharmacological basis of therapeutics (pp.
532-581). New York : MacMillan. |
MEYERS, R.J., MILLER, W.R., SMITH, J.E. & TONIGAN,
J.S. (2002). A randomized trial of two methods for
engaging treatment-refusing drug users through concerned
significant others. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 70, 1182-1185. [PDF] |
|
KOOB, G.F. & BLOOM, F.E. (1988). Cellular and
molecular mechanisms of drug dependence. Science, 242,
715-723 |
ROBBINS, T.W. & EVERITT, B.J. (2002). Limbic-striatal
memory systems and drug addiction. Neurobiology of
Learning & Memory, 78 (3), 625-636. |
|
WOOLVERTON, W.L. & KLEVEN, M.S. (1988). Evidence for
cocaine dependence in monkeys following a prolonged period
of exposure. Psychopharmacology, 94, 288-291. |
KELLEY, A.E. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (2002). The neuroscience
of natural rewards : relevance to addictive drugs. The
Journal of Neuroscience, 22 (9), 3306-3311. [PDF] |
|
LADER, M.H. (1988). The psychopharmacology of
addiction. Oxford : Oxford Medical Public. |
YOUNG, S.E., CORLEY, R.P., STALLINGS, M.C., RHEE, S.H.,
CROWLEY, T.J. & HEWITT, J.K. (2002). Substance use,
abuse and dependence in adolescence : Prevalence, symptom
profiles, and correlates. Drug & Alcohol
Dependence, 68, 309-322. |
|
SOBELL, L.C., SOBELL, M.B. & NIRENBERG, T.D. (1988).
Behavioral assessment and treatment planning with alcohol
and drug abusers : A review with an emphasis on clinical
application. Clinical Psychology Review, 8,
19-54. |
SORENSEN, J.L. & MIDKIFF, E.E. (2002). Bridging the
gap between research and drug abuse treatment. Journal
of Psychoactive Drugs, 32, 379-382. |
|
PROCHASKA, J.O., DICLEMENTE, C.C. & NORCROSS, J.C.
(1992). In search of how people change : Applications to
addictive behaviors. American Psychology, 47,
1102-1114, 1992. |
DE CASTRO, S. & SABATE, E. (2003). Adherence to heroin
dependence therapies and human immunodeficiency
virus/acquired immunodeficiency syndrome infection rates
among drug abusers. Clinical Infectious Diseases, 37
(S5), 464-467. |
|
ROBINSON, T.E. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (1993). The neural
basis of drug craving : an incentive- sensitization theory
of addiction. Brain Research Reviews, 18,
247-291. |
SILVERMAN, K. (2004). Exploring the limits and utility of
operant conditioning in the treatment of drug addiction. The
Behavior Analyst, 23 (2), 209-230. [PDF] |
|
NESTLER, E.J., HOPE, B.T. & WIDNEL, K.L. (1993). Drug
addiction : a model for the molecular basis of neural
plasticity. Neuron, 11, 995-1006. |
KOHLENBERG, B.S., ANTONOCCIO, D.O., HAYES, S.C., GIFFORD,
E.V. & PIASECKI, M.P. (2004). The suitability of
bupropion SR for nicotine dependent smokers : Problems in
a practice setting. Psychotherapy &
Psychosomatics, 73, 252-254. |
|
KANDEL, D. & YAMAGUSKI, K. (1993). From beer to crack
: Developmental patterns of drug involvement. American
Journal of Public Health, 83, 851-855. |
VOLKOW, N.D., FOWLER, J.S., WANG, G.-J. & SWANSON,
J.M. (2004). Dopamine in drug abuse and addiction :
Results of imaging studies and treatment implications. Molecular
Psychiatry, 9, 557-569. [PDF] |
|
NAJAVITS, L.M. & WEISS, R.D. (1994). Variations in
therapist effectiveness in the treatment of patients with
substance use disorders : An empirical review.
Addiction, 89, 679-688. |
KOOB, G.F. & MOAL, M. (2005).. Drug addiction,
dysregulation of reward, and allostasis. Neuropsychopharmacology,
24, 97-129. |
|
HIGGINS, S.T., BUDNEY, A.J., BICKEL, W.K., FOERG, F.G.,
DONHAM, R. & BADGER, G.J. (1994). Incentives improve
behavioral treatment of cocaine dependence. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 51, 568-576. |
CARROLL, K.M. & ONKEN, L.S. (2005). Behavioral
therapies for drug abuse. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 162 (8), 1452–1460. [PDF] |
|
SILVERMAN, K., CHUTUAPE, M.A., SVIKIS, D.S., BIGELOW, G.E.
& STITZER, M.L. (1995). Incongruity between
occupational interests and academic skills in drug abusing
women. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 40 (2),
115-123. |
WINGER, G., WOODS, J.H., GALUSKA, C.M. & WADE-GALUSKA,
T. (2005). Behavioral perspectives on the neuroscience of
drug addiction. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 84 (3), 667-681. [PDF] |
|
VOLKOW, N.D., FOWLER, J.S. & WANG, G.J. (1995).
Imaging studies on the role of dopamine in cocaine
reinforcement and addiction in humans. Journal of
Psychopharmacology, 13 (4), 337-345. [PDF] |
KOOB, G.F. & MOAL, M. (2005). Plasticity of reward
neurocircuitry and the "dark side" of drug addiction. Nature
Neuroscience, 8, 1442-1444. |
|
| |
EVERITT, B.J. & ROBBINS, T.W. (2005). Neural systems
of reinforcement for drug addiction : from actions to
habits to compulsion. Nature Neuroscience, 8, 1481-1489.
[PDF] |
| |
BELLACK, A.S., BENNETT, M.E., GEARON, J.S., BROWN, C.H.
& YANG, Y. (2006). A randomized clinical trial of a
new behavioral treatment for drug abuse in people with
severe and persistent mental illness. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 63, 426-432. |
|
HYMAN, S.E. (1996). Addiction to cocaine and amphetamine.
Neuron 16, 901-904. |
FILLMORE, M.T. & RUSH, C.R. (2006). Polydrug abusers
display impaired discrimination-reversal learning in a
model of behavioural control. Journal of
Psychopharmacology, 20, 24-32. |
|
KOOB, G.F. (1996). Drug addiction : the yin and yang of
hedonic homeostasis. Neuron 16, 893-896. |
AKINS, C.K. & LEVENS, N. (2007). Sexual effects and
drugs of abuse : Possible learning mechanisms. In S.K.
Turrini (Ed.), Consciousness and learning (pp.
79-95). Hauppauge, NY : Nova Science Publishers. |
|
TSUANG, M. T., LYONS, M.J., EISEN, S.A., GOLDBERG, J.,
TRUE W., LIN, N., MEYER, J.M., TOOMEY, R., FARAONE, S.V.
& EAVES, L.J. (1996). Genetic influences on DSM-III-R
drug abuse and dependence : A study of 3,372 twin pairs. American
Journal of Medical Genetics, 67, 473-477. |
YUCEL, M. & LUBMAN, C.I. (2007). Neurocognitive and
neuroimaging evidence of behavioural dysregulation in
human drug addiction : implications for diagnosis,
treatment and prevention. Drug Alcohol Review, 26,
33-39. |
|
RAWSON, R.A. (1996). Is psychotherapy effective for
substance abusers ? In A.M. Washton (Ed.),
Psychotherapy and substance abuse : A practitioner's
handbook (pp. 55-75). New York : Guilford Press. |
KANDEL, D.B., HU, M-C, GRIESLER, P.C. & SCHAFFRAN, C.
(2007). On the development of nicotine dependence in
adolescence. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 91
(1), 26-39. [PDF] |
|
MARLOWE, D.B., KIRBY, K.C. & FESTINGER, D.S. (1997).
Impact of comorbid personality disorders and personality
disorder symptoms on outcomes of behavioral treatment for
cocaine dependence. Journal of Nervous & Mental
Disease, 185 (6), 483-490. |
VOLKOW, N.D., FOWLER, J.S., WANG, G.-J., SWANSON, J.M.
& TELANG, F. (2007). Dopamine in drug abuse and
addiction : Results of imaging studies and treatment
implications. Archives of Neurology, 64, 1575-1579. |
|
LOGUE, A.W. (1997). Impulsive behavior and drug abuse :
The role of reinforcer discounting. Pharmacology
Biochemistry & Behavior, 57, 617. |
BECKER, S.J. & CURRY, J.F. (2007). Interactive effect
of substance abuse and depression on adolescent social
competence. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent
Psychology, 36, 469-475. |
|
PETRY, N.M., BICKE, W.K. & ARNETT, M. (1998).
Shortened time horizons and insensitivity to future
consequences in heroin addicts. Addiction, 93, 729-738. |
BREWER, J.A. & POTENZA, M.N. (2008). The neurobiology
and genetics of impulse control disorders : Relationships
to drug addictions. Biochemical Pharmacology, 75,
63-75. [PDF] |
|
KREEK, M.J. & KOOB, G.F. (1998). Drug dependence :
Stress and dysregulation of brain reward pathways. Drug
Alcohol Depend, 51, 23-47 |
GOLDSTEIN, R.Z., TOMASI, D., ALIA-KLEIN, N., HONORIO
CARRILLO, J., MALONEY, T., WOICIK, P.A., WANG, R., TELANG,
F. & VOLKOW, N.D. (2009). Dopaminergic response to
drug words in cocaine addiction. Journal of
Neuroscience, 29, 6001-6006. [PDF] |
|
JONHSON, B. (2009). A "neuropsychoanalytic" treatment of a patient with cocaine dependence. Neuropsychoanalysis,
11 (2), 181-196. |
| TSUANG, M.T., LYONS, M. J., MEYER, J.M., DOYLE, T., EISEN,
S.A., GOLDBERG, J., TRUE W., LIN, N., TOOMEY, R. &
EAVES, L. (1998). Co-occurrence of abuse of different
drugs in men : The role of drug-specific and shared
vulnerabilities. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55,
967-972. |
WANAT, M.J., WILLUHN, I., CLARK, J.J. & PHILLIPS,
P.E.M. (2009). Phasic dopamine release in appetitive
behaviors and drug abuse. Current Drug Abuse Reviews,
2 (2), 195-213. [PDF] |
|
GOUDIE, A.J., SMITH. J.A., ROBERTSON, A. & CAVANGH, C.
(1999). Clozapine as a drug of dependence. Psychopharmacology,
142 (4), 369-374. |
AHMED, S.H. (2010). Validation crisis in animal models of
drug addiction : Beyond non-disordered drug use toward
drug addiction. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral
Reviews, 35, 172-184. [PDF] |
|
JOHNSON, B. (2010). The psychoanalysis of a man with
heroin dependence ; implications for neurobiological
theories of attachment and drug craving. Neuropsychoanalysis
12, 207–215. |
| |
RHUSSAATS, P., ROOZEN, H.G., MEYERS, R.J., VAND WATERING,
B.J.M. (2011). Problems areas reported by substance
abusing individuals and their concerned significant
others. American Journal of Addictions, 21, 38-46. |
|
MEYERS, R.J., MILLER, W.R., HILL, D.E. & TONIGAN, J.S.
(1999). Community reinforcement and family training
(CRAFT) : Engaging unmotivated drug users in treatment.
Journal of Substance Abuse, 10 (3), 291-308. [PDF] |
MONADI, M. (2012). How to change social behaviors : a case
study of helping drug addicts. Quarterly Journal of
New Thoughts on Education, 8 (1), 171-207. |
| |
AMERINGER, K.J. & LEVENTHAL, A.M. (2013). Associations
between attention deficit hyperactivity disorder symptom
dmains and DSM-IV lifetime substance dependence. The
American Journal on Addictions, 22, 23-32. [PDF] |
| |
HEYMAN, G.M. (2013). Quitting drugs : quantitative and
qualitative features. Annual Review of Clinical
Psychology, 9, 29-59. |
| |
SAMAHA, A.N. (2013). Can antipsychotic treatment
contribute to drug addiction in schizophrenia ? Progress
in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry,
52, 9-16. [PDF] |
| |
AKLIN, W.M., WONG, C.J., HAMPTON, J., SVIKIS, D.S.,
STITZER, M.L., BIGELOW, G.E. & SILVERMAN, K. (2014). A
therapeutic workplace for the long-term treatment of drug
addiction and unemployment : Eight-Year outcomes of a
social business intervention. Journal of Substance
Abuse Treatment, 47 (5), 329-338.
[PDF] |
|
JOHNSON, B. ULBERG, S., SHIVALE, S., DONALSON, J.,
MILCZARSKI, B. & FARAONE, S.V. (2014). Fibromyalgia,
autism, and opioid addiction as natural and induced
disorders of the endogenous opioid hormonal system.
Discovery Medicine, 18, 209–220.
|
| |
VOLKOW, N.D., KOOB, G.F. & McLELLAN, A.T. (2016).
Neurobiologic advances from the brain disease model of
addiction. The New England Journal of Medicine, 374
(4), 363–371. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Toxicomanie,
Alccolisme, Sevrage
et Drogue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dépendance aux jeux vidéo : Dépendance aux
jeux vidéo qui augmente l'isolement
social, la procrastination
et nuit aux relations
sociales. = jeu excessif, jeu
pathologique. Game addiction, video game
addiction, online game addiction, massively multi-user online.
| |
|
|
FISHER, S. (1994). Identifying video game addiction in
children and adolescents. Addictive Behaviors, 19,
545-553. |
GRIFFITHS, M. & DAVIES, M.N.O. (2005). Videogame
addiction : Does it exist ? In J. Goldstein & R.
Raessens (Eds.), Handbook of computer game studies
(pp. 359-368). Boston : MIT Press. |
| |
BLASZCZYNSKI, A.P., SHARPE, L., WALKER, M., ENERSEN, K.
& COUGHLAN, M. (2005). Structural characteristics of
electronic gaming machines and satisfaction of play among
recreational and problem gamblers. International
Gambling Studies, 5 (2), 187-198. |
| |
WANG, S.L. & CAN, Y.Q. (2006). The revision and
preliminary application of Online Game Addiction
Inventory. Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology,
14, 8-10. |
| |
WAN, C.S & CHIOU, W.B. (2006). Why are adolescents
addicted to online gaming ? An interview study in Taiwan.
Cyberpsychology & Behavior, 9 (6), 762-766. |
| |
VALLEUR, M. (2006). L'addiction aux jeux vidéo, une
dépendance émergente ? Enfances & Psy, 31,
125-133. |
| |
YEE, N. (2006). The demographics, motivations, and derived
experiences of users of massively multiuser online
graphical environments. Presence, 15, 309-329. |
|
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & HUNT, N. (1998). Dependence on
computer games by adolescents. Psychological Reports,
82, 475-480. |
WAN, C.S. & CHIOU, W.B. (2006). Psychological motives
and online games addiction : A test of flow theory and
humanistic needs theory for Taiwanese adolescents. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 9, 317-324. [PDF] |
| |
GRÜSER S.M., THALEMANN, R. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2007).
Excessive computer game playing : Evidence for addiction
and aggression. Cyberpsychology & Behavior, 10,
290-292. |
| |
CHARLTON, J.P. & DANFORTH, I.D.W. (2007).
Distinguishing addiction and high engagement in the
context of online game playing. Computers in Human
Behavior, 23, 1531-1548. |
| |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2007). Videogame addiction : Fact or
fiction ? In T. Willoughby & E. Wood (Eds.).
Children's learning in a digital world (pp.
85-103). Oxford : Blackwell Publishing. |
| |
REDISH, D.A., JENSEN, S., JOHNSON, A. & KURT-NELSON,
Z. (2007). Reinforcement learning models with behavioral
extinction and renewal : Implications for addiction,
relapse, and problem gambling. Psychological Review,
114 (3), 784-805. [PDF] |
| |
WÖLFLING, K., GRÜSER, S.M. & THALEMANN, R. (2008).
Video and computer game addiction. International
Journal of Psychology, 43 (3-4), 769-769. |
| |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2008). Videogame addiction : further
thoughts and observations. International Journal of
Mental Health and Addiction, 6, 182-185. |
| |
KO, C.H., YEN, J.Y., CHEN, C.C., CHEN, C.H. & YEN,
C.H. (2008). Gender differences and related factors
affecting online gaming addiction among Taiwanese
adolescents. The Journal of Nervous & Mental
Disease, 193 (4), 273-277. |
| |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2008). Diagnosis and management of video
game addiction. New Directions in Addiction Treatment
& Prevention, 12, 27-41. |
|
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2000). Does internet and computer
"addiction" exist ? Some case study evidence. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 3, 211-218.
[PDF] |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2008). Internet and video-game addiction.
In C. Essau (Ed.), Adolescent addiction :
Epidemiology, assessment and treatment. (pp.
231-267). San Diego : Elselvier. |
| |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2008). Videogame addiction : Fact or
fiction ? In T. Willoughby & E. Wood (Eds.). Children's
learning in a digital world (pp. 85-103). Oxford :
Blackwell Publishing. |
|
| |
SKORIC, M., TEO, L. & NEO, R. (2009). Children and
video games : Addiction, engagement, and scholastic
achievement. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 12
(5), 567-572. |
|
GRIFFITHS, M. (2002). Gambling and gaming addictions
in adolescence. Oxford : British Psychological
Society Blackwell. |
YOUNG, K.S. (2009). Understanding online gaming addiction
and treatment issues for adolescents. The American
Journal of Family Therapy, 37, 355-372. [PDF] |
|
TEJEIRO, R.A. & BERSABÉ, R.M. (2002). Measuring
problem video game playing in adolescents. Addiction,
97, 1601-1606. |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & MEREDITH, A. (2009). Videogame
addiction and treatment. Journal of Contemporary
Psychotherapy, 39 (4), 47-53. |
| |
REHBEIN, F., KLEEINMAN, M. & MÖBLE, T. (2010).
Prevalence and risk factors of video game dependency in
adolescence : Results of a German nationwide survey. CyberPsychology,
Behavior & Social Networking, 13 (3), 269-277. |
| |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2010). The role of context in online
gaming excess and addiction : Some case study evidence. International
Journal of Mental Health & Addiction, 8,
119-125. |
| |
CHOO, H., GENTILE, D.A., SIM, T., LI, D., KHOO, A. &
LIAU, A.K. (2010). Pathological video-gaming among
Singaporean youth. Annals Academy of Medicine
Singapore, 39, 822-829. |
|
SALGUERO, R.A.T. & MORAN, R.M.B. (2002). Measuring
problem video game playing in adolescents. Addiction,
97, 1601-1606. |
SAVILLE, B.K., GISBERT, S., KOPP, J. & TELESCO, C.
(2010). Internet addition and delay discounting in College
students. The Psychologucal Record, 60, 273-286. |
| |
ZERMATTEN, A., JERMANN. F., KHAZAAL, Y., ZULLINO, D. &
BONDOLFI. G. (2010). Traiter l'addiction aux jeux de
hasard et d'argent : un programme Internet. L'Information
Psychiatrique, 86, 753-757. [PDF] |
| |
WEINSTEIN, A.M. (2010). Computer and video game addiction
: A comparison between game users and non-game users. The
American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse, 36,
268-276. [PDF] |
| |
KUSS, D.J. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2012). Internet gaming
addiction : A systematic review of empirical research.
International Journal of Mental Health & Addiction,
10, 278-296. |
| |
TEJEIRO, R.A., GOMEZ VALLECILLO, J.L., PELEGRINA, M.,
WALLACE, A. & EMBERLEY, E. (2012). Risk factors
associated with the abuse of video games in adolescents. Psychology,
3 (4), 310-314. [PDF] |
| |
HUSSAIN, Z., GRIFFITHS M.D. & BAGULEY T. (2012).
Online gaming addiction : Classication, prediction and
associated risk factors. Addiction Research &
Theory, 20 (5), 359-371. |
| |
KUSS, D.J. & GRIFFITHS, M. (2012). Adolescent online
gaming addiction. Education & Health, 30
(1), 1-3. [PDF] |
| |
GRIFFITHS, M.D., KUSS, D.J. & KING, D.L. (2012). Video
game addiction : Past, present and future. Current
Psychiatry Reviews, 8 (4), 308-318. [PDF] |
| |
KUSS, D.J. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2012). Online gaming
addiction in children and adolescents : A review of
empirical research. Journal of Behavioral Addictions,
1 (1), 3-22. |
|
CHIU, S.-I., LEE, J.-Z. & HUANG, D.-H. (2004). Video
game addiction in children and teenagers in Taiwan.
CyberPsychology & Behavior, 7 (5), 571-581. |
WONG, U. & CARSON-HODGINS, D. (2013). Development of
the game addiction inventory for adults (GAIA).
Addiction Research & Theory, 1-15. [PDF] |
| |
WU, A.M.S., LEU, L.L.M. & KU, L. (2013). Psychological
needs, purpose in life, and problem video game playing
among Chinese young adults. International Journal of
Psychology, 48 (4), 583-590. |
| |
WEINSTEIN, A.M. & LEJOYEUX, M. (2013). New
developments in the psychobiology of internet and
videogame addiction. American Journal of Addiction,
20, 1-9. |
| |
PETRY, N.M., REHBEIN, F., GENTILE, D.A., LEMMENS, J.S.,
RUMPF, H.J., MÖBLE, T., BISCHOF, G., TAO, R., FUNG, D.S.
& BORGES, G. (2014). An international consensus for
assessing internet gaming disorder using the new DSM-5
approach. Addiction 109, 1399-1406. |
| |
PONTES, H.M. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2014). Assessment of
internet gaming disorder in clinical research : Past and
present perspectives. Clinical Research &
Regulatory Affairs, 31 (2-4), 35-48. |
| |
BILLIEUX, J., THORENS, G., KHAZAAL, Y., ZULLINO, D.,
ACHAB, S. & VAN DER LINDEN, M. (2015). Problematic
involvement in online games : a cluster analytic approach.
Computers in Human Behavior, 43, 242-250. |
|
JOHANSSON, A. & GÖTESTAM, K.G. (2004). Problems with
computer games without monetary reward : Similarity to
pathological gambling. Psychological Reports, 95
(2), 641-650. |
CHEN, C.Y., YEN, J.Y., WANG, P.W., LIU, G.C., YEN, C.F.
& KO, C.H. (2016). Altered functional connectivity of
the insula and nucleus accumbens in internet gaming
disorder : A resting state fMRI study. European
Addiction Research, 22 (4), 192-200. [PDF] |
| |
MÄNNIKKÖ, N., RUOTSALAINEN, H., MIETTUNEN, J., PONTES,
H.M. & KÄRIÄINEN, M. (2017). Problematic gaming behaviour
and health-related outcomes : A systematic review and
meta-analysis. Journal of Health Psychology,
1-16. [PDF] |
| |
PERACCHIA, S., PRESAGHI, F. & CURCIO, G. (2019).
Pathologic use of video games and motivation: Can the
Gaming Motivation Scale (GAMS) Predict Depression and
Trait Anxiety ? International Journal of
Environmental Research & Public Health, 16 [6],
1-13. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
| |
ZHOU, X., WU, R., LIU, C., KOU, J., CHEN, Y., PONTES, H
M., YAO, D., KENDRICK, K.M., BECKER, B. & MONTAG, C.
(2020). Higher levels of (Internet) Gaming Disorder
symptoms according to the WHO and APA frameworks associate
with lower striatal volume. Journal of Behavioral
Addictions, 9 (3), 598-605. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Dépendance,
Dépendance/Internet, Procrastination,
Exposition
aux écrans et Jeux
viédo |
|
|
|
Dépendance
aux réseaux sociaux virtuels : Forme de dépendance
aux réseaux sociaux
qui augmente la procrastination
et nuit à l'attention et
aux relations
sociales. Online social networking
addiction.
| |
|
|
KUSS, D.J. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2011). Online social
networking and addiction : A review of the psychological
literature. International Journal of Environmental
Research & Public Health, 8, 3528-3552. [PDF] |
|
De COCK, R., VANGEEL, J., KLEIN, A., MINOTTE, P., ROSAS,
O. & MEERKERK, G.J. (2014). Compulsive use of social
networking sites in Belgium : prevalence, profile, and the
role of attitude toward work and school. Cyberpsychology,
Behavior & Social Networking 17, 166-171. |
|
|
Voir aussi Exposition
aux écrans et Réseau
virtuel |
|
|
Dépendance
aux solvants : = sniffer
de la colle, faire de la colle. Solvent
drug.
| |
|
|
HORMES, J.T., FILLEY, C,M., ROSENBERG, N.L. (1986).
Neurologic sequelae of chronic solvent vapor abuse. Neurology,
36, 698-702. |
BOWEN, S.E., BATIS, J.C., PAEZ-MARTINEZ, N. & CRUZ,
S.L. (2006). The last decade of solvent research in
animal models of abuse mechanistic and behavioral
studies. Neurotoxicology & Teratology, 28,
636-647. |
|
KIKUCHI, A. & WADA, K. (2003). Factors associated
with volatile solvent use among junior high school
students in Kanto, Japan. Addiction, 98,
771-784. |
DINGWALL, K.M., MARUFF, P., FREDRICKSON, A. &
CAIRNEY, S. (2011). Cognitive recovery during and after
treatment for volatile solvent abuse. Drug Alcohol
Depend, 118, 180-185. |
| |
BECKLEY, J.T. & WOODWARD, J.J. (2013). Volatile
solvents as drugs of abuse : Focus on the
cortico-mesolimbic circuitry. Neuropsychopharmacology,
38 (13), 2555-2567. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Vapeur
d'essence et Dépendance |
|
|
Dépersonnalisation : Sentiment d'être un autre, de ne plus se
reconnaître, de ne plus être soi.
= trouble de la dépersonnalisation,
perte de la conscience
de soi. *deindividualisation.
Depersonalization.
| |
|
|
SEARL, N.M. (1932). A note on depersonalization. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 13, 329-347. |
|
STEIN, M.B. & UHDE, T.W. (1989). Depersonalization
disorder : Effects of caffeine and response to
pharmacotherapy. Biological Psychiatry, 26 (3),
315-320. |
|
ADERIBGBE, Y.A., BLOCH, R.M. & WALKER, W.R. (2001).
Prevalence of depersonalization and derealization
experiences in a rural population. Social Psychiatry
& Psychiatric Epidemiology, 36, 63-69. |
|
COHEN, P.R. (2004). Medication-associated
depersonalization symptoms : report of transient
depersonalization symptoms induced by minocycline. Southern
Medical Journal, 97, 70-73. |
|
SHUFMAN, E., LERNER, A. & WITZTUM, E. (2005).
Depersonalization after withdrawal from cannabis usage. Harefuah,
144, 249-251. |
|
SIERRA-SIEGERT, T.M. & DAVID, A.S. (2007).
Depersonalization and individualism : the effect of
culture on symptom profiles in panic disorder. The
Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 195,
989-995. |
|
|
Voir aussi Conscience
de soi et Deindividualisation |
|
|
Dépister : Dépistage : Consiste à à déterminer la nature d'un
problème avant qu'il ne se développe ou ne prenne de l'ampleur. Le
dépistage est la première phase de l'intervention.
Dépistage, diagnostic et
prévention. Recognition.
| |
|
|
WERNER, E., DAWSON, G., OSTERLING, J. & DINNO, J.
(2000). Recognition of autism before 1 year of age : A
retrospective study based on home videotapes. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 30, 157-162. |
|
ROGÉ, B., CHABROL, H. et UNSALDI, I. (2009). Le
dépistage précoce de l’autisme : Quelle faisabilité ? Enfance,
1, 27-40. [PDF] |
|
GAGNON, V., DUPÉRÉ, V., DION, E., LÉVEILLÉE, F.,
ST-PIERRE, M., ARCHAMBAULT, I. et JANOSZ, M. (2015).
Dépistage du décrochage scolaire à l'aide d'informations
administratives ou auto-rapportées [Screening of secondary
school dropouts using administrative or self-reported
information]. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science
/ Revue Canadienne des Sciences du Comportement, 47
(3), 236-240. |
|
|
Voir aussi Prévention |
|
|
Déplacement : Mécanisme
de défense qui se traduit par un changement dans
l'orientation des émotions
(le plus souvent la colère ou les pulsions sexuelles) vers des
choses, des animaux ou des personnes qui ne sont pas l'objet réel
des sentiments éprouvés. Dans la mémoire
à court terme, désigne le changement de position d'une
information. Displacement.
| |
|
|
ISHAM, M.K. (1921). Example of displacement of original
affect upon play. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 2, 430-431. |
HOLLAND, N.N. (1973). Defence, displacement and the ego's
algebra. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 54,
247-257. |
|
HART, H. (1947). Displacement guilt and pain. Psychoanalytic
Review, 34, 259-273. |
FENIGSTEIN, A. & BUSS, A.H. (1974). Association and
affect as determinants of displaced aggression. Journal
of Research in Personality, 7 (4), 306-313. |
| |
VIGNEAULT, J. (1993). Transferts et déplacements :
fondements de la psychanalyse en Amérique du Nord.
Trans, 3, 223-237. [PDF] |
|
MILLER, N.E. (1948). Theory and experiment relating
psychoanalytic displacement to stimulus-response
generalization. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 43, 155-178. |
NEUBAUER, P.B. (1994). The role of displacement in
pychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 49,
107-119. |
|
KATAN, A. (1951). The role of "displacement" in
agoraphobia. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 32, 41-50. |
BAUMEISTER, R.F., DALE, K. & SOMMER, K.L. (1998).
Freudian defense mechanisms and empirical findings in
modern scial psychology : Reaction formation, projection,
displacement, undoing, isolation, sublimation, and denial.
Journal of Personality, 66 (6), 1081-1124. [PDF] |
|
HOKANSON, J.E., BURGESS, M. & COHEN, M.F. (1963).
Effect of displaced aggression on systolic blood pressure.
The Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 67
(3), 214-218. |
DENSON, T.F., AVILES F., POLLOCK, V., EALEYWINE, M.,
VASQUEZ, E.A. & MILLER, N. (2008). The effects of
alcohol and the salience of aggressive cues on triggered
displaced aggression. Aggressive Behavior, 34,
24-33. [PDF] |
|
| LAPLANCHE,
J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la
psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
Voir aussi Mécanisme
de défense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dépression
: Trouble de
l'humeur. Les symptômes
de la dépression sont : perte d’énergie, sentiment d’impuissance
et d’inutilité, insomnie,
période de sommeil plus ou moins longue que d'habitude, prise ou
perte de poids significative, difficulté à se concentrer et à se
décider, diminution de la libido,
perte d'intérêt dans les activités normalement gratifiantes,
évitement des autres et isolement social, sentiment de tristesse
et de désespoir, consommation abusive d'alcool ou de drogue,
sentiment de culpabilité déraisonnable, pensée
suicidaire et tentative de suicide.
Pour certains psychologues, comme les béhavioristes, la
dépression est acquise par résignation.
Dépression, rechute et
épuisement professionnel. = dépression
unipolaire. Depression, unipolar depression,
depressive syndrome, depressive state, depressive mood.
| |
|
DUMAS, G. (1897). Recherches experìmentales sur
l'excitation et la dépression. Revue Philosophique,
43, 623-634.
|
|
GARDINER, H.N. (1906). Recherches experimentales sur
l'excitation et la dépression. Psychological Review, 5
(1), 102-103
|
FAVA, G., GRANDI, S., ZIELEZNY, M., RAFANELLI, C. &
CANESTRARI, R. (1996). Four-year outcome for cognitive
behavioral treatment of residual symptoms in major
depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 153,
945-947. |
|
BALINT, M. (1952). New beginning and the paranoid and
depressive syndromes. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 33, 214-224. |
McNEIL, K.F., RIENZI, B.M., BUTLER, M.A. & DOTY, M L.
(1996). College students' attitudes toward finding a mate
to escape depression : Sex differences. Psychological
Reports, 79, 745-746. |
|
HAMILTON, M.A (1960). Rating scale for depression. Journal
of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 23,
56-61. |
BANKS S.M. & KERNS, R.D. (1996). Explaining high rates
of depression in chronic pain : A diathesis-stress
framework. Psychological Bulletin, 119, 95-110. |
|
BECK, A.T., WARD, C.H., MENDELSON, M., MOCK, J. &
ERBAUGH, J. (1961). An inventory for measuring depression.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 4 (6),
561-571. |
MARTINEZ, A., MALPHURS, J., FIELD, T., PICKENS, J. &
YANDO, R. (1996). Depressed mothers' and their infants'
interactions with nondepressed partners. Infant Mental
Health Journal, 17 (1), 74-80. |
| |
HENINGER, G., DELGADO, P. & CHARNEY, D. (1996). The
revised monoamine theory of depression : A modulatory role
for monoamines, based on new findings from monoamine
depletion experiments in humans. Pharmacopsychiatry,
29, 2-11. |
|
MURPHY, H.E., WITTCOWER, E. & CHANCE, E. (1964)
Crosscultural inquiry into the symptomatology of
depression. Transcultural Psychiatric Research
Review, 5, 5-21. |
WILCOX, M. & BUTER, D.N. (1996). The relationship
between eating disorders and depression. Journal of
Social Psychology, 136, 269-271. |
|
DEMPSEY, P. (1965). Depression or social desirability :
Comments on Edward's appraisal of the D30 scale.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 29 (3), 274-276. |
CASTONGUAY, L.G., GOLDFRIED, M.R., WISER, S., RAUE, P.J.
& HAYES, A.H. (1996). Predicting outcome in cognitive
therapy for depression : A comparison of unique and common
factors. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 64, 497-504. |
|
CATTELL, R.B. & BEJRSTEDT, A. (1967). The structure of
depression, by factoring Q-data, in relation to general
personality source traits. Scandinavian Journal of
Psychology, 8, 17-24. |
JACOBSON, N.S., DOBSON, K.S., TRUAX, P.A., ADDIS, M.E.,
KOERNER, K., GOLLAN, J.K., GORTNER, E. & PRINCE, S.E.
(1996). A component analysis of cognitive-behavioral
treatment for depression. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 64, 295-304. |
|
HAMILTON, M. (1967). Development of a rating scale for
primary depressive illness. British Journal of Social
& Clinical Psychology, 6, 278-296. |
WILLNER, P. (1997). Validity, reliability and utility of
the chronic mild stress model of depression : a 10-year
review and evaluation. Psychopharmacology, 134,
319-329. |
| |
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., THOMAS, M. & DANTON, W.G. (1997). A
cost-effectiveness analysis of cognitive behavior therapy
and fluoxetine (Prozac) in the treatment of depression. Behavior
Therapy, 28, 187-210. [PDF] |
| |
SHOCHET, I. & DADDS, M. (1997). Adolescent depression
and the family : A paradox. Clinical Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 2 (2), 307-312. |
|
BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Clinical,
experimental, and theoretical aspects. N.Y. :
Harper & Row. |
ANGST, J. (1997). Depression and anxiety : implications
for nosology, course, and treatment. Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 58 (S8), 3-5. |
|
BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Causes and treatment.
Philadelphia : University of Pennsylvania Press. |
ALLOY, L.B. (1997). "Carving depression at its joints":
Cognitive/personality subtypes of depression. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 21, 243-245. |
|
BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Clinical,
experimental, and theoretical aspects. New York :
Harper and Row. |
FLINT, A.J. (1997). Pharmacologic treatment of depression
in late life. Canadian Medical Association Journal,
157 (8), 1061-1067. |
|
EPSTEIN, S. (1967). Toward a unified theory of depression.
In B.A. Maher (Ed.), Progress in experimental
personality research (Vol. 4, pp. 1-89). New York :
Academic Press. |
JUST, N. & ALLOY, L.B. (1997). The response styles
theory of depression : Tests and an extension of the
theory. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 106,
221-229. |
|
MENDELS, J. (1968). Depression : The distinction between
syndrome and symptom. British Journal of Psychiatry,
114, 1549-1554. |
MAYBERG, H.S. (1997). Limbic-cortical dysregulation : a
proposed model of depression. The Journal of
Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 9 (3),
471-481. |
|
LAZARUS, A.A. (1968). Learning theory and the treatment of
depression. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 6
(1), 83-89. |
CUIJPERS, P. (1997). Bibliotherapy in unipolar depression
: A meta-analysis. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 28 (2), 139-147. |
|
SILVERMAN, C. (1968). The epidemiology of depression. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 124, 883-891. |
LICHTENBERG, P.A., CHAPLESKI, E.E. & YOUNGBLADE, L.M.
(1997). The effect of depression on functional abilities
among Great Lakes American Indians. Journal of Applied
Gerontology, 16, 235-248. |
|
HAMILTON, M. (1969). Standardised assessment and recording
of depressive symptoms. Psychiatria, Neurologia,
Neurochirurgia, 72, 201-205. |
WIEDERMAN, M.W. & PRYOR, T. (1997). Body
dissatisfaction and sexuality among women with bulimia
nervosa : The mediating role of drive for thinness. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 21 (4), 361-365. [PDF] |
|
McKINNEY, W.T. & BUNNEY, W.E. (1969). Animal model of
depression. I. Review of evidence : implications for
research. Archives of General Psychiatry, 21 (2),
240-248. |
BURNS, D.D. (1998). Why are depression and anxiety
correlated ? A test of the tripartite model. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66,
461-473. |
|
| |
WHOOLEY, M.A. & BROWNER, W.S. (1998). Association
between depressive symptoms and mortality in older women.
Archives of Internal Medicine, 58 (19),
2129–2135. |
|
JACOBSON, E. (1971). Depression. New York : IUP. |
GORTNER, E.T., GOLLAN, J.K., DOBSON, K.S. & JACOBSON,
N.S. (1998). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depression
: relapse prevention. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 66 (2), 377-384. [PDF] |
|
McKINNEY, W.T., SUOMI, S.J. & HARLOW, H.F. (1972). Use
of monkeys to study depression. Resident & Staff
Physician, 18, 44-49. |
BREWIN, C.R. (1998). Intrusive memories in depression and
PTSD. The Psychologist, 12 (4), 281-283. [PDF] |
|
NOBLE, P. & LADER, M. (1972). A physiological
comparison of "endogenous" and "reactive" depression.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 120, 541-542. |
BEBBINGTON, P.E., DUNN, R., JENKINS, R. LEWIS, G., BRUGHA,
T., FARRELL, M. & MELTZER, H. (1998). The influence of
age and sex on the prevalence of depressive conditions :
report from the National Survey of Psychiatric Morbidity.
Psychological Medicine, 28 (1), 9-19. |
|
IZARD, C.E. (1972). Patterns of emotions : a new
analysis of anxiety and depression. New York :
Academic Press. |
CLARK, D.A. (1998). Canadian perspectives on research in
depression. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science,
30, 207-212. |
|
FERSTER, C.B. (1973). A functional analysis of dépression.
American Psychologist, 28 (10), 857-870. [PDF] |
JENKINS, C., CARMODY, T.J. & RUSH, A.J. (1998).
Depression in radiation oncology patients : A preliminary
evaluation. Journal of Affective Disorders, 50,
17-21. |
|
MORRIS, J.B. & BECK, A.T. (1974). The efficacy of
antidepressant drugs : A review of research (1958 to
1972). Archives of General Psychiatry, 30, 667-674.
|
PERSONS, J.B. & FRESCO, D.M. (1998). Assessment of
depression. In A.S. Bellack & M. Hersen (Eds.), Behavioral
assessment. A practical handbook (pp. 210-230).
Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
|
SHAPIRO, M.B. & SHAPIRO, D.A. (1974). Experiments on
the feeling of depression. British Journal of Social
& Clinical Psychology, 13, 191-199. |
MARCUS, S.C. & OLFSON, M. (2010). National
trends in the treatment for depression from 1998 to 2007.
Archives Of General Psychiatry, 67, 1265-1273. |
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1974). Depression and learned
helplessness. In R.J. Friedman & M.M. Katz (Eds.), The
psychology of depression : Contemporary theory and
research. Winston-Wiley. |
ANTONUCCIO, D.O. (1998). The coping with depression course
: A behavioral treatment for depression. The Clinical
Psychologist, 51 (3), 3-5. |
|
BEGERET, J. (1975). La dépression et les états limites.
Paris : Payot. |
EPSTEIN, R. (1998). Of course depression is biochemical. American
Psychological Association Monitor, 3, 5. |
|
RUSH, A.J., KHATAMI, M. & BECK, A.T. (1975). Cognitive
and behavior therapy in chronic depression. Behavior
Therapy, 6, 398-404. |
PANZANIRO, P. (1998). The costs of depression : Direct and
indirect; treatment versus nontreatment. Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 59 (20), 11-15. |
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1975). Helplessness : On
depression, development, and death. San Fransisco,
CA : Freeman. |
HEATH, A.C., EAVES, L.J., KIRK, K.M. & MARTIN, N.G.
(1998). Effects of lifestyle, personality, symptoms of
anxiety and depression, and genetic predisposition on
subjective sleep disturbance and sleep pattern. Twin
Research, 1, 176-188. [PDF] |
|
BLATT, S.J. D'AFFLITTI J.P. & QUINLAN, D.M. (1976).
Experiences of depression in normal young adults. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 85, 383-389. |
HEALY, D. (1998/2002). Le temps de la dépression.
Les Empêcheurs de penser en rond. |
|
|
REHM, L.P. (1977). A self-control model of depression. Behavior
Therapy, 8, 787-804. |
WEISS, E.L., LONGHURST, J.G. & MAZURE, C.M. (1999).
Childhood sexual abuse as a risk factor for depression in
women : psychosocial and neurobiological correlates. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 816-828. [PDF] |
| |
NIERENBERG, A.A., KEEFE, B.R., LESLIE, V.C., ALPERT, J.E.,
PAVA, J.A., WORTHINGTON, J.J., ROSENBAUM, J.F. & FAVA,
M. (1999). Residual symptoms in depressed patients who
respond acutely to fluoxetine. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 60, 221-225. |
| |
VAN HOOK, M.P. (1999).Women's help-seeking patterns for
depression. Social Work in Health Care, 29 (1),
15-34. |
|
RADLOFF, L.S. (1977). The CES-D scale : a self-report
depression scale for research in the general population. Applied
Psychological Measurement, 1, 385–401. |
PATTEN, S.B. (1999). Psychosocial stress, depressive
symptoms and depressive disorders, an integrative
hypothesis. Medical Hypotheses, 53, 210-216. |
|
BROWN, G.W. & HARRIS, T. (1978). Social origins
of depression : A study of psychiatric disorder in
women. N.Y. : The Free Press. |
FRASURE-SMITH, N., LESPERANCE, F., JUNEAU, M., TALJIC, M.
& BOURASSA, M. (1999). Gender, depression, and
one-year prognosis after myocardial infarction. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 61 (1), 26-37. [PDF] |
| |
CASTONGUAY, L.G., ARNOW, B.A., BLATT, S.J., JONES, E.E.,
PILKONIS, P.A. & SEGAL, Z.V. (1999). Psychotherapy for
depression : Current and future directions in research,
theory, practice, and public policy. Journal of
Clinical Psychology/In Session, 55, 1347-1370. |
|
CHEVRON, E.S., QUINLAN, D.M. & BLATT, S.J. (1978). Sex
roles and gender differences in the experience of
depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 87,
680-683. |
CLARKE, G.N., RHODE, P., LEWINSOHN, P.M., HOPS, H. &
SEELY, J.R. (1999). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of
adolescent depression : Efficacy of acute group treatment
& booster sessions. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 38,
272-279. |
|
ARIETI, S. & BEMPORAD, J. (1978). Severe and mild
depression. New York : Basic Books. |
ZUROFF, D.C., BLATT, S.J., SANISLOW, C.A., BONDI, C.M.
& PILKONIS, P.A. (1999). Vulnerability to depression :
Reexamining state dependence and relative stability. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 108 (1), 76-89. [PDF] |
|
DAVIS, H. (1979). Self-reference and the encoding of
personal information in depression. Cognitive Therapy
& Research, 39 (1), 97-110. [PDF] |
ARBORELIUS, L., OWENS, M.J., PLOTSKY, P.M. & NEMEROFF,
C.B. (1999). The role of corticotropin-releasing factor in
depression and anxiety disorders. Journal of
Endocrinology, 160, 1-12. |
|
SAUNDERS, S.A. & ROY, C. (1999). The
relationship between depression, satisfaction with life,
and social interest. South Pacific Journal of
Psychology, 11 (1), 9-15. |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M. YOUNGREN, M.A. & GROSSCUP, S.J.
(1979). Reinforcement and depression. In R.A. Dupue (Ed.),
The psychobiology of depressive disorders :
Implications for the effects of stress (pp.
291-316). New York : Academic Press. |
DORIS, A., EBMEIER, K. & SHAJAHAN, P. (1999).
Depressive illness. Lancet, 354, 1369-1375. |
|
RUSH, A.J. (1979). Cognitive therapy for depression. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 13, 13-16. |
ANDERSON, C.A. (1999). Attributional style, depression,
and loneliness : A cross-cultural comparison of American
and Chinese students. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 25, 482-499. [PDF] |
|
ALLOY, L.B. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (1979). Judgment of
contingency in depressed and nondepressed students :
Sadder but wiser ? Journal of Experimental Psychology
: General, 108, 441-485. |
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S., LARSON, J. & GRAYSON, C. (1999).
Explaining the gender difference in depressive symptoms.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 77,
1061-1072. [PDF] |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M. & TALKINGTON, J. (1979). Studies on
the measurement of unpleasant events and relations with
depression. Applied Psychological Measurement, 3
(1), 83-101. |
BIRCHWOOD, M.J., IQBAL, S., CHADWICK, P. & TROWER, P.
(2000). Cognitive approach to depression and suicidal
thinking in psychosis. I : The ontogeny of post-psychotic
depression. British Journal of Psychiatry, 177,
516-521. [PDF] |
| |
WITTCHEN, H.U., KESSLER, R.C., PFISTER, H. & LIEB, M.
(2000). Why do people with anxiety disorders become
depressed ? A prospective-longitudinal community study. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 406, 14-23. |
|
ALLOY, L.B. & SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1979). On the
cognitive component of learned helplessness and
depression. In G.H. Bower (Ed.), The psychology of
learning and motivation. (Vol. 13). New York :
Academic Press. |
HENRIQUES, G.R. (2000). Depression : Disease or behavioral
shutdown mechanism ? Journal of Science & Health
Policy, 1, 152-165. [PDF] |
| |
JUDD, L.L., PAULUS, M.J., SCHETTLER, P.J., AKISKAL, H.S.,
ENDICOTT, J., LEON, A.C., MASER, J.D., MUELLER, T.,
SOLOMON, D.A. & KELLER, M.B. (2000). Does incomplete
recovery from first lifetime major depressive episode
herald a chronic course of illness ? American
Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1501-1504. |
|
WEISMANN, M.M., PRUSOFF, B.A., DIMASCIO, A., NEU, C.,
GOKLANEY, M. & KLERMAN, G.L. (1979). The efficacy of
drugs and psychotherapy in the treatment of acute
depressive episodes. American Journal of Psychiatry,
136, 555-558. |
GOODNICK, P.J. & HERNANDEZ, M. (2000). Treatment of
depression in comorbid medical illness. Expert
Opinion on Pharmacotherapy, 1, 1367-1384. |
|
JACOBSON, E. (1979). Les dépressions. États normaux,
névrotiques et psychotiques. Paris : Payot. |
PICCINELLI, M. & WILKINSON, G. (2000). Gender
differences in depression. The British Journal of
Psychiatry, 177, 486-492.
[PDF] |
|
BECK, A.T., RUSH, A.J., SHAW, B.F. & EMERY, G. (1979).
Cognitive therapy of depression. New York :
Guilford Press. |
ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2000). A closer look at
the treatment rationale and homework compliance in
cognitive therapy for depression. Cognitive Therapy
& Research, 24, 313-326. |
|
MONTGOMERY, S.A. & ÄSBERG, M. (1979). A new depression
scale designed to be sensitive to change. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 134, 382-389. [PDF] |
RAZ, Y. (2000). Depression in medical illness : The role
of the immune system. The Western Journal of
Medicine, 173 (5), 333-336. [PDF] |
| |
LOVEJOY, M. C., GRACZYK, P.A., O'HARE, E. & NEUMAN,
G. (2000). Maternal depression and parenting behavior : A
meta-analytic review. Clinical Psychology Review, 20,
561-592. |
|
ARIETI, S. & BEMPORAD, J. (1980). The psychological
organization of depression. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 137, 1360-1365. |
SIRIS, S.G. (2000). Depression in schizophrenia :
Perspective in the era of "atypical"antipsychotic agents.
The American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1379-1389. |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M., SULLIVAN, J.M. & GROSSCUP, S.J.
(1980). Changing reinforcing events : An approach to the
treatment of depression. Psychotherapy : Theory,
Research, & Practice, 47, 322-334. |
NEZU, A.M., NEZU, C.M. & McCLURE, K.S. (2000).
Depression. In P.S. Houts & L.Z. Rubenstein (Eds.), Eldercare
at home. NY : American Geriatrics Society
Foundation for Health in Aging. |
|
|
YOUNGREN, M.A. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1980). The
functional relation between depression and problematic
interpersonal behavior. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 89, 333-341. |
NESSE, R.M. (2000). Is depression an adaptation ? Archives
of General Psychiatry, 57, 14-20. |
|
SANCHEZ, V. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1980). Assertive
behavior and depression. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 48, 119-120. |
BABYAK, M.A., BLUMENTHAL, J.A., HERMAN, S., DORAISWAMY,
M., MOORE, K., CRAIGHEAD, W.E., BALDEWICZ, T.T. &
KRISHAN, R. (2000). Exercise treatment for major
depression : Maintenance of therapeutic benefit at 10
months. Psychosomatic Medicine, 62, 633-638. |
|
YOUNGREN, M.A. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1980). The
functional relationship between depressed and problematic
interpersonal behavior. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 89, 333-341. |
EHRENBERG, A. (2000). La fatigue d'être soi.
Dépression et société. Paris : Odile Jacob. |
|
ABRAMSON, L.Y. & MARTIN, D.J. (1981). Depression and
the causal inference process. In J. Harvey, W. Ickes &
R. Kidd (Eds.), New directions in attribution
research. Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum |
YING, Y., LEE, P.A., TSAI, J.L., YEH, Y. & HUANG, J.
(2000). The conception of depression in Chinese American
college students. Cultural Diversity & Ethnic
Minority Psychology, 6, 183-195. |
|
O'ROURKE, T.M., TRYON, W.W. & RAPS, C.S. (1980).
Learned helplessness, depression, and positive
reinforcement. Cognitive Theory & Research, 4,
201-209. |
MURPHY, P.E., CIAROCCHI, J.W., PIEDMONT, R.L., CHESTON,
S., PEYROT, M. & FITCHETT, G. (2000). The relation of
religious belief and practices, depression, and
hopelessness in persons with clinical depression. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68,
1102-1106. |
|
MEZZICH, J.E. & RAAB, E.S. (1980) Depressive
symptomatology across the Americas. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 37, 818-23. |
PARKER, G. (2000). Classifying depression : Should
paradigms lost be regained ? American Journal of
Psychiatry, 157, 1195-1203
[PDF] |
|
BEACH, S., ABRAMSON, L.Y. & LEVINE, F. (1981). The
attributional reformulation of learned helplessness :
Therapeutic implications. In H. Glazer and J. Clarkin
(Eds.), Depression : Behavioral and directive
intervention strategies. New York : Garland. |
KIRSCH, I. (2000). Are drug and placebo effects in
depression additive ? Biological Psychiatry, 47,
733-773. |
|
AZRIN, N.H. & BESALEL, V. A. (1981). An operant
reinforcement method of treating depression. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 12, 145–151. |
BOWER, P., RICHARDS. D. & LOVELL, K. (2001). The
clinical and cost-effectiveness of self-help treatments
for anxiety and depressive disorders in primary care : a
systematic review. British Journal of General
Practice, 51 (471), 838-845.
[PDF] |
| |
DOOLEY, D., PRAUSE, J. & HAM-ROWBOTOON, K.A. (2000).
Underemployment and depression : longitudinal
relationships. Journal of Health & Social
Behavior, 41, 421-437.
[PDF] |
|
WILSON, P.H. (1982). Combined pharmacological and
behavioural treatment of depression. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 20, 173-184. |
PIGNARRE, P. (2001). Comment la dépression est devenue
une épidémie. Paris : La Découverte. |
| |
STICE, E. (2001). Body image and eating disturbances
prospectively predict increases in depressive symptoms in
adolescent girls : A growth curve analysis.
Develpmental Psychology, 37 (5), 597-607. [PDF] |
| |
STÖBER, J. & JOORMANN, J. (2001). Worry,
procrastination and perfectionism : Discriminating worry
from anxiety and depression. Cognitive Therapy &
Research, 25 (1), 49-60. [PDF] |
| |
BRENNICKMEIJER, V., VAN YPEREN, N.W. & BUUNK, B.P.
(2001). Burnout and depression are not identical twins :
Is superiority a distinguishing feature ? Personality
& Individual Differences, 30, 873-880. |
| |
KEEL, P.K., MITCHELL, J.E., DAVIS, T.L. & CROW, S.J.
(2001). Relationship between depression and body
dissatisfaction in women diagnosed with bulimia nervosa. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 30, 48–56. |
|
DESSONVILEE, C., GALLAGHER, D., THOMPSON, L.W., FINNELL,
K. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1982). Relation of age and
health status of depressive symptoms in normal and
depressed older adults. Essence, 5, 99-117. |
JACOBSON, N.S., MARTELL, C.R. & DIMIDJIAN, S. (2001).
Behavioral activation therapy for depression : Returning
to contextual roots. Clinical Psychology : Science
& Practice, 8 (3), 255-270. [PDF] |
|
KATZ, R. & SIBEL, M. (1982). Animal model of
depression : Tests of three structurally and
pharmacologically novel antidepressant compounds. Pharmacology,
Biochemistry & Behavior, 16, 973-977. |
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2001). Gender differences in
depression. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 10, 173-176. [PDF] |
| |
TATANO-BECK, C. & GABLE, R.K. (2001). Further
validation of the postpartum depression screening scale.
Nursing Research, 50, 155-164. |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M. & HOBERMAN, H. (1982). Depression. In
A.S. Bellack, M. Hersen & A.E. Kazdin (Eds.), International
handbook of behavior modification and therapy (pp.
173-208). New York : Plenum Press. |
MARTELL, C.R., ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2001).
Depression in context : Strategies for guided action.
New York : W.W. Norton & Co. |
| |
JOINER, T. & METALSKY, G.I. (2001). Excessive
reassurance-seeking : Delineating a risk factor involved
in the development of depressive symptoms. Psychological
Science, 12, 371-378. |
|
| |
BRENNICKMEIJER, V., VAN YPEREN, N.W. & BUUNK, B.P.
(2001). Burnout and depression are not identical twins :
Is superiority a distinguishing feature ? Personality
& Individual Differences, 30, 873-880. |
|
EMERY, G. (1982). Controlling depression through
cognitive therapy. New York : BMA Audio cassettes,
Guilford Publications. |
HANKIN, B.L. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (2001). Development of
gender differences in depression : An elaborated cognitive
vulnerability-transactional stress theory.
Psychological Bulletin, 127 (6), 773-796. [PDF] |
|
STEINBRUECK, S.M., MAXWELL, S.E. & HOWARD, G.S.
(1983). A meta-analysis of psychotherapy and drug therapy
in the treatment of unipolar depression with adults.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 51
(6), 856-863. |
DE JONGHE, F., KOOL, S., VAN AALST, G., DEKKER, J. &
PEEN, J. (2001). Combining psychotherapy and
antidepressants in the treatment of depression. Journal
of Affective Disorders, 64 (2-3), 217-229. |
|
KRIPKE, D.F. (1984). Critical interval hypotheses for
depression. Chronobiology International, 1,
73-80. |
CLARK, D.A. (2001). The persistent problem of negative
cognition in anxiety and depression : New perspectives and
old controversies. Behavior Therapy, 32, 3-12. |
|
TEASDALE, J.D., FENNELL, M.J.V., HIBBERT, G.A. &
AMIES, P.L. (1984). Cognitive therapy for major depressive
disorder in primary care. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 144, 400-406. |
DUNNER, D.L. (2001). Acute and maintenance treatment of
chronic depression. Clinical Psychiatry, 62,
10-16. |
|
MURPHY, G.E., SIMONS, A.D., WETZEL, R.D. & LUSTMAN,
P.J. (1984). Cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy :
Singly and together in the treatment of depression. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 41, 33-41. |
MARTELL, C.R., ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2001).
Depression in context : Strategies for guided action.
New York : W.W. Norton & Co. |
| |
WESTERN, D. & MORRISON, K. (2001). A multi-dimensional
meta-analysis of treatments for depression, panic, and
generalized anxiety disorder : An empirical examination of
the status of empirically supported therapies. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69, 841-845. |
|
TEASDALE, J.D. (1985). Psychological treatments for
depression: How do they work ? Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 23 (2), 157-165. |
TEASDALE, J.D., SCOTT, J., MOORE, R.G., HAYHURS, H., POPE,
M. & PAYKEL, E.S. (2001). How does cognitive therapy
prevent relapse in residual depression ? Evidence from a
controlled trial. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 69 (3), 347-357. [PDF] |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M., HOBERMAN, H.M., TERI, L. &
HAUTZINGER, M. (1985). An integrated theory of depression.
In S. Reiss & R. Bootzin (Eds.), Theoretical
issues in behavior therapy (pp. 331-359). New York
: Academic Press. |
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2001). Gender differences in
depression. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 10, 173-176. |
| |
GEHRICKE, J. & SHAPIRO, D. (2001). Facial and
autonomic activity in depression : Social context
differences during imagery. International Journal of
Psychophysiology, 41, 53-64. |
|
NEZU, A.M. & RONAN, G.F. (1985). Life stress, current
problems, problem solving, and depressive symptoms : An
integrative model. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 53, 693-697. |
PIGNARRE, P. (2001). Comment la dépression est
devenue une épidémie. Éditions la découverte. |
|
BENASSI, V.A. & MAHLER, H.I. (1985). Contingency
judgments by depressed college students : Sadder but not
always wiser. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 49, 1323-1329. |
CURRY, J.F. (2001). Childhood depression. In N.J. Smelser
& P.B. Baltes (Eds.), International encyclopedia
of the social and behavioral sciences (Vol. 3, pp.
1705-1709). Oxford : Elsevier Science. |
|
POPKIN, M.K., CALLIES, A.L. & MACKENZIE, T.B. (1985).
The outcome of antidepressant use in the medically ill. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 41, 469-477. |
YING, Y.W. (2002). The conception of depression in Chinese
Americans and its implications for treatment.
California Psychologist, 35 (4), 20-25. |
|
BREWIN, C.R. (1985). Depression and causal attributions :
What is their relation ? Psychological Bulletin, 98 (2),
297-309. |
HERRING, M. & KASLOW, N.J. (2002). Depression and
attachment in families : A child-focused perspective.
Family Process, 41, 494-518. |
|
NEZU, A.M. (1986). Efficacy of a social problem-solving
therapy approach for unipolar depression. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 54, 196-202. |
EATON, W. (2002). Epidemiologic evidence on the
comorbidity of depression and diabetes. Journal of
Psychosomatic Research, 53, 903-906. |
|
EELEN, P. & VAN DEN BERGH, O. (1986).
Cognitive-behavioral models of depression. Acta
Psychiatrica Belgica, 86, 748-759. |
BROSS, A.L., SHEETS, E.S., LETT, H.S. & BLUMENTHAL,
J.A. (2002).Exercise and the treatment of clinical
depression in adults. Sports Medicine, 32,
741-760. |
| |
ABRAMSON, L.Y., ALLOY, L.B., HANKIN, B.L., HAEFFEL, G.J.,
MacCOON, D.G. & GIBB, B.E. (2002). Cognitive
vulnerability-stress models of depression in a
self-regulatory and psychobiological context. In I.H.
Gotlib & C.L. Hammen (Eds.), Handbook of
depression (pp. 268-294). New York : Guilford. |
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & PETERSON, C. (1986). A learned
helplessness perspective on childhood depression : Theory
and research. In M. Rutter, C.E. Izard & P.B. Read
(Eds.), Depression in young people : Developmental
and clinical perspectives. New York : Guilford
Press. |
MICHAEL, K.D. & CROWLEY, S.L. (2002). How effective
are treatments for children and adolescent depression ? A
meta-analytic review. Clinical Psychology Review, 22,
247-269. |
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S., GIRGUS, J.S. & SELIGMAN, M.E.
(1986). Learned helplessness in children : A longitudinal
study of depression, achievement, and explanatory style.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 51 (2),
435-442. [PDF] |
OLFSON, M., MARCUS, S., DRUSS, B., ELINSON, L., TANELIAN,
T. & PINCUS, H. (2002). National trends in the
outpatient treatment of depression. Journal of
American Medical Association, 287, 203-209. |
|
NEZU, A.M. (1986). Cognitive appraisal of problem-solving
effectiveness : Relation to depression and depressive
symptoms. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 42,
42-48. |
KIRSH, G.A. & KUIPER, N.A. (2002). Individualism and
relatedness themes in the context of depression, gender,
and a self-schema model of emotion. Canadian
Psychology, 43, 76-90. |
| |
POSTERNAK, M.A. & ZIMMERMAN, M. (2003). How accurate
are patients in reporting their antidepressant treatment
history ? Journal of Affective Disorders, 75,
115-124. |
|
|
SWEENEY, P.D., ANDERSON, K. & BAILEY, S. (1986).
Attributional style in depression : A meta-analytic
review. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 50 (5), 974-991. |
TSOH, J.Y., LAM, J.N., DELUCCHI, K.L. & HALL, S.M.
(2003). Smoking and depression in Chinese Americans.
American Journalof the Medical Sciences, 326 (4),
187-191. [PDF] |
| |
CÔTÉ, K. & WRIGHT, J. (2003). Caractéristiques,
évaluation et traitement des couples dont l’un des
conjoints souffre de dépression. Psychologie
Canadienne, 44 (4), 382-393. |
|
TERI, L. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1986). Individual
treatment of unipolar depression : Comparison of treatment
outcome and identification of predictors of success
fultreatment outcome. Behavior Therapy, 17, 215-228.
|
BEBBINGTON, P.E., DUNN, R., JENKINS, R. LEWIS, G., BRUGHA,
T., FARRELL, M. & MELTZER, H. (2003). The influence of
age and sex on the prevalence of depressive conditions :
report from the National Survey of Psychiatric Morbidity.
International Review of Psychiatry, 15 (1/2),
74-83. |
| |
HOPKO, D.R., LEJUEZ, C.W., RUGGIERO, K.J. & EIFERT,
G.H. (2003). Contemporary behavioral activation treatments
for depression : Procedures, principles, and progress. Clinical
Psychology Review, 23, 699-717. [PDF] |
|
FOREHAND, R., McCOMBS, A. & BRODY, G.H. (1987). The
relationship between parental depressive mood states and
child functioning. Advances in Behavior Research
& Therapy, 9, 1-20. |
CÔTÉ, K. et WRIGHT, J. (2003). Caractéristiques,
évaluation et traitement des couples dont l’un des
conjoints souffre de dépression. Psychologie
Canadienne, 44 (4), 382-393. |
| |
WITTCHEN, H-U., BEESDO, K., BITTNER, A. ET GOODWIN, R. D.
(2003). Depressive episodes-evidence for a causal role of
primary anxiety disorders ? European Psychiatry, 18,
384-393. |
| |
WEISS, B. & GARBER, J. (2003). Developmental
differences in the phenomenology of depression.
Development & Psychopathology, 15 (2),
403-430. |
| |
KUEHNER, C. (2003). Gender differences in unipolar
depression : an update of epidemiological ndings and
possible explanations. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica,
108, 163-174. |
| |
CURRY, J.F. & REINECKE, M.A. (2003). Modular cognitive
behavior therapy for adolescents with major depression. In
M.A. Reinecke, F.M. Dattilio & A. Freeman (Eds.) Cognitive
Therapy with children and adolescents (pp. 95-127).
New York : Guilford. |
|
BEUKE, C.J., FISCHER, R. & McDOWALL, J. (2003).
Anxiety and depression : Why and how to measure their
separate effects. Clinical Psychology Review, 23,
831–848. |
| |
MAYBERG, H.S. (2003). Modulating dysfunctional
limbic-cortical circuits in depression : towards
development of brain-based algorithms for diagnosis and
optimised treatment. British Medical Bulletin, 65,
193-207. |
| |
HERTEL, P.T. & GERSTLE, M. (2003). Depression-related
deficits in forgetting. Psychological Science, 14,
573-578. |
|
HAYNAL, A. & LEBOVICI, S. (1987). Dépression et
créativité : Le sens du désespoir. Césura Lyon
Edition. |
KEENAN, K., HIPWELL, A.E., DUAX, J.M., STOUTHAMER-LOEBER,
M. & LOEBER, R. (2004). Phenomenology of depression in
young girls. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 43, 1098-1106. |
| |
GOODWIN, R.D. & GOTLIB, I.H. (2004). Gender
differences in depression : the role of personality
factors. Psychiatry Research, 126, 135–142. [PDF] |
|
KENDLER, K.S., HEATH, A.C. MARTIN, N.G. & EAVES, L.J.
(1987). Symptoms of anxiety and symptoms of depression :
same genes, different environments ? Archives of
General Psychiatry, 44, 451-457. |
HEALY, D. (2004). Let them eat prozac : The unhealthy
relationship between the pharmaceutical industry and
depression. New York : New York University Press. |
| |
GOLDNEY, R.D., PHILLIPS, P.J., FISHER, L.J. & WILSON,
D.H. (2004). Diabetes, depression, and quality of life : A
population study. Diabetes Care, 27 (5),
1066-1070. [PDF] |
|
SEGAL, Z.V. (1988). Appraisal of the self-schema construct
in cognitive models of depression. Psychological
Bulletin, 103 (2), 147-162. |
BLATT, S.J. (2004). Experiences of depression :
Theoretical, clinical and research perspectives. Washington,
DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
ABRAMSON, L.Y., METALSKY, G.I. & ALLOY, L.B. (1988).
The hopelessness theory of depression : Does the research
test the theory ? In L.Y. Abramson (Ed.), Social
cognition and clinical psychology : A synthesis.
New York : Guilford. |
CHRISTENSEN, H., GRIFFITHS, K.M. & JORM, A.F. (2004).
Delivering interventions for depression by using the
internet : randomised controlled trial. British
Medical Journal, 328 (7434), 265-270. [PDF] |
|
BEBBINGTON, P.E., HURRY, J. & TENNANT, C. (1988).
Adversity and the symptoms of depression. International
Journal of Social Psychiatry, 34 (3), 163-171. |
GOTLIB, I.H., KRASNOPEROVA, E., YUE, D.L. & JOORMANN,
J. (2004). Attentional biases for negative interpersonal
stimuli in clinical depression. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 113 (1), 127-135. [PDF] |
|
LUTZ, C. (2004). La dépression est-elle universelle
? Paris : Seuil. |
|
FIELD, T., HEALY, B., GOLDSTEIN, S., PERRY, S., BENDELL, D.,
SCHANBERG, S., ZIMMERMAN, E.A. & KUHN, C. (1988).
Infants of depressed mothers show "depressed" behavior
even with non-depressed adults. Child Development,
59, 1569-1579. |
ADDIS, M.E. & MARTELL, C.R. (2004/09). Ending
depression one step at a time : The new behavioral
activation approach to getting your life back. Oakland
: New Harbinger. / Vaincre la dépression une étape à
la fois. Montréal : Éditions de l'homme. |
|
MILLER, I.W., NORMAN, W.H., KEITNER, G.I., BISHOP, S.B.
& DOW, M.G. (1989). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of
depressed inpatients. Behavior Therapy, 20,
25-47. |
KLEIN, M. (2004). Deuil et dépression. Paris :
Payot. |
| |
ZISOOK, S., RUSH, A.J., ALBALA, A., ALPERT, J.,
BALASU-BRAMANI, G.K., FAVA, M. & WISNIEWSKI, S.
(2004). Factors that differentiate early vs. later onset
of major depression disorder. Psychiatry Research, 129
(2), 127-140. |
|
ABRAMSON, L.Y., METALSKY, G.I. & ALLOY, L.B. (1989).
Hopelessness depression : A theory-based subtype of
depression. Psychological Review, 96 (2),
358-372. |
WANG, P.S., BECK, A.L., BERGUND, P., McKENAS, D.K., PRONK,
N.P., SIMON, G.E. & KESSLER, R.C. (2004). Effects of
major depression on moment-in-time work performance. The
American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 1885-1891. |
| |
IVANOVA, M.Y. & ISRAEL, A. (2005). The protective
influences of family stability against depression. Journal
of Cognitive Therapy & Research, 29, 243-251. |
|
DOBSON, K.S. (1989). A meta-analysis of the efficacy of
cognitive therapy for depression. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 57, 414-419. |
WRIGHT, J.H., WRIGHT, A.S., ALBANO, A.M., BASCO, M.R.,
GOLDSMITH, L.J., RAFFIELD, T. & OTTO, M.W. (2005).
Computer-assisted cognitive therapy for depression : Maintaining
efficacy while reducing therapist time. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 162, 1158-1164. |
|
COLE, D.A. & MILSTEAD, M. (1989). Behavioral
correlates of depression : Antecedents or consequences ? Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 36 (4), 408-416. |
MONROE, S.M. & HARKNESS, K.L. (2005). Life stress, the
«kindling» hypothesis, and the recurrence of depression :
Considerations from a life stress perspective. Psychological
Review, 112 (2), 417-445. [PDF] |
|
| |
SIGMON, S.T., PELLS, J.J., BOULARD, N.E., WHITCOMB-SMITH,
S., EDENFIELD, T.M., HERMANN, B.A., LAMATTINA, S.M.,
SCHARTEL, J.G. & KUBIK, E. (2005). Gender differences
in self-reports of depression : The response bias
hypothesis revisited. Sex Roles, 53 (5-6),
401-411. |
| |
KANTER, J.W., CAUTILLI, J.D. BUSCH, A.M. & BARUCH,
D.E. (2005). Toward a comprehensive functional analysis of
depressive behavior : Five environmental factors and a
possible sixth and seventh. The Behavior Analyst
Today, 6 (1), 65-81. [PDF] |
|
FREE, M.L. & OEI, T.P.S. (1989). Biological and
psychological processes in the treatment and maintenance
of depression. Clinical Psychology Review, 9,
653-688. |
HORWITZ, A.V. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2005). The age of
depression. The Public Interest, (4), 39-58. |
| |
|
|
DALGLEISH, T. & WATTS, F.N. (1990). Biases of
attention and memory in disorders of anxiety and
depression. Clinical Psychology Review, 10,
589-604. |
CASPI, A., SUGDEN, K., MOFFITT, T.E., TAYLOR, A., GRAIG,
I.W., HARRINGTON, H., McCLAY, J., MILL, J., MARTIN, J.,
BRATHWAITE, A. & POULTON, R. (2003). Influence of life
stress on depression : Moderation by a polymorphism in the
5-HTT gene. Science, 301, 386-389. |
|
FRANK, E., KUPFER, D.J., PEREL J.M., CORNES, C., JARRETT,
D.B., MALLINGER, A.G., THASE, M.E., McEACHRAN, A.B. &
GROCHOCINSKI, V.J. (1990). Three-year outcomes for
maintenance therapies in recurrent depression.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 47, 1093-1099. |
CLAES, S.J. & NEMEROFF, C.B. (2005).
Corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF) and major depression
: towards an integration of psychology and neurobiology in
depression research. In J. Corveleyn, P. Luyten & S.J.
Blatt (Eds.), The theory and treatment of depression :
Towards a dynamic interactionism model (pp.
227-252). Leuven : University Press and Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates. |
| |
DIMIDJIAN, S., HOLLON, S.D., DOBSON, K.S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., ADDIS, M.E., GALLOP, R.,
McGLINCHEY, J.B., MARKLEY, D.K., GOLLAN, J.K., ATKINS,
D.C., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2006). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the acute treatment of adults
with major depression. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 74 (4), 658-670. [PDF] |
| |
LACASSE J.R. & LEO. J. (2005). Serotonin and
depression : a disconnect between the advertisements and
the scientific literature. PLoS Medicine, 2
(12), 1211-1215.
[PDF] |
| |
THASE, M.E. (2006). Depression and sleep : Pathophysiology
and treatment. Dialogues in Clinical Neuroscience, 8,
217-226. [PDF] |
| |
BUTZER, B. & KUIPER, N.A. (2006). Relationships
between the frequency of social comparisons and self-
concept clarity, intolerance of uncertainty, anxiety and
depression. Personality & Individual Differences,
41, 167-176. |
| |
ELKIN, I., FALCONNIER, L., MARTIOVITCH, Z. & MAHONEY,
C. (2006). Therapist effects in the National Institute of
Mental Health treatment of depression collaborative
research program. Psychotherapy Research, 16, 144-160. |
| |
WEISSMAN, M.M., WICKRAMARATNEI, P., NOMURA, Y., WARNER,
V., PILOWSKY, D. & VERDELI, H. (2006). Offspring of
depressed parents : 20 years later. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 163, 1001-1008. |
|
McLEAN, P.D. & HAKSTIAN, A.R. (1990). Relative
endurance of unipolar depression treatment effects :
Longitudinal follow-up. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 58, 482-488. |
NESTLER, E.J. & CALREZON, W.A. (2006). The mesolimbic
dopamine reward circuit in depression. Biological
Psychiatry, 59 (12), 1151-1159. |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M., CLARKE, G.N., HOPS, H. & ANDREWS, J.
(1990). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depressed
adolescents. Behavior Therapy, 21, 385-401. |
WATKINS, L.L., BLUMENTHAL, J.A., DAVIDSON, J.R., BABYAK,
M.A., McCANTS, C.B. & SKETCH, M.H. (2006). Phobic
anxiety, depression, and risk of ventricular arrhythmias
in patients with coronary heart disease. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 68 (5), 651-656. |
|
ANGST, J. MERIKANGAS, K., SCHEIDEGGER, P. &
WICKI, W. (1990). Recurrent brief depression :
a new subtype of affective disorder. Journal of
Affective Disorders, 19 (2), 87–98. |
NEWTON-HOWES, G., TYRER, P. & JOHNSON, T. (2006).
Personality disorder and the outcome of depression :
meta-analysis of published studies. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 188, 13-20.
[PDF] |
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (1990). Sex differences in
depression. Stanford, CA : Stanford University
Press. |
HOLTZHEIMER, P.E. & NEMROFF, C.B. (2006). Emerging
treatments for depression. Expert Opinion on
Pharmacotherapy, 7, 2323-2339. |
|
ROBINSON, L.A., BERMAN, J.S. & NEIMEYER, R.A. (1990).
Psychotherapy for the treatment of depression : A
comprehensive review of controlled outcome research. Psychological
Bulletin, 108, 30-49. |
SPATES, C.R., PAGOTO, S. & KALATA, A. (2006). A
qualitative and quantitative review of behavioral
activation treatment of major depressive disorder. The
Behavior Analyst Today, 7 (4), 508-518. |
| |
HUPRICH, S.K., ZIMMERMAN, M. & CHELMINSKI, I. (2006).
Disentangling depressive personality disorder from
avoidant, borderline, and obsessive-compulsive personality
disorders. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 47, 298-306. |
|
ABRAMSON, L.Y., ALLOY, L.B. & METALSKY, G.I. (1990).
The hopelessness theory of depression : Current status and
future directions. In N. Stein (Ed.), University of
Chicago Symposium on Emotion. Hillsdale, N.J. :
Erlbaum. |
HAMILTON, J.A. & RUSSO, N.F. (2006). Women and
depression : Research, theory, and social policy. In
C.L.M. Keyes & S.H. Goodman (Eds.), Women and
depression : A handbook for the social, behavioral, and
biomedical sciences (pp. 479-522). New York :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
YING, Y.W. (1990). Explanatory models of major depression
and implications for help-seeking behavior among immigrant
Chinese-American women. Culture, Medicine &
Psychiatry, 14, 393-408. |
PATTEN, S.B., WANG, J.L., WILLIAM, J.V.A., CURRIE, S.,
BECK. C.A., MAXWELL, C.J. & El-GUEBALY, N. (2006).
Descriptive epidemiology of major depression in Canada. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 51 (2), 84-90. [PDF] |
| |
BLUMENTHAL, J.A., BABYAK, M.A., DORAISWAMY, M., WATKINS,
L., HOFFMAN, B.M., BARBOUR, K.A., HERMAN, S., CRAIGHEAD,
W.E., BROSSE, A.L., WAUGH, R., HINDERLITER, A. &
SHEWOOD, A. (2007). Exercise and pharmacotherapy in the
treatment of major depressive disorder. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 69 (7), 587-596. |
| |
JOORMANN, J., SIEMER, M. & GOTLIB, I.H. (2007). Mood
regulation in depression : Differential effects of
distraction and recall of happy memories on sad mood. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 116, (3), 484-490. [PDF] |
| |
HRANOV, L.G. (2007). Comorbid anxiety and depression :
illumination of a controversy. International Journal
of Psychiatry in Clinical Practice, 11 (3),
171-189. [PDF] |
|
BEACH, S.R.H., SANDEEN, E. & O'LEARY, K.D. (1990). Depression
: A marital model for etiology and treatment. New
York : Guilford. |
SINGER, A.R. & DOBSON, K.S. (2007). An experimental
analysis of the cognitive vulnerability to depression. Behavior
Research & Therapy, 45, 563-575. |
| |
JOORMANN, J. & GOTLIB, I.H. (2007). Selective
attention to emotional faces following recovery from
depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 116
(1), 80-85. [PDF] |
| |
DENNIS, T.A. (2007). Interactions between emotion
regulation strategies and affective style : Implications
for trait anxiety versus depressed mood. Motivation
& Emotion, 31, 200-207. [PDF] |
| |
ALLAN, L.G., SIEGEL, S. & HANNAH, S. (2007). The sad
truth about depressive realism. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 60, 482-495. |
| |
FORMAN, E.M., HERBERT, J.D., MOITRA, E., YEOMANS, P.D.
& GELLER, P.A. (2007). A randomized controlled
effectiveness trial of acceptance and commitment therapy
and cognitive therapy for anxiety and depression. Behavior
Modification, 31, 772-779. [PDF] |
|
ALLOY, L.B. (1991). Anxiety and depression : Disorders of
cognition or emotion ? Psychological Inquiry, 2,
72-74. |
YING, Y.W., LEE, P.A. & TSAI, J.L. (2007). Predictors
of depressive symptoms in Chinese American college
students : Parent and peer attahment, college challenges,
and sense of coherence. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 77 (2), 316-323. |
| |
BAGBY, R.M., QUILTY, L.C. & RYDER, A.C. (2008).
Personality and depression. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 53 (1), 14-25. [PDF] |
| |
CUSIN, C., YANG, H., YEUNG, A. & FAVA, M. (2009).
Rating scales for depression. In L. Baer and M.A. Blais
(Eds.), Handbook of clinical rating scales and
assessment in psychiatry and mental health (pp.
7-35). Human Press. [PDF] |
| |
SIMON, G.E. & SAVARINO, J. (2007). Suicide attempts
among patients starting depression treatment with
medications or psychotherapy. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 164, 1029-1034. |
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1991). Helplessness : On
depression, development, and death. New York : W.H.
Freeman. |
FLORA, S.R (2007). Taking america off drugs : Why
behavioral therapy is more effective for treating ADHD,
OCD, depression and other psychlogical problems.
New York : University of New York Press. |
|
CLARK, L.A. & WATSON, D. (1991). Tripartite model of
anxiety and depression : Psychometric evidence and
taxonomic implications. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 100, 316-336. |
ANDERSON, E.R. & HOPE, D.A. (2008). A review of the
tripartite model for understanding the link between
anxiety and depression in youth. Clinical Psychology
Review 28, 275-287 [PDF] |
| |
ABREU, P.R. & SANTOS, C.E. (2008). Behavioral models
of depression : A critique of the emphasis on positive
reinforcement. International Journal of Behavioral
Consultation & Therapy, 4 (2), 130-145. [PDF] |
|
SHEA, M., ELKIN, I., IMBER, S., SOTSKY, S., WATKINS, J.,
COLLINS, J., PILKONIS, P., BECKMAN, E., GLASS, D., DOLAN,
R. & PARLOFF, M. (1992). Course of depressive symptoms
over follow-up. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49,
782-787. |
KELLER, J., SHEN, L., GOMEZ, R.G., GARRETT, A., SOLVASON,
B., REISS, A. & SCHATZBERG, A.F. (2008). Hippocampal
and amygdalar volumes in psychotic and nonpsychotic
unipolar depression. American Journal of Psychiatry,
165, 872-880. [PDF] |
|
LAZARUS, A.A. (1992). The multimodal approach to the
treatment of minor depression. American Journal of
Psychotherapy, 46, 50-57. |
BLECHNER, M.J. (2008). Interaction of social and
neurobiological factors in depression. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 44 (4), 571-580. [PDF] |
|
GILBERT, P. (1992). Depression : The evolution of
powerlessness. Hillsdale, NJ; Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates. |
EKERS, D, RICHARDS, D. & GILBODY, S. (2008). A
meta-analysis of randomized trials of behavioural
treatment of depression. Psychological Medicine, 38,
611-623. |
|
SEAGRAVES, R.T. (1992). Sexual dysfunction complicating
the treatment of depression. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 10, 75-79. |
NEMROFF, C.B. (2008). Recent findings in the
pathophysiology of depression. Focus, 6, 3-14.
[PDF] |
|
GOTLIB, I.H. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1992). Cognitive
models of depression : Critique and directions for future
research. Psychological Inquiry, 3 (3),
241-244. |
COHEN, D., DENIAU, E., MATURANA, A., TANGUY, M.L., BODEAU,
N., LABELLE, R., BRETON, J.J. & GUILÉ, J.M. (2008).
Are child and adolescent responses to placebo higher in
major depression than in anxiety disorders ? A systematic
review of placebo-controlled trials. PLOS : A Public
Library of Science Journal, 3 (7), 26-32.
[PDF] |
|
KUPFER, D.J., FRANK, E., PEREL, J.M., CORNES, C.,
MALLINGER, A.G., THASE, M.E., MCEACHRAN, A.B. &
GROCHOCINSKI, V.J. (1992). Five-year outcome for
maintenance therapies in recurrent depression.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 769-773. |
HETTEMA, J.M. (2008). What is the genetic relationship
between anxiety and depression ? American Journal of
Medical Genetics, 148, 140-146. |
|
FIELD, T. (1992). Infants of depressed mothers. Development
& Psychopathology, 4 , 49-66. |
JOORMANN, J., EUGÈNE, F. & GOTLIB, I.H. (2008).
Parental depression : Impact on offspring and mechanisms
underlying transmission of risk. In S. Nolen-Hoeksema
(Ed.), Handbook of adolescent depression (pp.
441-471). NY : Guilford Press. |
|
ALLOY, L.B. & CLEMENTS, C.M. (1992). Illusion of
control : Invulnerability to negative affect and
depressive symptoms after laboratory and natural
Stressors. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101,
234-245. |
SHIBLEY-HYDE, J., MEZULIS, A.H. & ABRAMSON, L.Y.
(2008). The ABCs of depression : Integrating affective,
biological, and cognitive models to explain the emergence
of the gender difference in depression. Psychological
Review, 115 (2), 291-313. [PDF] |
|
|
BLATT, S.J. & MAROUDAS, C. (1992). Convergence of
psychoanalytic and cognitive behavioral theories of
depression. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 9, 157-190. |
DAS-MUNSHI, J., GOLDBERG, D., BEBBINGTON, P.E., BHUGRA,
D.K., BRUGHA, T.S., DEWEY, D.E., JENKINS, R., STEWART, R.
& PRINCE, M. (2008). Public health significance of
mixed anxiety and depression : beyond current
classification. British Journal of Psychiatry, 192, 171-177.
[PDF] |
|
MARX, E.M., WILLIAMS, J.M.G. & CLARIDGE, G.C. (1992).
Depression and social problem solving. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 101, 78-86. |
ADDIS, M.E. (2008). Gender and depression in men.
Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice, 15,
153-168. [PDF] |
|
BLATT, S.J & ZUROFF, D.C. (1992). Interpersonal
relatedness and self-definition : Two prototypes for
depression. Clinical Psychology Review, 12, 527-562. |
GOTLIB, I.H. & HAMILTON, J.P. (2008). Neuroimaging and
depression : current status and unresolved issues.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 17
(2), 159-163. [PDF] |
|
ALLOY, L.B. & LIPMSN, A.J. (1992). Depression and
selection of positive and negative social feedback :
Motivated preference or cognitive balance ? Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 101, 310-313. |
DOBSON, K.S., HOLLON, S.D., DIMIDJIAN, S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., GALLOP, R., RIZVI, J., GOLLAN,
J.K., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2008). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the prevention of relapse and
recurrence in major depression. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76 (3), 468-477. [PDF] |
|
IDLER, E.L. & KASL, S.V. (1992). Religion, disability,
depression, and the timing of death. American Journal
of Sociology, 97, 1052-1079. |
MORRIS, P.A. (2008). Welfare program implementation and
parents’ and depression. Social Service Review, 82
(4), 579-614. [PDF] |
|
CURRY, J.F. & CRAIGHEAD, W.E. (1993). Depression. In
T.M. Ollendick & M. Hersen (Eds.), Handbook of
Child and Adolescent Assessment (pp. 251-268). New
York : Allyn & Bacon. |
|
|
MOGG, K., BRADLEY, B., WILLIAMS R. & MATHEWS, A.
(1993). Subliminal processing of emotional information in
anxiety and depression. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 102 (2), 304-311. [PDF] |
DIMIDJIAN, S., MARTELL, C.R., COFFMAN, S. & HOLLON,
S.D. (2008). Treatment of severe depression. In M. Whisman
(Ed.), Cognitive therapy for complex and comorbid
depression : Assessment and treatment (pp. 65-87).
New York : Guilford. |
|
WITTCHEN, H.U. & ESSAU, C.A. (1993). Comorbidity and
mixed anxiety-depressive disorders : is there
epidemiologic evidence ? Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 54 (S1), 9-15. |
BELL, A.C. & D'ZURILLA, T.J. (2009). Problem solving
and behavior therapy revisited. Clinical Psychology
Review, 29,348-353. [PDF] |
|
PETERSEN, A.C., COMPAS, B.E., BROOKS-GUNN, J., STEMMLER,
M., EY, S. & GRANT, K.E. (1993). Depression in
adolescence. American Psychologist, 48, 155-168.
[PDF] |
BARTOLOMUCCI, A. & LEOPARDI, R. (2009). Stress and
depression : Preclinical research and clinical
implications. PLoS ONE, 4 (1), 1-6. [PDF] |
|
YOUNG, J.E., BECK, A.T. & WEINBERGER, A. (1993).
Depression. In D. H. Barlow (Ed.), Clinical handbook
ofpsychological disorders (pp. 240-277). New York
: Guilford. |
KORCYN, A.D. & HALPERIN, I. (2009). Depression and
dementia. Journal of the Neurological Sciences, 283,
139-142. |
|
GREENBERG, P.E., STIGLIN, L.E., FINKELSTEIN, S.N. &
BERNDT, E.R. (1993). The economic burden of depression in
1990. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 54,
405-418. |
MOSSAKOWSKI, K.N. (2009). The influence of past
unemployment duration on symptoms of depression among
young women and men in the United States. American
Journal of Public Health, 99 (10), 1826-1832.
[PDF] |
|
MUNOZ, R.F. & YING, Y. (1993). The prevention of
depression : Research and practice. Baltimore : The
Johns Hopkins University Press. |
TRONICK, E. & RECK, C. (2009). Infants of depressed
mothers. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 17 (2),
147-156.
[PDF] |
|
HAYES, A.M. & NEWMAN, C.F. (1993). Depression : an
integrative perspective. In G. Stricker & J.R. Gold
(Eds.) Comprehensive handbook of psychotherapy
integration. (pp. 303-321). NY : Plenum Press. |
ORTH, U., ROBINS, R.W. & MEIER, L.L. (2009).
Disentangling the effects of low self-esteem and stressful
events on depression : Findings from three longitudinal
studies. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 97, 307-321. [PDF] |
|
PICKENS, J. & FIELD, T. (1993). Facial expressivity in
infants of depressed mothers. Developmental
Psychology, 29 (6), 986-988. |
KORCYN, A.D. & HALPERIN, I. (2009). Depression and
dementia. Journal of the Neurological Sciences, 283,
139-142. |
|
OLFSON, M.D. & KLERMAN, G.L. (1993). Trends in the
prescription of antidepressants by office-based
psychiatrists. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150,
571-577. |
JACOB, K.S. (2009). Major depression : revisiting the
concept and diagnosis. Advances in Psychiatric
Treatment, 15, 279-285. [PDF] |
|
WEXLER, B.E. & NELSON, J.C. (1993). The treatment of
major depressive disorders. International Journal of
Mental Health, 22, 7-41. |
LUPPINO, F.S., DE WIT, L.M., BOUVY, P.F., STIJNEN, T.,
CUIJPERS P., PENNINX, B.W.J.H. & ZITAMN, F.G. (2010).
Overweight, obesity, and depression : a systematic review
and meta-analysis of longitudinal studies. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 67 (3), 220-229. [PDF] |
|
DEANER, S.L. & McCONATHA, J.T. (1993). Relationship of
humor to depression and personality. Psychological
Reports, 72 (3), 755-763. |
REGESTEIN, Q., NATARAJAN, N.V., PAVLOVA, M., KAWASAKI, S.,
GLEASON, R. & KOFF, E. (2010). Sleep debt and
depression in female college students. Psychiatry
Research, 176, 34-39. |
|
FAVA, M., ROSENBLAUM, J.F. & PAVA, J.A. (1993). Anger
attacks in unipolar depression, Part 1 : Clinical
correlates and response to fluoxetine treatment.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1158-1163. |
SUTTON, J.M., MINEKA, S., ZINBAR, G.R.E., CRASKE, M.G.,
GRIFFITH, J.W., ROSE, R.D., WATERS A.M., NAZARIAN, M.
& MOR, N. (2010). The relationships of personality and
cognitive styles with self-reported symptoms of depression
and anxiety. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 35
(4), 381-393. [PDF]
|
| |
MOHR, D.C., HO, J., DUFFECY, J., BARON, K.G., LEHMAN,
K.A., JIN, L. & REIFLER, D. (2010). Perceived barriers
to psychological treatments and their relationship to
depression. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 66
(4), 394-409. [PDF] |
|
GALLO, J.J., ANTHONY, J.C. & MUTHéN, B.O. (1994). Age
differences in the symptoms of depression : A latent trait
analysis. Journal of Gerontology, 49 (6),
251-264.
[PDF] |
VAN DE VELDE, S., BRACKE, P. & LEVECQUE, K. (2010)
Gender differences in depression in 23 European countries.
Cross-national variation in the gender gap in depression.
Social Science & Medicine, 71, 305-313. |
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. & GIRGUS, J.S. (1994). The
emergence of gender differences in depression in
adolescence. Psychological Bulletin, 115 (3),
424-443. [PDF] |
DALLA, C., PITYCHOUTIS, P.M., KOKRAS, N. &
PAPADOPOULOU-DAIFOTI, Z. (2010). Sex differences in the
neurobiological substrate of depression and in
antidepressant response. Basic & Clinical
Pharmacology & Toxicology/Invited Review, 106, 226-233. |
|
CUMMINGS, E.M. & DAVIES, P.T. (1994). Maternal
depression and child development. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 35, 73-112.
[PDF] |
LIGTHART, L., NYHOLT, D.R., PENNINX, B. & BOOMSMA,
D.I. (2010). The shared genetics of migraine and anxious
depression head. Headache, 50 (10), 1549-1560. [PDF] |
|
JAYCOX, L.H., REIVICH, K.J., GILLHAM, J. & SELIGMAN,
M.E.P. (1994). Prevention of depressive symptoms in school
children. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 32, 801-816. |
EGEDE, L.E. & ELLIS, C. (2010). Diabetes and
depression : Global perspectives. Diabetes Research
& Clinical Practice, 87, 302-312.
[PDF] |
|
CRAIGHEAD, W.E., CURRY, J.F. & McMILLAN, D. (1994).
Childhood and adolescent depression. In L.W. Craighead,
W.E. Craighead, A.E. Kazdin & M.J. Mahoney (Eds.). Cognitive
and behavioral interventions : An empirical approach to
mental health problems (pp. 301-312). Boston, MA :
Allyn & Bacon. |
GOTLIB, I.H. & JOORMANN, J. (2010). Cognition and
depression : Current status and future directions.
Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 6, 285-312. [PDF] |
|
ASNIS, G.M., MCGINN, L.K. & SANDERSON, W.C. (1995).
Atypical depression : Clinical aspects and noradrenergic
function. American Journal of Psychiatry, 152,
31-36. |
KENDLER, K.S., MYERS, J. & HALBERSTADT, L.J. (2010).
Should the diagnosis of major depression be made
independent of or dependent upon psychosocial context.
Psychological Medicine, 40, 771-780. [PDF] |
|
STURM, R. & WELLS, K.B. (1995). How can care for
depression become more cost-effective ? Journal of
the American Medical Association, 273, 51-58. |
BEGIC, D., POPOVIC-KNAPIC, V., GRUBSIN, J.,
KOSANOVIC-RAJACIC, B., FILIPCIC, I., TELAROVIC, I. &
JAKOVLJEVIC, M. (2011). Quantitative
electroencephalography in schizophrenia and depression. Psychiatria
Danubina, 23 (4), 355-362. [PDF] |
| |
CARVALHO, J.P. & HOPKO, D.R. (2011). Behavioral theory
of depression: reinforcement as a mediating variable
between avoidance and depression. Journal of Behavior
Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 42 (2), 154-62 |
| |
TAYLOR, P.J., GOODING, P., WOOD, A.M. & TARRIER, N.
(2011). The role of defeat and entrapment in depression,
anxiety, and suicide. Psychological Bulletin, 137
(3), 391-420. [PDF] |
|
BRADLEY, B.P MOGG, K., MILLAR, N. & WHITE, J. (1995).
Selective processing of negative information : effects of
clinical anxiety, concurrent depression, and awareness.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 104 (3), 532-536. |
GOTLIB, I.H., JONIDES, J., BUSCHKUEHL, M. & JOORMANN,
J. (2011). Memory for affectively valenced stimuli in
depression : Evidence from a novel matching task. Cognition
& Emotion, 25 (7), 1246-1254. [PDF] |
|
MYNORS-WALLACE, L.M., GATH, D.H., LLOYD-THOMAS, A.R. &
TOMLISON, D. (1995). Randomized controlled trial comparing
problem solving treatment with amitripty-line and placebo
for major depression in primary care. British Medical
Journal, 310, 441-445. |
MORENO, M.A., JELENCHICK, L.A., EGEN, K.G., COX, E.,
YOUNG, H., GANNON, K.E. & BECKER, T. (2011). Feeling
bad on facebook : depression disclosures by college
students on a social networking site. Depression
& Anxiety, 28, 447-455. [PDF] |
|
CAFFAN, E.A., TSAOUSIS, I. & KEMP-WHEELER, S.M.
(1995). Researcher allegiance and meta-analysis : The case
of cognitive therapy for depression. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63 (6),
966-980. |
DIMIDJIAN, S., BARRERA, J.R., MARTELL, C.R., MUNOZ, R.F.
& LEWINSOHN, P.M. (2011). The origins and current
status of behavioral activation treatments for depression.
Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 7, 1-38. [PDF] |
| |
DEDIC, N., WALSER, S.M. & DEUSSING, J.M. (2011).
Mouse models of depression. In T. Uehara (Ed.), Psychiatric
disorders – Trends and developments (pp. 185-222).
Intech. [PDF] |
| |
TITOV, N., DEAR, B.F., SCHWENCKE, G., ANDREWS, G.,
JOHNSTON, L., CRASKE, M. & McVOY, P. (2011).
Transdiagnostic internet treatment for anxiety and
depression : a randomised controlled trial. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 49, 441-452. |
|
ANTONUCCIO, D.O. & DENELSKY, G. (1995). Psychotherapy
versus medication for depression. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 26, 574-585. |
NG, I.Y.H., SHEN, X., SIM, H., SARRI, R.C., STOFFREGEN, E.
& SHOO, J.J. (2011). Incarcerating juveniles in adult
prisons as a factor in depression. Criminal Behaviour
& Mental Health, 21, 21-34.
[PDF] |
| |
JUHASZ, G., ESZLARI, N., PAP, D. & GONDA, X. (2012).
Cultural differences in the development and
characteristics of depression.
Neuropsychopharmacologia Hungarica, 4, 259-264. [PDF] |
| |
MOHR, D.C., HO, J., DUFFECY, J., REIFLER, D., SOKOL, L.,
BURNS, M.N., JIN, L. & SIDDIQUE, J. (2012). Effect of
telephone-administered vs face-to-face cognitive
behavioral therapy on adherence to therapy and depression
outcomes among primary care patients : A randomized trial.
Journal of American Medical Association, 307 (21),
2278-2285. [PDF] |
| |
CUIJPERS, P., DRIESSEN, E., HOLLON, S.D., VAN OPPEN, P,
BART, J. & ANDERSSON, G. (2012). The effi cacity of
non-directive supportive therapy for adult depression : a
meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology Review, 32 (4),
280-291. |
|
KESSLER, R.C. (2012). The costs of depression. Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 35, 1–14.
|
|
ABRAMSON, L.Y., ALLOY, L.B. & METALSKY, G.I. (1995).
Hopelessness depression. In G. Buchanan and M.E.P.
Seligman (Eds.), Explanatory style. Hillsdale,
N.J. : Erlbaum. |
TITOV, N., DEAR, B.F., LUKE JOHNSTON, L. & TERIDES, M.
(2012). Transdiagnostic internet treatment for anxiety and
depression. Revista de Psicopatología y Psicología
Clínica, 17 (3), 237-260. [PDF] |
| |
SZPITALAK, M. & PROCHWICZ, K. (2013). Psychological
gender : Theories, methods, and conclusions. Psychiatria
Polska, 47 (1), 53-62. [PDF] |
|
JOINER, T. & METALSKY, G.I (1995). A prospective test
of an integrative interpersonal theory of depression : A
naturalistic study of college roommates. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 69, 778-788. |
EZZATI, A., ZIMMERMAN, M.E., KATZ, J.M. & LIPTON, R.B.
(2013). Hippocampal correlates of depression in healthy
elderly adults. Hippocampus, 23 (12),
1137-1142. [PDF] |
| |
WOUTERS, S., DURIEZ, B., LUYCKX, K., KLIMSTRA, T., COLPIN,
H., SOENENS, B. & VERSCHUEREN, K. (2013). Depressive
symptoms in university freshmen : Longitudinal relations
with contingent self-esteem and level of self-esteem.
Journal of Research in Personality, 47, 356-363. |
|
ANTONUCCIO, D.O. (1995). Psychotherapy for depression : No
stronger medicine. American Psychologist, 50,
450-452. |
BESCHE-RICHARD, C. (2013). Explicit and implicit memory in
depressive patients. Review of the literature. Psychology,
4 (11), 4-10. [PDF]
|
|
| |
CUIJPERS, P., HUIBERS, M., EBERT, D.D., KOOLE, S.L. &
ANDERSSON, G. (2013). How much psychotherapy is needed to
treat depression ? A metaregression analysis. Journal
of Affective Disorders, 149 (1-3), 1-13. |
|
ADDIS, M.E., TRUAX, P. & JACOBSON, N.S. (1995). Why do
people think they are depressed ? The reasons for
depression questionnaire. Psychotherapy, 32, 476-483. |
FRIED, E.I., NESSE, R.M., ZIVIN, K., GUILLE, C. & SEN,
S. (2013). Depression is more than the sum score of its
parts : individual DSM symptoms have different risk
factor. Psychological Medicine, 44, 2067-2076. [PDF] |
|
FIELD, T.M. (1995). Infants of depressed mothers. Infant
Behavior & Development, 18 (1), 1-13. |
CUIJPERS, P., TURNER, E.H., MOHR, D.C., HOFMANN, S.G.,
ANDERSSON, G., BERKING, M. & COYNE, J. (2014).
Comparison of psychotherapies for adult depression to pill
placebo control groups : a meta-analysis. Psychological
Medicine, 44 (4), 685-695. |
| |
CURRY, J.F. & HERSH, J. (2014). Development and
evolution of cognitive behavior therapy for depressed
adolescents. Journal of Rational-Emotive &
Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 32, 15-30. |
| |
LA ROCQUE, C.L., HARKNESS, K.L. & BAGBY, R.M. (2014).
The differential relation of childhood maltreatment to
stress sensitization in adolescent and young adult
depression. Journal of Adolescence, 37, 871-882.
[PDF] |
| |
CUIJPERS, P., KARYOTAKI, E., POT, A.M., PARK, M. &
REYNOLDS, C.F. (2014). Managing depression in older age :
psychological interventions. Maturitas, 79 (2),
160-169. |
| |
FRIED, E.I. & NESSE, R.M. (2014). The impact of
individual depressive symptoms on impairment of
psychosocial functioning. PLoS ONE, 9 (2),
e90311. [PDF] |
| |
ELHAI, J.D., LEVINE, J.C., DVORAK, R.B. & HALL, B.J.
(2016). Fear of missing out, need for touch, anxiety and
depression are related to problematic smartphone use. Computers
in Human Behavior, 63, 509-516.
[PDF] |
| |
GROB J., BLANK, H. & BAYEN, U.J. (2017). Hindsight
bias in depression. Clinical Psychological Science, 5
(5), 771-788. [PDF] |
|
MALHI, G.S. & MANN, J.J. (2018). Depression.
Lancet, 392, 2299-312. |
| |
ENNS, M.W., BERNSTEIN, C.B., KROEKER, K., GRAFF, L.,
WALKER, J.R., LIX, L., HITCHON, C.M., EL-GABALAWY, R.,
FISK, J.D. & MARRIE, R.A. (2018). The association of
fatigue, pain, depression and anxiety with work and
activity impairment in immune mediated inflammatory
diseases. PLoS ONE, 13 (6), 1-18. [PDF] |
|
MUNDER, T., FLÜCKIGER, C., LEICHSENRING, F., ABBASS, A.A.,
HILSENROTH, M.J.,
LUYTEN, P., RABUNG, S., STEINERT, C. & WAMPOLD, B.E.
(2019). Is psychotherapy effective ? A re-analysis of
treatments for depression. Epidemiology &
Psychiatric Sciences, 28 (3), 268-274. [PDF] |
|
CUIJPERS, P., KARYOTAKI, E., REIJENDES, M. &
EBERT, D.D. (12019). Was Eysenck right after all ? A
reassessment of the effects of psychotherapy for adult
depression. Epidemiology & Psychiatric Sciences,
28, 21–30. [PDF] |
| |
RICHARD, R. & MARCOTTE, D. (2021). La relation
temporelle entre l'anxiété et la dépression dans le
contexte de la transition primaire-secondaire. Santé
Mentale au Québec, 8 (2), 257-275. [PDF] |
|
OTU, M.S. & SEFOTHO, M.M. (2024). Use of
cognitive-behavioral career coaching to reduce work
anxiety and depression in public employees. World
Journal of Clinical Cases, 12 (2), 322-334. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Type de dépression |
|
|
Dépression (Causes/Explications) :
Ensemble des théories et
des facteurs/ causes
qui expliquent la dépression.
| |
|
|
BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Clinical,
experimental, and theoretical aspects. N.Y. :
Harper & Row. |
YING, Y.W. (1990). Explanatory models of major depression
and implications for help-seeking behavior among immigrant
Chinese-American women. Culture, Medicine &
Psychiatry, 14, 393-408. |
|
EPSTEIN, S. (1967). Toward a unified theory of depression.
In B.A. Maher (Ed.), Progress in experimental
personality research (Vol. 4, pp. 1-89). New York :
Academic Press. |
ABRAMSON, L.Y., ALLOY, L.B. & METALSKY, G.I. (1990).
The hopelessness theory of depression : Current status and
future directions. In N. Stein (Ed.), University of
Chicago Symposium on Emotion. Hillsdale, N.J. :
Erlbaum. |
|
BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Causes and treatment.
Philadelphia : University of Pennsylvania Press. |
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1991). Helplessness : On
depression, development, and death. New York : W.H.
Freeman. |
| |
HOLLON, S.D. (1992). Cognitive models of depression from a
psychobiological perspective. Psychological Inquiry,
3, 250-253. |
| |
SMITH, B.D. & SALZMAN, C. (1991). Benzodiazepines
cause depression. Hospital & Community
Psychiatry, 42, 1101-1112. |
| |
WEISS, J.M., STOUT, J.C., AARON, M.F., QUAN, N., OWENS,
M.J., BUTLER, P.D. & NEMEROFF, C.B. (1994).
Experimental studies of depression and anxiety : role of
locus coeruleus and corticotropin-releasing factor. Brain
Research Bulletin, 35, 561-572. [PDF] |
| |
WEISS, J.M., STOUT, J.C., AARON, M.F., QUAN, N., OWENS,
M.J., BUTLER, P.D. & NEMEROFF, C.B. (1994). Depression
and anxiety : role of the locus coeruleus and
corticotropin-releasing factor. Brain Research
Bulletin, 35, 561-572. |
| |
LEVIN, J. S. (1994). Religion and health : is there an
association, is it valid, and is it causal ? Social
Science & Medicine, 38, 1475-1482. |
| |
CADORET, R.J., WINOKUR, G., LANGBEHN, D., TROUGHTON, E.,
YATES, W.R. & STEWART, M.A. (1996). Depression
spectrum disease, I : The role of gene-environment
interaction. American Journal of Psychiatry, 153,
892-899. |
| |
BROWN, G.W. (1996). Genetics of depression : a social
science perspective. International Review of
Psychiatry, 8, 387-402. |
| |
HENINGER, G., DELGADO, P. & CHARNEY, D. (1996). The
revised monoamine theory of depression : A modulatory role
for monoamines, based on new findings from monoamine
depletion experiments in humans. Pharmacopsychiatry,
29, 2-11. |
| |
KESSLER, R.C. (1997). The effects of stressful life events
on depression. Annual Review of Psychology, 48,
191-214. |
|
IZARD, C.E. (1972). Patterns of emotions : a new
analysis of anxiety and depression. New York :
Academic Press. |
EPSTEIN, R. (1998). Of course depression is biochemical. American
Psychological Association Monitor, 3, 5. |
| |
WEISS, E.L., LONGHURST, J.G. & MAZURE, C.M. (1999).
Childhood sexual abuse as a risk factor for depression in
women : psychosocial and neurobiological correlates. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 816-828. [PDF] |
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1975). Helplessness : On
depression, development, and death. San Fransisco,
CA : Freeman. |
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S., LARSON, J. & GRAYSON, C. (1999).
Explaining the gender difference in depressive symptoms.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 77,
1061-1072. [PDF] |
| |
HERRICK, H.W.B. (2000). The effect of stressful life
events on postpartum depression results from the 1997-1998
North Carolina Pregnancy Risk Assessment Monitoring System
(PRAMS). NCPH/SCHS Studies, 121, 1-10. [PDF] |
|
REHM, L. P. (1977). A self-control model of depression. Behavior
Therapy, 8, 787-804. |
ABRAMSON, L.Y., ALLOY, L.B., HANKIN, B.L., HAEFFEL, G.J.,
MacCOON, D.G. & GIBB, B.E. (2002). Cognitive
vulnerability-stress models of depression in a
self-regulatory and psychobiological context. In I.H.
Gotlib & C.L. Hammen (Eds.), Handbook of
depression (pp. 268-294). New York : Guilford . |
|
|
BROWN, G.W. & HARRIS, T. (1978). Social origins
of depression : A study of psychiatric disorder in
women. N.Y. : The Free Press. |
HEATH, A.C. TODOROV, A.A., NELSON, E.C., MADDEN, P.A.F.,
BUCHOLZ, K.K. & MARTIN, N.G. (2002). Gene-environment
interaction effects on behavioral variation and risk of
complex disorders : The example of alcoholism and other
psychiatric disorders. Twin Research, 5 (1),
30-37. [PDF] |
|
JACOBSON, E. (1979). Les dépressions. états normaux,
névrotiques et psychotiques. Paris : Payot. |
GOODWIN, R.D. & GOTLIB, I.H. (2004). Gender
differences in depression : the role of personality
factors. Psychiatry Research, 126, 135–140. [PDF] |
| |
MONROE, S.M. & HARKNESS, K.L. (2005). Life stress, the
«kindling» hypothesis, and the recurrence of depression :
Considerations from a life stress perspective. Psychological
Review, 112, (2), 417-445 |
| |
SCHATZBERG, A.F. (2005).Recent studies of the biology and
treatment of depression. Focus, 3 (1), 14-24. |
|
YOUNGREN, M.A. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1980). The
functional relation between depression and problematic
interpersonal behavior. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 89, 333-341. |
KANTER, J.W., CAUTILLI, J.D., BUSCH, A.M. & BARUCH,
D.E. (2005). Toward a comprehensive functional analysis of
depressive behavior : Five environmental factors and a
possible sixth and seventh. The Behavior Analyst
Today, 6 (1), 65-81. [PDF] |
|
COYNE, J.C. & GOTLOB, I.H. (1983). The role of
cognition in depression : A critical appraisal. Psychological
Bulletin, 94, 472-505. |
CLAES, S.J. & NEMEROFF, C.B. (2005).
Corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF) and major depression
: towards an integration of psychology and neurobiology in
depression research. In J. Corveleyn, P. Luyten & S.J.
Blatt (Eds.), The theory and treatment of depression :
Towards a dynamic interactionism model (pp.
227-252). Leuven : University Press and Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates. |
|
KRIPKE, D.F. (1984). Critical interval hypotheses for
depression. Chronobiology International, 1,
73-80. |
LACASSE J.R. & LEO. J. (2005). Serotonin and
depression : a disconnect between the advertisements and
the scientific literature. PLoS Medicine, 2
(12), 1211-1215. [PDF] |
MANSON, S.M., SHORE J.H. & BLOOM, J.D. (1985). The
depressive experience in American Indian communities : A
challenge for psychiatric theory and diagnosis. In A.M.
Kleinman & B. Good (Eds.), Culture and depression
(pp.
331–368). Berkeley : University of California Press. |
DENSON, T.F. & EARLEYWINE, M. (2006). Decreased
depression in marijuana users. Addictive Behaviors,
41, 738-742. [PDF] |
|
BREWIN, C.R. (1985). Depression and causal attributions :
What is their relation ? Psychological Bulletin, 98 (2),
297-309. |
THASE, M.E. (2006). Depression and sleep : Pathophysiology
and treatment. Dialogues in Clinical Neuroscience, 8
(2), 217-226. [PDF] |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M., HOBERMAN, H.M., TERI, L. &
HAUTZINGER, M. (1985). An integrated theory of depression.
In S. Reiss & R. Bootzin (Eds.), Theoretical
issues in behavior therapy (pp. 331-359). New York
: Academic Press. |
NESTLER, E.J. & CALREZON, W.A. (2006). The mesolimbic
dopamine reward circuit in depression. Biological
Psychiatry, 59 (12), 1151-1159. |
|
SUSMAN, E.J., TRICKETT, P.K., IANOTTI, R.J., HOLLENBECK,
B.E. & ZAHN-WAXLER, C. (1985). Child-rearing patterns
in depressed, abusive, and normal mothers. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 55 (2), 237-251. |
HAEFFEL, G.J. & GRIGORENKO, E.L. (2007). Cognitive
vulnerability to depression : Exploring risk and
resilience. Child & Adolescent Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 16, 435-448. [PDF] |
|
NEZU, A.M. & RONAN, G.F. (1985). Life stress, current
problems, problem solving, and depressive symptoms : An
integrative model. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 53, 693- 697. |
SINGER, A.R. & DOBSON, K.S. (2007). An experimental
analysis of the cognitive vulnerability to depression. Behavior
Research & Therapy, 45, 563-575. |
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & PETERSON, C. (1986). A learned
helplessness perspective on childhood depression : Theory
and research. In M. Rutter, C.E. Izard & P.B. Read
(Eds.), Depression in young people : Developmental
and clinical perspectives. New York : Guilford
Press. |
KELLER, J., SHEN, L., GOMEZ, R.G., GARRETT, A., SOLVASON,
B., REISS, A. & SCHATZBERG, A.F. (2008). Hippocampal
and amygdalar volumes in psychotic and nonpsychotic
unipolar depression. American Journal of Psychiatry,
165, 872-880. |
| |
HETTENA, J.M. (2008). What is the genetic relationship
between anxiety and depression ? American Journal of
Medical Genetics, 148, 140-146. |
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S., GIRGUS, J.S. & SELIGMAN, M.E.P.
(1986). Learned helplessness in children : A longitudinal
study of depression, explanatory style and academic
achievement. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 51, 435-442. |
BLECHNER, M.J. (2008). Interaction of social and
neurobiological factors in depression. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 44 (4), 571-580. [PDF] |
|
BECK, A.T. (1987). Cognitive models of depression. Journal
of Cognitive Psychotherapy : An International Quarterly,
1, 5-37. |
HYDE, J.S., MEZULIS, A.H. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (2008). The
ABCs of depression : Integrating affective, biological,
and cognitive models to explain the emergence of the
gender difference in depression. Psychological
Review, 115 (2), 291-313. [PDF] |
|
ALLOY, L.B. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (1988). Depressive
realism : Four theoretical perspectives. In L.B. Alloy
(Ed.), Cognitive processes in depression. New
York : Guilford. |
NEMROFF, C.B. (2008). Recent findings in the
pathophysiology of depression. Focus, 6, 3-14.
[PDF] |
|
ALLOY, L.B., ABRAMSON, L.Y., METALSKY, G.I & HARTLAGE,
S. (1988). The hopelessness theory of depression :
Attributional aspects. British Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 27, 5-21. |
SHIBLEY-HYDE, J., MEZULIS, A.H. & ABRAMSON, L.Y.
(2008). The ABCs of depression : Integrating affective,
biological, and cognitive models to explain the emergence
of the gender difference in depression. Psychological
Review, 115 (2), 291-313. [PDF] |
|
ABRAMSON, L.Y., METALSKY, G.I. & ALLOY, L.B. (1989).
Hopelessness depression : A theory-based subtype of
depression. Psychological Review, 96 (2),
358-372. |
JACOB, K.S. (2009). Major depression : revisiting the
concept and diagnosis. Advances in Psychiatric
Treatment, 15, 279-285. [PDF] |
|
FREE, M.L. & OEI, T.P.S. (1989). Biological and
psychological processes in the treatment and maintenance
of depression. Clinical Psychology Review, 9,
653-688. |
LIGTHART, L., NYHOLT, D.R., PENNINX, B. & BOOMSMA,
D.I. (2010). The shared genetics of migraine and anxious
depression head. Headache, 50 (10), 1549-1560. [PDF] |
| |
PARKER, G. & BROTCHIE, H. (2010). Gender differences
in depression. International Review of Psychiatry, 22
(5), 429-436. |
|
BABSON, K.A., TRAINOR, C.D., FELDERN, M.T. &
BLUMENTHAL, H. (2010). A test of the effects of acute
sleep deprivation on general and specific self-reported
anxiety and depressive symptoms : An experimental
extension. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 4 (3), 297-303. [PDF] |
|
OETTINGEN, G., MAYER, D.,& PPRTNOW, S. (2016).
Pleasure now, pain later :
Positive fantasies about the future predict symptoms of
depression. Psychological Science, 27, 345-353. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Dépression |
|
|
Dépression (Animaux) : Dépression
chez les animaux.
Animal model of depression, Experimental modeling of depression.
| |
|
|
McKINNEY, W.T. & BUNNEY, W.E. (1969). Animal model of
depression. I. Review of evidence : implications for
research. Archives of General Psychiatry, 21 (2),
240-248. |
|
|
HARLOW, H.F., SUOMI, S.J. & McKINNEY, W.T. (1970).
Experimental production of depression in monkeys. Mainly
Monkeys, 1, 6-12. |
DURGAM, R.C. (2001). Rodent models of depression : learned
helplessness using a triadic design in rats. Current
Protocols in Neuroscience, 10B (Chapitre 8). |
|
McKINNEY, W.T., SUOMI, S.J. & HARLOW, H.F. (1972).
Depression in primates. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 127, 1313-1320. |
WILLNER, P. & MITCHELL, P.J. (2002). The validity of
animal models of predisposition to depression. Behavioural
Pharmacology, 13 (3), 169-188. |
|
HARLOW, H.F. & SUOMI, S.J. (1972). Production of
depressive behavior in young monkeys. Journal of
Childhood Autism & Schizophrenia, 1, 246-255. |
O'NEIL, M.F. & MOORE, N.A. (2003). Animal models of
depression : are there any ? Human
Psychopharmacology, 18, 239-254 |
|
McKINNEY, W.T., SUOMI, S.J. & HARLOW, H.F. (1972). Use
of monkeys to study depression. Resident & Staff
Physician, 18, 44-49. |
KALUEFF, A.V. & TUOHIMAA, P. (2004). Experimental
modeling of anxiety and depression. Acta
Neurobiologiae Experimentalis, 64, 439-448. [PDF] |
|
MILLER, W.R. & SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1973). Learned
helplessness, depression and the perception of
reinforcement. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 82, 62-73. |
|
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1974). Depression and learned
helplessness. In R.J. Friedman & M.M. Katz (Eds.), The
psychology of depression : Contemporary theory and
research. Winston-Wiley. |
GOODWIN, R.D. & GOTLIB, I.H. (2004). Gender
differences in depression : the role of personality
factors. Psychiatry Research 126, 135-142. [PDF] |
|
SUOMI, S.J., EISELE, C.D., GRADY, S.A. & HARLOW, H.F.
(1975). Depressive behavior in adult monkeys following
separation from family environment. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 84, 576-578. |
|
|
SUOMI, S.J., DELIZIO, R. & HARLOW, H.F. (1976). Social
rehabilitation of separation-induced depressive disorders
in monkeys. American Journal of Psychiatry, 133, 1279-1285. |
|
|
PORSOLT, R.D., ANTON, G., BLAVET, N. & JALFRE, M.
(1978). Behavioural despair in rats : A new model
sensitive to antidepressant treatments. European
Journal of Pharmacology, 47 (4), 379-391 |
CRYAN, J.F. & MOMBEREAU, C. (2004). In search of a
depressed mouse : utility of models for studying
depression-related behavior in genetically modified mice.
Molecular Psychiatry, 9, 326-357. |
|
KATZ, R.J. (1982). Animal models and human depressive
disorders. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 5
(2), 231-246. |
|
|
KATZ, R.J., ROTH, K.A. & SCHMALTZ, K. (1981).
Amphetamine and tranylcypromine in an animal model of
depression : Pharmacological specificity of the reversal
effect. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 5
(2), 259-264. [PDF] |
URANI, A., CHOURBAJI, S. & GASS, P. (2005). Mutant
mouse models of depression : candidate genes and current
mouse lines. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral
Reviews, 29, 805-828. |
| KATZ, R.J., ROTH, K.A. & CARROLL, B.J. (1981). Acute
and chronic stress effects on open field activity in the
rat : implications for a model of depression. Neuroscience
& Behavioral Reviews, 5, 247-251. |
|
|
KATZ, R.J. (1982). Animal model of depression : Effects of
electroconvulsive shock, therapy. Neuroscience &
Behavioral Reviews, 5, 273-277. [PDF] |
|
|
KATZ, R.J. & SIBEL, M. (1982). Animal model of
depression : Tests of three structurally and
pharmacologically novel antidepressant compounds. Pharmacology,
Biochemistry & Behavior, 16, 973-977. |
BELZUNG, C. & LEMOINE, M. (2011). Criteria of validity
for animal models of psychiatric disorders : focus on
anxiety disorders and depression. Biology of Mood
& Anxiety Disorders, 1 (9), 1-14. [PDF] |
|
KATZ, R.J. (1982). Animal model of depression :
Pharmacological sensitivity of a hedonic deficit. Pharmacology,
Biochemistry & Behavior, 16, (6), 965-968. [PDF] |
DEDIC, N., WALSER, S.M. & DEUSSING, J.M. (2011).Mouse
models of depression. In T. Uehara (Ed.), Psychiatric
disorders – Trends and Developments (pp. 185-222).
Intech. [PDF] |
|
McKINNEY, W.T. (1984). Animal models of depression : an
overview. Psychiatric Developments, 2 (2),
77-96. |
OVERSTREET, D.H. (2012). Modeling depression in animal
models. Methods in Molecular Biology, 829,
125-44. |
|
HOFFMAN, L.J. & WEISS, J.M. (1986). Behavioral
depression following clonidine withdrawal : A new animal
model of long-lasting depression ? (1986). Psychopharmacology
Bulletin, 22, 943-949. |
|
|
WILLNER, P. (1986). Validation criteria for animal models
of human mental disorders : learned helplessness as a
paradigm case. Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology
& Biological Psychiatry, 10 (6), 677-690. |
MURRAY, R., BOSS-WILLIAMS, K.A. & WEISS, J.M. (2013).
Effects of chronic mild stress on rats selectively bred
for behavior related to bipolar disorder and depression. Physiology
& Behavior, 119 115-129. [PDF] |
|
SIMSON, P.E. & WEISS, J.M. (1988). Altered activity of
the locus coeruleus in an animal model of depression. Neuropsychopharmacology,
1, 287-295. |
|
|
RICHELLE, M. (1989). Critique méthodologique des modèles
animaux en psychopharmacologie. Confrontations
Psychiatriques, 30, 145-153. |
REMUS, J.L., JAMISON, D. & JOHNSON, J.D. (2013). An
animal model of recurrent depression : Sensitized
depression-like behavior when rats are re-exposed to
chronic mild stress. Brain, Behavior, & Immunity,
32 (S), 4-5. |
|
FIELD, T. HEALY, B., GOLDSTEIN, S. & GUTHERTZ, M.
(1990). Behavior-state matching and synchrony in
mother-infant interactions of nondepressed versus
depressed dyads. Developmental Psychology, 26 (1),
7-14. |
|
|
ACKERMANN, R. & DERUBEIS, R.J. (1991). Is depressive
realism real ? Clinical Psychology Review, 11,
565-584. |
|
|
WILLNER, P., MUSCAT, R. & PAPP, M. (1992). Chronic
mild stress-induced anhedonia : a realistic animal model
of depression. Neuroscience & Behavioral Reviews,
16, 525-534. |
|
|
WEISS, J.M., STOUT, J.C., AARON, M.F., QUAN, N., OWENS,
M.J., BUTLER, P.D. & NEMEROFF, C.B. (1994).
Experimental studies of depression and anxiety : role of
locus coeruleus and corticotropin-releasing factor. Brain
Research Bulletin, 35, 561-572. [PDF] |
|
|
WEISS, J.M. & KILTS, C.D. (1998). Animals models of
depression and schizophrenia. In A.F. Schatzberg &
C.B. Nemeroff (Eds.), The American pychiatric press
textbook of psychopharmacology (pp. 89-131).
Washington DC-London : American Psychiatric Press. |
ISHII, H., SHI, Q., FUMINO, S., KONNO, S., KINOSHIT, S.,
OKABAYASHI, S., IIDA, N., KIMURA, H., TAHAR, Y., SHIBAT,
S. & TAKANISHI, A. (2014). A novel method to develop
an animal model of depression using a small mobile robot.
Advanced Robotics, 27 (1), 61-69. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Résignation
acquise chez les animaux |
|
|
Dépression
(Enfants/Adolescents) : Dépression
chez les enfants et les
adolescents. Childhood depression.
|
|
|
LORAND, S. (1967). Adolescent depression. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 48, 53-60. |
ASARNOW, J.R., JAYCOX, L.H. & TOMPSON, M.C. (2001).
Depression in youth : psychosocial interventions. Journal
of Clinical Child Psychology, 30, 33-47. |
|
ABRAHAMS, M.J. & WHITLOCK, F.A. (1969). Childhood
experience and depression. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 115, 883-888. |
THOMAS, K.M., DREVETS, W.C., DAHL, R.E., RYAN, N.D.,
BIRMAHER, B., ECCARD, C.H., AXELSON, D., WHALEN, P.J.
& CASEY B.J. (2001). Amygdala response to fearful
faces in anxious and depressed children. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 58, 1057-1063. |
|
KOVACS, M. & BECK, A.T. (1977). An empirical-clinical
approach toward a definition of childhood depression. In
J.G. Schulterbrandt & A. Raskin (Eds.), Depression
in childhood : diagnosis, treatment, and conceptual
models (pp. 1-25). New York, NY : Raven Press. |
LEWINSOHN, P.M., RHODE, P. & SEELEY, J.R. (2001).
Depression in older adolescents. The Prevention
Researcher, 8, 12-14. |
|
CANTWELL, D.P. & CARLSON, G. (1979). Problems and
prospects in the study of childhood depression. Journal
of Nervous & Mental Disease, 167, 522-529. |
CURRY, J.F. (2001). Specific psychotherapies for childhood
and adolescent depression. Biological Psychiatry, 49,
1091-1100. |
|
BLATT, S.J., WEIN S.J., CHEVRON, E.S. & QUINLAN D.M.
(1979). Parental representations and depression in normal
young adults. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 88,
388-397. |
BEARDSLEE, W.R. & GLADSTONE, T.R.G. (2001). Prevention
of childhood depression : Recent findings and future
prospects. Biological Psychiatry, 49, 1101-1110. |
|
BEMPORAD, J.R. (1982). Childhood depression from a
developmental perspective. In L. Grinspoon (Ed.), Psychiatry
1982 : Annual review. Washington, DC : APA Press. |
CURRY, J.F. (2001). Childhood depression. In N.J. Smelser
& P.B. Baltes (Eds.), International encyclopedia
of the social and behavioral sciences (Vol. 3, pp.
1705-1709). Oxford : Elsevier Science. |
|
BRUMBACK, R.A. & STATON, D. (1983). Learning
disability and childhood depression. American Journal
of Orthopsychiatry, 53, 269-281. |
CURRY, J.F., WELLS, K.W., LLOCHMAN, J.E., CRAIGHEAD, W.E.
& NAGY, P.D. (2001). Group and family cognitive
behavior therapy for adolescent depression and substance
abuse : A case study. Cognitive & Behavioral
Practice, 8, 367-376. |
|
KASLOW, N.J., REHM, L.P. & SIEGEL, A.W. (1984).
Social-cognitive and cognitive correlates of depression in
children. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 12, 605-620. |
|
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S., GIRGUS, J.S. & SELIGMAN, M.E.
(1986). Learned helplessness in children : A longitudinal
study of depression, achievement, and explanatory style.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 51 (2),
435-442. [PDF] |
|
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & PETERSON, C. (1986). A learned
helplessness perspective on childhood depression : Theory
and research. In M. Rutter, C.E. Izard & P.B. Read
(Eds.), Depression in young people : Developmental
and clinical perspectives. New York : Guilford
Press. |
RICE, F., HAROLD, G. & THAPAR, A. (2002). The genetic
aetiology of childhood depression : a review. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 43 (1),
65-79. [PDF] |
|
WEISZ, J.R. WEISS, B., WASWERMAN, A.A. & RINTOUL, B.
(1988). Control-related beliefs and depression among
clinic-referred children and adolescents. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 96 (1), 58-63. [PDF] |
MILLER, D.N., DUPAUL, G.J. & LUTZ, J.G. (2002).
School-based psychosocial interventions for childhood
depression : Acceptability of treatments among school
psychologists. School Psychology Quarterly, 17,
78-99. |
|
DEYKIN, E.Y., LEVY, J.C. & WELLS, V. (1989).
Adolescent depression, alcohol and drug abuse. American
Journal of Public Health, 77 (2), 178-182. [PDF] |
MICHAEL K.D. & CROWLEY, S.L. (2002). How effective are
treatments for child and adolescent depression ? A
meta-analytic review. Clinical Psychology Review, 22,
247-269. |
|
WILLIAMS, R.C. (1988). The relationship of parental
alcoholism, psychological separation, and parental
rejection, to depression in college students. Dissertation
Abstracts International, 49, 36-72. |
CURRY, J.F. & REINECKE, M.A. (2003). Modular cognitive
behavior therapy for adolescents with major depression. In
M.A. Reinecke, F.M. Dattilio, & A. Freeman (Eds.) Cognitive
Therapy with children and adolescents (pp. 95-127).
New York : Guilford. |
|
ALLGOOD-MERTEN, B., LEWINSHON, P.M. & HOPS, H. (1990).
Sex differences and adolescent depression. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 99, 55-63. |
WOOD, J.J., MCLOED, B.D., SIGMAN, M., HWANG, M.W.C. &
CHU, B.C. (2003). The parenting and childhood depression :
Theory, empirical findings, and future directions. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 44 (1),
134-151. |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M. CLARKE, G.N., HOPS, H. & ANDREWS, J.
(1990). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depressed
adolescents. Behavior Therapy, 21, 385-401. |
COOPER, L.A., GONZALES, J.J., GALLO, J.J., ROST, K.M.,
MEREDITH, L.S., RUBINSTEIN, L.V., WANG, N.Y. & FORD,
D.E. (2003). The acceptability of treatment for depression
among African-American, Hispanic, and white primary care
patients. Medecal Care, 1 (4), 479-489. [PDF] |
|
SIMEON, J., DINICOLA, V., FERGUSON, B. & COPPING, W.
(1990). Adolescent depression : A placebo-controlled
fluoxetine treatment study and follow-up. Progress in
Neuro-psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry,
14, 791-795. |
TIMIMI, S. (2004). Rethinking childhood depression. British
Medical Journal, 329, 1394-1396. [PDF] |
|
PETERSEN, A.C., SARIGIANI, P.A. & KENNEDY, R.E.
(1991). Adolescent depression : Why more girls ? Journal
of Youth & Adolescence, 20, 247-271. |
ASARNOW, J.R., JAYCOX, L.H., DUAN, N., LABORDE, A.P., REA,
M.M., TANG, L., ANDERSON, M., MURRAY, P., LANDON, C.,
TANG, B., HUIZAR, D.P. & WELLS, K.B. (2005).
Depression and role impairment among adolescents in
primary care clinics. Journal of Adolescence Health,
37, 477-483. |
| |
SHAHAR, G., HENRICH, C.C., WINOKUR, A., BLATT, S.J.,
KUPERMINC, G.P. & LEADBEATER, B.J. (2006).
Self-criticism and depressive symptoms interact to predict
middle school academic achievement. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 62, 147-155. |
|
RASANEN, E. & TAMMINEN, T. (1991). Depression in
pre-adolescence. Acta Paedopsychiatrica, 54 (1),
32-37. |
JOORMANN, J., TALBOT, L. & GOTLIB, I.H. (2007). Biased
processing of emotional information in girls at risk for
depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 116 (1),
135-143. |
|
TOTH, S.L., MANLY, J.T. & CICCHETTI, D. (1992). Child
maltreatment and vulnerability to depression. Development
& Psychopathology, 4, 97-112. |
CURRY, J.F. & BECKER, S.J. (2008). Empirically
supported psychotherapies for adolescent depression and
mood disorders. In R.G. Steele, T.D. Elkin, & M.C.
Roberts (Eds.). Handbook of evidence-based therapies
for children and adolescents (pp. 161-176). New
York, NY : Springer. |
|
WURTMAN, J.J. (1993). Depression and weight gain : the
serotonin connection. Journal of Affective Disorders,
29, 183-192. |
GARCIA, L.F., ALUJA, A. & DEL BARRIO, V. (2008).
Testing the hierarchical structure of the Children’s
Depression Inventory : A multigroup analysis. Assessment,
15, 153-164. [PDF] |
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. & GIRGUS, J.S. (1994). The
emergence of gender differences in depression during
adolescence. Psychological Bulletin, 115 (3),
424-443. [PDF] |
REINECKE, M.A. CURRY, J.F. (2008). Cognitive therapy for
depression with special populations : Adolescents. In M.
Whisman (Ed.), Adapting cognitive therapy for
depression (pp. 394-416). New York, NY : Guilford. |
| |
MOSSAKOWSKI, K.N. (2009). The influence of past
unemployment duration on symptoms of depression among
young women and men in the United States. American
Journal of Public Health, 99 (10), 1826-1832.
[PDF] |
|
JAYCOX, L.H., REIVICH, K.J., GILLHAM.J. & SELIGMAN,
M.E.P. (1994). Prevention of depressive symptoms in school
children. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 32
(8), 801-816. [PDF] |
QUALTER, P., BROWN, S.L., MUNN, P. & ROTENBERG, K.J.
(2010). Childhood loneliness as a predictor of adolescent
depressive symptoms : an 8-year longitudinal study. European
Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 19 (6), 493-501.
[PDF] |
|
SOMMERS-FLANAGAN, J. & SOMMERS-FLANAGAN, R. (1996).
Efficacy of antidepressant medication with depressed youth
: What psychologists should know. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 27, 145-153.
[PDF] |
SHANG, W., WANG, D. & WANG, J. (2010). Prevalence and
socioeconomic status correlation of depressive symptoms
among children living in urban Beijing. North
American Journal of Medicine & Science, 3 (3),
153-159. [PDF] |
|
HANKIN, B.L., ABRAMSON, L.Y., SILVA, P.A., MCGEE, R.,
MOFFITT, T.E. & ANGELL, K.E. (1998). Development of
depression from preadolescence to young adulthood :
Emerging gender differences in a 10-Year Longitudinal
Study. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 107 (1),
128-140. [PDF]
|
FONSECA-PEDRERO, E., PAINO, M., LEMOS-GIRÀLDEZ, S. &
MUNIZ (2011). Schizotypal traits and depressive symptoms
in nonclinical adolescents. Comprehensive Psychiatry,
52 (3), 293-300. [PDF] |
|
ANGOLD, A., COSTELLO, E.J. & WORTHMAN, C.M. (1998).
Puberty and depression : The roles of age, pubertal status
and pubertal timing. Psychological Medicine, 28 (1),
51-61. |
SPIRITO, A., ESPOSITO-SMYTHERS, C., WOLFF, J. & UHL, K
(2011). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for adolescent
depression and suicidality. Child & Adolescent
Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 20 (2),
191-204. [PDF] |
|
CICCHETTI, D. & TOTH, S.L. (1998). The development of
depression in children and adolescents. American
Psychologist, 53 (2), 221-241. |
SIMONS, A.D., MARTI, N., ROHDE, P., LEWIS, C.C., CURRY, J.
& MARCH, J. (2012). Does homework "matter" in CBT for
adolescent depression ? Journal of Cognitive
Psychotherapy, 26, 390-404. |
|
JELENCHICK, L.A., EICKHOFF, J.C. & MORENO, M.A.
(2013). "Facebook depression ?" Social networking site use
and depression in older adolescents. Journal of
Adolescence Health, 52 (1), 128-130. [PDF] |
|
CURRY, J.F. & MEYER, A.W. (2016). Can less yield more
? Behavioral activation for adolescent depression. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 23 (1),
62-65. |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Dépression, Enfant
et Adolescent |
| |
|
|
Dépression
(Personnes âgées) : Dépression
vécue par une personne âgée de 65 ans ou plus.
Childhood depression.
| |
|
|
BORSON, S., BARNES, R.A. & KUKULL, W.A. (1986).
Symptomatic depression in elderly medical outpatients. 1.
Prevalence, demography, and health service utilization. Journal
of the American Geriatrics Society, 34 (5),
341-347. |
CURYTO, K.J., CHALPLESKI, E.E., ICHTENBERG, P.A., HODGES,
E. & YOUNGBLADE, L.M. (1998). Prevalence and
prediction of depression in American Indian elderly.
Clinical Gerontologist, 18, 19-38. |
|
KRAUSE, N. (1986). Stress and sex differences in
depressive symptoms among older adults. Journal of
Gerontology, 41 (6), 727-731. |
MUSIL, C.M., HAUG, M.R. & WARNER, C.D. (1998). Stress,
health, and depressive symptoms in older adults at three
time points over 18 months. Issues in Mental Health
Nursing, 19 (3), 207-224. |
|
GALLO, J.J., ANTHONY, J.C. & MUTHÉN, B.O. (1994). Age
differences in the symptoms of depression : A latent trait
analysis. Journal of Gerontology, 49 (6),
251-264.
[PDF] |
CAIRNEY, J. & KRAUSE, N. (2005). The social
distribution of psychological distress and depression in
older adults. Journal of Aging Health, 17 (6),
808-835. |
|
HODGES, E.P., LICHTENBERG, P.A. & YOUNGBLADE, L.M.
(1999). The influence of medical burden, functional
abilities and demographic characteristics on depression in
older medical patients. Advances in Medical
Psychotherapy, 10, 85-94. |
PRÉVILLE, M., BOYER, R., GRENIER, S., DUBÉ, M., VOYER, P.,
PUNTI, R., BARIL, M.-C., STREINER, D.L., CAIRNEY, J. &
BRASSARD, J. (2008). The epidemiology of psychiatric
disorders in Quebec's older adult population. The
Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 53, 822-832. [PDF] |
| |
EZZATI, A., ZIMMERMAN, M.E., KATZ, J.M. & LIPTON, R.B.
(2013). Hippocampal correlates of depression in healthy
elderly adults. Hippocampus, 23 (12),
1137-1142. [PDF] |
|
| |
Voir aussi
Dépression et Vieil
adulte |
|
|
Dépression
(Conséquences/Suites) : Following
recovery from depression.
| |
|
|
FAVA, G.A. (1992). Can long-term treatment with
antidepressant drugs worsen the course of depression ? Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 64 (2), 123-133. [PDF] |
|
FIELD, T.M. (1992). Infants of depressed mothers. Development
& Psychopathology, 4, 49-66. |
|
JOORMANN, J. & GOTLIB, I.H. (2007). Selective
attention to emotional faces following recovery from
depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 116
(1), 80-85. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Dépression
(Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des tests
et des outils de collecte de
données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
la dépression.
( ): Voir Tableau ci-bas. Rating
scale for depression.
| |
|
|
HAMILTON, M. (1960). A rating scale for depression. Journal
of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 23,
56-62. [PDF] |
ZUROFF, D.C., QUINIAN, D.M. & BLATT, S.J. (1990).
Psychometric properties of the Depressive Experiences
Questionnaire in a college population. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 55 (1-2), 65-72. |
|
BECK, A.T., WARD, C.H., MENDELSON, M., MOCK, J. &
ERBAUGH, J. (1961). An inventory for measuring depression.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 4 (6), 561-571. |
WEISS, B., WEISZ, J.R., POLITANO, M., CAREY, M., NELSON,
W.M. & FINCH, A.J. (1991) Developmental differences in
the factor structure of the Children's Depression
Inventory. Psychological Assessment, 3, 38-45. |
|
DEMPSEY, P. (1965). Depression or social desirability :
Comments on Edward's appraisal of the D30 scale.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 29 (3), 274-276. |
KOVACS, M. (1992) Children's Depression Inventory.
New York : MultiHealth Systems. |
|
LUBON, B. (1965). Adjective checklists for the measurement
of depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 12,
57-62. |
BECK, A.T., STEER, R.A. & BROWN, G.K. (1993/1996). Manual
for the Beck Depression Inventory. San Antonio, TX
: The Psychological Corporation. |
|
ZUNG, W.W. (1965). A self-rating depression scale. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 12, 63-70. |
STOMMEL, M., GIVEN, B.A., GIVEN, C.W., KALAIAN, H.A.,
SCHULZ, R. & McCORKLE, R. (1993). Gender bias in the
measurement properties of the center for epidemiologic
studies depression scale (CES-D). Psychiatry
Research, 49 (3), 239-250. |
| |
BAGBY, R.M., PARKER, J.D.A., JOFFE, R.T. & BUIS, T.
(1994). Reconstruction and validation of the Depressive
Experiences Questionnaire. Assessment, 1, 59-68. |
| |
PHILLIPS, K.A. & NIERENBERG, A.A. (1994). The
assessment and treatment of refractory depression. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 55 (S), 20-26. |
|
HAMILTON, M. (1967). Development of a rating scale for
primary depressive illness. British Journal of Social
& Clinical Psychology, 6, 278-296. |
LEITER, M. & DURUP, J. (1994). The discriminant
validity of burnout and depression : a confirmatory factor
analytic study. Anxiety, Stress & Coping, 7,
357-373. [PDF] |
| |
ANGOLD, A., COSTELLO, E. J., MESSER, S.C. & PICKLES,
A. (1995). Development of a short questionnaire for use in
epidemiological studies of depression in children and
adolescents. International Journal of Methods in
Psychiatric Research, 5, 237-249. |
|
WECKOWICZ, T.E., MUIR, W. & CROPLEY, A.O.A. (1967).
factor analysis of the Beck Inventory of Depression.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 31, 23-28. |
RUSH, A.J., GULLION, C.M., BASCO, M.R., JARRETT, R.B.
& TRIVEDI, M.H. (1996). The Inventory of Depressive
Symptomatology (IDS) : Psychometric properties. Psychological
Medicine, 26, 477-486. |
|
HAMILTON, M. (1969). Standardised assessment and recording
of depressive symptoms. Psychiatria, Neurologia,
Neurochirurgia, 72, 201-205. |
METALSKY, G.I. & JOINER, T.E. (1997). The Hopelessness
Depression Symptom Questionnaire. Cognitive Therapy
& Research, 21, 359-384. [PDF] |
|
PLUTCHIK, R., PLATMAN, S.R., TILLES, R. & FIEVE, R.R.
(1970). Construction and evaluation of a test for
measuring mania and depression. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 26, 499-503. |
MAYBERG, H.S. (1997). Limbic-cortical dysregulation : a
proposed model of depression. The Journal of
Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 9 (3),
471-481. |
| |
NOH, S., KASPAR, V. & XINYIN, C. (1998). Measuring
depression in Korean immigrants : Assessing validity of
the translated Korean Version of CES-D Scale. Cross-Cultural
Research, 32 (4), 358–377. |
|
CARROLL, B.J. & BLASHKI, M.B. (1973). Depression
rating scales : A critical review. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 28 (3), 361-366. |
PERSONS, J.B. & FRESCO, D.M. (1998). Assessment of
depression. In A.S. Bellack & M. Hersen (Eds.), Behavioral
assessment. A practical handbook (pp. 210-230).
Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
|
ASBERG, M., KRAGH-SORENSEN, P., MINDHAM, R.H. & TUCK,
J.R. (1973). International reliability and communicability
of a rating scale for depression. Psychological
Medicine, 3, 458-465. |
RUSH, A.J., CARMODY, T. & REIMTZ, P.E. (2000). The
Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (IDS) : Clinician
(IDS-C) and self-report (IDS-SR) ratings of depressive
symptoms. International Journal of Methods in
Psychiatric Research, 9, 45-59. |
|
BECK, A.T. & EANESDERFER, A. (1974). Assessment of
depression: The depression inventory. Modern Problems
in Pharmacopsychiatry, 7, 151-169. |
BIGGS, M.M., SHORES-WILSON, K., RUSH, A.J., CARMODY, T.J.,
TRIVEDI, M.H., CRISMON, M.L., TOPRAC, M.G. & MASON,
M.A (2000). comparison of alternative assessments of
depressive symptom severity : A pilot study. Psychiatry
Research, 96, 269-279. |
|
DAVIES, B., BURROWA, G. & POYTON, C. (1975). A
Comparative study of four depression rating scales. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 9 (1),
21-24. |
TATANO-BECK, C. & GABLE, R.K. (2001). Further
validation of the postpartum depression screening scale.
Nursing Research, 50, 155-164. |
|
|
BECH, P., GRAM, L.F., DEIN, E., JACOBSEN, O., VITGER, J.
& BOLWIG, T.G. (1975). Quantitative rating of
depressive states. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 51,
161-170. |
KROENKE, K., SPITZER, R.L. & WILLIAMS, J.B. (2001).
The PHQ-9 : validity of a brief depression severity
measure. Journal of General Internal Medicine, 16 (9),
606. |
|
BAILEY, J. & COPPEN, A. (1976). A comparison between
the Hamilton Rating Scale and the Beck Inventory in the
measurement of depression. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 128, 486-469. |
TWENGE, J.M. & NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2002). Age, gender,
race, socioeconomic status, and birth cohort differences
on the Children's Depression Inventory : A meta-analysis.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 111 (4), 578-588. [PDF] |
|
KNEEVICH, J.W., BIGGS, J.T., CLAYTON, P.J. & ZIEGLER,
V.E. (1978). Validity of the Hamilton Rating Scale for
depression. British Journal of Psychiatry, 131,
49-52. |
BEUKE, C.J., FISCHER, R. & McDOWALL, J. (2003).
Anxiety and depression : Why and how to measure their
separate effects. Clinical Psychology Review, 23,
831–848. |
|
RADLOFF, L.S. (1977). The CES-D scale : A self-report
depression scale for research in the general population. Applied
Psychological Measurement, 1, 385-401. |
FAVA, M. (2003). Diagnosis and definition of
treatment-resistant depression. Biological
Psychiatry, 53 (8), 649-659. |
|
BIGGS, j.T., WYLIE, L.T. & ZIEGLER, V.E. (1978).
Validity of the Zung Self-rating Depression Scale. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 132, 381-385. |
KELLER, M. (2003). Past, present, and future directions
for defining optimal treatment outcome in depression. Journal
of the American Medicine Association, 289, 3152-3160. |
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P., ABRAMSON, L.Y., SEMMEL, A. & VON
BAEYER, C. (1979). Depressive attributional style. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 88, 242-247. |
THRANE, L.E., WHITBECK, L.B., HOYT, D.R. & SHELLEY,
M.C. (2004). Comparing three measures of depressive
symptoms among American Indian adolescents. American
Indian & Alaska Native Mental Health Research, 11 (3),
20-41. |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M. & TALKINGTON, J. (1979). Studies on
the measurement of unpleasant events and relations with
depression. Applied Psychological Measurement, 3
(1), 83-101. |
HUPRICH, S.K. (2004). Convergent and discriminant validity
of three measures of depressive personality disorder. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 82, 321-328. |
|
POZNANSKI, E.O., COOK, S.A. & CARROLL, B.J. (1979).
Depression rating scale for children. Pediatrics, 64
(4), 442-450. |
ZIMMERMAN, M. POSTERNAK, M.A. & CHELMINSKI, I. (2004).
Using a self-report depression scale to identify remission
in depressed outpatients. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 161, 1911-1913. [PDF] |
|
HEDLUND, J.L. & VIEWIG, B.W. (1979). The Hamilton
rating scale for depression : a comprehensive review. Journal
of Operational Psychiatry, 10, 149-165. |
BAGBY, R.M., RYDER, A.G., SCHULLER, D.R. & MARSHALL,
M.B. (2004). The Hamilton Depression Rating Scale : has
the gold standard become a lead weight ? American
Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 2163-2177. |
|
MONTGOMERY, S.A. & ÄSBERG, M. (1979). A new depression
scale designed to be sensitive to change. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 134, 382-389. [PDF] |
LAM, R.W., MICHALAK, E.E. & SWINSON, R.P. (2005). Assessment
scales in depression, mania and anxiety. London,
UK : Taylor and Francis. |
|
HAMILTON, M. (1980). Rating depressive patients.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 41, 21-24. |
BECH, P. (2006). Rating scales in depression : Limitations
and pitfalls. Dialogues in Clinical Neuroscience, 8 (2),
207-215. [PDF] |
| |
HEALY, D. (1997/2002). The antidepressant era. Cambridge
: Harvard University Press /Le temps de la dépression.
Paris : Les Empêcheurs de penser en rond. |
|
CARROLL, B.J., FEINBERG, M., SMOUSE, P.E., RAWSON, S.G.
& GREDEN, J.F. (1981). The Carroll rating scale for
depression. I. Development, reliability and validation.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 138, 194-200 |
CARMODY, T., RUSH, J., BERNSTEIN, I., WARDEN, D., BRANNAN,
S., BURNHAM, D., WOO, A. & TRIVEDI, M. (2006). The
Montgomery-Asbergand and the Hamilton ratings of
depression : a comparison of measures. European
Neuropsychopharmacology, 16, 601-611. [PDF] |
|
GOLIN, S., SWEENEY, P.D. & SCHAEFFER, D.E. (1981). The
causality of causal attributions in depression : A
cross-lagged panel correlational analysis. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 90, 14-22. |
REVAH-LEVY A., BIRMAHER B., GASQUET I. & FALISSARD, B.
(2007). The Adolescent Depression Rating Scale (ADRS): a
validation study. BMC Psychiatry, 7 (2), |
|
ZIGMOND, A.S. & SNAITH, R.P. (1983). The hospital
anxiety and depression scale. Acta Psychiatrica
Scandinavica, 67, 361-370, |
WATSON, D., O'HARA, M.W. & SIMMS, L.J. (2007).
Development and Validation of the Inventory of Depression
and Anxiety Symptoms (IDAS). Psychological
Assessment, 19 (3), 253-268. [PDF] |
|
BECK, A.T., EPSTEIN, N. & HARRISSON, R. (1983).
Cognitions, attitudes and personality dimensions in
depression. British Journal of Cognitive
Psychotherapy, 1, 1-16. |
GARCIA, L.F., ALUJA, A. & DEL BARRIO, V. (2008).
Testing the hierarchical structure of the Children’s
Depression Inventory : A multigroup analysis. Assessment,
15, 153-164. |
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P., PETERSON, C., KASLOW, N., TANENBAUM, R.,
ALLOY, L.B. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (1984). Attributional
style and depressive symptoms among children. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 93, 235-238. |
MÜLLER, H.J. (2008). Observing rating scales. In G.
Alexopoulos (Eds.), Guide to assesment scales in major
depressive disorder. Switzerland : Springer
International Publishing. [PDF] |
|
KOVACS, M. (1985). The Children's Depression Inventory. Psycho-
pharmacology Bulletin, 21, 995-998. |
CARLE, A.C., MILLSAP, R.E. & COLE, D.A. (2008).
Measurement bias a crossg ender on the Children's
Depression Inventory : Evidence for invariance from two
latent variable models. Educational &
Psychological Measurement, 68, 281-303. |
|
BECH, P., HAABER, A. & JOYCE, C.R.B. (1986).
Experiments on clinical observation and judgement in the
assessment of depression : profiled videotapes and
judgement analysis. Psychological Medicine, 16, 873-883. |
ZIMMERMAN, M., CHLEMINSKI, I., McGLINCHEY, J.B. &
POSTERNAK, M.A. (2008). A clinically useful depression
outcome scale. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 49 (2),
131-140. |
|
RUSH, A.J., GILES, D.E., SCHLESSER, M.A., FULTON, C.L.,
WEISENBURGER, J.E. & BURNS, C.T. (1986). The Inventory
of Depressive Symptomatology (IDS) : Preliminary findings.
Psychiatry Research, 18, 65-87. |
BECH, P. (2009). Fifty years with the Hamilton scales for
anxiety and depression. A tribute to Max Hamilton. Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatics, 78, 202-211. |
| |
GINSBURG, G.S., SILVA, S.G., JACOBS, R.H., TONEV, S.,
HOYLE, R.H., KINGERY, J.N., REINECKE, M.A., CURRY, J.F.
& MARCH, J.S. (2009). Cognitive measures of adolescent
depression : Unique or unitary constructs ? Journal
of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 38,
790-802. |
|
RUSH, A.J., HISER, W. & GILES, D.E. (1987). A
comparison of self-reported versus clinician-rated
symptoms in depression. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 48, 246-248. |
CUSIN, C., YANG, H., YEUNG, A. & FAVA, M. (2009).
Rating scales for depression. In L. Baer and M.A. Blais
(Eds.), Handbook of clinical rating scales and
assessment in psychiatry and mental health (pp.
7-35). Human Press. [PDF] |
|
TANAKA, J.S. & HUBA, G.J. (1987). Assessing the
stability of depression in college students. Multivariate
Behavioral Research, 22, 5-19. |
KRISTON, L. & VON WOLFF, A. (2011). Not as golden as
standards should be : Interpretation of the Hamilton
Rating Scale for Depression. Journal of Affective
Disorders, 128 (1-2), 175. |
|
BECK, A.T., EPSTEIN, N., BROWN, G. & STEER, R.A..
(1988). An inventory for measuring clinical anxiety :
Psychometric properties. Journal of Consulting and
Clinical Psychology, 56 (6), 893-897. |
FONSECA-PEDRERO, E., PAINO, M., LEMOS-GIRÀLDEZ, S. &
MUNIZ (2011). Schizotypal traits and depressive symptoms
in nonclinical adolescents. Comprehensive Psychiatry,
52 (3), 293-300. [PDF] |
|
BECK, A.T., STEER, R.A. & GARBIN, M.G. (1988).
Psychometric properties of the Beck Depression inventory :
25 years of evaluation. Clinical Psychologist, 8, 77-100. |
BEGIC, D., POPOVIC-KNAPIC, V., GRUBSIN, J.,
KOSANOVIC-RAJACIC, B., FILIPCIC, I., TELAROVIC, I. &
JAKOVLJEVIC, M. (2011). Quantitative
electroencephalography in schizophrenia and depression. Psychiatria
Danubina, 23 (4), 355-362. [PDF] |
| |
GOMEZ, R., VANCE, A. & GOMEZ, A. (2012). Children's
Depression Inventory : Invariance across children and
adolescents with and without depressive disorders. Psychological
Assessment, 24 (1), 1-10. |
| |
SUN, S. & WANG, S. (2015). The Children's Depression
Inventory in worldwide child development research : A
reliability generaliza on study. Journal of Child
& Family Studies, 24, 2352-2363. |
| |
SCOTT, W.D., CLAPP, J., MILEVICIUTE, I. & MOUSSEAU, A.
(2016) Children's Depression Inventory : A unidimensional
factor structure for American Indian and Alaskan native
youth. Psychological Assessment, 28, 81-91. |
| |
GOMEZ, R. & VANCE, A. (2016). Children's depression
inventory : Testinng measurement invariance for the
hierarchical factor model across children and adolescents
in a clinic-referred sample. Journal of Childhood
& Developmental Disorders, 2 (3), 1-8. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Échelle de
Hamilton et
Dépression |
| |
|
|
|
|
Dépression
(Prévention) : Prevention
of depression.
| |
|
|
BRENNER, B. (1975). Enjoyment as a preventive of
depressive affect. Journal of Community Psychology, 3,
346-357. |
TEASDALE, J.D., SEGAL, Z.V., WILLIAMS, J.M.G., RIDGEWAY,
V.A., SOULSBY, J.M. & LAU, M.A. (2000). Prevention of
relapse/recurrence in major depression by
mindfulness-based cognitive therapy. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68, 615-623.
[PDF] |
|
HOLLON, S.D., EVANS, M.D. & DeRUBEIS, R. J. (1990).
Cognitive mediation of relapse prevention following
treatment for depression : Implications of differential
risk. In R.E. Ingram (Ed.), Contemporary
psychological approaches to depression (pp.
117-136). New York : Guilford Press. |
HOLLON, S.D., THASE, M.E. & MARKOVITZ, J.C. (2002).
Treatment and prevention of depression. Psychological
Science in the Public Interest, 3, 1-39. |
|
MUNOZ, R.F. & YING, Y. (1993). The prevention of
depression : Research and practice. Baltimore : The
Johns Hopkins University Press. |
TEASDALE, J.D., MOORE, R.G., HAYHURST, H., POPE, M.,
WILLIAMS, S. & SEGAL, Z.V. (2002). Metacognitive
awareness and prevention of relapse in depression :
Empirical evidence. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 70, 278-287. [PDF] |
|
JAYCOX, L.H., REIVICH, K.J., GILLHAM.J. & SELIGMAN,
M.E.P. (1994). Prevention of depressive symptoms in school
children. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 32
(8), 801-816. [PDF] |
JANÉ-LLOPIS, E., HOSMAN, C., JENKINS, R. & ANDERSON,
P. (2003). Predictors of efficacy in depression prevention
programmes : Meta-analysis. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 183, 384-397.
[PDF] |
|
TEASDALE, J.D., SEGAL, Z.V. & WILLIAMS, J.M.G. (1995).
How does cognitive therapy prevent depressive relapse and
why should attentional control (mindfulness) training help
? Behaviour Research & Therapy, 33, 25-39. |
CUIJPERS, P., MUNOZ, R.F., CLARKE, G.N. & LEWINSOHN,
P.M. (2009). Psychoeducational treatment and prevention of
depression : the "Coping with depression" course thirty
years later. Clinical Psychology Review, 29 (5),
449-458. |
|
GORTNER, E.T., GOLLAN, J.K., DOBSON, K.S. & JACOBSON,
N.S. (1998). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depression
: relapse prevention. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 66 (2), 377-384. [PDF] |
DURIEZ, B., KLIMSTRA, T.A., LUYCKX, K., BEYERS, W. &
SOENENS, B. (2012). Right-wing authoritarianism :
Protective factor against or risk factor for depression ?
European Journal of Personality, 26, 536-549. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi
Dépression et
Facteur de protection |
|
|
Dépression
(Rechute) : Réapparition de la dépression,
de ses symptômes,
aprés un diagnostic de
rémission. Dépression et
rechute. Relapse,
recurrence.
| |
|
|
GONZALES L., LEWINSOHN, P.M. & CLARKE, G.N. (1985).
Longitudinal follow-up of unipolar depressives : An
investigation of predictors of relapse. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 53, 461-469. |
TEASDALE, J.D., SCOTT, J., MOORE, R.G., HAYHURTS, H.,
POPE, M. & PAYKEL, E.S. (2001). How does cognitive
therapy prevent relapse in residual depression ? Evidence
from a controlled trial. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 69 (3), 347-357. [PDF] |
| |
SEGAL, Z.V., WILLIAMS, J.M.G. & TEASDALE, J.D. (2002).
Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for depression : A
new approach to preventing relapse. New York :
Guilford. |
|
EVANS, M.D., HOLLON, S.D., DeRUBEIS, R.J., PIASECKI, J.M.,
GROVE, W.M., GAREYM. J. & TUASCON, V.B. (1992).
Differential relapse following cognitive therapy and
pharmacotherapy for depression. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 49, 802-808. |
SEGAL, Z.F., WILLING, J.M.G. & TEASDALE, J.D. (2002).
Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for depression : A
new approach to preventing relapse. New York :
Guilford Press. |
|
TEASDALE, J.D., SEGAL, Z.V., WILLIAMS, J.M.G. & MARK,
G. (1995). How does cognitive therapy prevent depressive
relapse and why should attentional control (mindfulness)
training help ? Behavior Research & Therapy, 33,
25-39. |
TEASDALE, J.D., MOORE, R.G., HAYHURST, H., POPE, M.,
WILLIAMS, S. & SEGAL, Z.V. (2002). Metacognitive
awareness and prevention of relapse in depression :
Empirical evidence. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 70, 278-287 |
|
TEASDALE, J.D. (1999). Emotional processing, three modes
of mind and the prevention of relapse in depression. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 37 (S), 53-78. |
TAIT, A., McNAY, L., GUMLEY, A. & O’GRADY, M. (2002).
The development and implementation of an individualised
early signs monitoring system in the prediction of relapse
in schizophrenia. Journal of Mental Health, 11,
141-153. |
|
PAYKEL, E.S., SCOTT, J., TEASDALE, J.D., JOHNSON, A.L.,
GARLAND, A., MOORE, R., JENAWAY, A., CORNWALL, P.L.,
HAYHURST, H., ABBOTT, R. & POPE, M. (1999). Prevention
of relapse in residual depression by cognitive therapy : A
controlled trial. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56,
829-835 |
HOLLON, S.D., DERUBEIS, R.J., SHELTON, R.C., AMSTERDAM,
J.D., SALOMON, R.M., O’REARDON, J.P., LOVETT, M.L., YOUNG,
P.R., HAMAN, K.L., FREEMAN, B.B. & GALLO, R. (2005).
Prevention of relapse following cognitive therapy vs
medications in moderate to severe depression. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 62, 417-422. [PDF] |
| |
SEGAL, Z.V., KENNEDY, S., GEMAR, M., HOOD, K., PEDERSEN,
R. & BUIS, T. (2006). Cognitive reactivity to sad mood
provocation and the prediction of depressive relapse. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 63, 750-755.
[PDF] |
| |
RAMEL, W., GOLDIN, P.R., EYLER, L.T., BROWN, G.G., GOTLIB,
I.H. & MCQUAID, J.R. (2007). Amygdala reactivity and
mood-congruent memory in individuals at risk for
depressive relapse. Biological Psychiatry, 61, 231-239.
[PDF] |
|
GORTNER, E.T., GOLLAN, J.K., DOBSON, K.S. & JACOBSON,
N.S. (1998). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depression
: relapse prevention. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 66 (2), 377-384. [PDF] |
BURCUSA, S.L. & IACONO, W.G. (2007). Risk for
recurrence in depression. Clinical Psychology Review,
27 (8), 959-985.
[PDF] |
|
TEASDALE, J.D., WILLIAMS, J.M.G., SOULSBY, J.M. SEGAL,
Z.V., RIDGEWAY, V.A. & LAU, M.A. (2000). Prevention of
Relapse/Recurrence in major depression by
mindfulness-based cognitive therapy. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68 (4),
615-623. [PDF] |
VITTENGL, J.R. & CLARK, L.A. (2007). Reducing relapse
and recurrence in unipolar depression : a comparative
meta-analysis of cognitive behavioural therapys effects.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 75
(3), 475-488. [PDF] |
|
SOLOMON, D.A., KELLER, M.B., LEON, A.C., MUELLER, T.I.,
LAVORI, P.W., SHEA, M.T., CORYELL, W., WARSHAW, M.,
TURVEY, C., MASER, J.D. & ENDICOTT, J. (2000).
Multiple recurrences of major depressive disorder.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 229-233. [PDF] |
DOBSON, K.S., HOLLON, S.D., DIMIDJIAN, S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., GALLOP, R., RIZVI, J., GOLLAN,
J.K., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2008). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the prevention of relapse and
recurrence in major depression. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76 (3), 468-477.
[PDF] |
| |
CRAIGHEAD, W.E., SHEETS, E.S., CRAIGHEAD, L.W. &
MADSEN, J.W. (2011). Recurrence of MDD : A prospective
study of personality pathology and cognitive distortions.
Personality Disorders : Theory, Research, &
Treatment, 2 (2), 83-97. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Rechute et
Dépression |
|
|
Dépression(Rémission) :
Remission.
| |
|
|
NIERENBERG, A. & WRIGHT, E. (1999). Evolution of
remission as the new standard in treatment of depression.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 60, 7-11. |
|
KENNARD, B., SILVA, S.G., VITIELLO, B., CURRY, J.F.,
KRATOCHVIL, C., SIMONS, A., HUGHES, J., FEENY, N., WELLER,
E., SWEENEY, M., REINECKE, M., PATHAK, S., GINSBURG, G.,
EMSLIE, G., MARCH, J. & THE TADS TEAM (2006).
Remission and residual symptoms after short-term treatment
in the Treatment for Adolescents with Depression Study
(TADS). Journal of the American Academy of Child and
Adolescent Psychiatry, 45, 1404-1411. |
|
MÖLLER, H.J. (2008). Outcomes in major depressive disorder
: the evolving concept of remission and its implications
for treatment. The World Journal of Biological
Psychiatry, 9, 102-114. |
|
MÖLLER, H.J., SEEMÜLLER, F.H. & RIEDEL, M. (2009).
Time course of response and remission during
antidepressant treatment. Medicographia, 31 (2),
118-125. [PDF]
|
|
KENNARD, B.D., SILVA, S.G., TONEV, S., ROHDE, P., HUGHES,
J.L., VITIELLO, B., KRATOCHVIL, C.J., CURRY, J.F., EMSLIE,
G.J., REINECKE, M. & MARCH, J. (2009). Remission and
recovery in the Treatment for Adolescents with Depression
Study (TADS) : Acute and long-term outcomes. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 48, 186-195. |
|
MENDLEWICZ, J. (2009). Defining remission in depression :
the challenge of complete recovery. Medicographia, 31
(2), 115-117. [PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Rémission
et Dépression |
|
|
Dépression(Genre/Sexe) : Variation de la
dépression selon le sexe ou le genre de la personne qui en
souffre. Gender differences in depression.
| |
|
|
WEISSMAN, M.M. & KLERMAN, G.L. (1977). Sex differences
and the epidemiology of depression. The Archives of
General Psychiatry, 34, 98-111. |
PICCINELLI, M. & WILKINSON, G. (2000). Gender
differences in depression. The British Journal of
Psychiatry, 177, 486-492.
[PDF] |
|
CHEVRON, E.S., QUINLAN, D.M. & BLATT, S.J. (1978). Sex
roles and gender differences in the experience of
depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 87,
680-683. |
CYRANOWSKI, J.M., FRANK, E., YOUNG, E. & SHEAR, M.K.
(2000). Adolescent onset of the gender difference in
lifetime rates of major depression : a theoretical model.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, 21-27. |
|
ANGST, J. & DOBLER-MIKOLA, A. (1984). Do the
diagnostic criteria determine the sex ratio in depression
? Journal of Affective Disorders, 7, 189-198. |
HANKIN, B.L. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (2001). Development of
gender differences in depression : An elaborated cognitive
vulnerability-transactional stress theory. Psychological
Bulletin, 127 (6), 773-796. [PDF] |
|
MERIKANGAS, K.R., WEISSMAN, M.M. & PAULS, D.L. (1985)
Genetic factors in the sex ratio of major depression. Psychological
Medicine, 15, 63-69. |
|
|
FARAONE, S.V., LYONS, M.J. & TSUANG, M.T. (1987). Sex
differences in affective disorder : genetic transmission.
Genetic Epidemiology, 4, 331-343. |
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2001). Gender differences in
depression. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 10, 173-176. [PDF] |
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (1987). Sex differences in unipolar
depression: evidence and theory. Psychological
Bulletin 101, 259-282. |
|
|
FRANK, E., CARPENTER, L.L. & KUPFER, D.J. (1988). Sex
differences in recurrent depression : are there any that
are significant ? American Journal of Psychiatry,
145, 41-45. |
KENDLER, K.S., THORNTON, L.M. & PRESCOTT, C.A. (2001).
Gender differences in the rates of exposure to stressful
life events and sensitivity to their depressogenic
effects. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 587-593. |
|
STEER, R.A. BECK, A.T. & BROWN, G. (1989). Sex
differences on the revised Beck Depression Inventory for
outpatients with affective disorders. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 53, 693-702. |
TWENGE, J. & NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2002). Age, gender,
race, socioeconomic status, and birth cohort differences
in the Children's Depression Inventory : A meta-analysis.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 111, 578-588. [PDF] |
|
NEZU, A.M. & NEZU, C.M. (1989). Cognitive-behavioral
formulations of depression and gender prevalence rates :
Integration or expulsion ? Canadian Psychologist, 30,
61-62. |
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2002). Understanding gender
differences in depression. The Economics of
Neuroscience, 4, 32-40. |
|
YOUNG, M.A., FOGG, L.F., SCHEFTNER, W.A., KELLER, M.B.
& FAWCETT, J.A. (1990). Sex differences in the
lifetime prevalence of depression : does varying the
diagnostic criteria reduce the female/male ratio ? Journal
of Affective Disorders, 18 (3), 187-192. |
|
|
BRUGHA, T.S. & BEEBINGTON, P. (1990). Gender, social
support and recovery from depressive disorders : a
prospective clinical study. Psychological Medicine,
20, 147-156 |
|
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (1990). Sex differences in
depression. Stanford, CA : Stanford University
Press. |
FANOUS, A., GARDNER, C.O., PRESCOTT, C.A., CANCRO, R.
& KENDLER, K.S. (2002). Neuroticism, major depression
and gender : a population-based twin study. Psychological
Medicine, 32, 719-728. |
|
SILVERSTEIN, B. & PERLICK D. (1991). Gender
differences in depression; historical changes. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 84, 327-331. |
|
|
HARRIS, T., SURTEES, P. & BANCROFT, J. (1991). Is sex
necessarily a risk factor to depression ? British
Journal of Psychiatry 158, 708-712. |
|
|
BERGER, B.D. & ADESSO, V.J. (1991). Gender differences
in using alcohol to cope with depression. Addictive
Behaviours 16, 315-327. |
|
|
HALBREICH, U. & LUMLEY, L. A. (1993) The multiple
interactional biological processes that might lead to
depression and gender differences in its appearance.
Journal of Affective Disorders, 29, 159-173. |
|
|
HELLER, W. (1993) Gender differences in depression:
perspectives from neuropsychology. Journal of
Affective Disorders, 29,129-143. |
|
|
STOMMEL, M., GIVEN, B.A., GIVEN, C.W., KALAIAN, H.A.,
SCHULZ, R. & McCORKLE, R. (1993). Gender bias in the
measurement properties of the center for epidemiologic
studies depression scale (CES-D). Psychiatry
Research, 49 (3), 239-250. |
|
|
FENNING, S., SCHWARTZ, J.E. & BROMET, E.J. (1994) Are
diagnostic criteria, time of episode and occupational
impairment important determinants of the female : male
ratio for major depression ? Journal of Affective
Disorders, 30, 147-154. |
|
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. & GIRGUS, J.S. (1994). The
emergence of gender differences in depression in
adolescence. Psychological Bulletin, 115 (3),
424-443. [PDF] |
GOODWIN, R.D. & GOTLIB, I.H. (2004). Gender
differences in depression : the role of personality
factors. Psychiatry Research 126, 135-142. [PDF] |
|
|
BRESLAU, N., SCHULTZ, L. & PETERSON, E. (1995). Sex
differences in depression : a role for preexisting
anxiety. Psychiatry Research, 58, 1-12. |
ADDIS, M.E. (2008). Gender and depression in men.
Clinical Psychology : Science & Practicce, 15,
153-168. [PDF] |
|
WOLK, S. & WEISSMAN, M. (1995). Women and depression :
An Update. Review of Psychiatry, 14, 227-259. |
|
|
LOEWENTHAL, K.K., GOLDBLATT, V., GORTON, T., LUBITSCH, G.,
BICKNELL, H., FELLOWES, D. & SNOWDEN, A. (1995) Gender
and depression in Anglo-Jewry.Psychological Medicine,
25,1051-1064. |
|
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (1995). Gender differences in coping
with depression across the lifespan. Depression, 3,
81-90. |
HYDE, J.S., MEZULIS, A.H. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (2008). The
ABCs of depression : Integrating affective, biological,
and cognitive models to explain the emergence of the
gender difference in depression. Psychological
Review, 115 (2), 291-313.
[PDF] |
|
HÄNNINEN, V. & ARO, H. (1996). Sex differences in
coping and depression among young adults. Social
Science & Medicine, 43, 1453-1460. |
|
|
BEBBINGTON, P.E. (1996). The origins of sex differences in
depressive disorder : bridging the gap. International
Review of Psychiatry, 8, 295-332. |
|
|
DIEHL, M., COYLE, N. & LABOUVIE-VIEF, G. (1996). Age
and sex differences in strategies of coping and defense
across the lifespan. Psychology & Aging, 11,
127-139. |
HARKNESS, K.L., SLAVICH, G.M., MONROE, S.M., GOTLIB, I.H.
& BAGBY, R.M. (2010). Gender differences in life
events prior to onset of major depressive disorder : The
moderating effect of age. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 119 (4), 791-803. [PDF] |
|
GLADSTONE, T.R., KASLOW, N.J., SEELEY, J.R. &
LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1997). Sex differences, attributional
style, and depressive symptoms among adolescents. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology 25, 297-306. |
|
|
NAZROO, J.Y., EDWARDS, A.C. & BROWN, G.W. (1997)
Gender differences in the onset of depression following a
shared life event : a study of couples. Psychological
Medicine, 27, 9^19. |
|
|
DAWSON, D.A. & GRANT, B.F. (1998). Family history of
alcoholism and gender : their combined effects on DSM- IV
alcohol dependence and major depression. Journal of
Studies on Alcohol, 59, 97-106. |
|
|
BEBBINGTON, P.E., DUNN, G., JENKINS, R., LEWIS, G., BRUGHA
T., FARRELL, M. & MELTZER H. (1998). The influence of
age and sex on the prevalence of depressive conditions :
report from the National Survey of Psychiatric Morbidity.
Psychological Medicine, 28 (1), 9-19. |
|
|
BEBINGTON, P.E. (1998). Sex and depression. Psychological
Medicine, 28, 1-8. |
|
|
VEIJOLA, J., PUUKKA, P., LEHTINEN, V., MORING, J.,
LINDHOLM, T. & VAISANEN, E. (1998). Sex differences in
the association between childhood experiences and adult
depression. Psychological Medicine, 28, 21-27. |
|
|
BIFULCO, A., BROWN, G.W., MORAN, P., BALL, C. &
CAMPBELL, C. (1998). Predicting depression in women : the
role of past and present vulnerability. Psychological
Medicine, 28, 39-50. |
AUTRY, A.E. & MONTEGGIA, L.M. (2011). Role of
brain-derived neurotrophic factor in depression-related
behaviour - Could it explain the higher incidence in
females ? European Psychiatric Review, 64 (2),
102-104. [PDF] |
|
BRACKE, P. (1998). Sex differences in the course of
depression : evidence from a longitudinal study of a
representative sample of the Belgian population. Social
Psychiatry & Psychiatric Epidemiology, 33,
420-429. |
SALK, R.H., HYDE, J.S. & ABRAMSON, L.L. (2017). Gender
differences in depression in representative national
samples : Meta-analyses of diagnoses and symptoms. Psychological
Bulletin, 143 (8), 783-822. [PDF] |
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S., LARSON, J. & GRAYSON, C. (1999).
Explaining the gender difference in depressive symptoms.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 77,
1061-1072. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Différence sexuelle, Genre
et
Santé mentale |
|
|
Dépression
(Traitements/Thérapies) : Thérapies
contre la dépression et
antidépresseur.
Treatment of
depression.
| |
|
|
BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Clinical,
experimental, and theoretical aspects. N.Y. :
Harper & Row. |
MYNORS-WALLACE, L.M., GATH, D.H., LLOYD-THOMAS, A.R. &
TOMLISON, D. (1995). Randomized controlled trial comparing
problem solving treatment with amitripty-line and placebo
for major depression in primary care. British Medical
Journal, 310, 441-445. |
|
BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Causes and treatment.
Philadelphia : University of Pennsylvania Press. |
CAFFAN, E.A., TSAOUSIS, I. & KEMP-WHEELER, S.M.
(1995). Researcher allegiance and meta-analysis : The case
of cognitive therapy for depression. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63 (6),
966-980. |
|
BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Clinical,
experimental, and theoretical aspects. New York :
Harper and Row. |
ANTONUCCIO, D.O.,DANTON, W.G. & DeNELSKY, G.Y. (1995).
Psychotherapy versus medication for depression :
challenging the conventional wisdom with data. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 26, 574-585. |
|
LAZARUS, A.A. (1968). Learning theory and the treatment of
depression. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 6
(1), 83-89. |
ANTONUCCIO, D.O. (1995). Psychotherapy for depression : No
stronger medicine. American Psychologist, 50,
450-452. |
|
MORRIS, J.B. & BECK, A.T. (1974). The efficacy of
antidepressant drugs : A review of research (1958 to
1972). Archives of General Psychiatry, 30, 667-674.
|
JOFFE, R., SOKOLOV, S. & STEINER, D. (1996).
Antidepressant treatment of depression : A meta-analysis.
Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 41, 613-616. [PDF] |
|
ROGERS, S.C. & CLAY, P.M. (1975). A statistical review
of controlled trials of imipramine and placebo in the
treatment of depressive illness. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 127, 599 -603. |
JACOBSON, N.S., DOBSON, K.S., TRUAX, P.A., ADDIS, M.E.,
KOERNER, K., GOLLAN, J.K., GORTNER, E. & RINCE, S.E.
(1996). A component analysis of cognitive-behavioral
treatment for depression. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 64, 295-304. |
|
TAYLOR, EG. & MARSHALL, W.L. (1977). Experimental
analysis of a cognitive-behavioral therapy for depression.
Cognitive Therapy & Research, 1, 59-72. |
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., THOMAS, M. & DANTON, W.G. (1997). A
cost-effectiveness analysis of cognitive behavior therapy
and fluoxetine (Prozac) in the treatment of depression. Behavior
Therapy, 28, 187-210. [PDF] |
|
SHAW, B. F. (1977). Comparison of cognitive therapy and
behavior therapy in the treatment of depression. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 45 (4),
543-551. |
|
|
WEISMANN, M.M., PRUSOFF, B.A., DIMASCIO, A., NEU, C.,
GOKLANEY, M. & KLERMAN, G.L. (1979). The efficacy of
drugs and psychotherapy in the treatment of acute
depressive episodes. American Journal of Psychiatry,
136, 555-558. |
KESSLER, R.C. (1997). The effects of stressful life events
on depression. Annual Review of Psychology, 48,
191-214. |
|
GREIST, J.H., KLEIN, M.H., EISHENS, R.R., FARIS, J.,
GURMAN, A.S. & MORGAN, W.P. (1979). Running as a
treatment for depression. Comprehensive Psychiatry,
20, 41-54. |
FLINT, A.J. (1997). Pharmacologic treatment of depresion
in late life. Canadian Medical Association Journal,
157 (8), 1061-1067. |
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P., ABRAMSON, L.Y., SEMMEL, A. & VON
BAEYER, C. (1979). Depressive attributional style. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 88, 242-247. |
|
|
BECK, A.T., RUSH, A.J., SHAW, B.F. & EMERY, G. (1979).
Cognitive therapy of depression. New York :
Guilford Press. |
CUIJPERS, P. (1997). Bibliotherapy in unipolar depression
: A meta-analysis. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 28 (2), 139-147. |
|
SANCHEZ, V. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1980). Assertive
behavior and depression. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 48, 119-120. |
ANTONUCCI, D.O. (1998). The coping with depression course
: A behavioral treatment for depression. The Clinical
Psychologist, 51 (3), 3-5. |
|
RUSH, A.J. (1980). Drugs and psychotherapy in the
treatment of depression. Psychopharmacology Bulletin,
16, 60-62. |
|
|
GARBER J., ABRAMSON, L.Y. & MILLER, S. (1980). The
relationship between depression and anxiety. In J. Garber
and M.E.P. Seligman (Eds.), Human helplessness.
New York : Academic Press |
EIFERT, G.H., BEAHC, B. & WILSON, P.H. (1998).
Depression : Behavioral principles and implications for
treatment and relapse prevention. In J.J. Plaud & G.H.
Eifert (Eds.), From behavior theory to behavior
therapy (pp. 68-97). Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M., SULLIVAN, J.M. & GROSSCUP, S.J.
(1980). Changing reinforcing events : An approach to the
treatment of depression. Psychotherapy : Theory,
Research, & Practice, 47, 322-334. |
SCOTT, J. (1998). Where there's a will ... cognitive
therapy for chronic depression. In N. Tarrier, G. Haddock
and A. Wells (Eds.), Cognitive therapy for complex
cases (pp. 81-104). London : Wiley. |
|
BLACKBURN, I.M., BISHOP, S., GLEN, A.I.M., WHALLEY, L.J.
& CHRISTIE, J.E. (1981). The efficacy of cognitive
therapy in depression : A treatment trial using cognitive
therapy and pharmacotherapy, each alone and in
combination. British Journal of Psychiatry, 139, 181-189. |
GORTNER, E.T., GOLLAN, J.K., DOBSON, K.S. & JACOBSON,
N.S. (1998). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depression
: relapse prevention. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 66 (2), 377-384. |
|
BEACH, S., ABRAMSON, L.Y. & LEVINE, F. (1981). The
attributional reformulation of learned helplessness :
Therapeutic implications. In H. Glazer and J. Clarkin
(Eds.), Depression : Behavioral and directive
intervention strategies. New York : Garland. |
SAPIRSTEIN, G. & KIRSCH, I. (1998). Listening to
Prozac but hearing placebo : A meta-analysis of
antidepressant medication. Prevention & Treatment,
1, 1-16. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, P.H. (1982). Combined pharmacological and
behavioural treatment of depression. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 20, 173-184. |
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., DANTON, W.G. & DENELSKY, G.Y.
(1999). Raising questions about antidepressants.
Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 68 (1), 3-14. |
|
EMERY, G. (1982). Controlling depression through
cognitive therapy. New York : BMA Audio cassettes,
Guilford Publications. |
CLARKE, G.N., RHODE, P., LEWINSOHN, P.M., HOPS, H. &
SEELY, J.R. (1999). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of
adolescent depression : Efficacy of acute group treatment
and booster sessions. Journal of the American Academy
of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 272-279. |
|
DOYNE, E.J., CHAMBLESS, D.L. & BEUTLER, L.E. (1983).
Aerobic exercise as a treatment for depression in women. Behavior
Therapy, 14, 434-440. |
BABYAK, M.A., BLUMENTHAL, J.A., HERMAN, S., DORAISWAMY,
M., MOORE, K., CRAIGHEAD, W.E., BALDEWICZ, T.T. &
KRISHAN, R. (2000). Exercise treatment for major
depression : Maintenance of therapeutic benefit at 10
months. Psychosomatic Medicine, 62, 633-638. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, P.H. & GOLDIN, J.C. & CHARBONNEAU-POWIS,
M. (1983). Comparative efficacy of behavioral and
cognitive treatments of depression. Cognitive Therapy
& Research, 7, 111-124. |
JARRETT, R., KRAFT, D., DOYLE, J., FOSTER, B.M., EAVES,
G.G. & SILVER, P.C. (2001). Preventing recurrent
depression using cognitive therapy with and without a
continuation phase : A randomized clinical trial. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 58, 381-388. |
|
STEINBRUECK, S.M., MAXWELL, S.E. & HOWARD, G.S.
(1983). A meta-analysis of psychotherapy and drug therapy
in the treatment of unipolar depression with adults.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 51
(6), 856-863. |
JACOBSON, N.S., MARTELL, C.R. & DIMIDJIAN, S. (2001).
Behavioral activation therapy for depression : Returning
to contextual roots. Clinical Psychology : Science
& Practice, 8 (3), 255-270. [PDF] |
|
TEASDALE, J.D., FENNELL, M.J.V., HIBBERT, G.A. &
AMIES, P.L. (1984). Cognitive therapy for major depressive
disorder in primary care. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 144, 400-406. |
HARDY, G.E., CAHILL, J., SHAPIRO, D.A., BARKHAM, M., REES,
A. & MACASKILL, N. (2001). Client interpersonal and
cognitive styles as predictors of response to time-limited
cognitive therapy for depression. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69, 841-845. |
|
| |
CURRY, J F. (2001). Specific psychotherapies for childhood
and adolescent depression. Biological Psychiatry, 49,
1091-1100. |
|
BROWN, R.A. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1984). A
psychoeducational approach to the treatment of depression
: Comparison of group, individual, and minimal contact
procedures. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 52, 774-783. |
DE JONGHE, F., KOOL, S., VAN AALST, G., DEKKER, J. &
PEEN, J. (2001). Combining psychotherapy and
antidepressants in the treatment of depression. Journal
of Affective Disorders, 64 (2-3), 217-229. |
|
McCANN, I.L. & HOLMES, D.S. (1984). Influence of
aerobic exercise on depression. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 46, 1142-1147.
|
DUNNER, D.L. (2001). Acute and maintenance treatment of
chronic depression. Clinical Psychiatry, 62,
10-16. |
|
PETERSON, C. & SELIGMAN, M. (1984). Causal explanation
as a risk factor for depression : Theory and evidence. Psychological
Review, 91, 347-374. |
SHELTON, R.C., TOLLEFSON, G.D., TOHEN, M., STAHL, S,
GANNON, K.S., JACOBS, T.G., BURAS, W.R., BYMASTER, F.P.,
ZHANG, W.,SPENCER, K.A., FELDMAN, P.D. & MELTZER, H.Y.
(2001). A novel augmentation strategy for treating
resistant major depression. American of Journal of
Psychiatry, 158, 131-134. |
|
MURPHY, G.E., SIMONS, A.D., WETZEL, R.D. & LUSTMAN,
P.J. (1984). Cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy :
Singly and together in the treatment of depression. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 41, 33-41. |
ANDREWS, G. (2001). Placebo response in depression : bane
of research, boon to therapy. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 178, 192-194. |
| |
BROSS, A.L., SHEETS, E.S., LETT, H.S. & BLUMENTHAL,
J.A. (2002). Exercise and the treatment of clinical
depression in adults. Sports Medicine, 32,
741-760. |
| |
SEGAL, Z.V., WILLIAMS J.M. & TEASDALE, J.D. (2002).
Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for depression : A
new approach to preventing relapse. New York :
Guilford. |
| |
SEGAL, Z.V., VINCENT, P. & LEVITT, A. (2002). Efficacy
of combined, sequential and crossover psychotherapy and
pharmacotherapy in improving outcomes in depression. Journal
of Psychiatry & Neuroscience, 27, 281-290. |
| |
ANTONUCCIO, D. BURNS, D.D. & DANTON, W.G. (2002).
Antidepressants : a triumph of marketing over science ? Prevention
& Treatment, 5 (25). [PDF] |
| |
WAMPOLD, B.E., MINAMI, T.W., BASKIN, T.W. &
CALLEN-TIERNEY, S. (2002). A meta-(re)analysis of the
effects of cognitive therapy versus 'other therapies' for
depression. Journal of Affective Disorders, 68
(2-3), 159-165. |
|
TEASDALE, J.D. (1985). Psychological treatments for
depression : How do they work ? Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 23 (2), 157-165. |
MICHAEL, K.D. & CROWLEY, S.L. (2002). How effective
are treatments for children and adolescent depression ? A
meta-analytic review. Clinical Psychology Review, 22,
247-269. [PDF] |
|
POPKIN, M.K., CALLIES, A.L. & MACKENZIE, T.B. (1985).
The outcome of antidepressant use in the medically ill. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 41, 469-477. |
BROSS, A.L., SHEETS, E.S., LETT, H.S. & BLUMENTHAL,
J.A. (2002). Exercise and the treatment of clinical
depression in adults. Sports Medicine, 32,
741-760. |
|
BECK, A.T., HOLLON, S.D., YOUNG, J.E., BEDROSIAN, R.C.
& BUDENZ, D. (1985). Treatment of depression with
cognitive therapy and amitriptyline. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 42, 142-148. |
OLFSON, M., MARCUS, S., DRUSS, B., ELINSON, L., TANELIAN,
T. & PINCUS, H. (2002). National trends in the
outpatient treatment of depression. Journal of
American Medical Association, 287, 203-209. |
|
NEZU, A.M. (1986). Efficacy of a social problem-solving
therapy approach for unipolar depression. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 54, 196-202. |
HOPKO, D.R., LEJUEZ, C.W., RUGGIERO, K.J. & EIFERT,
G.H. (2003). Contemporary behavioral activation treatments
for depression: Procedures, principles, and progress.
Clinical Psychology Review 23, 699-717. [PDF] |
| |
OLFSON, M., SHAFFER, D., MARCUS, S.C. & GREENBERG, T.
(2003). Relationship between antidepressant medication
treatment and suicide in adolescents. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 60, 978-982. [PDF] |
| |
ALLEN, N.B. & BADCOCK, P.B. (2003). The social risk
hypothesis of depressed mood : Evolutionary, psychosocial,
and neurobiological perspectives. Psychological
Bulletin, 129, 887-913. [PDF] |
| |
TREATMENT FOR ADOLESCENTS WITH DEPRESSION STUDY (TADS)
Team. (2004). Fluoxetine, cognitive- behavioral therapy,
and their combination for adolescents with depression. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 292, 807-820. |
|
ALTROCCHI J., ANTONUCCIO, D.O. & MILLERR, G. (1986).
Nondrug prescriptions for adult outpatient depression. Postgraduate
Medicine, 79, 164-181. |
HEALY, D. (2004). Let them eat prozac : The unhealthy
relationship between the pharmaceutical industry and
depression. New York : New York University Press. |
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & PETERSON, C. (1986). A learned
helplessness perspective on childhood depression : Theory
and research. In M. Rutter, C.E. Izard & P.B. Read
(Eds.), Depression in young people : Developmental
and clinical perspectives. New York : Guilford
Press. |
WRIGHT, J.H., WRIGHT, A.S., ALBANO, A.M., BASCO, M.R.,
GOLDSMITH, L.J., RAFFIELD, T. & OTTO, M.W. (2005).
Computer-assisted cognitive therapy for depression :
Maintaining efficacy while reducing therapist time.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1158-1164. [PDF] |
|
TERI, L. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1986). Individual
treatment of unipolar depression : Comparison of treatment
outcome and identification of predictors of success
fultreatment outcome. Behavior Therapy, 17, 215-228.
|
ELKIN, I., FALCONNIER, L., MARTIOVITCH, Z. & MAHONEY,
C. (2006). Therapist effects in the National Institute of
Mental Health treatment of depression collaborative
research program. Psychotherapy Research, 16, 144-160. |
|
|
MILLER, I.W., NORMAN, W.H., KEITNER, G.I., BISHOP, S.B.
& DOW, M.G. (1989). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of
depressed inpatients. Behavior Therapy, 20,
25-47. |
HOLLON, S.D., STEWART, M.O. & STRUNK, D. (2006).
Cognitive behavior therapy has enduring effects in the
treatment of depression and anxiety. Annual Review of
Psychology, 57, 285-315.
[PDF] |
|
DOBSON, K.S. (1989). A meta-analysis of the efficacy of
cognitive therapy for depression. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 57, 414-419. |
CHRONIS, A.M., JONES, H.A. & RAGGI, V.L. (2006).
Evidence-based psychosocial treatments for children and
adolescents with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder.
Clinical Psychology Review, 26, 486-502 |
|
ZETTLE, R.D. & RAINS, J.C. (1989). Group cognitive and
contextual therapies in treatment of depression. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 45, 438-445. |
DENSON, T.F. & EARLEYWINE, M. (2006). Decreased
depression in marijuana users. Addictive Behaviors,
41, 738-742. [PDF] |
|
FREE, M.L. & OEI, T.P.S. (1989). Biological and
psychological processes in the treatment and maintenance
of depression. Clinical Psychology Review, 9,
653-688. |
HOLTZHEIMER, P.E. & NEMROFF, C.B. (2006). Emerging
treatments for depression. Expert Opinion on
Pharmacotherapy, 7, 2323-2339. |
|
MARTINSEN, E. W., HOFFERT A. & SOLBERG, O. (1989).
Comparing aerobic with nonaerobic forms of exercise in the
treatment of clinical depression : A randomized trial. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 30, 324-331. |
CHRONIS, A.M., GAMBLE, S.A., ROBERTS, J.E. & PELHAM,
W.E. (2006). Depression treatment for mothers of children
with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Behavior
Therapy, 37, 143-158. [PDF] |
|
McLEAN, P.D. & HAKSTIAN, A.R. (1990). Relative
endurance of unipolar depression treatment effects :
Longitudinal follow-up. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 58, 482-488. |
BLUMENTHAL, J.A., BABYAK, M.A., DORAISWAMY, M., WATKINS,
L., HOFFMAN, B.M., BARBOUR, K.A., HERMAN, S., CRAIGHEAD,
W.E., BROSSE, A.L., WAUGH, R., HINDERLITER, A. &
SHEWOOD, A. (2007). Exercise and pharmacotherapy in the
treatment of major depressive disorder. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 69 (7), 587-596. [PDF] |
| |
FRIEDMAN, R.L. (2007). Expanding the black box-depression,
antidepressants, and the risk of suicide. New England
Journal of Medicine, 356, 2343-2346. |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M. CLARKE, G.N., HOPS, H. & ANDREWS, J.
(1990). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depressed
adolescents. Behavior Therapy, 21, 385-401. |
PARKER, G. & FLETCHER, K. (2007). Treating depression
with the evidence-based psychotherapies : a critique of
the evidence. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 115,
352-359. [PDF] |
|
BEACH, S.R.H., SANDEEN, E. & O'LEARY, K.D. (1990). Depression
: A marital model for etiology and treatment. New
York : Guilford. |
SIMON, G.E. & SAVARINO, J. (2007). Suicide attempts
among patients starting depression treatment with
medications or psychotherapy. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 164, 1029-1034. [PDF] |
|
ROBINSON, L.A., BERMAN, J.S. & NEIMEYER, R.A. (1990).
Psychotherapy for the treatment of depression : A
comprehensive review of controlled outcome research. Psychological
Bulletin, 108 (1), 30-49. [PDF] |
GAUDIANO, B.A., MILLER, I.W. & HERBERT, J.D. (2007).
The treatment of psychotic major depression : Is there a
role for adjunctive psychotherapy ? Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatics, 76, 271-277. [PDF] |
|
LAZARUS, A.A. (1992). The multimodal approach to the
treatment of minor depression. American Journal of
Psychotherapy, 46, 50-57. |
BLUMENTHAL, J.A., BABYAK, M.A., DORAISWAMY, M., WATKINS,
L., HOFFMAN, B.M., BARBOUR, K.A., HERMAN, S., CRAIGHEAD,
W.E., BROSSE, A.L., WAUGH, R., HINDERLITER, A. &
SHEWOOD, A. (2007). Exercise and pharmacotherapy in the
treatment of major depressive disorder. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 69 (7), 587-596. [PDF] |
|
SRTAVYNSKI, A. & GREENBERG, D. (1992). The
psychological management of depression. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 85, 407-414. |
FLORA, S.R (2007). Taking america off drugs : Why
behavioral therapy is more effective for treating ADHD,
OCD, depression and other psychlogical problems.
New York : University of New York Press. |
|
SEAGRAVES, R.T. (1992). Sexual dysfunction complicating
the treatment of depression. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 10, 75-79. |
EVEN, C., SCHRODER, C.M., FRIEDMAN, S. & ROUILLON, F.
(2008). Efficacy of light therapy in nonseasonal
depression : A systematic review. Journal of
Affective Disorders, 108, 11-23.
[PDF] |
| |
REINECKE, M.A. CURRY, J.F.. (2008). Cognitive therapy for
depression with special populations : Adolescents. In M.
Whisman (Ed.) Adapting cognitive therapy for
depression (pp. 394-416). New York, NY : Guilford. |
|
OLFSON, M.D. & KLERMAN, G.L. (1993). Trends in the
prescription of antidepressants by office-based
psychiatrists. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150,
571-577. |
EKERS, D., RICHARDS, D. & GILBODY, S. (2008). A
meta-analysis of randomized trials of behavioural
treatment of depression. Psychological Medicine, 38,
611-623.
[PDF] |
| |
REINECKE, M.A. CURRY, J.F. & MARCH, J.S. (2009).
Findings from the Treatment for Adolescents with
Depression Study (TADS) : What have we learned ? What do we
need to know? Journal of Clinical Child &
Adolescent Psychology, 38, 761-767. |
|
TITOV, N., GIBSON, M., ANDREWS, G. & McVOY, P. (2009).
Internet treatment for social phobia reduces comorbidity.
Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 43,
754-759. [PDF] |
| |
TITOV, N., ANDREWS, G., SCHWENCKE, G., SOLLEY, K.,
JOHNSTON, L. & ROBINSON, E. (2009). Clinician-assisted
Internet-based treatment is effective for generalized
anxiety disorder : Randomized controlled trial. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 43 (10),
905-912. |
|
WEXLER, B.E. & NELSON, J.C. (1993). The treatment of
major depressive disorders. International Journal of
Mental Health, 22, 7-41. |
BELL, A.C. & D'ZURILLA, T.J. (2009). Problem solving
and behavior therapy revisited. Clinical Psychology
Review, 29, 348-353. [PDF] |
|
GOTLIB, I.H. & JOORMANN, J. (2010). Cognition and
depression : Current status and future directions.
Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 6, 285-312.
[PDF] |
| |
IBARRA-ROVILLARD, M. & KUIPER, N.A. (2011). Social
support and social negativity findings in depression :
Perceived responsiveness to basic psychological needs.
Clinical Psychology Review, 31, 342-352. |
|
AUSTIN, D. & LENNINGS, C.J. (1993). Grief and
religious belief : Does belief moderate depression ? Death
studies, 17, 487. |
TITOV, N. (2011). Internet-delivered psychotherapy for
depression in adults. Current opinion in psychiatry
24 (1), 18-23 |
|
PHILLIPS, K.A. & NIERENBERG, A.A. (1994). The
assessment and treatment of refractory depression. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 55 (S), 20-26. |
DIMIDJIAN, S., BARRERA, M., MARTELL, C., MUNÖZ, R.F. &
LEWINSOHN, P.M. (2011). The origins and current status of
behavioral activation treatments for depression. Annual
Review of Clinical Psychology, 7, 1-38. [PDF] |
|
|
KHAN, A., FAUCETT, J., LICHTENBERG, P., KIRSCH, I. &
BROWN, W.A. (2012). A systematic review of comparative
efficacy of treatments and controls for depression.
PLoS ONE, 7 (7), 1-11. |
| |
TITOV, N., DEAR, B.F., LUKE JOHNSTON, L. & TERIDES, M.
(2012). Transdiagnostic internet treatment for anxiety and
depression. Revista de Psicopatología y Psicología
Clínica, 17 (3), 237-260. [PDF] |
|
CIPRIANI, A., FURUKAWA, T.A., SALANTI, G., CHAIMANI, A.,
ATKINSON, L.Z., OGAWA, Y., LEUCHT, S., RUHE, H.G., TURNER,
E.H., HIGGINS, J.P.T., EGGER, M., TAKESHIMA, N., HAYASAKA,
Y., IMAI, H., SHINOHARA, K., TAJIKA, A., IOANNIDIS, J.P.A.
& GEDDES, J.R. (2018). Comparative efficacy and
acceptability of 21 antidepressant drugs for the acute
treatment of adults with major depressive disorder : a
systematic review and network meta-analysis. Focus, 16
(4), 420-429. |
|
GRIFFITHS, R.R., JOHNSON, M.W., CARDUCCI, M.A., UMBRICHT,
A., RICHARDS, W.A., RICHARDS, B.D., COSIMANO, M.P.,
KLINEDINST, M.A. (2016). Psilocybin produces substantial
and sustained decreases in depression and anxiety in
patients with life-threatening cancer : a randomized
double-blind trial. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 30, 1181-1197. [PDF] |
|
CARTHART-HARRIS, R., GRIRIBALDI, B., WATTS, R.,
BAKER-JONES, M., MURPHY-BEINER, A., MURPHY, R., NARTELL,
J., BLEMINGS, A., ERRITZOE, D. & NUTT, D.J. (2021).
Trial of psilocybin versus escitalopram for depression. New
England Journal of Medicine, 384, 1402-1411. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Thérapie
et
Antidépresseur |
|
|
Dépression brève :
Brief depression.
| |
|
| ANGST, J. MERIKANGAS, K., SCHEIDEGGER, P. &
WICKI, W. (1990). Recurrent brief depression :
a new subtype of affective disorder. Journal of
Affective Disorders, 19 (2), 87–98. |
|
|
|
Dépression chronique :
Chronique depression.
|
|
| |
SCOTT, J. (1998). Where there's a will ... cognitive
therapy for chronic depression. In N. Tarrier, G. Haddock
and A. Wells (Eds.), Cognitive therapy for complex
cases (pp. 81-104). London : Wiley. |
|
BARNHOFER, T., CRANE, C., HARGUS, E., AMARASINGHE, M.,
WINDER, R. & WILLIAMS, J.M.G. (2009).
Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy as a treatment for
chronic depression. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
47, 366-373. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Depression
& Anxiety :
Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages
à l'étude et au traitement de la dépression
et de l'anxiété. Éditeur :
Wiley.
FRUEH, C.B., HAMNER, M.B., BERNAT, J.A., TURNER, S.M.,
KEANE, T.M. & ARANA, G.W. (2002). Racial differences
in psychotic symptoms among combat veterans with PTSD. Depression
& Anxiety, 16, 157-161.
|
| |
|
|
Dépression
expérimentale : Experimental
depression.
| |
|
|
COLOTLA, V.A. (1979). Experimental depression in animals.
In J.D. Keehn (Ed.), Psychopathology in animal and
man. N.Y. : Academic Press. |
|
|
Voir aussi Dépression chez
les animaux |
|
|
Dépression majeure : Forme sévère de la dépression.
= Dépression profonde.
Major depression, severe depression, major depressive disorder
(MDD).
| |
|
|
KELLER, M.B., LAVORI, P.W., LEWIS, C.E. & KLERMAN,
G.L. (1983). Predictors of relapse in major depressive
disorder. Journal of American Medical Assocition,
250, 3299-3304 |
BABYAK, M.A., BLUMENTHAL, J.A., HERMAN, S., DORAISWAMY,
M., MOORE, K., CRAIGHEAD, W.E., BALDEWICZ, T.T. &
KRISHAN, R. (2000). Exercise treatment for major
depression : Maintenance of therapeutic benefit at 10
months. Psychosomatic Medicine, 62, 633-638. [PDF] |
|
HAMILTON, E.W. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (1983). Cognitive
patterns and major depressive disorder. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 92, 173-184. |
DE MARCO, R.R. (2000). The epidemiology of major
depression : implications of occurrence, recurrence, and
stress in a Canadian community sample. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 45 (1), 67-74. |
| |
JUDD, L.L., PAULUS, M.J., SCHETTLER, P.J., AKISKAL, H.S.,
ENDICOTT, J., LEON, A.C., MASER, J.D., MUELLER, T.,
SOLOMON, D.A. & KELLER, M.B. (2000). Does incomplete
recovery from first lifetime major depressive episode
herald a chronic course of illness ? American
Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1501-1504. |
|
TEASDALE, J.D., FENNELL, M.J.V., HIBBERT, G.A. &
AMIES, P.L. (1984). Cognitive therapy for major depressive
disorder in primary care. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 144, 400-406. |
KLONSKY, E.D. & BERTELSON, A.D. (2000). MMPI-2
clinical scale differences between dysthymia and major
depression. Assessment, 7, 143-149. [PDF] |
| |
SOLOMON, D.A., KELLER, M.B., LEON, A.C., MUELLER, T.I.,
LAVORI, P.W., SHEA, M.T., CORYELL, W., WARSHAW, M.,
TURVEY, C., MASER, J.D. & ENDICOTT, J. (2000).
Multiple recurrences of major depressive disorder.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 229-233. [PDF] |
| |
SHELTON, R.C., TOLLEFSON, G.D., TOHEN, M., STAHL, S,
GANNON, K.S., JACOBS, T.G., BURAS, W.R., BYMASTER, F.P.,
ZHANG, W., SPENCER, K.A., FELDMAN, P.D. & MELTZER,
H.Y. (2001). A novel augmentation strategy for treating
resistant major depression. American of Journal of
Psychiatry, 158, 131-134. |
| |
PATTEN, S.B. (2002). Progress against major depression in
Canada. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 47 (8),
775-780. |
| |
MULDER, R.T. (2002). Personality pathology and treatment
outcome in major depression : A review. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 359-371. |
|
KELLER, M.B. (1988). Undertreatment of major depression. Psychopharmacology
Bulletin, 24,75-80 |
HIRSCHFELD, R.M.A. & WEISSMAN, M.M. (2002). Risk
factors for major depression and bipolar disorder. In
K.L., Davis, D. Charney, J.T. Coyle and C. Nemeroff
(Eds.), Neuropsychopharmacology : The fifth generation
of progress (pp. 1018-1025). American College of
Neuropsychopharmacology. [PDF] |
| |
FAVA, G.A. (2003). Can long-term treatment with
antidepressant drugs worsen the clinical course of
depression ? Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 64,
123-133. [PDF] |
|
WETZLER, S., KAHN, R.S., STRAUSMAN, T.J. & DUBRO, A.
(1989). Diagnosis of major depression by self-report. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 53, 22-30. |
GE, X., KIM, I.J., CONGER, R.D., BRODY, G.H. & SIMONS,
R.L. (2003). It’s about timing and change : pubertal
transition effects on symptoms of major depression among
African American youths. Developmental Psychology, 39
(3), 430-439.
[PDF] |
| |
PATTEN, S.B. (2003). Recall bias and major depression
lifetime prevalence. Social Psychiatry &
Psychiatric Epidemiology, 38, 290-296. |
|
KATZ, R.J. (1989). Long term treatment with oxaprotiline
in patients with major depression. Progress in
Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry, 13
(6), 875-883. |
QUITKIN, F.M., PETKOVA, E., McGRATH, P.J, TAYLOR, B,
BEASLEY,y C., STEWART, J, AMSTERDAM, J., FAVA, M.,
ROSENBAUM, J, REIMHERR, F., FAWCETT, J., CHEN, Y. &
KLEIN, D. (2003). When should a trial of fluoxetine for
major depression be declared failed ? American
Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 734-740. [PDF] |
| |
CURRY, J.F. & REINECKE, M.A. (2003). Modular cognitive
behavior therapy for adolescents with major depression. In
M.A. Reinecke, F.M. Dattilio & A. Freeman (Eds.) Cognitive
Therapy with children and adolescents (pp. 95-127).
New York : Guilford. |
|
SEGALZ, V., HOOD, J.E. & HIGGINS, E.T. (1988). A
structural analysis of the self-schema construct in major
depression. Cognitive therapy & Research, 12,
471-485. |
LEWINSOHN, P.M., PETTIT, J.W., JOINER, T. & SEELY,
J.R. (2003). The symptomatic expression of major
depressive disorder in adolescents and young adults.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 112, 244-252. [PDF] |
| |
PATTEN, S.B. & BECK. C.A. (2004). Major depression and
mental health care utilization in Canada : 1994-2000.
Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 49 (5), 303-309. |
| |
MONTGOMERY, S.A., NIELSEN, R.Z., POULSEN, L.H. &
HÄGGSTRÖM, L. (2014). A randomised, double-blind study in
adults with major depressive disorder with an inadequate
response to a single course of selective serotonin
reuptake inhibitor or serotonin-noradrenaline reuptake
inhibitor treatment switched to vortioxetine or
agomelatine. Human Psychopharmacology : Clinical
& Experimental, 29, 470-482. [PDF] |
| |
PATTEN, S.B. & LEE, R.C. (2004). Refining estimates of
major depression incidence and episode duration in Canada,
using a Monte Carlo Markov model. Medical Decision
Making 24 (4), 351-358. |
|
EATON, W.W., ANTHONY, J.C., MANDELL, W.M. & GARRISON,
R.A. (1990). Occupations and the prevalence of major
depressive disorder. Journal of Occupational
Medicine, 32, 1079-1087. |
PATTEN, S.B. & LEE, R.C. (2004). Epidemiological
theory, decision theory and mental health services
research. Social Psychiatry & Psychiatric
Epidemiology, 39 (11), 893-898. |
| |
GOLDAPPLE, K., SEGAL, Z., GARSON, C., LAU, M., BIELING,
P., KENNEDY, S. & MAYBERG, H. (2004). Modulation of
cortical-limbic pathways in major depression :
treatment-specific effects of cognitive behavior therapy.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 61 (1), 34-41. [PDF] |
| |
DERUBEIS, R., HOLLON, S., AMSTERDAM, J., SHELTON, R.,
YOUNG, P., SALOMON, R.M., O'REARDON, J.P., LOVETT, M.L.,
GLADIS, M.M., BROWN, L.L. & GALLOP, R. (2005).
Cognitive therapy vs medications in the treatment of
moderate to severe depression. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 62, 409-416. [PDF] |
| |
PATTEN, S.B., WANG, J.L., BECK. C.A. & MAXWELL, C.J.
(2005). Measurement issues related to the evaluation and
monitoring of major depression prevalence in Canada.
Chronic Diseases in Canada, 26 (4), 100-106. |
|
WEXLER, B.E. & NELSON, J.C. (1993). The treatment of
major depressive disorders. International Journal of
Mental Health, 22, 7-41. |
DIMIDJIAN, S., HOLLON, S.D., DOBSON, K.S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., ADDIS, M.E., GALLOP, R.,
McGLINCHEY, J.B., MARKLEY, D.K., GOLLAN, J.K., ATKINS,
D.C., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2006). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the acute treatment of adults
with major depression. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 74 (4), 658-670. [PDF] |
|
GRUNHAUS, L., PANDE, A.C., BROWN, M.B. & GREDEN, J.F.
(1994). Clinical characteristics of patients with
concurrent major depressive disorder and panic disorder. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 541-546. |
COHEN, L.S., ALTSHULER, L.L., HARLOW, B.L., NONACS, R.,
NEWPORT, D.J., VIGUERA, A.C., SURI, R., BURT, V.K.,
HENDRICK, V., REMINICK, A.M., LOUGHEAD, A., VITONIS, A.F.
& STOWE, Z.N. (2006). Relapse of major depression
during pregnancy in women who maintain or discontinue
antidepressant treatment. Journal of American Medical
Association, 295, 499-507. [PDF] |
| |
PATTEN, S.B., WANG, J.L., WILLIAM, J.V.A., CURRIE, S.,
BECK. C.A., MAXWELL, C.J. & El-GUEBALY, N. (2006).
Descriptive epidemiology of major depression in Canada. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 51 (2), 84-90. [PDF] |
|
FAVA, G.A., GRANDI, S., ZIELEZNY, M., RAFANELLI, C. &
CANESTRARI, R. (1996). Four-year outcome for cognitive
behavioral treatment of residual symptoms in major
depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 153,
945-947. |
SPATES, C.R., PAGOTO, S. & KALATA, A. (2006). A
qualitative and quantitative review of behavioral
activation treatment of major depressive disorder. The
Behavior Analyst Today, 7 (4), 508-518. [PDF] |
|
KROLL, L., HARRINGTON, R., JAYSON, D., FRASER, J. &
GOWERS, S. (1996). Pilot study of continuation
cognitive-behavioral therapy for major depression in
adolescent psychiatric patients. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
35, 1156-1161. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C., SCHMITZ, M.F., FIRST, M.B. & HORWITZ,
A.V. (2007). Extending the bereavement exclusion for major
depression to other losses : Evidence from the National
Comorbidity Survey. Archives of General Psychiatry,
64 (4), 433-440.
[PDF] |
|
| |
MONROE, S.M., SLAVICH, G.M., TORRES, L.D. & GOTLIB,
I.H. (2007). Severe life events predict specific patterns
of change in cognitive biases in major depression. Psychological
Medicine, 37, 863-871. |
|
FAVA, G.A., RAFANELLI, C., GRANDI, S., CANESTRARI, R.
& MORPHY, M.A. (1998). Six-year outcome for cognitive
behavioral treatment of residual symptoms in major
depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 155, 1443-1445. |
GAUDIANO, B.A., MILLER, I.W. & HERBERT, J.D. (2007).
The treatment of psychotic major depression : Is there a
role for adjunctive psychotherapy ? Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatics, 76, 271-277. [PDF] |
| |
CRAIGHEAD, W.E., SHEETS, E.S., BROSSE, A.L. & ILLARDI,
S.S. (2007). Psychosocial treatments for major depressive
disorder. In P.E. Nathan & J.M. Gorman (Eds.), A
guide to treatments that work (pp. 289-307). New
York : Oxford University Press. |
| |
FARABAUGH, A., MISCHOULON, D., SCHWARTZ, F., PENDER, M.,
FAVA, M. & ALPERT, J. (2007). Dysfunctional attitudes
and personality disorder comorbidity during long-term
treatment of MDD. Depression & Anxiety, 24
(6), 433-439. |
| |
DOBSON, K.S., HOLLON, S.D., DIMIDJIAN, S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., GALLOP, R., RIVZI, S.L., GOLLAN,
DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2008). Randomized trial
of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the prevention of relapse and
recurrence in major depression. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76 (3), 468-477. [PDF] |
| |
TURNIPSPEED, B. & MAGID, M. (2008). Antidepressants
and suicide risk : Considerations in treating patients
with major depression. Hospital Physician, 15-21.
[PDF] |
|
GULLION C.M. & RUSH, A.J. (1998). Toward a
generalizable model of symptoms in major depressive
disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 44, 959-972. |
KNUTSON, B., BHANJI, J., COONEY, R.E., ATLAS, L. &
GOTLIB, H. (2008). Neural responses to monetary incentives
in major depression. Biological Psychiatry, 63,
686-692. [PDF] |
|
ALLEN, J.J.B. SCHNYER, R.N. & HITT, S.K. (1998) The
efficacy of acupuncture in the treatment of major
depression in women. Psychological Science, 9,
397-407. |
WILSON, K.C., MOTTRAM, P.G. & VASSILAS, C.A. (2008).
Psychotherapeutic treatments for older depressed people.
Cochrane Database Systematic Review, (1), |
|
DREVETS W.C. (1999). : Prefrontal cortical-amygdalar
metabolism in major depression. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 877, 614-637. |
KENDLER, K.S., MYERS, J. & ZISOOK, S. (2008). Does
bereavement-related major depression differ from major
depression associated with other stressful life events ? American
Journal of Psychiatry, 165 (11), 1449-1455. [PDF] |
| |
JOFFE, R.T. & LEVITT, A.J. (2008). Basal thyrotropin
and major depression : relation to clinical variables and
treatment out- come. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry,
53 (12), 833- 838. |
| |
TURNERSPEED, B. & MAGID, M. (2008). Antidepressants
and suicide risk : Considerations in treating patients
with major depression. Hospital Physician,
15-21. [PDF] |
|
BRUDER G., WEXLER, B.E., STEWART, J.W., PRICE, L.H. &
QUITKIN, F.M. (1999). Perceptual asymmetry differences
between major depression with or without a comorbid
anxiety disorder : A dichotic listening study. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 108, 233-239. |
DIMIDJIAN, S., MARTELL, C.R., COFFMAN, S. & HOLLON,
S.D. (2008). Treatment of severe depression. In M. Whisman
(Ed.), Cognitive therapy for complex and comorbid
depression : Assessment and treatment (pp. 65-87).
New York : Guilford. |
| |
GAUDIANO, B.A., DALRYMPLE, K.L. & ZIMMERMAN, M.
(2009). Prevalence and clinical characteristics of
psychotic versus nonpsychotic major depression in a
general psychiatric outpatient clinic. Depress
Anxiety, 26 (1), 54-64. [PDF] |
|
JACOB, K.S. (2009). Major depression : revisiting the
concept and diagnosis. Advances in Psychiatric
Treatment, 15, 279-285. [PDF] |
| |
GAUDIANO, B.A. & ZIMMERMAN, M. (2010). Does comorbid
posttraumatic stress disorder affect the severity and
course of psychotic major depressive disorder ? Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 71, 442-450. [PDF] |
| |
CURRY, J.F. & REINECKE, M.A. (2010). Major depression.
In J.C. Thomas & M. Hersen (Eds.), Handbook of
clinical psychology competencies, Vol. III :
Intervention and treatment for children and adolescents
(pp. 1193-1218). New York : Springer Publishing. |
| |
HARKNESS, K.L., SLAVICH, G.M., MONROE, S.M., GOTLIB, I.H.
& BAGBY, R.M. (2010). Gender differences in life
events prior to onset of major depressive disorder : The
moderating effect of age. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 119 (4), 791-803. [PDF] |
|
KHIN, N.A., CHEN, Y.F., YANG Y., YANG, P. & LAUGHREN,
T.P. (2011). Exploratory analyses of efficacy data from
major depressive disorder trials submitted to the US Food
and Drug Administration in support of new drug
applications. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 72,
464-472. |
|
CRAIGHEAD, W.E., SHEETS, E.S., WILCOXON-CRAIGHEAD, L.
& MADSEN, J.W. (2011). Recurrence of MDD : A
prospective study of personality pathology and cognitive
distortions. Personality Disorders : Theory,
Research, & Treatment, 2 (2), 83-97. [PDF] |
|
HARVEY, P.D. (2011). Mood symptoms, cognition, and
everyday functioning in major depression, bipolar
disorder, and schizophrenia. Innovation in Clinical
Neuroscience, 8 (10), 14-18.
[PDF] |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. & FIRST, M.B. (2012). Validity of the
bereavement exclusion to major depression : does the
empirical evidence support the proposal to eliminate the
exclusion in DSM-5 ? World Psychiatry, 11 (1),
3-10. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Dépression |
|
|
Dépression
mineure : Minor depression, mild
depression.
| |
|
|
RAPAPORT, M.H., JUDD, L.L., SCHETTLER, P.J., YONKERS,
K.A., THASE, M.E., KUPFER, D.J., FRANK, E., PLEWES, J.M.,
TOLLEFSON, G.D. & RUSH, A.J. (2002). A descriptive
analysis of minor depression. American Journal of
Pychiatry, 159, 637-643. |
|
BARKHAM, M., REES, A., STILES, W.B., HARDY, G.E. &
SHAPIRO, D.A. (2002). Dose-effect relations for
psychotherapy of mild depression: A quasi-experimental
comparison of effects of 2, 8, and 16 sessions. Psychotherapy
Research, 12, 463-474. |
|
JUDD, J., RAPAPORT, M.H., YONKERS, K.A, RUSH, A.J., FRANK,
E., THASE, M.E., KUPFER, D.J., PLEWES, J.M., SCHETTLER,
P.J. & TOLLEFSON, G.D. (2006). Randomized,
placebo-controlled trial of fluoxetine for acute treatment
of minor depressive disorder. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 161, 1864-1871. |
|
|
Voir aussi Dépression
majeure |
|
|
Dépression
modérée : Moderate depression.
| |
|
|
PHILLIP, M., KOHNEN, R. & HILLER, K.P. (1999).
Hypericum extract versus imipramine or placebo in patients
with moderate depression : randomised multicentre study of
treatment for eight weeks. British Medical Journal,
319, 1534-1538. |
|
DeRUBEIS, R., HOLLON, S., AMSTERDAM, J., SHELTON, R. &
YOUNG, P. (2005). Cognitive therapy vs medications in the
treatment of moderate to severe depression. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 62, 409-416. |
|
|
|
Dépression
post-partum : Dépression ou
trouble psychologique qui survient chez la femme à la suite de
l'accouchement (et la naissance
ou non d'un enfant). Dépression post-partum, stress
et enfant
né prématurément. = Troubles
post-partum.
Postpartum depression, baby
blues.
| |
|
|
O'HARA, M.W., REHM, L.P. & CAMPBELL, S.B. (1983).
Postpartum depression : A role for social network and life
stress variables. Journal of Nervous & Mental
Disease, 171, 336-341. |
MISRI, S., KOSTARAS, X., FOX, D. & KOSTARAS, D.
(2000). The impact of partner support in the treatment of
postpartum depression. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 45, 554-558. |
|
COHN, J.F. & TRONICK, E.Z. (1983). Three-month-old
infants’ reaction to simulated maternal depression. Child
Development, 54, 185-193. |
HERRICK, H.W.B. (2000). The effect of stressful life
events on postpartum depression results from the 1997-1998
North Carolina Pregnancy Risk Assessment Monitoring System
(PRAMS). NCPH/SCHS Studies, 121, 1-10. [PDF] |
|
O'HARA, M., REHM, L. & CAMPBELL, S. (1983). Postpartum
depression : A role for social network and life stress
variables. The Journal of Nervous & Mental
Diseases, 71, 336-341. |
HENDRICK, V., ALTSHULER, L., STROUSE, T. & GROSSER, S.
(2000). Postpartum and nonpostpartum depression :
differences in presentation and response to pharmacologic
treatment. Depression & Anxiety, 11 (2),
66-72. |
|
FIELD, T. (1984). Early interactions between infants and
their postpartum depressed mothers. Infant Behavior
& Development, 7, 527-532. |
ZLOTNIK, C., JOHNSON, S.L., MILLER, I.W., PEARLSTEIN, T.
& HOWARD, M. (2001). Postpartum depression in women
receiving public assistance : pilot study of an
interpersonal-therapy-oriented group intervention. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 158 (4), 638-640. |
|
HOPKINS, J., MARCUS, M. & CAMPBELL, S.B. (1984).
Postpartum depression : A critical review. Psychological
Bulletin, 95, 498-515. |
ONAZAWA, K., GLOVER, V., ADAMS, D., MODI, N. & KUMAR,
R.C. (2001). Infant massage improvesmother-infant
interaction for mothers with postnatal depression. Journal
of Affective Disorders, 63, 201-207. |
|
WHIFFEN, V.E. & GOTLIEB, I.H. (1989). Infants of
postpartum depressed mothers : Temperament and cognitive
status. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 98 (3),
274-279. |
YONKERS, K.A., RAMIN, S.M., RUSH, A.J., NAVARRETE, C.A.,
CARMODY, T., MARCH, D., HEARWELL, S.F. & LEVENO, K.J.
(2001). Onset and persistence of postpartum depression in
an inter-city maternal health clinical system. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 158 (11), 1856-1863. |
|
O'HARA, M.W., ZEKOSKI, E.M., PHILIPPS, L.H. & WRIGHT,
E.J. (1990). Controlled prospective study of postpartum
mood disorders : Comparison of childbearing and
nonchildbering women. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
99, 3-15. |
|
|
POP, V.J.M., DE ROOY, H.A.M., VADER, H.L., VEN DER, D.,
VAN SON, M., KOMPROE, I.H., ESSED, G.G.M. & DE GEUS,
C.A. (1991). Postpartum thyroid dysfunction and depression
in an unselected population. New England Journal of
Medicine, 324 (25), 1815-1816. [PDF] |
|
|
WOLMAN, W.L., CHALMERS, B., HOFMEYR, G.J. & NIKODEM,
V.C. (1993). Postpartum depressionand companionship in the
clinical birth environment : a randomized, controlled
study. American Journal of Obstetrics &
Gynecology, 168 (5), 1388-1393. |
PRENDERGAST, J. & AUSTIN, M.P. (2001). Early childhood
nurse-delivered cognitive behavioural counselling for
post-natal depression. Australasian Psychiatry, 9,
255-259. |
|
SICHEL, D.A., COHEN, L.S., ROSENBAUM, J.F. & DRISCOLL,
J. (1993). Postpartum onset of obsessive-compulsive
disorder. Psychosomatics, 34, 277-279. |
MILLER, L.J. (2002). Postpartum depression. Journal
of American Medical Association, 287 (6), 762-765. |
|
SICHEL, D.A., COHEN, L.S., DIMMOCK, J.A., ROSENBAUM, J.F.
(1993). Post-partum obsessivecompulsive disorder : a case
series. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 54,
156-159. |
COOPER, P., MURRAY, L., WILSON, A. & ROMANIUK, H.
(2003). Controlled trial of the short- and long-term
effect of psychological treatment of postpartum
depression: I. Impact on maternal mood. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 182, 412-419. |
|
STEWART, D.E. (1994). Incidence of postpartum abuse in
women with a history of abuse during pregnancy.
Canadian Medical Association Journal, 151 (11),
1601-1604. |
|
|
O’HARA, M.W. (1994). Postpartum depression : Causes
and consequences. New York : Springer-Verlag. |
COOPER, P. & MURRAY, L. (2003). Postpartum depression.
In J.J. Pozetti (Ed.), The international encyclopedia
of marriage and family relationships. (pp.
1245-1250). New York : Macmillan. |
|
CUMMINGS, E.M. & DAVIES, P.T. (1994). Maternal
depression and child development. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 35, 73-112.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
MAY, A. (1995). Using exercise to tackle postnatal
depression. Health Visit, 68, 146-147. |
|
|
MILLER, L.J. (1995). How «baby blues» and postpartum
depression differ. Women’s Psychiatric Health, 4,
12-16. |
SPINELLI, M.G. & ENDICOTT, J. (2003). Controlled trial
of interpersonal psychotherapy versus parenting education
program for depressed pregnant women. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 160, 555-562. |
|
MOWBRAY, C.T., OYSERMAN, D., SEMNCUK, J.K. & ROSS,
S.R. (1995). Motherhood for womenwith serious mental
illness : pregnancy, childbirth and the postpartum period.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 65 (1), 21-38. |
SEYFRIED, L.S. & MARCUS, S.M. (2003). Postpartum mood
disorders. International Journal of Psychiatry, 15
(3), 231-242. |
|
SHEAL, M.K. & MAMMEN, O. (1995). Anxiety disorders in
pregnant and postpartum women. Psychopharmacological
Bulletin, 31, 693-703. |
CLARK, R., TLUCZEK, A. & WENZEL, A. (2003).
Psychotherapy for postpartum depression : apreliminary
report. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 73,
441-454. |
|
ZELKOWITZ, P. & MILLET, T. (1996). Postpartum
psychiatric disorders : their relationship to
psychological adjustment and marital satisfaction in the
spouses. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 105
(2), 281-285. |
ROBERTSON, E., GRACE, S., WALLINGTON, T. & STEWART,
D.E. (2004). Antenatal risk factors for postpartum
depression : A synthesis of recent literature. General
Hospital Psychiatry, 26 (4), 289-295. |
|
BARNET, B., JOFFE, A., DUGGAN, A.K., WILSON, M.D. &
REPKE, J.T. (1996). Depressive symptoms, stress, and
social support in pregnant and postpartum adolescents. Archives
of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 150 (1),
64-69. |
|
|
O’HARA, M.W. & SWAIN, A.M. (1996). Rates and risk of
postpartum depression - A meta-analysis. International
Review of Psychiatry, 8 (1), 37-54. |
MULLER-NIX, C., FORCADA-GUEXB, M., PIERREHUMBERTA, B.,
JAUNINB, L., BORGHINIA, A. & ANSERMETA, F. (2004).
Prematurity, maternal stress and mother-child interaction.
Early Human Development, 79 (2), 145-158. |
|
BECK, C.T. (1996). A meta-analysis of predictors of
postpartum depression. Nursing Research, 45,
297-303. |
MURRAY, L., WOOLGAR, M. & COOPER, P. (2004). Detection
and treatment of postpartum depression in primary care. Community
Practitioner, 77, 13-17. |
|
WOOD, A.G., THOMAS, S.P., DROPPLEMAN, P.G. & MEIGHAN,
M. (1997). The downward spiral ofpostpartum depression.
The American Journal of Maternal/Child Nursing, 22
(6), 6-12. |
BROCKINGTON, I.F. (2004). Postpartum psychiatric
disorders. The Lancet, 363, 303-310. |
|
MURRAY, L. & COOPER, P.J. (1997). Postpartum
depression and child developpment. London :
Guilford Press. |
BEEBE, B., JAFFE, J., BUCK, K., CHEN, H., COHEN, P.,
BLATT, S., KAMINER, T., FELDSTEIN, S. & ANDREWS, H.
(2007). Six-week postpartum maternal self-criticism and
dependency and 4-month other-infant self- and interactive
contingencies. Developmental Psychology, 43,
1360-1376. |
|
REYNOLDS, J.L. (1997). Post-traumatic stress disorder
after childbirth : the phenomenon oftraumatic birth. Canadian
Medical Association Journal, 156, 831-835. |
BLANDON, A.Y., CALKINS, S.D., KEANE, S.P. & O'BRIEN,
M. (2008). Individual differences in trajectories of
emotion regulation processes : The effects of maternal
depressive symptomatology and children's physiological
regulation. Developmental Psychology, 44,
1110-1123. |
|
HART, S., FIELD, T., DEL VALLE, C. & PELAEZ-NOGUERAS,
M. (1998). Depressed mothers' interactions with their
one-year-old infants. Infant Behavior &
Development, 21, 519-525. |
SOLARI, H., DICKSON, K.E. & MILLER, L. (2009).
Understanding and treating women with schizophrenia during
pregnancy and postpartum. The Canadian Journal of
Clinical Pharmacology 16 (1), 23-32. [PDF]
|
|
NONACS, R. & COHEN, L.S. (1998). Postpartum mood
disorders : Diagnosis and treatment guidelines.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 59 (S2), 34-40. |
PAULSON, J.F. & BAZEMORE, S.D. (2010). Prenatal and
postpartum depression in fathers and its association with
maternal depression. Journal of American Medical
Association, 303 (19), 1961-1969. [LIRE] |
|
SÉGUIN, L, POTVIN, L, ST-DENIS, M. & LOISELLE, J.
(1999). Depressive symptoms in the late postpartum among
low socioeconomic status women. Birth, 26 (3),
157-163. |
|
|
SOLIDAY, E., MCCLUSKEY-FAWCETT, K. & O'BRIEN, M.
(1999). Postpartum affect and depressive symptoms in
mothers and fathers. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 69 (1), 30-38. |
NYLEN, K.J., O'HARA, M.W., BROCK, R., MOEL, J., GORMAN, L.
& STUART, S. (2010). Predictors of the longitudinal
course of postpartum depression following interpersonal
psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 78 (5), 757-763. [PDF] |
|
MURRAY, L., SINCLAIR, D., COOPER, P., DUCOURNAU, P.,
TURNER, P. & TEIN, A. (1999). The socioemotional
development of 5-year-old children of postnatally
depressed mothers. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 40, 1259-1271. |
CHIVERS, M.L., PITTINI, R., VILLEGAS, L. &
GRIGORIADIS, S. & ROSS, L.E. (2011). The relationship
between sexual function and depressive symptomatology in
postpartum women : A pilot study. Journal of Sexual
Medicine, 8, 792-799. |
|
PEDERSEN, C.A. (1999). Postpartum mood and anxiety
disorders : a guide for the nonpsychiatric clinician with
an aside on thyroid associations with postpartum mood. Thyroid,
9 (7), 691-697. |
McCOY, S.J.B. (2012). Postpartum depression in men In M.G.
Rojas Castillo (Ed.), Perinatal depression. [PDF] |
|
GOODMAN, S.H. & GOTLIB, I.H. (1999). Risk for
psychopathology in the children of depressed mothers : A
developmental model for understanding mechanisms of
transmission. Psychological Review, 106,
458-490. |
RUSSELL, E., FAWCETT, J.M. & MAZMANIAN, D. (2013).
Risk of obsessive-compulsive disorder in pregnant and
post-partum women : A meta-analysis. Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 74, 377-385. |
| |
SHARMA, P., SINGH, N., TEMPE, A. & MALHOTRA, M.
(2017). Psychiatric disorders during pregnancy and
postpartum. Journal of Pregnancy & Child Health,
4 (2), 1-6. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Naissance,
Grossesse et Dépression |
|
|
|
|
Dépression saisonnière : Type de dépression
dont la cause est le manque de lumière
produit par le changement de saison et l'arrivée de
l'automne/hiver (ou le travail
de nuit ou dans les mines et les stations polaires).
Seasonal affective disorder, winter depression.
| |
|
|
ROSENTHAL, N.E., SACK, D.A., GILLIN, J.C., LEWY, A.J.,
GOODWIN, F.K., DAVENPORT, Y., MUELLER, P.S., NEWSOME, D.A.
& WEHR, T.A. (l984). Seasonal affective disorder. A
description of the syndrome and preliminary findings with
light therapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 41, 72-80. |
|
STEWART, K.T., GADDY, J.R., BENSON, B., BYRNE, K.
DOGHRAMJI, K. & BRAINARD, G.C. (1990). Treatment of
winter depression with a portable, head-mounted
phototherapy device. Progress in
Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry,
14, 269-578. |
|
STEWART, K.T., GADDY, J.R., BYRNE, B., MILLER, S. &
BRAINARD, G.C. (1991). Effects of green or white light for
treatment of seasonal depression. Psychiatry
Research, 38, 261-270. |
|
LEONARDTH, G., WIRZ-JUSTICE, A., KRAUCHI, K., GRAW, P.,
WUNDER, D. & HAUG, H.J. (1994). Long-term follow-up of
depression in seasonal affective disorder. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 35, 457-464. |
|
THALÈN, B.E., KJELLMAN, B.F., MORKRID, L., WIBOM, R. &
WETTERBERG, L. (1995). Light treatment in seasonal and
nonseasonal depression. Acta Psychiatrica
Scandinavica, 91, 352-360. |
|
THOMPSON, C., RAHEJA, S.K. & KING, E.A. (1995). A
follow-up study of seasonal affective disorder. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 167, 380-384. |
|
|
Voir aussi Mélatonine,
Lumière et Travail
de nuit |
|
|
Dépression
unipolaire : Unipolaire signifie un seul pôle.
Terme utilisé pour désigner la dépression
par opposition à la maniaco-dépression ou
trouble bipolaire. = dépression.
Unipolar depression.
| |
|
|
WINOKUR, G. (1979). Unipolar depression: is it divisible
into autonomous subtypes ? Archives of General
Psychiatry, 36 (1), 47-52. |
NEZU, A.M. & PERRI, M.G. (1989). Social problem
solving therapy for unipolar depression : An initial
dismantling investigation. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 57, 408-413. |
|
AMENSON, C.S. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1981). An
investigation into the observed sex difference in
prevalence of unipolar depression. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 90, 1-13. |
McLEAN, R.D. & HAKSTIAN, A.R. (1990). Relative
endurance of unipolar depression treatment effects :
Longitudinal follow-up. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 58, 482-488. |
|
STEINBRUECK, S.M., MAXWELL, S.E. & HOWARD, G.S.
(1983). A meta-analysis of psychotherapy and drug therapy
in the treatment of unipolar depression with adults.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 51
(6), 856-863. |
McLEAN, R.D. & TAYLOR, S. (1992). Severity of unipolar
depression and choice of treatment. Behavior Research
& Therapy, 30, 443-451. |
|
HERSEN, M., BELLACK, A.S., HIMMELHOCH, J.M. & THASE,
M.E. (1984). Effects of social skill training,
amitriptyline, and psychotherapy in unipolar depressed
women. Behavior Therapy, 15, 21-40. |
SEGAL, Z.V. & INGRAM, R.E. (1994). Mood priming and
construct activation in tests of cognitive vulnerability
to unipolar depression. Clinical Psychology Review,
14, 663-695. |
|
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., AKINS, W.T., CHATHAM, E.M., MONAGIN,
J.A., TEARNAN, H. & ZIEGLER, B.L. (1984). An
exploratory study : The psychoeducational group treatment
of drug-refractory unipolar depression. Journal of
Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 15, 309-313. |
CUIJPERS, P. (1997). Bibliotherapy in unipolar depression
: A meta-analysis. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 28 (2), 139-147. |
|
TERI, L. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1986). Individual
treatment of unipolar depression : Comparison of treatment
outcome and identification of predictors of success
fultreatment outcome. Behavior Therapy, 17, 215-228.
|
SEGAL, Z.V., GEMAR, M.C. & WILLIAMS, S. (1999).
Differential cognitive response to a mood challenge
following successful cognitive therapy or pharmacotherapy
for unipolar depression. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 108, 3-10. |
|
BELSHER, G, COSTELLO, C.G. (1988). Relapse after recovery
from unipolar depression : a critical review. Psychological
Bulletin, 104, 84-96. |
BAUER, M., WHYBROW, P.C., ANGST, A., VERSIANI, M. &
JÜRGEN-MÖLLER, H. (2002). Guidelines for the treatment of
unipolar depressive disorders. World Journal of
Psychiatry, 3 (1), 5-43. |
|
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., WARD, C.H. & TEARNAN, B.H. (1989).
The behavioral treatment of unipolar depression in adult
outpatients. In M. Hersen, R.M. Eisler & P.M. Miller
(Eds.), Progress in behavior modification (pp.
152-191). Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
DICHTER, G.S. & TOMARKEN, A.J. (2008). The chronometry
of affective startle modulation in unipolar depression. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 115, 1-15. |
|
AMSTERDAM J.-D. & GARCIA-ESPANA, F. (2000).
Venlafaxine monotherapy in women with bipolar and unipolar
major depressio. Journal of Affective-Disorders, 59,
225-229. |
MEIRAN, N., DIAMOND, G.M., TODDER, D. & NEMETS, B.
(2011). Cognitive rigidity in unipolar depression and
obsessive compulsive disorder : examination of task
switching, Stroop, working-memory updating and
post-conflict adaptation. Psychiatry Research, 85 (1-2),
149-156. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Dépression |
|
|
|
|
|
Déprogrammation
: Déconditionnement
d'un individu qui a été
embrigadé par une secte. Ce
concept a été popularisé par Langone.
Deprogramming.
| |
|
|
LANGONE, M. (1984). Deprogramming : An analysis of
parental questionnaires. Cultic Studies Journal, 1,
63-78. |
|
|
|
Députation
: Député : Ensemble des individus élus
(députés) qui représentent les électeurs d'un territoire
(compté, circonscription, etc.).
|
Der
Geoff ( ) : Psychologue
écossais et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'intelligence et du
temps de réaction. Collaborateur de Batty,
Bebbington et Deary.
|
DER, G. & BEBBINGTON, P. (1987). Depression in inner
London : a register study. Social Psychiatry, 22
(2), 73-84. |
|
DER, G., GUPTA, S. & MURRAY, R.M. (1990). Is
schizophrenia disappearing ? Lancet, 335, 513-516. |
|
DER, G. & DEARY, I.J. (2003). IQ, reaction time, and
the differentiation hypothesis. Intelligence, 31
(5), 491-503 |
|
DER, G. & DEARY, I.J. (2006). Age and sex differences
in reaction time in adulthood : results from the United
Kingdom Health and Lifestyle Survey. Psychology &
Aging, 21 (1), 62-73. |
|
DER, G. & DEARY, I.J. (2017). The relationship between
intelligence and reaction time varies with age : Results
from three representative narrow-age age cohorts at 30, 50
and 69 years. Intelligence, 64, 89-97. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Derby
K. Mark ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste et
spécialiste de l'étude de l'autisme
et de l'automutilation.
Collaborateur de Fisher, Horner,
McLaughlin,
Northup, Piazza et
Wacker
|
DERBY, K.M., WACKER, D.P., SASSO, G., STEEGE, M.,
NOTHRTUP, J., CIGRAND, K. & ASMUS, J. (1992). Brief
functional assessment techniques to evaluate aberrant
behavior in an outpatient setting : A summary of 79 cases.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 25 (3),
713-721. [PDF] |
|
DERBY, K.M., WACKER, D.P., PECK, S., SASSO, G., DERAAD,
A., BERG, W., ASMUS, J. & ULRICH, S. (1994).
Functional analysis of separate topographies of aberrant
behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27
(2), 267-278.
[PDF] |
|
DERBY, K.M., FISHER, W.W. & PIAZZA, C.C. (1996). The
effects of contingent and noncontingent attention on
self-injury and self-restraint. Journal of Applied
Behavioral Analysis, 29 (1), 107-110. [PDF] |
|
DERBY, K.M., WACKER, D.P., BERG, W.K., DERAAD, A., ULRICH,
S., ASMUS, J.M., HARDING, J., PROUTY, A., LAFFEY, P. &
STONER, E.A. (1997). The long-term effects of functional
communication training in home settings. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 30 (3), 507-530.
[PDF] |
|
DERBY, K.M., FISHER, W.W., PIAZZA, C.C., WILKE, A.E. &
JOHNSON, W. (1988). The effects of noncontingent and
contingent attention for self-injury, manding, and
collateral responses. Behavior Modification, 22
(4), 474-484. |
|
|
|
Derenne
Adam ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste et
spécialiste de l'étude du conditionnement
opérant. Étudiant de Baron
et Weatherly.
|
DERENNE, A. & BARON, A. (1999). Human sensitivity to
reinforcement : A comment on Kollins, Newland, and
Critchfield's (1997) quantitative literature review.
The Behavior Analyst, 22, 35-41.
[PDF] |
|
DERENNE, A. & BARON, A. (2002). Preratio pausing :
Effects of an alternative reinforcer on fixed-and
variable-ratio responding. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 77 (3),
272-282. [PDF] |
|
DERENNE, A. (2006). Effects of S+, S- separation on
gradient shifts in humans. Journal of General
Psychology, 133, 163-173. |
|
DERENNE, A., ARSENAULT, M.L., AUSTIN, D.P. &
WEATHERLY, J.N. (2007). Weaver mutant mice exhibit
long-term learning deficits under several measures of
instrumental behavior. Physiology & Behavior, 92,
1002-1009. |
|
DERENNE, A., BROWN-BORG, H.M., FELTMAN, K., CORBETT, G.
& LACKMAN, S. (2011). Acquisition of steady-state
operant behavior in long-living Ames dwarf mice.
Physiology & Behavior, 104, 1048-1052. |
|
|
|
Derevensky
Jeffrey L. ( ) : Psychiatre
québécois et spécialiste du
jeu de hasard et du
jeu compulsif, notamment chez les adolescents. Professeur de
Gupta. Collaborateur de Delfabbro,
Griffiths,
Kim, King, Winters,
Wohl et
Woods.
|
DEREVENSKY, J.L. & GUPTA, R. (2000). Prevalence
estimates of adolescent gambling : A comparison of the
SOGS-RA, DSM-IV-J, and the GA 20 Questions. Journal of
Gambling Studies, 16 (2/3), 227-251. |
|
HARDOON, K.K. & DEREVENSKY, J.L. (2002). Child and
adolescent gambling behavior : Current knowlege.
Clinical Child & Psychiatry, 7 (2), 139-145. [PDF] |
|
DEREVENSKY, J.L. & GUPTA, R. (2007). Internet gambling
amongst adolescents : A growing concern. International
Journal of Mental Health & Addictions, 5 (2),
93-101. |
|
DEREVENSKY, J.L. PRATT, L., HARDOON, K. & GUPTA, R.
(2007). The relationship between gambling problems and
impulsivity among adolescents : Some preliminary data and
thoughts. Journal of Addiction Medicine, 1 (3),
165-172. |
|
DEREVENSKY, J.L., SHEK, D. & MERRICK, J. (2010). Youth
gambling. International Journal of Adolescent
Medicine & Health, 22 (1), 1-2. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
EX: au Québec, on a recours
à la théorie de Goodman
sur l'enseignement de la lecture
- la méthode
globale ou Whole language - pour donner un aura scientifique
à la réforme de l'éducation. Or, il s'agit d'une dérive car cette
théorie contredit «tout
ce que l'on sait» sur l'apprentissage de la
lecture/écriture. Cette théorie propose d'apprendre aux enfants à
reconnaître les mots comme s'il s'agissait d'objet (les
mots-étiquettes), de les lire ou de les «voir en entier», d'un
seul coup. Il est vrai que les enfants
qui ont déjà appris à lire et la plupart des adultes procèdent
ainsi; il ne décompose pas les mots
en syllabes, sauf si le
mot est nouveau ou très long. Mais ce n'est pas de cette façon
qu'on apprend quand on ne sait pas lire, quand on commence de
zéro, ce qui est le cas de la vaste majorité des enfants qui
débutent l'école. Il faut
donc distinguer la phase d'apprentissage des débutants - la
première fois ! - pendant laquelle l'enfant est exposé à des
milliers de nouveaux mots, de la phase de maintien des acquis chez
le jeune lecteur ou le lecteur aguerri.
Pour apprendre à lire, l'apprenti doit d'abord
apprendre à lier les sons (phonèmes)
aux syllabes
(graphème), puis dé/composer en syllabes des petits mots,
ensuite de plus longs, et ainsi de suite, du simple au complexe;
le plus simple étant de reconnaître d'abord les lettres et les
syllabes qui forment les mots d'une phrase.
En phase de maintien des acquis, le lecteur ne
décompose que les mots qu'il ignore (EX: Érythémateux) ou qu'il
voit rarement (EX: Stéthoscope), ou qui sont trop longs pour les
lire d'un trait (EX: Reproductibilité). Alors, si cette méthode
d'enseignement est inefficace, pourquoi s'est-elle implantée chez
nous ? Parce que, de fait, peu importe la méthode utilisée, les
jeunes enfants sont effectivement capables de reconnaître et de
retenir plusieurs petits mots, jusqu'à 500 chez ceux et celles qui
ont une excellente mémoire, ce qui donnent à penser qu'ils savent
lire, d'autant qu'il s'agit généralement des mots les plus
fréquents de notre langue. Qui plus est, cet apprentissage se fait
rapidement, et encore plus vite s'il est fait de manière
systématique, comme le préconise la méthode globale. Dans tous les
cas, l'enfant apprend plus vite qu'avec la méthode syllabique;
tandis que les enfants peinent à apprendre leurs premières
syllabes, et ânonnent leurs premiers mots (vaaaaaaaa-ch-e), les
enfants de la méthode globale «lisent/voient» sans trop d'effort
quelques centaines de mots-étiquette.
Au jeu des comparaisons, les premiers
résultats semblent donc donner raison aux tenants de la méthode
Goodman. C'est seulement à mi-parcours de la première année
scolaire que le vocabulaire des «enfants-syllabiques» explose -
car il commence à maîriser le "code" - alors que le lexique des
«enfants globaux» plafonne. Lire est donc une habileté
façonnée par l'effort
et la patience. Mais pas au Québec ! Notre système
d'éducation produit actuellement des pseudo-dyslexiques en
quantité industrielle. «Pseudo» car il ne s'agit pas ici d'une
incapacité cérébrale consécutive à une lésion;
la dyslexie, la «vraie»,
existe bel et bien, nul doute, mais il ne faut pas la confondre
avec les carences de notre système d'éducation, et son ignorance
des théories de l'apprentissage; on ne dit pas d'un enfant qui
ouvre un cadeau sans adresser un seul mot de remerciement à sa
tante qu'il souffre d'impolitesse congénitale ! Du syndrome de la
langue tronquée !! Ou du trouble d'élocution avec mutisme aggravé
!!! On dira plutôt «Il n'a pas appris à dire merci». Tout
simplement. Et on blâmera ses parents (si, si). Et toute autre
explication pourra alors être considérée comme une dérive...
|
Dérive
génétique : Genetic drift, allelic
drift, genetic sampling error, Sewall Wright effect.
| |
|
|
MASEL, J. (2011). Genetic drift. Current Biology.
Cell Press, 21 (20), 837-838. |
|
STAR, B. & SPENCER, H.G. (2013). Effects of genetic
drift and gene flow on the selective maintenance of
genetic variation. Genetics, 194 (1), 235-244. |
|
|
|
Dérive
instinctive : Interférence phylogénétique,
découverte par Breland et
Breland, qui nuit ou empêche certains apprentissages.
Misbehavior.
| |
|
|
BRELAND, K. & BRELAND, M. (1961). The misbehavior of
organisms. American Psychologist, 16, 681-684. |
|
BAILEY, M.B. & BAILEY, R.E. (1993). "Misbehavior" : A
case study. American Psychologist, 48,
1157-1158. |
|
|
|
Dermatite
: Dermatose : Maladie
de la peau. Dermatose.
| |
|
|
NIEMEIER, V., NIPPESEN, M., KUPFER, J., SCHILL, W.B. &
GIELER, U. (2002). Psychological factors associated with
hand dermatoses : which subgroup needs additional
psychological care ? British Journal of Dermatology,
146, 1031-1037. |
|
|
Voir aussi Eczéma
et Stress |
|
|
|
Dermatotillomanie
:
Skin picking, dermatotillomania.
| |
|
|
WILHELM, S., KEUTHEN, N.J., DECKERSBACH, T., ENGEL-HARD,
I.M., FORKER, L.B., O'SULLIVAN, R.L. & JENIKE, M.A.
(1999). Self-injurious skin picking : Clinical
characteristics and comorbidity. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 60, 454-459. |
|
WOODS, D.W. & TWOHIG, M.P. (2001). Habit reversal as a
treatment for chronic skin picking in typically developing
adult male siblings. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 34 (2), 217-220. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Derocher
Andrew E. ( ) : Biologiste
et éthologiste
canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'ours
polaire. Collaborateur de Stirling.
 |
DEROCHER, A.E., ANDRIASHEK, D. & STIRLING, I. (1993).
Terrestrial foraging by polar bears during the ice-free
period in western Hudson Bay. Arctic, 46, 251-254. |
|
DEROCHER, A.E. & STIRLING, I. (1996). Aspects of
survival in juvenile polar bears. Canadian Journal of
Zoology, 74, 1246-1252. |
|
DEROCHER, A.E. & STIRLING, I. (1998). Maternal
investment and factors affecting offspring size in polar
bears (Ursus maritimus). Journal of Zoology, 245,
253-260. |
|
DEROCHER, A.E., WIG, O. & ANDERSEN, M. (2002). Diet
composition of polar bears in Svalbard and the western
Barents Sea. Polar Biology, 25, 448-452. |
|
DEROCHER, A.E., LUNN, N.J. & STIRLING, I. (2004).
Polar bears in a warming climate. Integrative &
Comparative Biology, 44, 163-176. [PDF] |
|
|
|
DeRosier
Melissa E. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du harcèlement
à l'école et des habiletés
sociales.
|
DEROSIER, M.E. (2004). Building relationships and
combating bullying : Effectiveness of a school-based
social skills group intervention. Journal of Clinical
Child & Adolescent Psychology, 33, 125-130. |
|
DEROSIER, M.E. & MARCUS S.R. (2005). Building
friendships and combating bullying : Effectiveness of
S.S.GRIN at one-year follow-up. Journal of Clinical
Child & Adolescent Psychology, 34 (1), 140-150. |
|
DEROSIER, M.E. & MERCER, S.H. (2007). Improving
student behavior : The effectiveness of a school-based
character education program. Journal of Research
& Character Education, 5, 131-148. |
|
DEROSIER, M.E. & MERCER, S.H. (2009). Perceived
atypicality as a predictor of social rejection and peer
victimization : Implications for emotional adjustment and
academic achievement. Psychology in Schools, 46,
375-387. |
|
DEROSIER, M.E. & LLOYD, S.W. (2011). The impact of
children's social adjustment on academic outcomes. Reading
& Writing Quarterly, 27, 25-47. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DeRubeis
Robert J. ( ) : Psychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement de la dépression.
Collaborateur de
Castonguay, Cuijpers,
Dimidjian,
DeRubeis, Goldfried,
Hayes, Hollon,
Mohr, Muran,
Rush et
Teasdale
|
DeRUBEIS R. & FEELEY, M. (1990). Determinants of
change in cognitive therapy for depression. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 14, 469-482. |
|
DeRUBEIS, R., GELFAND, L.A., TANG, T.Z. & SIMONS, A.D.
(1999). Medications versus cognitive behavioral therapy
for severely depressed outpatients : mega-analysis of four
randomized comparisons. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 156, 1007-1013.
[PDF] |
|
DeRUBEIS, R, HOLLON, S., AMSTERDAM, J, SHELTON R, YOUNG,
P., SALOMON, R.M., O'REARDON, J.P., LOVETT, M.L., GLADIS,
M.M, BROWN, L.L. & GALLOP, R. (2005). Cognitive
therapy vs medications in the treatment of moderate to
severe depression. Archives of General Psychiatry,
62, 409-416.
[PDF] |
|
DeRUBEIS, R, BROTMAN M.A. & GIBBONS, C.J. (2005). A
conceptual and methodological analysis of the nonspecifics
argument. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 12, 174-183. |
|
DeRUBEIS, R., GELFAND, L.A., GERMAN, R.E., FOURNIER, J.C.
& FORAND, N.R. (2014). Understanding processes of
change : How some patients reveal more than others-and
some groups of therapists less-about what matters in
psychotherapy. Psychotherapy Research, 24, 419-428.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Des : Préfixe
qui signifie absence ou nullité d'une chose.
Mis,
ness, de.
|
Désabusement
: Découragement devant l'échec ou l'impossibilité de
modifier son état ou sa condition (ou celle des autres), qui se
traduit néanmoins par un discours critique à l'égard de cette
condition/état. Désabusement,
cynisme et résignation
acquise. *cynisme.
|
|
|
Désastre naturel : Phénomène
d'origine naturelle qui a des conséquences graves sur de nombreux
individus. Comme le nom l'indique, et contrairement à
l'accident, le désastre naturel n'a pas une origine humaine
(pas directement du moins...). Désastre, stress
et syndrome
post-traumatique. C-EX: Une guerre,
le réchauffement
climatique. ( ): éruption
volcanique, glissement de terrain, tsunami, séisme, incendie,
tornade/typhon, ouragan, tempête tropicale, verglas, secousse
sismique.
Naturel disaster, ecological disaster.
| |
|
|
SINHA, D. (1952). Behaviour in a catastrophic situation :
A psychological study of reports and rumours. British
Journal of Psychology General Section, 43 (3),
200–209. |
KERBY, D.S., BRAND, M.W., JOHNSON, D.L. & GHOURI, F.S.
(2005). Self-assessment in the measurement of public
health workforce preparedness for bioterrorism or other
public health disasters. Public Health Reports, 120,
186-191. |
|
HOYT, M.P. & RAVEN, B.H. (1973). Birth order and the
1971 earthquake. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 20, 122-128. |
ALEXANDER, D.A. (2005). Early mental health intervention
after disasters. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment,
11, 12-18 |
|
SCANLON, T.J. (1977). Post-disaster rumor chains : A case
study. Mass Emergencies, 2 (126), 22–27. |
PARKER, J.F., BAHRICK, L.E., FIVUCH, R. & JOHNSON, P.
(2006). The impact of stress on mothers' memory of a
natural disaster. Journal of Experimental Psychology
: Applied, 12, 142-154.
[PDF] |
|
WORTMAN, C.B. & SILVER, R.C. (1987). Coping with
irrevocable loss. In G.R. Vandenbox & B.K. Bryant
(Eds.), Cataclysms, crises and catastrophes :
Psychology in action. Washington, DC : American
Psychological Association. |
KNACK, J.M., CHEN, Z., WILLIAMS, K.D. &
JENSEN-CAMPBELL, L.A. (2006). Opportunities and challenges
for studying disaster survivors. Analyses of Social
Issues & Public Policy, 6, 175-189. |
| |
ADAMS, G., O'BRIEN, L.T. & NELSON, J.C. (2006).
Perceptions of racism in Hurricane Katrina : A liberation
psychology analysis. Analyses of Social Issues &
Public Policy, 6, 215–235. [PDF] |
| |
DACH-GRUSCHOW, K. & HONG, Y. (2006). The racial divide
in response to the aftermath of Katrina : A boundary
condition for common ingroup identity model. Analyses
of Social Issues & Public Policy, 6, 125–141. |
| |
HENKEL, K., DOVIDIO, J.F. & GAERTNER, S.L. (2006).
Institutional discrimination, individual racism, and
Hurricane Katrina. Analyses of Social Issues &
Public Policy, 6, 1-25. [PDF] |
| |
NERIA, Y., NANDI, A. & GALEA, S. (2007).
Post-traumatic stress disorder following disasters : a
systematic review. Psychological Medicine, 8
(4), 467-480. [PDF] |
| |
KESSLER, R.C., GALEA, S., GRUBER, M.J., SAMPSON, N.A.,
URSANO, R.J. & WESSELY, S. (2008). Trends in mental
illness and suicidality after Hurricane Katrina. Molecular
Psychiatry, 13 (4), 374-384. |
| |
VÄJSTJÄLL, D., PETERS, E. & SLOVIC, P. (2008). Affect,
risk perception and future optimism after the tsunami
disaster. Judgment & Decision Making, 3,
64-72. |
| |
LAPLANTE, D., BRUNET, A., SCHMITZ, N., CIAMPI, A. &
KING, S. (2008). Project Ice Storm: Prenatal maternal
stress afects cognitive and linguistic functioning in 5 ½
year old children. Journal of the American Academy of
Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 47 (9),
1063-1072. [PDF] |
| |
NERIA, Y., NANDI, A. & GALEA, S. (2009). Disaster
mental health research: Current state, gaps in knowledge,
and future directions. In Y. Neria, S. Galea, F.H. Norris
(Eds.), Mental health and disasters (pp. 594-610.). New
York, NY : Cambridge University Press. |
| |
VIGIL, J.M. & GEARY, D.C. (2008). A preliminary
investigation of family coping styles and psychological
well-being among adolescent survivors of Hurricane
Katrina. Journal of Family Psychology, 22, 176-180. |
|
MULILIS, J-P., DUVAL, T.S. & LIPPA, R.A. (1990). The
effects of a large destructive local earthquake on
earthquake preparedness as assessed by an earthquake
preparedness scale. Natural Hazards, 3, 357-371. |
MACIAS, W., HILYARD, K. & FREIMUTH, V. (2009). Blog
functions as risk and crisis communication during
hurricane Katrina. Journal of Computer-Mediated
Communication, 15 (1), 1-31. [PDF] |
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. & MORROW, J. (1991). A prospective
study of depression and post-traumatic stress symptoms
following a natural disaster : The 1989 Loma Prieta
Earthquake. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 61, 115-121. |
KING, S., MANCINI-MARIE, A., BRUNET, A., WALKER, C.,
MEANEY, M. & LAPLANTE, D. (2009). Prenatal maternal
stress from a natural disaster predicts dermatoglyphic
asymmetry in humans. Development &
Psychopathology, 21 (2), 343-353. [PDF] |
|
GALEA, S. & MAXWELL, A.R. (2009). Methodological
challenges in studying the mental health consequences of
disasters. In Y. Neria, S. Galea and F.H. Norris (Eds.), Mental
health and disasters (pp. 579-593). New York, NY
: Cambridge University Press. |
| |
O'BRIEN, L.T., BLODORN, A., ALSBROOKS, A., DUBE, R.,
ADAMS, G. & NELSON, J.C. (2009). Understanding White
Americans' perceptions of racism in Hurricane
Katrina-related events. Group Processes &
Intergroup Relations, 12 (4), 431-444. |
| |
HENDERSON, T., SIROIS, M., CHEN, A., AIRRIESS, C.,
SWANSON, D. & BANKS, D. (2009). After a disaster :
Lessons in survey methodology from Hurricane Katrina.
Population Research & Policy Review, 28 (1),
67-92. |
|
WOOD, J.M., BOOTZIN, R.R., ROSENHAN, D., NOLEN-HOEKSEMA,
S. & JOURDEN, F. (1992). Effects of the 1989 San
Francisco earthquake on frequency and content of
nightmares. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101, 219-224. |
SAFRILSYAH, S., JUSOFF, K. & FADHIL, R. (2009).
Prosocial behavior motivation of acheness volunteers in
helping tsunami disaster vctims. Canadian Social
Science, 5 (3), 50-55. [PDF] |
| |
RICHARDSON, R.C., PLUMMER, C.A., BARTHELEMY, J.J.&
CAIN, D.S. (2009). Research after natural disasters :
Recommendations and lessons learned. Journal of
Community Engagement & Scholarship, 2 (1),
3-11. |
|
KOOPMAN, C., CLASSEN, D. & SPIEGEL, D. (1994).
Predictors of posttraumatic stress symptoms among
survivors of the Oakland/Berkley California firestorm. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 88-894. |
OSOFSKY, H.J., OSOFSKY, M.J., KRONENBERG, M., BRENNAN, A.
& CROSS-HANSEL, T. (2009). Posttraumatic stress
symptoms in children after hurricane Katrina : Predicting
the need for mental health services. American Journal
of Orthopsychiatry, 79 (2), 212-220.
[PDF] |
|
| |
VIGIL, J.M., GEARY, D.C., GRANGER, D.A. & FLINN, M.V.
(2010). Sex differences in salivary cortisol,
alpha-amylase, and psychological functioning following
Hurricane Katrina. Child Development, 81, 1228-1240. |
|
OSKAMP, S. (1995). Applying social psychology to avoid
ecological disaster. Journal of Social Issues, 51 (4),
217-238. |
BONNANO, G.A., BREWIN, C.R., KANIASTY, K. & LA GRECA,
A.M. (2011). Weighing the costs of disaster :
Consequences, risks, and resilience in individuals,
families, and communities. Psychological Science in
the Public Interest, 11, 1-49. [PDF] |
|
PICKENS, J., FIELD, T., PRODOMIDIS, M., PELAEZ-NOGUERAS,
M. & HOSSAIN, Z. (1995). Posttraumatic stress,
depression and social support among college students after
Hurricane Andrew. Journal of College Student
Development, 36 (2), 152-161. |
DANCAUSE, K.N., LAPLANTE, D.P., OREMUS, C., FRASER, S.,
BRUNET, A. & KING, S. (2011). Disaster-related
prenatal maternal stress influences birth outcomes :
Project Ice Storm. Early Human Development, 87
(12), 813-820. [PDF] |
|
BAHRICK, L.E., PARKER J.F., FIVUSH, R. & LEVITT, M.
(1998). The effects of stress on young children's memory
for a natural disaster. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Applied, 4, 308-331.
[PDF] |
DANCAUSE, K.N., LAPLANTE, D.P., FRASER, S., BRUNET, A.,
CIAMPI, A., SCHMITZ, N. & KING, S. (2012). Prenatal
exposure to a natural disaster increases risk for obesity
in 51/2 year old children. Pediatric Research, 71 (1),
126-131. [PDF] |
| |
LAVIN, R.P., SCHEMMEL-RETTENMEIER, L. &
FROMMELT-KUHLE, M. (2012). Conducting research during
disasters. Annual Review of Nursing Research, 30
(1), 1-19. |
| |
KING, S., DANCAUSE, K., TURCOTTE-TREMBLAY, A M., VERU, F.
& LAPLANTE, D.P. (2012). Using natural disasters to
study the effects of prenatal maternal stress on child
health and development. Birth Defects Research Part C
: Embryo Today, 96 (4), 273-288. |
| |
STEINMETZ, S.E., BENIGHT, C.C., BISHOP, S.L. & JAMES,
L.E. (2012). My disaster recovery : A pilot randomized
controlled trial of an internet intervention. Anxiety,
Stress & Coping, 25 (5), 593-600. |
|
SKITKA, L.J. (1999). Ideological and attributional
boundaries on public compassion : Reactions to individuals
and communities affected by a natural disaster. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 793-792. [PDF] |
DANCAUSE, K.N., VERU, F., ANDERSEN, R.E., LAPLANTE, D.P.
& KING, S. (2013). Prenatal stress due to a natural
disaster predicts insulin secretion in adolescence. Early
Human Development, 89, 773-776. |
| |
CARLBRING, P. (2014). PTSD and disasters. Neuroscience
Journal of Shefaye Khatam, 2 (3), [PDF] |
| |
GIARRATANO, G., SAVAGE, J., BARCELONA-DEMENDOZA, V. &
HARVILLE, E.W. (2014). Disaster research : A nursing
opportunity. Nursing Inquiry, 21 (3), 259-268. |
| |
TAKAYASU M, SATO K, SANO Y, YAMADA K, MIURA W, TAKAYASU H.
(2015). Rumor diffusion and convergence during the 3.11
earthquake : a Twitter case study. PLoS ONE, 10
(4), 1-18. [PDF] |
|
DANCAUSE, K.N., LAPLANTE, D.P., HART, K.J., O'HARA, M.W.,
ELGBEILI, G., BRUNET, A. & KING, S. (2015). Prenatal
stress due to a natural disaster predicts adiposity in
childhood : The Iowa Flood Study. Hindawi Publishing
Corporation. Journal of Obesity, Article ID
570541, 1- 10. [PDF] |
| |
DRUPSTEEN, L. & GUIDENMUND, F.W. (2014). What is
learning ? A review of the safety literature to define
learning from incidents, accidents and disasters. Journal
of Contingencies & Crisis Management, 22 (2),
81-96. |
|
ROSENSTEIN, D.L. (2004). Decision-making capacity and
disaster research. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 17 (5),
373-381. |
LI, G., WANG, L., CAO, C., FANG, R., HALL, B.J., ELHAI,
J.D. & LIBERZON, I. (2021). Posttraumatic stress
symptoms of children and adolescents exposed to the 2008
Wenchuan Earthquake : A longitudinal study of 5-HTTLPR
genotype main effects and gene-environment interactions. International Journal of Psychology, 56, 22-29. |
|
| |
|
Voir ausi Réchauffement
climatique, Réfugié,
Stress, Projet
Verglas, Résilience
et Trouble de stress
post-traumatique |
| |
|
|
Descarries Francine (Montréal 1942-) : Sociologue
et féministe québécoise,
spécialisée dans l'étude des femmes
et du féminisme. Membre de l'IREF.
Collaboratrice de Vandelac.
 |
DESCARRIES, F. (1988). Le projet féministe à l’aube du XXIe
siècle : un projet de libération et de solidarité qui fait
toujours sens. Cahiers de Recherche Sociologique, 30,
199-210. |
|
DESCARRIES, F. (1991). Penser la maternité : les courants
d'idées au sein du mouvement contemporain des femmes. Recherches
Sociographiques, 32 (3), 347-366. |
|
DESCARRIES, F. et VANDELAC, L. (1994). L’engendrement du
savoir. Cahiers de Recherche Sociologique, 23,
5-24. |
|
DESCARRIES, F. (2003). La famille : une institution
sociale en mutation. Nouvelles Pratiques Sociales, 16
(1), 16-26. |
|
DESCARRIES, F. (2014). Language is not neutral : The
construction of knowledge in the social sciences and
humanities. Signs : Journal of Women in Culture &
Society, 7 (3), 564-569. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Descendance : Ensemble des individus génétiquement issus d'un même
couple.
|
|
|
Désengagement : Désigne une situation où la stratégie
d'une organisation
est tellement efficace que ses membres
préfèrent quitter le groupe
plutôt que de subir constamment des pertes/inconvénients. EX:
Dans certaines entreprises, les salaires versés aux employés sont
tellement bas compte tenu des tâches à effectuer que plusieurs
employés préfèrent tout simplement démissionner (= désengagement)
et se chercher un travail ailleurs.
=
démission.
|
Désensibilisation : Processus visant à faire disparaître subitement ou graduellement une réponse
conditionnelle. /sensibilisation.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Desensitization.
| |
|
|
BANDURA, A., BLANCHARD, E.B. & RITTER, B. (1969).
Relative efficacy of desensitization and modeling
approaches for inducing behavioral, affective, and
attitudinal changes. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 13, 173-199. [PDF] |
MULLIN, C.R. & LINZ, D. (1995). Desensitization and
resensitization to violence against women : Effects of
exposure to sexually violent films on judgments of
domestic violence victims. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 69 (3), 449-459. |
|
CLINE, V.B., CROFT, R.G. & COURRIER, S. (1973).
Desensitization of children to television violence. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology 27, 360-365. |
|
|
GLENN, S.S. & HUGHES, H.H. (1978). Imaginal response
events in systematic desensitization. Biological
Psychology, 7, 303-309. |
FUNK, J.B., BALDACCI, H.B., PASOLD, T. & BAUMGARDNER,
J. (2004). Violence exposure in real-life, video games,
television, movies, and the internet : is there
desensitization ? Journal of Adolescence, 27
(1), 23-39. [PDF] |
|
LINZ, D., DONNERSTEIN, E. & ADAMS, S.M. (1989).
Physiological desensitization and judgments about female
victims of violence. Human Communication Research,
15, 509-522. |
CARNAGEY, N.L., ANDERSON, C.A. & BUSHMAN, B.J. (2007).
The effect of video game violence on physiological
desensitization to real life violence. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 43, 489-496. [PDF] |
|
| MALCUIT, G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie
de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts.
St-Hyacinthe : Edisem. |
Voir aussi Réponse
conditionnelle |
|
|
Désensibilisation
(Participants d'une recherche) :
Le terme a deux acceptions voisines : a) En recherche,
il désigne une séance qui a lieu à la toute fin d'une expérience
ou immédiatement après le traitement, et au cours de laquelle le
chercheur dévoile aux participants
les objectifs et les hypothèses de sa recherche, ainsi que toute
autre information qui pourrait remettre en question son
consentement éclairé. Cette obligation qui est faite aux
chercheurs permet de réduire les inquiétudes ou le stress produit
par la recherche. Cette étape obligatoire si les chercheurs ont trompé
volontairement les participants. En tout temps, un
participant peut exiger que les données qui le concernent soit
effacées ou modifiées à sa convenance ( EX: Partie
d'une entrevue trop intime ou qui déborde du cadre de l'étude).
Désensibilisation et tromperie.
= entretien post-expérimental,
débriefing, débreffage. b) En thérapie ou en intervention
de crise, il désigne une procédure mise en place le plus
rapidement possible après un drame, une catastrophe naturelle ou
un accident, visant à réduire le stress
des victimes et à leur offrir des ressources pour éviter un choc
post-traumatique. Désensibilisation et syndrome
post-traumatique.
Debriefing.
| |
|
|
a
|
|
BROCK, T.C. & PECKER, L.A. (1966). Debreifing" and
susceptibility to subsequent experimental manipulations.
Journal of Experimental Social Pschology, 2,
314-323. |
|
BERSCHEID, E., ABRAHAMS, D. & ARONSON, Y. (1967).
Effectiveness debriefing following deception experiments.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 6,
371-380. |
|
RING, K., WALLSTON, K. & COREY, M. (1970). Mode of
debriefing as a factor affecting subjective reactions to a
Milgram-type obedience experiment : An ethical inquiry. Representative
Research in Social Psychology, 1, (1), 67-88. |
|
SILVERMAN, I., SHULMN. A.D. & WIESENTHAL, D.L. (1970).
Effects of deceiving and debriefing psychological subjects
on performanee in later experiments. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 203-212. |
|
DIENER, E., MATTHEWS, R. & SMITH, R.E. (1972). Leakage
of experimental information to potential future subjects
by debriefed subjects. Journal of Experimental
Research in Personality, 6, 264-267. |
|
HOLMES, D.S. (1976). Debriefing after psychological
experiments : I. Effectiveness of postdeception
debriefing. American Psychologist, 31, 858-868. |
|
HOLMES, D.S. (1976). Debriefing after psychological
experiments : II. Effectiveness of postexperimental
densitizing. American Psychologist, 31, 868-875. |
|
Voir aussi Tromperie
et Recherche |
|
b
|
|
MITCHELL, J.T. (1983). When disaster strikes - The
critical incident stress debriefing process. Journal
of Emergency Medical Services, 8 (1), 36-39. |
|
BISSON, J.I. & DEAHL, M P. (1994). Psychological
debriefing and prevention of post-traumatic stress. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 717-720. |
|
RAPHAEL, B., MELDRUM, L. & McFARLANE, A.C. (1995).
Does debriefing after psychological trauma work ? British
Medical Journal, 310, 1479-1480. |
|
BISSON, J.I. JENKINS, P.L., ALEXANDER, J. & BANNISTER,
C. (1997). Randomised controlled trial of psychological
debriefing of acute burn trauma. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 171, 78-81. |
|
DYREGROV, A. (1989). Caring for helpers in disaster
situations : Psychological debriefing. Disaster
Management, 2, 25-30. |
|
|
Voir aussi Syndrome
post-traumatique |
|
|
|
Désensibilisation systématique : Technique de modification
du comportement visant à faire disparaître progressivement
une réponse conditionnelle de
peur exagérée à un objet ou à une situation. Désensibilisation
systématique, répondant
et thérapie
par desensibilisation systématique. Systematic
desensitization.
| |
|
|
JONES, M.C. (1924). A laboratory study of fear : The case
of Peter. Pedagogical Seminary, 31, 308-315. [LIRE] |
|
|
WOLPE, J. (1963). Quantitative relationships in the
systematic desensitization of phobia. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 119, 1062-1063. |
|
|
AGRAS, W.S., LEITENBERG, H., BARLOW, D.H., CURTIS, N.,
EDWARDS, J. & WRIGHT, D. (1968). The role of
relaxation in systematic desensitization. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 25, 511-514. |
|
|
WILSON, G.T. & DAVISON, G.C. (1971). Processes of
fear-reduction in systematic desensitization : Animal
studies. Psychological Bulletin, 76, 1-14. |
BERMAN, J.S., MILLER, C. & MASSMAN, P.J. (1985).
Cognitive therapy versus systematic desensitization : Is
one treatment superior ? Psychological Bulletin, 97 (3), 451-461. |
|
LIBERMAN, R.P. & SMITH, V. (1972). A multiple baseline
study of systematic desensitization in a patient with
multiple phobias. Behavior Therapy, 3, 597-603. |
DAVISON, G.C. & WILSON, G.T. (1993). Processes of
fear-reduction in systematic desensitization : Cognitive
and social reinforcement factors in humans. Behavior
Therapy, 4, 1-21 |
|
SCRIGNAR, C.B., SWANSON, W.C. & BLOOM, W.A. (1973).
Use of systematic desensitization in the treatment of
airplane phobic patients. Behavior Research &
Therapy, 1, 129-131. |
CAPAFONS, J.I., SOSA, C.D. & AVERO, P. (1998).
Systematic desensitization in the treatment of fear of
flyng. Psychology in Spain, 2 (1), 11-16. [PDF] |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D. (1974). Heart-rate process during
systematic desensitization and implosive therapy for
analogue anxiety. Behavior Therapy, 5, 636-641. |
FRANK, E., ANDERSON, B., STEWART, B.D., DANCU, C, HUGHES,
C. & WEST, D. (1988). Efficacy of cognitive behavior
therapy and systematic desensitization in the treatment of
rape trauma. Behavior Therapy, 19, 403-420. |
|
HODGES, W., MCCAULEY, M., RYAN, V. & STROSAHL, K.
(1979). Coping, imagery, systematic desensitization and
self-concept change. Cognitive Therapy &
Research, 3, 181-192. |
|
|
|
MALCUIT, G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts.
St-Hyacinthe : Edisem. |
Voir Modification du
comportement et Répondant |
|
|
Déséquilibre chimique (Hypothèse) : Expression utilisée pour désigner l'origine biologique de nombreux troubles
psychologiques. En psychiatrie,
on considère ce déséquilibre comme la cause
des troubles mentaux, y compris la dépression
et l'hyperactivité,
et non comme la conséquence
d'autres facteurs (comme l'apprentissage, le milieu
familial, l'école, etc.). L'équilibre serait le résultats d'une
très nombre de susbtances chimiques vitales au fonctionnement du cerveau.
Le déséquilibre, quant à lui, serait produit par un manque ( EX:
sérotonine) ou d'un
trop-plein ( EX: dopamine).
Il peut s'agir des hormones,
des neurotransmetteurs
ou toute autre substance produite naturellement par le corps ( EX:
lithium). On considère donc
les maladies malades comme de simples maladies (modèle
médico-psychiatrique). La solution à ce trouble consiste
donc à rétablir l'équilibre au moyen d'un médicament
ou d'une thérapie
médicamenteuse. EX: Dans le traitement de
la dépression, on prescrit aux patients/clients/malades des antidépresseurs;
une classe de ces médicaments a pour fonction d'augmenter la
concentration de sérotonine dans la synapse
en empêchant sa recapture
dans le neurone
pré-synaptique. Dans ce cas, le manque ou le déséquilibre
en sérotonine est considéré comme la cause
de la dépression. Dans les années soixante, les compagnies
pharmaceutiques ont développé la première génération
d'antidépresseurs sur le principe que la dépression est le
résultat d'un manque de sérotonine sécrétées par le cerveau,
manque qui n'a, semble-t-il, jamais été montré.
=
déficit neurochimique, explication neurochimique de la dépression.
/équilibre chimique.
Deficiency disease, chemical imbalance theory.
| |
|
|
CHOUINARD, G. & JONES, B.D. (1978). Schizophrenia as
dopamine-deficiency disease. Lancet, 99-100. |
WHITAKER, R. (2010). Anatomy of epidemic. New
York : Boradway/Random House. |
|
GROSSBERG, S. (1986). Brain metaphors, theories, and
facts. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 9,
97-98. |
|
|
ROSS, C.A. (1997). Pseudoscience in biological
psychiatry : Blaming the body. New York : John
Wiley & Sons. |
BLUM, K., FEBO, M., MCLAUGHLIN, T., CRONJÉ, F.J., HAN, D.
& GOLD, S.M. (2014). Hatching the behavioral addiction
egg : Reward Deficiency Solution System (RDSS) : as a
function of dopaminergic neurogenetics and brain
functional connectivity linking all addictions under a
common rubric. Behavioral Addiction, 3 (3),
149-156.
[PDF] |
|
LACASSE J.R. & LEO. J. (2005). Serotonin and
depression : a disconnect between the advertisements and
the scientific literature. PLoS Medicine, 2
(12), 1211-1215.
[PDF] |
BLUM, K., THANOS, P.K., OSCAR-BERMAN, M., FEBO, M., BARON,
D., RAJENDRA D., ADGAIYAN, R.D., GARDNER, E., DEMETROVICS,
Z., FAHLKE, C., HABERSTICK, B.C., DUSHAJ, K. & GOLD,
M.S. (2015). Dopamine in the brain : Hypothesizing surfeit
or deficit links to reward and addiction. Journal of
Reward Deficiency Syndrome, 1 (3), 95-104.
[PDF] |
|
LEO, J. & LACASSE, J.R. (2008). The media and the
chemical imbalance theory of depression. Society, 45,
35-45. |
LACASSE J.R. & LEO. J. (2015). Challenging the
narrative of chemical imbalance : A look at the evidence.
In B. Probst (Ed.), Critical Thinking in clinical
diagnosis and assessment (pp. 275-282). New York :
Springer. |
|
KIRSCH, I. (2009). The emperor's new drugs :
Exploding the antidepressant myth. London : The
Bodley Head. |
LACASSE J.R. & LEO. J. (2015). Antidepressants and the
chemical imbalance theory of depression : A reflection and
update on the discourse. The Behavior Therapist, 38 (7), 206-213. |
|
|
Voir Dopamine, Sérotonine
et Thérapie
médicamenteuse |
|
|
Désespoir : Désespoir, dépression et
suicide.
/Espoir.
Hopelessness.
| |
|
|
BECK, A.T., WEISSMAN, A., LESTER, D. & TREXLER, L.
(1974). The measurement of pessimism : The Hopelessness
Scale. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 42, 861–865. |
ABRAMSON, L.Y., ALLOY, L.B. & METALSKY, G.I. (1990).
The hopelessness theory of depression : Current status and
future directions. In N. Stein (Ed.), University of
Chicago Symposium on emotion. Hillsdale, N.J. :
Erlbaum |
|
KAZDIN, A., FRENCH, N., UNIS, A., ESVELDT-DAWSON, K. &
SHERICK, R. (1983). Hopelessness, depression, and suicidal
intent among inpatient children. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 51, 504-510. |
ABRAMSON, L.Y., ALLOY, L.B. & METALSKY, G.I. (1995).
Hopelessness depression. In G. Buchanan & M.E.P.
Seligman (Eds.), Explanatory style. Hillsdale,
N.J. : Erlbaum. |
|
HALBERSTADT, L.J., ANDREWS, D., METALSKY, G.I. &
ABRAMSON, L.Y. (1984). Helplessness, hopelessness, and
depression : A review of progress and future directions.
In N.S. Endler & J. Hunt (Eds.), Personality and
behavior disorders. New York : Wiley |
HEWITT, P.L., NEWTON, J., FLETT, G.L. & CALLANDER, L.
(1997). Suicide ideation in adolescent psychiatric
patients : Perfectionism and hopelessness. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 25, 95-101. |
|
ABRAMSON, L.Y., METALSKY, G.I. & ALLOY, L.B. (1988).
The hopelessness theory of depression : Does the research
test the theory ? In L.Y. Abramson (Ed.), Social
cognition and clinical psychology : A synthesis. New
York : Guilford. |
NORDENTOFT, M., JEPPESEN, P., ABEL, M., KASSOW, P.,
PETERSEN, L., THORUP, A., KRARUP, G., HEMMINGSEN, R. &
JORGENSEN, P. (2002). OPUS Study : Suicidal behaviour,
suicidal ideation, and hopelessness among patients with
first-episode psychosis : One-year follow-up of a
randomized controlled trial. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 181 (S43), 98-106. |
|
BECK, A.T., BROWN, G. & STEER, R.A. (1989). Prediction
of eventual suicide in psychiatric inpatients by clinical
ratings of hopelessness. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 57, 309-310. |
KUYKEN, W. (2004). Cognitive therapy outcome : The effects
of hopelessness in a naturalistic outcome study. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 42, 631-646. |
| |
McMILLAN, D., GILBODY, S., BERESFORD, E., NEILLY, L.
(2007). Can we predict suicide and non-fatal self-harm
with the Beck Hopelessness Scale ? A meta-analysis.
Psychological Medicine, 37, 769-778. |
|
ABRAMSON, L.Y., METALSKY, G.I. & ALLOY, L.B. (1989).
Hopelessness depression : A theory-based subtype of
depression. Psychological Review, 96, 358-372. |
KLONSKY, E.D., KOTOV, R., BASKT, S., RABINOWITZ, J. &
BROMET, E.J. (2012). Hopelessness as a predictor of
attempted suicide among first admission patients with
psychosis : A 10-year cohort study. Suicide &
Life-Threatening Behavior, 42 (1), 1-10. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Suicide,
Résignation acquise
et Dépression |
|
|
|
|
Déshumaniser : Déshumanisation : Voir
Humanisation.
Dehumanization.
|
|
|
Désign : Le mot renvoie à trois réalités : a)
De façon générale, le terme sert à qualifier des objets qui ont
des formes audacieuses ou des fonctions avant-gardistes, qui
attirent l'attention, suscitent l'intérêt, sortent de l'ordinaire,
par oppostion à des objets standards produits en masse ou
construits en série. EX: Cette voiture
italienne a un beau désign.
=
apparence distincte, fonction exlusive, allure particulière, forme
nouvelle.
Design.
b)
Le design est aussi une branche de l'architecture et du dessin
technique qui cherche à innover, à créer des objets nouveaux ou
des situations différentes, qui tranchent avec le passé, créent de
nouvelles tendances, souvent dans le but d'améliorer l'expérience
des citoyens ou des consommateurs.
Design, design science. c)
En anglais, on utilise également ce terme pour désigner
une forme de pédagogie (Universal
instructional design) ou pédagogie
universelle et différenciée. Universal
instructional design.
| |
|
| a |
|
WERNEFELT, B. (1994). An efficiency criterion for
marketing design. Journal of Marketing Research, 31 (4), 462-470. [PDF] |
| b |
|
HEVNER, A.R., MARCH, S.T., PARK, J. & RAM, S. (2004).
Design science in information systems research. MIS
Quarterly, 28 (1), 75-105. |
|
HOADLEY, C. & COX, C. (2009). What is design knowledge
and how do we teach it ? In Learning teachnology
designers : Guiding and inspiring creators of innovative
educational tools. [PDF] |
| c |
|
SILVER, P., BOURKE, A. & SYREHORN, K.C. (1998).
Universal instructional design in higher education : An
approach for inclusion. Equity & Excellence in
Education, 31 (2), 47-51. |
|
|
Voir aussi Pédagogie
universelle et différenciée |
|
|
|
|
|
Désinformation : Stratégie qui vise à produire et à transmettre
publiquement de fausses informations ou des informations
partielles ou floues. Puisque stratégique, la désinformation est
généralement subtile, notamment en ne présentant qu'un seul point
de vue sur une question complexe, en invitant des experts moins
crédibles pour défendre le point de vue adverse, en répétant as
nauseam le discours dominant, en utilisant des termes à
connotation négative pour dénigrer un point de vue, etc.
Désinformation, média et
propagande.
Misinformation.
| |
|
|
WRIGHT, D.B. & LOFTUS, E.F. (1998). How misinformation
alters memories. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 71, 155-164. |
|
WRIGHT, D.B., SELF, G. & JUSTICE, C. (2000). Memory
conformity : Exploring misinformation effects when
presented by another person. British Journal of
Psychology, 91, 189-202. |
|
KUKLINSKI, J.H., QUIRK, P.J., JERIT, J. SCHWIEDER, D.
& RICH, R.F. (2000). Misinformation and the currency
of democratic citizenship. Journal of Politics, 62 (3),
790–816. |
|
WEEKS, B.E. (2015). Emotions, partisanship, and
misperceptions : How anger and anxiety moderate the effect
of partisan bias on susceptibility to political
misinformation. Journal of Communication, 65 (4),
699–719. |
|
SCHAFFNER, B.F. & ROCHE, C. (2017). Misinformation and
motivated reasoning : Responses to economic news in a
politicized environment. Public Opinion Quarterly, 81
(1), 86–110. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Désinstitutionnalisation
: Conception du traitement des troubles
mentaux fondée sur le principe que le milieu
psychiatrique ne peut se substituer de façon permanente au
milieu naturel de l'individu malade. De cette conception découle
un ensemble de mesures visant, dans tous les cas possibles, à
soigner l'individu hors de
l'institution psychiatrique ou de l'hôpital.
En principe, ces mesures devraient se déployer en deux temps. Dans
un premier temps, elles devraient favoriser le transfert des
ressources en santé mentale (obligations, argents, expertise, bénévolat,
etc.) de l'hôpital aux ressources
alternatives et communautaires (clinique interne, milieu
supervisé, semi-supervisé, etc); dans un second temps, ces mesures
devraient permettre à ces ressources d'encadrer les patients en
clinique externe et à domicile. Si, à l'origine, la
désinstitutionalisation obéit à une logique implacable - le
patient doit un jour recouvrer une vie «normal» et redevenir un
citoyen à part entière - et à un bilan psychomédical plutôt
médiocre - surmédicalisation,
surmédication des patients,
aggravation des problèmes, personnel peu qualifié,
deshumanisation des soins, etc. - ce mouvement est aujourd'hui
subordonné à des impératifs économiques (la psychiatrisation coûte
cher à l'état et le lobby des groupes communautaires est faible
alors que celui de l'industrie
pharmaceutique croît rapidement). En effet, au Québec, les
ressources alternatives, qui constituent l'indispensable pont
entre l'institution et le milieu naturel des patients,
sont rares et sous-financées. Avec le résultat qu'un bon nombre
d'individus souffrant de problèmes de santé mentale sont mal
soignés ou carrément laissés pour compte (sans-abri,
malades incarcérés dans les prisons,
prostitué-e-s, toxicomanes,
personnes âgées isolées, etc); certains se retrouvent en prison,
d'autres dans la rue ou au cimetière... Désintitutionnalisation et
ressources alternatives.
Deinstitutionalization.
| |
|
|
SHADISH, W.R., THOMAS, S. & BOOTZIN, R.R. (1982).
Criteria for success in deinstitutionalization:
Perceptions of nursing homes by different interest groups.
American Journal of Community Psychology, 10,
553-566. |
DORVIL, H. et GUTTMAN, H. (Dir.) (1997). Annexe 1 : 35 ans
de désinstitutionnalisation au Québec, 1961-1996, au
rapport du Comité de la santé mentale du Québec : Pour
une réponse efficace et efficiente aux besoins des
personnes atteintes de troubles mentaux graves. |
|
LANDESMAN S. & BUTTERFIELD, E.C. (1987). Normalization
and deinstitutionalization of mentally retarded
individuals : Controversy and facts. American
Psychology, 42 (8), 809-816. [PDF] |
GOLDMAN, H.H. (1998). Deinstitutionalization and community
care : Social welfare policy as mental health policy. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 6, 219-222. |
|
LOSSON, J.-P. et PARRATTE, J. (1988). La
désinstitutionnalisation au Québec. L’Information
Psychiatrique, 64 (10), 1289-1298. |
BéGIN, P., CASAVANT, L., MILLER-CHENIER, N. et DUPUIS, J.
(1999). La désinstitutionnalisation et l'itinérance :
Les sans-abri. Service d'information et de
recherche parlementaires : Bibliothèque du Parlement du
Canada. |
|
SHADISH, W.R., LURIGIO, A.J. & LEWIS, D.A. (1989).
After deinstitutionalization : The present and future of
mental health long-term care policy. Journal of
Social Issues, 45, 1-15. |
LAMB, H.R. & BACHRACH, L. (2001). Some perspectives on
deinstitutionalization. Psychiatric Services, 52
(8), 1009-1045. [PDF] |
|
JOHNSON, A.B. (1990). Out of bedlam : The truth about
deinstitutionalization. New York : Basic books. |
ACCORDINO, M.P., PORTER, D.F. & MORSE, T. (2001).
Deinstitutionalization of persons with severe mental
illness : Context and consequences. Journal of
Rehabilitation, 67, 16-21. |
| |
CHERLIN, A.J. (2004). The deinstitutionalization of
American marriage. Journal of Marriage & Family,
66 (4), 848-861. |
|
McCUBBIN, M. (1994). Desintitutionalization : The illusion
of disillusion. The Journal of Mind & Behavior,
15 (1-2), 35-53. |
MORROW, M., DAGG, P.K.B. & PEDERSON, A. (2008). Is
deinstitutionalization a "failed experiment" ? The ethics
of re-institutionalization. Journal of Ethics in
Mental Health, 3 (2), 1-7. [PDF] |
|
VIDON, G. (1995). La désinstitutionnalisation : ses
origines, ses retombées, son bilan. Dans G. Vidon (Dir.),
La réhabilitation psychosociale en psychiatrie
(p. 81-108). Paris : Frison-Roche. |
READ, A. (2009). Psychiatric deinstitutionalization in BC
: Negative consequences and possible solutions. UBC
Medical Journal, 1 (1), 25-26. [PDF] |
|
GROB, G.N. (1995). The paradox of deinstitutionalization.
Society, 32, 46-54. |
TORREY, E.F. (2010). Documenting the failure of
deinstitutionalization. Psychiatry, 73 (2),
122-124. |
|
|
Voir aussi Troubles
mentaux et Milieu
psychiatrique |
|
|
Désinvestissement : En psychanalyse,
désigne le retrait total ou partiel de la pulsion
investie dans l'objet.
| |
|
| LAPLANCHE,
J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la
psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
|
Desipramine
: Antidépresseur
tricyclique.
| |
|
|
HOLLISTER, L.E., OVERALL, J.E., JOHNSON, M., KATZ, G.,
KIMBELL, I. & HONIGFELD, G. (1963). Evaluation of
desipramine in depressive states. Journal of New
Drugs, 3, 161-166. |
|
|
GROSS, M. (1976). Growth of hyperkinetic children taking
methylphenidate, dextroamphetamine, or
imipramine/desipramine. Pediatrics, 58, 423-431. |
LEONARD, H.L., LENANE, M.C., SWEDO, S.E., RETTEW, D.C.
& RAPOPORT, J.L. (1991). A double- blind comparison of
clomipramineand desipramine treatment of severe
onychophagia (nail biting). Archives of General
Psychiatry, 48, 821-827. |
|
BIEDERMAN, J., GASTFRIEND, D.R. & JELLINEK, M.S.
(1986). Desipramine in the treatment of children with
attention deficit disorder. Journal of Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 6, 359-363. |
PATAKI, C.S., CARLSON, G.A., KELLY, K., RAPPAPORT, M.D.
& BIANCANIELLO, T. (1993). Side effects of
methylphenidate and desipramine alone and in combination
in children. American Journal of Psychiatry, 32,
1065-1072. |
|
CERVO, L. & SAMANIN, R. (1987). Evidence that dopamine
mechanisms in the nucleus accumbens are selectively
involved in the effect of desipramine in the forced
swimming test. Neuropharmacology, 26, 1469-1472.
|
SINGER, H., BROWN, J., QUASKEY, S., ROSENBERG, L.,
MELLITS, E. & DENCKLA, M. (1995). The treatment of
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in Tourette's
syndrome : A double-blind placebo-controlled study with
clonidine and desipramine. Pediatrics, 95, 74-81. |
| |
WILENS, T.E., BIEDERMAN, J., PRINCE, J., SPENCER, T.J.,
FARAONE, S.V., WARBURTON, R., SCHLEIFER, D., HARDING, M.,
LINEHAN, C. & GELLER, D. (1996). Six-week,
double-blind, place- bo-controlled study of desipramine
for adult attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 1147-1153. |
|
RIDDLE, M.A., HARDIN, M.T., CHO, S.C., WOOLSTON, J.L.
& LECKMAN, J.F. (1988). Desipramine treatment of boys
with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and tics :
preliminary clinical experience. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
27, 811-814. |
WALKER, Z., WALKER, R.W.H., ROBERTSON, M.M. &
STANSFELD, S. (1998). Antidepressant treatment of chronic
tension-type headache : A comparison between fluoxetine
and desipramine. Headache, 38 (7), 523-552. |
|
CERVO, L., GRIGNASCHI, G. & SAMANIN, R. (1990). The
role of the mesolimbic dopaminergic system in the
desipramine effect in the forced swimming test. European
Journal of Pharmacology, 178, 129-133. |
FEINGOLD, A., OLIVETO, A., SCHOTTENFELD, R. & KOSTEN,
T.R. (2002). Utility of crossover designs in clinical
trials : Efficacy of desipramine vs. placebo in
opioid-dependent cocaine abusers. American Journal of
Addictions, 11, 111-123. |
|
BOULOS, C., KUTCHER, S., MARTON, P., SIMEON, J., FERGUSON,
B. & ROBERTS, N. (1991). Response to desipramine
treatment in adolescent major depression. Psychopharmacology
Bulletin, 27, 59-65. |
LAMB, R.J. & GINSBURG, B.C. (2005). Fluvoxamine and
desipramine on fixed-ratio responding : Effects of
reinforcement magnitude. Behavioural Pharmacology,
16, 573-378. |
|
|
Voir aussi
Antidépresseur |
|
|
Désir : En
psychanalyse, état psychique qui naît de la conscience d'un
besoin inassouvi et du
rappel de sa satisfaction. Il n'y a donc pas de désir sans
expérience plaisante. ( ): désir
d'enfant, désir sexuel. Desire.
| |
|
|
TARDE, G. (1880). La croyance et le désir; la possibilité
de leur mesure. Revue Philosophique, 10,
150-180/264-283. |
|
SCHULT, C.A. (2002). Children’s understanding of the
distinction between intentions and desires. Child
Development, 73 (6), 1727–1747. |
|
BUSS, D.M. (1994/2003). The evolution of desire :
strategies of human mating. New York : Basic Books. |
|
BERNSTEIN, J.W. (2006). Love, desire, jouissance : Two out
of three ain’t bad. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 16, 711-724. |
|
HALL, C.S. (1957). L'ABC de la psychologie
freudienne. Paris : Montaigne. |
|
|
Désir d'enfant :
Desire to have children.
| |
|
|
LOTT, B.E. (1961). Who wants the children ? : Some
relationships among attitudes toward children, parents,
and the liberation of women. American Psychologist, 28
(7), 573-582. |
|
GERSON, M-J. (1984). Feminism and the wish for a child.
Sex Roless, 11, 389-399. |
|
RHOLES, W.S., SIMPSON, J.A., BLAKELY, B., LANIGAN, L.
& ALLEN, B. (1997). Adult attachment styles, the
desire to have children, and working models of parenthood.
Journal of Personality, 65, 357-385. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Maternité,
rôle sexuel et
Féminisme |
|
|
Désir
sexuel : Désir sexuel, sexualité
et plaisir
sexuel.
Sexual desire.
| |
|
|
KAPLAN, H.S. (1977). Hypoactive sexual desire. Journal
of Sex & Marital Therapy, 3, 3-9. |
DELAMATER, J. & SILL, M. (2005). Sexual desire in
later life. Journal of Sex Research, 42, 138-149.
[PDF] |
|
ROSEN, R.C. & LEIBLUM, S.R. (1987). Current approaches
to the evaluation of sexual desire disorders. Journal
of Sex Research, 23, 141-162. |
DIAMOND, L.M. (2005). Toward greater specificity in
modeling the ecological context of desire. Human
Development, 48, 291-297. |
|
NICHOLS, M. (1988). Low sexual desire in lesbian couples.
In S. Leiblum & R. Rosen (Eds.), Sexual desire
disorders (pp. 387-412). New York : Guilford Press. |
HASELTON, M.G. & GANGESTAD, S.W. (2006). Conditional
expression of women's desires and men's mate guarding
across the ovulatory cycle. Hormones & Behavior,
49, 509-518. [PDF] |
|
KRESIN, D. (1993). Medical aspects of inhibited sexual
desire disorder. In W. O’Donohue & J.H. Geer (Eds.),
Handbook of sexual dysfunctions : Assessment and
treatment (pp. 15-52). Boston : Allyn & Bacon. |
DIAMOND, L.M. (2006). The evolution of plasticity in
female-female desire. Journal of Psychology &
Human Sexuality, 18, 245-274. |
|
HAMER, D. & COPELAND, P. (1994). The science of
desire : The search for the gay gene and the biology of
behavior. New York : Simon & Schuster. |
ALLAN, C.A., FORBES, E.A., SRAUSS, B.J. & McLACHIAN,
R.I. (2008). Testosterone therapy increases sexual desire
in ageing men with low-normal testosterone levels and
symptoms of androgen deficiency. International
Journal of Impotence Research, 20, 396-401. |
| |
KONTULA, O. & HAAVIO-MANNILA, E. (2009). The impact of
aging on human sexual activity and sexual desire.
Journal of Sex Research, 46, 46-56. |
|
BUSS, D.M. (1994/2003). The evolution of desire :
strategies of human mating. New York : BasicBooks. |
NAPPI, R.E., MARTINI, E., TERRENO, E., ALBANI, E.,
SANTAMARIA, V., TONANI, S., CHIOVATO, L. & POLATTI, F.
(2010). Management of hypoactive sexual desire disorder in
women : current and emerging therapies. International
Journal of Women's Health, 2, 167-175. [PDF] |
|
KATZ, R.C. & JARDINE, D. (1999). The relationship
between worry, sexual aversion, and low sexual desire. Journal
of Sex & Marital Therapy, 25, 293-296. [PDF] |
DIAMOND, L.M. (2010). Sexual desire. In I.B. Weiner &
W.E. Craighead (Eds.), Encyclopedia of psychology
(pp. 1566). New York : Wiley. |
|
TRUDEL, G. (2003). La baisse du désir sexuel:
méthodes d'évaluation et de traitement. Paris :
Masson. |
SIK YING YO, P. & TAT TSANG, A. (2012). Sex and
desire in Hong Kong. Hong Kong Scolarship Online. |
|
DIAMOND, L.M. (2003). What does sexual orientation orient
? A biobehavioral model distinguishing romantic love and
sexual desire. Psychological Review, 110,
173-192. [PDF] |
DIAMOND, L.M. (2012). The desire disorder in research on
sexual orientation in women : Contributions of dynamical
systems theory. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 41,
73-83. [PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, L.M. (2004). Emerging perspectives on
distinctions between romantic love and sexual desire. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 116-119. |
DIAMOND, L.M. & DICKENSON, J. (2012). The neuroimaging
of love and desire : Review and future directions. Clinical
Neuropsychiatry, 9, 39-46. [PDF] |
|
ZURBRIGGEN, E.L. & YOST, M.R. (2004). Power, desire,
and pleasure in sexual fantasies. Journal of Sex
Research, 41, 288-300. |
DAWSON, S. & CHIVERS, M.L. (2014). Gender-specificity
of solitary and dyadic sexual desire among gynephilic and
androphilic women and men. Journal of Sexual
Medicine, 11, 980-994. |
|
|
Voir aussi Libido, Excitation
sexuelle, Satisfaction
sexuelle, Plaisir
sexuel et Trouble
sexuel |
| |
|
|
Désirabilité
sociale : Tendance, plus ou moins consciente, à dire
ou à faire ce que l'on attend de nous. Dans une recherche par questionnaire
ou par entrevue, il
s'agit d'un biais,
car la désirabilité sociale amène généralement les participants
à omettre certains détails ou à embellir ou à travestir la réalité
afin de préserver leur image et leur estime
de soi (C'est parfois le contraire). EX:
Si on demande : "Combien de partenaires sexuels avez-vous eu dans
la dernière année ?", plusieurs participants gonfleront ce nombre
pour bien paraître aux yeux de l'intervieweur.
On observe le même phénomène lorsque le participant se sent
ou se sait observé. La désirabilité sociale est donc une variable
parasite que le chercheur doit tenter par tous les moyens de
contrôler s'il veut préserver la validité
interne de sa recherche. Si on observe un sujet, on peut le
faire à son insu et obtenir son consentement
après-coup, utiliser une caméra, etc. Si on questionne un
sujet, on peut également utiliser plusieurs techniques pour
amoindrir la désirabilité sociale, notamment demander aux
participants de remplir lui-même le questionnaire. =
ce qui est préférable de dire ou de faire, biais du répondant.
Desirability, social desirability, demand characteristics,
fakability.
| |
| Techniques
pour neutraliser la désirabilité sociale |
| Si
questionnaire... |
Si
observation... |
| Poser
des questions à un proche du sujet (réponse par
procuration) |
Observer
le sujet à son insu |
| Poser
des questions neutres |
Observer
le sujet avec une caméra |
| Demander
au sujet de le lire les questions (questionnaire
auto-administré) |
Demander
au sujet de s'auto-observer |
| |
|
| |
|
|
EDWARDS, A.L. (1953). The relationship between the judged
desirability of a trait and the probability that the trait
will be endorsed. Journal of Applied Psychology, 37,
90-93. |
|
|
FORDYCE, W.E. (1956). Social desirability in the MMPI. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 20, 171-175. |
RANDALL, D.M. & FERNANDES, M.F. (1991). The social
desirability response bias in ethics research. Journal
of Business Ethics, 10 (11), 805-807. |
|
BREHM, J. (1956). Postdecision changes in the desirability
of alternatives. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 52, 384-389. [PDF] |
PAULHUS, D.L. & REID, D.B. (1991). Enhancement and
denial in socially desirable responding. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 60, 307-317. |
|
MERRILL, R.M., HEATHERS, L.B. & FORDYCE, W.E. (1956).
The relation of the MMPI to the Edwards Personal
Preference Schedule on a College Counseling Center Sample.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 20, 310-314.
|
|
|
EDWARDS, A.L. (1957). The social desirability
variable in personality assesment and research. New
York : Dryden. |
|
|
WIGGINS, J.S. & RUMRILL, C. (1959). Social
desirability in the MMPI and Welsh's factor scales A and
R. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 23 (2),
100-106. |
|
|
CROWNE, D.P. & MARLOWE, D. (1960). A new scale of
social desirability independent of psychopathology. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 24 (4), 349-354. [PDF] |
|
|
MARLOWE, D. & CROWNE, D.P. (1961). Social desirability
and response to perceived situational demands.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 25 (2), 109-115. |
|
|
EDWARDS, A.L. (1962). Social desirability and expected
means on MMPI Scales. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 22 (1), 71-76. |
|
|
BOE, E.E. & KOGAN, W.S. (1963). Social desirability
response set in the individual. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 27 (4), 369. |
|
|
DEMPSEY, P. (1965). Depression or social desirability :
Comments on Edward's appraisal of the D30 scale.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 29 (3), 274-276. |
|
|
HANLEY, C. (1967). Individual responses and social
desirability. Journal of Applied Psychology, 51 (2),
167-169. |
|
|
DIENSTBIER, R.A. (1970). Positive and negative prejudice :
Interactions of prejudice with race and social
desirability. Journal of Personality, 38, 198–215. |
|
|
GRENNWALD, H.J. & SATOW, Y. (1970). A short social
desirability scale. Psychological Reports, 27,
131-135. |
HEINE, S.J. & LEHMAN, D.R. (1995). Social desirability
among Canadian and Japanese students. Journal of
Social Psychology, 135 (6), 777-779.
[PDF] |
|
PHILLIPS, D.L. & CLANCY, K.J. (1972). Some effects of
"social desirability" in survey studies. American
Journal of Sociology, 77, 921-940. |
PRESSER, S. & STINSON, L. (1998). Data collection mode
and social desirability bias in self-reported religious
attendance. American Sociological Review, 63
(1), 137-145. [PDF] |
|
STRAHAN, R. & GERBASI, K.C. (1972). Short, homogenous
versions of the Marlowe-Crowne Social Desirability Scale.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 28, 191-193. |
MESTON, C.M., HEIMAN, J.R., TRAPNELL, P.D. & PAULHUS,
D.L. (1998). Socially desirable responding and sexuality
self-reports. Journal of Sex Research, 35, 148-157. |
|
WEBER, S.J. & COOK, T.D. (1972). Subject effects in
laboratory research : An examination of subject roles,
demand characteristics, and valid inference. Psychological
Bulletin, 77 (4), 273-295. |
JOINSON, A.N. (1999). Anonymity, disinhibition, and social
desirability on the Internet. Behaviour Research
Methods, Instruments & Computers, 31, 433-438. |
|
WAREHIME, R.G. & FOULDS, M.L. (1973). Social
desirability response sets and a measure of
self-actualisation. Journal of Humanistic Psychology,
13, 89-95. |
JOINSON, A. (1999). Social desirability, anonymity, and
internet-based questionnaires. Behaviour Research
Methods, Instruments & Computers, 31, 433-438.
[PDF] |
|
|
WHITE, G.D. (1977). The effects of observer presence on
the activity level of families. Journal of Applied
Behavioral Analysis, 10 (4), 734. |
HUGUET, P., GALVAING, M.P., MONTEIL, J.M. & DUMAS, F.
(1999). Social presence effects in the Stroop task :
further evidence for an attentional view of social
facilitation. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 77 (5), 1011-1025. [PDF] |
|
SCHUESSLER, K.F., HITTLE, D. & CARDASCIA, J. (1978).
Measuring responding desirability with Attitude-Opinion
Items. Social Psychology, 41, 224-235. |
DWIGHT, S.A. & FEIGELSON, M.E. (2000). A quantitative
review of the effect of computerized testing on the
measurement of social desirability. Educational &
Psychological Measurement, 60 (3), 340-360. |
|
BATSON, C.D., NAIFEH, S.J. & PATE, S. (1978). Social
desirability, religious orientation, and racial prejudice.
Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 17, 31-41. |
STÖBER, J., DETTE, D.E. & MUSCH, J. (2002). Comparing
continuous and dichotomous scoring of the Balanced
Inventory of Social Desirable Responding. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 78, 370-389. |
|
THOMAS, C.B., HALL, J.A., MILLER, F.D., DEWHIRST, J.R.,
FINE, A., ROSNOW, R.L. & TAYLOR, M.C. (1979).
Evaluation apprehension, social desirability, and the
interpretation of test correlations. Social Behavior
& Personality, 7, 193-197. |
PAULHUS, D.L. (2002). Socially desirable responding : The
evolution of a construct. In H. Braun, D.N. Jackson &
D.E. Wiley (Eds.), The role of constructs in
psychological and educational measurement (pp.
67-88). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. [PDF] |
|
EDWARDS, A.L (1982). The social desirability variable
in personality assessment and research. The
Greenwood Press. |
McFARLAND, L.A. (2003). Warning against faking on a
personality test : Effects on applicant reactions and
personality test scores. International Journal of
Selection & Assessment, 11, 265-276. |
|
DUDLEY, N.M., MCFARLAND, L.A., GOODMAN, S.A., HUNT, S.T.
& SYDELL, E.J. (2005). Racial differences in socially
desirable responding in selection contexts : Magnitude and
consequences. Journal of Personality Assessment, 85,
50-64. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. & NIELSEN, S.L. (1983). Social
desirability : Its relevance to the measurement of
hopelessness and suicidal behavior. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 51, 141-143. |
BERNARDI, R.A. & ADAMAITIS, K.L. (2006). Data
contamination by social desirability response bias : An
international study of students' cheating behavior. Research
on Professional Responsibility & Ethics in
Accounting, 11, 157-184. |
|
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (1983). Social desirability
scales : More substance than style. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 51, 882-888. |
MESMER-MAGNUS, J., VISWESVARAN, C., DESHPANDE, S. &
JOSEPH, J. (2006). Social desirability : The role of
overclaiming, self-esteem, and emotional entelligence. Psychology
Science, 48, 336-356. |
|
PAULHUS, D.L. (1984). Two-component models of socially
desirable responding. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 46, 598-609. |
CASSIGNOL-BERTRAND, F. & CONSTANT, É. (2007). La norme
de motivation intrinsèque : valorisation, utilité et
désirabilité sociales. Bulletin de Psychhologie, 488,
121-133.
[PDF] |
|
SAKURAI, S. (1984) Construction of the social Desirability
Scale for Children. Japanese Journal of Educational
Psychology, 32, 310-314. |
ZIEGLER, M., SCHMIDT-ATZERT, L., BÜHNER, M. & KRUMM,
S. (2007). Fakability of different measurement methods for
achievement motivation : questionnaire, semi-projective,
and objective. Psychology Science, 49 (4),
291-307. [PDF] |
|
NEDERHOF, H.J. (1985). Methods of coping with social
desirability bias : A review. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 15, 263-280. |
KREUTER, F., PRESSER, S. & TOURANGEAU, R. (2008).
Social desirability bias in CATI, IVR, and Web surveys. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 72 (5), 847-865. |
| |
MILFONT, T. L. (2009). The effects of social desirability
on self- reported environmental attitudes and ecological
behaviour. The Environmentalist, 29 (3),
263-269. |
|
ZERBE, W.J. & PAULHUS, D.L. (1987). Socially desirable
responding in organizational behaviour : A reconception. Journal
of Management Review, 12, 250-264. |
HOLBROOK, A.L. & KROSNICK, J.A. (2010). Social
desirability bias in voter turnout reports : Tests using
the item count technique. Public Opinion Quarterly,
74 (1), 37-67. [PDF] |
|
HAMPSON, S.E., GOLDBERG, L.R. & JOHN, O.P. (1987).
Category-breadth and social-desirability values for 573
personality terms. European Journal of Personality, 1,
241-258. |
WINROW, A.R., REITMAIER-KOEHLER, A. & WINROW, B.P.
(2015). Social desirability bias in relation to academic
cheating behaviors of nursing student. Journal of
Nursing Education & Practice, 5 (8), 121-134. [PDF] |
| |
LOPEZ-BECERRA, F. & ALCON, F. (2021). Social
desirability bias in the environmental economic valuation
: An inferred valuation approach. Ecological
Economics 184, |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Biais, Questionnaire
et Question
délicate |
|
|
Désirabilité
sociale (Mesures/Évaluations) : Ensemble
des tests et des
outils de collecte de données
qui permettent d'évaluer et
de mesurer la
désirabilité sociale.
| |
|
|
CROWNE, D.P. & MARLOWE, D. (1960). A new scale of
social desirability independent of psychopathology. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 24 (4), 349-354. [PDF] |
|
GRENNWALD, H.J. & SATOW, Y. (1970). A short social
desirability scale. Psvchological Reports, 27,
131-135. |
|
STRAHAN, R. & GERBASI, K.C. (1972). Short, homogenous
versions of the Marlowe-Crowne Social Desirability Scale.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 28, 191-193. |
|
SCHUESSLER, K.F., HITTLE, D. & CARDASCIA, J. (1978).
Measuring responding desirability with Attitude-Opinion
Items. Social Psychology, 41, 224-235. |
|
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (1983). Social desirability
scales : More substance than style. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 51, 882-888. |
|
SAKURAI, S. (1984). Construction of the social
Desirability Scale for Children. Japanese Journal of
Educational Psychology, 32, 310-314. |
|
|
Voir aussi Désirabilité sociale |
|
|
|
|
Desmurget
Michel ( ) : Spécialiste des neurosciences
français. Il s'intéresse notamment au rôle des
écrans sur le développement.
|
DESMURGET, M. (2009). Parietal-premotor network for
movement intention and motor awareness Trends in
Cognitive Science, 13, 411-419. |
|
DESMURGET, M. (2009). TV Lobotomie - la vérité
scientifique sur les effets de la télévision. Max
Milo. |
|
HARLÉ, B. et DESMURGET, M. (2012). Effets de l'exposition
chronique aux écrans sur le développement cognitif de
l'enfants. Archives de Pédiatrie, 19, 772-776.
[PDF] |
|
DESMURGET, M. (2019). La fabrique du crétin digital.
Paris : Seuil. |
|
DESMURGET, M. (2023). Faites-les
lire ! : Pour en finir avec le crétin digital. Paris : Seuil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Désorganisation
(Personnalité) : Terme générique qui
désigne tout facteur interne ou externe qui menace l'équilibre
ou la stabilité de l'organisation psychique de la personnalité
(ou de toute autre caractéristique en principe stable comme
la pensée ou les habitudes).
Ce concept n'a donc de sens qu'en vertu du modèle ou de la théorie
qui définit les propriétés de cette organisation.
EX: Chez Freud,
la personnalité s'articule autour de trois structures psychiques,
le ça, le moi et le surmoi; un moi fort est garant d'une bonne
santé psychique, alors qu'un moi faible et désorganisé menace
l'intégrité, la stabilité et le fonctionnement de la personne.
| |
|
| HALL,
C.S. (1957). L'ABC de la psychologie freudienne.
Paris : Montaigne. |
|
|
Despotisme
: Despote : Individu qui possède un pouvoir
absolu, arbitraire et illégitime (habituellement obtenu par la
force ou la menace) lui
permettant de diriger seul un groupe
ou un état/pays. =
tyran, dictateur.
Despotism.
| |
|
|
MORAZE, C. (1948). Finance et despotisme : essai sur les
despotes éclairés. Annales. Economies, Sociétés,
Civilisations, 3 (3), 279-296. |
SUMMERS, K. (2005). The evolutionary ecology of despotism.
Evolution & Human Behavior, 26, 106-135. |
|
WITTFOGEL, K.A. (1957). Oriental despotism - A
comparative study of total power. Yale University
Press. |
TURCHETTI, M. (2008). Despotism and tyranny : Unmasking a
tenacious confusion. European Journal of Politicial
Theory, 7 (2), 159-182.
[PDF] |
|
BLUCHE, F. (1969). Le despotisme eclairé. Paris
: Fayard. |
VAN VUGT, M. (2009). Despotism, democracy and the
evolutionary dynamics of leadership and followership. American
Psychologist, 64, 54-56.
[PDF] |
|
ROVERE, A. (1985). La Corse et le despotisme éclairé. Annales
Historiques de la Révolution Française, 260, 189-214. |
|
|
BETZIG, L. (1986). Despotism and differential
reproduction. New York : Aldine. |
DUBUC, C., HUGHES, K.D., CASCIO, J. & SANTOS, L.R.
(2012). Social tolerance in a despotic primate :
co-feeding between consortship partners in rhesus
macaques. American Journal of Physical Anthropology,
148 (1), 7-80. [PDF] |
|
BRENNAN, J.F. (1987). Enlightened despotism in Russia
: the reign of Elisabeth, 1741-1762. New
York/Paris : P. Lang. |
|
|
MEYER, J. (1991). Le despotisme éclairé. Paris :
Que sais-je ?/PUF. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Machiavélisme
et Pouvoir |
|
|
D'Esposito
Mark T. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain et spécialiste de la mémoire
de travail. Il
s'intéresse également à
l'interférence. Collaborateur de
Jonides, Logie et Postle.
|
D'ESPOSITIO, M., GROSMANN, M., ONISHI, K., THOMPSON, H.,
ROBINSON, K. & ARMSTRONG, C. (1996). Working memory
impairments in multiple sclerosis : evidence from a
dual-task paradigm. Neuropsychology, 10, 1-6. |
|
D'ESPOSITIO, M., POSTLE, B.R., JONIDES, J. & SMITH,
E.E. (1999). The neural substrate and temporal dynamics of
interference effects in working memory as revealed by
event-related functional MRI. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 96 (13), 7514-7519. [PDF] |
|
D'ESPOSITIO, M., BALLARD, D., ZARAHN, E. & AGUIRRE,
G.K. (2000). The role of prefrontal cortex in sensory
memory and motor preparation : an event-related fMRI
study. NeuroImage, 11, 400-408. [PDF] |
|
D'ESPOSITIO, M. & POSTLE, B.R. (2002). The dependence
of span and delayed-response performance on prefrontal
cortex. Neuropsychologia, 37 (11), 1303-1315. |
|
D'ESPOSITIO, M. (2007). From cognitive to neural models of
working memory. Philosophical Transactions of the
Royal Society B, 362, 761-772. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Dessein
: Intention
claire et précise. = volonté,
planification.
|
|
|
|
|
Destruction
cérébrale (Technique) :
Technique neuropsychologique qui consiste à détruire
systématiquement certaines régions du cerveau
d'un organisme afin
d'observer les déficits
consécutifs et leurs conséquences sur les comportements associés à
ces zones. = lésion artificielle. Cerebral
destruction.
| |
|
|
STONE, C.P. (1925). The effects of cerebral destruction on
the sexual behavior of rabbits. I. The olfactory bulbs. American
Journal of Physiology, 71, 430-433. |
|
STONE, C.P. (1925). The effects of cerebral destruction on
the sexual behavior of rabbits. II. The frontal and
parietal regions. American Journal of Physiology, 372-385. |
|
STONE, C.P. (1926). The effects of cerebral destruction on
the sexual behavior of rabbits. III. The frontal,
parietal, and occipital regions. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 6, 435-448. |
|
STONE, C.P. (1938). Effects of cortical destruction on
reproductive behavior and maze learning in albino rats.
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 26, 217-236. |
|
|
ROSENZWEIG, M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991).
Psychophysiologie. Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
Voir aussi Lésion et
Cerveau |
|
|
Destin
: Fate.
| |
|
|
CAMPBELL, D.T. (1958). Common fate, similarity and other
indices of the status of aggregates of persons as social
entities. Behavioural Science, 3, 14-25. |
|
|
|
| DEN - DÉTECTION
DU SIGNAL - DÉTERMINANT - DÉTERMINISME
- DÉTRESSE PSYCHOLOGIQUE - DEUIL
- DEUS EX MACHINA - DEUTSCH
- DEV |
Détail : Caractéristique
d'un objet qui, seul ou
jumelée à d'autres détails, permet de le distinguer des autres
éléments de sa classe, mais pas forcément de le reconnaître. EX:
La couleur de votre chien (objet) est un détail, car tous les
chiens (classe) ne sont pas noirs, mais voir un objet noir ne
permet pas de dire qu'il s'agit d'un chien. S'il ne permet pas de
saisir l'essentiel d'un problème, le détail permet néanmoins de le
nuancer.
= élément non-essentiel,
nuance.
Detail.
| |
|
|
CAMPBELL, D.T. (1958). Common fate, similarity and other
indices of the status of aggregates of persons as social
entities. Behavioural Science, 3, 14-25. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Déterminant : En sciences
humaines et sociales,
il semble y avoir deux acceptions à ce terme : a)
Souvent utilisé comme synonyme de
cause, plus précisément pour désigner les principales causes
d'un phénomène, celles
qui ont un poids «déterminant» dans l'explication d'un phénomène
Y. = facteur déterminant, causes
profondes, fondement, cause importante, origine. Determinant.
b) En science, certains auteurs rejettent la
notion de cause et lui préférent celle de déterminant
pour désigner des facteurs qui
permettent de comprendre
un phénomène donné. La compréhension serait ici une forme
d'explication réservée aux humains ou aux organismes complexes,
alors que les termes explication et causes ne
s'appliqueraient qu'aux objets
d'étude inanimés, à des formes rudimentaires de vie ou à
certains mécanismes biologiques en apparence simples (digestion,
cicatrisation, etc.). NDLR : Ce dernier usage
donne à penser, à tort je crois, que la notion de cause ne peut
servir à rendre compte des phénomènes complexes ou qu'il faudrait
la réserver pour expliquer les relations simples entre des
phénomènes plus complexes. = cause
profonde, fondement, facteur déterminant, origine.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous. Determinant.
| |
|
| a |
|
PIÉRON, H. (1950). Quels sont les determinants de la
prégnance perceptive ? Acta Psychologica, 7,
337-351. |
BELSKY, J. (1984). The determinants of parenting : A
process model. Child Development, 55, 83-96. |
|
TRIANDIS, H.C. & TRIANDIS, I.M. (1965). Race and
belief as determinant of behavioral intentions. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 2 (5),
715-725. [PDF] |
ADLER, N.E., MARMOT, M., McEWEN, B.S. & STEWART, J.
(Eds.). (1999). Socioeconomic status and health in
industrial nations : Social, psychological, and
biological pathways. New York : Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences. |
|
JOHNSON, D.F. & CUMMING, W.W. (1968). Some determiners
of attention. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 11 (2), 157-166. [PDF] |
ARMSTRONG, L., PHILLIPS, J.G. & SALING, L.L. (2000).
Potential determinants of heavier internet usage.
International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 53,
537-550. [PDF] |
|
BARNETT, R.C. & BARUCH, G.K. (1987). Determinants of
fathers' participation in family work. Journal of
Marriage & the Family, 49, 29-40. |
AHN, W.-K., KIM, N.S., LASSALINE, M E. & DENNIS, M J.
(2000). Causal status as a determinant of feature
centrality. Cognitive Psychology, 41, 361-416. |
| |
LEHRER, E.L. (2004). Religion as a determinant of economic
and demographic behavior in the United States. Population
and Development Review, 30 (4), 707-726. |
|
PEABODY, D. & GOLDBERG, L.R. (1989). Some determinants
of factor structures from personality-trait descriptors. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 57,
552-567. |
WEINSTEIN, N., DECI, E. & RYAN, R. (2011).
Motivational determinants of integrating positive and
negative past identities. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 100, 527–544. |
|
| |
Voir aussi Cause |
| b |
|
KEIL, F.C. (2006). Explanation and understanding.
Annual Review of Psychology, 57, 227-254. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Comprendre |
|
|
|
|
Déterminant
cognitif : Ensemble de facteurs déterminants
dans l'explication ou compréhension des comportements.
= facteur cognitif, fondement
cognitif.
Cognitive determinant, cognitive
influence.
| |
|
|
HUNT, J. McV. (1963). Motivation inherent in information
processing and action. In O.J. Harvey (Ed.),
Motivation and social interaction : The cognitive
determinants. New York : Ronald Press. |
|
SPENCE, K.W. (1963). Cognitive factors in the extinction
of the conditioned eyelid response in humans. Science,
140, 1224-1225. |
|
BANDURA, A. (1978). The self system in reciprocal
determinism. American Psychologist, 33, 344-358.
|
|
LOFTUS, G.R. & MACKWORTH, N.H. (1978). Cognitive
determinants of fixation location during picture viewing.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception
& Performance, 4, 565-572. |
|
BILLARD, C., BRICOUT, L., DUCOT, B., RICHARD, G., ZIEGLER,
J. & FLUSS, J. (2010). Évolution des compétences en
lecture, compréhension et orthographe en environnement
socioéconomique défavorisé et impact des facteurs
cognitifs et comportementaux sur le devenir à deux ans. Revue
d'Épidémiologie et de Santé Publique, 58, 101-110.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Déterminant
culturel : Ensemble de facteurs déterminants
d'une culture qui explique les comportements.
= facteur cognitif, fondement
cognitif.
Culturale influence, sociocultural
influence.
| |
|
|
HAMILTON, L.H., BROOKS-GUNN, J. & WARREN, M P. (1985).
Sociocultural influences on eating disorders in
professional female ballet dancers. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 5, 925-934. |
|
LIPPA, R.A. (2007). The preferred traits of mates in
a cross-national study of heterosexual and homosexual men
and women : An examination of biological and cultural
influences. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 36, 193-208. |
|
ALMENERA, C.A., FAUQUET, J., LOPEZ-GUIMER, G.,
PÀMIAS-MASSANA, M. & SÀNCHEZ-CARRACEDO, D. (2014).
Sociocultural influences and body change strategies in
Spanish adolescent boys of different weight status. Eating
Behaviors, 15, 654-657 [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
a name="determinantenvironemental" id="determinantenvironemental"> Déterminant environnemental : Déterminant écologique : Ensemble des facteurs déterminants
situés dans le milieu
d'un organisme et qui
influencent et déterminent ses comportements,
ses cognitions. En
psychologie, les
perspectives écologique
et béhavioriste
fondent leurs explications
sur ce genre de déterminants. Les tenants de ces explications ne nient pas l'existence de déterminants neurogénétiques, mais ils considèrent que leur influence dans l'explications de la plupart des comportements est secondaire ou négligeable. Déterminants environnemntaux et
environnement. Environmental
determinant.
| |
|
|
COLLIER, G., HIRSH, E. & HAMLIN, P.H. (1972). The
ecological determinants of reinforcement in the rat. Physiology
& Behavior, 9 (5), 705-716. |
|
MACE, F.C., PAGE, T.J., IVANCIC, M.T. & O'BRIEN, S.
(1986). Analysis of environmental determinants of
aggression and disruption in mentally retarded children. Applied
Research in Mental Retardation, 7, 203-221. |
|
McGUFFIN, P., ASHERSON, P., OWEN, M. & FARMER, A.
(1994). The strength of the genetic effect : is there room
for an environmental influence in the aetiology of
schizophrenia ? British Journal of Psychiatry, 164,
593-599. |
|
EAVES, L. (1996). Genetic and environmental influences on
the covariation between hyperactivity and conduct
disturbance in juvenile twins. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 37, 803-816. |
|
GAYAN, J. & OLSON, R.K. (2003). Genetic and
environmental influences on individual differences in
printed word recognition. Journal of Experimental
Child Psychology, 84, 97-123. |
|
OLSON, R.K. (2008). Genetic and environmental influences
on word-reading skills. In E.L. Grigorenko & A.J.
Naples (Eds.), Single-word reading: Behavioral and
biological perspectives (pp. 233-253). New York, NY
: Erlbaum. |
|
ORPANA, H.M., LEMYRE, L. & GRAVEL R. (2009). Income
and psychological distress : The role of the social
environment. Health Reports, 20 (1), 21-80.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Milieu
et
Environnement |
|
|
|
| Déterminant
génétique : Voir Déterminant
neurogénétique. Genetic contribution,
genetic factor, genetic influence, Genetic basis. |
Déterminant
historique : Ensemble des facteurs sociaux situés dans
un passé relativement lointain, mais qui conditionnent ou
influencent néanmoins l'état actuel des choses. EX:
L'influence de la révolution tranquille ou de la seconde guerre
mondiale sur le Québec moderne. = fondement
historique. Historical determinants,
historical factor.
|
Déterminant
motivationnel : Ensemble des facteur
lié à la motivation qui
contribue à l'émission d'un comportement
Motivational factor, Motivational
determinant.
| |
|
|
WEINSTEIN, N., DECI, E. & RYAN, R. (2011).
Motivational determinants of integrating positive and
negative past identities. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 100, 527–544. |
|
|
|
Déterminant
neurogénétique : DNG : Ensemble de facteurs cérébraux
et génétiques que l'on
considère comme déterminant dans
l'explication des
phénomènes biologiques et psychologiques,
aussi bien ceux que l'on dit "normaux" (comportement,
cognition, émotion),
que ceux que l'on étiquette comme "anormaux" (troubles
mentaux ou psychologiques).
Déterminants neurogénétiques,
neuropsychologie et cerveau.
= déterminant neurobiologique,
fondement biologique, origine biologique, déterminsime
biogénétique, cause biologique, base génétique du comportement. (
): Déterminant génétique, déterminant neurobiologique,
déterminant biologique. Genetic basis,
genetic influence, biological foundation, biogenetic
determinant, neural mechanism, biogenetic factor, genetic
factor, biological contribution, neural basis, genetic
contribution.
|
|
|
LASHLEY, K.S. (1930). Basic neural mechanisms in behavior.
Psychological Review, 37, 1-24. |
TORREY, E.F. & YOLKEN, R.H. (2000). Familial and
genetic mechanisms in schizophrenia. Brain Research
Reviews, 31, 113-117. |
|
|
ARNER, P. (2000). Obesity : A genetic disease of adipose
tissue ? British Journal of Nutrition, 83, 9-16. |
|
BEACH, F.A. (1939). The neural basis of innate behavior.
III. Comparison of learning ability and instinctive
behavior in the rat. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 28, 225-262. |
NEWPORT, D.J. & NEMEROFF, C.B. (2000). Neurobiology of
posttraumatic stress disorder. Current Opinion in
Neurobiology, 10, 211-218. [PDF] |
|
|
BARTELS, A. & ZEKI, S. (2000). The neural basis of
romantic love. Neuroreport, 11 (17), 829-834.
[PDF] |
|
|
MADDEN, P.A.F., BUCHOLZ, K.K., MARTIN, N.G. & HEATH,
A.C. (2000). Smoking and the genetic contribution to
alcohol-dependence risk. Alcohol Research &
Health, 24 (4), 209-214. [PDF] |
|
HEBB, D.O. (1949). Organization of behavior : A
neuropsychological theory. New York : Wiley. |
TANAKA, J.W. & CURRAN, T. (2001). A neural basis for
expert object recognition. Psychological Science, 12,
43-47.
[PDF] |
|
ECCLES, J.C. (1953). The neurophysiological basis of
mind. London : Oxford University Press. |
EVERITT, B.J., DICKINSON, T.W. & ROBBINS, T.W. (2001).
The neuropsychological basis of addictive behaviour.
Brain Research Reviews, 36 (2-3), 129-138. |
|
WILLIAMS, D. (1969). Neural factors related to habitual
aggression: consideration of the differences between those
habitual aggressives and others who have committed crimes
of violence. Brain, 92 (3), 503-520. |
RAINE, A. (2002). The biological basis of crime. In J.Q.
Wilson & J. Petersilia (Eds.), Crime : Public
policies for crime control (pp. 43-74). Oakland,
California : ICS Press. [PDF] |
|
GOTTESMAN, I.I. & SHIELDS, J. (1971). Schizophrenia :
Geneticism and environmentalism. Human Heredity, 21,
517-522. |
RILLING, J.K., GUTMAN, D.A., ZEH, T.R., PAGONI, G., BERNS,
G.S. & KILTS, C.D. (2002). A neural basis for social
cooperation. Neuron, 35, 395-405. |
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & HAGER, J.L. (1972). Biological
boundaries of learning. New York :
Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
ARSENAULT, L., MOFFIT, T.E., CASPI, A., TAYLOR, A.,
RIJSDJIK, F.V., JAFFE, S.F., ABLOW, J.C. & MEASELLE.
J.R. (2003). Strong genetic effects of cross-situational
antisocial behaviour among 5-year-old children according
to mothers, teachers, examiner-observers, and twins'
self-reports. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 44, 832-848 |
|
DIAMOND, M. (1976). Human sexual development : Biological
foundation for social development. In F.A. Beach (Ed.), Human
sexuality in four perspectives (pp. 22-61).
Baltimore : The Johns Hopkins Press. |
GAYAN, J. & OLSON, R.K. (2003). Genetic and
environmental influences on individual differences in
printed word recognition. Journal of Experimental
Child Psychology, 84, 97-123. |
|
|
ABLER, B., WALTER, H. & ERK, S. (2005). Neural
correlates of frustration. Neuroreport, 16,
669-672. |
|
FOLSTEIN, S. & RUTTER, M. (1977). Genetic influences
and infantile autism. Nature, 65, 726-728. |
YOVEL, G. & KANWISHER, N. (2005). The neural basis of
the behavioral face-inversion effect. Current Biology,
15 (24), 2256-2262, |
|
GOTTESMAN, I.I. (1987). Clinical genetics as clues to the
real genetics of schizophrenia. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 13, 23-47. |
LOEHLIN, J.C., NEIDERHEISER, J.M. & REISS, D. (2005).
Genetic and environmental components of adolescent
adjustment and parental behavior : A multivariate
analysis. Child Development, 76, 1104-1115. |
|
FARAONE, S.V., LYONS, M.J. & TSUANG, M.T. (1987). Sex differences in affective disorder : genetic transmission.
Genetic Epidemiology, 4, 331-343. |
ALFORD, J.R., FUNK, C.L. & HIBBING, J.R. (2005). Are
political orientations genetically transmitted ? American
Political Science Review, 99 (2), 153-167. [PDF] |
|
FULKER, D.W., DEFRIES, J.C. & PLOMIN, R. (1988).
Genetic influence on general mental ability increases
between infancy and middle childhood. Nature, 336, 767-769. |
FARAONE, S.V., PERLIS, R.H., DOYLE, A.E., SMOLLER, J.W.,
GORALNICK, J.J., HOLMGREN, M.A. & SKAER, P. (2005).
Molecular genetics of attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 57 (11),
1313-1323. [PDF] |
|
PAULS, D.L. (1991). Genetic factors in the expression of
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Child and Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 1,
353-360. |
LOBO, D.S.S. & KENNEDY, J.L. (2006). The genetics of
gambling and behavioral addictions. CNS Spectrums, 11
(12), 931-939. |
|
PLOMIN, R. & BERGEMAN, C.S. (1991). The nature of
nurture : Genetic influence on "environmental" measures. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 14, 373-427. |
LEWIS, B.A., SHRIBERG, L.D., FREEBAIRN, L.A., HANSEN,
A.J., STEIN, C.M., TAYLOR, H.G. & IYENGAR, S.K.
(2006). The genetic bases of speech sound disorders :
Evidence from spoken and written language. Journal of
Speech, Language, & Hearing Research, 49, 1294-1312.
[PDF] |
|
|
LIPPA, R.A. (2007). The preferred traits of mates
in a cross-national study of heterosexual and homosexual
men and women: An examination of biological and cultural
influences. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 36, 193-208.
|
|
SMALLEY, S.L. (1991). Genetic influences in autism. Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 14 (1), 125-139. |
RADULOVIC, J. & STANKOVIV, B. (2007). Genetic
determinants of emotional behavior : Legal lessons from
genetic models. DePaul Law Review, 56, 823-836.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
McGUE, M. & LYKKEN, D.T. (1992). Genetic influence on
risk of divorce. Psychological Science, 3,
368-373. |
EAVES, L.J., HATEMI, P.K., PROM, E.C. & MURRELLE, F.L.
(2008). Social and genetic influences on adolescent
religious attitudes and practices. Social Forces, 86
(4), 1621-1646. [PDF] |
|
ROBINSON, T.E. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (1993). The neural
basis of drug craving : an incentive-sensitization theory
of addiction. Brain Research Reviews, 18,
247-291. |
AMODIO, D.M., DEVINE, P.G. & HARMON-JONES, E. (2008).
Neural signals for the detection of race bias :
Implications for individual differences in regulatory
ability. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 94, 60-74.
[PDF] |
|
YEOMANS, J.S., MATHUR, A. & TAMPAKERAS, M. (1993).
Rewarding brain stimulation : Role of tegmental
cholinergic neurons that activate dopamine neurons. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 107 (6), 1077-1087. |
OLSON, R.K. (2008). Genetic and environmental influences
on word-reading skills. In E.L. Grigorenko & A.J.
Naples (Eds.), Single-word reading : Behavioral and
biological perspectives (pp. 233-253). New York, NY
: Erlbaum. |
|
LEVAY, S. & HAMER, D.H. (1994). Evidence for a
biological influence in male homosexuality. Scientific
American, 270, 20-25. [PDF] |
HETTENA, J.M. (2008). What is the genetic relationship
between anxiety and depression ? American Journal of
Medical Genetics, 148, 140-146. |
|
PLOMIN, R., OWEN, M.J. & McGUFFIN, P. (1994). The
genetic basis of complex human behaviors. Science,
264, 1733-1739. |
KAGAN, J. (2008). The biological contributions to
temperaments and emotions. European Journal of
Developmental Science, 2, 38-51.
[PDF] |
|
McGUIRE, T.R. (1995). Is homosexuality genetic ? A
critical review and some suggestions. Journal of
Homosexuality, 28, 115-145. |
STANLEY, D., PHELPS, E. & BANAJI, M.R. (2008). The
neural basis of implicit attitudes. Current
Directions in Psychologiclal Science, 17 (2),
164-170. [PDF] |
|
|
FILLINGIM, R., WALLACE, M.R., HERBSTMAN, D.M.,
RIBEIRO-DASILVA, M. & STAUD, R. (2008). Genetic
contributions to pain : a review of findings in humans. Oral
Disorder, 14 (8), 673-682. [PDF] |
|
|
ZINK, C.F., TONG, Y., CHEN, Q., BASSETT, D.S. & STEIN,
J.L. (2008). Know your place : Neural processing of social
hierarchy in humans. Neuron, 58, 273-283. [PDF] |
|
HEATH, A.C. (1995). Genetic influences on alcoholism risk
: A review of adoption and twin studies. Alcohol
Health & Research World, 19, 166-171. |
BRADSHAW, M. & ELLISON, C.G. (2008). Do genetic
factors influence religious life ? Findings from a
behavior genetic analysis of twin siblings. Journal
for the Scientific Study of Religion, 47, 529-544. |
|
BISHOP, D.V.M., NORTH, T. & DONLAN, C. (1995). Genetic
basis of specific language impairment: Evidence from a
twin study. Developmental Medicine & Child
Neurology, 37, 56-71. |
BICKARD, M.H. (2009). The biological foundations of
cognitive science. New Ideas in Psychology, 27
(1), 75-84. |
|
|
LICHTENSTEIN, P., YIP, B.H., BJÖRK, C., PAWITAN, Y.,
CANNON, T.D., SULLIVAN, P.F. & HULTMAN, C.M. (2009).
Common genetic determinants of schizophrenia and bipolar
disorder in Swedish families : a population-based study.
Lancet, 373, 234-239. |
|
HEATH, A.C. (1995). Genetic influences on drinking
behavior in humans. In H. Begleiter & B. Kissin
(Eds.), Alcohol and alcoholism, The genetics of
Alcoholism (Vol. 1). Oxford, New York : Oxford
University Press, Inc. |
ELAM, K.K., CARLSON, J.M., DILALLA, L.F. & REINKE,
K.S. (2010). Genetic influences on the capture of spatial
attention by emotional faces in 5-year-old twins.
Evolutionary Psychology, 8 (4), 754-767. [PDF] |
|
GJONE, H., STEVENSON, J. & SUNDET, J.M. (1996).
Genetic influence on parent-reported attention-related
problems in a Norwegian general population twin sample. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 35 (5), 588-596. |
LIGTHART, L., NYHOLT, D.R., PHNNINX, B. & BOOMSMA,
D.I. (2010). The shared genetics of migraine and anxious
depression head. Headache, 50 (10), 1549-1560.
[PDF] |
|
|
BERGER, T.W., SONG, D., CHAN, R.H. & MARMAREKIS, V.Z.
(2010). The neurobiological basis of cognition :
identification by multi-input, multi-output nonlinear
dynamic modeling. Proceedings of the l'Institute of
Electrical and Electronics Engineer, 98, 356-374.
|
|
FARAONE, S.V. (1996). Discussion of "Genetic influence on
parent-reported attention-related problems in a Norwegian
general population twin sample". Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
35, 596-598. |
BERLIN, H.A. (2011). The neural basis of the dynamic
unconscious. Neuropsychoanalysis, 13 (1), 5-12.
[PDF] |
|
EAVES, L. (1996). Genetic and environmental influences on
the covariation between hyperactivity and conduct
disturbance in juvenile twins. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 37, 803-816. |
BULBULIA, J. & SCHJOEDT, U. (2011). The neural basis
of religious belief. In F. Krueger & J. Grafman
(Eds.), The neural basis of human belief systems (pp.
169-190). Psychology Press. |
|
|
CHABRIS, C.F., HEBERT, B.M., BENJAMIN, D.J., BEAUCHAMP,
J., CESARINI, D., VAN DER LOOS, M., JOHANNESSON, M.,
MAGNUSSON, P.K., LICHTENSTEIN, P., ATWOOD, C.S., FREESE,
J., HAUSER, T.S., HAUSER, R.M., CHRISTAKIS, N., LAIBSON,
D. (2012). Most reported genetic associations with general
intelligence are probably false positives. Psychological
Science, 23 (1), 1314-1323. [PDF] |
|
|
JUDGE, T.A., LIES, R. & ZHANG, Z. (2012). Genetic
influences on core self-evaluations, job satisfaction, and
work stress : A behavioral genetics mediated model. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 117,
208-220. [PDF] |
|
McCALL, B.P., CAVANAUGH, M.A., ARVEY, R.D. & TAUBMAN,
P. (1997). Genetic influences on job and
occupational switching. Journal of Vocational
Behavior, 50 (1), 60-77. |
KOSKI, J., XIE, H. & OLSON, I.R. (2015). Understanding
social hierarchies : The neural and psychological
foundations of status perception. Social Neuroscience,
10 (5), 527-550. [PDF] |
|
|
KANDLER, C., RIEMAN, R., ANGLETNER, A., SPINATH, F.M.,
BORKENAU, P. & PENKE, L. (2016). The nature of
creativity : The roles of genetic factors, personality
traits, cognitive abilities, and environmental sources.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 111, 230-249. |
|
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Cause, Corrélat
biologique, Gène,
Hérédité, Inné
et Étude des jumeaux |
|
|
|
|
|
Déterminant psychologique : Ensemble de facteurs psychologiques,
utilisés sans égard au théories qui les définissent, que l'on
invoque pour expliquer ou comprendre les comportements.
EX: motivation, émotion, pulsion, raisonnement,
inconscient, conditionnement, etc.
=
Fondement psychologique, facteur psychologique, cause
psychologique.
Psychologicial determinism,
psychological determinant, psychologicial factor, psychological
influence.
| |
|
|
ATKINSON, J.W. (1957). Motivational determinants of risk
taking behavior. Psychological Review, 64,
359-372. |
|
MECHANIC, D. (1975). Sociocultural and socio-psychological
factors affecting personal responses to psychological
disorder. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 16
(4), 393-404. [PDF] |
|
BANDURA, A. (1978). The self system in reciprocal
determinism. American Psychologist, 33, 344-358. |
|
ADLER, N.E., MARMOT, M., McEWEN, B.S. & STEWART, J.
(Eds.) (1999). Socioeconomic status and health in
industrial nations : Social, psychological, and
biological pathways. New York : Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciencess. |
|
|
Voir aussi Théorie
et Perspective
théorique |
|
|
|
Déterminant psycho-social : Ensemble de facteurs psychologique et sociaux utilisés sans égard au théories qui les définissent, que
l'on invoque pour expliquer ou comprendre les comportements.
EX: motivation, émotion, pulsion, raisonnement,
inconscient, conditionnement, valeur, pressions sociales, relation
de pouvoir, etc. =
fondement psychologique, facteur psychologique, cause
psychologique.
Socio-psychological factor,
psychosocial determinant.
| |
|
|
MECHANIC, D. (1975). Sociocultural and socio-psychological
factors affecting personal responses to psychological
disorder. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 16
(4), 393-404. [PDF] |
|
ADLER, N.E., MARMOT, M., McEWEN, B.S. & STEWART, J.
(Eds.) (1999). Socioeconomic status and health in
industrial nations : Social, psychological, and
biological pathways. New York : Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciencess. |
|
SMITH, B.N., BEAN, M.K., MITCHELL, K.S., SPEIZER, I.S.
& FRIES, E.A. (2007). Psychosocial factors associated
with non-smoking adolescents' intentions to smoke. Health
Education Research, 22 (2), 238-247. [PDF] |
|
NAGARKAR, A. & GADHAVE, S. (2015). Psychosocial
determinants of Intention to Use Tobacco Among Adolescents
in India. Psychology, Community & Health, 4
(2), 65-74. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Théorie
et Perspective
théorique |
|
|
|
Déterminant socio-économique : DSE : Ensemble des facteurs sociaux et économiques que l'on considère comme des causes
du comportement ou
comme ayant un rôle déterminant dans son explication. Au nombre de
ces facteurs, on compte : la famille, le voisinage, l'école, les
médias, l'état, le statut
social, les revenus/salaire,
etc. Déterminants sociaux-économiques, classe
sociale et milieu
défavorisé. = milieu
socio-économique, conditions sociales, conditions
socio-économique, facteurs socio-économique,
déterminant social, facteur socio-démograpique. Social
determinant, social factor, sociodemographic factor,
socio-economic status.
| |
|
|
HOVLAND, C.I. & SEARS, R. (1940). Minor studies of
aggression : Correlation of lynchings with economic
indices. Journal of Psychology, 9, 301-310. |
>
COMBER, B. & HILL, S. (2000). Socio-economic
disadvantage, literacy and social justice : Learning from
longitudinal case study research. Australian
Educational Researcher, 27 (3), 79-97. |
|
BOLLEN, K.A. & JACKMAN, R.W. (1980). Political
democracy and the size distribution of income. American
Sociological Review, 50, (4), 438-457. [PDF] |
CATALANO, R. (2000). Economic factors and stress In G.
Fink (Ed.), Encyclopedia of stress. New York :
Academic Press. |
|
CATALANO, R. & DOOLEY, D. (1981). The behavioral costs
of economic instability. Policy Studies Journal, 10,
338-349. |
CATALANO, R., ALDRETE, E., VEGA, W., KOLODY, B. &
AGUILAR-GAXIOLA, S. (2000). Job loss and major depression
among Mexican Americans. Social Science Quarterly,
81, 477-487. |
|
WHITE, K.R. (1982). The relation between socioeconomic
status and academic achievement. Psychological
Bulletin, 91, 461-481. |
|
WARR, P. (1984). Economic recession and mental health : A
review of research. Tijdschrift voor Sociale
Gezondheidszorg, 62 (8), 298-308. |
KAPLAN, G.A., TURRELL, G., LYNCH, J.W., EVERSON, S.A.,
HELKALA, E.L. & SALONEN, J.T. (2001). Childhood
socioeconomic position and cognitive function in
adulthood. International Journal of Epidemiology, 30,
256-263. |
|
CASE, C.E., GREELEY, A.M. & FUCHS, S. (1989). Social
determinants of racial prejudice. Sociological
Perspectives, 32 469-483. |
|
|
CAPRON, C. & DUYME, M. (1989). Assessment of effects
of socioeconomic status on IQ in a full cross- fostering
study. Nature, 340, 552-554. |
ADLER, N.E. & NEWMAN, K. (2002). Socioeconomic
disparities in health : Pathways and policies. Health
Affairs, 21 (2), 60-76. [PDF] |
|
WIEDERMAN, M.W. & ALLGIEIR, E.R. (1992). Gender
differences in mate selection criteria : Sociobiological
or socioeconomic explanation ? Ethology &
Sociobiology, 13, 115-124. |
TWENGE, J. & NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2002). Age, gender,
race, socioeconomic status, and birth cohort differences
in the Children’s Depression Inventory : A meta-analysis.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 111, 578-588. [PDF] |
|
NAJMAN, J.M., BOR, W., MORRISON, J., ANDERSEN, M. &
WILLIAMS, G. (1992). Child developmental delay and socio-
economic disadvantage in Australia : A longitudinal study.
Social Science & Medicine, 34 (8), 829-835. [PDF] |
KLOSE, M. & JACOBI, F. (2004). Can gender differences
in the prevalence of mental disorders be explained by
sociodemographic factors ? Archives Women's Mental
Health, 7, 133-148. [PDF] |
|
STUNKARD, A.J. & SORENSEN, T.I. (1993). Obesity and
socioeconomic status--a complex relation. The New
England Journal of Medicine, 329 (14), 1036-1037. |
GRIFFITHS, M., DAVIES, M.N.O. & CHAPPELL, D. (2004).
Demographic factors and playing variables in online
computer gaming. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 7
(4), 479-487. [PDF] |
|
PORTES, A. & SENSENBRENNER, J. (1993). Embeddedness
and immigration : Notes on the social determinants of
economic action. American Journal of Sociology, 98 (6),
1320-1350. |
MARMOT, T. (2005). Social determinants of health
inequalities. The lancet, 365 (9464), 1099-1104.
[PDF] |
|
|
LYNN, R. (1993). Oriental Americans : Their IQ,
educational attainment, and socio-economic status. Personality
& lndividual Differences, 15, 237-242. |
SMITH, J.G. (2006). Parental involvement in education
among low-income families : A case study. School
Community Journal, 16 (1), 43-56. [PDF] |
|
ADLER, N.E., BOYCE, T., CHESNEY, M.A., COHEN, S., FOLKMAN,
S., KAHN, R.L. & SYME, S.L. (1994). Socioeconomic
status and health : The challenge of the gradient. American
Psychologist, 49, 15-24. |
MAGNUSON, K.A. & DUNCAN, G. (2006). The role of family
socioeconomic resources in Racial Test Score Gaps. Developmental
Review, 26, 365-399. |
BUTLER, R.J. (1994). Economic determinants of workers'
compensation trends. Journal of Risk and Insurance, 61,
383-401.
|
|
|
CAMPBELL, F.A. & RAMEY, C.T. (1994). Effects of early
intervention on intellectual and academic achievement : A
follow-up study of children from low-income families. Child
Development, 65, 684-698. |
MAIO, G.R., HADDOCK, G. & JARMAN, H. (2007). Social
psychological factors in tackling obesity. Obesity
Reviews, 8 (S), 124-127. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, D.R. (1996). Race, ethnicity, and socioeconomic
status : Measurement and methodological issues. International
Journal of Health Services, 26 (3), 483-505. |
ORPANA, H.M., LEMYRE, L. & GRAVEL R. (2009). Income
and psychological distress : The role of the social
environment. Health Reports, 20 (1), 21-80.
[PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, D.R., YU, Y., JACKSON, J.S. & ANDERSON, N.B.
(1997). Racial differences in physical and mental health
socio-economic status, stress and discrimination.
Journal of Health Psychology, 2 (3), 335-351. [PDF] |
BILLARD, C., BRICOUT, L., DUCOT, B., RICHARD, G., ZIEGLER,
J. et FLUSS, J. (2010). Évolution des compétences en
lecture, compréhension et orthographe en environnement
socioéconomique défavorisé et impact des facteurs
cognitifs et comportementaux sur le devenir à deux ans. Revue
d'Épidémiologie et de Santé Publique, 58, 101-110.
[PDF] |
|
McLOYD, V.C. (1998). Socioeconomic disadvantage and child
development. American Psychologist, 53 (2),
185-204. |
SHANG, W., WANG, D. & WANG, J. (2010). Prevalence and
socioeconomic status correlation of depressive symptoms
among children living in urban Beijing. North
American Journal of Medicine & Science, 3 (3),
153-159. [PDF] |
|
JOCKIN, V., McGUE, M. & LYKKEN, D.T. (1996).
Personality and divorce : A genetic analysis. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 71,
288-299. |
LYNN, M. LYNN, M., PUGH, C.C. & WILLIAMS, J. (2012).
Black-White differences in tipping : Moderated by
socio-economic status. Cornell Hospitality Quarterly,
53 (4), 286-294. |
|
BARRO, R.J. (1999). Determinants of democracy. Journal
of Political Economy 107 (S6), 158-183. [PDF] |
BERLINER, D.C. (2013). Effects of inequality and poverty
vs. teachers and schooling on America’s youth.
Teachers College Record, 115 (12), 1–26. |
|
ADLER, N.E., MARMOT, M., McEWEN, B.S. & STEWART, J.
(Eds.). (1999). Socioeconomic status and health in
industrial nations : Social, psychological, and
biological pathways. New York : Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciencess. |
ALMENERA, C.A., FAUQUET, J., LOPEZ-GUIMER, G.,
PÀMIAS-MASSANA, M. & SÀNCHEZ-CARRACEDO, D. (2014).
Sociocultural influences and body change strategies in
Spanish adolescent boys of different weight status. Eating
Behaviors, 15, 654-657 [PDF] |
|
FARAONE, S.V., TSUANG, D. & TSUANG, M.T. (1999).
Genetics of mental disorders : A guide for students,
clinicians, and researchers. New York, NY :
Guilford. |
ALLEN, J., BALFOUR, R., BELL, R. & MARMOT, M. (2014).
Social determinants of mental health. International
Review of Psychiatry, 26, 392–407. |
|
ADLER, N.E., MARMOT, M., McEWEN, B.S. & STEWART, J.
(Eds.). (1999). Socioeconomic status and health in
industrial nations : Social, psycho- logical, and
biological pathways. New York : Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciencess |
PAVELA, G., LEWIS, D.W., LOCHER, J. & ALLISON, D.B.
(2016). Socioeconomic status, risk of obesity, and the
importance of Albert J. Stunkard. Current Obesity
Reports, 5 (1), 132-139.
[PDF] |
|
ALEGRIA, M, NEMOYER, A., FALGAS, I., WANG, Y. &
ALVAREZ, K. (2018). Social determinants of mental health :
Where we are and where we need to go. Current
Psychiatry Reports, 20 (11), 1-20. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Milieu
défavorisé, Classe
sociale, Pauvreté
économique et
Pauvreté sociale |
|
|
|
|
|
Déterminisme
: Doctrine
philosophique selon laquelle tout phénomène
a (au moins) une cause.
Appliqué à l'humain, ce principe soutient que notre façon d'agir
et de penser est entièrement déterminée par un faisceau de causes
(sociales, psychologiques, biologiques ou chimiques) et que
l'existence d'un libre-arbitre - l'absence de déterminisme - est
une illusion ou le
résultat de notre ignorance.
EX: Déterminisme cognitif : nos comportements
sont le produit du traitement de l'information; Déterminisme
environnemental : nos comportements sont le résultat de notre
interaction avec le milieu; Déterminisme biologique; nos
comportements sont déterminés par notre cerveau. La formule «Y a
rien qui arrive pour rien» résume bien cette doctrine.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous. /libre
arbitre.
Determinism.
| |
|
|
CASSIRER, E. (1936/56). Determinism and indeterminism
in modern physics. New Haven : Yale University
Press. |
SAPPINGTON, A.A. (1990). Recent psychological approaches
to the free will versus determinism issue.
Psychological Bulletin, 108, 19-29. |
|
GURVITCH, G. (1955). Déterminisme sociaux et liberté
humaine. Paris : Presses Univesitaires de France. |
AMSTERDAMSKI, S., ATLAN, H., DANCHIN A., EKELAND, I.,
LARGEAULT, J., MORIN, E., PETITOT, J., POMIAN, K.,
PRIGOGINE, I., RUELLE, D., STENGERS, I. et THOM, R.
(1990). La querelle du déterminisme - Philosophie de
la science d'aujourd'hui. Paris : Gallimard. |
|
STRAWSON, G. (1991). Consciousness, free will, and the
unimportance of determinism. Inquiry, 32,
3-27. |
|
GRÜNBAUM, A. (1956). Historical determinism, social
activism, and predictions in the social sciences. The
British Journal for the Philosophy of Science, 7 (27),
236-240. |
FRALEY, L.E. (1994). Uncertainty about determinism : A
critical review of challenges to the determinism of modern
science. Behavior & Philosophy, 22, 71-82. |
|
LEHRER, K. (1966). Freedom and determinism.
Random House. |
ROCKWELL, W.T. (1994). Beyond determinism and indignity :
A reinterpretation of operant conditioning. Behavior
& Philosophy, 22, 53-66. |
|
AYERS, M.R. (1968). The refutation of determinism.
London : Methuen. |
LOCKE, E.A. (1995). Beyond determinism and materialism, or
isn't it time we took consciousness seriously ? Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 26,
265–273. |
|
ANSCOMBE, G.E.M. (1971). Causality and determination,
Cambridge University Press. |
ROSE, S.P.R. (1998). Lifelines : Biology beyond
determinism. Oxford University Press. |
|
VORSTEG, R.H. (1974). Operant reinforcement theory and
determinism. Behaviorism, 2, 108-119. |
KOJÈVE, A. (1998). L'idée du déterminisme dans la
physique classique et dans la physique moderne.
Paris. |
|
BRYANT, D. & CHURCH, R.M. (1974). The determinants of
random choice. Animal Learning & Behavior, 2,
245-248. |
SLIFE, B.D., YANCHAR, S.C. & WILLIAMS, B. (1999).
Conceptions of determinism in radical behaviorism : A
taxonomy. Behavior & Philosophy, 27 (2),
75-96. [PDF] |
|
BONJOUR, L. (1976). Determinism, libertarianism, and agent
causation. The Southern Journal of Philosophy, 14,
145-156. |
MORSE, S.J. (1999). Waiting for determinism to
happen. Legal Essays. |
|
BEGELMAN, P.A. (1978). Skinner's determinism. Behaviorism,
6, 13-25. |
SLIFE, B.D. & FISCHER, A.M. (2000). Modern and
postmodern approaches to the free will/determinism dilemma
in psychotherapy. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 40
(1), 80-107. [PDF] |
|
BANDURA, A. (1978). The self-system in reciprocal
determinism. American Psychologist, 33, 344-358.
[PDF] |
KRUEGER, J.I. (2003). Wanted : A reconciliation of
rationality with determinism. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 26, 168-169. |
|
MARR, J. (1982). Determinism. The Behavior Analyst, 5,
205-207. [PDF] |
CHIESA, M. (2003). Implications of determinism : Moral
responsibility and the value of science. In K.A. Lattal
& P. Chase (Eds.), Behavior theory and
philosophy. Kluwer Academic/Plenum. |
|
VAUGHAN, W. (1983). Comments on Marr's determinism. The
Behavior Analyst, 6 (1), 111. [PDF]
|
SLIFE, B.D. (2002). Time, information, and determinism in
psychology. In H. Atmanspacher & R. Bishop (Eds.), Between
chance and choice : Interdisciplinary perspectives on
determinism. Thorverton, UK : Imprint Academic. [PDF] |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1989). Psychological determinism or chance :
Configural cerebral autoselection as a tertium quid. In
M.L. Maxwell & C.W. Savage (Eds.), Science, mind,
and psychology : Essays in honor of Grover Maxwell
(pp. 211-255). Lanham, MD : University Press of America. |
MORSE, S.J. (2008). Determinism and the death of folk
psychology : Two challenges to responsibility from
neuroscience. Minnesota Journal of Law, Science &
Technology, 9 (1), 1-36. [PDF] |
| |
NORTON, J. (2008). The dome : An unexpectedly simple
failure of determinism. Proceedings of the 2006
Biennial Meeting of the Philosophy of Science
Association, Philosophy of Science, 75 (5),
786-798. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Cause,
Causalité, Toutes
choses étant égales par ailleurs et
Libre-arbitre |
| |
|
|
|
|
Déterminisme (Multi-) : Principe selon lequel la réalité
physique et sociale étant complexe,
il faut généralement faire appel à plusieurs causes
pour expliquer un même phénomène.
= multifactoriel.
Multiple déterminism, multideterminism.
| |
| Multi-Déterminisme |
| Une cause |
Plusieurs causes |
| C1
---- » E |
C 1+2+3 ---- » E
|
| Déterminisme
simple ou élémentaire : un effet (E), une seule cause (C) |
=
Multi-déterminisme : un effet (E), plusieurs causes (C) |
|
|
|
|
|
CACIOPPO, J.T. & BERNTSON, G.G. (1991). The principles
of multiple, nonadditive, and reciprocal determinism :
Implications for social psychological research and levels
of analysis. In P.R. Costanzo & M.E Oliveri (Eds.),The
social psychology of mental health : Basic mechanisms
and applications. Guilford Press. |
|
|
Voir aussi Complexité,
Toutes
choses étant par ailleurs et Déterminisme |
| |
|
|
Déterminisme réciproque : Concept
proposé par Bandura pour
désigner la relation bidirectionnelle entre l'organisme
et son environnement; le
milieu physique et social influe sur l'individu, qui en retour
modifie son environnement. La cause (C) produit un effet (E) qui
en retour influence la cause. NDLR : Il convient
de préciser que cette idée a d'abord été développée sous un autre
vocable par Skinner, dans
le cadre de sa théorie du conditionnement
opérant, et par Piaget
avec les concepts d'assimilation/ accommodation
des schèmes. /déterminisme
linéaire ou unidirectionnel. Reciprocal
determinism.
| |
| Déterminisme
|
| Linéaire |
Réciproque |
| C
---- » E |
C «----» E
|
| Déterminisme
linéaire : Une cause (C) produit un effet |
Déterminisme
réciproque : Une cause (C) produit un effet, et vice-versa |
|
|
| |
|
|
BANDURA, A. (1978). The self-system in reciprocal
determinism. American Psychologist, 33, 344-358.
[PDF] |
|
BANDURA, A. (1983). Temporal dynamics and decomposition of
reciprocal determinism : A reply to Phillips and Orton. Psychological Review, 90, 166-170.
[PDF] |
|
CACIOPPO, J.T. & BERNTSON, G.G. (1991). The principles
of multiple, nonadditive, and reciprocal determinism :
Implications for social psychological research and levels
of analysis. In P.R. Costanzo & M.E. Oliveri (Eds.),The
social psychology of mental health : Basic mechanisms
and applications. Guilford Press. |
|
|
Voir aussi Complexité,
Corrélation
et Déterminisme |
| |
|
|
Détresse psychologique : État
individuel ou collectif (famille,
couple) qui se caractérise à
la fois par un haut niveau d'anxiété
et un faible niveau de ressources.
En clair, vous avez de gros problèmes et peu ou pas de solution en
vue. EX: le cancer
plonge certains individus dans une profonde détresse
psychologique. Détresse et
syndrome de Lazare.
Psychological
distress.
| |
|
|
LEVENTHAL, H. & SHARP, E. (1965). Facial
expressions as indicators of distress. In S. Tomkins and
C.E. Izard (Eds.), Affect, cognition, and personality
: Empirical studies (pp. 296-318). New York :
Springer. |
|
|
NEZU, A.M. (1985). Differences in psychological distress
between effective and ineffective problem solvers.
Journal of Counseling Psychology, 32, 135-138. |
UTSEY, S.O., GLESBRECHT, N., HOOK, J.N. & STANARD,
P.M. (2008). Cultural, socio familial, and psychological
resources that inhibit psychological distress in African
Americans exposed to stressful life events and
race-related stress. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 55, 49-62. |
|
McLOYD, V.C. (1990). The impact of economic hardship on
black families and children : Psychological distress,
parenting, and socioemotional development. Child
Development, 61, 311-346. |
FIELD, T., DIEGO, M., PELAEZ, M., DEEDS, O. & DELGADO,
J. (2009). Breakups distress in university students. Adolescence, 44, 705-727. |
|
KROSNIK, J.A. & MILBURN, M. (1990). Psychological
Determinants of political opinionation. Social
Cognition, 8, 49-72. |
FIELD, T., DIEGO, M., PELAEZ, M., DEEDS, O. & DELGADO,
J. (2010). Breakup distress and the loss of intimacy in
university students. Psychology, 1, 173-177. |
|
McLOYD, V.C. (1990). The impact of economic hardship on
black families and children : Psychological distress,
parenting, and socioemotional development. Child
Development, 61, 311-346. |
PELAEZ, M., FIELD, T., DIEGO, M., DEEDS, O. & DELGADO,
J. (2011). Insecurity, control and disinterest behaviors
are related to breakup distress in university students. College
Student Journal, 45 (2), 333-340. |
|
BOYER, R., PRÉVILLE M., LÉGARÉ, G. et VALOIS, P. (1993).
La détresse psychologique dans la population du Québec non
institutionnalisée : résultats normatifs de l’enquête
Santé Québec. Revue canadienne de psychiatrie, 38,
339–343. |
|
|
ZAUTRA, A.J., MARBACH, J.J., RAPHAEL, K.G., DOHRENWEND,
B.P., LENNON, M.C. & KENNY, D.A. (1995). The
examination of myofascial face pain and its relationship
to psychological distress. Health Psychology, 3, 223-231. |
FIELD, T., DIEGO, M., PELAEZ, M., DEEDS, O. & DELGADO,
J. (2011). Breakup distress in university students : a
review. College Student Journal, 45 (3),
461-480. [PDF] |
|
BARNETT, J.E. & HILLARD, D. (2001). Psychologist
distress and impairment : The availability, nature, and
use of colleague assistance programs for psychologist. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 32, 205-210. |
THOMAS, J.T. (2012). Does personal distress mediate the
effect of mindfulness on professional quality of life ? Advances
in Social Work, 13 (3), 561-585. [PDF] |
|
CARDELLA, L.A. & FRIEDLANDER, M.L. (2004). The
relationship between religious coping and psychological
distress in parents of children with cancer. Journal
of Psychosocial Oncology, 22, 19-37. |
KIRMAYER, L.J., BOOTHROYD, L.J., TANNER, A., ADELSON, N.
& ROBINSON, E. (2000). Psychological distress among
the cree of James Bay. Transcultural Psychiatry, 37
(1), 35-56. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Anxiété,
Stress, Cancer,
Deuil, Désastre
naturel et Ressources |
| |
|
|
Detterman Douglas K. (1942-) : Psychométricien américain. Il est un des signataires du Manifeste des 52. Collaborateur de Plomin, Sternberg et Thompson.
|
DETTERMAN, D.K. (1982). Does "g" exist. Intelligence , 6, 99-108. |
|
DETTERMAN, D.K. (1987). Theoretical notions of intelligence and mental retardation. American Journal of Mental Deficiency , 92, 2-11.
|
|
DETTERMAN, D.K. & DANIEL, M.H. (1989). Correlations of mental tests with each other and with cognitive variables are highest for low IQ groups. Intelligence , 13, 349-359. |
|
DETTERMAN, D.K. & THOMPSON, L.A. (1997) . IQ, Schooling, and Developmental Disabilities: What's so Special about Special Education ? American Psychologist , 52, 1082-1091. |
|
Detterman, D. K. (2000). Tests, affirmative action in university admissions, and the American way. Psychology, Pu blic Policy, and Law, 6, 44-55 .. |
|
|
|
Deuil : Processus qui consiste à faire face à l'absence ou à la perte d'un être cher,
tant sur le plan intellectuel qu'émotif,
qui s'accompagne d'un garnde tristesse (chagrin),
d'un sentiment de vide.
Au sens large, capacité de renoncer à une partie de soi-même, de
sa vie en se détachant
progressivement d'un objet qui n'est plus là. EX:
Faire le deuil de sa mère; de sa vie de jeunesse, de sa vie
d'étudiant-e, de son image d'athlète, de sa capacité de séduire,
de sa gloire, etc. Selon Kübler-Ross, le processus de deuil se déroule en 5 étapes. Deuil, résilience
et travail
de deuil.
Mourning, bereavement.
| Phases
du deuil selon Kübler-Ross |
| 1 |
Déni |
| 2 |
Colère |
| 3 |
Marchandage |
| 4 |
Dépression |
| 5 |
Acceptation |
| |
|
| |
|
|
KLEIN, M. (1940). Mourning and its relation to
manic-depressive states. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 21, 125-153. |
WELCH, K.J. & BERGEN, M.B. (2000). Adolescent parent
mourning reactions associated with stillbirth or neonatal
death. Omega, 43, 435-451. |
| |
WRENN, R.L., ZYLICZ, Z. & BALK, D.E. (2001). Hospice
care and the bereavement process in two countries :
experience from the United States and the Netherlands. Illness,
Crisis & Loss, 9 (2), 173-189. |
|
GRINBERG, L. (1964). On two kinds of guilt : their
relation with normal and pathological aspects of mourning,
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 45, 366-371. |
WHEELER, I. (2001). Parental bereavement : The crisis of
meaning. Death studies, 25, 51-66. |
|
KÖBLER-ROSS, E. (1969). On death and dying. Simon
& Schuster/Touchstone. |
BAUER, J.J. & BONANNO, G.A. (2001). Doing and being
well (for the most part) : adaptive patterns of narrative
self-evaluation during bereavement. Journal of
Personality, 69, 451-482. |
|
PARKES, C.M. (1972). Bereavement: Studies of grief in
adult life. New York : International Universities
Press. |
ZISOOK, S. & SCHUCTER, S.R. (2001). Treatment of the
depressions of bereavement. Amercian Behavioural
Scientist, 44, 782-797. |
|
RAPHAEL, B. (1977). Preventive intervention with the
recently bereaved. Archives of General Psychiatry, 34,
1450-1454. |
VAJENTIC, A. & CALOVINI, B. (2001). A model of
bereavement support for organ and tissue donor families. Arts
in Psychotherapy, 28, 281-288. |
|
GRINBERG, L. (1978). The razor's edge in depression and
mourning. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis,
59, 245-254. |
STROEBE, M.S., HANSSON, R.O., STROEBE, W. & SCHUT, H.
(2001). Handbook of bereavement research :
Consequences, coping and care. Washington DC :
American Psychological Association. |
|
RAPHAEL, B. (1983). The anatomy of bereavement.
New York : Basic Books. |
WARNER, J., METCALFE, C. & KING, M. (2001). Evaluating
the use of benzodiazepines following recent bereavement.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 178, 36-41. [PDF] |
|
PARKES, CM. (1985). Bereavement. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 146, 11-17. |
STROEBE, M., STROEBE, W. & SCHUT, H. (2001). Gender
differences in adjustment to bereavement: An empirical and
theoretical review. Review of General Psychology, 5,
62-83. |
|
SCHIFF, H. (1986). The bereaved parent. New
York : Penguin Books. |
WING, D.G., BURGE-CALLAWAY, K., CLANCE, P.R. &
ARMISTEAD, L. (2001). Understanding gender differences in
bereavement following the death of an infant :
Implications for treatment. Psychotherapy : Theory,
Research, Practice, Training, 38 (1), 60-73. [PDF] |
|
AVERILL, J.R. & NUNLEY, E.P. (1988/93). Grief as an
emotion and as a disease. Journal of Social Issues, 44,
79-95. IN M.S. Stroebe, W. Stroebe & R.O. Hansson
(Eds.), The handbook of bereavement (pp. 77-90).
New York : Cambridge University Press. |
BALK, D.E. (2001). College student bereavement,
scholarship, and the university : A call for university
engagement. Death Studies, 25, 67-84. |
|
STEINER, J. (1990). Pathological organisations as
obstacles to mourning. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 71, 87-94. |
WARREN, N.A. (2002). Critical care family members'
satisfaction with bereavement experiences. Critical
Care Nursing Quarterly, 25, 54-60. |
|
BASS, D.M. & BOWMAN, K. (1990). The transition from
caregiving to bereavement : the relationship of
care-related strain and adjustment to dealth. Gerontologist,
30, 35-42. |
XAVIER, F.M.F., FERRAZ, M.P.T., TRENTINI, C.M., FREITAS,
N.K. & MORIGUCHI, E.H. (2002) Bereavement-related
cognitive impairment in an oldest-old community-dwelling
Brazilian sample. Neuropsychology Development &
Cognition Section a Journal of Clinical &
Experimental Neuropsychology, 24, 294. |
|
STROEBE, M.S. (1992-1993). Coping with bereavement : A
review of the grief work hypothesis. Omega : Journal
of Death & Dying, 26, 19-42. |
STROEBE, M., STROEBE, W., SCHUT, H., ZECH, E. & VAN,
D. (2002). Does disclosure of emotions facilitate recovery
from bereavement ? Evidence from two prospective studies.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70
(1), 169-178. |
| |
NORRIS, F.H., FRIEDMAN, M.J., WATSON, P.J. (2002).
60,000 disaster victims speak : Part II. Summary and
implications of the disaster mental health research.
Psychiatry: Interpersonal & Biological Processes, 65,
240-260 |
|
EPSTEIN, S. (1993). Bereavement from the perspective of
cognitive-experiential self-theory. In M.S. Stroebe, W.
Stroebe & R.O. Hansson (Eds.), Handbook of
bereavement : Theory, research, and intervention
(pp. 112-125). NY : Cambridge University Press. |
WALSH, K., KING, M., JONES, L., TOOKMAN, A. & BLIZARD,
R. (2002). Spiritual beliefs may affect outcome of
bereavement : Prospective study. British Medical
Journal, 324, 1551-1555. [PDF] |
|
STYLIANOS, S.K. & VACHON, M. (1993). The role of
social support in bereavement. In M. S. Stroebe, W.
Stroebe, & R. O. Hansson (Eds.), Handbook of
bereavement. Cambridge, MA : Cambridge University
Press. |
ZNOJ, H. & KELLER, D. (2002). Mourning parents :
considering safeguards and their relation to health. Death
Studies, 26, 545-565. [PDF] |
|
|
THOMAS, J. & KOHNER, N. (1994). The death of a baby :
Training for staff in bereavement care. Care of the
Critically Ill patient, 10, 73. |
SUMMERS, S.J. & WITTS, P. (2003). Psychological
intervention for people with learning disabilities who
have experienced bereavement : a case study illustration.
British Journal of Learning Disabilities, 31,
37-41. |
|
THUEN, F. (1995). Satisfaction with bereavement support
groups. Evaluation of the Norwegian Bereavement Care
Project. Journal of Mental Health, 4, 499-510 |
SWARTE, N.B., VAN DER LEE, M.L., VAN DER BOM, J.G., VAN
DEN BOUT, J. & HEINTZ, A P.M. (2003). Effects of
euthanasia on the bereaved family and friends : A cross
sectional study. British Medical Journal, 327 (408),
189-194. [PDF] |
|
AZHAR, M.Z. & VARMA, S.L. (1995). Religious
psychotherapy as management of bereavement. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 91, 233-235. |
KOOP, P.M. & STRANG, V.R. (2003). The bereavement
experience following home-based family caregiving for
persons with advanced cancer. Clinical Nursing
Research, 12 (2), 127-144. |
|
WALTER, T. (1996). A new model of grief : bereavement and
biography. Mortality, 1, 7-25. |
KALTMAN, S. & BONANNO, G.A. (2003). Trauma and
bereavement : Examining the impact of sudden and violent
deaths. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 17, 131-147. |
|
YOULL, J. (1996). A therapeutic approach to bereavement
counselling. Nursing Times, 92, 40-42. |
SUMMERS, ZISOOK, J. & GROUP,
S.S.A.D.P.T.A.J.H.S.D.H.I.V.N.R.C. (2004). Gender, AIDS,
and bereavement : a comparison of women and men living
with HIV. Death Studies, 28 (3), 225-241. |
|
MORIARTY, H.J., CARROLL, R. & COTRONEO, M. (1996).
Differences in bereavement reactions within couples
following death of a child. Research in Nursing &
Health, 19, 461-469. |
STROEBE, M.S. (2004). Religion in coping with bereavement
: confidence of convictions or scientific scrutiny ? International
Journal for the Psychology of Religion, 14, 23-36. |
| |
BOERNER, K., HOROWITZ, A. & SCHULZ, R. (2004).
Positive Aspects of caregiving and adaptation to
bereavement. Psychology & Aging, 19 (4),
468-675. [PDF] |
| |
MALKINSON, R. & BAR-TUR, L. (2004/2005). Long-term
bereavement processes of older parents : The three phases
of Grief. Omega, 50 (2), 103-129. |
| |
BONANNO, G.A. (2004). Loss, trauma, and human resilience :
Have we underestimated the human capacity to thrive after
extremely adverse events ? American Psychologist, 59,
20-28. |
| |
BALK, D.E. (2004). Recovery following bereavement : an
examination of the concept. Death Studies, 28,
361-374. |
| |
NERIA, Y. & LITZ, B.T. (2004). Bereavement by
traumatic means : The complex synergy of trauma and grief.
Journal of Loss & Trauma, 9, 73-87. |
|
THUEN, F. (1997). Received social support from informal
networks and professionals in bereavement. Psychology
Health & Medicine, 2, 51-63. |
STROEBE, M.S. & SCHUT, H. (2005). To continue or
relinquish bonds : A review of consequences for the
bereaved. Death Studies, 29, 477-494. |
|
TUNNICLIFFE, R. & BRIGGS, D. (1997). Introducing a
bereavement support programme in ICU. Nursing
Standard, 11, 38-40. |
SHEAR, K., FRANK, E., HOUCK, P.R. & REYNOLDS, C.F.
(2005). Treatment of complicated grief : A randomized
controlled trial. JAMA : Journal of the American
Medical Association, 293 (2), 2601-2608. [PDF] |
|
ZISOOK, S., PAULUS, M., SHUCHTER, S.R. & JUDD, L.L.
(1997). The many faces of depression following spousal
bereavement. Journal of Affective Disorders, 45,
85-94. |
STROEBE, M.S., SCHUT, H. & STROEBE, W. (2005).
Attachment in coping with bereavement : A theoretical
integration. Review of General Psychology, 9,
48-66. |
|
PENNEBAKER, J.W., MAYNE, T.J. & FRANCIS, M.E. (1997).
Linguistic predictors of adaptive bereavement. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 72,
863-873. |
SHEAR, K. & SHAIR, H. (2005). Attachment, loss, and
complicated grief. Developmental Psychobiology, 47, 253–267. |
| |
STROEBE, W., SCHUT, H. & STROEBE, M.S. (2005). Grief
work, disclosure, and counseling : Do they help the
bereaved ? Clinical Psychology Review, 25,
395-414. |
| |
BOELEN, P.A. (2006). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for
complicated grief : Theoretical underpinnings and case
descriptions. Journal of Loss & Trauma, 11,
1-30. |
| |
BOELEN, P.A., STROEBE, M.S., SCHUT, H.A.W. & IJERVELD,
A.M. (2006). Continuing bonds and grief : A prospective
analysis. Death Studies, 30, 767-776. |
| |
ZUCKOFF, A., SHEAR, M.K., FRANK, E., DALEY, D.C.,
SELIGMAN, K. & SILOWASH, R. (2006). Treating
complicated grief and substance use disorders : A pilot
study. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 30, 205-211. |
| |
BOELEN, P.A., VAN DEN HOUT, M.A. & VAN DEN HOUT, J.
(2006). A cognitive-behavioral conceptualization of
complicated grief. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 13, 109-128. |
| |
BOELEN, P.A., VAN DEN HOUT, J. & VAN DEN HOUT, M.A.
(2006). Negative cognitions and avoidance in emotional
problems after bereavement : A prospective study. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 44, 1657-1672. |
| |
BREEN, L.J. & O’CONNOR, M. (2007). The fundamental
paradox in the grief literature : A critical reflection.
Omega : The Journal of Death & Dying, 55,
199-218. |
|
| |
BOELEN, P.A., KEIJSER, J.D., VAN DEN HOUT, M.A. & VAN
DEN HOUT, J (2007). Treatment of complicated grief : A
comparison between cognitive behavioral therapy and
supportive counseling. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 75, 277-284. |
|
THUEN, F. & SANDVIK, O. (1998). The Norwegian
Bereavement Care Project : an evaluation of the first
twelve years. Bereavement Care, 17, 24-25. |
WORTMAN, C.B., BOEMER, K. & FRIEDMAN, H.S. (2007).
Beyond the myths of coping with loss : Prevailing
assumptions versus scientific evidence. In R.C. Silver
(Ed.), Foundations of health psychology (pp.
285-324). New York, NY : Oxford University Press. |
|
ALDERMAN, L., CHISHOLM, J., DENMARK, F. & SALBOD, S.
(1998). Bereavement and stress of a miscarriage : as it
affects the couple. Omega : Journal of Death &
Dying, 37, 317. |
STROEBE, M.S., SCHUT, H. & STROEBE, W. (2007). Health
outcomes of bereavement. Lancet, 370 (9603),
1960-1973. |
|
ZISOOK, S., CHENTSOVA-DUTTON, Y. & SHUCHTER, S.R.
(1998). PTSD following bereavement. Annals of
Clinical Psychiatry, 10, 157-163. |
BOELEN, P.A. (2009). The centrality of a loss and its role
in emotional problems among bereaved people. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 47, 616-622. |
| |
PRIGERSON, H.G., HOROWITZ, M.J., JACOBS, S.C., PARKES,
C.M., ASLAN, M., GOODKIN, K., RAPHAEL, B., MARWIT, S.J.,
WORTMAN, C., NEIMEYER, R.A., BONANNO, G., BLOCK, S.D.,
KISSANE, D., BOELEN, P. MAERCKER, A., LITZ, B.T., JOHNSON,
J.G., FIRST, M.B. & MACIEJEWSKI, P.K. (2009).
Prolonged grief disorder : Psychometric validation of
criteria proposed for DSM-V and ICD-11. PLoS Medicine,
6 (8), 1-12. [PDF] |
| |
CHAN, M.F. & ARTHUR, D.G. (2009). Nurses’ attitudes
towards perinatal bereavement care. Journal of
Advanced Nursing, 65 (12), 2532-2541. [PDF] |
| |
BREEN, L.J. & O’CONNOR, M. (2010). Acts of resistance
: Breaking the silence of grief following crash
fatalities. Death Studies, 34, 30-53. |
| |
WORTMAN, C.B. & BOEMER, K. (2011). Beyond the
myths of coping with loss : Prevailing assumptions
versus scientific evidence (pp. 265-324).The Oxford
Handbook of Health Psychology [PDF] |
| |
BREEN, L.J. & O’CONNOR, M. (2011). Family and social
networks after bereavement : Experiences of support,
change, and isolation. Journal of Family Therapy, 33,
98-120. |
| |
BOELEN, P.A., KEIJSER, J.D., VAN DEN HOUT, M.A. &
BOUT, J.V.D. (2011). Factors associated with outcome of
cognitive-behavioural therapy for complicated grief : A
preliminary study. Clinical Psychology &
Psychotherapy, 18, 284-291. |
| |
KERSTING, A., BRÄHLER, E., GLAESMER, H. & WAGNER, B.
(2011). Prevalence of complicated grief in a
representative population-based sample. Journal of
Affective Disorders, 131, 339-343. |
| |
PARK, C.L. & HALIFAX, R.J. (2011). Religion and
spirituality in adjusting to bereavement grief as burden,
grief as gift. In R.A. Neimeyer, D.L. Harris, H.R.
Winokuer & G.F. Thorton (Eds.), Grief and
bereavement in contemporary society : Bridging research
and practice (pp. 355-363). New York : Routledge. [PDF] |
| |
BONANNO, G.A. WESTPHAL, M. & MANCINI, A.D. (2011).
Resilience to loss and potential trauma. Annual Review
of Clinical Psychology, 7, 511-535. |
|
WYATT, G.K., FRIEDMAN, L., GIVEN, C.W. & GIVEN, B.A.
(1999). A profile of bereaved caregivers following
provision of terminal care. Journal of Palliative
Care, 15, 13-25. |
BOELEN, P.A. & PRIGERSON, H.G. (2012). Commentary on
the inclusion of persistent complex bereavement-related
disorder in DSM-5. Death Studies, 36, 771-794. |
|
BATTEN, M. (1999). Adolescent sibling bereavement as a
catalyst for spiritual development : a model for
understanding. Death Studies, 23, 529-546. |
PAPA, A., SEWELL, M.T., GARRISON-DIEHN, C. & RUMMEL,
C. (2013). A randomized open trial assessing the
feasibility of behavioral activation for pathological
grief responding. Behavior Therapy, 44, 639-650. |
| |
JORDAN, A.H. & LITZ, B.T. (2014). Prolonged grief
disorder : Diagnostic, assessment, and treatment
considerations professional psychology : Research and
practice in the public domain. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 45, (3),
180-187. [PDF] |
|
BONANNO, G.A. & KALTMAN, S. (1999). Toward an
integrative perspective on bereavement. Psychological
Bulletin, 125, 760-776. |
BOELEN, P.A., KEIJSER, J.D. & SMID, G. (2015).
Cognitive behavioral variables mediate the impact of
violent loss on post-loss psychopathology. Psychological
Trauma : Theory, Research, Practice, & Policy, 7
(4), 382-390. |
|
STROEBE, M. & SCHUT, H. (1999). The dual process model
of coping with bereavement : rationale and description. Death
studies, 23 (3), 197-224. |
BOELEN, P.A. (2016). Improving the understanding and
treatment of complex grief : an important issue for
psychotraumatology. European Journal of
Psychotraumatology, 7, 1-9. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Résilience, Perte
d'un être cher, Chagrin,
Kübler-Ross et Travail
de deuil |
| |
|
|
Deus ex machina : Expression latine qui signifie «Dieu par
la machine». Utilisée en science
pour désigner un concept ou une hypothèse sorti de nulle part, qui
vise uniquement à sauver un raisonnement
boiteux ou une théorie
bancale. On utilise également cette expression au théâtre et en
littérature. NDLR : Prononcer «Dé-ou-ex
ma-qui-na». = concept ex nihilo.
/hypothèse ad
hoc.
|
|
|
Deutsch
Diana (Londres 1938-) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américaine d'origine anglaise et spécialiste de l'étude de
la perception de la
musique, notamment des
illusions auditives. Elle a inventé une échelle pour classer
les illusions auditives (Deutsch's scale illusion).
|
DEUTSCH, D. (1969). Music recognition. Psychological
Review, 76, 300-307. [PDF] |
|
DEUTSCH, D. (1974). An auditory illusion. Nature, 251,
307-309. [PDF] |
|
DEUTSCH, D. (1975). Two-channel listening to musical
scales. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America,
57 (5), 1156–1160. [PDF] |
|
DEUTSCH, D. (1980). Music perception. The Musical
Quarterly, 66, 165-179. [PDF] |
|
DEUTSCH, D. (2002). The puzzle of absolute pitch.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 11,
200-204. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Deutsch Morton (New York 1920-2017 New York) :
Psychosociologue
américain. Il s'est intéressé notamment au conformisme,
à la négociation,
et à la gestion des
conflits interpersonnels et internationaux. Étudiant de Lippitt.
Collaborateur de Faucheux, Kelley,
Krauss et Moscovici.
|
|
DEUTSCH, M. & GERARD, H.B. (1955). A study of
normative and informational social influence upon
judgment. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 51, 629-636. |
|
DEUTSCH, M. & KRAUSS, R.M. (1962). Studies of
interpersonal bargaining. The Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 6 (1), 52-76. |
|
DEUTSCH, M. (1985). The resolution of conflict :
constructive and destructive processes. New Haven :
Yale University Press. |
|
DEUTSCH, M. (1993). Educating for a peaceful world. American
Psychologist, 48, 510-517. [PDF] |
|
DEUTSCH, M. (2006). Cooperation and competition. In M.
Deutsch, P.T. Coleman & E.C. Marcus (Eds.), The
Handbook of Conflict Resolution : Theory and practice
(pp. 23-42). San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. [PDF] |
|
|
|
COLEMAN, P.T. (2018). Morton Deutsch (1920-2017). American
Psychologist, 73 (2), 198. |
|
|
|
| DET - DÉVELOPPEMENT
- DÉVIANCE -
DÉVIANCE SEXUELLE - DEVINE
- DEVOIRS ET LEÇONS - DEWEY - DEWS
- DEWSBURY - D'HOLBACH
- DI |
|
|
Development & Psychopathology : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude des pathologies.
Éditeur : Cambrige Journals.
LACOURSE, E., NAGIN, D., TREMBLAY, R.E., VITARO, F.
& CLAES, M. (2003). Developmental trajectories of
boys' delinquent group membership and facilitation of
violent behaviors during adolescence. Development
& Psychopathology, 15, 183-197.
|
| |
|
|
Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du développement.
Éditeur : Wolters Kluwer.
FUNK, J.B. (1993). Video games : Benign or malignant ? Developmental
& Behavioral Pediatrics, 13, 53-54.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Developmental Neuropsychology : Revue
scientifique de neuropsychologie
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du développement.
Éditeur : Taylor & Francis.
BERNINGER, V.W., RASKIND, W., RICHARDS, T., ABBOTT, R.
& STOCK, P. (2008). A multidisciplinary approach to
understanding developmental dyslexia within
working-memory architecture : genotypes, phenotypes,
brain, and instruction. Developmental
Neuropsychoogy, 33 (6), 707-744.
|
| |
|
|
Developmental Neuroscience : Revue
scientifique de neuroscience
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du développement.
Éditeur : Karger.
MEANEY, M.J., DIORIO, J., FRANCIS, D., WIDDOWSON, J.,
LAPLANTE, P., CALDJI, C., SHARMA S., SECKI, J.P. &
PLOTSKY, P.M. (1996). Early environmental regulation of
forebrain gluco-corticoid receptor gene expression :
implications for adreno-cortical responses to stress. Developmental
Neuroscience, 18, 49-72.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Developmental Review : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du développement.
Éditeur : Elsevier.
MUSCH, J. & GRONDIN, S. (2001). Unequal competition
as an impediment to personal development : A review of
the relative age effect in sport. Developmental
Review, 21, 147-167. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Developmental
Science : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du développement.
Éditeur : Wiley.
VAUCLAIR, J. & HOUDÉ, O. (2000). Co-ordination of
actions, visual perception, and inhibition in human and
non-human primate development. Developmental
Science, 3, 382-384. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Développement
: Développer : Le terme est utilisé dans plusieurs
domaines : a) En psychologie,
il désigne l'ensemble des changements
biologiques et psychologiques
qui surviennent chez un organisme
au cours de sa vie, de la fécondation
à la mort, en passant par l'enfance,
l'adolescence et l'âge
adulte. Sur le plan
biologique, on observe des transformations de nature hormonale,
physiologique, morphologique et neurale. Sur le plan
psychologique, on observe des transformations de nature
comportementale, cognitive et morale. Développement et
psychologue
du développement. b) Le terme désigne
également les changements positifs qui surviennent dans une
société, une économie. Social change, growing
up, economic growth, economic development.
| |
|
|
BOWEN, F. (1860). Remarks on the latest form of the
development theory. Memoirs of the American Academy of
Arts and Sciences. In G. Daniels (Ed.) (1968). Darwinism
comes to America (pp. 66-74). Waltham, MA :
Blaisdell. [LIRE] |
GRIFFITHS, P.E. & STOTZ, K. (2000). How the mind grows
: A developmental perspective on the biology of cognition.
Synthese, 122, 29-51. [PDF] |
|
BALDWIN, J.M. (1902). Development and evolution. New
York : Macmillan. |
ARNETT, J.J. (2000). Emerging Adulthood : A theory of
development from the late teens through the twenties.
American Psychologist, 55 (5), 469-480. [PDF] |
|
KLEIN, M. (1923). The development of a child. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 4, 419-474. |
LARSON, R.W. (2000). Toward a psychology of positive youth
development. American Psychologist, 55, 170-183.
[PDF] |
|
KLEIN, M. (1924). The role of the school in the libidinal
development of the child. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 4, 312-331. |
SROUFE, L.A. (2000). Early relationships and the
development of children. Infant Mental Health Journal,
21, 67-74. [PDF] |
|
GESELL, A. (1926). The mental growth of the
pre-school child : A psychological outline of normal
development from birth to the sixth year, including a
system of developmental diagnosis. New York :
Macmillan. |
|
|
ISAACS, S.S. (1933). Development in young children. London
: Routledge and Kegan Paul. |
FABES, R.A., MARTIN, C. L., HANISH, L. & UPDEGRAFF, K.
(2000). Evaluating the significance of children develoment
research in the 21st century : Force and counterforce.
Child Development, 71, 212-221. |
|
PIAGET, J. et INHELDER, B. (1941). Le développement
des quantités chez l'enfant : conservation et atomisme.
Neuchâtel : Delachaux et Niestlé. |
BJORKLUND, D.F. & PELLIGRINI, A.D. (2000). Child
development and evolutionary psychology. Child
Development, 71, 1687-1708.
[PDF] |
|
PIAGET, J. et INHELDER, B. (1946). Le développement
de la notion de temps chez l'enfant. Paris :
Presses Universitaire de France. |
|
|
WERNER, H. & KAPLAN, B. (1956). The developmental
approach to cognition : Its relevance to the psychological
interpretation of anthropological and ethno-linguistic
data. American Anthropologist, 58, 866-880. |
|
|
BIJOU, S.W. & BAER, D.M. (1961). Child
development : A systematic and empirical theory.
New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
|
|
FLAVELL, J.H. (1963). The developmental psychology of
Jean Piaget. New York : D. Van Nostrand. |
EAMON, M.K. (2001). The effects of poverty on children's
socioemotional development : An ecological systems
analysis. Social Work, 46 (3), 256-266. [PDF] |
|
SCHAIE, K.W. (1965). A general model for the study of
developmental problems. Psychological Bulletin, 64, 92-107. |
LACROIX, V., POMERLEAU, A., MALCUIT, G., SéGUIN, R. et
LAMARRE, G. (2001). Développement langagier et cognitif de
l'enfant dans un contexte de vulnérabilité : Relation avec
la durée des vocalisations maternelles et les jouets
présents dans l'environnement. Revue Canadienne des
Sciences du Comportement, 33, 65-76. |
|
JENSEN, G.D. & BOBBITT R.A. (1967). Implications of
primate research for understanding infant development. In
J. Hellmouth (Ed.), The exceptional infant : The
normal infant (Vol. 1. pp. 351-413). Seattle, WA
: Special Child Publications. |
THOMPSON, R.A. (2001). Development in the first years of
life. The Future of Children, 11 (1), 21-33. [PDF] |
|
LEWIS, M. & GOLDBERG, S. (1969). Perceptual-cognitive
development in infancy : A generalized expectancy model as
a function of the mother-infant interaction. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 15 (1), 81-100. |
|
|
RIEGEL, R.K. & RIEGEL, R.M. (1972). Development, drop,
and death. Developmental Psychology, 6 (2),
306-319. |
|
|
RIEGEL, R.K. (1972). The influence of economic and
political ideologies upon the development of developmental
psychology. Psychological Bulletin, 78,
129-141. |
|
|
CATANIA, A.C. (1973). The psychologies of structure,
function, and development. American Psychologist, 28,
434-443. |
|
|
RIEGEL, R.K. (1975). Toward a dialectic theory of
development. Human Development, 18, 50-64. |
|
|
RIEGEL, R.K. (1976). The dialectics of human development.
American Psychologist, 31, 689-700. |
|
|
|
BRONFENBRENNER, U. (1977). The ecology of human
development. Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
BRADLEY, R.H. & CORWYN, R.F. (2002). Socioeconomic
status and child development. Annual Review of
Psychology, 53, 371-399. [PDF] |
|
BALL, R.S. (1977). The Gesell developmental schedules :
Arnold Gesell (1880–1961). Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 5 (3), 233–239. |
|
|
GEWIRTZ, J.L. (1978). Social learning in early human
development. In A.C. Catania & T.A. Brigham (Eds.), Handbook
of applied behavior analysis (pp. 105-141). New
York : Irving Publishers. |
|
|
KAGAN, J. (1978). Growth of the child. New York
: Norton. |
MILLER, P.H. (2002). Theories of developmental
psychology. New York : Worth. |
|
SROUFE, L.A. (1979). The coherence of individual
development : Early care, attachment, and subsequent
developmental issues. American Psychologist, 34,
834-841. [PDF] |
SCHLINGER, H.D. (2002). Concepts in behavioral
development. Behavioral Development Bulletin, 1,
1-8. [PDF] |
|
BRONFENBRENNER, U. (1979). Contexts of child rearing :
Problems and prospects. American Psychologist, 34 (10),
84-89. |
SROUFE, L.A. (2002). Attachment and the complexity of
development. Journal of Infant, Child, &
Adolescent Psychotherapy, 2 (4), 19-26. [PDF] |
|
CAIRNS, R.B. (1980). Developmental theory before Piaget :
The remarkable contributions of James Mark Baldwin.
Contemporary Psychology, 25, 438-440. |
BRAUN, C.M.J. (2003/2004). Vers un cadre
neuropsychologique général pour le développement du
nourrisson. Enfance, 55, 293-324. [PDF] |
|
BRONFENBRENNER, U. (1981). The ecology of human
development : Experiments by nature and design.
Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
SMITH, L.B. & THELEN, E. (2003). Development as a
dynamic system. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7,
43-48. |
|
LERNER, R.M. (1982). Children and adolescents as producers
of their own development. Developmental Review, 2, 342-370. |
KIRSH, S.J. (2003). The effects of violent video games on
adolescents - The overlooked influence of development.
Aggression & Violent Behavior, 8 (4), 377-389.
[PDF] |
|
BRUNER, J.S. (1983). Le développement de l'enfant :
savoir faire et dire. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
MUNAKATA, Y. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (2003). Connectionist
models of development. Developmental Science, 6,
413-429. |
|
SCARR, S.W. (1986). Understanding development. Harcourt. |
COLE, P.M., MARTIN, S.E. & DENNIS, T.A. (2004).
Emotion regulation as a scientific construct :
Methodological challenges and directions for child
development research. Child Development, 75,
317-333. [PDF] |
|
BEAR, G.G. & MODLIN, P. (1987). Gesell's developmental
testing : What purpose does it serve ? Psychology in
the Schools, 24, 40-44. |
|
|
PATTERSON, G.R., DEBARYSH, B.D. & RAMSEY, E. (1990). A
developmental perspective on antisocial behavior. American
Psychologist, 44, 329-335.
[PDF] |
NOVAK, G. & PELAEZ, M. (2004). Child and
adolescent development : a behavioral systems approach.
Publisher Thousand Oaks : Sage Publications. |
|
TOLMAN, C.W. (1991). For a more adequate concept of
development with help from Aristotle and Marx. In P. van
Geert & L.P. Mos (Eds.), Annals of theoretical
psychology (Vol. 7, pp. 349-356). New York : Plenum
Publishing Co. |
BLOOM, P. (2005). Descartes’ baby: How the science of
child development explains what makes us human. New York :
Basic Books. |
|
SCHLINGER, H.D. (1992). Theory in behavior analysis : An
application to child development. American
Psychologist, 47, 1396-1410. [PDF] |
MOSS, E., CYR, C., BUREAU, J.-F., TARABULSY, G.M. &
DUBOIS-COMTOIS, K. (2005). Stability of attachment during
the preschool period. Developmental Psychology, 41, 773-783. |
|
GEWIRTZ, J.L. & PéLAEZ-NOGUERAS, M. (1992). B.F.
Skinner's legacy to human infant behavior and development.
American Psychologist, 47 (11), 1411-1422. [PDF] |
SCHAIE, K.W. (2005). Developmental influences on
adult intellectual development : The Seattle
longitudinal study. New York : Oxford University
Press. |
|
GOTTLIEB, G. (1992). Individual development and
evolution. New York : Oxford University Press. |
CHERNEY, I.D. (2005). Children’s and adults’ recall of
sex-stereotyped toy pictures : Effects of presentation and
memory task. Infant & Child Development, 14,
11-27. [PDF] |
|
ARNETT, J.J. (1992). Reckless behavior in adolescence : A
developmental perspective. Developmenal Review, 12,
339-373.
[PDF] |
BRONFENBRENNER, U. & MORRIS, P.A. (2006). The
bioecological model of human development. In R.M. Lerner
and W. Damon (Eds.), Theoretical models of human
development (Vol 1, p. 793-828). New York : Wiley.
[PDF] |
|
NAJMAN, J.M., BOR, W., MORRISON, J., ANDERSEN, M. &
WILLIAMS, G. (1992). Child developmental delay and
socio-economic disadvantage in Australia : A longitudinal
study. Social Science & Medicine, 34 (8),
829-835. [PDF] |
FEIST, G.J. (2006). How development and personality
influence scientific thought, interest, and achievement. Review
of General Psychology, 10 (2), 163-182. [PDF] |
|
SCARR, S.W. (1992). Developmental theories for the 1990s :
Development and individual differences. Child
Development, 63, 1-19. [PDF] |
MASTEN, A.S. & OBRADOVIC, J. (2006). Competence and
resilience in development. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 1094, 13-27. [PDF] |
|
MARKOVITS, H. (1993). The development of conditional
reasoning : A piagetian reformulation of the theory of
mental models. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly :
Invitational issue on the Development of Rationality
& Critical Thinking, 39 (1), 133-160. |
MURAKATA, Y. (2006). Information processing approaches to
development. In W. Damon (Ed.), Handbook of child
psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 426-463). New York : Wiley. |
|
CASE, R. (1993). Theories of learning and therories of
develpment. Educational Psychologist, 28 (3),
219-233. [PDF] |
LAWRENCE, C.R., CARLSON, E.A. & EGELAND, B. (2006).
The impact of foster care on development. Development
& Psychopathology, 18, 57-76. [PDF] |
|
BIJOU, S.W. (1993). Behavior analysis of child
development. Reviderte utg. Reno : Context Press. |
GOSWANI, U. & ZIEGLER, J.C. (2006). A developmental
perspective on the neural code for written words. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 10 (4), 142-143. |
|
BELSKY, J. & CASSIDY, J. (1994). Attachment theory and
evidence. In M. Rutter & D. Hay (Eds.) Development
through life; A handbook for clinicians (pp.
373-402). Oxford : Blackwell Scientific Publications. |
FISHER, K.W. & BIDELL, T.R. (2006). Dynamic
development of action, thought and emotion. In W. Damon
and R.M. Lerner (Eds.), Theoretical models of human
development. Handbook of child psychology (Vol. 1,
pp. 313-399). New York : Wiley. |
|
SCHAIE, K.W. (1994). The course of adult intellectual
development. American Psychologist, 49, 304-313.
[PDF] |
YOUNGBLADE, L.M. & THEOKAS, C. (2006). The multiple
contexts of youth development : Implications for theory,
research, and practice. Applied Developmental Science,
10, 58-60. [PDF] |
|
PELAEZ, M. (1994). Contextualism in behavior analysis of
development : Upon further reflection. Behavioral
Development, 4 (2), 8-12. [PDF] |
RANIS, G., STEWART, F. & SAMMAN, E. (2006). Human
Development : Beyond the Human Development Index. Journal
of Human Development, 7 (3), 323-358.
[PDF] |
|
|
BICKHARD, M.H. & CHRISTOPHER, J.C. (1994). The
influence of early experience on personality development.
New Ideas in Psychology, 12 (3), 229-252. |
BAKERMANS-KRANENBURG, M.J. & VAN IJZENDOORN, M.H.
(2007). Genetic vulnerability or differential
susceptibility in child development : The case of
attachment. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 48 (12), 1160-1173. |
|
PASCUAL-LEONE, J. (1995). Learning and development as
dialectical factors in cognitive growth. Human
Development, 38, 338-348. |
PELLEGRINI, A.D., DUPUIS, D. & SMITH, P.K. (2007).
Play in evolution and development. Development
Review, 27, 261-276. [PDF] |
|
SCHLINGER, H.D. (1995). A behavior analytic view of
child development. New York : Kluwer
Academic/Plenum Publishers. |
COHEN-SCALI, V. & GUICHARD, J. (2008). L'identité :
perspectives développementales. L'orientation Scolaire
et Professionnelle, 37 (3), 321-345. [PDF] |
|
YOUNISS, J. (1995). The still useful concept of
development. Human Development, 38, 373-379. |
PELAEZ, M., GEWIRTZ, J.L. & WONG, S.E. (2008). A
critique of stage theories of human development : A
pragmatic approach in social work. In B.A. Thyer (Ed.), Comprehensive
handbook of social work and social welfare : Human
behavior in the social environment (Vol 2, pp.
503-518). New York : Wiley. |
|
LAMB, M.E. (1996). Effects of nonparental child care on
child development : An update. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 41, 330-342. [PDF] |
OVERTON, W.F. (2009). The concept of development. In R.A.
Shweder, T.R. Bidell, A.C. Dailey, S.D. Dixon, P.J. Miller
& J. Modell, (Eds.), The child : An encyclopedic
companion (pp. 256-258). Chicago : University of Chicago
Press. |
|
BIJOU, S.W. & RIBES, E. (1996). New directions in
behavior development. Reno, NV : Context Press. |
NEFF, K.D. (2009). The role of self-compassion in
development : A healthier way to relate to oneself.
Human Development, 52, 211-214. [PDF] |
|
JESSOR, R. & JESSOR, S.L. (1997). Problem
behavior and psychosocial development : A longitudinal
study of youth. New York : Academic Press. |
JENSEN, L. (2010). Bridging cultural and developmental
approaches to psychology : New syntheses in theory,
research, and policy. New York : Oxford University
Press. |
|
POMERANTZ, E.M. & RUBLE, D.N. (1998). The role of
maternal gender socialization in the development of sex
differences in child self-evaluative mechanisms. Child
Development, 69, 458-478. |
EVANS, G.W. & WACHS, T.D. (Eds.). (2010). Chaos
and its influence on children's development : An
ecological perspective. Washington, DC : American
Psychological Association. |
|
MARCIA, J.E. (1998). Optimal development from an
Eriksonian psychosocial perspective. In H.S. Friedman
(Ed.), Encyclopedia of mental health (Vol. 3,
pp. 29-39). San Diego, CA : Academic. |
CHERNEY, I.D. & DEMPSEY, J. (2010). Young children’s
classification, stereotyping, and play behavior for gender
neutral and ambiguous toys. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 30 (6), 651-669. |
|
GOTTLIEB, G. (1998). The significance of biology for human
development : a developmental psychobiological systems
view. In W. Damon & R.M. Lerner (Eds.), Handbook
of child psychology (Vol 1, pp. 233-273). New York
: John Wiley & Sons. |
CHERNEY, I.D. & VOYER, D. (2010). Development of a
spatial activity questionnaire I : Items identification. Sex
Roles, 62, 89-99. |
|
BAER, D.M. & ROSALES-RUIZ, J. (1998). In the analysis
of behavior, what does "develop" mean ? Mexican
Journal of Behavior Analysis, 24, 127-136. [PDF] |
SCHNEIDER, S. (2011). The bigger picture : Development,
genes, evolution, and behavior analysis. Behavioral
Development Bulletin, 11, 27-30.
[PDF] |
|
ECCLES, J.S (1999). The development of children ages 6 to
14. The Future of Children, 9 (2), 30-44. [PDF] |
WEIL, L.G., FLEMING, S.M., DUMONTHEIL, I., KILFORD, E.J.,
WEIL, R.S., REES, G., DOLAN, R.J. & BLAKEMORE, S.-J.
(2013). The development of metacognitive ability in
adolescence. Consciousness & Cognition, 22,
264-271. [PDF] |
|
GROLNICK, W.S., KUROWSKI, C.O. & GURLAND, S.T. (1999).
Family processes and the development of children's
self-regulation. Educational Psychologist, 34,
3-14. [PDF] |
LEMAN, P.J. (2014). Developing together. British
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 32 (1), 1-2.
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Développements
Affectif, Cognitif
et Moral |
| b |
|
DEATON, A. (2003). Health, inequality, and economic
development. Journal of Economic Literature, 41,
113-158. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Développement
Économique et Social |
|
|
Développement
affectif : Développement,
émotion et affect.
= développement émotionnel. Emotional
development.
| |
|
|
THOMAS, A., CHESS, S. & BIRCH, H.G. (1970). The origin
of personality. Scientific American, 223 (2),
102-109. [LIRE] |
|
KRYMKO-BLETON, I. (1984). Le développement affectif
normal de l'enfant et de l'adolescent. Chicoutimi :
Gaétan Morin |
|
FISHER, K.W., SHAVER P. & CARNCHRAN, P. (1989). A
skill approach to emotional development : From basic-to
subordinate-category emotions. In W. Damon (Ed.), Child
development today and tomorrow (pp. 107-136). San
Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
|
EISENBERG, N. (2000). Emotion, regulation and moral
development. Annual Review of Psychology 51, 665-697.
[PDF] |
|
EAMON, M.K. (2001). The effects of poverty on children's
socioemotional development : An ecological systems
analysis. Social Work, 46 (3), 256-266. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Développement,
Émotion et Affect |
|
|
|
|
|
Développement
cognitif : Développement cognitif, habileté
cognive et intelligence.
= développement intellectuel, développement mental.
Cognitive development, intellectual development, cognitive
growth.
| |
|
| |
LAUTREY, J. (1990). Esquisse d'un modèle pluraliste du
développement cognitif. In M. Reuchlin, J. Lautrey, C.
Marendaz, & T. Ohlmann (Eds.), Cognition :
l'universel et l'individuel. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
|
BALDWIN, J.M. (1884). Mental Development of the child
and the race : Methods and processes. New York :
The Macmillan. |
SIEGLER, R. & CROWLEY, K. (1991). The microgenetic
method : a direct means for studying cognitive
development. American Psychologist, 46, 606-620. |
|
OVERTON, W.F. & BYRNES, J. (1991). Cognitive
development. In R. Lerner, A. Petersen & J. Brooks-Gunn (Eds.) The encyclopedia of adolescence. (pp. 151-156). New York : Garland. |
|
BALDWIN, J.M. (1906). Social and ethical
interpretations in mental development. London :
The Macmillan. |
HOUDÉ, O. (1992). Catégorisation et développement
cognitif. Paris : PUF. |
|
PIAGET, J. (1943). Le développement mental de l'enfant.
Juventus Helvetica : notre Jeune Génération, 2,
123-180.
[PDF] |
SIEGLER, R.S. (1994). Cognitive variability : A key to
understanding cognitive development. Current
Direction in Psychological Science, 3, 1-5. [PDF] |
|
PASCUAL-LEONE, J. (1995). Learning and development as
dialectical factors in cognitive growth. Human
Development, 38, 338-348. |
|
LEWIS, M. & GOLDBERG, S. (1969). Perceptual-cognitive
development in infancy : A generalized expectancy model as
a function of the mother-infant interaction. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 15 (1), 81-100. |
HART, B. & RISLEY, T.R. (1995). Meaningful
differences in everyday parenting and intellectual
development in young American children. Baltimore :
Brookes. |
|
BRYANT, P.E. (1971) Cognitive development. British
Medical Bulletin, 27, 200-205. |
VON HOFSTEN, C. (2001). On the early development of
perception, action and cognition. In F. Lacerda, C. von
Hofsten & M. Heimann (Eds.), Emerging cognitive
abilities in early infancy. Hillsdale, N.J. :
Erlbaum. |
|
PIAGET, J. (1975). L'équilibration des structures
cognitives : problème central du développement.
Paris : presses Universitaires de France. |
FLAVELL, J.H., MILLER, P.H. & MILLER, S.A. (2001).
Cognitive development. Englewood Cliffs, NJ. :
Prentice-Hall. |
|
SIEGLER, R.S. (1976). Three aspects of cognitive
development. Cognitive Psychology, 8, 481-520. [PDF] |
WADSWORTH, B.J. (1996). Piaget’s theory of cognitive
and affective development : Foundations of
constructionism. Boston : Allyn & Bacon. |
|
LURIA, A.R. (1976). Cognitive development : Its
cultural and social foundations. Cambridge :
Harvard University Press. |
BROWN, J.L. & POLLITT, E. (1996). Malnutrition,
poverty and intellectual development. Scientific
American, 274, 38-43. [PDF] |
|
LAUTREY, J. (1976). Classe sociale et développement
cognitif. La Pensée, 5 (190), 31-53. |
BAHRICK, L.E. & LICKLITER, R. (2002). Intersensory
redundancy guides early perceptual and cognitive
development. In R.V. Kail (Ed.), Advances in child
development and behavior (Vol. 30, pp. 153–187). San
Diego, CA : Academic Press. |
|
FLAVELL, J.H. (1977). Cognitive development.
Engllewood cliffs, NJ : Prentice-Hall. |
ELMAN, J.L. (2005). Connectionist models of cognitive
development : where next ? Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 9 (3), 111-117. [PDF] |
|
FISHER, K.W. (1980). A theory of cognitive development :
The control and construction of hierarchies and skills. Psychological
Review, 87, 477-531. |
PAUS, T. (2005). Mapping brain maturation and cognitive
development during adolescence. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 9, 60-68. |
|
FISHER, K.W. (1980). A theory of cognitive development :
The control and construction of hierarchies of skills. Psychological
Review, 87, 477-531. |
GEARY, D.C. (2006). Development of mathematical
understanding. In D. Kuhl & R.S. Siegler (Eds.), Cognition, perception, and language / Handbook of child psychology
(Vol 2, pp. 777-810). New York : John Wiley &
Sons. |
|
SIEGLER, R.S. (1983). Five generalizations about cognitive
development. American Psychologist, 38, (2)
63-277. [PDF] |
PSALTIS C. & DUVEEN, G. (2006). Social relations and
cognitive development : The influence of conversation type
and representations of gender. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 36, 407-430 |
|
KINGMA, J. & ROELINGA, U. (1983). Task sensitivity and
the sequence of development in seriation, ordinal
correspondence, and cardination. Genetic Psychology
Monographs, 110, 181-205. |
DEMETRIOU, A. & KYRIAKIDES, L. (2006). The functional
and developmental organization of cognitive developmental
sequences. British Journal of Educational Psychology,
76, 209-242. |
|
LAUTREY, J. (1984). Diversité comportementale et
développement cognitif. Psychologie Française, 29, 16-22. |
PSALTIS C. & DUVEEN, G. (2007). Conversation types and
conservation : Forms of recognition and cognitive
development. British Journal of Developmental
Psychology, 25, 79-102. |
COHEN, L.B. (1989). What develops in infant cognitive
development ? In D. Topping, D. Crowell, & V.
Kobayashi (Eds.), Thinking across cultures (pp.
357-368). New Jersey:
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
OJSOSE, B. (2008). Applying Piaget's theory of cognitive
Development to mathematics instruction. The
Mathematics Educator, 18 (1), 26-30. [PDF] |
|
CASE, R. (1987). Intellectual development : Birth to
adulthood. New York : Academic Press. |
DEMETRIOU, A. & BAKRACEVIC, K. (2009). Cognitive
development from adolescence to middle age : From
environment-oriented reasoning to social understanding and
self-awareness. Learning & Individual
Differences, 19, 181-194. |
|
SIEGLER, R.S. (1989). Mechanisms of cognitive development.
Annual Review of Psychology, 40, 353-379. [PDF] |
SIMATWA, E.M.W. (2010). Piaget's theory of intellectual
development and its implication for instructional
management at pre- secondary school level. Educational
Research & Reviews, 5 (7), 366-371. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Jeu, Développement
et Intelligence |
|
|
Développement du comportement : Conception du
développement qui s'appuie sur la théorie du conditionnement
opérant/répondant, et donc sur l'idée que le développement est un
ensemble de comportements acquis.
| |
|
|
BIJOU, S.W. & BAER, D.M. (1961). Child
development : A systematic and empirical theory.
New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
NOVAK, G. (1996). Developmental psychology :
Dynamical systems and behavior analysis. Context
Press. |
|
BAER, D.M., PETERSON, R.F. & SHERMAN, J.A. (1967). The
development of imitation by reinforcing behavioral
similarity to a model. Journal of Experimental of
Analysis of Behavior, 10 (5), 405-416.
[PDF] |
BIJOU, S.W. & RIBES, E. (1996). New directions in
behavior development. Reno, NV : Context Press. |
|
RISLEY, T.R. (1977). The development and maintenance of
language : An operant model. In B.C. Etzel, J.M. LeBlanc
& D.M. Baer (Eds.), New developments in behavioral
research : Theory, method, and application (pp.
81-102). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
NOVAK, G. & PELAEZ, M. (2002). A behavior-analytic
developmental model is better. Behavior & Brain
Sciences, 25, 466-468. |
|
GEWIRTZ, J.L. (1978). Social learning in early human
development. In A.C. Catania & T.A. Brigham (Eds.), Handbook
of applied behavior analysis (pp. 105-141). New
York : Irving Publishers. |
NOVAK, G. & PELAEZ, M. (2004). Child and
adolescent development : a behavioral systems approach.
Publisher Thousand Oaks : Sage Publications. |
|
PELAEZ-NOGUERAS, M. (1992). Recurrent issues in the study
of behavior development : Metamodels. Behavioral
Development, 1, 3-5. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Développement
et Comportement |
|
|
Développement durable : Expression proposée dans le Rapport
Brundtland, qui considère le développement durable comme
une forme de développement économique et social qui répond aux besoins
des citoyens de la planète sans compromettre la capacité des
générations futures de répondre aux leurs.
= économie durable.
Sustainable development, sustainable future.
| |
|
|
MEADOWS, D.H., MEADOWS, D.L. & RANDERS, J. (1992).
Beyond the limits : Global collapse or a sustainable
future. London : Earthscan Publications Ltd. |
|
OSKAMP, S. (2000). Psychological contributions to
achieving an ecologically sustainable future for humanity.
Journal of Social Issues, 56 (3), 373-390.
[PDF] |
|
OSKAMP, S. (2000). A sustainable future for humanity ? How
can psychology help ? American Psychologist, 55,
496-508. [PDF] |
|
MOFFATT, I., HANLEY, N. & WILSON, M.D. (2001).
Measuring and modelling sustainable development.
New York : The Parthenon Publishing Group. |
|
LOWE, I. (2002). A sustainable debate. New Scientist,
2369, 56. |
|
CLAYTON, S. & BROOK, A. (2005). Can psychology help
save the world ? A model for conservation psychology. Analyses of Social Issues & Public Policy, 5 (1), 87-102. [PDF]
|
|
BERGANDI, D. & BLANDIN, P. (201). De la protection de
la nature au développement durable : genèse d'un oxymore
éthique et politique. Revue d'Histoire des Sciences,
65 (1), 103-142. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Écologie,
Croissance
économique, Pollution,
Club de Rome
et Réchauffement
climatique |
| |
|
|
Développement
économique :
Economic development.
| |
|
|
DIAMOND, L. (1992). Economic development and democracy
reconsidered. In L. Diamond & G. Marks (Eds.), Reaxamining
democracy. London : Sage. |
|
DEATON, A. (2003). Health, inequality, and economic
development. Journal of Economic Literature, 41,
113-158. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Développement
moral : Développement de
la morale d'un individu.
Développement, jugement
et raisonnement
moral.
Moral development, moral tough,
moral behavior.
| |
|
|
PIAGET, J. (1932). Le jugement moral chez l’enfant.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
|
KOHLBERG, L.A. & KRAMER, R.R.K. (1969). Continuities
and discontinuities in childhood and adult moral
development. Human Development, 12, 93-120. |
BANDURA, A. (1991). Social cognitive theory of moral
thought and action. In W.M. Kurtines & J.L. Gewirtz
(Eds.), Handbook of moral behavior and development :
Theory (Vol. 1. pp. 45-104). Hillsdale, NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
KOHLBERG, L.A. (1971). From is to ought : How to commit
the naturalistic fallacy and get away with it in the study
of moral development. In T. Mischel (Ed.), Cognitive
development and epistemology. New York : Academic
Press. |
PELAEZ-NOGUERAS, M. & GEWIRTZ, J.L. (1994). The
learning of moral behavior : A behavior-analytic approach.
In W. Kurtines & J.L. Gewirtz (Eds.), Moral
development (pp. 293-342). Boston : Allyn &
Bacon. |
|
KOHLBERG, L.A. (1976). Moral stages and moralization : The
cognitive-developmental approach. In T. Lickona (Ed.), Moral
development and behavior : Theory, research, and social
issues (pp. 31-53). New York : Holt, Rinehart
& Winston. |
ECKENSBERGER, L.H. (1994). Moral development and its
measurement across cultures. In W.J. Lonner & R.
Malpass (Eds.), Psychology and culture. Boston :
Allyn and Bacon. |
|
KOHLBERG, L.A. & TURIEL, E. (1971). Moral development
and moral education. In G. Lesser (Ed.), Psychology
and educational practice. Scott Foresman. |
WALKER, L. (1999). The family context for moral
development. Journal of Moral Education, 28,
261-264. |
|
GILLIGAN, C. (1977). In a different voice : Women's
conceptions of self and morality. Harvard Education
Review, 47, 481-517. |
SMETANA, J. (1999). The role of parents in moral
development : A social domain analysis. Journal of
Moral Education, 28, 311-321. |
|
WALKER, L.J. (1980). Cognitive and perspective-taking
requirements for moral development. Child Development
51, 131-139. |
EISENBERG, N. (2000). Emotion, regulation and moral
development. Annual Review of Psychology 51, 665-697.
[PDF] |
|
KOHLBERG, L.A. (1981). The philosophy of moral
development : Essays on moral development. San
Francisco : Harper and Row. |
PELAEZ, M. (2001). Morality as a system of rule-governed
behavior and empathy. Behavioral Development Bulletin,
1, 8-14.
[PDF] |
|
KOHLBERG, L.A. (1981). The meaning and measurement of
moral development. Clark University Press. |
MURRAY, M.E. (2004). Moral development and moral
education : An overview. Department of Psychology,
University of Illinois at Chicago. |
|
GILLIGAN, C. (1987). Moral orientation and moral
development. In E.F. Kittay & D.T. Meyers (Eds.), Women
and moral theory. Totowa, NJ : Rowman and
Littlefield. |
WALKER, L.J. (2004). Progress and prospects in the
psychology of moral development. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 50, 546-557. |
|
MA, H.K. (1989). Moral orientation and moral judgment in
adolescents : Hong Kong, Mainland China, and England.
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 20, 152-177. |
NARVAEZ, D. & VADYCH, J. (2008). Moral development and
behaviour under the spotlight of the neurobiological
sciences. Journal of Moral Education, 37 (3),
289-313. |
|
GILLIGAN, C. (1989). Mapping the moral domain : A
contribution of women's thinking to psychological theory
and education. Harvard : Harvard University Press. |
MA, H.K. (2009). Moral development and moral education :
an integrated approach. Educational Research Journal,
24 (2), 293-326. |
|
|
Voir aussi Développement,
Comportement moral,
Jugement moral et Morale |
| |
|
|
|
|
Développement moteur : Développement des habiletés
et des comportements
moteurs. Motor development, action.
|
|
|
McGRAW, M. (1945). The neuromuscular maturation of
the human infant. New York : Columbia University
Press. |
VON HOFSTEN, C. (2004). An action perspective on motor
development. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 8,
266-272. [PDF] |
|
THELEN, E. (1985). Developmental origins of motor
coordination : Leg movements in human infants. Developmental
Psychobiology, 18, 1–22. |
CLEARFIELD, M.W. (2004). The role of crawling and walking
experience in infant spatial memory. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 89 (3), 214-241. [PDF] |
|
THELEN, E., KELSO, J. & FOGEL, A. (1987).
Self-organizing systems and infant motor development. Developmental
Review, 7, 39–65. |
ADOLPH, K.E. & BERGER, S.E. (2006). Motor development.
In D. Kuhn and R.S. Siegler (Eds.), Handbook of child
psychology : Cognition, perception, and language
(Vol. 2, pp. 161-213). New York : John Wiley & Sons. [PDF] |
| |
ADOLPH, K.E. & JOHN, A.S. (2007). Motor development :
How infants get into the act. In A. Slater & M. Lewis
(Eds.), Introduction to infant development (pp.
63-80). New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
THELEN, E. (1995). Motor development : A new synthesis. American
Psychologist, 50 (2), 79-95. |
VON HOFSTEN, C. (2007). Motor development from an action
perspective. In M.M. Haith & J.B. Benson (Eds.), Encyclopedia
of infant and early childhood development (pp.
374-384). Elsevier. |
| |
VON HOFSTEN, C. (2009). Action, the foundation for
cognitive development. Scandinavian Journal of
Psychology, 51, 1-7. [PDF] |
| |
ADOLPH, K.E. & ROBINSON, S.R. (2015). Motor
development. In L. Liben & U. Muller (Vol. Eds), Handbook
of child psychology and developmental science : (Vol.
2: pp. 114-1570). New York : Wiley. |
| |
ADOLPH, K.E. & BERGER, S.E. (2015). Physical and motor
development. In M.H. Bornstein & M.E. Lamb (Eds.), Developmental
science : An advanced textbook (pp. 261-333). New
York : Psychology Press/Taylor & Francis. |
| |
ADOLPH, K.E. (2018). Motor development. In M. Bornstein
& M. Arterberry (Eds.), The SAGE encyclopedia of
lifespan human development. (pp. 1450-1453).
Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publishers. |
|
|
Voir aussi Locomotion,
Préhension et Habileté
motrice |
|
|
Développement pathologique :
|
|
|
Développement
psychosocial :
|
Développement
social :
|
Déviance
: Ensemble de comportements
qui s'éloignent de la norme
et qui, de ce fait, sont considérés par la société comme anormaux
(mais pas forcément nuisibles). Déviance, stigmate
et comportement
anti-social. = anormalité, pathologie.
Deviance.
| |
|
|
ELLIS, A. (1952). What is normal sex behavior. Complex,
8, 41-51. |
REKERS, G.A. & LOVAAS, O.I. (1974). Behavioral
treatment of deviant sex-role behaviors in a male child. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 7 (2), 173-190. [PDF] |
| |
CONRAD, P. (1975). The discovery of hyperkinesis : Notes
on the medicalization of deviant behavior. Social
Problems, 23 (1), 12-21. |
| |
CARR, T.H., COOKE, T.P., STRAIN, P.S. & McILLAN, D.
(1975). An ecologically oriented approach to youth
deviance. Journal of Community Psychology, 4,
389-400. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1956). Another look at sexual abnormality. The
Independent, 55, 6. |
MARSHALL, W.L. (1979). Satiation therapy : A procedure for
reducing deviant sexual arousal. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 12 (3), 10-22. [PDF] |
| |
AKERS, R.L. KROHN, M.D., LANZA-KADUCE, L. &
RADOSEVICH, M. (1979). Social learning and deviant
behavior : A specific test of a general theory. American
Sociological Review, 44 (4), 636-655. |
| |
UNGER, R.K., HILDERBRAND, M. & MADAR, T. (1982).
Physical attractiveness and assumptions about social
deviance : Some sex by sex comparisons. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 8 (2), 293-301.
[PDF] |
|
BECKER, H. (1963/1985). Outsiders : Études de
sociologie de la déviance. Paris : Métailié. |
SCHUR, E.M. (1983). Labeling women deviant : Gender,
stigma, and social control. Philadelphia : Temple
University Press. |
|
WALTERS, R.H. & PARKE, R.D. (1964). Influence of
response consequences to a social model on resistance to
deviation. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
1, 269-280. |
GOODE, E. (1984). Deviant behavior. Englewood
Cliffs : Prentice-Hall, Inc. |
| |
AKERS, R.L. & COCHRANE, J.K. (1985). Adolescent
marijuana use : A test of three theories of deviant
behavior. Deviant Behavior, 6 (4), 323-346. |
| |
PFHUL, S. (1985). Images of deviance and social
control. New York : McGraw Hill. |
|
KIESLER, C.A., ZANNA, M.P. & DESALVO, J. (1966).
Deviation and conformity : Opinion change as a function of
commitment, attraction, and presence of a deviate.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 3,
458-467. |
CLINARD, M.B. & MEIER, R.F. (1992). Sociology of
deviant behavior. Fort Worth : Harcourt Brace
Jovanovich College Publishers. |
|
SCHUR, E.M. (1971). Labeling deviant behavior : Its
sociological implications. New York : Harper &
Row, Publishers. |
OGIEN, A. (1995). La déviance. Paris : Armand
Colin. |
|
|
Voir aussi Norme, Deviancesexuelle et
Comportement
anti-social |
|
|
Déviance sexuelle : Comportement
sexuel qui s'éloigne de la norme
et qui, de ce fait, est considéré par la société comme anormal.
Déviance sexuelle, Paraphilie
et comportement
anti-social. = déviation
sexuelle, anormalité, pathologie.
Sexual deviation, excessive sexual behavior.
| |
|
|
ELLIS, A. (1952). What is normal sex behavior. Complex,
8, 41-51. |
|
|
ELLIS, A. (1956). Another look at sexual abnormality. The
Independent, 55, 6. |
BARLOW, D.H. & ABEL, G.G. (1976). Sexual deviation. In
W.E. Craighead, A.E. Kazdin & M.J. Mahoney (Eds.),
Behavior modifications : Principles, isues, and
applications. Boston : Houghton MifflinCo. |
|
McGUIRE, R.J., CARLISLE, J.M. & YOUNG, B.G. (1965).
Sexual deviation as conditioned behavior : A hypothesis. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 2, 185-190. |
BROWNELL, K.D., HAYES, S. & BARLOW, D.H. (1977).
Patterns of appropriate and deviant sexual arousal : The
behavioral treatment of multiple sexual deviants. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychololgy, 45,
1144-1155. |
|
EVANS, D.R. (1968). Masturbatory fantasy and sexual
deviation. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 6,
17-19. |
MARSHALL, W.L. (1979). Satiation therapy : A procedure for
reducing deviant sexual arousal. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 12 (3), 10-22. [PDF] |
|
BARLOW, D.H., LEITENBERG, H.S. & AGRAS, W.S. (1969).
Experimental control of sexual deviation through
manipulation of the noxious scene in covert sensitization.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 74, 596-601 |
WORMITH, J.S. (1986). Assessing deviant sexual arousal :
Psychological and cognitive aspects. Advances in
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 8, 101-137. |
|
ABEL, G.G., LEVIS, D. & CLANCY, J. (1970). Aversion
therapy applied to taped sequences of deviant behavior in
exhibitionism and other sexual deviations : A preliminary
report. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychitary, 1, 59-66. |
|
|
CALLAHAN, E.G. & LEITENBERG, H.S. (1973). Aversion
therapy for sexual deviation : Contingent shock and covert
sensitization. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 81,
60-73. |
|
|
REKERS, G.A. & LOVAAS, O.I. (1974). Behavioral
treatment of deviant sex-role behaviors in a male child. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 7 (2), 173-190. [PDF] |
BARBAREE, H.E. & MARSHALL, W.L. (1988). Deviant sexual
arousal, demographic and offense history variables as
predictors of reoffense among child molesters and incest
offenders. Behavioral Sciences & the Law, 6,
267-280. |
|
ABEL, G.G. & BLANCHARD, E.B. (1974). The role of
fantasy in the treatment of sexual deviation. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 30, 467-475. |
LALUMIÈRE, M.L., HARRIS, G.T., QUINSEY, V.L. & RICE,
M.E. (1998). Sexual deviance and number of older brothers
among sexual offenders. Sexual Abuse, 10, 5-15. |
|
BANCROFT, J. (1974). Deviant sexual behavior :
Modification and assessment. London : Oxford
University Press. |
GIUGLIANO, J.R. (2003). A psychoanalytic overview of
excessive sexual behavior and addiction. Sexual
Addiction & Compulsivity, 10, 275-290. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi
Paraphilie et
Comportement sexuel |
|
|
Deviant
Behavior : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui se consacre à l'étude de la
déviance. Éditeur : Taylor & Fancis Group.
GENTRY, C.S. (1991). Pornography and rape : An empirical
analysis. Deviant Behavior, 12, 277-288.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Devine
Patricia G. (1948-) : Psychosociologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des préjugés
et des stéréotypes.
Collaboratrice de Amodio, Berkowitz,
Cacioppo, Hyde,
Sedikides. et Shutts.
 |
DEVINE, P.G. & MALPASS, R.S. (1985). Orienting
strategies in differential face recognition. Personality
& Social Psychological Bulletin, 11, 33-40. |
|
DEVINE, P.G., SEDIKIDES, C. & FUHRAM, R.W. (1989).
Goals in social information processing : The case of
anticipated interaction. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 56, 680-690. [PDF] |
|
DEVINE, P.G. (1989). Stereotypes and prejudice : Their
automatic and controlled components. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 56 (1), 5-18.
[PDF] |
|
DEVINE, P.G. MONTEITH, M., ZUWERINK, R. & ELLIOT, A.J.
(1991). Prejudice with and without compunction. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 60 (6),
817-830. [PDF] |
|
DEVINE, P.G., PLANT, A.E., AMODIO, D.M., HARMON-JONES, E.
& VANCE, S.L. (2002). The regulation of implicit race
bias : The role of motivations to respond without
prejudice. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 82, 835-848. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
Devinette
: Riddler.
| |
|
|
SHULTZ, T.R. (1974) Development of the appreciation of
riddles. Child Development, 45, 100-105. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Devoir
du patient : Ce qu'un patient,
à la demande de son thérapeute, doit faire à la maison, hors des
séances de thérapie. Il peut s'agir de lecture, d'exercices ou de
tout autre activité qui contribue à favoriser sa guérison.
Devoir du patient et Adhésion
au traitement.= devoir du client,
devoir du malade. Homework assignment.
| |
|
|
KAZANTSIS, N., DEANE, F.P. & RONAN, K.R. (2000).
Homework assignments in cognitive and behavioral therapy :
A meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 7 (2), 189-202. |
|
HARHOFF, B. & KAZANTSIS, N. (2007). How to supervise
the use of homework in cognitive behavior therapy : The
role of trainee therapist beliefs. Cognitive &
Behavioral Practice, 14, 325-332. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Patient
et Adhésion
au traitement |
|
|
Devoirs
et leçons (Faire) : Devoir, élève
et étudier. Homework
and lesson.
| |
|
|
ROSENSTENGEL, W.E. & TURNER, C (1936). School study
vs. home study. American School, 92, 42. |
GILL, B.P. & SCHLOSSMAN, S.L. (2000). The lost cause
of homework reform. American Journal of Education,
109, 27-62. |
|
FORAN, I.G. & WEBER, M.M. (1939). An experimental
study of the relation of homework to achievement in
arithmetic. Mathematics Teacher, 32 (5),
212-214. |
COOPER, H.M. LINDSAY, J.J. & NYE, B. (2000). Homework
in the home : How student, family, and parenting-style
differences relate to the homework process. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 25, 464-487. |
|
McGILL, J.V. (1950). How valuable is homework ? High
Points, 32, 48-53. |
POOL, M.M., VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A., BEENTJES, W.J. &
KOOLSTRA, C.M. (2000). Background television as an
inhibitor of performance on easy and difficult home-work
assignments. Communication Research, 27,
293-326. |
|
SCHNEIDER, S. (1953). An experiment on the value of
home-work. High Points, 35, 18-19. |
HOOVER-DEMPSEY, K.V., BATTIATO, A.C., WALKER, J.M.T.,
REED, R.P., DEJONG, J.M. & JONES, K.P. (2001).
Parental involvement in homework. Educational
Psychologist, 36, 195-209. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, A. (1960). Does homework help ? A review of
research. Elementary School Journal, 40,
212-224. |
EPSTEIN, J.L. & VAN VOORHIS, F.L. (2001). More than
minutes : Teachers' roles in designing homework. Educational
Psychologist, 36 (3), 181-193. |
|
MAERTENS, N. (1968). Effects of arithmetic homework upon
the atitudes of third grade pupils toward certain
school-related structures. School Science &
Mathematics, 68, 657-662. |
COOPER, H.M. (2001). The battle over homework.
Thousand Oaks, CA : Corwin Press. |
|
MAERTENS, N. (1969). An analysis of the effects of
arithmetic homework upon the arithmetic achievement of
third-grade pupils. The Arithmetic Teacher, 16, 383-389. |
VAN VOORHIS, F.L. (2001). Interactive science homework :
An experiment in home and school connections. NASSP
Bulletin, 85 (627), 20-32. 262-264. |
|
HARRIS, V.W. & SHERMAN, J.A. (1974). Homework
assignments, consequences, and classroom performance
insocialstudiesand mathematics. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 7 (4), 505-519. [PDF] |
HOLLER, E.W. & LOVELACE, M. (2001). Homework : A bane
or a boost ? Principal Leadership, 1, 44-47. |
|
KEITH, T.Z. (1982). Time spent on homework and high school
grades : A large-sample path analysis. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 74, 248-253. |
COOPER, H.M. & VALENTINE, J. (2001). Using research to
answer practical questions about homework. Educational
Psychologist, 36 (3), 143-153. |
|
WALBERG, H.J. (1984). Homework's powerful efffects on
learning. Educational Leadership, 42 (7), 76-79. |
|
|
KEITH, T.Z. & PAGE, E.B. (1985). Homework works at
school : National evidence for policy changes. School
Psychology Review, 14, 351-359. |
|
|
NATRIELLO, G. & McDILL, E.L. (1986). Performance
standards, student effort on homework, and academic
achievement. Sociology of Education, 59, 18-31. |
TRAUTWEIN, U. & KOLLER, O (2003). The relationship
between homework and achievement : Still much of a
mystery. Educational Psychology Review, 15, 115-145. |
|
KEITH, T.Z. (1986). Homework. West Lafayette, IN
: Kappa Delta Pi. |
|
|
KEITH, T.Z., REIMERS, T.M., FEHRMANN, P.G., POTTEBAUM,
S.M. & AUBEY, L.W. (1986). Parental involvement,
homework, and TV time : Direct and indirect effects on
high school achievement. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 78, 373-380. |
|
|
FISH, M.C. & MENDOLA, L.R. (1986). The effect of self-
instruction training on homework completion in an el-
ementary special education class. School Psychology,
15, 268-276. |
VAN VOORHIS, F.L. (2003). Interactive homework in middle
school : Effects on family involvement and students'
science achievement. Journal of Educational Research,
96 (9), 323-339. |
|
KEITH, T.Z. (1987). Children and homework. In A. Thomas
& J. Grimes (Eds.), Children's needs :
Psychological perspectives (pp. 275-282). Kent, OH
: National Association of School Psychologists. |
KEITH, T.Z., DIAMOND-HALLAM, C. & FINE, J.G. (2004).
Longitudinal effects of in-school and out-of-school
homework on high school grades. School Psychology
Quarterly, 19, 187-211. |
|
COOPER, H.M. (1989). Synthesis of research on homework. Educational
Leadership, 47 (3), 85-91. |
BAILEY, L.B., SILVERN, S.B., BRABHAM, E. & ROSS, M.
(2004). The effects of interactive reading homework and
parent involvement on children’s inference responses. Early
Childhood Education Journal, 32, 173-178. |
|
KEITH, T.Z. & COOL, V.A. (1992). Testing models of
school learning : Effects of quality of instruction,
motivation, academic coursework, and homework on academic
achievement. School Psychology Quarterly, 7,
207-226. |
VAN VOORHIS, F.L. (2004). Reflecting on the homework
ritual : Assignments and designs. Theory Into
Practice, 43, 205-212. |
|
MILLER, D.L. & KELLEY, M.L. (1994). The use of goal
setting and contingency contracting for improving
children's homework performance. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 27 (1), 73-84. [PDF] |
KEITH, T.Z. & KEITH, P.B. (2006). Homework. In G.
Bear, K. Minke & A. Thomas (Eds.), Children's
needs III : Development, problems, and alternatives (pp.
615-629). Bethesda, MD : National Association of School
Psychologists. |
|
COOPER, H.M. & NYE, B. (1994). Homework for students
with learning disabilities : The implications of research
for policy and practice. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 27 (8), 470-479. |
BENNETT, S. & KALISH, M. (2006). THe case against
homework : How homework is hurting our children and what
we can do about. New York : Crown. |
|
BRYAN, T. & SULLIVAN-BURNSTEIN, K. (1997). Homework
how-to's. Teaching Exceptional Children, 29 (6). |
COOPER, H.M., ROBINSON, J.C. & PATALL, E.A. (2006).
Does homework improve academic achievement? A synthesis of
research, 1987-2003. Review of Educational Research,
76 (1), 1-62. |
|
KEITH, T.Z. & DeGRAFF, M. (1997). Homework. In G.
Bear, K. Minke & A. Thomas (Eds.), Children's
needs II : Development, problems, and alternatives
(pp. 477-487). Washington, DC : National Association of
School Psychologists. |
KOHN, A. (2006). The homework myth : Why our kids get
to much of a bad thing. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
: Da Capo Press. |
|
BECK, E. (1999). Prevention and intervention programming :
lessons from an after-school program. Urban Review,
31 (1), 107-124. |
COOPER, H.M. (2009). Homework. In R. Shweder. (Ed.) The
child : An encyclopedic companion (pp. 458-460).
Chicago, IL : University of Chicago Press. |
|
|
Voir aussi Étudier
et
Implication des parents |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dewey John (Burlington Vermont 1859-1952 New-York) :
Philosophe fonctionnaliste
et psychopédagogue
américain. De nombreux historiens
des sciences le considèrent comme le fondateur de
l'École de Chicago. Membre fondateur et président de
l'APA en 1899. Professeur de Dashiell.
Collaborateur d'Alexander.
|
|
DEWEY, J. (1886). The psychological standpoint. Mind,
11, 1-19. |
|
DEWEY, J. (1894). The theory of emotion. (I) Emotional
attitude. Psychological Review, 1, 553-569. |
|
DEWEY, J. (1898). Some remarks on the psychology of
number. Pedagogical Seminary, 5, 426-434. [LIRE] |
|
DEWEY, J. (1906). The terms "conscious" and
"consciousness". Journal of Philosophy, Psychology
& Scientific Method, 3, 39-41. [LIRE] |
|
DEWEY, J. (1914). Psychological doctrine and philosophical
teaching. Journal of Philosophy, Psychology &
Scientific Method, 11, 505-511. [LIRE] |
|
|
LABAREE, D.F. (1991). Does the subject matter ? Dewey,
democracy, and the history of curriculum. History of
Education Quarterly, 31 (4), 513-521. |
JORDAN, J.S. (1998). Recasting Dewey's critique of the
reflex-arc concept via a theory of anticipatory
consciousness : implications for theories of perception. New
Ideas in Psychology, 3, 165-187. |
|
ROCKEFELLER, S. (1991). John Dewey : religious faith
and democratic humanism. New York : Columbia
University Press. |
KOSCHMANN, T. (2000). The physiological and the social in
the psychologies of Dewey and Thorndike : The matter of
habit. In B. Fishman & S. O'Connor-Divelbiss (Eds.), Fourth
International Conference of the Learning Sciences
(pp. 314-319). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. [PDF] |
|
WESTBROOK, R.B. (1993). John Dewey (1859-1952). Perspectives,
23 (1-2), 277-293.
[PDF] |
BACKE, A. (2001). John Dewey and early Chicago
functionalism. History of Psychology, 4, 323-340. |
|
TOMLINSON, S. (1997). Edward L. Thorndike and John Dewey
on the science education. Oxford Review of Education,
23 (3), 365-383. [PDF] |
GODFREY-SMITH, P. (2002). Dewey on naturalism, realism and
science. Philosophy of Science, 69 (S), 1S11 [PDF] |
| |
BRINKMANN, S. (2011). Dewey's neglected psychology :
Rediscovering his transactional approach. Theory
& Psychology, 21, 298-317. |
|
|
|
|
|
Dews
Peter B. (1922-2012) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du conditionnement
opérant notamment du rôle du stimulus
discriminatif, et des effets des drogues
sur l'apprentissage.
Il est considéré comme l'un des pionniers de la psychopharmacologie.
Collaborateur de Morse.
|
|
DEWS, P.B. (1955). Studies on behavior. I. Differential
sensitivity to pentobarbital of pecking performance in
pigeons depending on the schedule of reward. Journal
of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 113,
393-401. |
|
DEWS, P.B. (1955). Studies on behavior. II. The effects of
pentobarbital, methamphetamine and scopolamine on
performances in pigeons involving discriminations. Journal
of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 115,
380-389. |
|
DEWS, P.B. (1957). Studies on behavior. III. Effects of
scopolamine on reversal of a discriminatory performance in
pigeons. Journal of Pharmacology & Experimental
Therapeutics, 119 (3), 343-353. |
|
DEWS, P.B. (1959). Some observations on an operant in the
octopus. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 2 (1), 57-63. [PDF] |
|
DEWS, P.B. (1966). The effect of multiple S ? periods on
responding on a fixed-interval schedule : IV. Effect of
continuous S ? with only short SD probes. Journal of
Experimental Analysis Behavior, 9 (2), 147-151. [PDF]
|
|
|
MARR, M.J. (2006). A major trio. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 86 (3), 355-357.
[PDF] |
|
BARRETT, J.E. (2006). Behavioral determinants of drug
action : the contributions of Peter B. Dews. Journal
of Experimental Analysis Behavior, 86 (3), 359-370.
[PDF] |
|
BARRETT, J.E. & BERGMAN, J. (2008). Peter B. Dews and
pharmacological studies on behavior. Journal of
Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 326
(3), 683-690. [PDF] |
|
BARRETT, J.E. (2012). Peter B. Dews. Beahivor
Analysis, 36 (1), 179-182.
[PDF] |
MORSE, W.H. (2013). Obituary : Peter B. Dews. The
Pharmacologist, 55, 45–47.
|
| |
|
|
Dewsbury onald A. (1939-2025) : Psychologue
américain, historien
de la psychologie et spécialiste de la psychologie
comparative. Collaborateur de
Pickren.
 |
DEWSBURY, D.A. (1998). Celebrating E.L. Thorndike a
century after animal intelligence. American
Psychologist, 53, 1121-1124. |
|
DEWSBURY, D.A. (1998). Robert Yerkes, sex research, and
the problem of data simplification. History of
Psychology, 1, 116-129. |
|
DEWSBURY, D.A. (1998). The proximate and the ultimate :
past, present, and future. Behavioural Processes, 46,
189-199. [PDF]
|
|
DEWSBURY, D.A. (2000). Frank A. Beach, master teacher. In
G.A. Kimble and M. Wertheimer (Eds.), Portraits of
pioneers in psychology (Vol. 4, pp. 268-283).
Washington, DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
DEWSBURY, D.A. (2002). The role of evidence in
interpretations of the scientific work of Karl Lashley. Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 38,
255-257. |
| |
|
|
|
Dexterité
: Maîtrise progressive des comportements
moteurs attribuable à l'exercice/ répétition.
= adresse. Dexterity.
| |
|
|
BENNETT, G.K. & FEAR, R.A. (1943). Mechanical
comprehension and dexterity. Personnel Journal, 22, 12-17. |
|
BYRNE, R.W., CORP, N. & BYRNE, J.M. (2001). Manual
dexterity in the gorilla : bimanual and digit role
differentiation in a natural task. Animal Cognition,
4, 347-361. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Déziel osée ( ) : Psychologue
et professeure de psychologie
au Collège Ahuntsic
et auteure spécialisée en psychologie
sociale.
|
|
BÉDARD, L., LAMARCHE, L. et DÉZIEL, J. (1998). Introduction
à la psychologie sociale : vivre, penser et agir avec
les autres. Ville St-Laurent : ERPI. |
|
BÉDARD, L., DÉZIEL, J. et LAMARCHE, L. (2006). Introduction
à la psychologie sociale : vivre, penser et agir avec
les autres. Ville St-Laurent : ERPI. |
|
BAILLARGEON, J., BLANCHARD, M.P., DÉZIEL, J. DOUVILLE, É.,
GALAN, M., LALONDE, M., LOSLIER, S. et ROCK, G. (2011).
Memento : Guide pour la démarche d'intégration des
acquis en sciences humaines. Ville St-Laurent :
ERPI. |
|
BÉDARD, L., DÉZIEL, J. et LAMARCHE, L. (2011/17). Introduction à la psychologie sociale : vivre, penser et agir avec
les autres. Ville St-Laurent : ERPI. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| DEV - DIABÈTE
- DIAGNOSTIC - DIAGRAMME
- DIAMOND - DICKINSON -
DICTIONNAIRE - DIÈTE -
DIFFÉRENCE - DILEMME - DIMORPHISME
- DIR
- DIS |
|
|
Diabète : Maladie
biologique. Diabète, sucre
et dépression.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Diabete.
| |
|
|
BAILEY, P. & BREMER, F. (1921). Experimental diabetes
insipidus. Archives of Internal Medicine, 28,
773-803 |
HAMPSON, S.E., SKINNER, T.C., HART, J., SOREY, L., GAGE,
H., FOXCROFT, H., KIMBER, A., CRADDOCK, S. & McEVILLY,
E.A. (2000). Behavioral interventions for adolescents with
type 1 diabetes : How effective are they ? Diabetes
Care, 23, 416-422. |
| |
SNOEK, F.J. (2000). Quality of life : A closer look at
measuring patients' well-being. Diabetes Spectrum, 13
(1), 24-28. |
| |
GARY, T.L., CRUM, R.M., COOPER-PATRICK, L., FORD, D. &
BRANCATI, F.L. (2000). Depressive symptoms and metabolic
control in African Americans with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes
Care, 23,23-29. |
| |
CIECHANOWSKI, P.S., KATON, W.J. & RUSSO, J.E. (2000).
Depression and diabetes : impact of depressive symptoms on
adherence, function and costs. Archives of Internal
Medicine, 160, 3278-3285. |
|
EPSTEIN, L.H. BECK, S, FIGUEROA J, FARKAS, G., KAZDIN,
A.E., DANEMAN, D. & BECKER, D. (1981). The effects of
targeting improvements in urine glucose on metabolic
control in children with insulin dependent diabetes.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 14 (4),
365-375. [PDF] |
CLOUSE, R.E. & USTMAN, P.J. (2001). Association of de-
pression and diabetes complications : a meta-analysis. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 63, 619-630. |
|
BROWN, S.A. (1988). Effects of educational interventions
in diabetes care : a meta-analysis of findings. Nursing
Research, 37, 223-229. |
ANDERSON, R.J., FREEDLAND, K.E., CLOUSE, R.E. &
LUSTMAN, P.J. (2001). The prevalence of comorbid
conditions in adults with diabetes : a meta-analysis. Diabetes
Care, 24, 1069-1078. |
|
HAMPSON, S.E., GLASGOW, R.E. & TOOBERT, D.J. (1990).
Personal models of diabetes and their relations to
self-care activities. Health Psychology, 9,
632-646. |
HAMPSON, S.E., SKINNER, T.C., HART, J., SOREY, L., GAGE,
H., FOXCROFT, H., KIMBER, A., SHAW, K. & WALKER, J.
(2001). Effects of educational and psychosocial
interventions for adolescents with diabetes mellitus : a
systematic review. Health Technology Assessment, 5 (10),
1-77. [PDF] |
|
GAVARD, J.A., LUSTMAN, P.J. & CLOUSE, R.E. (1993).
Prevalence of depression in adults with diabetes : an
epidemiological evaluation. Diabetes Care, 16 (8),
1167-1178. [PDF] |
PORTER, J., KIRK, J., HOCKING, M. & BARRETT, T.
(2001). Measuring psychological adjustment to diabetes in
adolescence. Diabetes Today, 4, 132-136. |
|
PICHERT, J., MEEK, J.M., SCHLUNDT, D., FLANNERY, M.E.,
KLINE, S.S., HODGE, M.B. & KINZER, C.K. (1994).
Impacts of anchored instruction on problem-solving
strategies of adolescents with diabetes. Journal of
Academy of Nutrition & Diabetics, 94 (9),
1036-1038. |
EGEDE, L.E., ZHEN, D. & SIMPSON, K. (2002). Comorbid
depression is associated with increased health care use
and expenditures in individuals with diabetes. Diabetes
Care, 25, 464-470. |
|
PICHERT, J., SNYDER, G., KINZER, C. & BOSWELL, E.
(1994). Problem solving anchored instruction about sick
days for adolescents with diabetes. Patient Education
& Counseling, 23, 115-124. |
LUSTMAN, P.J. & CLOUSE, R.E. (2002). Treatment of
depression in diabetes : impact on mood and medical
outcome. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 53,
917-924. |
|
|
PICHERT, J., SMELTZER, C., SNYDER, G., GREGORY, R.,
SMELTZER, R. & KINZER, C.K. (1994). Traditional vs
anchored instruction for diabetes-related nutritional
knowledge, skills, and behavior. Diabetes Educators,
20, 45-48. |
EATON, W. (2002). Epidemiologic evidence on the
comorbidity of depression and diabetes. Journal of
Psychosomatic Research, 53, 903-906. |
| |
HU, F.B., LI, T.Y., COLDITZ, G.A., WILLET, W.C. &
MANSON, J.E. (2003). Television watching and other
sedentary behaviors in relation to risk of obesity and
Type 2 diabetes mellitus in women. Journal of the
American Medical Association, 289, 1785-1791. |
| |
EDGAR, K.A. & SKINNER, T.C. (2003). Illness
representations and coping as predictors of emotional well
being in adolescents with type 1 diabetes. Journal of
Pediatric Psychology, 28, 485-493. [PDF] |
| |
EGEDE, L.E. & ZHEN, D. (2003). Independent factors
associated with major depressive disorder in a national
sample of individuals with diabetes. Diabetes Care,
26, 104-111. [PDF] |
| |
GOLDNEY, R.D., PHILLIPS, P.J., FISHER, L.J. & WILSON,
D.H. (2004). Diabetes, depression, and quality of life : A
population study. Diabetes Care, 27 (5),
1066-1070. [PDF] |
| |
CHANNON, S.J., HUWS-THOMAS, M.A., ROLLNICK, S., HOOD, K.,
CANNINGS-JOHN, R.L., ROGERS, C. & GREGORY, J.W.
(2007). Multicenter randomized controlled trial of
motivational interviewing in teenagers with diabetes. Diabetes
Care, 30 (6), 1390-1395.
[PDF] |
| |
BONNET, C., CARELLO, C. & TURVEY, M.T. (2009).
Diabetes and postural stability : Review and hypotheses. Journal
of Motor Behavior, 41, 172-190. |
| |
PERFECT, M.M. & ELKINS, G. (2010). Cognitive
behavioral therapy and hypnotic relaxation to treat sleep
problems in adolescents with diabetes. Clinical
Psychology : In Session, 66, 1205-1215. |
|
OVERSTREET, S., HOLMES, S.C., DUNLAP, W.P. & FRENTZ,
J. (1997). Sociodemographic risk factors to intellectual
and academic functioning in children with diabetes. Intelligence,
24 (3), 367-380. |
EGEDE, L.E. & ELLIS, C. (2010). Diabetes and
depression : Global perspectives. Diabetes Research
& Clinical Practice, 87, 302-312.
[PDF] |
| |
PERFECT, M.M., ELKINS, G., LYLE-LAHROUD, T. & CURCIO,
J. (2010). Stress and sleep quality among individuals with
diabetes. Stress & Health, 26, 61-74. |
|
WILLAMS, G., FREEDMAN, Z.R. & DECI, E.L. (1998).
Supporting autonomy to motivate patients with diabetes for
glucose control. Diabetes Care, 21, 1644-1651. |
DE GROOT, M. KUSHNICK, M., DOYLE, T., MERRILL, J.,
MCGLYNN, M., SHUBROOK, J. & SCHWARTZ, F. (2010).
Depression Among Adults with diabetes : Prevalence,
impact, and treatment options. Diabetes Spectrum, 23
(1), 15-18. [PDF] |
|
PEYROT, M. & RUBIN, R.R. (1999). Persistence of
depressive symptoms in diabetic adults. Diabetes Care,
22, 448-452. |
GIGNAC, M.A.M., KRISTMAN, V., SMITH, P.M., BEATON, D.E.,
BADLEY, E.M., IBRAHIM, S. & MUSTARD, C.A. (2018). Are
there differences in workplace accommodation needs, use
and unmet needs among older workers with arthritis,
diabetes and no chronic conditions ? Examining the role of
health and work contex. Work Aging Retirement, 4 (4),
381-398. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Diabète de type 1 et
type 2 |
|
|
Diabète de type 1 :
Type 1 diabete.
| |
|
|
SKINNER, T.C. & HAMPSON, S.E. (1999). Personality,
personal models and self-care in type 1 diabetes.
Diabetes, Abstract, 1387, (48) 31. |
|
HAMPSON, S.E., SKINNER, T.C., HART, J. & SOREY, L.,
GAGE, H., FOXCROFT, H., KIMBER, A., CRADDOCK, S. &
McEVILLY, E.A. (2000). Behavioral interventions for
adolescents with type 1 diabetes : How effective are they
? Diabetes Care, 23, 416-422. |
|
SKINNER, T.C., HAMPSON, S.E. & FIFE-SCHAW, C. (2002).
Personality, personal model beliefs, and self-care in
adolescents and young adults with type 1 diabetes. Health
Psychology 21 (1), 61-70 |
|
EDGAR, K.A. & SKINNER, T.C. (2003). Illness
representations and coping as predictors of emotional well
being in adolescents with type 1 diabetes. Journal of
Pediatric Psychology, 28, 485-493. |
|
|
Voir aussi Sucre |
|
|
|
Diabète de type 2 : Type 2 diabete.
| |
|
|
LUSTMAN, P.J., GRIFFITH L.S., FREELAND, K.E., KISSEL, S.S.
& CLOUSE, R.E. (1998). Cognitive behavior therapy for
depression in type 2 diabetes mellitus. A randomized,
controlled trial. Annals of Internal Medicine, 129 (8),
613-621. |
|
HU, F.B., LI, T.Y., COLDITZ, G.A., WILLET, W.C. &
MANSON, J.E. (2003). Television watching and other
sedentary behaviors in relation to risk of obesity and
Type 2 diabetes mellitus in women. Journal of the
American Medical Association, 289, 1785-1791. |
|
CUELLAR, N.G. & RATCLIFFE, S.J. (2008). A comparison
of glycemic control, fatigue, and depression in Type 2
diabetes with and without restless legs syndrome. Journal
of Clinical Sleep Medicine, 4 (1), 50-56. |
|
BLAND, M. (2018). Diabetes, blood sugar and red wine A
personal study. Signifiance, 15 (1), 34-37. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Sédentarité,
Obésité et Exercice
physique |
|
|
|
Diable : /divinité.
Evil.
| |
|
|
KASOMO, D. (2009). An investigation of sin and evil in
African cosmology. International Journal of Sociology
& Anthropology, 1 (8), 145-155. |
|
|
|
Diaconis Persi (New York 1945-) : Mathématicien
et statisticien
américain. Étudiant de Mosteller.
Collaborateur d'Efron
et Freedman.
|
DIACONIS, P. & FREEDMAN, D. (1979). On rounding
percentages. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 74 (366), 359-364. [PDF] |
|
FREEDMAN, D. & DIACONIS, P. (1981). On the histogram
as a density estimator : L2 theory. Probability
Theory & Related Fields, 57 (4), 453-476. |
|
DIACONIS, P. (1985/2006). Theories of data analysis : from
magical thinking through classical statistics. In D.C
Hoaglin, F. Mosteller & J.W. Tukey (Eds.), Exploring
data tables trends and shapes. Wiley. [PDF] |
|
DIACONIS, P. (1988). Group representations in
probability and statistics. Hayward, CA : Institute
of Mathematical Statistics. |
|
DIACONIS, P. (2009). The Markov chain Monte Carlo
revolution. Bulletin of the American Mathematical
Society, 46, 179-205. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Diagnostic : Diagnostiquer : Identification d'une
maladie biologique ou d'un trouble
mentale à partir de l'examen
des causes et des symptômes
objectif et subjectif d'un malade/ patient/client
et suivant un ensemble de règles
de décision. En santé mentale, le diagnostic se fonde
généralement (et légalement) sur le DSM ou le
CIM-10. Le surdiagnostic
consiste à commettre une erreur systématique lors du
diagnostic. Diagnostic, jugement
clinique et pronostic.
Diagnosis, Diagnostic criteria,
psychodiagnostic.
| |
|
|
CLAPARÈDE, E. (1923). Comment diagnostiquer les
aptitudes des écoliers. Paris : Flammarion. |
NEIGHBORS, H.W., JACKSON, J.S., CAMPBELL, L. &
WILLIAMS, D. (1989). Racial iInfluences on psychiatric
diagnosis : a review and suggestions for research. Community
Mental Health Journal, 25, 301-311 |
|
RORSCHACH, H. (1942). Psychodiagnostics : A
diagnostic test based on perception. Berne,
Switzerland : Hans Huber. |
MIROWSKY, J. (1990). Subjective boundaries and
combinations in psychiatric diagnoses. Journal of Mind
& Behavior, 11, 407-424. |
|
KOSTLAN, A. (1954). A method for the empirical study of
psychodiagnosis. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 18,
83-88. |
CROYLE, R.T. & WILLIAMS, B.A. (1991). Reactions to
medical diagnosis : The role of illness stereotypes. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 12, 227-241. |
|
MCARTHUR, C. (1954). Analyzing the clinical process. Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 1, 203-207. |
THORTON, P.H. (1992). Psychiatric diagnosis as sign and
symbol : Nomenclature as an organising and legitimating
strategy. Perspectives on Social Problems, 4,
155-176. |
|
PATTERSON, C.H. (1955). Diagnostic accuracy or diagnostic
stereotypy ? Journal of Consulting Psychology, 19, 483-485. |
BLACKER, D. & TSUANG, M.T. (1992). Contested
boundaries of bipolar disorder and the limits of
categorical diagnosis in psychiatry. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 149, 1473-1483. |
|
SZASZ, T.S. (1956). Malingering : "Diagnosis" or social
condemnation ? Archives of General Psychiatry, 76,
432-443. |
MATTAINI, M.A. & KIRK, S.A. (1993). Misdiagnosing
Assessment (Points & Viewpoints). Social Work,
38, 231-233. |
|
LYTTON, G.J. & KNOBEL, M. (1958). Diagnosis and
treatment of behavior disorders in children. Diseases
ot the Nervous System, 20, 334-344. |
FARAONE, S. & TSUANG, M. (1994). Measuring diagnostic
accuracy in the absence of a "gold standard". American
Journal of Psychiatry, 151 (5), 650-657. |
|
ZIGLER, E. & PHILLIPS, L. (1961).Psychiatric diagnosis
and symptomatology. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 63, 264-271. |
ISSAC, G. (1995). Is bipolar disorder the most common
diagnostic entity in hospitalised adolescents and children
? Adolescence, 30, 273-276. |
|
BECK, A. (1962). Reliability of psychiatric diagnoses : I:
A critique of systematic studies. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 119, 210-216. |
BROWN, P. (1995). Naming and framing : The social
construction of diagnosis and illness. Journal of
Health & Social Behaviour, 35, 34-52. |
|
SANDIFER, M., PETTUS B. & QUADE, D. (1964). A study of
psychiatric diagnosis. Journal of Nervous &
Mental Disease, 139, 350-356. |
HAVES, S.C., WILSON, K.G., GIFFORD, E.V., FOLLETT, V.M.
& STROSAHL, K. (1996). Experiential avoidance and
behavioral disorders : A functional dimensional approach
to diagnosis and treatment. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 64 (6), 1152-1168. [PDF] |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1965). Diagnosticians vs. diagnostic signs
: The diagnosis of psychosis vs. neurosis from the MMPI. Psychological
Monographs, Psychological Monographs : General &
Applied, 79 (9), 1-28. |
SMITH, D. & DUMONT, F. (1997). Eliminating
overconfidence in psychodiagnosis : Strategies for
training and practice. Clinical Psychology : Science
& Practice, 4, 335-345. |
|
KANFER, F. & SASLOW, G. (1965). Behavioral analysis :
An alternative to diagnostic classification. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 12, 848-853. |
EZPELETA, N., DE LA OSA, N., DOMENECH, J., NAVARRO, J.
& LOSILLA, J. (1997). Diagnostic agreement between
clinicians and the Diagnostic Interview for Children and
Adolescents - DICA-R - in an outpatient sample. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 38 (4),
431-440. |
|
WING, J.K. (1966). Diagnosis, epidemiology, aetiology. In
J. K. Wing (Ed.), Early childhood autism. London
: Pergamon Press. |
RYDER, A.G. & BAGBY, M.R. (1999). Diagnostic viability
of depressive personality disorder : Theoretical and
conceptual issues. Journal of Personality Disorders,
13 (2), 99-117.
[PDF] |
|
CHAPMAN, L.J. & CHAPMAN, J.P. (1967). Genesis of
popular but erroneous psychodiagnostic observations.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 72, 193-204. |
TRYON, W.W. (1999). Tryon, W.W. (1999). Behavioral
diagnoses versus the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual. Behavioral
Therapist, 22, 3-4. |
|
|
SPITZER, R., COHEN, J., FLEISS, J. & ENDICOTT, J.
(1967). Quantification of agreement in psychiatry
diagnosis : A new approach. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 17, 83-87. |
SPITZER, R.L. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1999). DSM-IV
diagnostic criterion for clinical significance : does it
help solve the false positives problem ? American
Journal of Psychiatry, 156 (12), 1856-1864. [PDF] |
| |
WOLRAICH, M.L (1999). Attention-deficit-hyperactivity
disorder : The most and yet most controverisal diagnosis.
Mental Retardation & Developmental Disabilities
Reseaech Reviews, 5, 163-168. |
|
KANFER, F. & SASLOW, G. (1969). Behavioral diagnosis.
In C.M. Franks (Ed.), Behavior therapy : appraisal
and status (pp. 2-16). New York : McGraw Hill. |
SWETS, J.A., DAWES, R.M. & MONAHAN, J. (2000).
Psychological science science can improve diagnostic
decisions. Psychological Science in the Public
Interest, 1 (1), 1-26. [PDF] |
|
SALZINGER, K. (1970). Diagnosis : Who needs it ? Journal
of Clinical Issues in Psychology, 1, 25-27. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C., POTTICK, K.J. & KIRK, S.A. (2002).
Should the DSM-IV diagnostic criteria for conduct disorder
consider social context ? American Journal of
Psychiatry, 159, 380-386. |
|
FEIGHNER, J.P., ROBINS, E., GUZE, S.B., WOODDRUFF, R.A.,
WINOKUR, G. & MUNOZ, R. (1972). Diagnostic criteria
for use in psychiatric research. Archives of General
Psychology, 26 (1), 57-63. [PDF] |
BRAMMER, R. (2002). Effects of experience and training on
diagnostic accuracy. Psychological Assessment, 14 (1),
110-113. |
|
SPITZER, R. & FLEISS, J. (1974). A re-analysis of the
reliability of psychiatric diagnosis. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 125, 341-347. |
DOUCETTE, A. (2002). Child and adolescent diagnosis : The
need for a model-based approach. In L.E. Beutler & M.
L. Malik (Eds.), Rethinking the DSM : A psychological
perspective (pp. 201-220). Washington, DC :
American Psychological Association. |
|
SPITZER, R., ENDICOTT, J. & ROBINS, E. (1975).
Clinical criteria for psychiatric diagnosis and DSM-III. American Journal of Psychiatry, 132, 1187-1192. |
STEINER, D.L. (2003). Diagnosing tests : Using and
misusing diagnositic and screening tests. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 81, 209-219. |
|
ROSENHAN, D.L. (1975). The contextual nature of
psychiatric diagnosis. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 84 (5), 462–474. |
KIRK, S.A. & KUTCHINS, H. (2003). Making us crazy
DSM - The psychiatric bible and the creation of mental
disorders. New York : Simon & Schuster. |
| |
NEIGHBORS, H.W., TRIERWEILER, S.J., FORD, B.C. &
MUROFF, J.R. (2003). Racial differences in DSM diagnosis
using a semi-structured instrument : The importance of
clinical judgment in the diagnosis of African Americans. Journal
of Health & Social Behavior, 43, 237-256. [PDF] |
|
HELZER, J.E., ROBINS, L.N., AIBLESON, M., WOODRUFF, R.A.,
REICH T. & WISH, E.D. (1977). Reliability of
psychiatric diagnosis : I. A methodological review. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 34, 129-133. |
MARSHALL, W.L. & KENNEDY, P. (2003). Sexual sadism in
sexual offenders : an elusive diagnosis. Aggression
& Violent Behavior, 8 (1), 1-22. |
|
SPITZER, R., ENDICOTT, J. & ROBINS, E. (1978).
Research diagnostic criteria : Rationale and reliability.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 35, 773-782. |
SADLER, J.Z. (2004). Values and psychiatric
diagnosis. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
SALZINGER, K. (1978). A behavioral analysis of diagnosis.
In R.L. Spitzer & D.F. Klein (Eds.) Critical
issues in psychiatric diagnosis. New York : Raven. |
KIRK, S.A. & HSIEH, D.K. (2004). Diagnostic
consistency in assessing conduct disorder : An experiment
on the effect of social context. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 74, 43-55. |
|
|
STRAUSS, J. (1979). Do psychiatric patients fit their
diagnosis ? Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease,
167, 105-113. |
KIRK, S.A. (2004). Are children's DSM diagnoses accurate ?
Brief treatment & Crisis Intervention, 4 (3),
255-270. [PDF] |
|
ARKES, H.R. & HARKNESS, A.R. (1980). Effect of making
a diagnosis on subsequent recognition of symptoms.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 6, 99-105. |
SPITZER, R.L. (2005). Recipe for disaster : professional
and patient equally sharing responsibility for developing
psychiatric diagnosis. World Psychiatric, 4,
89-90. [PDF] |
|
STROEBER, M., GREEN, J. & CARLSON, G. (1981).
Reliability of psychiatric diagnosis in hospitalized
adolescents. Archives of General Psychiatry, 38, 141-145. |
SCHNEIDER, H. & EISENBERG, D. (2006). Who receives a
diagnosis of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in
the United States elementary school population ? Pediatrics,
117, 601-609. |
|
ADEBIMPE, V. (1981). Overview : white norms and
psychiatric diagnosis of Black patients. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 138, 279-285. |
BENTALL, R.P. (2006). Madness explained : Why we must
reject the Kraepelinian paradigm and replace it with a
"complaint-orientated" approach to understanding mental
illness. Medical Hypotheses, 66 (2), 220-233. |
|
GABBARD, G.O. (1982). Differential diagnosis of altered
mind/body perception. Psychiatry, 45 (4),
361-369. |
WITTERMAN, C.L HARRIES, C., BEKKER, H.L. & VAN AARLE,
E.J.M. (2006). Evaluating psychodiagnostic decisions. Journal
of Evaluation in Clinical Practice, 13 (1), 10-15. |
|
UEBERSAX, J.S. (1982). A design-independent method for
measuring the reliability of psychiatric diagnosis. Journal
of Psychiatric Research, 17 (4), 335-342. |
VAN HOUT, H.P., VERNOOIJ-DASSEN, M.J. & STALMAN, W.A.
(2007). Diagnosing dementia with confidence by GPs. Family
Practice, 24, 616-621. |
|
KAZDIN, A.E. (1983). Psychiatric diagnosis dimensions of
dysfunction and child behavior therapy. Behavior
Therapy, 14, 73-99. |
MATSON, J.L. (2007). Current status of differential
diagnosis for children with autism spectrum disorders. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 28, 109-118. [PDF] |
|
AKISKAL, H.S. (1983). Diagnosis and classification of
affective disorders : New insights from clinical and
laboratory approaches. Psychiatric Developments, 3,
123-160. |
BACA-GARCIA, E., PEREZ-RODRIGUEZ, M.M., BASURTE-VILLAMOR,
I., FERNANDEZ DEL MORAL, A.L., JIMENEZ-ARRIERO, M.A.,
GONZALEZ DE RIVERA, J.L., SAIZ-RUIZ, J. & OQUENDO,
M.A. (2007). Diagnostic stability of psychiatric disorders
in clinical practice. British of Journal of
Psychiatry, 190, 210-216. [PDF] |
| |
MILLER, B. (2007). Perspectives on psychiatric diagnosis.
Current Opinion in Pediatrics, 19, 546-547. |
|
ROTHBLUM, J.K., MULLEN, E.D., TISCHLER, K. & WEISMANN,
M.M. (1983). Use of a structured diagnostic interview to
identify bipolar disorder in adolescent inpatients :
frequency and manifestation of the disorder. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 140, 543-547. |
GALATZER-LEVY, I.R. & GALATZER-LEVY, R.M. (2007). The
revolution in psychiatric diagnosis : Problems at the
foundations. Perspectives in Biology & Medicine,
50, 161-180. |
|
LYON, G.R. & PODHAJSKI, B. (1985). Diagnosis and
remediation of learning disabilities. Neurology &
Neurosurgery, 5, 1-12. |
SPEECHLY, C.M., BRIDGES-WEBB, C. & PASSMORE, E.
(2008). The pathway to dementia diagnosis Medical
Journal of Australia, 189 (9), 487-489. [PDF] |
|
JONES, B. & GRAY, B. (1986). Problems in diagnosing
schizophrenia and affective disorders among Blacks. Hospital
& Community Psychiatry, 37, 61-65. |
THOMAS, R.P., DOUGHERTY, M.R., SPRENGER, A.M. &
HARBISON, J.I. (2008). Diagnostic hypothesis generation
and human judgment. Psychological Review, 115 (1),
155-185. [PDF] |
|
ANDREASEN, N.C. (1987). The diagnosis of schizophrenia. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 13 (1), 9-22. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2010). Taking disorder seriously : A
critique of psychiatric criteria for mental disorders from
the harmful-dysfunction perspective. In T. Millon, R.F.
Krueger & E. Simonsen (Eds.), Contemporary
directions in psychopathology : Scientific foundations
of the DSM-V and ICD-11 (pp. 275-302). New York :
Guilford Press. |
|
GROVE, W.M. (1987). The reliability of psychiatric
diagnosis. In C.G. Last & M. Hersen (Eds.), Issues
in diagnostic research (pp. 99-119). New York :
Plenum. |
JACOB, K.S. (2009). Major depression : revisiting the
concept and diagnosis. Advances in Psychiatric
Treatment, 15, 279-285. [PDF] |
|
SPITZER, R., WILLIAMS, J.B.W. & PINCUS, H.A. (1988).
Psychiatric diagnosis. Science, 242, 651-652. |
KENDLER, K., MYERS, J. & HALBERSTADT, L.J. (2010).
Should the diagnosis of major depression be made
independent of or dependent upon psychosocial context.
Psychological Medicine, 40, 771-780. [PDF] |
|
KUTCHINS, H. & KIRK, S.A. (1988). The business of
diagnosis : DSM-III and clinical social work. Social
Work, 33, 215-220. |
KENDLER, K.S. & JABLENSKY, A. (2010). Kraepelin's
concept of psychiatric illness. Psychological
Medicine, 4 (6), 1119-1126. |
|
SIEGEL, B., PLINER, C., ESCHLER, J. & ELLIOT, G.
(1988). How children with autism are diagnosed :
difficulties in identification of children with multiple
developmental delays. Journal of Developmental &
Behavioral Pediatrics, 9, 199-204. |
NESSE, R.M. (2011). Evolutionary foundations for
psychiatric diagnosis : making DSM-V valid. In P.R. Ariens
& De Block, A. (Eds.), Maladapting minds (pp.
173-197). New Yory : Oxford University Press. [PDF] |
| |
FARAH, M.J., GILLIHAN, S.J. (2012). The puzzle of
neuroimaging and psychiatric diagnosis : Technology and
nosology in an evolving discipline. American Journal
of Bioethics & Neuroscience, 3, 1-11. |
|
WETZLER, S., KAHN, R.S., STRAUSMAN, T.J. & DUBRO, A.
(1989). Diagnosis of major depression by self-report. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 53, 22-30. |
PICKARD, B.S. (2015). Schizophrenia biomarkers :
translating the descriptive into the diagnostic. Journal
of Psychopharmacology, 29, 138-143.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi DSM, CIM-10
et Symptôme |
|
|
Diagnostic (Critères) : Ensemble des
critères utilisés pour poser un diagnostic.
=nosologie.
Diagnostic criteria.
| |
|
|
FEIGHNER, J., ROBIN, E., GUZE, S., WOODRUFF, R.,
WINOKUR, G. & MUMOZ, R. (1972). Diagnostic criteria
for use in psychiatric research. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 26 (1), 57-63. [PDF] |
KENDELL, R. & JABLENSKY, A. (2003). Distinguishing
between the validity and utility of psychiatric
diagnoses. American Journal of Psychiatry, 160
(1), 4-12. |
|
ROSENHAN, D.L. (1975). The contextual nature of
psychiatric diagnosis. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 84 (5), 462–474. |
BENTALL, R. (2006). Madness explained : Why we must
reject the Kraepelinian paradigm and replace it with a
'complaint-orientated' approach to understanding mental
illness. Medical hypotheses, 66 (2), 220-233. |
|
AKISKAL, H.S., DJENDEREDJIAN, A.H., ROSENTHAL, R.H.
& KHANI, M.K. (1977). Cyclothymic disorder :
Validating criteria for inclusion in the bipolar
affective group. American Journal of Psychiatry,
134, 1227-1233. |
SPITZER, R. & FLEISS, J. (1974). A re-analysis of
the reliability of psychiatric diagnosis. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 125, 341-347. |
|
SPITZER, R., ENDICOTT, J. & ROBINS, E. (1978).
Research diagnostic criteria : Rationale and
reliability. Archives of General Psychiatry, 35,
773-782. |
ZUCKER, K.J. (2010). The DSM diagnostic criteria for
gender identity disorder in children. Archives of
Sex Behavior, 39 (2), 477-498. [PDF] |
|
BROWN, P. (1995). Naming and framing : The social
construction of diagnosis and illness. Journal of
Health & Social Behaviour, 35, 34-52. |
BLANCHARD, R. (2010). The DSM diagnostic criteria for
pedophilia. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 39,
304-316. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi
Diagnostic, DSM, CIM-10
et Symptôme |
|
|
|
Diagnostic
(Erreur) : Diagnostic
erroné ou peu probable. Misdiagnosis, false
diagnostic, diagnostic
error.
| |
|
|
CHAPMAN, L.J. & CHAPMAN, J.P. (1967). Genesis of
popular but erroneous psychodiagnostic observations. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 72, 193-204. |
|
JOYCE, P.R. (1984). Age of onset in bipolar affective
disorder and misdiagnosis as schizophrenia.
Psychological Medicine, 14, 145-149. |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2010). False positives in psychiatric
diagnosis : implications for human freedom. Theoretical
Medicine & Bioethics, 31 (1), 5-17. |
|
GRABER, M.L. (2013). The incidence of diagnostic
error in medicine. BMJ Quality & Safety, 22 (S), 21–27. |
|
|
Voir aussi
Diagnostic, DSM, CIM-10
et Symptôme |
|
|
|
Diagnostic (Sur-) : Erreur
de diagnostic systématique. Surdiagnostic et
surmédicalisation. Overdiagnosis,
disease mongering.
| |
|
|
SCIUTTO, M.J. & EISENBERG, M. (2007). Evaluating the
evidence for and against the overdiagnosis of ADHD. Journal
of Attention Disorders, 11 (2), 106-113. |
|
WELCH, H.G., SCHWARTZ, L. & WOLOSHIN, S. (2011). Overdiagnosed
: making people sick in the pursuit of health.
Boston : Beacon Press. |
|
PARIS, J., BHAT, V. & THOMBS, B. (2016). Is adult
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder is being
overdiagnosed. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 61
(7), 324-328.
[PDF] |
|
LACASSE, J.R. & LEO, J. (2014). Overdiagnosis. In T.
Teo (Ed.), Encyclopedia of critical psychology
(pp. 1308-1310). New York : Springer. |
|
-
Voir aussi
Diagnostic, DSM, CIM-10
et Symptôme
|
|
|
|
Diagnostic de Feighner (Critères) : Feighner
criteria.
| |
|
|
FEIGHNER, J.P., ROBINS, E., GUZE, S.B., WOODRUFF, R.A.,
WINOKUR, G. & MUNOZ, R. (1972). Diagnostic criteria
for use in psychiatric research. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 26 (1), 57-63. [PDF] |
|
KENDLER, K.S., MUNOZ, R. & MURPHY, G. (2010). The
development of the Feighner criteria : A historical
perspective. American Journal of Psychiatry, 167
(2), 134-142. |
|
|
Voir aussi
Diagnostic, DSM, CIM-10
et Symptôme |
|
|
|
Diagnostic précoce : Diagnostic fait
très tôt dans le développement d'une maladie (donc souvent chez de
jeune patient).
| |
|
|
STONE, W.L., LEE, E.B., ASHFORD, L., BRISSIE, J., HEPBURN,
S.L., COONROD, E.E. & WEISS, B.H. (1999). Can autism
be diagnosed accurately in children under 3 years ? Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 40 (2),
219-226. |
|
|
|
|
|
Diagramme
causal : Causal diagram.
| |
|
|
PEARL, J. (1995). Causal diagrams for empirical research.
Biometrika, 82 (4), 669-710. |
|
|
|
Diagramme circulaire : Figure
qui représente graphiquement
les différents niveaux d'une variable
qualitative. Elles est formée en traçant un cercle divisé en
secteur proportionnel à la
fréquence relative (%) des niveaux. EX: La
fréquence relative du comportement Y en fonction du sexe (variable
qualitative à deux niveaux).
= Graphique circulaire, diagramme en secteurs, camembert.
Pie chart.
| |
|
 |
|
|
KRUSKAL, W. (1982). Criteria for judging statistical
graphics. Utilitas Mathematica, 21B, 283-310. |
|
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi :
Gaëtan Morin. |
|
|
Diagramme de Venn : Venn diagram.
| |
|
|
RESCHER, N. & GALLAGHER, N.A. (1965). Venn diagrams
for plurative syllogisms. Philosophical Studies 16,
49-55. |
|
|
|
Diagramme linéaire : Figure
qui représente graphiquement
les données d'une variable groupée par
niveaux ou modalités (variable
nominale). Elle est formée d'un rectangle que l'on divise en
autant de parties que la variable présente de niveaux, chaque
partie occupant une proportion du rectangle correspondant au pourcentage
du niveau qu'elle représente. EX: Pourcentage
d'hommes et de femmes diplômés (variable) ayant en pourcentage les
modalités suivantes : 1) seulement un bac; 2) ayant une maîtrise
mais pas de doctorat; 3) ayant un doctorat.
= Diagramme rectangulaire horizontal.
Linear graph.
| |
|
 |
|
|
KRUSKAL, W. (1982). Criteria for judging statistical
graphics. Utilitas Mathematica, 21B, 283-310. |
|
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi :
Gaëtan Morin. |
|
|
Diagramme
rectangulaire : Figure
qui représente graphiquement
les différents niveaux d'une variable
qualitative. Elle est formée en traçant, dans un plan
cartésien, un rectangle dont la hauteur est proportionnelle
à la fréquence absolue
ou relative de ce niveau. Selon la nature des variables, on
utilisera des rectangles horizontaux, verticaux ou chevauchés.
EX: La fréquence du comportement Y en fonction du sexe
(variable qualitative à deux niveaux).
= Graphique rectangulaire, diagramme en barres, diagrammes à barres, diagramme en rectangles, diagramme à bandes, diagramme en bandes
rectangulaires.
Bar graph.
| |
|
 |
|
|
KRUSKAL, W. (1982). Criteria for judging statistical
graphics. Utilitas Mathematica, 21B, 283-310. |
|
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi :
Gaëtan Morin. |
|
|
Dialectique : Forme de
raisonnement qui consiste à opposer thèse
et antihèse afin de
dégager la synthèse des arguments.
= Raisonnement dialectique.
Dialectic, dialectical logic.
| |
|
|
ADORNO, T. (1966/73). Negative dialectics. New
York : Seabury Press. |
|
FOULQUIÉ, P. (1969). La dialectique. Paris :
Presses Universitaitres de France. |
|
BRAUN, C.M.J. & TALKINGTON, L. (1989). On trends in
the status of dialectical logic : A brief study.
Science & Nature, 9, 2-13. |
|
PASCUAL-LEONE, J (1995). Learning and development as
dialectical factors in cognitive growth. Human
Development, 38, 338-348. |
|
PENG, K. & NISBETT, R.E. (1999). Culture, dialectics,
and reasoning about contradiction. American
Psychologist, 54, 741-754. |
|
|
|
|
|
Diamant
mandarin : Oiseau.
Zebra finch.
| |
|
|
VICARIOO, D.S. (1991). Organization of the zebra finch song
control system. II. Functional organization of outputs
from nucleus Robustus archistriatalis. Journal of
Comparative Neurology, 309, 486-494. |
|
SCHARFF, C. & NOTTEBOHM, F (1991) A comparative study
of the behavioral deficits following lesions of various
parts of the zebra finch song system : implications for
vocal learning. Journal of Neuroscience, 11,
2896-2913. |
|
VU, E.T., MAZUREK, M.E. & KUO, Y. (1994)
Identification of a forebrain motor programming network
for the learned song of zebra finches. Journal of
Neuroscience, 14, 6924-6934. |
|
SPIRO, J.E., DALVA, M.B. & MOONEY, R. (1999).
Long-range inhibition within the zebra finch song nucleus
RA can coordinate the firing of multiple projection
neurons. Journal of Neurophysiology, 81,
3007-3020. |
|
STARK, L.L. & PERKEL, D.J. (1999)
Two-stage,input-specificsynapticmaturationin a nucleus
essential for vocal production in the zebra finch. Journal
of Neuroscience, 19, 9107-9116. |
|
CHI, Z. & MARGOLIASH, D. (2001). Temporal precision
and temporal drift in brain and behavior of zebra finch
song. Neuron, 32, 899-910. |
|
|
Voir aussi Oiseau |
|
|
|
|
Diamond Adele Dorothy (New York 1952-) : Psychiatre
canadienne et spécialiste du développement
cognitif.
|
DIAMOND, A. (1981). Retrieval of an object from an open
box : The development of visual-tactile control of
reaching in the first year of life. Society for
Research in Child Development Abstracts, 3, 78-78. |
|
DIAMOND, A. (1985). The development of the ability to use
recall to guide action, as indicated by infants'
performance on A-not-B. Child Development, 56, 868-883.
[PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, A. & TAYLOR, C. (1996). Development of an
aspect of executive control : Development of the abilities
to remember what I said and to "Do as I say, not as I do".
Developmental Psychobiology, 29, 315-334. [PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, A. & LEE, E.-Y. (2000). Inability of
5-month-old infants to retrieve a contiguous object : A
failure of conceptual understanding or of control of
action ? Child Development, 71, 1477-1494. [PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, A (2013). Executive functions. Annual Review
of Psychology, 64, 135-168. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Diamond Arthur M. ( ) : Économiste
américain et spécialiste de l'activité scientifique.
|
DIAMOND, A.M. (1984). Is economics more empirical ? The
History of Economics Society Bulletin, 2, 27-29.
[PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, A.M. (1984). An economic model of the life-cycle
research productivity of scientists. Scientometrics, 6
(3), 189-196.
[PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, A.M. (1986). The life-cycle research productivity
of mathematicians and scientists. The Journal of
Gerontology, 41 (4), 520-525. [PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, A.M. (1993). Economic explanations of the
behavior of universities and scholars. Journal of
Economic Studies, 20 (4/5), 107-133. [PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, A.M. (1996). The economics of science. Knowledge
& Policy, 9 (2/3), 6-49. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Diamond Diana ( ) : Psychologue
et psychanalyste
américaine. Collaboratrice de Blatt,
Clarkin, Kernberg,
Levy et Yeomans.
|
DIAMOND, D. (1989). Father-daughter incest : Unconscious
fantasy and social fact. Psychoanalytic Psychology,
6, 421-437. |
|
DIAMOND, D., CLARKIN, J., LEVINE, H., LEVY, K., FOELSCH,
P. & YEOMANS, F. (1999). Borderline conditions and
attachment : A preliminary report. Psychoanalytic
Inquiry, 19, 831-884. |
|
DIAMOND, D. (2004). Attachment disorganization : The
reunion of attachment theory and psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic
Psychology, 21, 1-52. |
|
DIAMOND, D. (2009). Women, gender, and psychoanalysis :
The four waves of feminism. Gender & Sexuality,
10, 213-223. |
|
DIAMOND, D., YEOMANS, F.E. & LEVY, K.N. (2011).
Psychodynamic psychotherapy for narcissistic personality
disorder. In K. Campbell & J. Miller (Eds.), The
handbook of narcissism and narcissistic personality
disorder : Theoretical approaches, empirical findings,
and treatment (pp. 423-433). New York : Wiley. |
|
|
|
|
|
Diamond Lisa M. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'attachement,
du genre, du lesbianisme,
de l'orientation sexuelle et
de la bisexualité.
Collaboratrice de Hazan.
 |
DIAMOND, L.M. (1998). Development of sexual orientation
among adolescent and young adult women. Developmental
Psychology, 34, 1085-1095. |
|
DIAMOND, L.M. (2003). What does sexual orientation orient
? A biobehavioral model distinguishing romantic love and
sexual desire. Psychological Review, 110,
173-192. [PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, L.M. & LUCAS, S. (2004). Sexual-minority and
heterosexual youths’ peer relationships : Experiences,
expectations, and implications for well-being. Journal
of Research Adolescence, 14 (3), 313-340. [PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, L.M. (2008). Female bisexuality from adolescence
to adulthood : Results from a 10-year longitudinal study.
Developmental psychology, 44 (1), 5-14. [PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, L.M. & DICKENSON, J. (2012). The neuroimaging
of love and desire : Review and future directions. Clinical
Neuropsychiatry, 9, 39-46. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
Diamond Marion Cleeves (Glendale 1926-2017 Oakland)
: Biologiste
américaine et spécialste de l'étude des environnements enrichis et
de leur effets sur le cerveau.
On lui la découverte de la neuroplasticité.
Collaboratrice de Bennett, Kech
et Rosenweig.
|
DIAMOND, M.C., KRECH, D. & ROSENZWEIG, M.R. (1964).
The effects of an enriched environment on the histology of
the rat cerebral cortex. Journal of Comparative
Neurology, 123 (1), 111-119. |
|
DIAMOND, M.C., LAW, F., RHODES, B., LIDNER, B., ROSENWRIG,
M.R., KRECH, D. & BENNETT, E.L. (1966). Increases in
cortical depth and glia numbers in rats subjected to
enriched environment. Journal of Comparative
Neurology, 128 (1), 117-126. |
|
DIAMOND, M.C. (1967). Extensive cortical depth measures
and neuron size increases in the cortex of environmentally
enriched rats. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 131,
357-364. |
|
DIAMOND, M.C., SCHEIBEL, A.B., MURPHY, G.M. & HARVEY,
T. (1985). On the brain of a scientist : Albert Einstein.
Experimental Neurology, 88 (1), 198-204 |
|
DIAMOND, M.C. (2001). Response of the brain to enrichment.
Anaïs da Academia Brasileira de Ciências , 73
(2), 211-220. |
| |
|
|
Diamond Milton (New York 1934-2024 Honolulu) :
Biologiste et psychologue
évolutionniste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la bisexualité
et de la réattribution
du sexe.
|
DIAMOND, M. (1993). Sex and gender : Same or different ?
Feminism & Psychology, 10 (1), 46-54. [PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, M. (1995). Biological aspects of sexual
orientation and identity. In L. Diamant & R. McAnulty
(Eds.), The psychology of sexual orientation,
behavior and identity : A handbook (pp. 45-80).
Westport, CT : Greenwood. |
|
DIAMOND, M. (1996). Response : Considerations for sex
reassignment. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy,
22, 161-174. |
|
DIAMOND, M. & SIGMUNDSON, K. & KEITH, H. (1997).
Management of intersexuality. Guidelines for dealing with
persons with ambiguous genitalia. Archives of
Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 151 (10),
1046–50. |
|
DIAMOND, M. & SIGMUNDSON, K. (1997). Sex reassignment
at birth : A long term review and clinical implications. Archives
of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 151 (3),
298-304. |
| |
|
|
|
|
DiAngelo Robin Jeanne (1956-) :
Spécialiste américaine de
l'éducation. Elle s'intéresse notamment au racisme.
|
DiANGELO, R. (2011). White fragility. International
Journal of Critical Pedagogy, 3 (3), 54–70. |
DiANGELO, R. & SENSOY, Ö. (2011). Leaning in : A
Student’s guide to engaging constructively with social
justice content. Radical Pedagogy, 11 (1),
1–15.
|
DiANGELO, R. (2012). What does it mean to be White ? :
Developing White racial literacy. New York, Peter
Lang.
|
|
DiANGELO, R. (2018). White fragility : Why It's
so hard for White people to talk about racism. Beacon
Press. /Fragilité blanche : ce racisme que les
blancs ne voient pas. Les Arènes. |
|
DiANGELO, R. (2021). Nice racism : Gow progressive
White people perpetuate racial harm. Beacon Press. |
|
|
|
Diazépam : Anxiolytique
de la famille des benzodiazépines,
mieux connu sous le nom de Valium. Diazepam.
| |
|
|
SINGH, M.M., NASRALLAH, H.A., LAL, H., PITMAN, R.K.,
BECKER, R.E., KUCHARSKI, T., KARKALAS, J. & FOX, R.
(1975). Treatment of tardive dyskinesia with diazepam :
indirect evidence for the involvement of limbic, possibly
GABA-ergic mechanisms. Brain Research Bulletin, 52
(S), 673-680. |
|
SAVAGE, L.M., STACHFIELD, M. & OVERMIER, J.B. (1994).
The effect of scopolamine, diazepam, and lorazapam on
working memory in pigeons : An analysis of reinforcement
procedures and sample problem type. Pharmacology,
Biochemistry, & Behavior, 48, 183-192. |
|
RUSH, C.R., CRITCHFIELD, T.S., TROISI, J.R. &
GRIFFITHS, R.S. (1995). Discriminative stimulus effects of
diazepam and buspirone in normal volunteers. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 63 (3),
277-294. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Anxiolytique
et Benzodiazépine |
|
|
|
Dicara Leo V. (Philadelphia 1937-1976 Ann Arbor) :
Psychiatre américain et
spécialiste de l'étude du conditionnement
instrumental. Collaborateur de
Miller.
|
DICARA, L.V. & MILLER, N.E. (1968). Changes in heart
rate instrumentally learned by curarized rats as avoidance
responses. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 65 (1), 8-12. |
|
DICARA, L.V. & MILLER, N.E. (1968). Instrumental
learning of peripheral vasomotor responses by the
curarized rat. Communications in Behavioral Biology,
1, 209-212. |
|
DICARA, L.V. & MILLER, N.E. (1968). Instrumental
learning of vasomotor responses by rats : learning to
respond differentially in the two ears. Science, 159
(3822), 1485-1486. |
|
DICARA, L.V. & MILLER, N.E. (1968). Instumental
learning of systolic blood pressure responses by curarized
rats : Dissociation of cardiac and vascular changes. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 30 (5), 489-494. [PDF] |
|
DICARA, L.V. (1970). Analysis of arterial blood gases in
the curarized, artificially respira ted rat. Behavior
Research Methods & Instrumentation, 2 (2),
67-69. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dickerson Mark G. ( ) : Psychologue
australien, spécialisé dans l'étude du jeu
de hasard et des joueurs
compulsifs. Collaborateur de
Blaszczynski et Walker.
|
DICKERSON, M.G. (1977). The role of the betting shop
environment in the training of "compulsive" gamblers.
British Association of Behavioural Psychotherapy
Bulletin, 5 (1), 3-8. |
|
DICKERSON, M.G. (1979). FI schedules and persistence at
gambling in the U.K. betting office. Journal of
Applied Behavioural Analysis, 12 (3), 315-323.
[PDF] |
|
DICKERSON, M.G., HINCHY J. & FABRE, J. (1987) Chasing,
arousal and sensation seeking in off course gamblers.
British Journal of Addiction, 82, 673-680. |
|
DICKERSON, M.G. (1993). Internal and external determinants
of persistent gambling : Problems in generalising from one
form of gambling to another. Journal of Gambling
Studies, 9, 225-245. |
|
DICKERSON, M.G. & BARON, E. (2000). Contemporary
issues and future directions for research into
pathological gambling. Addiction, 95, 1145-1159. |
|
|
|
Dickins
David W. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste anglais,
spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage.
Collaborateur de Dickins et
Bentall.
|
DICKINS, D.W. & CLARK, R.A. (1987). Game theory and
siblicide in the kittiwake gull Rissa tridactyla.
Journal of Theoretical Biology, 125, 301-305. |
|
DICKINS, D.W. (2005). On aims and methods in the
neouroimaging of derived relations. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 84 (3),
453–484. [PDF] |
|
DICKINS, D.W.& Dickins, B. A. (2009). Evidence from
reaction times for an anticipatory process in symbolic
delayed matching-to-sample. European Journal of
Behavior Analysis, 10, 167-186. |
|
DICKINS, D.W. (2011). Transitive Inference in Stimulus
Equivalence and Serial Learning. European Journal of
Behavior Analysis, 12 (2), 523-555. |
|
DICKINS, D.W. (2015). Vocalizing phonologically correct
non-word stimuli during equivalence class formation. European
Journal of Behavior Analysis, 16 (2), 248-278. |
|
|
|
Dickins
Thomas E. ( ) : Psychologue
évolutionniste
britannique. Collaborateur de
Barrett, Bentall,
Dickins et Rahman.
|
DICKINS, T.E. & DICKINS, D.W. (2001). Symbols,
stimulus equivalence and the origins of language Behavior
& Philosophy, 29, 221-244. [PDF] |
|
DICKINS, T.E. & SERGEANT, M.J.T. (2006). The phylogeny
and ontogeny of adaptations.Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 29 (3), 283-284. |
|
DICKINS, T.E. & SERGEANT, M.J.T. (2008). Two more
things for consideration : Sexual orientation and conduct
disorder. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 32 (3-4),
27-28. [PDF]
|
|
DICKINS, T.E. & DICKINS, B.J.A. (2008). Mother
nature's tolerant ways : Why non-genetic inheritance has
nothing to do with evolution. New Ideas in
Psychology, 26 (1), 41-54. |
|
DICKINS, T.E. & RAHMAN, Q. (2012). The extended
evolutionary synthesis and the role of soft inheritance in
evolution. Proceedings of the Royal Society B 279 (1740),
2913-2921. |
|
|
|
Dickinson Anthony (1960-) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
brittanique, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage.
Collaborateur de Balleine,
Belin, Clayton,
Everitt, Heyes,
Mackintosh, Robbins
et Schultz.
|
DICKINSON, A., HALL. G. & MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1976).
Surprise and the attenuation of blocking. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 2,
313-322. |
|
SCHULTZ, W. & DICKINSON, A. (2000). Neural coding of
prediction errors. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 23,
473-500. |
|
DICKINSON, A. (2001). Causal learning : An associative
analysis. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 54B, 3-25. |
|
DICKINSON, A. & BALLEINE, B. (2002). The role of
learning in the operation of motivational systems. In H.
Pashler & R. Gallistel (Eds.), Stevens' handbook
of experimental psychology (Vol. 3, pp. 497-533).
New York : John Wiley & Sons. |
|
DICKINSON, A. & DE WIT, S. (2003). The interaction
between discriminative stimuli and outcomes during
instrumental learning. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 56B, 127-139. |
|
|
|
Dickman
Scott J. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude et de la mesure de de l'impulsivité.
|
DICKMAN, S.J. (1985). Impulsivity and perception :
Individual differences in the processing of the local and
global dimensions of stimuli. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 48, 133-149 |
|
DICKMAN, S.J. (1996). Consequences of impulsivity
behavior. In R.S. Feldman (Ed.), The psychology of
adversity. Amherst : The University of
Massachusetts Press. |
|
DICKMAN, S.J. & MEYER, D.E. (1988). Impulsivity and
speed-accuracy tradeoffs in information processing. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 54,
274-290. [PDF] |
|
DICKMAN, S.J. (1990). Functional and dysfunctional
impulsivity : personality and cognitive correlates. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 58 (1),
95-102. [PDF] |
|
DICKMAN, S.J. (2000). Impulsivity, arousal and attention.
Personality & Individual Differences, 28 (3),
563-581. |
|
|
GAO, Q., ZHANG, J. & JIA, C. (2011). Psychometric
properties of the Dickman Impulsivity Instrument in
suicide victims and living controls of rural China.
Journal of Affective Disorders, 132 (3), 368-374. [PDF] |
|
DE MILIA, L. (2013). A revised model of Dickman's
Dysfunctional Impulsivity Scale. Journal of
Individual Differences, 34 (3), 138-142. |
|
|
|
Dictature
: Dictateur : État
dirigé par un individu ou
un petit groupe
d'individus qui s'accapare tous les pouvoirs
(miltaire, legislatif,
exécutif, judiciaire)
- obtenus légalement ou par la force
(coup d'état) - et les exercent de façon autoritaire,
sans oppostion officielle ou
contre-pouvoir. Une dictature est donc un régime
politique. Agrandir son territoire
par la force - pour en faire un empire
- fait généralement parti des objectifs d'un dictateur.
= Despote, monarque, régime politique autoritaire.
( ): Hitler. Dictator.
| |
|
|
CAMERER, C.F. & THALER, R.H. (1995). Anomalies :
ultimatums, dictators, and manners. Journal of
Economic Perspectives, 9, 209-219. |
|
COOLIDGE, F.L. & SEGAL, D.L. (2007). Was Saddam
Hussein like Adolf Hitler ? A personality disorder
investigation. Military Psychology, 19 (4),
289-299. [PDF] |
|
COOLIDGE, F.L., DAVIS, F.L. & SEGAL, D.L. (2007).
Understanding madmen : A DSM-IV assessment of Adolf
Hitler. Individual Differences Research, 5 (1),
30-46. [PDF] |
|
COOLIDGE, F.L. & SEGAL, D.L. (2009). Is Kim Jong-il
like Saddam Hussein and Adolf Hitler ? A personality
disorder evaluation. Behavioral Sciences of Terrorism
& Political Aggression, 1 (3), 195-202. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi État,
Empire et Pouvoir |
|
|
Dictionnaire
: Livre ou site
internet qui recense les grands concepts
d'une langue, d'un domaine, notamment scientifique, et fournit une
définition de ces concepts.
= vocabulaire, encyclopédie. Dictionary.
| |
|
|
ZAIDMAN, C. (2000). Education et socialisation. In H.S.
Hirata, F. Laborie, H. Le Doaré et D. Senotier (Dirs.), Dictionnaire
critique du féminisme (p. 49-54). Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
|
|
|
Dictionnaire
d'éthologie :Livre spécialisé qui recense les grands concepts
de l'éthologie fournit
une ou plusieurs définitions,
parfois un bref historique et quelques références.
= vocabulaire, encyclopédie.
| |
|
|
IMMELMANN, K. (1990). Dictionnaire de l'éthologie.
Bruxelles : Pierre Mardaga. |
|
McFARLAND, D. (1990). Dictionnaire du comportement
animal. Paris : Robert Laffont. |
|
|
Voir aussi Définition
et Éthologie |
|
|
Dictionnaire
de méthodologie : Livre spécialisé qui recense les
grands concepts de la méthodologie,
fournit une ou plusieurs définitions,
parfois un bref historique et quelques références.
= vocabulaire, encyclopédie.
| |
|
|
SCHWANDT, T.R. (2007). Qualitative inquiry : A
dictionary of terms. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
|
Voir aussi Définition
et Méthodologie |
|
|
Dictionnaire
de philosophie : Livre spécialisé qui recense les
grands concepts de la philosophie,
fournit une ou plusieurs définitions,
parfois un bref historique et quelques références.
= vocabulaire, encyclopédie. Dictionary
of philosophy.
| |
|
|
BALDWIN, J.M. (1901). Dictionary of philosophy and
psychology. New York & London : MacMillan. [LIRE] |
MORFAUX, L.-M. (1999/2005). Vocabulaire de la
philosophie et des sciences humaines. Paris :
Armand Colin. |
|
FLEW, A. (1984). A dictionary of philosophy.
London : Pan Books. |
NADEAU, R. (1999). Vocabulaire technique et
analytique de l'épistémologie. Paris : Presses
universitaires de France. |
|
VERGELY, B. (1998). Le dico de la philosophie.
Toulouse : Milan. |
JULIA, D. (1997). Dictionnaire de la philosophie. Paris
: Larousse. |
|
RAYNAUD, P. et RIALS, S. (1998). Dictionnaire de
philosophie politique. Paris : Presses
universitaires de France. |
HUISMAN, D. et LE STRAT, S. (1998). Dictionnaire de
philosophie. Paris : Nathan. |
|
PATAR, B. (2000). Dictionnaire abrégé des philosophes
médiévaux. Longueuil : Presses philosophiques. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Définition
et Philosophie
|
|
|
|
Dictionnaire de psychologie : Livre spécialisé qui recense les
grands concepts de la psychologie,
fournit une ou plusieurs définitions,
parfois un bref historique et quelques références.
Dictionnaire et lexique
de psychologie.
= vocabulaire,
encyclopédie.
Dictionary of psychology.
| |
|
|
BALDWIN, J.M. (1901). Dictionary of philosophy and
psychology. New York & London : MacMillan. |
OUDINESCO, E. et PLON, M. (1997). Dictionnaire de la
psychanalyse. Paris : Fayard. |
|
WARREN, H.C. (1935). Dictionary of psychology. Boston,
New York : Houghton Mifflin company. |
|
|
PIÉRON, H. (1951). Vocabulaire de la psychologie.
Paris : Quadridge/PUF. |
FROLICH, W.D. (1997). Dictionnaire de la psychologie.
Coll. Encyclopédies d'aujourd'hui. Le livre de poche |
|
DREVER, J. (1952). A dictionary of psychology. London
: Penguin. |
|
|
ENGLISH, H.B. & ENGLISH, A.C. (1958). A
comprehensive dictionary of psychological and
psychoanalytic terms. New York : Longman Green. |
|
|
LAPLANCHE, J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998/2002). Vocabulaire
de la psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaire
de France. |
BLOCH, H. (Dir.) (1997). Dictionnaire fondamental de
la psychologie. Paris : Larousse. |
|
RYCROFT, C. (1968). A critical dictionary of
psychoanalysis. New York : Basic Books. |
|
|
MIALARET, G. (1979). Vocabulaire de l'éducation :
éducation et sciences de l'éducation. Paris :
Presses universitaires de France. |
CHEMAMA, R. et VANDERMERSCH, B. (1998). Dictionnaire
de la psychanalyse. Paris : Larousse. |
|
ZUSNE, L. (1984). Biographical dictionary of
psychology. Westport, Connecticut : Greenwood
Press. |
POSTEL, J. (Dir.) (1998). Dictionnaire de psychiatrie
et de psychopathologie clinique. Paris : Larousse.
|
|
THINÈS, G. et LEMPEREUR, A. (1984). Dictionnaire
général des sciences humaines.Louvain-la-Neuve :
Ciaco. |
RAYNAL, F. et REUNIER, A. (1998). Dictionnaire des
concepts clés : apprentissages, formation, psychologie
cognitive. Paris : ESF. |
|
POPPLESTONE, J.A. & McPHERSON, M.W. (1988).
Dictionary of concepts in general psychology. New
York : Greenwood |
BLOCH, H. (Éd.) (1999). Le grand dictionnaire de la
psychologie. Paris : Larousse. |
|
HERSEN, M. & BELLACK, A.S. (Eds.) (1988).
Dictionary of behavioral assessment techniques. New
York : Pergamon Press. |
LAFON, R. (2001). Vocabulaire de psychopédagogie et
de psychiatrie de l'enfant. Paris : PUF/Quadridge.
|
|
HINSHELWOOD, R.D. (1989). A dictionary of Kleinian
thought. London : Free Association Books. |
|
|
GARRABÉ, J. (1989). Dictionnaire taxonomique de
psychiatrie. Paris : Masson. |
NOLLET, D. et THOMAS, J. (2001). Dictionnaire de
psychothérapie cognitive et comportementale. Paris
: Ellipses-Marketing. |
|
EYSENCK, M. (Ed.) (1991). Dictionary of cognitive
psychology. Oxford : Blackwell. |
TIBERGHIEN, G., ABDI, H., DESCLÉS, J-P., EORGIEFF, N.,
JEANNEROD, M., LE NY, J-F., LIVET, P., PYNTE, J. &
SABAH, G. (2002). Dictionnaire des sciences
cognitives. Paris : Armand Colin. |
|
DORON, R. et PAROT, F. (Dirs.) (1991/98/2004). Dictionnaire
de psychologie. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
CARALP, É. et GALLO, A. (2002). Le dico de la
psychanalyse et de la psychologie. Toulouse :
Milan. |
|
DE LANDSHEERE, G. (1992). Dictionnaire de
l'évaluation et de la recherche en éducation : avec
lexique anglais-français. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
DEURZEN, E. VAN & KENWARD, R. (2002). Dictionary
of existential psychotherapy and counseling. London
: Sage Publications. |
|
LEGENDRE, R. (1993). Dictionnaire actuel de
l'éducation. Montréal : Guérin/Paris : ESKA. |
CARABIN, T.M. (2002). Dictionnaire des termes
psychologiques. Paris : De Vecchi. |
|
RYCROFT, C. (1995). A critical dictionary of
psychoanalysis. London : Penguin. |
NADEL, L. (Ed.) (2003). Encyclopedia of cognitive
science. Londres : Nature Publishing Group. |
|
SILLAMY, N. (1996/98). Dictionnaire de la psychologie.
Presses Universitaire de France. |
HOUDÉ, O. (2004). Vocabulaire de sciences cognitives.
Paris : PUF/Quadrige. |
|
POROT, M., UTTER, J. et PÉLICIER, Y. (1996). Manuel
alphabétique de psychiatrie clinique et thérapeutique.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
COLMAN, A.M. (2009). A dictionary of psychology. Oxford
: Oxford University Press. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Définition
et Psychologie |
|
|
Dictionnaire de sociogie : Livre spécialisé qui recense les grands concepts
de la sociologie, fournit
une ou plusieurs définitions, parfois
un bref historique et quelques références.
= vocabulaire, encyclopédie.
| |
|
|
BOUDON, R. et BOURRICAUD, F. (2004). Dictionnaire
critique de la sociologie. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
|
|
Voir aussi Définition
et Méthodologie |
|
|
Didaktica
: Revue
scientifique de pédagogie.
Éditeur :
| |
CRAHAY, M. (2004). Qu’est-ce que bien enseigner ?
Eléments de réponses suggérés par la psychologie
cognitive. Didaktica, 1, 97-103.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diener
Edward F. (Glendale 1946-2-2021) : Psychologue
américain et chef de file de la psychologie
positive. Il s'intéresse notamment à l'étude du bien-être
et du bonheur. Il a
inventé une échelle de satisfaction
et de bien-être. = Dr.
Happiness. Collaborateur de Higgins,
Kahneman, Kruglanski,
Lyubormirsky, Myers,
Seligman et Zuckerman.
 |
DIENER, E. (1972). Maternal childrearing attitudes as
antecedents of self-actualization. Psychological
Reports, 31, 694. |
|
DIENER, E. (1984). Subjective well-being.
Psychological Bulletin, 95, 542-575. |
|
DIENER, E., EMMONS, R.A., LARSEN, R.J. & GRIFFIN, S.
(1985). The Satisfaction with Life Scale. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 49, 71-75. |
|
DIENER, E. (1999). Introduction to the special section on
the structure of emotion. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 76 (5), 803-804. |
|
DIENER, E., LUCAS, R. & SCOLLON, C.N. (2006). Beyond
the hedonic treadmill : Revising the adaptation theory of
well-being. American Psychologist, 61, 305-314. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Dienes
Zoltan ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain d'origine anglaise, spécialisé dans l'étude des conaissances
implicites et
explicites. Il s'intéresse également à l'hypnose.
Collaborateur de Broadbent
et Kirsch.
 |
DIENES, Z., BROADBENT, D.E. & BERRY, D.C. (1991).
Implicit and explicit knowledge bases in artificial
grammar learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology
: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 17, 875-882. [PDF] |
|
DIENES, Z. (1992). Connectionist and memory array models
of artificial grammar learning. Cognitive Science,
16, 41-79. [PDF] |
|
DIENES, Z. & PERNER, J. (1999). A theory of implicit
and explicit knowledge. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 22, 735-808. [PDF] |
|
DIENES, Z., ALTMANN, G. & GAO, S-J. (1999). Mapping
across domains without feedback : A neural network model
of implicit learning. Cognitive Science, 23,
53-82. [PDF] |
|
DIENES, Z., BROWN, E., HUTTON, S., KIRSCH, I., MAZZONI, G.
& WRIGHT, D.B. (2009). Hypnotic suggestibility,
cognitive inhibition, and dissociation. Consciousness
& Cognition, 18, 837-847. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Dienstbier
Richard ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain spécialisé dans l'étude des préjugés
et de la tricherie.
 |
DIENSTBIER, R.A. & MUNTER, P.O. (1971). Cheating as a
function of the labeling of natural arousal. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 17 (2),
208-213. |
|
DIENSTBIER, R.A. (1972). The role of anxiety and arousal
attribution in cheating. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 8 (2), 168-179. |
|
DIENSTBIER, R.A. (1972). A modified belief theory of
prejudice emphasizing the mutual causality of racial
prejudice and anticipated belief differences. Psychological
Review, 79 (2), 146-160. [PDF] |
|
DIENSTBIER, R.A., KAHLE, L.R., WILLIS, K.A. & TUNNELL,
G.B. (1980). The impact of moral theories on cheating :
Studies of emotion attribution and schema activation. Motivation
& Emotion, 4 (3), 193-216. |
|
DIENSTBIER, R.A (1989). Arousal and physiological
toughness : implications for mental and physical health. Psychological
Review, 96 (1), 84-100. |
|
|
|
Diète
: Abstention ou privation
alimentaire momentanée, observée pour des raisons médicales
(prescription), scientifiques (en recherche animale) ou
personnelles. NDLR : En ce sens, on observe un
régime mais on s'impose une diète. Diète,
trouble alimentaire et poids.
= restriction alimentaire. *régime.
Diet, weight-reduction program, weight control.
| |
|
|
MAGRAB, P.R. & PAPADOPOULO, Z.L. (1977). The effect of
a token economy on dietary compliance for children on
hemodialysis. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
10 (4), 573-578. [PDF] |
FIELD, A.E., CAMARGO, C.A., TAYLOR, C.B., BERKEY, C.S.,
ROBERTS, S.B. & COLDITZ, G.A. (2001). Peer, parent,
and media influences on the development of weight concerns
and frequent dieting among preadolescent and adolescent
girls and boys. Pediatrics, 107 (1), 54-60. |
| |
STICE, E. (2001). A prospective test of the dual-pathway
model of bulimic pathology : Mediating effects of dieting
and negative affect. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
110 (1), 124-135. [PDF] |
| |
RUBINSTEIN, G. (2006). The big five and self-esteem among
overweight dieting and non-dieting women. Eating
Behaviors, 7, 355-361. [PDF] |
|
BROWN, R.E. (1983). Dietary influences in the preferences
of pre-weanling Long Evans rats for the anal excreta of
adult males. Physiology & Behavior, 31,
73-78. |
KEEL, P., BAXTER, M., HEATHERTON T. & JOINER, T.
(2007). A 20-year longitudinal study of body weight,
dieting, and eating disorder symptoms. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 116, 422-432. [PDF] |
|
SOBAL, J. (1984). Marriage, obesity and dieting. Marriage
& Family Review, 7 (1), 115-139. |
BECK, J.S. (2007). Beck diet solution weight loss
workbook : The 6-week plan to train your brain to think
like a thin person. Birmingham, AL : Oxmoor House
Publications. |
|
MANN, T., TOMIYAMA. J., WESTLING, E., LEW, A., SAMUELS, B.
& CHATMAN, J. (2007). Medicare’s search for effective
obesity treatments : Diets are not the answer. American
Psychologist, 62, 220–233. |
|
MAGRATH, G. (1985). Adolescent diet : fact or fantasy ? Practical
Diabetes, 2, 22-25. |
KAPLAN, H.S., GANGESTAD, S.W., GURVEN, M., LANCASTER, J.,
MUELLER, T. & ROBSON, A. (2007). The evolution of
diet, brain, and life history among primates and humans.
In W. Roebroeks (Ed.), Brains, guts, food and the
social life of early hominins (pp. 47-90). Leiden,
Netherlands : Leiden University Press. |
| |
STROEBE, W. MENSINK, W., AARTS, H., SCHUT, H. &
KRUNGLANSKI, A. (2008). Why dieters fail : Testing the
goal conflict model of eating. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 44, 26-36. |
| |
STROEBE, W. (2008). Dieting, overweight and obesity :
Self-regulation in a food-rich environment. Washington,
DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
BERNIER, M. & AVARD, J. (1986). Self-efficacy,
outcome, and attrition in a weight-reduction program. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 10 (3), 319-338. |
DARMON, N. & DREWNOWSKI, A. (2008). Does social class
predict diet quality ? The American Journal of
Clinical Nutrition, 87 (5), 1107-1117. [PDF] |
| |
CHAPMAN, K. & OGDEN, J. (2009). How do people change
their diet ? An exploration into the mechansism of dietary
change. International Journal of Health Psychology,
14, 1229-1242. [PDF] |
|
BECK, M., HITCHCOCK, C.L. & GALEF, B.G. (1988). Diet
sampling by wild rats offered several unfamiliar foods.
Animal Learning & Behavior, 16, 224-230. |
BASTIAN, M.L., ZWEIFEL, N., VOGEL, E.R., WICH, S.A. &
VAN SCHAIK, C.P. (2010) Diet traditions in wild
orangutans. American Journal of Physical
Anthropology, 143, 175-187. |
| |
BALLARD, W., HALL, M.N. & KAUFMANN, L. (2010). Do
dietary interventions improve ADHD symptoms in children ?
The Journal of Family Practice, 59 (4), 234-235.
[PDF] |
| |
STROEBE, W. Van KONINGSBRUGGEN, G., PAPIES, E.K. &
AARTS, H. (2013). Why most dieters fail but some succeed:
A goal conflict model of eating behavior. Psychological
Review, 120 (1), 110–138. [PDF] |
|
FAHMY-EID, N., ALINE, N., CHARLES, A., COLLIN, J., DAIGLE,
J., FAHMY, P., HEAP, R. et PICHÉ, L. (1997). Femmes,
santé et professions : histoire des diététistes et des
physiothérapeutes au Québec et en Ontario, 1930-1990.
Montréal : Fides. |
OGDEN, J., CORDEY, P., CUTLER, L. & THOMAS, H. (2013).
Parental restriction and children’s diets : the chocolate
coin and easter egg experiments. Appetite, 61,
36-44. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Trouble
alimentaire et Poids |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Différence
: Ce qui distingue deux objets, deux individus,
deux mesures. Différence, caractéristique
et détail. /point
commun, similitude. Difference.
| |
|
|
BOUCHARD, T.J. & McGUE, M. (2003). Genetic and
environmental influences on human psychological
differences. Journal of Neurobiology, 54, 4-45.
[PDF] |
|
FELDER, R.M. & BRENT, R. (2005). Understanding student
differences. Journal of Engineering Education, 94 (1),
57-72.
[PDF] |
|
Voir aussi Différence |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Différences
entre description et explication : Y a-t-il une
différence entre décrire et
expliquer ? Pour les uns,
minoritaires, la réponse est non. Pour ces scientifiques,
l'explication ne serait que la mise en relation de deux catégories
d'observations ( X et Y). L'explication ne serait donc qu'une
description plus détaillée et exhaustive de la réalité, et les
causes un enchaînement de phénomènes du même niveau
ontologique. Pour les autres, la cause a un statut
ontologique distinct de l'effet ou du phénomène à expliquer.
|
|
|
|
|
Différences
raciales : Voir
Race (Différence). Ethnic difference,
Racial differences, race differences.
|
Différences
sexuelles : Ensemble des différences
que l'on observe entre les deux sexes d'une espèce,
notamment chez l'humain.
= différence intersexe. Sex
differences.
|
Différences
sexuelles (Humain) : Ensemble
des différences
fictives (croyances, stéréotype
et préjugés), réelles
(observées scientifiquement) ou possibles (postulées
scientifiquement mais non-confirmées) entre les hommes
et les femmes de tout
âge, tant sur le plan
biologique (organes, hormones,
cerveau, etc.),
morphologique (poids,
taille, musculature,
etc.), psychologique (cognitif
et comportemental),
social (statut social,
emploi, tâches
ménagères, responsabilité et soin des enfants, loisirs,
etc.) que financier (revenu,
salaire, bonus, prime au
rendement, rang dans la hiérarchie de l'entreprise). Différences
sexuelles, genre et
dimorphisme. =
différence intersexe, différence homme-femme. Sex
differences.
|
Différence significative : Écart mathématique entre deux groupes
ou deux mesures d'un groupe (échantillon observé ou mesuré), assez
grand pour affirmer - avec une marge d'erreur X ou seuil
de signification - que cet écart n'est pas attribuable au hasard
(loi de la probabilité), et donc qu'il existe bel et bien deux
sous-groupes distincts au sein de la population à l'étude, ce qui
nous permettent d'affirmer que X influence Y (inférence
statistique). Cette marge d'erreur X, calculé grâce à un
test d'hypothèse, est appelé valeur
de P. En psychologie/sciences sociales, cette valeur est
comparé à un seuil
de signification qui varie entre 0.01 % et 0.05 %.
Différence, test
d'hypothèseet seuil
de signification. = différence
entre les groupes.
Statistical significance, statistical effect.
| |
| Décision/Conclusion |
SI... |
ALORS... |
DONC... |
| Je
ne rejette pas l'hypothèse nulle... |
P
> 0.05 % |
Il n'y a pas de différence significative
entre A et B.
|
X
n'influence pas Y |
| Je
rejette l'hypothèse nulle... |
P <
0.05 % |
J'accepte l'hypothese alternative; il y a une
différence signification entre A et B.
|
X
influence Y |
|
|
|
| |
|
|
LYKKEN, D.T. (1968). Statistical significance in
psychological research. Psychological Bulletin, 70,
151-159. |
MURRAY, L.W. & DOSSER, D.A. (1987). How significant is
a significant difference ? Problems with the measurement
of magnitude of effect. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 34, 68-72. |
|
MORRISON, D.E. & HENKEL, R.E. (1969). Significance
tests reconsidered. The American Sociologist, 4,
131-140. |
FOLGER, R. (1989). Significance tests and the duplicity of
binary decisions. Psychological Bulletin, 106,
155-160. |
| |
JACOBSON, N.S. & TRUAX, P. (1991). Clinical
significance : A statistical approach to defining
meaningful change in psychotherapy research. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 59, 12-19. |
| |
TINGEY, R.C., LAMBERT, M.J., BURLINGAME, G.M. &
HANSEN, N.B. (1996). Assessing clinical significance :
Proposed extensions to method. Psychotherapy
Research, 6, 109-123. |
| |
SCHMIDT, F.L. (1996). Statistical significance testing and
cumulative knowledge in psychology : Implications for
training of researchers. Psychological Methods, 1,
115-129. |
|
GREENWALD, A.G. (1975). Significance, nonsignificance, and
interpretation of an ESP experiment. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 11, 180-191. |
CHOW, S.L. (1996). Statistical significance :
Rationale, validity and utility. London : Sage
Publications. |
| |
PLUCKER, J.A. (1997). Debunking the myth of the «highly
significant» result : Effect sizes in gifted education
research. Roeper Review : A Journal on Gifted
Education, 20, 122-126. |
|
NAGEL, S.S. & NEEF, M. (1977). Determining an optimum
level of statistical significance. In M. Guttentag &
S. Saar (Eds.), Evaluation studies review annual
(Vol. 2, pp. 146-158). Beverly Hills, CA : Sage. |
DANIEL, L.G. (1998). Statistical significance testing : A
historical overview of misuse and misinterpretation with
implications for the editorial policies of educational
journals. Research in the Schools, 5 (2), 23-32.
[PDF] |
|
CARVER, R.P. (1978). The case against statistical
significance testing. Harvard Educational Review, 4 (3),
378-399. |
BRANCH, M.N. (1999). Statistical inference in behavior
analysis : Some things significance testing does and does
not do. The Behavior Analyst, 22 (2), 87-92. [PDF] |
| |
THOMPSON, B. (2002). "Statistical," "practical," and
"clinical" : How many kinds of significance do counselors
need to consider ? Journal of Counseling &
Development, 80, 64-71. |
|
DONNELL, S.M. & HALL, J. (1980). Men and women as
managers : A significant case of no significant
difference. Organizational Dynamics, 8 (4),
60-77. |
TRYON, W.W. (2001). Evaluating statistical difference,
equivalence, and indeterminancy using inferential
confidence intervals : An integrated alternative method of
conducting null hypothesis statistical tests.
Psychological Methods, 6, 371-386. [PDF] |
| |
WILCOX, R.R. (2005). New methods for comparing groups :
Strategies for increasing the probability of detecting
true differences. Current Directions in Psychology,
14, 272-275. |
| |
GELMAN, A. & STERN, H. (2006). The difference between
«significant» and «not significant» is not itself
statistically significant. American Statistician, 60,
328-331. |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Seuil
de signification et Test
d'hypothèse |
|
|
Différenciation
de la réponse : Tendance à se
comporter différemment en présence d'un même
stimulus discriminatif; seul un comportement précis est
renforcé (ou puni), les autres réponses sont sans conséquence. EX:
Votre chien a appris qu'en présence de votre fille, s'il se roule
par terre, il reçoit un bonbon, mais s'il fait le beau, il
n'obtient rien. /géneralisation
de la réponse. Response differentiation.
| |
NOTTERMAN, J.M. & BLOCK, A.H. (1960). Note on response
differentiation during a simple discrimination. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 3 (4),
289-291. [PDF] |
|
NOONAN, M. & AXELROD, S. (1989). Behavioral bias and
left-right response differentiation in the rat. Behavioral
& Neural Biology, 2 (3), 406-410. |
| MALCUIT,
G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie
de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts.
St-Hyacinthe : Edisem. |
|
|
Difficulté
: Difficulty.
| |
|
|
NICHOLLS, J.G. (1975). The differentiation of the concept
of difficulty and ability. Child Development, 54,
951-959. |
|
|
Voir aussi Problème |
|
|
|
|
|
Difformité
: Body dysmorphic disorder.
| |
|
|
ANDERSON, R.C. (2003). Body dysmorphic disorder :
Recognition and treatment. Plastic Surgical Nursing,
23, 125-129. |
|
|
|
Diffusion
: Le terme a deux acceptions : a) Il
renvoie au manque de clarté ou de précision d'une chose, d'un phénomène
(Identité, responsabilité). : b) Il est
aussi synonyme de communication.
| |
|
| a |
|
DARLEY, J.M. & LATANÉ, B. (1968). Bystander
intervention in emergencies : Diffusion of responsibility.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 8
(4), 377-383. [PDF] |
| b |
|
DORÉ, F.Y. (1988). Diffusion des connaissances
scientifiques. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et
étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie
(p. 341-366). St-Hyacinthe : Édisem. |
|
PARISOT, T. (2011). Les enjeux de la diffusion des revues
de psychologie en langue française : l'approche développée
par Cairn.info. Bulletin de Psychologie, 64 (1),
57-58. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Diffusion
de la responsabilité : Concept élaboré par Latane
et Darley pour expliquer l'effet
du passant, c-à-d le fait que certains individus n'aident
pas autrui, alors que leur aide est requise (demande d'aide
explicite, situation d'urgence, etc.). Pour ces deux auteurs, la responsabilité
d'aider est plus
grande lorsqu'on est seul, et décroit proportionnellement avec
l'augmentation des témoins
d'un drame. Comportement
d'aide, effet du
passant et diffusion de responsabilité. =
dilution de la repsonsabilité. Diffusion of
responsibility.
| |
|
|
DARLEY, J.M. & LATANÉ, B. (1968). Bystander
intervention in emergencies : Diffusion of responsibility.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 8
(4), 377-383. [PDF] |
FORSYTH, D.R., ZYZNIEWSKI, L.E. & GIAMMANCO, C.A.
(2002). Responsibility diffusion in cooperative
collectives. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 28 (1), 54-65. [PDF] |
|
KRUPAT, E. & EPSTEIN, Y. (1973). I'm too busy : The
effects of overload and diffusion of responsibility on
working and helping. Proceedings of the 81st Annual
ConVention of the American Psychological Association, 8,
293-294. |
ELMAN, D. (1976). Why is tipping "Cheaper by the bunch" :
Diffusion or just deserts ? Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 2 (3), 307. |
|
MYNATT, C. & SHERMAN, S.J. (1975). Responsibility
attribution in groups and individuals : A direct test of
the diffusion of responsibility hypothesis. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 32, 1111-1118. |
SNYDER, M.L. (1976). The inverse relationship between
restaurant party size and tip percentage : Diffusion of
responsibility or equity ? Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 2 (3), 308. |
|
FREEMAN, S., WALKER, M.R., BORDON, R. & LATANÉ, B.
(1975). Diffusion of responsibility and restaurant tipping
: Cheaper by the bunch. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 1 (4), 584-587. |
WIESENTHAL, D.L., AUSTROM, D. & SILVERMAN, I. (1983).
Diffusion of responsibility in charitable donations. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 4 (1), 17-27. |
|
FLEISHMAN, J.A. (1980). Collective action as helping
behavior : Effects of responsibility diffusion on
contributions to a public good. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 38, 629-340. |
BARRON, G. & YECHIA, E. (2002), Private e-mail
requests and the diffusion of responsibility. Computers
in Human Behavior, 18, 507–520. |
|
WIESENTHAL, D.L., AUSTROM, D. & SILVERMAN, I. (1983).
Diffusion of responsibility in charitable donations. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 4, 17-27. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Responsabilité,
Effet du
passant et
Comportement
d'aide |
|
|
|
|
|
Difonzo
Nicholas ( ) :
Psychologue organisationel et spécialiste de l'étude des rumeurs.
Collaborateur de Bordia et
Rosnow.
|
DIFONZO, N., BORDIA, P. & ROSNOW, R.L. (1994)."Reining
in rumor". Organizational Dynamics, 23 (1),
47-62. |
|
DIFONZO, N.N. & BORDIA, P. (1997). Rumor and
prediction : Making sense (but losing dollars) in the
stock market. Organizational Behavior & Human
Decision Processes, 71, 329-353. |
|
DIFONZO, N. & BORDIA, P. (1999). Rumor, gossip and
urban legends. Diogenes, 54 (1), 19-35 |
|
DIFONZO, N.N. & BORDIA, P. (2000). How to
pprofessionals handle hearsay : Corporate rumors, their
effects, and strategies to manage them. Public
Relations Review, 26, 173-190. |
|
DIFONZO, N.N. & BORDIA, P. (2006). Rumor
psychology : Social and organizational approaches. American
Psychological Association. |
|
|
|
DiFranza
Joseph R. ( ) : Médecin
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du
tabagisme.
|
DIFRANZA, J.R. & WINTERS, T.H. (1985). Smoking and
drunk driving. New England Journal of Medicine, 313
(22), 1421-1422. |
|
DIFRANZA, J.R. & GUERRERA, M.P. (1990). Alcoholism and
smoking. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 51 (2),
130-135. |
|
DIFRANZA, J.R., SANOURI-URSPRUNG, W.W & CARSON, A.
(2010). Newinsights into the compulsion to use tobacco
from an adolescent case-series. Journal of
Adolescence, 33 (1), 209-214. |
|
DIFRANZA, J.R., SWEET, M., SAVAGEAU, J.A. & URSPRUNG,
W.W. (2012). Assessment of tobacco dependence in young
users of smokeless tobacco. Tobacco Control, 21,
471-476. |
|
DIFRANZA, J.R., WELLMAN, R.J., SAVAGEAU, J.A., BECCIA, A.,
SANOURI-URSPRUNG, W.W. & MCMILLEN, R. (2013). What
aspect of dependence does the Fagerström Test for nicotine
dependence measure ? Family Medicine & Community
Health Publications & Presentations, 243, 1-8.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Digman
John M. (1923-1998) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain spécialisé dans l'étude de la personnalité.
Collaborateur de Goldberg.
|
DIGMAN, J.M. & TAKEMOTO-CHOCK, N.K. (1981). Factors in
the natural language of personality : Re-analysis,
comparison, and interpretation of six major studies.
Multivariate Behavioral Research, 16, 149-170. |
|
DIGMAN, J.M. & INOUYE, J. (1986). Further
specification of the five robust factors of personality. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 50, 116-123. |
|
DIGMAN, J.M. (1990). Personality structures : Emergence of
the five-factor Model. Annual Review of Psychology,
41, 417-440. [PDF] |
|
DIGMAN, J.M. & SHMELYOV, A.G. (1996). The structure of
temperament and personality in Russian children. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 71 (2),
341-351. |
|
DIGMAN, J.M. (1997). Higher-order factors of the Big Five.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 73,
1246-1256. |
|
|
|
Dijksterhuis Ap ( ) : Psychologue
néerlandais, spécialisé dans l'étude de
l'inconscient et de l'automaticité.
Collaborateur de Aarts, Bargh,
Fiske, Glick, Macrae,
Postmes, Spears et Wegner.
|
DIJKSTERHUIS, A., AARTS, H., BARGH, J.A. & VAN
KNIPPENBERG, A. (2000). On the relation between
associative strength and automatic behavior. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 36, 531-544. [PDF] |
|
DIJKTERHUIS, A. (2004). Think different : The merits of
unconscious thought in preference development and decision
making. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 87, 586-598.
[PDF] |
|
DIJKSTERHUIS, A. & SMITH, P.K., VAN BAAREN, R.B. &
WIGBOLDUS, D.H.J. (2005). The unconscious consumer :
Effects of environment on consumer behavior. Journal
of Consumer Psychology, 15, 193-202. [PDF] |
|
DIJKTERHUIS, A. & NORDREN, F. (2006). A theory of
unconscious thought. Perspectives on Psychological
Sciences, 1 (2), 95-109. [PDF] |
|
DIJKTERHUIS, A., PRESTON, J., WEGNER, D.M. & AARTS, H.
(2008). Effects of subliminal priming of self and God on
self-attribution of authorship for events. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 44, 2-9. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Dilemme
(individuel et social) : Le terme à
deux significations très voisines : a) En
psychologie et en sociologie, il correspond à une situation dans
laquelle un individu doit
choisir entre deux propositions contradictoires, qui ont toutes
deux des conséquences désagréables ou fâcheuses. Sur le plan
social, le dilemme désigne l'opposition entre les intérêts
personnels immédiats des individus et les
intérêts collectifs à long terme d'un groupe ou d'une
société. EX: La voiture est avantageuse
sur le plan individuel (rapidité, confort, autonomie, etc), mais
nuisible à long terme sur le plan collectif (pollution, bruit,
embouteillage, réchauffement
climatique, etc). Le dilemme du prisonnier a fait l'objet de nombreuses études. Dilemme, intérêt
public et effet
pervers. Social trap, social dilemma.
b) En logique, le terme désigne également un argument
composé de deux prémisses.
Dilemma.
| |
|
| a |
|
ARLOW, J.A. (1972). Some dilemmas in psychoanalytic
education. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 20, 556-566. |
VAN DIJK, E. & WILKE, H. (2000). Decision-induced
focusing in social dilemmas : Give-some, keep-some,
take-some, and leave-some games. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 78, 92-104. |
|
PLATT, J. (1973). Social traps. American
Psychologist, 28, 642-651. [PDF]
|
DAWES, R.M. & MESSICK, M.M. (2000). Social dilemmas. International
Journal of Psychology, 35 (2), 111-116. |
RITTEL, H.W.J. & WEBBER, M.M. (1973). Dilemmas in a
general theory of planning. Policy Sciences, 4,
155–169.
|
|
|
DAWES, R.M., McTAVISH, J. & SHALEE, H. (1977).
Behavior, communication, and assumptions about other
people's behavior in a commons dilemma situation. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 35, 1-11. |
|
|
DAWES, R.M. (1980). Social dilemmas. Annual Review of
Psychology, 31, 169-193. [PDF] |
PARKS, C.D., SANNA, L.J. & BEREL, S.R. (2001). Actions
of similar others as inducements to cooperate in social
dilemmas. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 27, 345-354. |
|
MESSICK, D.M., WILKE, H.A.M., BREWER, M.B., KRAMER, R.M.,
ZEMKE, P.E. & LUI, L. (1983). Individual adaptations
and structural change as solutions to social dilemmas.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 44,
294-309. |
JOIREMAN, J.A., VAN LANGE, P.A.M., VAN VUGT, M., WOOD, A.,
VANDER LEEST, T. & LAMBERT, C. (2001). Structural
solutions to social dilemmas : A field study on commuters'
willingness to fund improvements in public transit.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 31, 504-526. |
|
BROWN, J.L. (1983). Cooperation : a biologist's dilemma.
In J.S. Rosenblatt (Ed.), Advances in the study of
behavior. (pp, 1-37). New York : Academic Press. |
DE CREMER, D., SNYDER, M. & DEWITTE, S. (2001). "The
less I trust, the less I contribute (or not) ? European
Journal of Social Psychology, 31 (1), 93-107. |
|
LYNN, M.& OLDENQUIST, A. (1986). Egoistic and
non-egoistic motives in social dilemmas. American
Psychologist, 41, 529-534. |
|
|
BREWER, M.B. & KRAMER, R. (1986). Choice behavior in
social dilemmas : Effects of social identity, group size,
and decision framing. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 50, 543-549. |
PARKS, C.D., RUMBLE, A.C. & POSEY, D.C. (2002). The
effects of envy on reciprocation in social dilemmas. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 522-534. |
|
YAMAGISHI, T. (1988). Seriousness of social dilemmas and
the provision of a sanctioning system. Social
Psychology Quarterly, 51 (1), 32-42. |
DE CREMER, D., VAN KNIPPENBERG, D. & VAN DIJK, E.
(2002). Reactions to group success and failure as a
function of identification level : A test of the
goal-transformation hypothesis in social dilemmas.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38 (5),
435-442. |
|
SMITH, J.M. & BELL, P.A. (1992). Environmental concern
and cooperative behavior in a simulated commons dilemma. Journal
of Social Psychology, 132, 461-468. |
MACY, M.W. & FLACHE, A. (2002). Learning dynamics in
social dilemmas. Proceedings of the National Academy
of Sciences of the United States of America, 3,
7229-7236. |
|
YAMAGISHI, T. (1986). The structural goal/expectation
theory of cooperation in social dilemmas. In E. Lawler
(Ed.), Advances in Group Processes (Vol. 3, pp.
51-87). Greenwich, CT : JAI Press. |
DE CREMER, D. (2002). Respect and cooperation in social
dilemmas : The importance of feeling included. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 28 (10),
1335-1341. |
|
SAMUELSON, C.D. (1990). Energy conservation : A social
dilemma approach. Social Behaviour, 5, 207- 230. |
|
|
BREWER, M.B. & SCHNEIDER, S.K. (1990). Social identity
and social dilemmas : A double-edged sword. In D. Abrams
& M.A. Hogg (Eds.), Social identity theory :
Constructive and critical advances (pp. 169-184).
London : Harvester Wheatsheaf. |
PARKS, C.D., SANNA, L.J. & POSEY, D.C. (2003).
Retrospection in social dilemmas : How thinking about the
past affects future cooperation. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 84, 988-996. |
|
LIEBRAND, W.B.G., MESSICK, D.M. & WILKE, H.A.M.
(1992). Social dilemmas : Theoretical issues and
research findings. Oxford : Pergamon Press. |
|
|
WIT, A.P. & WILKE, H.A.M. (1992). The effect of social
categorization on cooperation in three types of social
dilemmas. Journal of Economic Psychology, 13, 135-151. |
MOSLER, H.-J. & BRUCKS, W.M. (2003). Integrating
common dilemma findings in a general dynamic model of
cooperative behavior in resource crises. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 33 (1), 119-133. |
|
YAMAGISHI, T. & COOK, K.S. (1993). Generalized
exchange and social dilemmas. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 56, 235-248. |
VAN DIJK, E., WILKE, H. & WIT, A. (2003). Preferences
for leadership in social dilemmas : Public good dilemmas
versus resource dilemmas. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 39, 170-176. |
|
SMITH, J.M. & BELL, P.A. (1994). Conformity as a
determinant of behavior in a resource dilemma. Journal
of Social Psychology, 134, 191-200. |
VAN VUGT, M., JEPSON, S.F., HART, C.M. & DE CREMER, D.
(2004). Autocratic leadership in social dilemmas : A
threat to group stability. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 40, 1-13. |
|
DRENTH, P.J.D. (1994). Scientific and social
responsibility : A dilemma for the psychologist as a
scientist ? European Work & Organisational
Psychologist, 3, 45-57. |
|
|
PARKS, C.D. (1994). The predictive ability of social
values in resource dilemmas and public goods games. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 431-438. |
REEDER, J. (2004). Hate and love in psychoanalytical
institutions : The dilemma of a profession. New
York : Other Press. |
|
BORNSTEIN, G. & BEN-YOSSEF, M. (1994). Cooperation in
intergroup and single-group social dilemmas. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 30, 52-67 |
VAN DIJK, E., WIT, A., WILKE, H. & BUDESCU, D.V.
(2004). What we know (and do not know) about the effects
of uncertainty on behavior in social dilemmas. In R.
Suleiman, D.V. Budescu, I. Fischer & D.M. Messick
(Eds.), Contemporary psychological research on social
dilemmas (pp. 315-331). Cambridge University
Press. |
|
|
KERR, N.L. & FAUFMAN-GILLIAND, C.M. (1994).
Communication, commitment, and cooperation in social
dilemma. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology 66 (3), 513 |
VANNESTE, S., VAN HIEL, A., PARISI, F. & DEPOORTER, B.
(2006). From "tragedy" to "disaster" : Welfare effects of
commons and anticommons dilemmas. International
Review of Law & Economics, 26, 104-122. |
|
KOMORITA, S.S. & PARKS, C.D. (1994). Social
dilemmas. Dubuque, IA : Brown & Benchmark. |
DE CREMER, D., VAN KNIPPENBERG, D., VAN DIJK, E. & VAN
LEUWEEN, E. (2008). Cooperating if one's goals are
collective-based : Social identification effects in social
dilemmas as a function of goal transformation. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 38 (6), 1562-1579. |
|
VAN VUGT, M., MEERTENS, R. & VAN LANGE, P.A.M. (1995).
Car versus public transportation ? The role of social
value orientations in a real-life social dilemma. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 25, 258-278. |
FODDY, M. & DAWES, R.M. (2008). Group-based trust in
social dilemmas. In A. Biel, D. Eek, T. Gärling & M.
Gustafsson (Eds.), New issues and paradigms in
research on social dilemmas (pp. 57-71). New York,
NY : Springer. |
|
VAN DIJK, E. & WILKE, H. (1995). Coordination rules in
asymmetric social dilemmas : A comparison between Public
Good dilemmas and Resource dilemmas. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 31, 1-27. |
DE CREMER, D. & VAN DIJK, E. (2009). Paying for
sanctions in social dilemmas : the effects of endowment
asymmetry and accountability. Organizational Behavior
& Human Decision Processes, 109 (1), 45-55. |
|
TYLER, T. & DEGOEY, P. (1995). Collective restraint in
social dilemmas : Procedural justice and social
identification effects on support for authorities.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 69, 482-497. |
WUBBEN, M.J.J., DE CREMER, D. & VAN DIJK, E. (2009).
When and how communicated guilt affects contributions in
public good dilemmas. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 45 (1), 15-23. |
|
VAN VUGT, M. (1996). Social dilemmas and
transportation decisions. Maastricht, The
Netherlands : University of Maastricht. |
VAN DIJK, E., DE KWAADSTENIET, E.W. & DE CREMER, D.
(2009). Tacit coordination in social dilemmas : The
importance of having a common understanding. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 96, 665-678. |
|
PARKS, C.D., HENAGER, R.F. & SCAMAHORN, S.D. (1996).
Trust and reactions to messages of intent in social
dilemmas. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 40,
134-151. |
BALLIET, D., PARKS, C. & JOIREMAN, J. (2009). Social
values orientation and cooperation in social dilemmas : A
meta-analysis. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 12, 533-547. |
|
KERR, N.L. (1996). Does my contribution really matter :
The role of efficacy in social dilemmas. In W. Stroebe
& M. Hewstone, European Review of Social
Psychology, (Vol.7, pp. 209-240). Chichester :
Wiley. |
VAN KNIPPENBERG, D., VAN DIJK, E. & VAN LEUWEEN, E.
(2008). Cooperating if one's goals are collective-based :
Social identification effects in social dilemmas as a
function of goal transformation. Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 38 (6), 1562-1579. |
|
VAN VUGT, M., VAN LANGE, P.A.M. MEERTENS, R.M. &
JOIREMAN, J.A. (1996). How a structural solution to social
dilemma failed: A field experiment on the first carpool
lane in Europe. Social Psychology Quarterly, 59,
364-374. |
WUBBEN, W., DE CREMER, D. & VAN DIJK, E. (2009). Being
emotional about tit-for-tat : Issues of reciprocity, anger
and disappointment in social dilemmas. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 45 (4), 987-999. |
|
VAN LANGE, P.A.M. & MESSICK, D.M. (1996).
Psychological processes underlying cooperation in social
dilemmas. In W. Gasparski, M. Mucki & B. Banathy
(Eds.), Social agency : Dilemmas and educational
praxiology (Vol.4, pp. 93-112). New Brunswick :
Transaction. |
DE CREMER, D. & VAN DIJK, E (2009). Paying for
sanctions in social dilemmas : the effects of endowment
asymmetry and accountability. Organizational Behavior
& Human Decision Processes, 109 (1), 45-55. |
|
VAN VUGT, M. (1997). The privatization of public goods : A
social dilemma analysis. Social Psychology Quarterly,
63, 354-366. |
BALLIET, D. (2010). Communication and cooperation in
social dilemmas : A meta-analytic review. Journal of
Conflict Resolution, 54 (1), 39-57. |
| |
BALLIET, D., McFARLAN, S.J., LI, N.P. & VAN VUGT, M.
(2011). Sex differences in cooperation : A meta-analytic
review of social dilemmas. Psychological Bulletin,
137 (6), 881-909.
[PDF] |
|
LARRICK, R.P. & BLOUNT, S. (1997). The claiming effect
: Why players are more generous in social dilemmas than in
ultimatum games. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology 72, 810-825. |
LA BARBERA, F. & CARIOTA FARRARA, P. (2012). The
effect of European identity on cooperation. Testing,
Psychometrics, Mthodoly in Applied Psychology, 19 (3),
165-175. [PDF] |
|
VAN LANGE, P.A.M. & VISSER, K. (1999). Locomotion
in social dilemmas : How people adapt to cooperative,
tot-for-tat, and noncooperative partners. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 77 (4),
762-773. [PDF] |
VAN LANGE, P.A.M., BALLIET, D., JOIREMAN, J., PARKS, C.D.
& VAN VUGT, M. (2013). Social dilemmas : The
psychology of human cooperation. New York : Oxford
University Press. |
|
VAN VUGT, M. & SAMUELSON, C.D. (1999). The impact of
metering in a natural resource crisis : A social dilemma
analysis. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 25 (6), 731-745. [PDF] |
VAN LANGE, P.A.M., JOIREMAN, J., PARKS, C.D. & VAN
DIJK, E. (2013). The psychology of social dilemmas : A
review. Organizational Behavior & Human Decision
Processes, 120, 125-141. [PDF] |
| |
VAN LANGE, P.A.M., BALLIET, D., PARKS, C. & VAN VUGHT,
M. (2014). Social dilemmas : Understanding the psychology
of human cooperation. New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
DE CREMER, D. & VAN VUGT, M.M. (1999). Social
identification effects in social dilemmas : A
transformation of motives. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 29, 871-893. |
PLETZER, J.L., BALLIET, D., JOIREMAN, J., KUHLMAN, D.M.,
VOELPEL, S. & VAN LANGE, P.A.M (2018). Social value
orientation, expectations, and cooperation in social
dilemmas : A meta-analysis. European Journal of
Personality, 32, 62-83. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Intérêt
public, Choix,
Décision, Conflit
et Effet
pervers |
| b |
|
|
Voir aussi Argument
et Prémisses |
| KNEALE,
W.C. & KNEALE, M. (1988). The development of
logic. Oxford : Oxford Press. |
|
|
Dilemme
du prisonnier : Dilemme de type
«jeu à somme non-nulle»
où ceux qui collaborent
gagnent davantage que ceux qui trichent
ou refusent de coopérer.
Prisoner's dilemma, prisoner's dilemma game,
games prisoners play.
| |
|
|
RADINSKY, T.L. & MYERS, D.G. (1968). The influence of
an advantaged third person on collaboration in a
prisoner's dilemma game. Psychonomic Science, 13,
329-330. |
GREEN, L., PRICE, P.C. & HAMBURGER, M.E. (1995).
Prisoner's dilemma and the pigeon : Control by immediate
consequences. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 64 (1), 1-17. [PDF] |
|
DEUTSCH, M., GUMPERT, P. & EPSTEIN, Y. (1969). The
effect of incentive magnitude on cooperation in the
Prisoner’s Dilemma Game. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 11, 66-69. |
CLEMENTS, K.C. & STEPHENS, D.W. (1995). Testing models
of non-kin cooperation : Mutualism and the prisoner's
dilemma. Animal Behaviour, 50, 527-549. |
|
KUHLMAN, D.M. & MARSHELLO, A.F. (1975). Individual
differences in game motivation as moderators of
preprogrammed strategy effects in prisoner's dilemma. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 32,
922-931. |
|
|
AXELROD, R. (1980). Effective choice in the prisoner's
dilemma. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 24, 3-25. |
CONNOR, R.C. (1995). Altruism among non-relatives :
alternatives to the "prisoner's dilemma". Trends in
Ecology & Evolution, 10, 84-86. |
|
AXELROD, R. (1980). More effective choice in the
prisoner's dilemma. Journal of Conflict Resolution,
24, 379-403. |
SANDHOLM, T. & CRITES, R.H. (1995). Multiagent
reinforcement learning in the iterated prisoner's dilemma.
Biosystems Journal, 37, 147-166. [PDF]
|
|
KREPS, D.M., MILGROM, P. ROBERTS, J. & WILSON, R.
(1982). Rational cooperation in the finitely-repeated
prisoners' Dilemma. Journal of Economic Theory, 27,
1982, 245-252. |
|
|
GARDNER, R.M., CORBIN, T.L., BELTRAMO, J.S. & NICKELL,
G.S. (1984). The prisoner's dilemma game and cooperation
in the rat. Psychological Reports, 55, 687-696. |
COOPER, R., DEJONG, D.V., FORSYTHE, R. & ROSS, T.W.
(1996). Cooperation without reputation : Experimental
evidence from prisoner's dilemma games. Games &
Economic Behavior, 12, 187-218. |
|
BOYD, R. & LORBERBAUM, J.P. (1987). No pure strategy
is stable in the repeated prisoner's dilemma game. Nature,
327, 58-59. |
GREEN, L., MYERSON, J., LICHTMAN, D., ROSEN, S. & FRY,
A. (1996). Temporal discounting in choice between delayed
rewards : The role of age and income. Psychology
& Aging, 11, 79-84.
[PDF] |
|
PETTIT, P. (1986). Preserving the prisoner's dilemma. Synthese,
68, 181-184. [PDF] |
|
PETTIT, P. (1988). The prisoner's dilemma is an
unexploitable Newcomb Problem. Synthese, 76 (1),
123-134.
|
|
|
NOWAK, M.A. & SIGMUND, K. (1989). Game-dynamical
aspects of the prisoner's dilemma. Applied Mathematics
& Computation, 30 (3), 191-213. |
BREMBS, B. (1996). Chaos, cheating and cooperation :
Potential solutions to the prisoner's dilemma. Oikos,
76, 14-24. |
|
|
NOWAK, M.A. (1990). Stochastic strategies in the
prisoner's dilemma. Theoretical Population Bioogy, 38
(1), 93-112. [PDF] |
|
|
BORSTNIK, B., PUMPENIK, D., HOFACKER, I.L. & HOFACKER,
G.L. (1990). An ESS-analysis for ensembles of prisoner's
dilemma strategies. Journal of Theoretical Biology,
142, 189-200. |
RACHLIN, H. & BROWN, J. (2001). Prisoner’s dilemma. In
D.L. Medin (Ed.), The psychology of learning and
motivation : Advances in research and theory (Vol.
40, pp. 327-364). New York : Academic Press. [PDF]
|
|
NOWAK, M.A. & SIGMUND, K. (1990). The evolution of
stochastic strategies in the prisoner's dilemma. Acta
Applicandae Mathematicae, 20 (3), 247-265. [PDF] |
BATSON, C.D. & AHMAD, N. (2001). Empathy-induced
altruism in a prisoner's dilemma II : what if the target
of empathy has defected ? European Journal of Social
Psychology, 31, 25-36. |
|
BENDOR, J., KRAMER, R.D. & STOUT, S. (1991). When in
doubt... : cooperation in a noisy prisoner's dilemma. Journal
of Conflict Resolution 35, 691-719. |
STEPHENS, D.W., McLINN, C.M. & STEVENS, J.R. (2002).
Discounting and reciprocity in an interated prisoner's
dilemma. Science, 298, 2216-2218. [PDF] |
|
SOBER, E. (1992). Stable cooperation in iterated
prisoners' dilemmas. Economics & Philosophy, 8,
127-139. |
HARRIS, A.C. & MADDEN, G.J. (2002). Delay discounting
and performance on the prisoner's dilemma game.
The Psychological Record, 52, 429-440. |
|
ANDREONI, J. & MILLER, J.H. (1993). Rational
cooperation in the finitely repeated prisoner's dilemma :
Experimental evidence. Economic Journal, 103,
570-585. |
KAMINSKI, M.M. (2004). Games prisoners play.
Princeton University Press. |
|
NOWAK, M. & SIGMUND, K. (1993). A strategy of
win-stay, lose-shift that outperforms tit-for-tat in the
prisoner's dilemma game. Nature, 364, 56-58. |
ACEVEDO M. & KRUGER, J.I. (2005). Evidential reasoning
in the prisoner's dilemma. The American Journal of
Psychology, 118, 431-457. |
|
AKIMOV, V. & SOUTCHANSKI, M. (1994). Automata
simulation of N-person social dilemma games. Journal
of Conflict Resolution, 38, 138-148. |
DAWKINS, M.S. (2010). Do asymmetries destablize the
Prisoner's Dilemma and make reciprocal altruism unlikely ?
Animal Behaviour, 80, 339-341.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Reciprocité,
Tricher, Coopération
et Jeu à
somme non-nulle |
| |
|
|
|
|
Dill Jody Clinton ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des médias et de la
représentation de la violence, plus particulièrement dans
les vidéos. Collaborateur
de Anderson, Dill,
Geen, Gentile
et Sedikides.
|
DILL, J.C. & ANDERSON, C.A. (1995). Effects of
justified and unjustified frustration on aggression. Aggressive
Behavior, 21, 359-369. [PDF] |
|
DILL, K.E. & DILL, J.C. (1998). Video game violence :
A review of the empirical literature. Aggressive
& Violent Behavior, 3 (4), 407-428.
[PDF] |
|
KRULL, D.S. & DILL, J.C. (1998). Do smiles elicit more
inferences than do frowns ? The effect of emotional
valence on the production of spontaneous inferences. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 24, 289-300. |
|
DILL, K.E., GENTILE, D.A., RICHTER, W.A. & DILL, J.C.
(2005). Violence, sex, race, agnd age in popular vdeo ames
: A content analysis. In E. Cole & J.H. Daniel (Eds.),
Psychology of women book series. Featuring females :
Feminist analyses of media (pp. 115-130). American
Psychological Association. |
| |
|
|
Dill Karen E. ( ) : Psychosociologue
et féministe américaine,
spécialisée dans l'étude des médias et de la
représentation de la violence, plus particulièrement dans
les vidéos.
Collaboratrice d'Anderson,
Bushman, Dill
et Gentile.
|
DILL, K.E. & DILL, J.C. (1998). Video game violence :
A review of the empirical literature. Aggressive
& Violent Behavior, 3 (4), 407-428.
[PDF] |
|
DILL, K.E. (2005). Children at play ? Essay Review of Kids
and Media in America by D. Roberts and U. Foeh. Human
Develoment, 293, 1-8. [PDF] |
|
DILL, K.E., GENTILE, D.A., RICHTER, W.A., DILL, J.C. &
COLE, E. (2005). Violence, sex, race and age in popular
video games : A content analysis. In J. Henderson Daniel
(Eds.), Featuring females : Feminist analyses of
media. Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association. |
|
DILL, K.E. & THILL, K.P. (2007). Video game characters
and the socialization of gender roles : Young people's
perceptions mirror sexist media depictions. Sex
Roles, 57, 851-865.
[PDF] |
|
DILL, K.E., BROWN, B.P. & COLLINS, M.A. (2008).
Effects of media stereotypes on sexual harassment
judgments and rape supportive attitudes : Popular video
game characters, gender, violence and power. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 44, 1402-1408.
[PDF] |
| |
|
|
Dillard
James P. ( ) : Spécialiste de la communication.
Il s'intéresse aux techniques de persuasion,
notamment les techniques
de la porte-dans-la-face et
du pied-dans-la-porte.
|
DILLARD, J., HUNTER, J. & BURGOON, M. (1984).
Sequential request persuasive strategies : Meta-analysis
of foot-in-the-door and door-in-the-face. Human
Communication Research, 10, 461-488. |
|
DILLARD, J. (1990). Self-inference and the
foot-in-the-door technique : Quantity of behavior and
attitudinal mediation. Human Communication Research,
16, 422-447. |
|
DILLARD, J.P. & HALE, J.L. (1992). Prosocialness and
sequential request compliance techniques : Limits to the
foot-in-the-door and the door-in-the-face ? Communication
Studies, 43, 220-232. |
|
DILLARD, J. & ANDERSON, J.W. (2004). The role of fear
in persuasion. Psychology & Marketing, 21,
909-926. |
|
DILLARD, J. & SHEN, L. (2005). On the nature of
reactance and it's role in persuasion. Communication
Monographs, 72, 144-168. |
| |
|
|
Dillman Don. A. (1941-2024 Pullman) : Scociologue
et méthodologiste
américain, spécialisé dans l'élaboration des enquêtes,
notamment celles menées par
la poste. Professeur de Smyth.
Collaborateur de Groves.
 |
DILLMAN, D.A., CHRISTENSON, J.A., CARPENTER, E.H. &
BROOKS, R. (1974). Increasing mail questionnaire response
: A four-state comparison. American Sociological
Review, 39, 744-756. |
|
DILLMAN, D.A. (1991). The design and administration of
mail surveys. Annual Review of Sociology, 17, 225-249.
[PDF] |
|
DILLMAN, D.A. (1999). Mail and internet surveys : The
tailored method. NY : John Wiley and Sons. |
|
DILLMAN, D.A., PHELPS, G., TORTORA, R., SWIFT, K.,
KOHRELL, J.B., BERCK, J. & MESSER, B.L. (2009).
Response rate and measurement differences in mixed-mode
surveys using mail, telephone, interactive voice response,
and the internet. Social Science Research, 38 (1),
1-18. |
|
DILLMAN, D.A. (2017). Inciter les participants aux
enquêtes à mode mixte à répondre sur le Web : les
promesses et les défis. Techniques d'Enquête, 43
(1), 3-34. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
|
|
Dilworth
John ( ) : Philosophe
américain et spécialiste de la perception,
de la représentation,
de l'art et de
l'esthétisme.
|
DILWORTH, J. (2004). Naturalized perception without
information. The Journal of Mind & Behavior, 25 (4),
349-368. [PDF] |
|
DILWORTH, J. (2005). The reflexive theory of perception. Behavior
& Philosophy, 33, 17-40.
[PDF] |
|
DILWORTH, J. (2005). A naturalistic, reflexive
dispositional approach to perception. The Southern
Journal of Philosophy, 43 (4), 583-601.
[PDF] |
|
DILWORTH, J. (2005). Perceptual causality problems
reflexively resolved. Acta Analytica, 20, 11-31.
[PDF] |
|
DILWORTH, J. (2010). Realistic virtual reality and
perception. Philosophical Psychology, 23, 23-42. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
|
DlMBERG, U. (1982). Facial reactions to facial
expressions. Psychophysiology, 19, 643-647. |
|
DIMBERG, U. & LUNDQUIST, O. (1988). Facial reactions
to facial expressions : sex differences, Psychophysiology,
25, 442-443. |
|
DIMBERG, U. (1990). Facial electromyography and
emotional reactions. Psychophysiology, 27 (5),
481-494. |
|
DIMBERG, U. & THUNBERG, M. (1998). Rapid facial
reactions to emotional facial expressions. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 39 (1), 39-45. |
|
DIMBERG, U., ANDRÉASSON, P. & THUNBERG, M. (2011).
Emotional empathy and facial reactions to facial
expressions. Journal of Psychophysiology, 25 (1),
26-31. |
| |
|
|
Dimension
: Le mot a deux acceptions : a) Aspect
important ou significatif d'une chose. EX: la dimension
publique de
l'activité scientifique. b) Aspect
mesurable d'une chose. EX: Quelle est la dimension exacte de cette boîte de
Skinner ?
Dimension
|
|
|
Dimidjian Sona ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhaviorale américaine,
spécialisée dans l'étude et le traitement de la dépression.
Collaboratrice de Addis,
Andersson, Calbring,
Castonguay,
Cuijpers,
Derubeis,
Dobson, Driessen,
Hollon,
Lambert, Jacobson,
Kohlenberg, Martell, Mohr,
Rozental,
Rush, Segal
et Shafran.
 |
DIMIDJIAN, S., HOLLON, S.D., DOBSON, K.S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., ADDIS, M.E., GALLOP, R.,
McGLINCHEY, J.B., MARKLEY, D., GOLLAN, J.K., ATKINS, D.C.,
DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2006). Randomized trial
of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the acute treatment of adults
with major depression. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 74 (4), 658-670. [PDF] |
|
DIMIDJIAN, S., MARTELL, C.R. & HERMAN-DUNN, R. (2007).
Behavioral activation for depression. In D.H. Barlow
(Ed.), Clinical handbook of psychological disorders
(pp. 32-64). New York : Guilford |
|
DIMIDJIAN, S., MARTELL, C.R., COFFMAN, S. & HOLLON,
S.D. (2008). Treatment of severe depression. In M. Whisman
(Ed.), Cognitive therapy for complex and comorbid
depression : Assessment and treatment (pp. 65-87).
New York : Guilford. |
|
DIMIDJIAN, S. & DAVIS, K.J. (2009). Newer variations
of cognitive-behavioral therapy : behavioral activation
and mindfulness-based cognitive therapy. Current
Psychiatry Reports, 11, 453-458. [PDF] |
|
DIMIDJIAN, S., BARRERA, J.R., MARTELL C.R., MUNOZ, R.F.
& LEWINSOHN, P.M. (2011). The origins and current
status of behavioral activation treatments for depression.
Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 7, 1-38. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
Dimorphisme
: Différence physique - écart
de taille, de poids,
de forme, etc. - entre les mâles et les femelles d'une espèce,
incluant l'humain (sur le plan
anatomique et cérébral).
EX: Les lions sont plus lourds et plus hauts sur
pattes que les lionnes. Dimorphisme et différences
sexuelles sur le plan anatomique. Dimorphism,
sexual dimorphisme.
| |
|
|
BRACE, C.L. (1973). Sexual dimorphism in human evolution.
Yearbook of Physical Anthropology, 16, 31-49. |
BLACKLESS, M., CHARUVASTRA, A., DERRYCK, A.,
FAUSTO-STERLING, A., LAUZANNE, K. & LEE, E. (2000).
How sexually dimorphic are we ? Review and synthesis. American
Journal of Human Biology, 12, 151-166. |
|
CLUTTON-BROCK, T.H., HARVEY, P.H. & RUDDER, B. (1977).
Sexual dimorphism, socionomic sex ratio and body weight in
primates. Nature, 269, 797-800. |
CORDERO, M.E., VALENZUELA, C.Y., TORRES, R. &
RODGIGUEZ, A. (2000). Sexual dimorphism in number and
proportion of neurons in the human median raphe nucleus.
Brain Research. Developmental Brain Research, 124, 43-52. |
|
LEUTENEGGER, W. & KELLEY, J.T. (1977). Relationship of
sexual dimorphism in canine size and body size to social,
behavioral and ecological correlates in anthropoid
primates. Primates, 18, 117-136. |
LITTLE, A.C., BURT, D.M., PENTON-VOAK, I.S. & PERRETT,
D.I. (2001). Self-perceived attractiveness influences
human female preferences for sexual dimorphism and
symmetry in male faces. Proceedings of the Royal
Society of London, Series B : Biological Sciences, 268,
39-44. [PDF] |
| |
PLAVCAN, J.M. (2001). Sexual dimorphism in primates. Yearbook
of Physical Anthropology, 116, 25–53. |
|
LEUTENEGGER, W. (1978). Scaling of sexual dimorphism in
body weight and breeding system in primates. Nature,
272, 610-611. |
O'HIGGINS, P. & COLLARD, M. (2002). Sexual dimorphism
and facial growth in papionin monkeys. Journal
Zoological, 257, 255-272. [PDF] |
|
ALEXANDER, R.D., HOOGLAND, J.L., HOWARD, R.D., NOONAN,
K.M. & SHERMAN, P.W. (1979). Sexual dimorphism and
breeding systems in pinnipeds, ungulates, primates and
humans. In N.A. Chagnon & W. Irons (Eds.), Evolutionary
biology and human social behavior : An anthropological
perspective. Duxbury Press. |
LASCO, M., JORDAN, T., EDGAR, M., PETITO, C. & BYNE,
W. (2002). A lack of dimorphism of sex or sexual
orientation in the human anterior commissure. Brain
Research, 936, 95-98. |
|
LEUTENEGGER, W. (1982). Scaling of sexual dimorphism in
body weight and canine size in primates. Folia
Primatology, 37, 163-176. |
ALLEN J.S., DAMASIO H., GRABOWSKI, T.J., BRUSS J. &
ZHANG W. (2003). Sexual dimorphism and asymmetries in the
gray-white composition of the human cerebrum. Neuroimage,
18, 880-894. |
|
DE LACOSTE-UTAMSING, M.C. & HOLLOWAY, R.L. (1982).
Sexual dimorphism in the human corpus callosum. Science,
216, 1431-1432. [PDF] |
RHODES, G., CHAN, J., ZEBROWITZ, L.A. & SIMMONS, L.W.
(2003). Does sexual dimorphism in human faces signal
health ? Proceedings of the Royal Society of London
Series B, 270 (S), 93-95. [PDF] |
|
DOMJAN, M. & HALL, S. (1986). Sexual dimorphism in the
social proximity behavior of Japanese quail (Coturnix
coturnix japonica). Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 100, 68-71. [PDF] |
PENTON-VOAK, I.S., LITTLE, A.C., JONES, B.C., BURT, D.M.,
TIDDEMAN, B.P. & PERRETT, D.I. (2003). Female
condition influences preferences for sexual dimorphism in
faces of male humans (Homo sapiens). Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 117, 264-271. |
|
VAN DEN BERGHE, P.L. & FROST, P. (1986). Skin color
preference, sexual dimorphism and sexual selection : A
case of gene-culture co-evolution ? Ethnic &
Racial Studies, 9, 87-113. |
MAZÀK, J.H. (2004). On the sexual dimorphism in the skull
of the tiger (Panthera tigris). Mammalian biology,
69, 392-400. |
|
HOLLOWAY, R.L. & DE LACOSTE, M.C. (1986). Sexual
dimorphism in the human corpus callosum : an extension and
replication study. Human Neurobiology, 5, 87-91.
[PDF] |
PLAVCAN, J.M. (2004). Sexual selection, measures of sexual
selection, and dimorphism in primates. In P.M. Kappeler
& C.P. van Schaik (Eds.), Sexual selection in
primates : New and comparative perspectives (pp.
230-252). Cambridge, Great Britain : Cambridge University
Press. |
|
| |
PLAVCAN, J.M., VAN SCHAIK, C.P. & McGRRAW, W.S. (2005)
Seasonality, social organization, and sexual dimorphism in
primates. In D. Brockman & C.P. van Schaik (Eds.), Seasonality
in primate evolution (pp. 401-441). Cambridge
University Press. |
|
LOVEJOY J. & WALLEN, K. (1988). Sexually dimorphic
behavior in group-housed rhesus-monkeys (Macaca-Mulatta)
at 1 year of age. Psychobiology, 16, 348-356. |
THORNHILL, R. & GANGESTAD, S.W. (2006). Facial sexual
dimorphism, developmental stability, and susceptibility to
disease in men and women ? Evolution & Human
Behavior, 27, 131-144. |
|
WEIS, S., WEBER, G., WENGER, E. & KIMACHER, M. (1989).
The controversy about a sexual dimorphism of the human
corpus callosum. International Journal of
Neuroscience, 47 (1-2), 169-173. |
GOLD, A. (2006). Cranial evidence for sexual dimorphism
and group living in the extinct American lion (Panthera
leo atrox). UCI Journal of Undergraduate Research in
the Biological Sciences, 36, 764-775. [PDF] |
|
FITTS, S.N., GIBSON, P., REDDING, C.A. & DEITER, P.J.
(1989). Body dysmorphic disorder : Implications for its
validity as a DSM-III-R clinical syndrome. Psychology
Report, 64, 655-658. |
ZHANG, J.M., KONKLE, A.T.M., ZUP, S.L. & McCARTHY,
M.M. (2008). Impact of sex and hormones on new cells in
the developing rat hippocampus : a novel source of sex
dimorphism ? European Journal of Neuroscience, 27
(4), 791-800. [PDF] |
|
HOLLOWAY, R.L. (1990). Sexual dimorphism in the human
corpus callosum : its evolutionary and clinical
implications. In G.H. Sperber (Ed.), From apes to
angels : Essays in anthropology in honor of Phillip V.
Tobias (pp. 221-228). New York : Wiley-Liss, Inc.
[PDF] |
SAXTON, T.K., LITTLE, A.C., DeBRUINE, L.M., JONES, B.C.
& ROBERTS, S.C. (2009). Adolescents' preferences for
sexual dimorphism are influenced by relative exposure to
male and female faces. Personality & Individual
Differences, 47, 864-868. [PDF] |
|
HOFMAN, M.A. & SWAAB, D.F. (1991). Sexual dimorphism
of the human brain : myth and reality. Experimental
& Clinical Endocrinology, 98 (2), 161-170. [PDF] |
BANGASSER, D.A., ZHANG, X., GARACHH, V., HANHAUSER, E.
& VALENTINO, R.J. (2011). Sexual dimorphism in locus
coeruleus dendritic morphology : A structural basis for
sex differences in emotional arousal. Physiology
& Behavior, 103, 342-351. [PDF] |
|
ROGERS, A.R. & MUKHERJEE, A. (1992). Quantitative
genetics of sexual dimorphism in human body size. Evolution,
46 (1), 226-234. |
GUPTA, E., HAN, A.A., RAMESH BABU, C.S., LALWANI, R. &
AEJA, S. (2011). Sexual dimorphism of splenial thickness
of corpus callosum. Current Neurobiology, 2 (1),
63-66. [PDF] |
|
PLAVCAN, J.M. & VAN SCHAIK, C. (1992). Intrasexual
competition and canine dimorphism in anthropoid primates.
American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 87,
461-477. |
PLAVCAN, J.M. (2011). Understanding dimorphism as a
function of changes in male and female traits. Evolutionary
Anthropology, 20, 143–155. |
|
CHOI, J. & SILVERMAN, I. (1996). Sexual dimorphism in
spatial behaviors : Applications to route learning. Evolution
& Cognition, 2, 165-171. |
PRADILA PRAMINI, M. & NARASINGA RAO, B. (2012). Sexual
dimorphism of corpus callosum occurs in human foetuses. People's
Journal of Scientific Research, 5 (1), 15-18. [PDF] |
| |
PLAVCAN, J.M. (2012). Sexual size dimorphism, canine
dimorphism, and male–male competition in primates : Where
do humans fit in ? Human Nature, 23, 45–67. |
| |
HOPPER, W.J., FINLEA, K.M., WINKIELMAN, P. & HUBER,
D.E. (2014). Measuring sexual dimorphism with a
race-gender face space. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 40,
1779-1788. [PDF] |
|
PERRETT, D.I., LEE, K.J., PENTON-VOAK, I.S., ROWLAND,
D.R., YOSHIKAWA, S., BURT, D.M., HENZI, S.P., CASTLES,
D.L. & AKAMATSU, S. (1998). Effects of sexual
dimorphism on facial attractiveness. Nature, 394,
884-887. |
MITCHEM, D.G., PURKEY, A.M., GREBE, N.M., CAREY, G.,
GARVER-APGAR, C.E., BATES, T.C., ARDEN, R., HEWITT, J.K.,
MEDLAND, S.E., MARTIN, N.G., ZIETSCH, B.P. & KELLER,
M.C. (2014). Stimating the sex-specific effects of genes
on facial attractiveness and sexual dimorphism.
Behavior Genetics, 44 (3), 270-281. [PDF] |
|
TAN, A., MA, W, VIRA, A., MARWHA, D. &
ELIOT, L. (2015). The human hippocampus is not
sexually-dimorphic : meta-analysis of structural MRI
volumes. Neuroimage, 124, 350-366. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Écart de
taille, Taille
du cerveau, Différences
sexuelles sur le plan cérébra et anatomique |
| |
| ABERCROMBIE,
M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dino Geri ( ) : Psychologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude, le traitement et la
prévention du tabagisme. Collaboratrice
de Horn.
|
DINO, G.A., HORN, K.A., ZEDOSKY, L. & MONACO, K.
(1998). A positive response to teen smoking : Why N-O-T ?
National Association of Secondary School Principals
Bulletin, 82 (601), 46-58. |
|
DINO, G.A., HORN, K., GOLDCAMP, J., FERNANDES, A.W.,
KALSEKAR, I. & MASSEY, C. (2001). A 2-year efficacy
study of Not on Tobacco in Florida : An overview of
program successes in changing teen smoking behavior.
Preventive Medicine, 33, 600-605. |
|
DINO, G.A., HORN, K.A., GOLDCAMP, J., KEMP-RYE, L.,
WESTRATE, S. & MONACO, K. (2001). Teen smoking
cessation : Making it work through school and community
partnerships. Journal of Public Health Management
& Practice, 7, 71-80. |
|
DINO, G.A., HORN, K.A., GOLDCAMP, J., MANIAR, S.D.,
FERNANDES, A.W. & MASSEY, C. (2001). Statewide
demonstration of Not on Tobacco : a gender sensitive teen
smoking cessation program. Journal of School Nursing,
17, 90-97. |
|
DINO, G.A., KAMAL, K., HORN, K., KALSEKAR, I. &
FERNANDES, A.W. (2004). Stage of change and smoking
cessation outcomes among adolescents. Addictive
Behaviors, 29 (5), 935-940. |
|
|
|
Dinsmoor James A. (Woburn 1921-2005 Laconia) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
américain et spécialiste du conditionnement
opérant et du stimulus
disciminatif. Il s'intéresse également au comportement
d'observation. Étudiant de Schoenfeld.
|
DINSMOOR, J.A. (1952). The retention of a discrimination.
Science, 115, 18-19 |
|
DINSMOOR, J.A. & CLAYTON, M.H. (1966). A conditioned
reinforcer maintained by temporal association with the
termination of shock. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 9 (5), 547-552. [PDF] |
|
DINSMOOR, J.A., BROWNE, M.P. & LAWRENCE, C.E. (1972).
A test of the negative discriminative stimulus as a
reinforcer of observing. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 18 (1), 79-85. [PDF] |
|
DINSMOOR, J.A. (1977). Escape, avoidance and punishment :
Where do we stand ? Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 28, 83-95. [PDF] |
|
DINSMOOR, J.A. (2004). The etymology of basic concepts in
the experimental analysis of behavior. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 82 (3),
311-316. [PDF] |
|
|
HINELINE, P.N. (2006). James A. Dinsmoor (1921-2005) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 61, 718. |
|
TIMBERLAKE, W. (2007). James A. Dinsmoor (1921-2005) :
Questions of science and Life. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 87, 1-4. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Dion Éric ( ) : Spécialiste québécois de
l'éducation, notamment
de l'apprentissage
de la lecture. Il
s'intéresse aussi au tutorat
par les pairs et au décrochage
scolaire. Collaborateur de
Dupéré et Janosz.
|
DION, E., ROUX, C., LEMIRE-THÉBERGE, L., GUAY, M.-H.,
BERGERON, L. & BRODEUR, M. (2009). Teaching reading
comprehension to at-risk beginning readers. In G.D.
Sideridis & T.A. Citro (Eds.), Strategies in
reading for struggling learners (pp. 95-109).
Weston, MA : Learning Disabilities Worldwide. |
|
DION, E., BRODEUR, M., GOSSELIN, C., CAMPEAU, M.-È. &
FUCHS, D. (2010). Implementing research-based instruction
to prevent reading problems among low SES students : Is
earlier better ? Learning Disabilities Research &
Practice, 25, 87-96. |
|
DION, E., ROUX, C., LANDRY, D., FUCHS, D., WEHBY, J. &
DUPÉRÉ, V. (2011). Improving classroom attention and
preventing reading difficulties among low-income
first-graders : A randomized study. Prevention
Science, 12, 70-79. [PDF] |
|
DUPÉRÉ, V., LEVENTHAL, T., DION, E., CROSNOE, R.,
ARCHAMBAULT, I. & JANOSZ, M. (2015). Stressors and
turning points in high school and dropout : A stress
process, life course framework. Review of Educational
Research, 85, 591-629. [PDF] |
|
GAGNON, V., DUPÉÉRÉ, V., DION, E. et LÉVEILLÉ, F. (2015).
Dépistage du décrochage scolaire à partir d'informations
administratives ou auto-rapportées. Revue Canadienne
des Sciences du Comportement, 47 (3), 236-240. |
|
|
|
Dion Karen Christina Kisiel (Spingfield 1945-2024) :
Psychosociologue
canadienne, spécialisée dans l'étude de
l'attirance physique et de
l'attraction interpersonnelle. Collaboratrice de Berscheid,
Dion et Walster.
 |
DION, K.K., BERSCHEID, E. & WALSTER, E. (1972). What
is beautiful is what is good. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 24, 285-290. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
DION, K.K. (1973). Young children’s stereotyping of facial
attractiveness. Development Psvchology, 9,
183-188. |
|
DION, K.L. & DION, K.K. (1987). Belief in a just world
and physical attractiveness stereotyping. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 52, 775-780. |
|
DION, K.K., PAK, A.W. & DION, K.L. (1990).
Stereotyping physical attractiveness : A sociocultural
perspective. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 21
(3), 378-398. |
|
DION, K.K., DION, K.L. & PAK, A.W. (1992).
Personality-based hardiness as a buffer for
discrimination-related stress in members of Toronto's
chinese community. Canadian Mimai of Behavioural
Science, 24, 517-536. |
|
|
|
Dion Kenneth Lucien (1944-2004) : Psychosociologue
canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude des préjugés.
Collaborateur de Dion et
Dovidio.
|
DION, K.L. & EARN, B.M. (1975). The phenomenology of
being a target of prejudice. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 32, 944-950. |
|
DION, K.L. & EARN, B.M. & YEE, RH.N. (1978). The
experience of being a victim of prejudice. International
Journal of Psychology, 13, 197-214. |
|
DION, K.L. & DION, K.K. (1987). Belief in a just world
and physical attractiveness stereotyping. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 52, 775-80. [PDF] |
|
DION, K.L. & SCHULLER, R.A. (1990). Ms. and the
manager : A tale of two stereotypes. Sex Roles, 22,
569-577. |
|
DION, K.L. (2001). The social psychology of perceived
prejudice and discrimination. Canadian
Psychology/Psychologie Canadienne, 43 (1), 1-10. [PDF] |
|
|
ESSES, V.M., DOVIDIO, J.F. & UNGER, R. (2005). Kenneth
Lucien Dion (1944-2004 ) : Obituary. American
Psychologist, 60 (7), 729. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dipietro
Janet A. ( ) : Psychobiologiste
américaine et spécialiste du développement,
notamment lors de la grossesse.
|
DIPIETRO, J.A., HODGSON, D.M., COSTIGAN, K.A. &
JOHNSTON, T.R. (1996). Fetal antecedents of infant
temperament. Child Development, 67 (5),
2568-2583. |
|
DIPIETRO, J.A., COSTIGAN, K.A., SHUPE, A.K., PRESSMAN,
E.K. & JOHNSTON, T.R. (1998). Fetal neurobehavioral
development : Associations with socioeconomic class and
fetal sex. Developmental Psychobiology, 33 (1),
79-91. |
|
DIPIETRO, J.A., COSTIGAN, K.A., HILTON, S.C. &
PRESSMAN, E.K. (1999). Effects of socioeconomic status and
psychosocial stress on the development of the fetus.
Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 896, 356-358. |
|
DIPIETRO, J.A., MENDELSON, T., WILLIAMS, E.L. &
COSTIGAN, K.A. (2012). Physiological blunting during
pregnancy extends to induced relaxation. Biological
Psychology, 89, 14-20. [PDF] |
|
DIPIETRO, J.A. (2012). Maternal stress in pregnancy :
Considerations for fetal development. Journal of
Adolescent Health, 51 (S), 3-8. [PDF] |
|
|
WADHWA, P.D. (2003). Commentaire sur l'article du docteur
Janet DiPietro intitulé L'impact du stress prénatal et
périnatal sur le développement psychosocial de l'enfant.
Dans Encyclopédie sur le développement des jeunes
enfants (p. 1-5).
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Diplomate : Diplomatie : Le terme renvoie à deux réalités complémentaires : a) Ensemble de comportements
et de stratégies que
l'on déploie dans la vie quotidienne pour éviter les frictions
avec autrui et résoudre des conflits
interpersonnel. = lubrifiant
social, agir avec tact. b) Branche de la
politique qui s'intéresse aux relations politiques, militaires et
économiques entre les pays, ainsi
qu'aux stratégies qui permettent de maintenir et d'améliorer ces
relations. Diplomacy.
| |
|
| a |
| |
|
Voir Politesse |
| b |
|
CHEHABI, H.E. (2001). Sport diplomacy between the United
States and Iran. Diplomacy & Statecraft, 12 (1),
89–106. |
|
MANZENREITER, W. (2008). Football diplomacy,
post-colonialism and Japan's quest for normal state
status. Sport in Society, 11 (4), 414–428. |
|
PIGMAN, G.A. & ROFE, J.S (2014). Sport and diplomacy : an introduction. Sport in Society, 17 (9), 1095-1097. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Diplôme : Diplômé : Reconnaissance officielle décernée par une
institution
d'enseignement (parfois directement par l'état ou un
organisme para-scolaire) qui
atteste de l'atteinte
minimale des objectifs
d'apprentissage d'une
formation, d'un programme
scolaire, d'un cursus.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessus. Graduate
students.
| |
|
|
DEMERS, M. (1992). La rentabilité du diplôme.
Québec : Ministère de l’Éducation du Québec, Direction des
études économiques et démographiques. |
|
ANDERSON, M.S., LOUIS, K.S. & EARLE, J. (1994).
Disciplinary and departmental effects on observations of
faculty and graduate student misconduct. Journal of
Higher Education, 65, 331-350. |
|
NORCROSS, J.C., HANYCH, J.M. & TERRANOVA, R.D. (1996).
Graduate study in psychology : 1992-1993. American
Psychologist, 51, 631-643. |
|
HAYES, N. (1996). The distinctive skills of a psychology
graduate. European Psychologist, 1 (2), 130-134. |
|
BREMS, C. & JOHNSON, M.E. (1997). Comparison of recent
graduates of clinical versus counseling psychology
programs. Journal of Psychology, 131, 91-99. |
|
RICTER L.M., GRIESEL R.D., DURRHEIM, K., WILSON, M.,
SURENDORFF, N. & ASAFO-AGYEI, L. (1998). Employment opportunities for psychology graduates in South Africa : A
contemporary analysis. South African Journal of
Psychology, 28, 1-7. |
|
BEMAK, F., EPP, L.R. & KEYS, S.G. (1999). Impaired
graduate students : A process model of graduate program monitoring and intervention. International Journal
for the Advancement of Counseling, 21, 19-30. |
|
|
Voir aussi Formation,
Relevé de notes et
Scolarisation |
|
|
Dire non/oui : Chez un individu ou un
groupe, capacité de refuser,
de faire obstacle à la volonté d'autrui. Dire non,
référendum et pouvoir.
= Refuser. Saying
"no".
| |
|
|
O'BYRNE, R., RAPLEY, M. & HANSEN, S. (2005). You
couldn't say "no", could you : Young men's understandings
of sexual refusal. Feminism & Psychology, 16, 133-154.
[PDF] |
|
MACE, F.C., PRATT, J.L., PRAGER, K.L. & PRITCHARD, D.
(2011). An evaluation of three methods of saying "no" to
avoid an escalating response class hierarchy. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44 (1), 83-94. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Directeur
: Directrice d'un livre rédigé par chapitre :
Ce titre désigne la
personne (ou les personnes) qui a pour tâche de définir les thèmes
d'un livre rédigé
par chapitre, de dénicher les auteurs et de répartir le
travail de rédaction (habituellement un chapitre par auteur). Le
directeur doit également veiller à la cohésion de l'ouvrage
(absence de recoupements entre les chapitres, vocabulaire
uniforme, renvois entre les chapitres, complémentarité des
chapitres, exhaustivité du livre, nombre de mots, etc), ainsi
qu'au respect des thèmes. Généralement, le directeur signe un ou
quelques chapitres du livre; il est alors aussi considéré comme
auteur. En abrégé, on utilise (Dir.) ou (Dirs.) au pluriel. =
nom du directeur. Editor,
(Ed.).
| |
ROBERT, M. (Dir.) (1988). Fondements et étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie.
St-Hyacinthe : Édisem.
|
|
Directeur
: Directrice d'une revue scientifique : Ce titre désigne la personne qui a pour tâche de diriger les activités d'une revue
scientifique. C'est généralement lui/elle qui signe l'éditorial
dune revue.
Journal editor.
| |
ALLPORT, F.H. (1919). Editorial comment upon the effect
of an audience. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 18, 342-344.
[LIRE]
|
| |
|
|
TEGHTSOONIAN, M. (1974). Distribution by sex of authors and editors of psychological journals, 1970-1972 : Are there enough women editors ? American Psychologist, 29, 262-269. |
|
OVER, R. (1981). Representation of women on the editorial boards of psychology journals. American Psychologist, 36, 885-891. |
|
ROEDIGER, H.L. (1987). The role of journal editors in the
scientific process. In D.N. Jackson & J.P. Rushton
(Eds.), Scientific excellence : Origins and
assessment (pp. 222-252). New York : Sage. |
|
Voir aussi Revue
scientifique |
|
|
|
|
|
Directeur
: Directrice général : Président directeur général :
Titre et responsabilité que l'on accorde au gestionnaire qui occupe le plus haut rang de
la hiérarchie d'une
entreprise ou d'un organisme
public. Le rôle premier
d'un dg/pdg est de prendre
des décisions, en principe dans le meilleur intérêt de tous,
et de diriger le personnel à cette fin.
= PDG, pdg, dg, big boss, grand chef, grand responsable, celui/celle qui décide.
Chief executive
officier, CEO, Chief
executive officier, CEO,
manager.
| |
|
|
KHURANA, R. (2004). Searching for a corporate savior
: The irrational quest for charismatic CEOs.
Princeton University Press. |
|
|
MALMENDIER, U. & TATE, G. (2005). CEO overconfidence
and corporate investment. Journal of Finance, 60
(6), 2661-2700. |
MALMENDIER, U. & TATE, G. (2009). Superstar CEOs. Quarterly
Journal of Economics, 124 (4), 1593-1638. |
|
MALMENDIER, U. (2005). Does overconfidence affect
corporate investment ? CEO overconfidence measures
revisited. European Financial Management, 11
(5), 649-659. [PDF] |
WANG, H., TSUI, A.S. & XIN, K.R. (2011). CEO
leadership behaviors, organizational performance, and
employees' attitudes. Leadership Quarterly, 22 (1),
92-105. |
|
AGLE, B.R., N.J. NAGARAJAN, N.J., SONNENFELD, J.A. &
SRINIVASAN, D. (2006). Does CEO charisma matter ? An
empirical analysis of the relationships among
organizational performance, environmental uncertainty, and
top management teams' perceptions of CEO charisma.
Academy of Management Journal, 49 (1), 161-174. |
|
|
WADE, J.B., PORAC, J.F., POLLOCK, T.G. AND GRAFFIN, S.D.
(2008). Star CEOs : Benefit or burden ? Organizational
Dynamics, 37 (2), 203-210. |
WONG, E.M., ORMISTON, M.E. & HASELHUH, M.P. (2011). A
face only an investor could love : CEOs' facial structure
predicts their firms' financial performance.
Psychological Science, 22, 1478-1483. |
|
MALMENDIER, U. & TATE, G. (2008). Who makes
acquisitions ? CEO overconfidence and the market's
reaction. Journal of Financial Economics, 89
(1), 20-43. |
MALMENDIER, U. & TATE, G. (2015). Behavioral CEOs : On
the role of managerial overconfidence. Journal of
Economic Perspectives, 29 (4), 37-60. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Leader, Décider,
Charisme et
Entreprise |
|
|
Diriger : Dirigeant-e :
Au sens strict, consiste à donner une direction, généralement à un groupe. Pour y parvenir, celui ou celle qui dirige doit, grâce à son pouvoir formel, fixer des objectifs communs, faire des choix et convaincre les membres du groupe de faire en sorte de les atteindre. = être à la tête, aux manoeuvres, responsable, chef. Chief, big boss.
|
| DI
- DISCIPLINE
- DISCOURS -
DISCRIMINATION - DISPOSITIF
EXPÉRIMENTAL - DISSONANCE - DISTANCE
- DISTRIBUTION -
DIVORCE - DIV |
|
|
Discernement alimentaire : Chez certains animaux,
notamment le rat, capacité
innée de reconnaître les
substances nocives et d'éliminer de son régime
les aliments trop
riches, carencés ou toxiques, donc de faire les bons choix
et ainsi assurer sa survie.
= instinct alimentaire.
*préférence
alimentaire.
|
|
|
|
|
Discipline
de la psychologie : Voir Psychologie.
Psychology.
|
|
|
Discipline parentale : Voir Parent
(Discipline). Parental discipline,
control parents, parenting, parent tutoring, parent monitoring,
parent surveillance.
|
|
|
Discipline
universitaire : L'expression renvoie à une activité organisée
et systématique se
déroulant dans une université,
et visant à produire des connaissances
et à les rendre publiques. EX: La psychologie est
une discipline universitaire et scientifique. =
domaine, division.
|
Disciplinarité
(Inter-) :
Interdisciplinary.
| |
|
|
TAYLOR, M.C. & JOHNSON, M.P. (1986). Interdisciplinary
and crossdisciplinary social psychology. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 25, 181-192. |
|
|
TOMOV, D.T. & MUTAFOV, H.G. (1996). Comparative
indicators of interdisciplinarity in modern science. Scientometrics
37 (2), 267-278. |
BISHOP, D.V.M. (2006). Developmental cognitive
genetics : How psychology can inform genetics and vice
versa. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology,
59, 1153–1168. |
|
WEINGART, P. & STEHR, N.P.. (2000). Practicing
interdisciplinarity. University of Toronto Press,
Toronto. |
LARIVIÈRE, V. & GINGRAS, Y. (2010). On the
relationship between interdisciplinarity and scientific
impact. Journal of the Association for Information
Science & Technology, 61, 126-131. [PDF] |
|
VOYER, P. (2000). L'interdisciplinarité, un défi à
relever. The Canadian Nurse/L'infirmière Canadienne, 7
(5), 39-44. |
|
|
MORILLO, F., BORDONS, M. & GOMEZ I. (2001). An
approach to interdisciplinarity bibliometric indicators. Scientometrics,
51 (1), 203-222. |
|
|
RINIA, E.J. VAN LEEUWEN, Th.N., BRUINS, E.E.W., VAN VUREN,
H.G.& VAN RAAN, A.F.J. (2001). Citation delay in
interdisciplinary knowledge exchange. Scientometrics,
51 (1), 293-309. |
|
|
RINIA, E.J. VAN LEEUWEN, Th.N., BRUINS, E.E.W., VAN VUREN,
H.G.& VAN RAAN, A.F.J. (2002). Measuring knowledge
transfer between fields of science. Scientometrics,
54 (3), 347-362. |
LARIVIÈRE, V. & GINGRAS, Y. (2014). Measuring
interdisciplinarity. In B. Cronin & C.S. Sugimoto
(Eds.), Beyond bibliometrics : Harnessing
multidimensional indicators of scholarly impact (pp.
187-200). Cambridge : MIT Press. |
|
RINIA, E.J. VAN LEEUWEN, Th.N., BRUINS, E.E.W., VAN VUREN,
H.G.& VAN RAAN, A.F.J. (2002). Impact measures of
interdisciplinary research in physics. Scientometrics,
53 (2), 241-248. |
|
|
MORILLO, F., BORDONS, M. & GOMEZ I. (2003).
Interdisciplinarity in science : a tentative typology of
disciplines and research areas. Journal of the
American Society for Information Science &
Technology, 54 (13), 1237-1249. |
|
|
|
|
Disciplinarité
(Multi-) : Caractéristique d'une théorie
ou d'un domaine de recherche
qui emprunte à plus d'une science
(ou discipline) les éléments de sa pratique (technologie),
de son point de vue (explication),
de sa manière (méthode).
Cross-disciplinary, interdisciplinarity.
| |
|
|
GERNSBACHER, M. A. (1984). Cross-disciplinary approaches
to language processing. Proceedings of the Cognitive
Science Society, 6, 82-88. |
LEVITT, J.M. & THELWALL, M. (2008). Multidisciplinary
research more highly cited ? A macrolevel study.
Journal of the American Society for Information Science
& Technology, 61, 1973-1984. |
|
WICKLEIN, R.C. & SCHELL, J.W. (1995). Case studies of
multidisciplinary approaches to integrating mathematics,
science and technology education. Journal of
Technology Education, 6 (2), 59-76.
[PDF] |
ZHAO, D. & STROTMAN, A. (2011). Intellectual structure
of stem cell research : A comprehensive author co-citation
analysis of a highly collaborative and multidisciplinary
field. Scientometrics, 87 (1), 115-131. [PDF] |
|
ZUBROWSKI, B. (2002). Integratings cience into design
technology projects : Using a standard model in the design
process. Journal of Technology Education, 13 (2),
48-67.
[PDF] |
CARLIN, A. (2011). A multidisciplinary, science-based
approach to the economics of climate change. International.
Journal of Environmental Research & Public Health,
8, 985-1031.
[PDF] |
|
FRANKS, D., DALE, P., HINDMARSH, R., FELLOWS, C.,
BUCKRIDGE, M. & CYBINSKI, P. (2007). Interdisciplinary
foundations : reflecting on interdisciplinarity and three
decades of teaching and research at Griffith University,
Australia. Studies in Higher Education, 32 (2),
167-185. |
PANOFSKY, A. (2016) Some dark sides of interdisciplinarity
: The case of behavior genetics. In S. Frickel, M. Albert
B. & Prainsack (Eds.), Investigating
interdisciplinary collaboration : Theory and practice
across disciplines. New Brunswick, NJ : Rutgers
University Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discours
: Le terme a deux acceptions : a) En
sciences humaines, ce que dit le participant
d'une recherche
lorsqu'on l'interroge, et qui révèle en partie ce qu'il pense, sa
vision, ses idées, ses convictions, ses valeurs, etc. Discours et
désirabilité sociale. Discourse,
narrative. b) De façon plus
générale, désigne un exposé oral
livré en public, souvent par un politicien
ou un PDG, d'un
ensemble d'idées, d'intentions,
d'arguments et de valeurs
dans le but de convaincre un
auditoire, souvent à
l'occasion d'une élection
ou d'une importante prise de
décision.
Speech, talk.
| |
|
| a |
|
POTTER, J. & WETHERELL, M. (1987). Discourse
analysis and social psychology. London : Sage. |
LABELLE, M., et THERRIEN, M. (1992). Le mouvement
associatif haïtien au Québec et le discours de leaders. Nouvelles
Pratiques Sociales, 5 (2), 65-83. |
| |
LABELLE, M., BEAUDET, G., TARDIF, J.J. et LÉVY, J.J.
(1993). La question nationale dans le discours de leaders
d'associations ethniques de la région de Montréal. Cahiers
de Recherche Sociologique, 20, 85-111. |
| |
LABELLE, M., THERRIEN, M. et LÉVY, J.J. (1994). Le
discours des leaders d'associations ethniques de la région
de Montréal. Revue Européenne des Migrations
Internationales, 10 (2), 119-147. |
| |
|
Voir aussi
Rapport verbal et Analyse
de contenu |
| b |
|
CONNOLLY, W.E. (1974/1983) The terms of political
discourse. Oxford : Martin Roberts. |
BENOIT, W.L. (2003). Presidential campaign discourse as a
causal factor in election outcome. Western Journal of
Communication, 67, 97-112. |
| |
LABBÉ, D. et MONIÈRE, D. (2008). Les mots qui nous
gouvernent. Le discours des premiers ministres québécois
: 1960-2005. Montréal : Monière-Wollank. [PDF] |
| |
DE CASTELLA, K., McGARTHY, C. & MUSGROVE, L. (2009).
Fear appeals in political rhetoric about terrorism : An
analysis of speeches by Australian Prime Minister Howard.
Political Psychology, 30 (1), 1-26. |
| |
MacINNIS, B. & KROSNICK, J.A. (2016). The impact of
candidates' statements about global warming on electoral
success in 2008 to 2015 : Evidence using five
methodologies. In J.-A. Krosnick, I.-C. Chiang & T.
Stark (Eds.), Political psychology : New
explorations. New York : Psychology Press. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Élection,
Candidat, Démocratie,
Mouvement
socialPoliticien
et Orateur |
|
|
|
|
|
Discours
désorganisé : Propos incohérent, sans suite logique,
voire délirant. Symptôme
de la schizophrène =
discours incohérent. Incoherent and
incomprehensible speech, bizarre speech.
| |
|
|
DURAND, V.M. & CRIMMINS, D.B. (1987). Assessment and
treatment of psychotic speech in an autistic child. Journal
of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 17 17-28. |
|
MACE, F.C. & LALLI, J.S. (1991). Linking descriptive
and experimental analyses in the treatment of bizarre
speech. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 24
(3), 553-562. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi
Schizophrénie |
|
|
Discours
dominant : Discours public, parmi d'autres, le plus
entendu, qui domine les ondes, la presse écrite, par forcément
parce qu'il est vrai ou plus convainquant, mais simplement parce
qu'il possède les qualités nécessaires pour être répété
(simplicité, clarté, éléments hors du commun, humour, etc). =
message répété ad nauseam, petite musique, narratif, vision
dominante. Narrative.
|
Discrimination
: Le terme a deux acceptions. a) En
apprentissage, la
discrimination est la tendance à réagir différemment
(comportement) à deux (ou plusieurs) stimulus
semblables en se fondant sur leurs différences (plutôt que sur
leurs points communs). EX: Discriminer un loup
d'un berger allemand en se fondant uniquement sur leur taille; le
premier est très gros, le second est plus petit, alors on fuit en
présence du plus gros (comportement). SI on ne discrimnait pas ces
deux animaux _ pensons à un jeune enfant - on agirait de la même
façon en leur présence. Dans le langage courant, on utilise
davantage le mot distinguer. =
distinguer, différencier. Stimulus
discrimination,
discrimination. b) Tendance à
agir différemment à deux ou plusieurs individus/ groupes
en se fondant sur leurs différences (plutôt que sur leurs points
communs), tendance porte préjudice
à l'une des parties (mais pas nécessairement), souvent au bénéfice
de l'autre. En somme, la discrimination n'engendre pas forcément
un préjudice. Discrimination, racisme
et ostracisme.
= Discrimination
sociale. Social discrimination,
discrimination
|
|
|
a |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1933). The abolishment of a discrimination.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 19, 825-828. |
|
|
Voir aussi
Discrimination du stimulus et Apprentissage |
| b |
|
TAJFEL H. (1970). Experiments in intergroup
discrimination. Scientific American, 223 (5),
96-102. |
|
CRAIN, R.L. & SACHS WEISMAN, C. (1972).
Discrimination, personality and achievement. New
York : Academic. |
|
DRENTH, P.J.D. (1989). Psychological testing and
discrimination. In P. Herriot (Ed.), Assessment and
selection in organizations (pp. 71-80). London :
Wiley. |
|
|
Voir aussi Stéréotype,
Préjugé et
Discrimination sociale |
|
|
|
|
|
Discrimination
auditive : Auditory
discrimination.
| |
|
|
LINDAMMOD, C. & LINDAMMOD, P.C. (1969). Auditory
discrimination in depth. USA Riverside Publishers. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discrimination
homosexuelle : Voir
Homophobie.
Homophobia, anti-gay discrimination.
|
|
|
Discrimination
positive : Affirmative
discrimination.
| |
|
|
GLAZER, N. (1975). Affirmative discrimination.
New York : Basic Books. |
|
|
Discrimination
raciale : Forme de discrimination
sociale fondée sur la race (ou
l'apparence de la race, comme la couleur
de la peau) et l'origine
ethnique. Les préjugés
et les stéréotypes sont
souvent à l'origine de ce phénomène.
En recherche, on s'intéresse autant la discrimination d'autrui
qu'à la discrimination subie ou
perçu. Discrimination raciale, racisme
et
ségrégation. = discrimination
raciale, discrimination ethnique. *racisme.
Racial discrimination, ethnic
discrimination.
| |
|
|
BROPHY, I.N. (1946). The luxury of anti-Negro prejudice. Public Opinion Quarterly, 9, 456-466. |
BROWN, T.N., WILLIAMS, D.R., JACKSON, J.S., NEIGHBORS,
H.W., TORRES, M., SELLERS, S.L. & BROWN, K.T. (2000).
Being black and feeling blue : the mental health
consequences of racial discrimination. Race &
Society, 2 (2), 117-131. [PDF] |
| |
FINCH, B.K., KOLODY, B. & VEGA, W.A. (2000). Perceived
discrimination and depression among Mexican-origin adults
in California. Journal of Health & Social
Behavior, 41, 295–313. |
| |
AKRAMI, N., EKEHAMMAR, B. & ARAYA, T. (2000).
Classical and modern racial prejudice : A study of
attitudes toward immigrants in Sweden. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 30, 521-532. |
| |
UTSEY, S.O., PONTEROTTO, J.G., REYNOLDS, A.L. &
CANCELLI, A.A. (2000). Racial discrimination, coping, life
satisfaction, and self-esteem among African Americans. Journal
of Counseling & Development, 78, 72-81. |
| |
SHELTON, J.N. (2000). A reconceptualization of how we
study issues of racial prejudice. Personality &
Social Psychology Review, 4 (4), 374-390. |
|
LAWS, M.B. (2001). Race and ethnicity in biomedical and
health services research. Archives of Pediatric &
Adolescent Medicine, 155, 972. |
| |
TOWLES-SCHWEN, T. & FAZIO, R.H. (2001). On the origins
of racial attitudes : Correlates of childhood experiences.
Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 27,
162-175. |
|
KINDER, D.R. & SEARS, D.O. (1981). Prejudice and
politics : Symbolic racism versus racial threats to the
good life. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 40, 414-431. |
KÜHL, S. (2001). The nazi connection : Eugenics,
american racism, and German National Socialism.
Oxford University Press, |
|
BOBO, L. (1983). Whites' opposition to busing symbolic
racism or realistic group bonflict ? Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 45, 1196-1210. |
AUGOUSTINOS, M. & REYNOLDS, K.J. (Eds.) (2001).
Understanding prejudice, racism and social conflict.
London : Sage. |
|
WALKER, J.W. (1985). La discrimination raciale contre
les Noirs au Canada. Ottawa : Gouvernement du
Canada. |
SHERIDAN, L. (2002). Effects of the events of
september 11th 2001 on discrimination and implicit
racism in five religious and seven ethnic groups : A
brief overview. Leicester : University of
Leicester. |
| |
ROSENBERG, L., PALMER, J.R., WISE, L.A., HORTON, N.J.
& CORWIN, M.J. (2002). Perceptions of racial
discrimination and the risk of preterm birth. Epidemiology,
13,646-652. |
| |
GEE, G.C. (2002). A Multilevel analysis of the
relationship between institutional and individual racial
discrimination and health status. American Jourmal of
Public Health, 92, 615-623. |
|
GAERTNER, S.L. & DOVIDIO, J.F. (1986). The aversive
form of racism. In J.F. Dovidio & S.L. Gaertner
(Eds.), Prejudice, discrimination, and racism.
Orlando, FL : Academic Press. |
DEVINE, P.G., PLANT, E.A., AMODIO, D.M., HARMON-JONES, E.
& VANCE, S.L. (2002). The regulation of explicit and
implicit race bias : The role of motivations to respond
without prejudice. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 82, 835-848. [PDF] |
|
GAERTNER, S.L. & DOVIDIO, J.F. (1986). Prejudice,
discrimination, and racism : Problems, progress and
promise. In J.F. Dovidio & S.L. Gaertner (Eds.), Prejudice,
discrimination and racism. Orlando, FL : Academic
Press. |
HENRY, F. & TATOR, C. (2002). The colour of
democracy : racism in Canadian society. Harcourt. |
| |
FREE, M. (2002). Race and presentencing decisions in the
United States : A summary and critique of the research. Criminal
Justice Review, 27 (2), 203-232. |
| |
KARLSEN, S. & NAZROO, J.Y. (2002). Relation between
racial discrimination, social class, and health among
ethnic minority groups. American Journal of Public
Health, 92, 624-631. |
| |
STEPHAN, W.G., BONIECKI, K.A., YBARRA, O., BETTENCOURT,
A., ERVIN, K.S., JACKSON, L.A. & MCNATT, P.S. (2002).
The role of threats in the racial attitudes of Blacks and
Whites. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin,
28, 1242-1254. [PDF] |
| |
BOBO, L. & FOX, C. (2003). Race, racism, and
discrimination : Bridging problems, methods, and theory in
social psychological research. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 66 (4), 319-332. [PDF] |
| |
SELLERS, R.M. & SHELTON, J.N. (2003). The role of
racial identity in perceived racial discrimination.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 84 (5),
1079-1092. |
|
|
TAGUIEFF, P.-A. (1987). La force du préjugé : Essai
sur le racisme et ses doubles. Paris : Gallimard. |
PHELPS, E.A. & THOMAS, L.A. (2003). Race, behavior,
and the brain : the role of neuroimaging in understanding
complex social behaviors. Political Psychology, 24
(4), 747-758. [PDF] |
| |
KAPLAN, J.B. (2003). Use of race and ethnicity in
biomedical publication. Journal of Amercian Medical
Association, 289 (20), 2709-2716. [PDF] |
| |
WILLIAMS, D.R., NEIGHORS, H.W. & JACKSON, J.S..
(2003). Racial/ethnic discrimination and health : findings
from community studies. American Journal of Public
Health, 93, 200-208. |
|
O'NEILL, J. (1990). The role of human capital in earnings
differences between Black and White men. Journal of
Economic Perspectives, 4, 25-45. |
AMODIO, D.M., HARMON-JONES, E. & DEVINE, P.G. (2003).
Individual differences in the activation and control of
affective race bias as assessed by startle eyeblink
responses and self-report. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 84, 738-753. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
FEAGIN, J.R. (1991). The continuing significance of race :
Anti-Black discrimination in public places. American
Sociological Review. 56, 101-116. |
OLSON, M.A. & FAZIO, R.H. (2003). Relations between
implicit measures of racial prejudice : What are we
measuring ? Psychological Science, 14, 636-639. |
|
GOLDBERG, D. (1993). Racist culture. Blackwell. |
WEEKS, M. & LUPFER, M.B. (2004). Complicating race :
The relationship between prejudice, race, and social class
categorizations. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 30, 972-984. [PDF] |
|
BOBO, L. & KLUEGEL, J.R. (1993). Opposition to
race-targeting : Self- interest, stratification ideology,
or racial attitudes ? American Sociological Review,
58, 443-464. [PDF] |
OLSON, M.A. & FAZIO, R.H. (2004). Trait inferences as
a function of automatically-activated racial attitudes and
motivation to control prejudiced reactions. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 26, 1-11. [PDF] |
|
BLANCHARD, F.A., CRANDALL, C.S., BRIGHAM, J.C. &
VAUGH, L.A. (1994). Condemning and condoning racism : A
social context approach to interracial settings.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 79, 993-997. |
BHUI, K., STANSFELD, S., McKENZIE, K., KARLSEN, S.,
NAZROO, J. & WEICH, S. (2005). Racial/ethnic
discrimination and common mental disorders among workers :
Findings from the EMPIRIC Study of Ethnic Minority Groups
in the United Kingdom. American Journal of Public
Health, 95 (3), 496-501. |
|
WILLIAMS, D.R. (1994). Race, ethnicity, and socioeconomic
status : Measurement and methodological. International
Journal of Health Services, 26 (3), 483-505. |
NIER, J.A. (2005). How dissociated are implicit and
explicit racial attitudes ? A bogus pipeline approach.
Group Processes & GP Intergroup Relation, 8 (1),
39-52. [PDF] |
| |
WHEELER, M.E. & FISKE, S.T. (2005). Controlling racial
prejudice and stereotyping : Social cognitive goals affect
amygdala and stereotype activation. Psychological
Science, 16, 56-63. |
| |
ZANNA, M.P. (2005). Exploring the discrepancy between
explicit and implicit prejudice : A test of aversive
racism theory. In J. Forgas, K. Williams & S.M. Laham
(Eds.), Social motivation : Explicit and implicit
processes (pp. 274-293). New York : Cambridge
University Press. |
| |
ACKER, J. (2006). Inequality regimes : Gender, class, and
race in organization. Gender & Society, 20 (4),
441-464. |
| |
KRIEGER, N., SMITH, K., NAISHADHAM, D., HARTMAN, C. &
BARBEAU, E.M. (2005). Experiences of discrimination :
Validity and reliability of a self-report measure for
population health research on racism and health. Social
Science & Medicine, 61 (7), 1576-1596. |
|
KUO, W.H. (1995). Coping with racial discrimination : The
case of Asian Americans. Ethnic & Racial Studies,
18 (1), 109-127. |
HODSON, G., HOOPER, H., DOVIDIO, J.F. & GAERTNER, S.L.
(2005). Aversive racism in Britain : Legal decisions and
the use of inadmissible evidence. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 35, 437-448. |
| |
CORLETT, J.A. (2005). Race, racism, and reparation. Journal
of Social Philosophy, 36 (4), 568-585. |
| |
HOOK, D. (2005). The racial stereotype, colonial
discourse, fetishism, and racism. Psychoanalytic
Review, 92 (5), 701-734. [PDF] |
|
CERNOVSKY, Z.Z. (1995). On the similarities of American
Blacks and Whites : A reply to J.P. Rushton. Journal
of Black Studies, 25 (6), 672-679. |
SINCLAIR, S., LOWERY, B.S., HARDIN, C.D. & COLANGELO,
A. (2005). Social tuning of automatic racial attitudes :
The Role of Affiliative Motivation. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 89, 583-592. |
| |
SOMMERS, S.R. (2006). On racial diversity and group
decision making : Identifying multiple effects of racial
composition on jury deliberations. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 90 (4),
597-612. [PDF] |
| |
AMODIO, D.M. & DEVINE, P.G. (2006). Stereotyping and
evaluation in implicit race bias : Evidence for
independent constructs and unique effects on behavior. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 91,
652-661. |
| |
LABELLE, M. (2006). Racisme et multiculturalisme au
Québec. Dans M.H. Parizeau et S. Kash (Dirs.),
Néoracisme et dérives génétiques (p. 8-119).
Québec, Presses de l'Université Laval. |
| |
OLSON, M.A. & FAZIO, R.H. (2006). Reducing
automatically-activated racial prejudice through implicit
evaluative conditioning. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 32, 421-433. [HTM] |
| |
HOOK, D. (2006). "Pre-discursive" racism. Journal of
Community & Applied Social Psychology, 16 (3),
207-232. |
|
| |
TOWLES-SCHWEN T. & FAZIO, R.H. (2006). Automatically
activated racial attitudes as predictors of the success of
interracial roommate relationships. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 42 (5), 698-705. |
| |
DIÈNE, D. (2006). Racism, racial discrimination,
xenophobia and all forms of discrimination. New
York : United Nations Commission on Human Rights. |
| |
SELLERS, R.M., COPELAND-LINDER, N., MARTIN, P.P. &
L'HEUREUX-LEWIS, E. (2006). Racial identity matters : The
relationship between racial discrimination and
psychological functioning in African. Journal of
Research on Adolescence, 16 (2), 187-216. [PDF] |
|
HENDERSON, E. & NISBETT, R.E. (1996). Anti-Black
prejudice as a function of exposure to the negative
behavior of a single black person. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 71, 654-664. |
SOMMERS, R. (2006). On racial diversity and group
decision-making : Identifying multiple effects of racial
composition on jury deliberations. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 90, 597-612.
[PDF] |
|
WATTS, M.W. (1996). Political xenophobia in the transition
from socialism : Threat, racism, and ideology among East
German youth. Political Psychology, 17, 97-126. |
MADDOX, K.B. (2006). Rethinking racial stereotyping,
prejudice, and discrimination. The Psychological
Science Agenda, 20, 3-5. [PDF] |
|
RUSHTON, J.P. & ANKEY, C.D. (1996). Brain size and
cognitive ability : Correlations with age, sex, social
class, and race. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 3
(1), 21-36. |
AMODIO, D.M., KUBOTA, J.T., HARMON-JONES, E. & DEVINE,
P.G. (2006). Alternative mechanisms for regulating racial
responses according to internal vs. external cues.
Social Cognitive & Affective Neuroscience, 1,
26-36. [PDF] |
|
LAVEIST, T.A. (1996). Why we should continue to study race
but do a better job : An essay on race, racism, and
health. Ethnicity & Disease, 6, 21-29. |
SELLERS, R.M., COPELAND-LINDER, N., MARTIN, P.P. &
L'HEUREUX-LEWIS, E. (2006). Racial identity matters : The
relationship between racial discrimination and
psychological functioning in African. Journal of
Research on Adolescence, 16 (2), 187-216. [PDF] |
|
MAYS, V.M., COLEMAN, L.M. & JACKSON, J.S. (1996).
Perceived race-based discrimination, employment status,
and job stress in a national sample of black women :
implications for health outcomes. Journal of
Occupational Health Psychology, 1, 319–-329. |
MAYS, V.M., COCHRAN, S.D. & BARNES, N.W. (2007). Race,
race-based discrimination, and health outcomes among Black
Americans. Annual Review of Psychology, 58,
201-225. |
|
LANDRINE, H. & KLONOFF, E.A. (1996). The Schedule of
Racist Events : A measure of racial discrimination and a
study of its negative physical and mental health
consequences. Journal of Black Psychology, 22, 144-168. |
WILLOUGHBY-HERARD, T. (2007). South Africa's Poor Whites
and whiteness studies : Afrikaner ethnicity, scientific
racism, and White misery. New Political Science, 29
(4), 479-500. |
|
ROWMAN, C.L. (1996). The health consequences of
racial discrimination: A study of African Americans. Ethnicity
& Disease, 6, 148-153. |
AMODIO, D.M., DEVINE, P.G. & HARMON-JONES, E. (2008).
Neural signals for the detection of race bias :
Implications for individual differences in regulatory
ability. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 94, 60-74.
[PDF] |
| |
GAWRONSKI, B. PETERS, K.R., BROCHU, P.M. & STRACK, F.
(2008). Understanding the relations between different
forms of racial prejudice : A cognitive consistency
perspective. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 34, 648-665. [PDF] |
| |
SOMMERS, R., WARP, L.S. & MAHONEY, C.C. (2008).
Cognitive effects of racial diversity : White individuals'
information processing in heterogeneous groups. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 44, 1129-1136. |
| |
LYNN, M., STURMAN, M.C., GANLEY, C., ADAMS, E., DOUGLAS,
M. & McNEAL, J. (2008). Consumer racial discrimination
in tipping : A replication and extension. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 38, 1045-1060. |
| |
KRESSIN, N.R., RAYMOND, K.L. & MANZE, M. (2008).
Perceptions of race/ethnicity discrimination : A review of
measures and evaluation of their usefulness for the health
care setting. Journal of Health Care for the Poor
& Underserved, 19, 697-730. |
|
FAZIO, R.H. & DUNTON, B.C. (1997). Categorization by
race : The impact of automatic and controlled components
of racial prejudice. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 33, 451-470. |
APFELBAUM, E. P., PAUKER, K., AMBADY, N., SOMMERS, R.
& NORTON, M.I. (2008). Learning (not) to talk about
race : When older children underperform in social
categorization. Developmental Psychology, 44,
1513-1518. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, D.R., YU, Y., JACKSON, J. & ANDERSON, N.
(1997). Racial differences in physical and mental health :
Socioeconomic status, stress, and discrimination. Journal
of Health Psychology, 2, 335-351. |
YIP, T., GEE, G.C. & TAKEUCHI, D.T. (2008). Racial
discrimination and psychological distress : The impact of
ethnic. Developmental Psychology, 44 (3),
787-800. [PDF] |
| |
WILLIAMS, D.R. & MOHAMMED, S.A. (2009). Discrimination
and racial disparities in health : Evidence and needed
research. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 32, 20-47. |
| |
BLATZ, C.W. & ROSS, M. (2009). Principled ideology or
racism : Why do modern racists oppose race-based social
justice programs ? Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 45 (1), 258-261. |
|
KLONOFF, E.A., LANDRINE, H. & ULLMAN, J.B. (1999).
Racial discrimination and psychiatric symptoms among
Blacks. Cultural Diversity & Ethnic Minority
Psychology, 5, 329-339. |
SANDERS-PHILLIPS, K. (2009). Racial discrimination : A
continuum of violence exposure for children of color. Clinical
Child & Family Psychology Review, 12, 174-195.
|
|
NOH, S., BEISER, M., KASPAR V., HOU, F. & RUMMENS, J.
(1999). Perceived racial discrimination, depression, and
coping : A study of Southeast Asian refugees in Canada. Journal
of Health & Social Behavior, 40 (3), 193-207. |
KRIEGER, N. CARNEY, D., LANCASTER, K., WATERMAN, P.D.,
KOSHELEVA, A. & BANAJI, M. (2010). Combining explicit
and implicit measures of racial discrimination in health
research. American Journal of Public Health, 100
(8), 1485-1492. [PDF] |
|
YEN, I.H., RAGLAND, D.R., GREINER, B.A., FISHER, J.M.
(199). Racial discrimination and alcohol-related behavior
in urban transit operators : findings from the San
Francisco Muni Health and Safety Study. Public Health
Reports, 114,448-458. |
LEE, D.L. & AHN, S. (2011). Racial discrimination and
Asian mental health : A meta-analysis. Counseling
Psychologist, 39, 463-489. |
|
REN, X.S., AMICK, B.C. & WILLIAMS, D.R. (1999).
Racial/ethnic disparities in health : the interplay
between discrimination and socioeconomic status. Ethnicity
& Disease, 9, 151-165. |
ANTONIUS, R., LABELLE, M. & ROCHER, F. (2013).
Multiculturalism and discrimination in Canada and Québec :
The case of Arabs and Muslims. Dans B. Momani & J.
Hennebry (Eds.), Targeted transnationals : the state,
the media, and Arab Canadians (pp. 89-109).
Vancouver : University of British Colombia Press. |
|
DOLEZSAR, C., MCGRATH, J., HERZIG, A. & MILLER S.
(2014). Perceived racial discrimination and hypertension :
A comprehensive systematic review. Health Psychology,
33 (1), 20–34.
|
|
BREWSTER, Z. & LYNN, M. (2014). Black-White earnings
gap among restaurant servers : A replication, extension,
and exploration of consumer racial discrimination in
tipping. Sociological Inquiry, 84 (4), 545-569.
|
|
BOUTWELL B, NEDELEC J, WINEGARD B, SHACKELFORD T, BEAVER
K, VAUGHN M., BARNES, J.C. & WRIGHT, J.P (2017). The
prevalence of discrimination across racial groups in
contemporary America : Results from a nationally
representative sample of adults. PLoS ONE, 2 (8),
1-8. [PDF]
|
|
LEE, R.T., PRERZ, A.D., BOYKIN, C.M. & MENDOZA-DENTON,
R. (2019) On the prevalence of racial discrimination in
the United States. PLoS ONE, 14 (1), 1-16.
[PDF] |
|
QUILLIAN, L., LEE, J.J. & Oliver, M. (2020).
Evidence from field experiments in hiring shows
substantial additional racial discrimination after the
Callback. Social Forces, 99 (2), 732–759.. |
|
QUILLIAN, L., LEE, J.J. & HONORÉ, B. (2020). Racial
discrimination in the U.S. Housing and mortgage lending
markets : A quantitative review of trends, 1976-2016.”
Race & Social Problems 12 (1), 13-28. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Racisme/discrimination
perçu, Racisme,
Ségrégation, Attitude
raciale,
Discrimination et Préjugé |
| |
|
|
Discrimination
sexuelle : Voir Sexisme.
Sexism.
|
Discrimination
sociale : La discrimination sociale découle en grande
partie de l'obligation de décider,
de choisir. En effet,
lorsqu'on fait des choix, individuel ou collectif, il faut des critères
afin de distinguer A de B et d'exclure
une option au profit d'une
autre. Or, ces critères ne sont pas toujours rationnels,
pertinents ou conscients. Dans ce contexte, la discrimination
sociale est l'ensemble des décisions/actions
prises par un individu, un groupes
ou une société, généralement
dans son propre intérêt, mais dont les conséquences peuvent
parfois léser, porter préjudice
ou exclure autrui.
Autrement dit, la discrimination est nécessaire
- il faut bien faire des choix - mais les conséquences de cette
discrimination sont parfois inattendues et préjudiciable à
l'endroit de certains individu ou sous-groupes. Ces
décisions/actions se fondent tantôt sur des critères raisonnables
dont les conséquences sont néanmoins parfois nuisibles (effets
pervers), tantôt sur de critères qui révèlent chez ceux et
celles qui choisissent l'existence de préjugés
et de stéréotypes
(race, sexe,
orientation sexuelle, etc). On qualifie alors cette disrimination
de raciale, si
le «critère discriminant» est la race ou de sexisme si ce critère
est le sexe. Sexe et race sont les critères les plus étudiés, mais
il y en a bien d'autres. EX: Discriminer Maude
de Pierre-Olivier en se fondant sur leur diplôme; si la tâche à
exécuter requiert une très grande cconnaissance de la mécanique
des fluides, le baccalauréat d'Oliver le disqualifie au profit de
Maude qui a un doctorat. Ici le «critère disrciminan» est le
diplôme. Ce critère paraît rationnel pour une entreprise
ou un gouvernement qui
a avantage à engager des employés avec un maximum de compétence,
même si Olivier crie à l'injustice. En revanche, si on disqualifie
Maude qui a postulé comme sapeur-pompier sous prétexte qu'elle ne
fait pas le poids, on dira que le «critère discriminant» crée une
injustice fondée sur le stéréotype «des petites femmes n'ont pas
la force nécessaire pour accomplir ce genre de tâche» (il eut
fallu ici mesurer la force plutôt que la taille ou le poids). La
discrimination sociale n'est donc pas toujours une «mauvaise
chose», comme on le laisse parfois entendre. Elle permet de faire
rapidement des choix rationnels dans l'intérêt des individus ou
groupe, mais elle crée aussi parfois des injustices et, à la longue, des inégalités
sociales.
On confond souvent discrimination, xénophobie
et racisme. Les trois
concepts ont en commun l'idée qu'une décision ou une action
engendre des conséquences désagréables (préjudice, injustice,
exclusion, etc); la différence entre eux, c'est que les groupes
racistes visent délibéremment à créer cette conséquence négative,
car ils se sentent supérieurs aux autres ou les détestent (haine),
alors que les groupes qui font de la discrimination ne sont pas
animé par cette haine ou ce sentiment et ne cherche donc pas
volontairement cette conséquence désagréable. Chez les groupes
xénophobes, c'est la peur qui
pousse les groupes à commettre des injustices ou à exclure autrui,
et non la haine ou le sentiment de supériorité. Stéréotype
et préjugé.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous. Social
discrimination.
| |
| Forme |
|
Intention |
|
Choix/action |
|
Conséquence |
Exemple |
| Discrimination
sociale |
 |
Intention
louable de servir le bien public |
|
Choix
rationnel/Critère : les familles et les propriétaires de
voiture |
|
Conséquences
agréables/positives pour la majorité |
L'état
aide davantage les familles que les couples sans enfants |
|
Conséquences
désagréables/négatives pour tous/
Effet pervers |
L'état
choisit de ne pas taxer davantage les automobiles/Les GES
augmentent et tous en subissent les conséquences |
| Choix
irrationnel/Critère : préjugé envers les femmes |
|
Conséquence
désagréable/négative pour certains |
Une
entreprise choisit des hommes car elle est convaincue que
les femmes n'ont pas la force pour accomplir une tâche |
| Choix
personnel/Critère = préférence religieuse |
|
Conséquence
désagréable/négative pour certains |
Un
individu engage des gens qui partagent les mêmes valeurs
religieuses que lui |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Racisme |
|
Intention
d'exploiter autrui |
|
Choix
rationnel |
|
Conséquence
désagréable/négative pour certains |
Un
état exclut des individus d'une autre culture parce qu'il
les considère comme de potentiels terroristes |
| Choix
irrationnel/Critères fondés sur la haine ou un sentiment
de supériorité |
|
Conséquence
désagréable/négative pour certains |
Une
entreprise exclut des individus parce qu'elle les
considère comme peu intelligents |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Xénophobie |
|
Intention
d'éviter autrui |
|
Choix
rationnel |
|
Conséquence
désagréable/négative pour certains |
Le
gouvernement d'un pays décident de refuser des réfugiés
qui n'observent pas les procédures légales d'immigrations |
| Choix
irrationnel/Critères fondés sur des préjugés |
|
Conséquence
désagréable/négative pour certains |
L'administration
d'un village refuse d'engager des étrangers |
|
|
| |
|
|
TAJFEL H. (1970). Experiments in intergroup
discrimination. Scientific American, 223 (5),
96-102. |
FISKE, S.T. (2000). Stereotyping, prejudice, and
discrimination at the seam between the centuries :
Evolution, culture, mind, and brain. European Journal
of Psychology, 30, 299-322. |
|
HANNAH, T.E. (1974). The behavioural consequences of
arbitral discrimination. The Journal of Social
Psychology, 93, 107-118. |
|
|
McCONAHAY, J.B. (1974). Racial discrimination in the
United States. Psycritiques,
20 (12), |
DOVIDIO, J.F., GAERTNER, S.L., NIEMANN, Y.F. & SNIDER,
K. (2001). Racial, ethnic, and cultural differences in
responding to distinctiveness and discrimination on campus
: Stigma and common group identity. Journal of Social
Issues, 57, 167-188. |
|
ALLEN, V.L. & WILDER, D.A. (1975). Categorization,
belief similarity, and intergroup discrimination.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 32,
971-977. |
|
|
DION, K.L. (1975). Women's reactions to discrimination
from members of the same or the opposite sex. Journal
of Research in Personality, 9, 294-306. |
BHUI, K., STANSFELD, S., McKENZIE, K., ARLSTEN, S.,
NAZROO, J., WEICH, S., GOTO, S.G., GEE, G.C. &
TAKEUCHI, D.T. (2002). Strangers still ? The experience of
discrimination among Chinese Americans. Journal of
Community Psychology, 30 (2), 211-224. |
|
GUTHRIE, R. (1976). Even the rat was white. New
York : Harper and Row. |
HODSON, G., DOVIDIO, J.F. & GAERTNER, S.L. (2002).
Processes in racial discrimination : differential
weighting of conflicting information. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 460-471. |
|
CHULVI, B. et PÉREZ, J.A. (2003). Ontologisation vs.
discrimination d'une minorité ethnique (les gitans).
Nouvelle Revue de Psychologie Sociale, 2 (1),
6-15. [PDF] |
|
DENMARK, F. (1976). Who discriminates against women ?
London : Sage. |
KLUEGEL, J.R. & BOBO, L.D. (2003). Perceived group
discrimination and policy attitudes : The sources and
consequences of the race and gender gaps. In Urban
inequality : Evidence from four cities (pp.
163-213). Russell Sage Foundation. |
|
CROSBY, F., BROMLEY, S. & SAXE, L. (1980). Recent
unobtrusive studies of black and white discrimination and
prejudice : A literature review. Psychological
Bulletin, 87 (3), 546-563. |
BOBO, L. & FOX, C. (2003). Race, racism, and
discrimination : Bridging problems, methods, and theory in
social psychological research. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 66 (4), 319-332. [PDF] |
|
McCABE, G.P. (1980). The interpretation of regression
analysis results in sex and race discrimination problems.
The American Statistician, 34, 212-215. |
SCHMITT, M.T., BRANSCOMBE, N.R. & POSTMES, T. (2003).
Women's emotional responses to the pervasiveness of gender
discrimination. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 33, 297-312. |
|
MOE, J.L., NACOSTE, R.W. & INSKO, C.A. (1981). Belief
versus race as determinant of discrimination : A study of
southern adolescents in 1966 and 1979. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 41, 1031-1050. |
PINCUS, F.L. (2003). Reverse discrimination : Dismantling
the myth. Boulder, CO : Lynne Rienner Publishers. |
|
KAMALICH, R.F. & POLACHEK, S.W. (1982). Discrimination
: Fact or fiction ? An examination using an alternative
approach. Southern Economic Journal, 49 (2),
450-461. |
BLACK, S.E. & BRAINERD, E. (2004). Importing equality
? The impact of globalization on gender discrimination. Industrial
& Labor Relations Review, 57 (4), 540-559. [PDF] |
|
INSKO, C.A., NACOSTE, R.W. & MOE, J.L. (1983). Belief
congruence and racial discrimination : Review of the
evidence and critical evaluation. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 13, 153-174. |
WOOTEN, L.P. & JAMES, E.H. (2004). When firms fail to
learn : Perpetuation of discrimination in the workplace. Journal
of Management Inquiry, 13, 23-33. |
|
BOSWELL, T.E. (1986). A split labor market analysis of
discrimination against Chinese immigrants. 1850–1882. American
Sociological Review, 51 (3), 352–371. |
BROWN, C.S. & BIGLER, R.S. (2005). Children's
perceptions of discrimination : a developmental model. Child
Development, 76 (3), 533-553. |
|
|
DOVIDIO, J.F. & GAERTNER, S.L. (1986). Prejudice,
discrimination, and racism. Orlando, FL : Academic
Press. |
SELLERS, R.M., COPELAND-LINDER, N., MARTIN, P.P. &
L'HEUREUX-LEWIS, E. (2006). Racial identity matters : The
relationship between racial discrimination and
psychological functioning in African. Journal of
Research on Adolescence, 16 (2), 187-216. [PDF] |
|
CROSBY, F. (1984). The denial of personal discrimination.
American Behavioral Scientist, 27, 371-386. |
SANDERS-THOMPSON, V.L. (2006). Coping responses and the
experience of discrimination. Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 36, 1198-1214. |
|
DIEHL, M. (1988). Social identity and minimal groups : The
effects of interpersonal and intergroup attitudinal
similarity on intergroup discrimination. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 27, 289-300. |
TRIVEDI, A.N. & AYANIAN, J.Z. (2006). Perceived
discrimination and use of preventive health services. Journal
of General Internal Medicine, 21, 553-558. |
|
SIDANIUS, J. (1989). Racial discrimination and job
evaluation : The case of university faculty. National
Journal of Sociology, 3, 223-257. |
BRODY, G.H., CHEN, Y-F., MURRY, V.M., GE, X., SIMONS, R.L.
& GIBBONS, F.X. (2006). Perceived discrimination and
the adjustment of African American youth : A five-year
longitudinal analysis with contextual moderation effects.
Child Development, 77 (5), 1170-1189. |
|
DRENTH, P.J.D. (1989). Psychological testing and
discrimination. In P. Herriot (Ed.), Assessment and
selection in organizations (pp. 71-80). London :
Wiley. |
QUILLIAN, L. (2006). New approaches to understanding
racial prejudice and discrimination. Annual Review of
Sociology, 32, 299-328. |
|
KRIEGER, N. (1990). Racial and gender discrimination :
Risk factors for high blood pressure ? Social Science
& Medicine, 30 (12), 1273-1281. |
MADDOX, K.B. (2006). Rethinking racial stereotyping,
prejudice, and discrimination. The Psychological
Science Agenda, 20, 3-5. [PDF] |
|
EVANS, M.D.R. & KELLEY, J. (1991). Prejudice,
discrimination, and the labor market : Attainments of
immigrants in Australia. American Journal of
Sociology, 97, 721-759. |
MALOS, S. (2007). Appearance-based sex discrimination and
stereotyping in the workplace : Whose conduct should we
regulate ? Employee Responsibilities & Rights
Journal, 19 (2), 95-111. [PDF] |
|
DION, K.K., DION, K.L. & PAK, A.W. (1992).
Personality-based hardiness as a buffer for
discrimination-related stress in members of Toronto's
chinese community. Canadian Mimai of Behavioural
Science, 24, 517-536. |
UHLMANN, E.L. & COHEN, G.L. (2007). “I think it,
therefore it’s true”: Effects of self perceived
objectivity on hiring discrimination. Organizational
Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 104, 207-223.
|
|
LOTT, B.E. & MALUSO, D. (Eds.). (1995). The
social psychology of interpersonal discrimination.
Guilford Press. |
YIP, T., GEE, G.C. & TAKEUCHI, D.T. (2008). Racial
discrimination and psychological distress : The impact of
ethnic. Developmental Psychology, 44 (3),
787-800. |
|
KRIEGER, N. & SYDNEY, S. (1996). Racial
discriminationand blood pressure : TheCARDIA Study of
Young Black and White adults. American Journal of
Public Health, 86 (10), 1370-1378. [PDF] |
CROSBY, F.J. & DOVIDIO, J.F. (2008). Discrimination in
America and legal strategies for reducing it. In E.
Borgida & S.T. Fiske (Eds.), Beyond common sense :
Psychological science in the courtroom : Beyond common
knowledge (pp. 23-44). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
DION, K.L. & KAWAKAMI, K. (1996). Ethnicity and
perceived discrimination in Toronto : Another look at the
personal/group discrimination discrepancy. Canadian
Journal of Behavioural Science, 28, 203-213. |
LYNN, M., STURMAN, M.C., GANLEY, C., ADAMS, E. &
DOUGLAS, M. (2008). Consumer racial discrimination in
tipping : A replication and extension. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 38, 1045-1060. [PDF] |
|
JETTEN, J.E., SPEARS, R. & MANSTEAD, S.R. (1996).
Intergroup norms and intergroup discrimination :
Distinctive self-categorization and social identity
effects. Journal of Personnality & Social
Psychology, 71 (6), 1222-1233. [PDF] |
LÉGAL, J.-P. & DELOUVÉE, S. (2008). Stéréotypes,
préjugés et discrimination. Paris : Dunod. |
|
PINCUS, F.L. (1995). Discrimination comes in many forms. American
Behavioral Scientist, 40 (2), 186-194. [PDF] |
PASCOE, E.A. & RICHMAN, L.S. (2009). Perceived
discrimination and health : A meta-analytic review. Psychological
Bulletin, 135, 531-554. |
|
FORGAS, J.P. & FIEDLER, K. (1996). Us and them : Mood
effects on intergroup discrimination. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 70, 28-40. |
WILLIAMS, D.R. & MOHAMMED, S.A. (2009). Discrimination
and racial disparities in health : Evidence and needed
research. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 32, 20-47. |
|
RUGGIERO, K.M. & TAYLOR, D.M. (1997). Why minority
group members perceive or do not perceive the
discrimination that confronts them : The role of
self-esteem and perceived control. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology 72 (2),
373–389. |
SMART-RICHMAN, L. & LEARY, M.R. (2009). Reactions to
discrimination, stigmatization, ostracism, and other forms
of interpersonal rejection : A multimotive model. Psychological
Review, 116 (2), 365-383.
[PDF] |
|
VERKUYTEN, M., KINKET, B. & VAN DER WIELEN, C. (1997).
Preadolescents' understanding of ethnic discrimination. Journal
of Genetic Psychology, 158, 97-112. |
PENNER, L.A., DOVIDIO, J.F., EDMONDSON, D., DAILEY, R.K.,
MARKOVA, T., ALBRECHT, T. & GAERTNER, S.L. (2009). The
experience of discrimination and Black-White health
disparities in medical care. Journal of Black
Psychology, 35, 180-203. [PDF] |
|
BOURHIS, R.Y., GAGNON, A. et COLE, R. (1997). Sexe et
pouvoir : Une recherche de terrain sur un cas de
ségrégation sexuelle de deux syndicats au Canada. Revue
Internationale de Psychologie Sociale, 2, 109-133.
|
CARNEY, D.R., BANAJI, M.R. & KRIEGER, N. (2010).
Implicit measures reveal evidence of personal
discrimination. Self & Identity, 9 (2),
162-176. [PDF] |
|
FISKE, S.T. (1998). Stereotyping, prejudice, and
discrimination. In D.T. Gilbert, S.T., Fiske & G.
Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology
(pp. 357-411). London : Oxford University Press. |
ANTONIUS, R., LABELLE, M. et ROCHER, F. (2013).
Multiculturalism and discrimination in Canada and Québec :
The case of Arabs and Muslims. Dans B. Momani et J.
Hennebry (Eds.), Targeted transnationals : the state,
the media, and Arab Canadians, (pp. 89-109).
Vancouver : University of British Colombia Press. [PDF] |
|
BUHL, T. (1999). Positive-negative asymmetry in social
discrimination : Meta-analytical evidence. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 2, 51-58. |
WANG, L. (2014). At the tipping point : race and gender
discrimination in a common economic transaction Virginia
Journal of Social Policy & the Law, 21 (1),
101-166.
[PDF] |
|
MUSCH J. & HAY, R. (1999). The relative age effect in
soccer : Cross-cultural evidence for a systematic
discrimination against children born late in the
competition year. Sociology of Sport Journal, 16,
54-64. |
BREWSTER, Z. & LYNN, M. (2014). Black-White earnings
gap among restaurant servers : A replication, extension,
and exploration of consumer racial discrimination in
tipping. Sociological Inquiry, 84 (4), 545-569. |
| |
LEWIS, T.L., COGBURN, C.D. & WILLIAMS, D.R. (2015). Self-reported
experiences of discrimination and health : scientific
advances, ongoing controversies, and emerging issues.
Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 11, 407-440. [PDF] |
| |
BLEICH, S.N., FINDLING, M.G., CASEY, L.S., BLENDON, R.J.,
BENSON, J.M., STEELFISHER, G.K., SAYDE, J.M. & MILLER,
C. (2019). Discrimination in the United States :
Experiences of black Americans. Health Services
Research, 54 (S2), 1399-1408. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Stéréotype,
Préjugé et Ostracisme |
|
|
Discrimination sociale (Mesures/Évaluations) : Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent d'évaluer et de mesurer la discrimination sociale.
Assessment of social discrimination.
| |
|
|
UTSEY, S.O. & PONTEROTTO, J.G. (1999). Further
factorial validity assessment of scores on the Quick
Discrimination Index. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 59, 325-335. |
KRESSIN, N.R., RAYMOND, K.M. & MANZE, M. (2008). A
review of measures of perceived race/ethnic-based
discrimination in health care. Journal of Health Care
for the Poor & Underserved, 19, 697-730. |
|
BLANK, R.M., DABAY, M. & CITRO, C.F. (2004). Measuring
racial discrimination : Panel on methods for assessing
discrimination. Washington : The National Academies
Press. |
BASTOS, J.L., CELESTE, R.K., FAERSTEIN, E. & BARROS,
A.J.D. (2010). Racial discrimination and health : A
systematic review of scales with a focus on their
psychometric properties. Social Science &
Medicine, 70, 1091-1099. [PDF] |
|
KRIEGER, N., SMITH, K., NAISHADHAM, D., HERMAN, A.A. &
BARVEAU, E.M. (2005). Experiences of discrimination :
validity and reliability of a self-report measure for
population health research on racism and health. Social
Science & Medicine, 61, 1576-1596. |
ATKINS, R. (2014). Instruments measuring perceived
racism/racial discrimination : review and critique of
factor analytic techniques. International Journal of
Health Services, 44 (4), 711-734. [PDF] |
|
BRONDOLO, E., KELLY, K.P., COAKLEY, V., GORDON, T.,
THOMPSON, S., LEVY, E, CASSELLS, A., TOBIN, J.N., SWEENEY,
M. & CONTRADA, R.J. (2005). The perceived ethnic
discrimination questionnaire : development and preliminary
validation of a community version. Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 35 (2), 335-365. |
LAFONT, S.E., BRONDOLO, E., DUMAS, A.K., LYNK, N.C. &
GUMP, B.B. (2018). The development and initial validation
of the Child Perceived Discrimination Questionnaire. International
Journal of Culture & Mental Health, 11 (2),
208-219. |
|
>
BENSON, J.M., BEN-PORATH, E.N. & CASEY, L.S. (2019).
Methodology of the discrimination in the United States
Survey. Health Services Research Journal, 54, 1389-1398. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Discrimination |
|
|
Discrimination
systémique : Forme de
discrimination qui désigne le fait qu'un groupe
ou une société (= système)
- quelque soit sa taille
ou sa fonction - prend des décisions
et agit à l'encontre de certains de ses membres
ou sous-groupes de
ses membres, même si, par ailleurs, ses politiques combattent
ouvertement cette discrimination. Généralement, la vaste majorité
des membres du groupe est en désaccord avec l'injustice
ou le préjudice produit
par les décisions/actions du groupe. Autrement dit, plusieurs des
membres du système sont individuellement contre «ce qu'ils font
collectivement». Cette forme de discrimination se caractérise
généralement par une grande diffusion
de la responsabilité chez les membres qui ne se sentent pas
lésés ou exclus. Contrairement
au racisme systémique
- qui caractérise les systèmes qui ont délibérément pour
intention de léser ou exclure autrui - cette forme de
discrimination n'est ni volontaire ni consciente, bien qu'avec le
temps les conséquences nuisibles
(préjudice, dénonciation
publique, poursuite, manifestation, émeute, etc) puissent finir
par éveiller lles consciences. En ce sens, la discrimination
systémique peut être considérée comme un
effet pervers du système qui le produit «aveuglément», sans
mauvaises intentions. = discrimination
endémique, discrimination involontaire et collective. *racisme
systémique.
|
Discrimination
temporelle :
Temporal
discrimination.
| |
|
|
WOODROW, H. (1928). Temporal discrimination in the monkey.
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 8, 395-427. |
|
ANDERSON, A.C. (1932). Time discrimination in the white
rat. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 13,
27-55. |
|
REYNOLDS, G.S. & CATANIA, A.C. (1962). Temporal
discrimination in pigeons. Science, 135,
314-315. |
|
STADDON, J.E.R. & HIGA, J.J. (1991). Temporal
learning. In G.H. Bower (Ed.), The psychology of
Learning & Motivation : Advances in research and
theory (Vol. 27, pp. 265-294). San Diego :
Academic Press. |
|
SAVORY, C.J. (1999). Temporal control of feeding behaviour
and its association with gastrointestinal function. Journal
of Experimental Zoology, 283 (4-5), 339-347. |
|
GUILHARDI, P. & CHURCH, R.M. (2005). Dynamics of
temporal discrimination. Learning & Behavior, 33
(4), 399-416. |
|
|
|
Discursif
: Qui se fonde sur le discours,
sur ses propriétés, notamment sa cohérence
et sa clarté,
davantage que sur les faits,
pour établir la valeur d'un
argument, d'une explication.
EX: L'histoire est une science à la fois empirique
(archives, témoignages, artéfacts, etc) et discursive. Discursive
science.
| |
|
|
POTTER, J. (2003). Discursive psychology : Between method
and paradigm. Discourse & Society, 14,
783–794. |
|
ROTH, W.-M. (2008). The nature of scientific conceptions :
A discursive psychological perspective. Educational
Research Review, 3, 30-50.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Histoire |
|
KNEALE, W.C. & KNEALE, M. (1988). The development
of logic. Oxford : Oxford Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dispersion : Le mot a deux sens voisins : a)
Ensemble d'objet qui
s'éloigne les uns des autres. b) En statistique,
tendance d'un ensemble de données
à s'étaler autour de la moyenne
de ces données. La mesure
de cette dispersion est la variance
et l'écart-type. =
dispersion statistique. Scattering.
|
|
| |
a |
|
|
| b |
| |
| GILLES,
A. (1984). Éléments de méthodologie et d'analyse
statistique pour les sciences sociales. St-Laurent
: Mcgraw-Hill Éditeurs. |
|
|
|
|
Dispositif : Objet -
généralement à fonction unique - dont l'usage est décrit au moyen
d'instructions claires
et précises.
Apparatus
|
Dispositif expérimental : Matériel
- souvent composé d'éléments mécaniques, électroniques et
informatiques - utilisé en laboratoire
dans une expérience,
et dont le but est de permettre la repoduction
scientifique d'un phénomène
et sa mesure. NDLR
: Il est noter que l'on peut aussi utiliser un
dispositif lors de quasi-expérience
en milieu
semi-naturelle. Dispositif expérimental, instrument
de mesure et outil de collecte de
données.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Apparatus, tool-using behavior.
| |
|
 |
| |
|
SKINNER, B.F. & HERON, W.T. (1939). An apparatus for
the study of animal behavior. Psychological Record,
3, 166-176. |
|
LACEY, O.L. (1944). A revised procedure for the
calibration of the activity wheel. American
Journal of Psychology, 57, 412-420. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. & CAMPBELL, S.L. (1947). An automatic
shocking-grid apparatus for continuous use. Journal
of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 40, 305-307. |
|
GILL, C.A., FRY, W. & KELLEHER, R.T. (1962). Sound-resistant housing for experimental chambers. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5 (1), 32. [PDF] |
|
WOLFE, G.E. & SOLTYSIK, S. (1981). An apparatus for
behavioral and physiological study of aversive
conditioning in cats and kittens. Behavior Research
Methods & Instrumentation, 13 (5), 637-642. [PDF] |
|
POWELL, R.W. & KELLY, W. (1975). A method for the
objective study of tool-using behavior. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 24 (2), 249-253.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Instrument
de mesure et d'observation,
Repoduction scientifique et
Expérience |
|
|
|
Disposition
: Tout état physiologique
ou psychologique qui
prépare un organisme à
agir, à émettre un comportement.
EX: Pour certains psychologue, la frustration
est une position à agir agressivement. Disposition, prédispositon
génétique et explication.
Disposition.
| |
|
|
MELLOR, D.H. (1974). In defense of dispositions. The
Philosophical Review, 83, 157-181. |
ARMSTRONG, D.M, MARTIN, C.B. & PLACE, U.T. (1996).
Dispositions : a debate. Londres-New York :
Routledge & Kegan Paul. |
|
CUMMINS, R. (1974). Dispositions, states and causes. Analysis,
34 (6), 94-204. [PDF] |
PLACE, U.T. (1996). Intentionality as the mark of the
dispositional. Dialectica, 50 (2), 91-120. |
|
TUEMOLA, R. (Ed.) (1978). Dispositions.
Dordrecht, Reidel. |
MUMFORD, S. (1998.) Dispositions. Oxford :
Clarendon Press. |
|
JONES, E.E. (1979). The rocky road from acts to
dispositions. American Psychologist, 34, 107-117. |
EAGLY, A.H. & WOOD, W. (1999). The origins of sex
differences in human behavior : Evolved dispositions
versus social roles. American Psychologist, 54,
408-423. [PDF] |
|
EISENBERG, N., FABES, R.A., KARBON, M., MURPHY, B.C.,
CARLO, G. WOSINSKI, M. POLAZZI, L., CARLO, G. &
JUHNKE, C. (1996). The relations of children's
dispositional prosocial behavior to emotionality,
regulation, and social functioning. Child
Development, 67, 974-992. [PDF] |
EISENBERG, N., FABES, R.A. GUTHRIE, I.K. & REISER, M.
(2000). Dispositional emotionality and regulation : Their
role in predicting quality of social functioning. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 78,
136-157. |
|
|
|
Disproportionalité : Disproportionnel : Traitement et répartition
inéquitable des ressources
réservés à ceux et celles que l'on cherche justement à aider,
notamment en santé mentale
et en éducation
spécialisée.
Disproportionately.
| |
|
|
SKIBA, R.J., MICHAEL, R.S., NARDO, A.C. & ETERSON,
R.L. (2002). The color of discipline : Sources of racial
and gender disproportionality in school punishment. The
Urban Review, 34, 317-342. |
|
|
SKIBA, R.J., SIMMONS, A.B., RITTER, S., KOHLER, K.R. &
WU, T. (2003). The psychology of disproportionlity.
Minority placement in context. Multiple Voices, 6,
27-40. |
SKIBA, R.J., ECKES, S. & BROWN, K. (2010). African
American disproportionality in school discipline : The
divide between best evidence and legal remedy. New
York Law School Law Review, 54, 1071-1112. |
|
SKIBA, R.J., SIMMONS, A., RITTER, S., KOHLER, K.,
HENDERSON, M. & WU, T. (2006). The context of minority
disproportionality : Practitioner perspectives on special
education referral. Teachers College Record, 108
(7), 1424-1459. |
SKIBA, R.J., HORNER, R.H. CHUNG, C.G., RAUSCH, M.K., MAY,
S.L. & TOBIN, T. (2011). Race is not neutral : A
national investigation of African American and Latino
disproportionality in school discipline. School
Psychology Review, 40, 85-107. |
|
HARRY, B. & KLINGNER, J. (2006). Why are so many
minority students in special education ? Understanding
race and disability in schools. New York, NY :
Teachers College Press. |
BAL, A., SULLIVAN, A.L. & HARPER, J. (2014). A
situated analysis of special education disproportionality
for systemic transformation in an urban school district. Remedial
& Special Education, 35 (1), 3-14. |
|
HARRY, B. (2007). The disproportionate placement of ethnic
minorities in special education. In L. Florian (Ed.), The
Sage handbook of special education (pp.67-85).
London : Sage. |
RAUSCH, M.K. & SKIBA, R.J. (2017). Addressing
disproportionately high rates of disciplinary removal for
stsudents of color : The need for systemic interventions.
In S.L. Proctor & E. Lopez. (Eds.), Handbook of
multicultural school psychology (pp. 276-290). New
York : Routledge. |
|
|
Voir aussi Éducation
spécialisée et Discrimination
raciale |
|
|
Dissection
(Cerveau) : Technique qui consiste à pratiquer
une ouverture dans le crâne
pour extirper, découper, examiner et décrire le cerveau et ses parties. On doit à Mondino de' Liuzzi le premier témoignagne écrit d'une dissection chez l'humain (1316).
| |
|
|
FANCOVICOVÀ, J., PROKOP, P. & LESKOVA, A. (2013).
Perceived disgust and personal experiences are associated
with acceptance of dissections in schools. Eurasia
Journal of Mathematics, Science & Technology
Education, 9 (3), 311-318. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Dissension : Désaccord au sein d'un groupe ou d'une équipe, qui mine sa cohésion, son
efficacité. Une
forte dissension peut se transformer en conflit.
= zizanie.
/
consensus.
Dissension.
| |
|
|
MOSCOVICI, S. et DOISE, W. (1992). Dissensions et
consensus. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
|
|
|
|
Dissociation : Dissociatif : Désorganisation psychique de la personnalité
initialement décrite par Bleuler
pour caractériser la schizophrénie.
Elle se caractérise par un discours décousu, incohérent et
hermétique, parfois délirant, des émotions ou affects
impévisibles, des gestes étranges, maniérés ou théâtraux. La
dissociation est un symptôme
psychotique. /non-dissociatif.
Dissociation, dissociative experience.
| |
|
|
SINGER, J.L. (Ed.) (1990). Repression and
dissociation. Chicago, IL : University of Chicago
Press. |
BONANNO, G.A. & SIDDIQUE, H. (1999). Emotional
dissociation, self-deception, and psychotherapy. In J.A.
Singer & P. Salovey (Eds.), At play in the field
of consciousness : Essays in honor of J.L. Singer
(pp. 249-270). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
SAPORTA, J.A. & VAN DER KOLK, B.A. (1992).
Psychobiological consequences of severe trauma. In M.
Basoglu (Eds.), Torture and its consequences
(pp. 151-181). Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
WOODY, E.Z. & BOWERS, K. (1994). A frontal assault on
dissociated control. In S.J. Lynn & J.W. Rhue (Eds.),
Dissociation : Clinical and Theoretical Perspectives.
Guilford Press, New York, USA, pp. 52-79. |
|
|
VAN DER KOLK, B.A. & FISHER, R. (1995). Dissociation
and the fragmentary nature of traumatic memories :
overview and exploratory study. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 8, 505-525. |
|
|
IJZENDOORN, M.H. & SCHUENGEL, C. (1996). The
measurement of dissociation in normal and clinical
populations : meta-analytic validation of the dissociative
experiences scale (DES). Clinical Psychology Review,
16 (5), 365-382. [PDF] |
DE PRINCE, A.P. & FREYD, J.J. (1999). Dissociative
tendencies, attention, and memory. Psychological
Science, 10, 449-452. [PDF] |
|
KELTNER, D. & BONANNO, G.A. (1997). A study of
laughter and dissociation : Distinct correlates of
laughter and smiling during bereavement. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 73, 687-702.
[PDF] |
DE PRINCE, A.P. & FREYD, J.J. (2001). Memory and
dissociative tendencies : The roles of attentional context
and word meaning in a directed forgetting task. Journal
of Trauma & Dissociation 2 (2), 67-82.
[PDF] |
|
KIRSCH, I. & LYNN, S.J. (1998). Dissociation theories
of hypnosis. Psychological Bulletin, 123, 100-115. |
FREYD, J.J. (2007). Archiving dissociation as a Precaution
against dissociating dissociation. Journal of Trauma
& Dissociation, 8 (3), 1-5. [PDF] |
|
WRIGHT, D.B. & LOFTUS, E.F. (1999). Measuring
dissociation : comparison of alternative forms of the
dissociative experiences scale. The American Journal
of Psychology, 112 (4), 497-519. |
SADLER, P. & WOODY, E. (2010). Dissociation in
hypnosis : Theoretical frameworks and psychotherapeutic
implications. In S.J. Lynn, J.W. Rhue & I. Kirsch
(Eds.), Handbook of clinical hypnosis (pp.
151-178). Washington, DC : APA.
[PDF] |
|
BONANNO, G.A. (1999). Emotional dissociation,
self-deception, and adaptation to loss. In C. Figley
(Ed.), The traumatology of grieving (pp.
89-105). Washington, DC : Taylor & Francis. |
BOYSAN, M. (2014). Dissociative experiences are associated
with obsessive-compulsive symptoms in a non-clinical
sample : A latent profile analysis. Archives of
Neuropsychiatry, 51, 253-262 [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Hypnose
et Désorganisation/personnalité |
|
|
Dissonance : Dissonance cognitive : État de tension désagréable
engendré par la présence simultanée de deux idées ou cognitions
contradictoires (idées, prise de conscience, connaissance,
opinions incompatibles, etc.). Festinger
a découvert ce phénomène en 1957. EX: Connaître
sur le bout de ses doigts les résultats des études sur le cancer
du poumon (première cognition) et se rendre compte que l'on fume
de plus en plus (deuxième cognition) ---> prise de conscience
de cette contradiction. Dissonance, conflit
intérieur et ambivalence.
= tension désagréable, conflit
intérieur, conflit conscient.
Cognitive
dissonance, dissonance.
| |
|
|
FESTINGER, L. (1957). A theory of cognitive
dissonance. Stanford, CA : Stanford University
Press. |
LOSCH, M.E. & CACIOPPO, J.T. (1990). Cognitive
dissonance may enhance sympathetic tonus, but attitudes
are changed to reduce negative affect rather than arousal.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 26,
289-304. [PDF] |
|
FESTINGER, L. & CARLSMITH, J. (1959). Cognitive
consequences of forced compliance. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 58, 203-210. [PDF] |
ARONSON, E., FRIED, C. & STONE, J. (1991). AIDS
prevention and dissonance : A new twist on an old theory.
American Journal of Public Health, 81, 1636-1638. |
|
ADAMS, J.S. (1961). Reduction of cognitive dissonance by
seeking consonant information. Journal of Abnormal
& Social Psychology, 62 (1), 74-78. |
ARONSON, E. (1992). The return of the repressed :
Dissonance theory makes a comeback. Psychological
Inquiry, 3, 303-311. |
|
BRAMEL, D.A. (1962). Dissonance theory approach to
defensive projection. Journal of Abnormal Social
Psychology, 64, 121-129. |
STEELE, C.M., SPENCER, S.J. & LYNCH, M. (1993).
Self-image resilience and dissonance : The role of
affirmational resources. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 64, 885-896. |
|
BREHM, J.W. & COHEN, A.R. (1962). Explorations in
cognitive dissonance. New York : John Wiley &
Sons. |
ELLIOT, A.J. & DEVINE, P.G. (1994). On the
motivational nature of cognitive dissonance : Dissonance
as psychological discomfort. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 67 (3), 382-394. [PDF] |
| |
LEIPPE, M.R. & EISENSTAT, D. (1994). Generalization of
dissonance reduction : Decreasing prejudice through
induced compliance. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 67, 395-413. |
| |
ARONSON, J., BLANTON, H. & COOPER, J. (1995). From
dissonance to dis-identification : Selectivity on the
self-affirmation process. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 6, 986-996. |
|
WEICK, K.E. (1964). Reduction of cognitive dissonance
through task enhancement and effort expenditure.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68,
533-539. |
GILOVICH, T., MEDVEC, V.H. & CHEN, S. (1995).
Commission, omission, and dissonance reduction : Coping
with regret in the "three doors" problem. Psychology
Bulletin, 21, 182-190. |
|
FESTINGER, L. (1964). Conflict, decision, and
dissonance. Palo Alto, CA : Stanford Univ. Press. |
SIMON, L., GREENBERG, J. & BREHM, J.W. (1995).
Trivialization : The forgotten mode of dissonance
reduction. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 68 (2), 247-260. |
|
ROSENBERG, M.J. (1965). When dissonance fails : On
eliminating evaluation apprehension from attitude
measurement. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 1, 28-42. |
HARMON-JONES, E. BREHM, J.W., GREENBERG, J., SIMON, L.
& NELSON, D.E. (1996). Evidence that the production of
aversive consequences is not necessary to create cognitive
dissonance. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 70, 5-16. |
| |
SHULTZ, T.R. & LEPPER, M.R. (1996). Cognitive
dissonance reduction as constraint satisfaction. Psychological
Review, 103, 219-240. |
|
FREEDMAN, J.L. (1965). Long-term behavioral effects of
cognitive dissonance. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 1, 145-155. |
BEAUVOIS, J.-L. & JOULE, R.-V. (1996). A radical
dissonance theory. Londres, Taylor & Francis. |
|
BEM, D.J. (1967). Self-perception : An alternative
interpretation of cognitive dissonance phenomena. Psychological
Review, 74, 183-200. |
HARMON-JONES, E. & GREENBERG, J., SIMON, L., NELSON,
D.E. & BREHM, J.W. (1996). Evidence that the
production of aversive consequences is not necessary to
create cognitive dissonance Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 70 (1), 5-16.
[PDF] |
| |
GIBBONS, F.X., EGGLESTON, T.J. & BENTHIN, A. (1997).
Cognitive reactions to smoking relapse : The reciprocal
relation of dissonance and self-esteem. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 72, 184-195. |
| |
ARONSON, E. (1997). The theory of cognitive dissonance :
The evolution and vicissitudes of an idea. In C. McGarty
& S.A. Haslam (Eds.), The message of social
psychology (pp. 20-36). Blackwell Publishers :
Oxford |
|
DENMARK, F.L. & GUTTENTAG, M. (1967). Dissonance in
the self-concepts and educational concepts of college and
non-college oriented women. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 14 (2), 113-115. |
ARONSON, E. (1997). Dissonance, hypocrisy and the
self-concept. In E. Aronson (Ed.), Readings about the
social animal (pp. 219-236). New York : Freeman. |
| |
GIRANDOLA, F. (1997). Double-forced compliance and
cognitive dissonance theory. The Journal of Social
Psychology, 137, 594-605. |
|
HARDYCK, J.A. & KARDUSH M. (1968). A modest modish
model for dissonance reduction. In Abelson et al. (Eds.),
Consistency theories. Chicago : Rand McNally. |
JOULE, R.-V. & BEAUVOIS, J.L. (1998). Cognitive
dissonance theory : a radical view. European Review
of Social Psychology, 8, 1-32. |
|
GLASS, D.C., CANAVAN, D. & SCHIAVO, S. (1968).
Achievement motivation, dissonance, and defensiveness. Journal
of Personality, 36 (3), 474-492. |
DRAYCOTT, S. & DABBS, A. (1998). Cognitive dissonance.
1. An overview of the literature and its integration into
theory and practice in clinical psychology. Bristish
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 37, 341-353. |
|
| |
COOPER, J. (1998). Unlearning cognitive dissonance :
Toward an understanding of the development of cognitive
dissonance. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 34, 562-575. |
|
ARONSON, E. (1969). Dissonance theory : Progress and
problems. In R.P. Abelson (Eds.), Theories of
cognitive consistency : A sourcebook. Chicago :
Rand McNally. |
DRAYCOTT, S. & DABBS, A. (1998). Cognitive dissonance.
2. A theoretical grounding of motivational interview in
bristish Journal of Clinical Psychology, 37,
355-364. |
|
ARONSON, E. (1969). The theory of cognitive dissonance : a
current perspective. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances
in experimental social psychology. |
LORD, C.G. & LEPPER, M.R. (1999). Attitude
representation theory. In M.P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances
in experimental social psychology (Vol. 31, pp.
265-343). San Diego : Academic Press. |
| |
BEAUVOIS, J.-L. & JOULE, R.-V. (1999). A radical point
of view on dissonance theory. In E. Harmon-Jones & J.
Mills (Eds.), Cognitive dissonance : progress on a
pivotal theory in social psychology. Washington DC
: A.P.A. |
| |
McGREGOR, I., NEWBY-CLARK, I.R. & ZANNA, M.P (1999).
Remembering dissonance : Simultaneous accessibility of
inconsistent cognitive elements moderates epistemic
discomfort. In E. Harmon-Jones & J. Mills (Eds.), Cognitive
dissonance : Progress on a pivotal theory in social
psychology (pp. 325-353). Washington, DC :
American Psychological Association. |
| |
HARMON-JONES, E. & MILLS, J. (1999). Cognitive
dissonance : Progress on a pivotal theory in social
psychology. Washington, DC : American
Psychological Association. |
|
LEPPER, M.R., ZANNA, M.P. & ABELSON, R.P. (1970).
Cognitive irreversibility in a dissonance reduction
situation. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 16, 191-198. |
LEPPER, M.R. & SHULTZ, T.R. (1999). Dissonance theory.
In R.A. Wilson & F.C. Keil (Eds.), MIT
Encyclopedia of the cognitive sciences (pp.
233-234). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
BEM, D.J. & McCONNELL, H.K. (1970). Testing the
self-perception explanation of dissonance phenomena : On
the salience of premanipulation attitudes. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 14, 23-31. |
GALINSKY, A., STONE, J. & COOPER, J. (2000). The
reinstatement of dissonance and psychological
discomfort following failed affirmations. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 30, 123-147. |
|
HARMON-JONES, E. (2000). Cognitive dissonance and
experienced negative affect : Evidence that dissonance
increases experienced negative affect even in the absence
of aversive consequences. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 26, 1490-1501. [PDF] |
| |
STONE, J. & COOPER, J. (2001). A self-standards model
of cognitive dissonance. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 37 (3), 228-243. [PDF]
|
|
COOPER, J. & DUNCAN, L. (1971). Cognitive dissonance
as a function of self-esteem and logical inconsistency. Journal of Personality, 39 (2), 163-302. |
LIEBERMAN, M.D., OCHSNER, K.N., GILBERT, D.T. &
SCHACTER, D.L. (2001). Do amnesics exhibit cognitive
dissonance reduction ? The role of explicit memory and
attention in attitude change. Psychological Science,
12, 135-140. |
|
LEPPER, M.R. (1973). Dissonance, self perception and
honesty in children. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 25, 65-74. |
HARMON-JONES, E. & HARMON-JONES, C. (2002). Testing
the action-based model of cognitive dissonance : The
effect of action-orientation on post-decisional attitudes.
Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 28,
711-723. [PDF] |
|
COOPER, J. & HOGG, M.A. (2002). Dissonance arousal and
the collective self. In J.P. Forgas and K.D. Williams
(Eds.), The social self : Cognitive, interpersonal and
intergroup perspectives. Philadelphia : Psychology Press.
|
|
ZANNA, M.P. & COOPER, J. (1974). Dissonance and the
pill : An attribution approach to studying the arousal
properties of dissonance. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 29 (5), 703-709. |
STORCH, E.A. & STORCH, J.B. (2003). Academic
dishonesty and attitudes towards academic dishonest acts :
Support for cognitive dissonance theory. Psychological
Reports, 92, 174-176. |
|
LANDO, H.A. & DAVIDSON, G. (1975). Cognitive
dissonance as a modifier of chronic smoking behavior : A
serendipitous finding. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 43, 750. |
JOULE, R.-V. & AZDIA, T. (2003). Cognitive dissonance,
double forced compliance and commitment. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 565-571. |
| |
GAWRONSKI, B. & STRACK, F. (2004). On the
propositional nature of cognitive consistency : Dissonance
changes explicit, but not implicit attitudes. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 535-542. [PDF] |
|
ZANNA, M.P. & COOPER, J. (1976). Dissonance and the
attribution process. In J.H. Harvey, W.J.Ickes & R.F.
Kidd (Eds.), New directions in attribution research
(pp. 199-217). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates, Publishers. |
KITAYAMA, S., SNIBBE, A.C., MARKUS, H.R. & SUZUKI, T.
(2004). Is there any "free" choice ? Self and dissonance
in two cultures. Psychological Science, 14, 527-533.
[PDF] |
| |
BOCKTING, W. & EHRBAR, R.D. (2005). Commentary :
Gender variance, dissonance, or identity disorder ? Journal
of Psychology & Human Sexuality, 17 (3/4),
125-134. |
|
WICKLUND, R.A. & BREHM, J.W. (1976). Perspectives
on cognitive dissonance. Hillsdale, N.J. :
Erlbaum. |
MATZ, D. & WOOD, W. (2005). Cognitive dissonance in
groups : The consequences of disagreement. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 88, 22-37. [PDF] |
|
|
ZANNA, M.P., HIGGINS, E.T. & TAVES, P.A. (1976). Is
dissonance phenomenologically aversive ? Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 12, 530-538. |
EGAN, L.C., SANTOS, L.R. & BLOOM, P. (2007). The
origins of cognitive dissonance : Evidence from children
and monkeys. Psychological Science, 18 (11),
978-983. [PDF] |
| |
BREHM, J.W. (2007). A brief history of dissonance theory.
Social & Personality Psychology Compass, 1 (1),
381-391. |
| |
COOPER, J. (2007). Cognitive dissonance : 50 years of
a classic theory. London : Sage. |
|
FAZIO, R.H., ZANNA, M.P. & COOPER, J. (1977).
Dissonance and self-perception : An examination of each
theory's proper domain of application. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 464-479. |
HARMON-JONES, E. & HARMON-JONES, C. (2007). Cognitive
dissonance theory after 50 years of development. Zeitschrift
für Sozialpsychologie, 38, 7-16. |
|
GREENWALD, A.G. & RONIS, D.L. (1978). Twenty years of
cognitive dissonance : Case study of the evolution of a
theory. Psychological Review, 85, 53-57. [PDF] |
STICE, E., MARTI, C.N., SPOOR, S., PRESNELL, K. &
SHAW, H.J. (2008). Dissonance and healthy weight eating
disorder prevention programs : Long-term effects from a
randomized efficacy trial. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76 (2), 329-340. [PDF] |
|
COOPER, J. (1980). Reducing fears and increasing
attentiveness : The role of dissonance reduction.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 47,
452–460. |
PETERSON, C.K., SHACKMAN, A.J. & HARMON-JONES, E.
(2008). The role of asymmetrical frontal cortical activity
in aggression. Psychophysiology, 45, 86-92. [PDF]
|
|
AKERLOF, G. & DICKENS, W. (1982). The economic
consequences of cognitive dissonance. American
Economic Review, 72 (3), 307-319. [PDF] |
HARMON-JONES, E. & HARMON-JONES, C. (2008).
Action-based model of dissonance : A review of behavioral,
anterior cingulate and prefrontal cortical mechanisms. Social
& Personality Psychology Compass, 2/3, 1518-1538.
[PDF] |
|
COOPER, J. & FAZIO, R.H. (1984). A new look at
dissonance theory. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in
experimental social psychology (Vol. 17, pp.
229-266). New York : Academic Press. |
GLASFORD, D., PRATTO, F. & DOVIDIO, J.F. (2008).
Reports Intragroup dissonance : Responses to ingroup
violation. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
44,1057-1064. [PDF] |
|
BECKMAN, J. & IRLE, M. (1985). Dissonance and action
control. In J. Kuhl & J. Beckmann (Eds.), Action
control : From cognition to behavior (pp. 129-150).
Berlin : Springer-Verlag. |
HARMON-JONES, E., AMODIO, D.M & HARMON-JONES, C.
(2009). Action-based model of dissonance : A review,
integration, and expansion of conceptions of cognitive
conflict. In M.P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in
experimental social psychology (pp. 119-166). New
York, NY : Academic Press. [PDF] |
|
AXSOM, D. & COOPER, J. (1985). Cognitive dissonance
and psychotherapy : The role of effort justification in
inducing weight loss. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 21, 149-160. |
COOPER, J. (2010). Riding the D train with Elliot : The
Aronsonian legacy of cognitive dissonance. In M.H.
Gonzales, C. Tavris & J. Aronson (Eds.), The
scientist and the humanist : A festschrift in honor of
Elliot Aronson (pp. 159-174). New York : Psychology
Press. |
|
JAMES, J. & GUTKIND, E. (1985). Attitude change
revisited : Cognitive dissonance theory and development
policy. World Development, 13, 1139-1149. |
WEST, S., JETT, S.E., BECKMAN, T. & VONK, J. (2010).
The Phylogenetic roots of cognitive dissonance. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 124, 425-432. [PDF] |
|
JOULE, R.-V. (1987). La dissonance cognitive : un état de
motivation ? L'Année Psychologique, 87, 273-290. |
METIN, I. & CAMGOZ, S.M. (2011). The advances in the
history of cognitive dissonance theory. International
Journal of Humanities & Social Science, 1 (6),
131-136. [PDF] |
|
SCHER, S. & COOPER, J. (1989). The motivational basis
of dissonance : The singular role of behavioral
consequences. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 56, 899-906. |
HARMON-JONES, E., HARMON-JONES, C., SERRA, R. & GABLE,
P.A. (2011). The effect of commitment on relative left
frontal cortical activity : Tests of the action-based
model of dissonance. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 37, 395-408. [PDF] |
| |
GAWRONSKI, B. (2012). Back to the future of dissonance
theory : Cognitive consistency as a core motive.
Social Cognition, 30 (6), 652-668. [PDF] |
|
BERKOWITZ, L. & DEVINE, P.G. (1989). Research
traditions, analysis, and synthesis in social
psychological theories : the case of dissonance theory. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 15, 493-507. |
COOPER, J. (2012). Cognitive dissonance theory. In P.M.
Van Lange, A.W. Kruglansk & T. Higgins (Eds.), Handbook
of theories of social psychology (Vol. 1. pp.
377-397). Thousand Oaks, CA : SAGE. |
|
THOMPSON, B. & MILLER, A.H. (2015). Dissonance Theory
and Education Students’ Attitudes toward Teachers. The
Journal of Experimental Education 47 (1), 55-59.
|
| |
HARMON-JONES, E., HARMON-JONES, C. & LEVY, N. (2015).
An action-based model of cognitive-dissonance processes. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 24, 184-189. |
|
|
| VALLERAND,
R.J. (Dir.) (1994). Les fondements de la psychologie
sociale. Montréal : Gaëtan Morin. |
Voir aussi Conflit,
Cognition et Ambivalence
|
|
|
|
|
Dissuasion
: Dissuader : Stratégie
visant à convaincre l'autre de ne pas nous agresser/attaquer, la
plupart du temps en mettant en évidence les conséquences néfastes
d'une telle agression pour l'assaillant. Deterrence.
| |
|
|
DEUTSCH, M. (1987). Going beyond "Beyond deterrence". Journal
of Social Issues, 43, 143-153. |
|
HUTH, P. (1988). Extended deterrence and the
prevention of war. New Haven : Yale University
Press. |
|
STERN, P.C., AXELROD, R., JARVIS, R. & RADNER, R.
(1989) (Eds.). Perspectives on deterrence. New
York : Oxford University Press. |
|
ZAGARE, F.C. (1990). Rationality and deterrence. World
Politics, 42, 238-260. |
|
TETLOCK, P.E., McGUIRE, C.B. & MICHELL, G. (1991).
Psychological perspectives on nuclear deterrence. Annual
Review of Psychology, 42, 239-276. |
|
ZAGARE, F.C. & KILGOUR, M.D. (1993). Asymmetric
deterrence. International Studies Quarterly, 37,
1-27. |
|
|
|
Distance : Distance interpersonnelle : Espace qui sépare deux individus (ou un individu d'un groupe). Selon Hall, cet
espace varie qualitativement pour former quatre zones ou
distances. Distance et espace
personnelle. = distance
sociale, zone sociale, espace social.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Distance, social distance.
|
| Typologie
des distances sociales selon Hall |
| Types de distance |
Synonyme |
Fonction |
Mode |
Contexte |
Comportements |
Sensations |
| Distance intime |
Distance privée |
Zone réservée aux rapports
intimes avec son partenaire et ses enfants (= vie privée).
La présence de toute autre personne constitue une
intrusion. |
Mode
proche : Aucune à 15 cm |
contacts sexuels, grande intimité, bagarre et jeux
impliquant un corps-à corps, viol. |
On peut
toucher toutes les parties du corps de l'autre. |
Vision déformée et parcellaire. On peut sentir la chaleur
et les odeurs corporelles et entendre la respiration de
l'autre, etc. |
| Mode
lointain : 15 à 45 cm |
Intimité et relations familiales étroites |
On peut
toucher l'autre sans se déplacer |
Vision déformée mais moins
parcellaire. On entend plus la respiration, on ne sent
plus la chaleur de l'autre |
| Distance
personnelle |
Distance amicale |
Zone limite de non contact
physique direct. Elle marque l’affectivité et la proximité
quotidienne des individus dans leur vie publique. |
Mode proche : 46 à 75 cm |
Distance qui permet la confidence, les
conversations intimes (famille élargie, meilleurs amis.) |
On peut toucher l'autre mais il faut
allonger les bras ou se déplacer légèrement. On embrasse
les autres avec un léger contact physique. |
Vision claire de l'autre,
permettant de distinguer les détails du visage.L'odorat
perçoit moins clairement les odeurs |
| Mode lointain :76 à 125 cm |
Distance des discussions entre amis. |
On ne peut plus toucher l'autre sans
se déplacer. On embrasse les autres mais sans contact
physique prolongé. |
Vision claire de l'autre,
permettant de distinguer les détails du visage, mais, on
n'entend plus les chuchotements ou les bruits produits par
le corps. |
| Distance
sociale |
Distance interpersonnelle
ou interindividuelle |
Zone où s'établissent les
relations interpersonnelles directes. Au delà de tout
contact physique directe, jusqu’au limite de portée de la
voix sans effort. |
Mode proche : 126 cm à 2,10 m |
Relations interpersonnelles
informelles (souper chez des amis, réunions familiales,
etc.) |
La voix porte et est entendue sans
effort. |
Vision de tout le corps.
Il n’y a plus de contact physique direct. L'odorat est
quasi inopérante |
| Mode lointain : 2,11 à 3.60 m |
Relations interpersonnelles
formalisées selon des règles et un décorum (milieu de
travail, réunion avec des collègues). |
La voix porte et est entendue sans
effort, mais l'absence de contact visuel ou l'articulation
déficiente nuisent à la clarté du propos. |
Le contact visuel
maintient la permanence du contact social. On ne perçoit
plus les odeurs. |
| Distance
publique |
Distance protocolaire |
Zone où s'établissent les
rapports formels, soumis à un protocole. |
Mode proche : 3.61 à 7,50 m |
Distance entre un orateur et ses pairs
(grande salle de réunion, auditorium, etc.) |
Il faut hausser le ton pour être
clairement entendu.La posture du corps ou les gestes de la
main remplace le contact visuel dans la communication des
émotions ou des intentions |
On ne distingue plus les
traits du visage ou les expressions faciales des autres.
Perte de l’impression de profondeur |
| Mode lointain :7,51 m et + |
Distance entre un orateur et son
public (amphithéâatre, théâtre, manifestation sportive,
congrès politique, etc.) |
Il faut amplifier la voix pour être
clairement entendu et mettre l'emphase sur les gestes qui
communiquent de l'information et des émotions. |
On ne distingue plus
clairement les individus; les élements du décor agissent
comme un tout (la foule). |
|
|
| |
|
|
BOGARDUS, E. (1926). Social distance in the city.
Proceedings & Publications of the American
Sociological Society, 20, 40-46. |
|
|
BOGARDUS, E. (1947). Measurement of personal-group
relations. Sociometry, 10 (4), 306-311. |
BARNARD, W.A. & BELL, P.A. (1982). An unobtrusive
apparatus for measuring interpersonal distances. Journal
of General Psychology, 107, 85-90. |
|
WECKOWICZ, T.E., SOMMER, R. & HALL, R. (1958).
Distance constancy in schizophrenic patients. Journal
of Mental Science, 104, 1174-1182. |
BELL, P.A. & BARNARD, W.A. (1984). Effects of heat,
noise, and sex of subject on a projective measure of
personal space permeability. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 59, 422. |
|
SOMMER, R. (1959). Studies in personal space. Sociometry,
22, 247-260. [PDF]
|
AIELLO, J.R. (1987). Human spatial behavior. In D. Stokols
and I. Altman (Eds.), Handbook of environmental
psychology. New York : Wiley-Interscience. |
|
SOMMER, R. (1962). The distance for comfortable
conversation : A further study. Sociometry, 25,
111-116. |
SHIBUYA, S. (1990). Comfortable distance between
people. Tokyo : NHK Books. |
|
HARWAY, N.I. (1963). Judgment of distance in children and
adults. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 65,
385-390. |
AONO, A. (2003). Gender differences in interpersonal
distance : From the view point of oppression hypothesis. The Japanese Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 42 (2), 201-218. |
|
ARGYLE, M. & DEAN, J. (1965). Eye-contact, distance
and affiliation. Sociometry, 28 (3), 289-304. |
|
|
SOMMER, R. (1969). Personal space. New York :
Prentice-Hall. |
OLSON, G.M. & OLSON, J.S. (2000). Distance matters. Human-Computer Interaction, 15 (2), 139-178. |
|
TOLOR, A. (1970). Psychological distance in disturbed and
normal adults. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 26,
160-162. |
SOMMER, R. (2003 ). Milieux et modes de vie : à
propos des relations entre environnement et
comportement. Suisse : Gollion. |
|
HALL, E.T. (1971). The hidden dimension. Garden
City, N.Y. : Doubleday & Co. / La dimension
cachée. Paris : Seuil. |
PARRILLO, V.N. & DONOGHUE, C. (2005). Updating the
Bogardus social distance studies : a new national survey.
The Social Science Journal, 42 (2), 257-271. |
|
NEWMAN, O. (1972). Defensible space. New York :
Macmillan. |
BEAULIEU, C.M.J. (2006). Intercultural study of personal
space : A case study. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 34, 794-805. |
|
LUNDBERG, U., BRATFISCH, O. & EKMAN, G. (1972).
Emotional involvement and subjective distance : A summary
of investigations. Journal of Social Psychology, 87,
169-177. |
TROPE, Y., LIBERMAN, N. & WAKSLAK, C. (2007).
Construal levels and psychological distance : Effects on
representation, prediction, evaluation, and behavior. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 17 (2), 83-95. |
|
EVANS, G.W. & HOWARD, D.B. (1973). Personal space.
Psychological Bulletin, 80, 334-344. |
KARAKAYALI, N. (2009). Social distance and affective
orientations. Sociological Forum, 23 (3),
538-562. |
|
SOMMER, R. (1974). Tight spaces. New York :
Prentice-Hall |
GADIT, A.A.M. (2011). Personal space : Implications in
patient-doctor relationship. Journal of Pakistan
Medical Association, 60 (4), 321-322.
[PDF] |
|
SHUTER, R. (1976). Too close for comfort : Proxemics and
tactility in Latin America. Journal of Communication,
26, 46-52. |
|
|
KOOB, L. & FISH, G. (1977). The social psychology of
space : Measuring territorial behavior of elderly people
in public housing. Housing Educators Journal, 4
(3), 13-18. [PDF] |
PARKER, L. & LEO, T. (2011). Proxemic distance and
gender amongst Australians :
A study of side-on distances. Griffith Working Papers
in Pragmatics & Intercultural Communication, 4
(1/2), 19-25. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Entassement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distance Education : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'enseignement à distance.
GUNAWARDENA, C.N., ORTEGANO-LAYNE, L., CARABAJAL, K.,
FRECHETTE, C., LINDEMANN, K. & JENNINGS, B. (2006).
New model, new strategies : Instructional design for
building online wisdom communities. Distance
Education, 27 (2), 217-232. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Distance personnelle : Selon Hall,
distance plus ou moins grande entre les
individus qui varie entre 46 et 125 cm. Distance personnelle et
envahissement du
territoire. =
espace individuel. Personal
space, proxemic behavior, conversational distance.
| |
|
|
SOMMER, R. (1959). Studies in personal space. Sociometry,
22, 247-260. [PDF]
|
MAZUR, A. (1977). Interpersonal spacing on public benches
in «contact» vs. «noncontact» cultures. The Journal
of Social Psychology, 101, 53-58. |
|
SOMMER, R. (1959). Personal space. Canadian
Architect, 2, 76-80. |
HAYDUK, L.A. (1978). Personal space : An evaluative and
orienting overview. Psychological Bulletin, 85
(1), 117-134. |
|
LITTLE, K. (1965). Personal space. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 1, 237-247. |
GIFFORD, R. & PRICE, J. (1979). Personal space in
nursery school children. Canadian Journal of
Behavioural Science, 11 (4), 318-326. [PDF] |
|
ARGYLE, M. & DEAN, J. (1965). Eye contact, distance,
and affiliation. Sociometry, 28, 289-304. |
AHMED, S.M.S. (1979). Invasion of personal space : A study
of departure time as affected by sex of the intruder, sex
of the subject, and saliency condition. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 49, 85-86. |
|
WILLIS, F.N. (1966). Initial speaking distance as a
function of the speakers' relationship. Psychonomic
Science, 5, 221-222. |
KEATING, C.F. & KEATING, E.G. (1980). Distance between
pairs of acquaintances and strangers on public benches in
Nairobi, Kenya. The Journal of Social Psychology, 110,
285-286. |
|
FELIPE, N. & SOMMER, R. (1966). Invasions of personal
space. Social Problems, 14 (2), 206-214. |
HAYDUK, L.A. (1981).The permeability of Personal Space. Canadian
Journal of Behavioural Science, 13 (3), 274-287. |
|
WATSON, M. & GRAVES, T. (1966). Quantitative research
in proxemic behavior. American Anthropologist, 68, 971-985. |
HAYDUK, L.A. & MAINPRIZE, S.S. (1981). Personal space
of the blind. Social Psychology Quarterly, 43
(2), 216-223. |
|
HALL, E.T. (1969/71). The hidden dimension. Garden
City, N.Y. : Doubleday & Co. / La dimension
cachée. Paris : Seuil. |
HAYDUK, L.A. (1981). The shape of personal space : An
experimental investigation. Canadian Journal of
Behavioural Science, 13 (1), 87-93. |
|
SOMMER, R. (1969). Personal space. Englewood
Cliffs, NJ: Prentice- Hall. |
FISHER, G.-N. (1981). La psychosociologie de
l'espace. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
|
|
PORTER, E., ARGYLE, M. & SALTER, V. (1970). What is
signalled by proximity ? Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 30 (1), 39-42. |
AIELLO, J.R., THOMPSON, D.E. & BAUM, A. (1981). The
symbiotic relationship between social psychology and
environmental psychology : Implications from crowding,
personal space, and intimacy regulation research. In J.H.
Harvey (Ed.), Cognition, social behavior and the
environment (pp. 423-438). Hillsdale, New Jersey :
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
MEISELS, M. & CANTER, F.M. (1970). Personal space and
personality characteristics : A non-confirmation. Psychological
Reports, 27, 287-390. |
PAGAN, G. & AIELLO, J.R. (1982). Development of
personal space among Puerto Ricans. Journal of
Nonverbal Behavior, 7 (2), 59-68. |
|
WILLIAMS, J. (1971).Personal space and its relation to
extraversion introversion. Canadian Journal of
Behavioral Science, 3 (2), 156-160. |
SUSSMAN, N. & ROSENFELD, H. (1982). Influence of
culture, language and sex on conversational distance. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 42, 66-74.
[PDF] |
|
DUKE, M.P. & NOWICKI, S.J. (1972). A new measure and
social-learning model for interpersonal distance.
Journal of Experimental Research in Personality, 6, 119-132. |
GIFFORD, R. (1983). The experience of personal space :
perception of interpersonal distance. Journal of
Nonverbal Behavior, 7 (3), 170-178. [PDF] |
|
BAREFOOT, J.C., HOOPLE, H. & McCLAY, D. (1972).
Avoidance of an act which would violate personal space. Psychonomic
Science, 28, 205-206. |
HAYDUK, L.A. (1983). Personal space : where we now stand.
Psychological Bulletin, 94, 293-335. |
|
HESHKA, S. & NELSON, Y. (1972). Interpersonal speaking
distance as a function of age, sex and relationship. Sociometry,
35, 491-498. |
BELL P.A. & BARNARD, W. (1984). A effects of heat
noise, and sex of subject on a projective measure of
personal space permeability. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 59 (2). |
|
PEDERSEN, D.M. & HEASTON, A.B. (1972). The effects of
sex of subject, sex of approaching person, and angle of
approach upon personal space. The Journal of
Psychology, 82, 277-286. |
HAYDUK, L.A. (1985). Personal space : The conceptual and
measurement implications of structural equation models. Canadian
Journal of Behavioural Science, 17, 140-149. |
| |
RÜSTEMLI, A.A. (1986). Male and female personal space
needs and escape reactions. International Journal of
Psychology 21, 503-511. |
|
AIELLO, J.R. & COOPER, R.E. (1972). Use of personal
space as a function of social affect. Proceedings of
the Annual Convention of the American Psychological
Association, 7 (1), 207-208. |
JAIN, U. (1987). Effects of population density and
resources on the feeling of crowding and personal space.
Journal of Social Psychology 127, 331-338. |
|
|
STRATTON, L., TEKIPPE, D. & FLICK, G. (1973). Personal
space and self concept. Sociometry, 36 (3),
424-429. |
UDAY, J. (1987). Effects of population density and
resources on the feeling of crowding and personal space. The
Journal of Social Psychology, 127 (3), 331-338. |
|
SOMMER, R. (1973). L'espace personnel. La Recherche,
31 (4), 135-142. |
BELL P.A., KLINE, L.M. & BARNARD, W. (1988).
Friendship and freedom of movement as moderators of sex
differences in interpersonal distance. The Journal of
Social Psychology, 128 (3), 305-310. |
|
PEDERSEN, D.M. (1973). Development of a personal space
measure. Psychological Reports, 32, 527 535. |
FISHER, G.-N. (1989). Psychologie des espaces de
travail. Paris : A. Colin. |
|
EVANS, G.W. & HOWARD, R.B. (1973). Personal space. Psychological
Bulletin, 80, 334-344. |
ADAMS, L. & ZUCKERMAN, D. (1991). The effect of
lighting conditions on personal space requirements. The
Journal of General Psychology, 118 (4), 335-340. [PDF] |
|
PEDERSEN, D.M. (1973). Correlates of behavioral personal
space. Psychological Reports, 32, 828-830. |
RÜSTEMLI, A. (1992). Crowding effects of density on
interpersonal distance. Journal of Social Psychology,
132, 51-58. |
|
EFRAN, M.G. & CHEYNE, J.A. (1974). Affective
concomitants of the invasion of shared space : Behavioral,
physiological, and verbal indicators. Personality
& Social Psychology, 29, 219- 226. |
ARON, A., ARON, E.N. & SMOLLAN, D. (1992). Inclusion
of other in the self scale and the structure of
interpersonal closeness. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 63, 596-612. |
|
SOMMER, R. (1974). Tight spaces. Englewood
Cliffs, New Jersey : Prentice Hall. |
LARNER, S. (1993). Sex and personal space. New
Library World 94, 26-27. |
|
AIELLO, J.R. & AIELLO-DE CARLO, T. (1974). The
development of personal space : Proxemic behavior of
children 6 through 16. Human Ecology, 2 (3),
177-189. |
SCOTT, A.L. (1993). A beginning theory of personal space
boundaries. Perspectives in Psychiatric Care, 29
(2), 12-21. |
|
TENNIS, G.H. & DABBS, J.M. (1975). Sex, setting &
personal space : First grade through college. Sociometry,
38, 385-394. |
McELROY, J. & MORROW, P. (1994). Personal space,
personal appearance, and personal selling. Psychological
Reports, 74, 425-426. |
|
FISHER, J.D. & BYRNE, D. (1975). Too close for
comfort : Sex differences in response to invasions of
personal space. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 32, 15-20. |
HAYDUK, L.A. (1994). Personal space : Understanding the
simplex model. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 18
(3), 245-260. |
|
|
KONECNI, V.J., LIBUSER, L., MORTON, H. & EBBESEN, E.B.
(1975). Effects of a violation of personal space on escape
and helping responses. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 11, 288-299. [PDF] |
LOMBARD, M. (1995). Direct responses to people on the
screen : Television and personal space. Communications
Research, 22 (3), 288-324. |
|
WHITE, M.J. (1975). Interpersonal distance as affected by
room size, status, and sex. Journal of Social
Psychology, 95, 241-249. |
AKANDE, A. (1997). Determinants of personal space among
South African students. Journal of Psychology, 131
(5), 569-571 (1997). |
|
ALTMAN, I. (1975). The environment and social
behaviour : Privacy, personal space, territory,
crowding. Monterey, CA : Brooks/Cole Publishing
Company. |
BAILENSON, J.N., BLASCOVICH, J., BEALL, A.C. & LOOMIS,
J. (2001). Equilibrium theory revisited : Mutual gaze and
personal space in virtual environments. Presence :
Teleoperators & Virtual Environments, 10 (6),
583-598. |
|
BALDASSARE, M. & FELLAR, S. (1975). Cultural
variations in personal space : Theory, methods, and
evidence. Ethos, 3 (4), 481-503. |
BAR-HAIM, Y., AVIEZER, O., BERSON, Y. & SAGI, A.
(2002). Attachment in infancy and personal space
regulation in early adolescence. Attachment &
Human Development, 4 (1), 68-83. [PDF] |
|
SUNDSTROM, E. & ALTMAN, I. (1976). Interpersonal
relationships and personal space : Research review and
theoretical model. Human Ecology, 4 (1), 47-67. |
AONO, A. (2003). Gender differences in interpersonal
distance : From the view point of oppression hypothesis. The
Japanese Journal of Experimental Social Psychology 42
(2), 201-218. |
|
KNOWLES, E.S., KREUSER, B., HAAS, S., HYDE, M. &
SCHUCHART, G.E. (1976). Group size and the extension of
social space boundaries. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 33, 647-654. |
KAITZ, M., BAR-HAIM, Y., LEHRER, M. & GROSSMAN, E.
(2004). Adult attachment style and interpersonal distance.
Attachment & Human Development, 6 (3), 285-304.
[PDF] |
|
MIDDLEMIST, R.D., MATTER, C.F. & KNOWLES, E.S. (1976).
Personal space invasions in the lavatory : Suggestive
evidence. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 33 (5), 541-546. [PDF] |
BEAULIEU, C.M.J. (2004). Intercultural study of personal
space : A case study. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 34 (4), 794-805. |
|
SANDERS, J. (1976). Relationship of personal space to
body-image boundary definiteness. Journal of Research
in Personality, 10, 478-481. |
MANZO, J. (2005). Social control and the management of
«personal» space in shopping malls. Space &
Culture, 8 (1), 83-97. [PDF] |
|
MIDDLEMIST, D., KNOWLES, E.S. & MATTER, C.F. (1976).
Personal space invasions in the lavatory : Suggestive
evidence for arousal.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 33
(5), 541-546.
[PDF] |
WILCOX, L.M., ALLISON, R.S., ELFASST, S. & GRELIK, C.
(2006). Personnal space in virtual reality. Transactions
on Applied Perception, 3 (4), 412-428. [PDF] |
|
BECK, S.J. & OLLENDICK, T.H. (1976). Personal space,
sex of experimenter, and locus of control in normal and
delinquent adolescents. Psychological Reports, 38, 383-387. |
KENNEDY, P., GLÄSHER, J., TYSZKA, J.M. & ADOLPHS, R.
(2009). Personal space regulation by the human amygdala. Nature
Neuroscience, 12 (10), 1226-1227. [PDF]
|
|
SANDERS, J. (1976). Relationship of personal space to
body-image boundary definiteness. Journal of Research
in Personality, 10, 478-481. |
PARKER, L. & LEO, T. (2011). Proxemic distance and
gender amongst Australians : A study of side-on distances.
Griffith Working Papers in Pragmatics and
Intercultural Communication 4 (1/2), 19-25. [PDF] |
|
HACKWORTH, J.R. (1976). Relationship between spatial
density and sensory overload, personal space, and systolic
and diastolic blood pressure. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 43, 867-872. |
GADIT, A.A.M. (2011). Personal space : Implications in
patient-doctor relationship. Journal of Pakistan
Medical Association, 60 (4), 321-322.
[PDF] |
|
BRUNO, N. & MUZZOLINI, M. (2013). Proxemics revisited
: similar effectsof arms length on men's and & women's
personal distances. Universal Journal of Psychology,
1 (2), 46-52. [PDF] |
|
|
| |
Voir aussi Hall et
Distance |
|
|
Distance publique : Selon Hall,
distance entre les individus qui varie
entre 126 cm et 3,60 m.
Public space.
| |
|
|
GOFFMAN, E. (1963). Behavior in public spaces.
New York, NY : Free Press |
|
HALL, E.T. (1971). The hidden dimension. Garden
City, N.Y. : Doubleday & Co. / La dimension
cachée. Paris : Seuil. |
|
WILLIAMS, K. & JOHNSTONE, C. (2000). The politics of
the selective gaze : Closed circuit television and the
policing of public space. Crime, Law & Social
Change, 34 (2), 183-210. |
|
ABAZA, M. (2001). Shopping malls, consumer culture and the
reshaping of public space in Egypt. Theory, Culture
& Society, 18 (5), 97-122. |
|
LITTLE, L., BRIGGS, P. & COVENTRY, L. (2005). Public
space systems : designing for privacy ? International
Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 63 (1-2),
254-258. |
|
|
Voir aussi Hall et
Distance |
|
|
Distance sociale : Selon Hall,
distance entre les individus qui varie
entre 3,61 m. et 7,50 m et plus. =
distance interpersonnelle. Interpersonal
distance, interpersonal spacing.
| |
|
|
BAXTER, J.C. (1970). Interpersonal spacing in natural
settings. Sociometry, 33 (4), 444-456. |
BARNARD, W. & BELL, P.A. (1982). An unobtrusive
apparatus for measuring interpersonal distances. Journal
of General Psychology, 107, 85-90. |
|
SALZINGER, K., HAMMER, M., PORTNOY, S. & POLGAR, S.
(1970). Verbal behavior and social distance. Language
& Speech, 13, 25-37. |
GIFFORD, R. (1982). Projected interpersonal distance and
orientation choices : personality, sex, and social
situation. Social Psychology Quarterly, 45,
145-152. |
|
HALL, E.T. (1971). The hidden dimension. Garden
City, N.Y. : Doubleday & Co. / La dimension
cachée. Paris : Seuil. |
KLINE, L.M. & BELL, P.A. (1983). Privacy preference
and interpersonal distancing. Psychological Reports,
53, 12-14. |
|
KNOWLES, E.S. & JOHNSEN, P.K. (1974). Intrapersonal
consistency in interpersonal distance. JSAS : Catalog
of Selected Documents in Psychology, 4, 124. |
KLINE, L.M., BELL, P.A. & BABCOCK, A.M. (1984). Field
dependence and interpersonal distance. Bulletin of
the Psychonomic Society, 22, 421-422. |
|
BARRIOS B.A., CORBITT, L.C., ESTES, J.P. & TOPPING,
J.S. (1976). Effect of a social stigma on interpersonal
distance. Psychological Record, 26 (3), 343-348. |
BELL, P.A., KLINE, L.M. & BARNARD, W.A. (1988).
Friendship and freedom of movement as moderators of sex
differences in interpersonal distancing. Journal of
Social Psychology, 128, 305-310. |
|
BYRNE, D. (1977). Interpersonal attraction : Do we know
anything and are we going anywhere ? Revista
Interamericana de Psicología/Interamerican Journal of
Psychology, 11 (1), 48-55. |
RÜSTEMLI, A. (1992). Crowding effects of density of
interpersonal distance. Journal of Social Psychology,
132, 51-58. |
|
AIELLO, J.R., DERISI, D.T., EPSTEIN, Y.M. & KARLIN,
R.A. (1977). Crowding and the role of interpersonal
distance preference. Sociometry, 40 (3),
271-282. |
WOLLMAN, N., KELLY, B.M. & BORDENS, K.S. (1994).
Environmental and intrapersonal predictors of reactions to
potential territorial intrusions in the workplace. Environment
& Behavior 26, 179-194. |
|
KOOB, L. & FISH, G. (1977). The social psychology of
space : Measuring territorial behavior of elderly people
in public housing. Housing Educators Journal, 4 (3),
13-18.
[PDF] |
REMLAND, M.S., JONES, T.S. & BRINKMAN, H. (1995).
Interpersonal distance, body orientation, and touch :
effects of culture, gender, and age. Journal of
Social Psychology, 135, 281-297. |
| |
AONO, A. (2003). Gender differences in interpersonal
distance : From the view point of oppression hypothesis. The Japanese Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 42 (2), 201-218. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Hall et
Distance |
|
|
|
|
Distraction : Distracteur : Toute chose qui diminue
l'attention, et qui de ce fait nuit à l'apprentissage
ou à exécution d'une tâche,
en augmentant le nombre d'erreur et en réduisant la vitesse
d'éxécution. EX: Conduire en partant au
téléphone. Distraction, bruit
et multitâche.
Distractor, distraction, annoying.
| |
|
|
BAKER, R.W. & MADELL, T.O. (1965). A continued
investigation of susceptibility to distraction in
academically underachieving male college students. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 56, 254-258. |
BEAMAN, C.P. (2005). Auditory distraction from
low-intensity noise : A review of the consequences for
learning and workplace environments. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 19, 1041-1064. |
|
PATTERSON, C.J. & MISCHEL, W. (1975). Plans to resist
distraction. Developmental Psychology, 11, 369-378. |
FOERDE, K., KNOWLTON, B.-J. & POLDRACK, R.-A. (2006).
Modulation of competing memory systems by distraction. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 103, 11778-11783.
[PDF] |
|
PELLEGRINO, J.W., SIEGEL, A.W. & DHAWAN, M. (1976).
Differential distraction effects in short-term and
long-term retention of pictures and words. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Learning & Memory,
2, 541-547. |
|
|
PETTY, R.E., WELLS, G.L. & BROCK, T.C. (1976).
Distraction can enhance or reduce yielding to propaganda :
Thought disruption versus effort justification. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 34,
874-884. |
|
|
PELLEGRINO, J.W., SIEGEL, A.W. & DHAWAN, M. (1976).
Short-term retention of pictures and words as a function
of type of distraction and length of delay interval.
Memory & Cognition, 4, 11-15. |
|
|
SANDERS, G.S., BARON, R.S. & MOORE, D.L. (1978).
Distraction and social comparison as mediators of social
facilitation effects. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 14, 291-303. |
STRAYER, D.L., DREWS, F.A. & CROUCH, D.J. (2006). A
comparison of the cell phone driver and the drunk driver.
Human Factors, 48, 381-391. [PDF] |
|
BARON, R.S., MOORE, D. & SANDERS, G.S. (1978).
Distraction as a source of drive in social facilitation
research. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 36 (8), 816. |
STRAYER, D.L. & DREWS, F.A. (2007). Cell-phone-induced
driver distraction. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 16, 128-131. [PDF]
|
|
SEN, A. (1983). Attention and distraction. New
York : Sterling Publishers. |
LEVINE, L.E., WAITE, B.M. & BOWMAN L. (2007).
Electronic media use, reading, and aademic distractibility
in college youth. Cyber Psychology & Behavior, 11
(4), 560-566. [PDF]
|
|
BARON, R.S. (1986). Distraction-conflict theory : Progress
and problems. Advances in Experimental Social
Psychology. 19, 1-39. |
BUGEJA, M.J. (2007). Distractions in the wireless
classroom. Chronicle of Higher Education, 53
(21), 1-4. [PDF]
|
|
PASHLER, H. (1987). Target-distractor discriminability in
visual search. Perception & Psychophysics, 41,
285-292. [PDF]
|
FOX, A., ROSEN, J. & CRAWFORD, M. (2009).
Distractions, distractions : Does instant messaging affect
college students' performance on a concurrent reading
comprehension task ? Cyber Psychology & Behavior,
12 (1), 51-53. |
|
CARLSON, M.C., HASHER, L., ZACKS, R.T. & CONNELLY,
L.S. (1995). Aging, distraction, and the benefits of
predictable location. Psychology & Aging, 10, 427-436.
[PDF] |
SHELTON, J.T., ELLIOTT, E.M., EAVES, S.D. & EXNER,
A.L. (2009). The distracting effects of a ringing cell
phone : An investigation of the laboratory and the
classroom setting. Journal of Environmental
Psychology, 29, 513-521.
[PDF] |
|
RIEBER, L.P. (1996). Animation as a distractor to
learning. International Journal of Instructional
Media, 23, 53-57. |
EMBERSON, L.L., LUPYAN, G., GOLDSTEIN, M.H. & SPIVEY,
M.J. (2010). Overheard cell-phone conversations : When
less speech is more distracting. Psychological
Science, 21 (10), 1383-1388.
[PDF] |
|
WEST, R.L. (1999). Visual distraction, working memory, and
aging. Memory & Cognition, 27 (6), 1064-1072. |
PERFECT, T.J., ANDRADE, J. & EAGAN, I. (2011). Eye
closure reduces the cross-modal memory impairment caused
by auditory distraction. Journal of Experimental
Psychology Learning Memory & Cognition, 37 (4),
1008-1013. |
|
POOL, M.M., VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A., BEENTJES, J.W.J. &
KOOLSTRA, C.M. (2000). Background television as an
inhibitor of performance on easy and difficult home- work
assignments. Communication Research, 27,
293-326. |
McMAHON, K., SPARROW, B., CHATMAN, L. & RIDDLE, T.
(2011). Driven to distraction : The impact of distracter
type on unconscious decision making. Social
Cognition, 29 (6), 683-698. |
|
STRAYER, D.L. & JOHNSTON, W.A. (2001). Driven to
distraction : Dual-task studies of simulated driving and
conversing on a cellular telephone. Psychological
Science, 12, 462-466. [PDF]
|
CAIN, M.S. & MITROFF, S.R. (2011). Distractor
filtering in media multitaskers. Perception, 40, 1183–1192. |
|
|
STRAYER, D.L., DREWS, F.A. & JOHNSTON, W.A. (2003).
Cell phone induced failures of visual attention during
simulated driving. Journal of Experimental Psychology
: Applied, 9, 23-52. |
DUNCAN, D.K., HOEKSTRA, A.R. & WILCOX, B.R. (2012).
Digital devices, distraction, and student performance :
Does in-class cell phone use reduce learning ? Astronomy
Education Review, 11 (1), 1-4. [PDF] |
|
STRAYER, D.L., DREWS, F.A. & CROUCH, D.J. (2003).
Fatal distraction ? A comparison of the cell-phone driver
and the drunk driver. In Proceedings of the Second
International Driving Symposium on Human Factors in
Driver Assessment, Training, and Vehicle Design (pp.
25-30). Iowa City : Driving Assessment 2003/University of
Iowa. |
SÖDERLUND, G. & SIKSTRÖM, S. (2012). Distractor or
noise ? The influence of different sounds on cognitive
performance in inattentive and attentive children. In J.M.
Norvilitis (Ed.), Current directions in ADHD and its
treatment. [PDF]
|
| |
GRIFFITHS, R.C. & GRIFFITHS, T.J. (2013). Internal
noise distractions in lifeguarding. International
Journal of Aquatic Research & Education, 7 (1),
56-71. [PDF] |
| |
GOUNDAR, S. (2014). The distraction of technology in the
classroom. Journal of Education & Human
Development, 3 (1), 211-229. [PDF]
|
|
STRAYER, D.L. & DREWS, F.A. (2004). Profiles in driver
distraction: Effects of cell phone conversations on
younger and older drivers. Human Factors, 46,
640-649.
[PDF] |
UNSWORTH, N. & McMILLAN, B.D. (2014). Similarities and
differences between mind-wandering and external
distraction : A latent variable analysis of lapses of
attention and their relation to cognitive abilities. Acta
Psychologica, 150, 14-25. [PDF]
|
| |
ANSOLABEHERE, S. & SCHAFFNER, B.F. (2015).
Distractions : The incidence and consequences of
interruptions for survey research. The Journal of
Survey Statistics and Methodology 3 (2), 216-239. |
| |
BERRY, M.J. & WESTFALL, A. (2015). Dial D for
distraction: The making and breaking of cell phone
policies in the college classroom. College Teaching,
63, 62–71. |
| |
McDANIEL, B.T. & RADESKY, J. (2018). Technoference :
Parent distraction by technology and associations with
child behavior problems. Child Development, 89
(1), 100-109. [PDF] |
| |
COLDER CARRAS, M., KALBARCZYK, A., WELLS, K.; BANKS, J.,
KOWERT, R., GILLESPIE, C. & LATKIN, C. (2018).
Connection, meaning, and distraction : A qualitative study
of video game play and mental health recovery in veterans
treated for mental and/or behavioral health
problems.Social Science & Medicine, 216, 124-132. |
|
MONK, A., CARROL, J., PARKER, P. & BLYTHE, M. (2004).
Why are mobile phones annoying ? Behaviour &
Information Technology, 23, 33-41. |
MAY, K.E. & ELDER, A.D. (2018). Efficient, helpful, or
distracting ? A literature review of media multitasking in
relation to academic performance. International
Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education,
15 [13], 1-17. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Multitâche,
Téléphone, Attention
et Conduite
automobile |
|
|
|
Distribution : En statistique,
ce terme désigne l'ensemble des valeurs
que peut prendre une variable
quantitative. À chaque valeur, ou intervalle de valeurs, est
associée la fréquence ou
la probabilité de son
apparition.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous. données.
Distribution.
| |
|
|
COX, D.R. (1948). A note on the asymptotic distribution of
range. Biometrika, 35, 310. |
|
WILCOX, R.R. (1990). Comparing variances and means when
distributions have non-identical shapes. Communications
in Statistics – Simulation & Computation, 19, 155-173. |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
|
|
Distribution binomiale :
Binomial law.
| |
|
|
COCHRAN, W.G. (1940). The analysis of variance when
experimental errors follow the Poisson or binomial laws. Annals
of Mathematical Statistics, 11, 335-347. |
|
GRIDGEMAN, N.T. (1968). Probability and sex. The
American Statistician, 29. |
|
|
Distribution de poisson : Distribution
de probabilités asymétrique
proposée par Poisson.
Poisson distribution.
| |
|
|
COCHRAN, W.G. (1940). The analysis of variance when
experimental errors follow the Poisson or binomial laws. Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 11, 335-347. |
|
COX, D.R. (1953). Some simple approximate tests for
Poisson variates. Biometrika, 40, 354-360. |
|
GRIDGEMAN, N.T. (1968). Probability and sex. The
American Statistician, 29. |
|
CONOVER, W.J. & KEMP, K.E. (1973). Robustness and
power of the t-Test compared with some nonparametric
alternatives when sampling from a poisson distribution.
Journal of Statistical Computation & Simulation, 2,
293-307. |
|
MULLET, G.M. (1977). Simæ on Poisson and the National
Hockey League. The American Statistician, 8-12. |
|
FOLKS, J.L. (1981). Ideas of statistics. New
York : Wiley. |
|
|
|
Distribution des probabilités : Probability
distribution.
|
Distribution normale : Distribution de données qui possède les propriétés suivantes : 1) les données de cette distribution illustrent une variable
quantitative continue; 2) ces données
sont distribuées selon des proportions fixes; 3)
le pourcentage des données qui se trouvent entre les moyennes
et n'importe quel multiple de l'écart
type est le même pour toutes les distributions dites
normales; 4) la distribution de ces données est
donc symétrique; 5) elle est également
unimodale; 6) et, finalement, la nature de cette
distribution suppose qu'il existe un nombre infini de données (la
loi des grands nombres).
Normal distribution.
| |
|
|
THOMAS, H. (1982). IQ interval scales, and normal
distributions. Psychological Bulletin, 91,
198-202. |
|
ZIMMERMAN, D.W. & WILLIAMS, R.H. (1997). Properties of
the Spearman correction for attenuation for normal and
realistic non-normal distributions. Applied
Psychological Measurement, 21, 253-270. |
|
DAVID, H.A. (2005). Tables related to the normal
distribution : A short history. American
Statistician, 59, 309-311. |
|
|
|
Disulfiram :
Disulfiram.
| |
|
|
AZRIN, N.H., SISSON, R.W., MEYERS, R. & GODLEY, M.
(1982). Alcoholism treatment by disulfiram and community
reinforcement therapy. Journal of Behavior Therapy
& Experimental Psychiatry, 13, 105-112. [PDF] |
|
BREWER, C., MEYERS, R.J. & JOHNSEN, J. (2002). Does
Disulfiram help to prevent relapse in alcohol abuse ? CNS
Drugs, 14 (5), 329-341. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Dittes James E. (Cleveland 1926-2009 Hamden) :Psychologue humaniste américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la religion.
|
DITTES, J.E. (1957). Galvanic skin response as a measure
of patient's reaction to therapist's permissiveness. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 55, 295-303. |
|
DITTES, J.E. (1959). Attractivess of group as function of
self-esteem and acceptance by group. Journal of
Abnormal & Social Psychology, 59, 77-82. |
|
DITTES, J.E (1961). Impulsive closure as reaction to
failure-induced threat. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 63, 562-569. |
|
DITTES, J.E . (1971). Typing the typologies : Some
parallels in the career of church-sect and
extrinsic-intrinsic. Journal for the Scientific Study
of Religion, 10, 375-383. |
|
DITTES, J.E (2000). Recollections of the adolescence and
young adulthood of the SSSR. Journal for the
Scientific Study of Religion, 39, 427-429. |
|
|
CAPPS, D. (2003). James E. Dittes : A professional
portrait Donald Capps. Pastoral Psychology, 52, 17-49.
|
|
|
|
Dittmar Helga ( ) : Psychologue
britannique et spécialiste de l'étude des comportements
de consommation et de
l'identité de genre.
|
DITTMAR, H. (1989). Gender identity-related meanings of
personal possessions. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 28 (2), 159-171. |
|
DITTMAR, H., BEATTIE, J. & FRIESE, S. (1995). Gender
identity and material symbols : Objects and decision
considerations in impulse purchases. Journal of
Economic Psychology, 16 (3), 491-511. |
|
DITTMAR, H., LONG, K. & MEEK, R. (2004). Buying on the
internet : gender differences in on-line and conventional
buying motivations. Sex Roles, 50, 423-444. |
|
DITTMAR, H. (2005). Compulsive buying-a growing concern ?
An examination of gender, age, and endorsement of
materialistic values as predictors. British Journal
of Psychology, 96 (4), 467-491. |
|
DITTMAR, H., LONG, K. & BOND, R. (2007). When a better
self is only a but- ton click away : associations between
materialistic values, emotional and identity-related
buying motives, and compulsive buying tendency online.
Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 26, 334-361. |
|
|
|
| DIS
- DIVERSITÉ
- DIVINITÉ
- DIVISION - DIVISION/APA - DIVISION/TÂCHES DOMESTIQUES - DIVORCE - DIXON- DO |
Divan : Meuble favori de Freud
et d'Homer Simpson, mais
pas nécessairement pour les mêmes raisons...
|
Diversité : Toutes choses qui contient naturellement ou artificiellement de nombreuses variations.
/homogène. Diversity.
| |
|
|
LANGLOIS, J.H., RITTER, J.M., ROGGMAN, L.A. & VAUGHN,
L.S. (1991). Facial diversity and infant preferences for
attractive faces. Developmental Psychology, 27 (1),
79-84. [PDF]
|
|
TRIANDIS, H.C., KUROWSKI, L.L., TECKTIEL, A. & CHAN,
S.K.S. (1993). Extracting the emics of diversity. International
Journal of Intercultural Relations, 17 (2),
217-234. |
|
BOCK-CÔTÉ, M. (2012). La mémoire de la Révolution
tranquille et l’idéologie diversitaire : retour sur la
conception de l’histoire présente dans le rapport
Bouchard-Taylor. Bulletin d’Histoire
Politique, 20 (3), 149-169. [PDF]
|
|
RICHARDS, H., BROWN, A. & FORDE, T. (2007). Addressing
diversity in schools : Culturally responsive pedagogy.
Teaching Exceptional Children, 39 (3), 64-68. |
LEMAN, P.J. & CAMERON, L. (2017). Growing up with
diversity: Psychological perspectives. Journal of
Community and Applied Social Psychology, 27 (5),
339-346.
|
|
|
|
|
Diversité
biologique : Biological diversity.
| |
|
|
MAYR, E. (1982/89). The growth of biological thought :
Diversity, evolution and inheritance/Histoire de la
biologie. Diversité, évolution et hérédité. Cambridge
: Harvard University Press/Paris : Fayard. |
|
LEWONTIN, R.C. (1982). Human diversity. New York
: Scientific American Library. |
|
SCARR, S.W. (1993). Biological and cultural diversity :
The legacy of Darwin for development. Child
Development, 64, 1333-1353. [PDF] |
|
CAVALLI-SFORZA, L.L. & CAVALLI-SFORZA, F. (1995). The
great human diasporas. The history of diversity and
evolution. Basic Books Perseus. |
|
LEWONTIN, R.C. (1982). Human diversity. New York
: Scientific American Library. |
|
SOMMERS, R. (2006). On racial diversity and group
decision-making : Identifying multiple effects of racial
composition on jury deliberations. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 90, 597-612.
[PDF] |
|
AH-KING, M. (2009). Queer nature towards a non-normative
view on biological diversity. In L. Bromseth, L.
Folkmarson Kall & K. Mattson (Eds.), Body claims
(pp. 213-233). Uppsala : Centre for Gender Research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Diversité
génétique : Genetic diversity.
| |
|
|
LAHN, B.T. & EBENSTEIN, L. (2009). Let's celebrate
human genetic diversity. Nature, 461, 726-728. |
|
|
|
Diversité
psychologique :
psychological and
behavioral diversity.
|
|
|
HRUSCHKA, D.J., MEDIN, D.L., ROGOFF, B. & HENRICH,
J. (2018). Pressing questions in the study pf
psychological and behavioral diversity. Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences, 115 (45),
11366–11368. |
|
|
|
Diversité
religieuse : Individus de religion/confession
diverse au sein d'une même population.
EX: En Syrie, il y a des musulmans sunnites, des
alaouites, des druzes, des ismaéliens, des melkites, etc.
|
Diversité
sexuelle :
|
Diversité
Urbaine : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à
l'étude de la diversité religeuse
et culturelle. Éditeur :
Département d'anthropologie de l'Université de Montréal.
TRIKI-YAMANI, A. et McANDREW, M. (2009). Perceptions
du traitement de l'islam, du monde musulman et des
minorités musulmanes par de jeunes musulmans(es) du
cégep au Québec. Diversité Urbaine, 9 (1),
73-94. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Divertir
: Divertissement : Toute activité, organisée ou non,
qui amuse, crée un plaisir
chez la personne qui y participe.
|
Divinité : Divin : Dieu : Divinité, foi
et religion.
/diable.
God.
| |
|
|
BARRETT, J.L. & HEIL. F.C. (1996). Conceptualizing a
nonnatural entity : Anthropomorphism in God concepts.
Cognitive Psychology 31 (3), 219-247. [PDF] |
MEISENBERG, G., RINDERMANN, H., PATEL, H. & WOODLEY,
M. (2012). Is it smart to believe in God ? The
relationship of religiosity with education and
intelligence. Temas em Psicologia, 20 (1),
101-120. |
|
HINDE, R.A. (1998). Why gods persist : A scientific
approach to religion. London : Routledge. |
SHENHAV, A., RAND, D.G. & GREENE, J.D. (2012). Divine
intuition : Cognitive style influences belief in God. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 141, 423-428.
[PDF] |
|
ELLIS, A. (2000). Can rational emotive behavior therapy
(REBT) be effectively used with people who have devout
beliefs in God and religion ? Professional Psychology
: Research & Practice, 31 (1), 29-33. |
|
|
GUTHRIE, S.E. (2001). Why gods ? A cognitive theory. In J.
Andresen (Ed.), Religion in mind : Cognitive
perspectives on religious belief, ritual and experience
(pp. 94-111). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
JOHNSON, D.D.P. (2013). The uniqueness of human
cooperation : Cognition, cooperation and religion. In M.A.
Nowak & S. Coakley (Eds.), Evolution, games and
god : The principle of cooperation (pp. 168-185).
Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
|
ATRAN, S. (2002). In Gods we trust : The evolutionary
landscape of religion. Oxford : Oxford University
Press. |
LINDSAY, J. (2013). Dot, dot, dot : Infinity plus God
equals folly. Onus Books. |
|
LINDEMAN, M., PYYSIÄINEN, I. & SAARILUOMA, P. (2002).
Representing God. Papers on social representation, 11,
1-13. [PDF] |
NORENZAYAN, A. (2013). Big gods : How religion
transformed cooperation and conflict. Princeton :
Princeton University Press. |
|
JOHNSON, D.D.P. & BERING, J.M. (2006). Hand of god,
mind of man : Punishment and cognition in the evolution of
cooperation. Evolutionary Psychology, 4, 219-233.
[PDF] |
SHTULMAN, A. & LINDEMAN, M. (2016). Attributes of God
: Conceptual foundations of a foundational belief. Cognitive
Science, 40, 635-670. [PDF] |
|
TRIMECHE S., VINSONNEAU, G. & MULLET, E. (2006).
Individual differences in the theological concept of God.
International Journal for the Psychology of Religion,
16, 83-100. |
RICHERT, R.A., SHAMAN, N.J., SAIDE, A.R. & LESAGE,
K.A. (2016). Folding your hands helps God hear you :
Prayer and anthropomorphism in parents and children. Research
in the Social Scientific Study of Religion, 27,
140-157. |
|
BUSHMAN, B.J., RIDGE, R.D., DAS, E., KEY, C.W. &
BUSATH, G.L. (2007). When God sanctions killing; Effect of
scriptural violence on aggression. Psychological
Science, 18, 204-207. [PDF] |
RICHERT, R.A., SAIDE, A.R., LESAGE, K.A. & SHAMAN,
N.J. (2017). The role of religious context in children's
differentiation between God's mind and human minds. British
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 35, 37-59. |
|
KAY, A.C., GAUCHER, D., NAPIER, J.L., CALLAN, M.J. &
LAURIN, K. (2008). God and the government : Testing a
compensatory control mechanism for the support of external
systems. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 95, 18-35. |
SHTULMAN, A. & RATTNER, M. (2018). Theories of God :
Explanatory coherence in religious cognition. PLoS
ONE, 13, [12], 1-17. [PDF]
|
| |
BARLEV, M. & SHTULMAN, A. (2021). Minds, bodies,
spirits, and gods : Does widespread belief in disembodied
beings imply that we are inherent dualists ? Psychological
Review, 128, 1007-1021. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Croyance
religieuse, Dogme,
Religiosité, Foi
et Religion |
| |
|
|
Division : Réduire en parties un nombre ou un objet
physique ou social.
Division.
|
Division (mathématique) : Voir
Opération mathématique. Division, compter
et dyscalculie.
Division.
| |
|
| |
|
|
GUNDERSON, A.G. (1955). Thought-patterns of young children
in learning multiplication and division. Elementary
School Journal, 55, 453-461. |
|
|
ZWENG, M.J. (1964). Division problems and the concept of
rate. Arithmetic Teacher, 11, 547-556. |
SQUIRE, S. & BRYANT, P.E. (2002). The influence of
sharing on children's initial concept of division
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 81 (1),
1- 43. |
|
BOURGEOIS, R. & NELSON, D. (1977). Young children's
behavior in solving division problems. Alberta
Journal of Educational Research, 23, 178-185. |
SQUIRE, S. & BRYANT, P.E. (2002). From sharing to
dividing : young children's understanding of division. Developmental
Science, 5 (4), 452-466. |
|
MULLIGAN, J. (1992). Children's solutions to
multiplication and division word problems : a longitudinal
study. Mathematics Education Research Journal, 4 (4),
24-41. |
|
|
GREER, B. (1992). Multiplication and division as models of
situations. In D.A. Grouws (Ed.), Handbook of
research on mathematics teaching and learning (pp.
276-295). New York : Macmillan. |
|
|
SIMON, M.A. (1993). Prospective elementary teachers'
knowledge of division. Journal of Research in
Mathematics Education, 24 (3), 233-254. |
SQUIRE, S. & BRYANT, P.E. (2003). Children's
understanding and misunderstanding of the inverse relation
in division. British Journal of Developmental
Psychology, 22, 507-526. |
|
CIPOLLOTI, L. & de LACY COSTELLO, A. (1995). Selective
impairment for simple division. Cortex, 31,
433-449. |
SQUIRE, S. & BRYANT, P.E. (2003). Children's models of
division. Cognitive Development, 8 (3),
355-376. [PDF] |
|
STERN, E. & MEVARECH, Z. (1996). Children's
understanding of successive divisions in different
contexts. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 1,
153-172. [PDF] |
SQUIRE, S. & BRYANT, P.E. (2003). Children's
understanding and misunderstanding of the inverse relation
in division. British Journal of Developmental
Psychology, 22, 507-526. |
|
CORREA, J., NUNES, T. & BRYANT, P. (1998). Young
children's understanding of division: The relationship
between division terms in a noncomputational task.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 90, 321- 329. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Enseignement
des mathématiques, Habileté
mathématique, Dyscalculie
et Compter |
|
|
|
Division
APA : Psychologues
regroupés autour d'un domaine de recherche ou d'une prerspective.
L'APA compte 54 divisions (et
148,000 membres) et la SCP/CPA,
30 sections. EX: la division 2 fait la promotion de
l'enseignement de la psychologie.
APA
division, division.
|
| Divisions de l'APA |
| Membres fondateurs |
À sa
fondation, cette association comptait 31 membres : Angell,
Baldwin, Bryan,
Burnham, Cattell,
Cowles, Delabarre,
Dewey,
Fullerton,
Gilman, Griffin, Hall,
Hume, Hyslop,
James, Jastrow,
Krohn, Ladd, Mills,
Münstenberg, Nichols, Noyes, Ormond, Pace, Patrick,
Royce, Sanford,
Scripture, Titchener,
Witmer, Wolfe. |
1892 |
|
| Division
1 |
Première
division de l'American
Psychological Association |
Depuis
1945 |
|
| Division
2 |
Cette division fait la promotion de
l'enseignement de la psychologie |
|
|
|
Division 3 |
Regroupe les psychologues expérimentalistes |
|
|
| Division
4 |
Pas de
division 4 |
|
|
|
Division 5 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la mesure
et aux statistiques |
Depuis
1950 |
|
|
Division 6 |
Regroupe
les neuropsychologues
et les psycholgues qui s'intéressent à la psychologie
comparée |
|
|
|
Division 7 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui étudient le développement |
|
|
| Division
8 |
Regroupe
les psychologue qui s'intéressent à la personnalité
et à la psychologie
sociale |
|
|
| Division
9 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent aux affaires sociales |
|
|
|
Division 10 |
Regroupe
les psychologue qui s'intéressent à la
créativité |
|
|
|
Division 11 |
Pas de
division 11 |
|
|
|
Division 12 |
Regroupe
les psychologues
cliniciens |
|
|
|
Division 13 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui offrent leurs services comme consultant |
|
|
| Division
14 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la psychologie
industrielle et organisationnelle (I/O) |
|
|
| Division
15 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à
l'éducation et à l'enseignement |
|
|
| Division
16 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent aux problèmes
scolaires, à
l'enseignement,l'école,à
la classe |
|
|
|
Division 17 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui font du
counseling |
|
|
| Division
18 |
Regroupe
les psychologues de la perspective communautaire et de l'écologie |
|
|
|
Division 19 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la psychologie
militaire |
|
|
|
Division 20 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent au
vieillissement |
|
|
|
Division 21 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la résolution de
problèmes sociaux et au développement de technologie pour
résoudre ces problèmes |
|
|
| Division
22 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la rééducation |
|
|
| Division
23 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la consommation et à
la publicité |
|
|
|
Division 24 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la la philosophie et
à l'épistémologie |
|
|
|
Division 25 |
Regroupe
les psychologues de la perspective
béhavioriste |
|
|
|
Division 26 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à l'histoire
de la psychologie |
|
|
|
Division 27 |
Regroupe
les psychologues en recheche-action/recherche appliquée. |
|
|
| Division
28 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'interessent à la dépendance
aux drogues et aux médicaments |
|
|
|
Division 29 |
Regroupe
les psychologues
cliniciens |
|
|
|
Division 30 |
Regroupe
des psychologues qui pratiquent et étudient
l'hypnose |
|
|
|
Division 31 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui oeuvrent à l'organisation des
services psychologiques sur le territoire américain |
|
|
|
Division 32 |
Regroupe
les psychologues de la perspective
humaniste |
|
|
| Division
33 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui étudient l'intelligence
et son développement |
|
|
|
Division 34 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à l'étude de
l'environnement |
|
|
|
Division 35 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à l'étude des
femmes |
|
|
|
Division 36 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à l'étude des religions |
|
|
|
Division 37 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent aux enfants et à la famille |
|
|
| Division
38 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent aux aspects
psychologiques de la santé |
|
|
|
Division 39 |
Regroupe les psychologues de la perspective
psychanalytique |
|
|
|
Division 40 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui pratiquent la neuropshychologie
(clinique) |
|
|
|
Division 41 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la psycholgie
légale et aux aspects psychologiques du
fonctionnement des tribunaux et du milieu judiciaire en
général |
|
|
|
Division 42 |
Regroupe
les psychologuesen pratique privée |
|
|
| Division
43 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la famille
et à son fonctionnement |
|
|
|
Division 44 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent aux aspects
psychologiques de l'homosexualité |
|
|
|
Division 45 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à l'étude de la culture
et des ethnies |
|
|
|
Division 46 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la communication
et aux média |
|
|
|
Division 47 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui pratiquent la psychologie
du sport |
|
|
| Division 48 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la paix,
à la guerre, aux conflits
en général |
|
|
|
Division 49 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui étudient les groupes,
leur formation et leur fonctionnement |
|
|
|
Division 50 |
Regroupe les psychologues qui étudient les diverses
formes de dépendance et d'assuétude
|
|
|
|
Division 51 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à l'étude des hommes |
|
|
|
Division 52 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'intéressent à la psychologie aux
États-Unis et à l'étranger |
|
|
| Division
53 |
Regroupe
les psychologues cliniciens qui s'intéressent aux aspects
psychologiques de l'enfance et de l'adolescence |
|
|
|
Division 54 |
Regroupe
les psychologues cliniciens qui pratiquent dans le milieu
de la pédiatrie |
|
|
|
Division 55 |
Regroupe
les psychologues qui s'interessent à la pharmacothérapie,
aux médicaments, et surtout à leurs effets
psychologiques et secondaires |
|
|
| Division
56 |
Regroupe
les psychologue cliniciens qui s'intéressent aux
différentes formes de traumatisme, notamment le trouble
de stress post-traumatique |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
HILGARD, E.R. (1945). Psychologists’ preferences for
divisions under the proposed APA by laws.
Psychological Bulletin, 42, 20-26. |
|
DEWSBURY, D.A. (1997). On the evolution of divisions. American Psychologist, 52, 733-741. |
|
|
|
|
Division
des tâches domestiques : Partage,
organisation et
exécution des tâches au sein d'un couple,
d'une famille. Allocation
of household labor, division of household labor.
| |
|
|
KURDEK, L.A. (1993), The allocation of household labor in
gay, lesbian, and heterosexual married couples. Journal
of Social Issues, 49 (3), 127-139. |
|
PRESSER, H.B. (1994). Employment schedules among
dual-earner spouses and the division of household labor by
gender. American Sociological Review, 59,
348-364. |
|
LAROCHE, D. (2001). Le partage du temps productif et
des tâches domestiques. Institut de la statistique
du Québec, Portrait social du Québec. |
|
|
|
Division du travail : Voir Travail.
Division of labor.
|
|
|
Divorce : Séparation légale entre les conjoints d'un couple
marié. Contrairement
à la séparation, le divorce nécessite une démarche légale puisque
les conjoints sont mariés.
Divorce, parent et
famille
monoparentale.
Divorce, disruption of
marital, marital dissolution.
|
|
|
LEVINGER, G. (1966). Sources of marital dissatisfaction
among applicants for divorce. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 36, 803-807. |
AMATO, P.R. (2000). The consequences of divorce for adults
and children. Journal of Marriage & the Family,
62, 1269-1287. |
|
KRESSEL, K. & DEUTSCH, M. (1977). Divorce therapy : An
in-depth survey of therapists’ views. Family Process,
1, 413-443. |
O'CONNOR, T.G., CASPI, A., DEFRIES, J.C. & PLOMIN, R.
(2000). Are associations between parental divorce and
children's adjustment genetically mediated ? An adoption
study. Developmental Psychology, 36 (4),
429-437. [PDF] |
|
|
CARRERE, S., BEUHMAN, K.T., GOTTMAN, J.M., COAN, J.A.
& RUCKTUHL, L. (2000). Predicting marital stability
and divorce in newlywed couples. Journal of Family
Psychology, 14 (1), 42-58.
[PDF] |
|
HETHERINGTON, E.M. (1993). Award for distinguished
scientific contributions. American Psychologist, 59
(8), 685-686. |
ZENG, Y. & WU, D. (2000). Regional analysis of divorce
in China since 1980. Demography, 37 (2), 215-219. |
|
DEUTSCH, M., WEINGLASS, J. & KRESSEL, K. (1978). The
role of the clergy in divorce : An exploratory survey.
Journal of Divorce, 2. |
JEYNES, W.H. (2001). The effects of recent parental
divorce on their children's consumption of alcohol. Journal
of Youth & Adolescence, 30 (3), 305-319. |
|
LEVINGER, G. & MOLES, OC.C (1979) (Eds.). Divorce
and separation : Context, causes and consequences.
New York : Basic Books. |
REIFMAN, A., VILLA, L.C., AMANS, J.A., RETHINAM, V. &
TELESCA, T.Y. (2001). Children of divorce in the 1990s : A
meta-analysis. Journal of Divorce & Remarriage,
36, 27-36. |
|
HETHERINGTON, E.M., COX, M. & COX, R. (1979). Stress
and coping in divorce : A focus on women. In J.E.
Gullahorn (Ed.), Psychology and women : In transition
(pp. 95-128). Washington, DC : V.H. Winston & Sons. |
WADE, L. & DELAMATER, J. (2002). Relationship
dissolution as a life stage transition : Effects on sexual
attitudes and behavior. Journal of Marriage &
Family, 64 (4), 898-914.
[PDF] |
|
AHRONS, C.R. (1980). Redefining the divorced family : A
conceptual framework for postdivorce family system
reorganization. Social Work, 25, 437-441. |
SHORT, J.L. (2002). The effects of parental divorce during
childhood on college students. 143-156. Journal of
Divorce & Remarriage, 38, 143-156. |
|
WALLERSTEIN, J.S. & KELLEY, J.B. (1980). Surviving
the breakup : How children actually cope with divorce.
New York : Basic. |
JEYNES, W.H. (2002). Divorce, family structure, and
the academic success of children. Binghamton, New
York : Haworth Press. |
|
AHRONS, C.R. & ARNN, S. (1981). Children and their
divorced parents : Issues for hospital staff. Health
& Social Work, 6, 21-28. |
ZENG, Y., SCHULTZ, T.P., WANG, D. & GU, D. (2002).
Association of divorce with socio-demographic covariates
in China : 1955-1985 : Event history analysis based on
data collected in Shanghai, Hebei, and Shaanxi. Demographic
Research, 7 (11), 407-432. |
|
HETHERINGTON, E.M., COX, M. & COX, R. (1985).
Long-term effects of divorce and remarriage on the
adjustment of children. Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 24 (5), 518-530. [PDF] |
AHRONS, C.R. & TANNER, J. (2003), Adult children's
relationships with their fathers twenty years after
divorce. Family Relations, 52, 340-351. |
|
|
BEARSS, K. & EYBERG, S.M. (2003). Divorce. In
T.H. Ollendick & C.S. Schroeder (Eds.).
Encyclopedia of clinical child and pediatric psychology.
New York : Plenum.
|
|
CROSBIE-BURNETT, M. & AHRONS, C.R. (1985). From
divorce to remarriage : Implications for therapy with
families in transition. Psychotherapy & the
Family, 1, 121-137. |
AMATO, P.R. & PREVITI, D. (2003). People's reasons for
divorcing : Gender, social class, the life course, and
adjustment. Journal of Family Issues, 24 (5),
602-626. [PDF]
|
|
RASCHKE, H.J. (1987). Divorce. In M.B. Sussman & S.K.
Steinmetz (Eds.), Handbook of marriage and the family
(pp. 597-624). New York : Plenum. |
AHRONS, C.R. (2004). We're still family : What grown
children have to say about their parents' divorce.
New York : HarperCollins. |
|
GUTTMANN, J., GEVA, N. & GEFEN, S. (1988). Teachers'
and school children's stereotypic perception of "the child
of divorce". American Educational Research Journal,
25 (4), 555-571. |
AHRONS, C.R. (2004). What grown children have to say about
their parents' divorce. Children's Legal Rights
Journal, 24, 48-56. |
|
ALLISON, P.D. & FURSTENBERG, F.F. (1989). How marital
dissolution affects children : Variations by age and sex.
Developmental Psychology, 25, 540-549. |
LUCAS, R.E. (2005). Time does not heal all wounds : A
longitudinal study of reaction and adaptation to divorce.
Psychological Science, 16, 945-950. |
|
|
|
TSCHANN, J.M., JOHNSON, J.R. & WALLERSTEIN, J.S.
(1989). Family processes and children's functioning during
divorce. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 51,
431-444. |
MARTIN, L.R., FRIEDMAN, H.S., CLARK, K.M. & TUCKER,
J.S. (2005). Longevity following the experience of
parental divorce. Social Science & Medicine, 61,
2177-2189. |
|
STACK, S. (1989). The impact of divorce on suicide in
Norway, 1951-1980. Journal of Marriage & the
Family, 51 (1), 229-238. |
|
|
STACK, S. (1990). The effect of divorce on suicide in
Denmark. Sociological Quarterly, 31 (3),
359-370. |
|
|
SANDLER, I., WOLCHIK, S., BRAVER, S. & FOGAS, B. (1991). Stability and quality of life events and
psychological symptomatology in children of divorce. American
Journal of Community Psychology, 19, 501-520. |
IVERSEN, T., ROSENBLUTH, F. & SOOSKICE, D. (2005).
Divorce and the gender division of labor in comparative
perspective. Social Politics : International Studies
in Gender, State & Society, 12 (2), 216-242. |
|
BELSKY, J., YOUNGBLADE, L., ROVINE, M. & VOLLING, B.
(1991). Patterns of marital change and parent-child
interaction. Journal of Marriage & Family, 53,
487-498. |
GONZÀLEZ, L. & VIITANENE, T.K. (2006). The Effect of
Divorce Laws on Divorce Rates in Europe. Discussion Paper
No. 2023. [PDF]
|
|
AMATO, P.R. & KEITH, B. (1991). Consequences of
parental divorce for the well-being of children : A
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 110, 26-46. |
COWAN, C.P., COWAN, P.A., PRUETT, M.K. & PRUETT, K.
(2007). An approach to preventing coparenting conflict and
divorce in low-income families : Strengthening couple
relationships and fostering fathers' involvement. Family
Process, 46, 109-121. |
|
BOOTH, A. & AMATO, P. (1991). Divorce and
psychological stress. Journal of Health & Social
Behavior 32 (4), 396-407. |
|
|
WALLERSTEIN, J.S. (1991). The long-term effects of divorce
on children : A review. Journal of the American
Academy of Child Adolescent Psychiatry, 30,
349-360. |
STEVENSON, B. & WOLFERS, J. (2007). Marriage and
divorce : Changes and their driving forces. Journal
of Economic Perspectives, 21 (2), 27-52. |
|
STACK, S. & GUNDLACH, J.H. J (1992). Divorce and sex.
Archives of Sexual Behavior, 21, 359–367. |
AMATO, P.R. & BOOTH, A. & JOHNSON, D. (2007).
Alone together : How marriage in America is changing.
Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
|
McGUE, M. & LYKKEN, D.T. (1992). Genetic influence on
risk of divorce. Psychological Science, 3,
368-373. |
ADAMS, M. & COLTRANE, S. (2007). Framing divorce
reform : Media, morality, and the politics of family.
Family Process, 46 (1), 17-34. |
|
GRYCH, J.H. & FINCHAM, F.D. (1992). Interventions for
children of divorce : Toward greater integration of
research and action. Psychological Bulletin, 110,
434-454. |
BERNSTEIN, A.C. (2007). Re-visioning, restructuring, and
reconciliation : Clinical practice with complex
postdivorce families. Family Process, 46 (1),
67-78. |
|
SWEET, J.A. & BUMPASS, L.L. (1992). Disruption of
marital and cohabitation relationships : A social
demographic perspective (pp. 67-89). In T. Orbuch (Ed.), Close
relationship loss : Theoretical perspectives. New
York : Springer-Verlag. |
ROEBUCK, B.J. & BROWN, S.L. (2007). Race-ethnic
differences in marital quality and divorce. Social
Science Research, 36, 945-967. |
|
HETHERINGTON, E.M. (1993). An overview of the Virginia
Longitudinal Study of Divorce and Remarriage with a focus
on early adolescence. Journal of Family Psychology,
7, 39-56. |
|
|
BRENNAN, K.A. & SHAVER, P.R. (1993). Attachment styles
and parental divorce. Journal of Divorce &
Remarriage, 21, 161-175. |
URBANO, R.C. & HODAPP, R.M. (2007). Divorce in
families of children with Down syndrome : A
population-based study. American Journal on Mental
Retardation, 112 (4), 261–274. |
|
AHRONS, C.R. (1994). The good divorce : Keeping your
family together when your marriage comes apart. New
York : HarperCollins. |
ADAMS, M. & COLTRANE, S. (2007). Framing divorce
reform : Media, morality, and the politics of family. Family
Process, 46, 17-34. |
|
GOTTMAN, J.M. (1994). What predicts divorce ? : The
relationship between marital processes and marital
outcomes. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
|
AMATO, P.R. (1994). Life-span adjustment of children to
their parents’ divorce. Children & Divorce, 4
(1), 143-164. [PDF]
|
COONTZ, S. (2007). The origins of modern divorce.
Family Process, 46 (1), 7-16. |
|
EMERY, R.E. (1995). Divorce mediation : Negotiating
agreements and renegotiating relationships. Family
Relations, 44, 377-383. |
AHRONS, C.R. (2007). Introduction to the special issue on
divorce and its aftermath. Family Process, 46
(1), 2-6. [PDF] |
|
|
|
SKITKA, L.J. & FRAZIER, M. (1995). Ameliorating the
effects of parental divorce : Do small group interventions
work ? Journal of Divorce & Remarriage, 24,
159-179. |
WARSHAK, R.A. (2007). The approximation rule, child
development research, and children's best interests after
divorce. Child Development Perspectives, 1, 119-125. |
|
TWAITE, J.A. & LUCHOW, A.K. (1996). Custodial
arrangements and parental conflict following divorce : The
impact on children's adjustment. Journal of Psychiatry
& Law, 24, 53-75. |
AHRONS, C.R. (2007). Family ties after divorce : Long-term
implications for children. Family Process, 46 (1),
53-65. [PDF] |
|
JOCKIN, V., McGUE, M. & LYKKEN, D.T. (1996).
Personality and divorce : A genetic analysis. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 71,
288-299. |
AMATO, P.R. & CHEADLE, J. (2008). Parental divorce,
marital conflict, and children's behavior problems : A
comparison of adopted and biological children. Social
Forces, 86, 1139-1161. |
|
TUCKER, J.S., FRIEDMAN, H.S. SCHWARTZ, J.E., CRIQUI, M.H.,
TOMLINSON-KEASEY, C., WINGARD, D.L. & MARTIN, L.R.
(1997). Parental divorce : Effects on individual behavior
and longevity. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 73, 381-391. |
LANSFORD, J.E. (2009). Parental divorce and children's
adjustment. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 4
(2), 140-152.
[PDF] |
|
KIM, L.S., SANDLER, I.N. & TEIN, J.Y. (1997). Locus of
control as a stress moderator and mediator in children of
divorce. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 25 (2),
145-155. |
AMATO, P.R. (2010). Research on divorce : Continuing
trends and new developments. Journal of Marriage
& Family, 7, 650-666. |
|
CHERLIN, A.J., CHASE-LLANDSLADE, P.L. & McRAE, C.
(1998). Effects of divorce on mental health throughout the
life course. American Sociological Review, 63, 239-249. |
AMATO, P.R. & JAMES, S. (2010). Divorce in Europe and
the United States : Similarities and differences across
nations. Family Science : Journal of the European
Society on Family Relations, 1, 2-13. |
|
SCHWAB, R. (1998). A child's death and divorce :
Dispelling the myth. Death Studies, 22, 445-468. |
WANG, Q. & ZHOU, Q. (2010). China's divorce and
remarriage rates : Trends and regional disparities. Journal
of Divorce & Remarriage, 51 (4), 257-267. |
|
HETHERINGTON, E.M. & STANLEY-HAGAN, M. (1999). The
adjustment of children with divorced parents : A risk and
resiliency perspective. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 40, 129-140. |
AMATO, P.R., KANE, J.B. & JAMES, S. (2010).
Reconsidering the good divorce. Family Relations, 60,
511-524. [PDF]
|
|
JEYNES, W.H. (1999). The effects of remarriage following
divorce on the academic achievement of children. Journal
of Youth & Adolescence, 28 (3), 385-393. |
XU, A., ZHANG, Y. & AMATO, P.R. & BEATTIE, B.
(2011). A comparison of divorce risk models in China and
the United States. Journal of Comparative Family
Studies, 4 (2), 289-295. |
|
SIMONS, R., LIN, K., GORDON, L.C., CONGER, R.D. &
LORENZ, F.O. (1999). Explaining the higher incidence of
adjustment problems among children of divorce compared
with those in two-parent families. Journal of
Marriage & Family, 61 (4), 1020-1033. |
AMATO, P.R. & BEATTIE, B. (2011). Does the
unemployment rate affect the divorce rate ? An analysis of
state data 1960-2005. Social Science Research, 40, 705-715. |
|
|
CLAYTON, R.B., NAGURNEY, A. & SMITH, J. (2013).
Cheating, breakup, and divorce : Is Facebook use to blame
? Cyberpsychology, Behavior,
& Social Networking, 16 (10), 717-720. |
|
|
CLAYTON, R.B. (2014). The third wheel : The impact of
Twitter use on relationship infidelity and divorce.
Cyberpsychology, Behavior, & Social Networking, 17
(7), 425–430. |
|
|
|
|
|
DAHL, S.-A., HANSEN, H.-T. & VIGNES, B.. (2015). His,
her, or their divorce ? Marital dissolution and sickness
absence in Norway. Journal of Marriage & Family,
77 (2), 461-479. |
|
EMERY, R.E. (1999). Marriage, divorce, and children's
adjustment. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
NAMKUNG, E.H., SONG, J., GREENBERG, J.S., MAILICK, M.R.
& FLOYD, F.J. (2015). The relative risk of divorce in
parents of children with developmental disabilities :
Impacts of lifelong parenting. American Journal on
Intellectual & Developmental Disabilities, 120,
514-526. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Séparation,
Mariage, Parent
et Couple marié |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dixon Mark R. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du jeu
compulsif et des délais
de renforcement. Il s'intéresse également à
l'illusion de contrôle. Collaborateur de Dymond,
Ghezzi,
Habib, Hayes, Lyons,
Ninness, Weatherly
et Zlomke.
|
DIXON, M.R., HAYES, L.J., BINDER, L.M., MANTHEY, S.,
SIGMAN, C. & ZDANOWSKI, D.M. (1998). Using a
self-control training procedure to increase appropriate
behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 31 (2),
203-210. [PDF] |
|
DIXON, M.R., MARLEY, J. & JACOBS, E.A. (2003). Delay
discounting by pathological gamblers. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 36 (4), 449-458. [PDF] |
|
DIXON, M.R., RENFELDT, R.A. & RANDICH, L. (2003).
Enhancing tolerance to delayed reinforcers : the role of
intervening activities. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 36 (2), 263-266. [PDF] |
|
DIXON, M.R., HORNER, M.J. & GUERCIO, J. (2003).
Self-control and the preference for delayed reinforcement
an example in brain injury. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 36 (3), 371-374. [PDF] |
|
DIXON, M.R. & WEATHERLY, J.N. (2007). An integrative,
not necessarily comprehensive, behavioral model of
gambling. Analysis of Gambling Behavior, 1 (1),
30-33. [PDF] |
|
|
LYONS, C.A. (2007). Getting there : commentary on «toward
an integrative behavioral model of gambling» by Weatherly
and Dixon. Analysis of Gambling Behavior, 1 (1),
23-24. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Dixon Travis L. ( ) : Spécialiste
américain de la communication.
Il s'intérese à la représentation
des Afro-Américain dans les médias,
notamment à la télévision
et dans la musique rap.
Collaborateur de Maddox.
|
DIXON, T.L. & LINZ. D. (1997). Obscenity law and
sexually explicit rap music : Understanding the effects of
sex, attitudes, and beliefs. Journal of Applied
Communication Research, 25 (3), 217-241. [PDF] |
|
DIXON, T.L. (2002). Rap music and rap audiences :
controversial themes, psychological effects and political
resistance. African American Research Perspectives, 8
(2), 106-116. [PDF] |
|
DIXON, T.L. & LINZ. D. (2006). Overrepresentation and
underrepresentation of African Americans and Latinos as
lawbreakers on television news. Journal of
Communication, 50 (2), 131-154. [PDF] |
|
DIXON, T.L. (2007). Black criminals and White officers :
The effects of racially misrepresenting law breakers and
law defenders on television news. Media Psychology,
10, 270-291. [PDF] |
|
DIXON, T.L. (2008). Network news and racial beliefs :
Exploring the connection between national television news
exposure and stereotypical perceptions of African
Americans. Journal of Communication, 58, 321-337.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
| DIV - DOCTORAT
- DOLTO - DOMINANCE - DOMAINE - DONNÉE - DOUANCE - DONNERSTEIN - DOPAMINE - DOULEUR - DOUTE - DOVIDIO - DR |
|
|
Dobson Keith S. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
d'origine canadienne, spécialisé dans l'évaluation des thérapies
cognitivo-béhaviorales. Collaborateur de Addis,
Dimidjian,
Hollon, Jacobson, Kim
et Kohlenberg.
 |
DOBSON, K.S., SHAW, B.F. & VALLIS, T.M. (1985).
Reliability of a measure of the quality of cognitive
therapy. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 24,
295-300. |
|
DOBSON, K.S. (1995). Psychology in Canada : The future is
not the past. Canadian Psychology, 36, 1-11. |
|
DOBSON, K.S. (Ed.) (2001). Handbook of
cognitive-behavioral therapies. New York : The
Guilford Press. |
|
DOBSON, K.S., HOLLON, S.D., DIMIDJIAN, S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., GALLOP, R., RIZVI, J., GOLLAN,
J.K., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2008). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the prevention of relapse and
recurrence in major depression. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76 (3), 468-477. [PDF] |
|
DOBSON, K.S., HOPKINS, J.A., FATA, L., SCHERRER, M. &
ALLAN, L.C. (2010). The prevention of depression and
anxiety in a sample of high-risk adolescents : A
randomized controlled trial. Canadian Journal of
School Psychology, 25 (4), 291-310. |
|
|
|
Dobzhansky
Theodosius (Nemirov Ukraine 1900-1975) : Zoologiste
et généticien
américain d'origine russe et spécialiste de l'évolution
et de la génétique
des populations. Collaborateur de Levene.
 |
DOBZHANSKY, T. (1933). On the sterility of the interracial
hybrids in Drosophila pseudoobscura. Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences, USA, 19, 397-403. |
|
DOBZHANSKY, T. (1937/51). Genetics and the origin of
species. New York : Columbia University Press. |
|
DUNN, L.C. et DOBZHANSKY, T. (1964). Hérédité, race
et société. Belgique : Dessart. |
|
DOBZHANSKY, T. (1973). Nothing in biology makes sense
except in the light of evolution. The American
Biology Teacher, 35, 125-129. |
|
DOBZHANSKY, T. (1962). Mankind evolving. Yale
University Press. |
|
|
|
Docilité
: Attitude qui
consiste à accepter sa condition (ou le changement de cette
condition) sans opposition ou sans rouspéter. À ne pas confondre
avec l'écoeurement (Toute personne qui s'est opposé sans succès,
et qui répugne à recommencer) ou la
résignation (Toute personne qui s'est opposé sans succès, et
qui ne fait plus aucune tentative) ou le desabusement (toute
personne résignée qui refuse sa condition et continue de
rouspéter). Souvent, les gens dociles attribuent leur condition au
destin ou au hasard,
et ce faisant sous-estime les facteurs
sociaux-économiques qui les conditionnement ou les déterminent.
Docilité et aliénation
sociale. Obedience.
|
Docimologie
: Du grec docimo qui signifie «épreuve» et de
logie qui veut dire «discours ou science». Ce mot, proposé
par Piéron (1922), désigne
la branche des sciences de l'éducation
qui s'occupe des conditions de mise à l'épreuve des
apprentissages et de l'évaluation et de la notation de ces
dernières.
|
|
|
Docteur
Smog : Personnage de bande dessinée - un psychologue
clinicien - inventé et dessiné par le Québécois André-Philippe
Côté.
|
Doctorat
: Docteur : Doctorant : Diplôme
de troisième cycle d'une durée de 5 à 6 ans. En
psychologie, la majorité des chercheurs
e et presque tous les professeurs
d'université possèdent un doctorat. Au Québec, depuis le 27
juillet 2006, ce diplôme est désormais une exigence pour exercer
la profession et devenir membre de l'Ordre
des psychologues du Québec (ou obtenir auprès de l'Ordre une
reconnaissance d’équivalence de diplômes ou de formation).
NDLR : On utilise les mots doctorant ou thésard
pour désigner un-e candida-e au titre, donc celui ou celle qui est
en train de faire un doctorat ou de rédiger sa thèse.
Au Québec, on confond souvent docteur et médecin (doctor en
anglais); le docteur est le détenteur d'un doctorat, un titre
universitaire, alors que le médecin (généraliste) détient le plus
souvent une maîtrise en
médecine mais porte le titre professionnel de docteur (D r).
Bref, certains médecin possèdent un doctorat, mais la plupart des
docteurs ne sont pas médecin. Doctorat et thèse.
*mémoire.
Graduate student, Ph.D.
| |
|
|
FARIS, E. (1914). Too many Ph.D's ? American Journal
of Sociology, 32, 509-512. [LIRE] |
BARBEZAT, D.A. (1992). The market for new Ph.D.
economists. Journal of Economic Education, 23 (3),
262-276. |
|
TINKER, M.A. (1932). Wundt's doctorate students and their
theses : 1875-1920. American Journal of Psychology,
44, 630-637. |
BAZELEY, P. (1997). PhD supervision : lessons from student
experiences. Teaching Review, 5 (1), 44-50. |
|
HELSON, R. & CRUTCHFILED, R.S. (1970). Mathematicians
: The creative researcher and the average PhD. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 34,
250-257. |
LEGGON, C.B. & PEARSON, W. (1997). The baccalaureate
origins of African American female Ph.D. scientists. Journal
of Women & Minorities in Science & Engineering,
3, 213–224. |
|
ADLER, P.T (1972). Will the PH.D. be the death of
professional psychologie. Professional Psychology, 3,
69-72. |
NORCROSS, J.C., SAYETTE, M.A., MAYNE, T.J., KARG, R.S.
& TURKSON, M.A. (1998). Selecting a doctoral program
in professional psychology : Some comparisons among PhD
counseling, PhD clinical, and PsyD clinical psychology
programs. Professional Psychology : Research and
Practice, 29, 609-614. |
| |
CHERLIN, A.J., CHASE-LANSDALE, P.I. & MCRAE, C.
(1998). Effects of parental divorce on mental health.
American Sociological Review, 63 (2), 239-249. |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1977). Admission to the Ph.D. program in
the department of psychology at the University of Oregon.
American Psychologist, 32, 663-668. |
POLE, C. (1998). Joint supervision and the PhD : Safety
net or panacea ? Assessment & Evaluation in
Higher Education, 23 (3), 259-271. |
|
WONG, H.Y. & SANDERS, J.M. (1982). Gender differences
in the attainment of doctorates. Sociological
Perspectives, 26 (1), 29-49. |
SEAGRAM, B.C., GOULD, J. & PYKE, S.W. (1998). An
investigation of gender and other variables on time to
completion of doctoral degrees. Research in Higher
Education, 39 (3), 319-335. [PDF] |
|
BARGAR, R.R. & DUNCAN, K.K. (1982). Cultivating
creative endeavour in doctoral research. Journal of
Higher Education, 53, 1-31. |
FORSYTH, J.P. & WULFERT, E. (1999). Applying to
doctoral training programs in clinical psychology :
Writing an effective personal statement. The Behavior
Therapist, 22, 113-115. [PDF] |
|
BERG, H.M. & FERBER, M.A. (1983). Men and women
graduate students : Who succeeds and why ? Journal of
Higher Education, 54, 629-648. |
BAZELEY, P. (1999). Continuing research by PhD graduates.
Higher Education Quarterly, 53 (4), 333-352. |
|
BARGAR, R.R. & MAYO-CHAMBERLAIN, J. (1983). Advisor
and advisee issues in doctoral education. Journal of
Higher Education, 54, 408-432. |
VALLERAND, R.J. & GROUZET, F.M.E. (2001). La formation
des chercheur(e)s au doctorat en psychologie sociale : la
perspective du laboratoire de recherche sur le
comportement social. Les Cahiers Internationaux de
Psychologie Sociale, 51-52, 142-152. [PDF] |
| |
AMATO, P.R. (2000). The consequences of divorce for adults
and children. Journal of Marriage & Family, 62
(4), 1269-1287. |
| |
JACKSON, C. & TINKLER, P. (2001). Back to basics : A
consideration of the purposes of the PhD viva. Assessment
& Evaluation in Higher Education, 26 (4),
355-366. |
| |
AMATO, P.R. (2001). Children of divorce in the 1990s : An
update of the Amato and Keith (1991) meta-analysis. Journal
of Family Psychology, 15 (3), 355-370. |
|
ALLEN, G.J., SZOLLOS, S.J. & WILLIAMS, B.E. (1986).
Doctoral students' comparative evaluations of best and
worst psychotherapy supervision. Professional
Psychology Research & Practice, 17 (2), 91-99. |
THYER, B.A. & WILSON, R.G. (2001). Guidelines for
recruiting quality doctoral students. Arete, 25, 6-17. |
|
| |
AMATO, P.R. & PREVITI, D. (2003). People's reasons for
divorcing : Gender, social class, the life course, and
adjustment. Journal of Family Issues, 24 (5),
602-626. [PDF]
|
|
FREEMAN, D.J. & LOADMAN, W.E. (1985). Advice to
doctoral guidance committees from alumni at two
universities. Research in Higher Education, 22, 335-346. |
KELLY, J.B. & EMERY, R.E. (2003). Children's
adjustment following divorce : Risk and resiliency
perspectives. Family Relations, 52 (4),
352-362. |
| |
HOLBROOK, A., BOURKE, S., LOVAT, T. & DALLY, K.
(2004). Qualities and characteristics in the written
reports of doctoral thesis examiners. Australian
Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology,
4, 126-145. |
|
ADEDI J. & BENKIN, E. (1987). The effects of students’
academic, financial, and demographic variables on time to
the doctorate. Research in Higher Education, 27, 3-14. |
LOVAT, T. (2004). "Ways of knowing" in doctoral
examination : How examiners position themselves in
relation to the doctoral candidate. Australian
Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology,
4, 146-152. |
|
McAFFREY, R.J., NELLES, W.B. & BYRNE, D. (1989).
Criteria for tenure and promotion in doctoral programs in
psychology : Perceptions of departmental chairs and heads.
Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 27, 77-80. |
HOLBROOK, A. & BOURKE, S. (2004). An Investigation of
PhD examination outcome in Australia using a mixed method
approach. Australian Journal of Educational &
Developmental Psychology, 4, 153-169. |
| |
MAHER, M., FORD, M. & THOMPSON, C. (2004). Degree
progress of women doctoral students : Factors that
constrain, facilitate, and differentiate. Review of
Higher Education, 27 (3), 385-408. |
|
BAIRD, L.L. (1990). Disciplines and doctorates : The
relationships between program characteristics and the
duration of doctoral study. Research in Higher
Education, 31, 369-385. |
LANDRUM, R.E. & CLARK, J. (2005). Graduate admissions
criteria in psychology : An update. Psychological
Reports, 97, 481-484. [PDF] |
|
KAZDIN, A.E. (1990). Commentary on «Graduate training in
statistics, methodology, and measurement in psychology : A
survey of PhD programs in North America». American
Psychologist, 45, 729. |
STEWART, P.K., WU, Y.P. & ROBERT, M.C. (2007). Top
producers of scholarly publications in clinical psychology
PhD programs. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 63
(12), 1209-1215. [PDF] |
| |
GARDNER, S.K. (2008). Fitting the mold of graduate school
: A qualitative study of socialization in doctoral
education. Innovative Higher Education, 33,
125-138. [PDF] |
| |
AMATO, P.R. (2010). Research on divorce : Continuing
trends and new developments. Journal of Marriage
& Family, 72 (3), 650-666. |
|
AIKEN, L.S., WEST, S.G., SECHREST, L. & RENO, R.R.
(1990). Graduate training in statistics, methodology, and
measurement in psychology : A survey of PhD programs in
North America. American Psychologist, 45,
721-734. [PDF] |
LEECH, N.L. & GOODWIN, L.D. (2008). Building a
methodological foundation : Doctoral-level methods courses
in colleges of education. Research in the Schools, 15
(1), 1-8. |
| |
AMATO, P.R., KANE, J.B. & JAMES, S. (2010).
Reconsidering the good divorce. Family Relations, 60,
511-524. [PDF] |
| |
CYRANOSKI, D, GILBERT, N., LEDFORD, H., NAYAR, A., YAHIA,
M. (2011). The PhD factory. Nature, 472, 276-279. |
|
MUSZYNSKI, S.Y. & AKAMATSU, T.J. (1991). Delay in
completion of doctoral dissertations in clinical
psychology. Professional Psychology : Research &
Practice, 22, 119-123. |
LEECH, N.L. (2012). Educating knowledgeable and skilled
researchers in doctoral programs in schools of education :
A new model. International Journal of Doctoral
Studies, 7, 19-37. [PDF] |
|
EHRENBERG, R. (1991). Decisions to undertake and complete
doctoral study and sector of employment. In C. Clotfelter,
R. Ehrenberg, M. Getz, & J. Siegfried (Eds.), Economic
challenges in higher education (pp. 174–210).
Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
WEBBER, K.L. & CANCHÉ, M.G. (2015). Not equal for all
: Gender and race differences in salary for doctoral
degree recipients. Research in Higher Education, 56,
645-672. [PDF] |
|
|
|
ORDRE DES PSYCHOLOGUES DU QUÉBEC [LIRE] |
Voir aussi Formation,
Maîtrise et Diplôme |
|
|
|
|
Doctorat
(Post-) : Formation
universitaire - non reconnue par un diplôme - faite après
l'obtention d'un doctorat, parfois pour
acquérir de l'expérience de recherche, mais souvent en attente
d'un travail ou d'un poste au sein d'une université ou dans un
laboratoire/équipe de recherche. Postdoctoral.
| |
|
| BORYSENKO, J., FRIEDMAN, H.S. DUNKEL-SCHETTER, C. EVANS, R., SCHNEIDERMAN, N., SCHWARTZ, G., TAYLOR, S. & WELLONS, R. (1983). Working group on postdoctoral research training. Health Psychology, 2 (5), 135-140. |
|
FRIEDMAN, H.S. (1987). Postdoctoral training for research. In G. Stone et al. (Eds.), Health psychology : A discipline and a profession. University of Chicago Press. |
|
BORREGO, A., BARRIOS, M., VILLARROYA, A. & OLLÉ, C.
(2010). Scientific output and impact of postdoctoral
scientists : A gender perspective. Scientometrics, 83 (1), 93-101. |
|
|
|
Doctrine
: Doctrinaire : Endoctrinement : Ensemble des idées
et des principes qui
permet d'interpréter certains faits, ou suggère une manière de les
analyser, de les aborder. La différence entre une doctrine et une
théorie réside notamment
dans le fait que cette dernière est formulée de manière à ce que
l'on puisse vérifier certains de ses énoncés (hypothèse), alors
que la doctrine est la plupart du temps invérifiable.
Les doctrines gagnent en popularité parce qu'elle parviennent à
convaincre, et non parce qu'elles sont forcément vraies ou
scientifiquement formulées. Contrairement à la conception du
monde, leur objectif plus ou moins avoué est souvent de faire des
adeptes, d'influencer socialement les autres, plutôt que de
participer à l'entreprise scientifique et intellectuelle. En
outre, les doctrines sont souvent prescriptives (il faut faire
ceci ou cela), alors que les théories sont davantage
descriptives/explicatives. La cohérence
interne d'une doctrine peut néanmoins être élevée, mais
comme elle est rarement soumise à l'épreuve des faits, son degré
d'organisation est rarement aussi élevé qu'une théorie.
Finalement, la doctrine se distingue du dogme
par sa capacité d'autocorrection et de confirmation/infirmation
indirecte. En effet, si la doctrine n'est pas en soi vérifiable,
les théories qui découlent des principes de cette doctrine peuvent
l'être. Si bien qu'une doctrine qui ne produit que des théories
fausses finit par s'affaiblir et disparaître, tandis que le dogme
peut survivre à une multitudes de tests
négatifs (pensons aux religions). EX:
doctrine philosophique, doctrine scientifique, etc. =
point de vue, vision du monde, conception du monde.
Endoctrinement, persuasion
et lavage de
cerveaux. Indoctrination.
| |
|
|
BARON, R.S. (2000). Arousal, capacity, and intense
indoctrination. Review of Personality & Social
Psychology, 4, 238-254. /(2002) Cultic
Studies Journal, 18, 172-207. |
|
|
|
|
Doctrine
du double effet : Chez Thomas d'Aquin...
|
|
|
Dodge Kenneth A. (Chicago 1954-) : Psychologue
américain et et spécialiste de l'étude de l'agressivité/ agression.
notamment ses formes offensive et défensive.
Collaborateur de Hubbard.
|
DODGE, K.A. (1980). Social cognition and children's
aggressive behavior. Child Development, 51, 162-170. |
|
DODGE, K.A. & SOMBERG, D. (1987). Attributional biases
in aggressive boys are exacerbated under conditions of
threat to self. Child Development, 58, 213-224. |
|
DODGE, K.A., PETIT, G.S., McCLASKEY, C.L. & BROWN, M.
(1986). Social competence in children. Monographs of
the Society for Research in Child Development, 51 (2),
1-85. |
|
DODGE, K.A., BATES, J.E. & PETIT, G.S. (1990).
Mechanisms in the cycle of violence. Science, 250, 1678-1683.
|
|
DODGE, K.A. MALONE, P.S., LANSFORD, J.E., SORBRING, E.,
SKINNER, A.T., TAPANYA, S., URIBE TIRADO, L.M., ZELLI, A.,
ALAMPAY, L.P., AL-HASSAN, S.M., BACCHINI, D., BOMBI, A.S.,
BORNSTEIN, M.H., CHANG, L., DEATER-DECKARD, K., DI GIUNTA,
L., OBURU, P. & PASTORELLI, C. (2015). Hostile
attributional bias and aggressive behavior in global
context. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 112, 9310-9315. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dodson Chad S. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain. Étudiant de Johnson.
Collaborateur de Schacter
et Schooler.
|
DODSON, C.S. & JOHNSON, M.K. (1993). The rate of false
source attributions depends on how questions are asked.
American Journal of Psychology, 106, 541-557. |
|
DODSON, C.S., JOHNSON, M.K. & SCHOOLER, J.W. (1997).
The verbal overshadowing effect : Why descriptions impair
face recognition. Memory & Cognition, 25,
129-139. |
|
DODSON, C.S. & KRUEGER, L.E. (2006). I misremember it
well : Why older adults are unreliable eyewitnesses. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 13, 770-775. |
|
DODSON, C.S., BAWA, S. & SLOTNICK, S.D. (2007). Aging,
source memory, and misrecollections. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition 33, 169-181. |
|
DODSON, C.S., DARRAGH, J. & WILLIAMS, A. (2008).
Stereotypes and retrieval-provoked illusory source
recollections. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 34, 460-477. |
|
|
|
Dogmatisme : Tendance à
préserver un dogme, et à utiliser tous les
moyens pour y parvenir, y compris la force ou la violence
dans certains cas (dictatures,
sectes). /science.
Dogmatism.
| |
|
|
ROKEACH, M. (1954). The nature and meaning of dogmatism. Psychological
Review, 61 (3), 194-204. |
WILSON, R.W. (1985). Christianity-biased and unbiased
dogmatism's relationships to different Christian
commitments, including conversion. The High School
Journal, 68, 374-388. |
|
ROKEACH, M. (1956). Political and religious dogmatism. Psychological
Monographs, 425. |
COX, W.F. (1985). Content analysis of the Dogmatism Scale
from a Biblical perspective. The High School Journal,
68, 197-204. |
|
PROCIUK, T.J. & BREEN, L.J. (1976). Machiavellianism
and locus of control. Journal of Social Psychology,
98, 141-142. |
DIXON, P.N., WILLINGHAM, WELBORN, K., CHANDLER, C.K. &
McDOUGAL, K. (1986). Relating social interest and
dogmatism to happiness and sense of humor. Individual
Psychology : Journal of Adlerian Theory, Research &
Practice, 42 (3), 421-427. |
|
SMITHERS, A.G. & LOBLEY, D.M. (1978). Dogmatism,
social attitudes and personality. British Journal of
Social & Clinical Psychology, 17, 135-142. |
FRANCIS, L.J. (2001). Christianity and dogmatism revisited
: A study among fteen and sixteen years olds in the United
Kingdom. Religious Education, 96, 211-226. |
|
SCHOFIELD, M., BURNYEAT, M. & BARNES, J. (1980). Doubt
and dogmatism : Studies in Hellenistic epistemology. Oxford
: Clarendon Press, 1980. |
SAROGLOU, V. (2002). Beyond dogmatism : The need for
closure as related to religion. Mental Health,
Religion & Culture, 5 (2), 183-194. [PDF] |
|
TOBACYK, J.J. & MILFORD, G. (1982). Criterion validity
for Ellis' irrational beliefs : Dogmatism and uncritical
inferences. Journal of Clinical Psychology. 38,
605-607. |
WORRALL, J. (2003). Normal science and dogmatism,
paradigms and progress : Kuhn "versus" Popper and Lakatos’
In T. Nickles (Ed.), Thomas Kuhn (pp. 65-100).
Cambridge University Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Mesure
du dogmatisme et Machiavélisme |
|
|
Dogmatisme
(Mesures/Évaluations) : Ensemble
des critères de
diagnostic, des tests
et des outils de collecte de
données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
le dogmatisme. Dogmatism
scale.
| |
|
|
TROLDAHL, V. & POWELL, F. (1965). A short-form
dogmatism scale for use in field studies. Social
Forces, 44, 211-214. |
|
RAY, J.J. (1974). Balanced dogmatism scales.
Australian Journal of Psychology, 26, 9-14. |
|
COX, W.F. (1985). Content analysis of the Dogmatism Scale
from a Biblical perspective. The High School Journal,
68, 197-204. |
|
|
|
Dogme : Ensemble de règles morales et sociales considérées comme des vérités fondamentales et incontestables et qui
régissent l'organisation d'un-e groupe/ organisation.
Le dogme, contrairement à la doctrine,
sort rarement affaiblit d'un confrontation
négative avec les faits. En effet, la véracité
de ces propositions tient davantage au niveau
d'autorité de celui qui les énonce (pape, prophète,
cardinaux, gourou, dictateur, expert, agence gouvernemntale, etc.)
qu'à leur correspondance - plus ou moins grande - avec les faits.
EX: dogme religieux
qui postule l'existence inconstestable d'une ou de plusieurs
divinités. Dogme, mythe et
autoconfirmation.
/science. Dogma.
| |
|
|
QUINE, W.V.O. (1951). Two dogmas of empiricism / Les deux
dogmes de l'empirisme. Philosophical Review, 50,
20-43/Dans P. Jacob (Dir.) (1980). De Vienne à
Cambridge (p. 87-112). Paris : NRF Gallimard. |
|
GARRETT, H.E. (1961). The equalitarian dogma.
Perspectives in Biology & Medicine, 4, 480-484. |
|
GARRETT, H.E. (1961). The equalitarian dogma. Mankind
Quarterly, 1, 253-257. |
|
KUHN, T.S. (1963). The function of dogma in scientific
research. In A.C. Crombie (Ed.), Scientific change
(pp. 347-69). New York and London : Basic Books and
Heineman. |
|
HOWE, K.R. (1985). Two dogmas of educational research.
Educational Researcher, 14 (8), 10-18. |
|
RUSHTON, J.P. (1994). Editorial : The equalitarian dogma
revisited. Intelligence, 19, 263-280 |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. & KIRK, S.A. (1997). Science, dogma,
and the scientist-practitioner model. Social Work
Research, 21, 201-205. |
|
HOWE, K.R. (2010). Epistemology, methodology, and
education sciences positivist dogmas, rhetoric, and the
education science question. Educational Researcher, 38
(6), 428-440. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Religion,
Théorie officielle et Dogmatisme |
|
|
DOI
: Ce sigle désigne le protocole d'identification et
d'archivage des documents numériques, notamment des articles scientifiques disponibles sur internet.
DOI et URL.
Digital
Object Identifier.
FARLEY, M., MaCLEOD, J., ANDERSON, L. & GOLDING,
J.M. (2011). Attitudes and social characteristics of men
who buy sex in Scotland. Psychological Trauma :
Theory, Research, Practice & Policy : doi:
10.1037/a0022645. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Doise Willem (Poperinge 1935-2023) : Psychosociologue
suisse, d'origine belge, belge, spécialisé dans l'étude du droit.
Étudiant de Klineberg.
Collaborateur de Moscovici
et Mugny.
 |
DOISE, W., CSEPELI, G., DANN, H.D., GOUGE, C., LARSEN, K.
& OSTELL, A. (1972). An experimental investigation
into the formation of intergroup representations. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 2 (2), A 202-204. |
|
DOISE, W. (1984). Les relations entre groupes. Dans S.
Moscovici (Dir.), Psychologie sociale (p.
253-274). Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
DOISE, W. (1986). Levels of explanation in social
psychology. Cambridge University Press. |
|
DOISE, W. (1998). Social psychology and human rights. European
Review, 6, 341-347. |
|
DOISE, W. (2002). Les représentations sociales : leçons du
passé et défis d'aujourd'hui. Information sur les
Sciences Sociales, 41 (1), 101-110. |
|
|
|
|
|
Dole Vincent P. (Chicago 1913-2006) :
Biochimiste américain. Il a découvert que la méthadone
pouvait servir de susbstitut à l'héroïne
dans le traitement de la dépendance
à cette drogue.
|
DOLE, V.P. & NYSWANDER, M.E. (1966). A medical
treatment for diacetyl morphine (heroin) addiction : A
clinical trial with methadone hydrochloride. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 193 (8),
80-84. |
|
DOLE, V.P., NYSWANDER, M.E. & KREEK, M.J. (1966).
Narcotic blockade. Archives of Internal Medicine, 118,
304-309. |
|
DOLE, V.P. & JOSEPH, H. (1978). Long-term outcomes of
patients treated with methadone maintenance. Annals
of the New York Academy of Sciences, 311, 181-189. |
|
DOLE, V.P. (1988). Implications of methadone maintenance
for theories of narcotic addiction. Journal of the
American Medical Association, 260, 3025-3029. |
|
|
ORANSKY, I. ( 2016). Vincent Dole. The Lancet, 368,
984. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Dollard
John (Menasha 1900-1980) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain. Il a développé avec Miller une théorie de la
frustration-agression. Il a également tenté de reinterpréter les
principaux concepts de la psychanalyse freudienne
à la lumière de la théorie de l'apprentissage de Hull.
étudiant de Hull. Collaborateur
de Doob, Hovland,
Miller, Mowrer et Sears.
 |
DOLLARD, J., DOOB, L.W., MILLER, N.E., MOWRER, O.H. &
SEARS, R.R., FORD, C., HOVLAND, C. & SOLLENBERGER, R.
(1939). Frustration and aggression. New Haven :
Yale University Press. |
|
DOLLARD, J. & MILLER, N.E. (1941). Social
learning and imitation. New Haven : Pub. For the
Institute of human relations by Yale University Press. |
|
DOLLARD, J. (1947). The acquisition of new social habits.
In R. Linton (Ed.), The science of man in the world
crisis (pp. 442-464). New York : Columbia
University Press. |
|
DOLLARD, J. (1949). Caste and class in a southern
town. New York : Harper. |
|
DOLLARD, J. & MILLER, N.E. (1950). Personality
and psychotherapy. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
|
MILLER, N.E. (1982). Obituary : Johan Dollard (1900-1980).
American Psychologist, 37 (5), 587-588. |
|
|
|
Dollinger Stephen J. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et
spécialiste de la créativité.
|
DOLLINGER, S.J. (2003). Need for uniqueness, need for
cognition, and creativity. Journal of Creative
Behavior, 37, 99-116. |
|
DOLLINGER, S.J., CLANCY-DOLLINGER, S.M. & CENTENO, L.
(2005). Identity and creativity. Identity, 5, 315-339. |
|
DOLLINGER, S.J. (2007). Creativity and conservatism. Personality
& Individual Differences, 43, 1025-1035. [PDF] |
|
DOLLINGER, S.J., BURKE, P.A. & GUMP, N.W. (2007).
Creativity and values. Creativity Research Journal,
19, 91-103. |
|
DOLLINGER, S.J. (2016). "You are as you read" : Do
students' reading interests contribute to their
individuality ? Reading Psychology, 37, 1-26. |
|
|
|
|
|
Domaine
: Le mot a deux significations voisines : a)
En mathématique, un domaine est un ensemble - non-vide - qui fixe
l'étendue et les limites d'un objet conceptuel. b)
Champs d'exercice d'une science
ou d'une technologie.
| |
|
|
FISHER, R.A. (1928). Two further notes on the origin of
dominance. American Naturalist, 62 (683),
571-574. |
|
FISHER, R.A. (1929). The evolution of dominance; Reply to
professor Sewall Wright. American Naturalist, 63 (689),
553-556. |
|
FISHER, R.A. (1931). The evolution of dominance.
Biological Reviews, 6 (4), 345-368. |
|
FISHER, R.A. (1934). Crest and Hernia in fowls due to a
single gene without dominance. Science, 80 (2074),
288-289. |
|
FISHER, R.A. (1935). Dominance in poultry.
Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, B 225
(523), 197-226. |
|
|
Voir aussi Science et
Domaine de
recherche |
|
|
Domaine de recherche et de pratique : Groupe de problèmes
logiquement ou empiriquement
reliés. Domaine et programme
de recherche. = branche,
secteur.
Domain, scientific field.
| En construction |
| Grands domaines de recherche/pratique en psychologie |
| Domaine |
Qui
? |
| Apprentissage |
Béhaviorisme |
| Animaux |
Béhaviorisme,
Éthologie |
| Armée/Guerre |
Psychologie
militaire |
| Connaissance |
Psychologie
cognitive, épistémologie,
épistémologie
génétique, sociologie
des sciences |
| Développement |
Psychologie
du développement, Écologie
humaine |
| Différences
culturelles |
Psychologie
sociale, Psychologie
comparée, Psychologie
culturelle |
| Différences
individuelles |
Psychologie
sociale,
Psychologie différentielle, Psychologie
comparée |
| Différences
sexuelles |
Psychologie
sociale, Psychologie
comparée,
Sexologie |
| Droit
et justice |
Psychologie
légale |
| École/Classe |
Éducation,
psychologie
scolaire |
| Habiletés
sociales |
Psychologie
du développement |
| Intelligence |
Psychométrie,
Psychologie
cognitive |
| Maladie
mentale/Pathologie |
Psychologie
clinique, Psychanalyse,
Psychiatrie |
| Musique |
Psychologie
de la musique |
| Politique/Pouvoir |
Psychologie
politique |
| Perception |
|
| Relation
entre cerveau et cognition/comportement |
Neuropsychologie,
Neurogogition,
|
| Sport |
Psychologie
du sport |
| Sexualité |
Sexologie |
| Travail |
Psychologie
industrielle et organisationnelle |
| |
|
| |
|
|
VAN ROSSUM, W. (1973). Informal communication and the
development of scientific fields. Social Science
Information, 12, 63-75. |
|
BUGENTAL, D.B. (2000). Acquisition of the algorithms of
social life : A domain-based approach. Psychological
Bulletin, 126, 187-219.[PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Psychologie |
|
|
|
|
Domestication (Animaux)
: Chez une espèce animale
donnée, perte ou acquisition de caractères morphologiques ou
physiologiques et de comportements,
transmis de façon héréditaire,
à la suite d'une interaction prolongée (coévolution),
d'un dressage
systématique ou d'une sélection
artificielle de la part de notre espèce.
EX: Loup domestiqué en chien. Sur le plan
individuel, un animal domestiqué est un animal qui vit dans la
maison (domo) de son maître, ou à proximité (niche, ferme,
bergerie, poulailler, etc), que l'on élève (dressage) pour sa chair ou d'autres attributs (cuir, laine, lait, etc) et dont on
prend soin (vétérinaire, médicaments, etc.). Pour domestiquer une espèce, il faut que : 1) les individus de cette espèce soient faciles à nourrir; 2) la croissance des individus de cette espèce soient rapide; 3) les individus doivent se reproduire rapidement et facilement; 4) L'agressivité des individus doit être faible ou aisément contrôlable; 5) Les individus de ces espèces ne sont pas trop effrayés par la présence humaine et tolère une grande proximité; 6) Finalement, ces espèces vivent en troupeau et sont fortement et clairement hiérarchisés. Selon le principe d'Anna Kérinine, si l'une de ces conditions n'est pas respectée, les tentatives de domestication d'une espèce se solderont par un échec. Domestication, chien
et cheval.
Domestication.
| |
|
|
DARWIN, C. (1875). The variation of animals and
plants under domestication. London : John Murray. |
BREWER, D., CLARK, T. & PHILLIPS, A. (2001). Dogs
in Antiquity. Anubis to Cerberus : the origins of the
domestic dog. Aris & Phillips. |
|
KEELER, C.E. & KING, H.D. (1942). Multiple effects of
coat color genes in the Norway rat, with special reference
to temperament and domestication. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 34, 241-250. |
HARE, B., BROWN, M., WILLIAMSON, C. & TOMASELLO, M.
(2002). The domestication of social cognition in dogs.
Science, 298 (5598), 1634-1636. [PDF] |
|
SPURWAY, H. (1955). The causes of domestication : An
attempt to integrate some ideas of Konrad Lorenz with
evolution theory. Journal of Genetics, 53,
325-362. |
CALL, J., BRÄUER, J., KAMINSKI, J. & TOMASELLO, M.
(2003). Domestic dogs (Canis familiaris) are sensitive to
the attentional state of humans. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 117, 257-263.
[PDF] |
|
ZEUNER, F.E. (1963). A history of domesticated
animals. London : Hutchinson of London |
TRUT, L.N., PLYUSNINA, I.Z. & OSKINA, I.N. (2004). An
experiment on fox domestication and debatable issues of
evolution of the dog. Russian Journal of Genetics,
40, 644-655. [PDF]
|
|
SCOTT, J.P. (1968). Evolution and domestication of the
Dog. Evolutionary Biology, 2, 243-275. |
HARE, B., PLYUSNINA, I., IGNACIO, N., SCHEPINA, O.,
STEPIKA, A., WRANGHAM, R. & TRUT, L. (2005). Social
cognitive evolution in captive foxes is a correlated
by-product of experimental domestication. Current
Biology, 15, 226-230. |
| |
LINBALD-TOH, K. & al. (2005). Genome sequence,
comparative analysis and haplotype structure of the
domestic dog. Nature, 438, 803-819. |
|
BELYAEV, D. (1979). Destabilizing selection as a factor in
domestication. Journal of Heredity, 70, 301-308. |
DOBNEY, K. & LARSON, G. (2006). Genetics and animal
domestication : new windows on an elusive process. Journal
of Zoology, 269, 261-271. |
|
FRANK, H. & FRANK, M.G. (1982). On the effects of
domestication on canine social development and behavior. Applied
Animal Ethology, 8, 507-525. |
ZEDER, M.A. (2006). Central questions in the domestication
of plants and animals. Evolutionary Anthropology, 15,
105-117. |
| |
CRUZ, F., VILÀ, C. & WEBSTER, M.T. (2008). The legacy
of domestication : accumulation of deleterious mutations
in the dog genome. Molecular Biology & Evolution,
25, 2331-2336. |
|
FRANK, H. & FRANK, M.G. (1983). Inhibition training in
wolves and dogs ? Behavioural Processes, 8, 363-377.
[PDF] |
UDELL, M.A.R., GIGLIO, R. & WYNNE, C.D.L. (2008).
Domestic dogs (Canis familiaris) use human gestures but
not nonhuman tokens to find hidden food. Journal of
Comparative Psychology 122, 84-93. |
| |
BOYKO, A.R., BOYKO, R.H., BOYKO, C.M., JONES, P., PARKER,
H.G., CASTELHANO, M., COREY, L., DEGENHARDT, J., AUTON,
A., HEDIMBI, M., KITYO, R., ROSTRANDER, E.A. SCHOENEBECK,
J., TODHUNTER, R.J. & BUSTAMANTE, C.D. (2009). Complex
population structure in African village dogs and its
implications for inferring dog domestication history. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 106, 13903-13908. |
| |
TRUT, L., OSKINA, I. & KHARLAMOVA, A. (2009). Animal
evolution during domestication : the domesticated fox as a
model. Bioessays, 31 (3), 349-360. [PDF]
|
|
|
REED, C.A. (1984). The beginnings of animal
domestication. Evolution of domestic animals.
Longman, London and New York. I.L. : Mason, Editor. |
UDELL, M.A.R., DOREY, N.R. & WYNNE, C.D.L. (2010).
What did domestication do to dogs ? Biological
Reviews, 85, 327-345. [PDF] |
|
WEST, B. & ZHOU, B-X. (1988). Did chickens go north ?
New evidence for domestication. Journal of
Archaeological Science, 15, 515-533. |
HARE, B., ROSATI, A., KAMINSKI, J., BRÄUER, J., CALL, J.
& TOMASELLO, M. (2010). The domestication hypothesis
for dogs' skills with human communication : A response to
Udell et al. (2008) and Wynne et al. (2008). Animal
Behaviour, 79 (2), 1-6.
[PDF] |
| |
STATHAM, M.J., TRUT, L.N., SACKS, B.N., KHARLAMOVA, A.V.,
OSKINA, I.N., GULEVICH, R.G. JOHNSON, J.L., TEMNYKH, S.V.,
ACLAND, G.M. & KUKEKOVA, A.V. (2011). On the origin of
a domesticated species : identifying the parent population
of Russian silver foxes (Vulpes vulpes). Biological
Journal of the Linnean Society, 103 (1), 168-175.
[PDF] + [PDF] |
|
LICKLITER, R. & NESS, J.W. (1990). Domestication and
comparative psychology : Status and strategy. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 104, 211-218. |
CARNEIRO, M., AFONSO, S., GERALDES, A., GARREAU, H.,
BOLET, G., BOUCHER, S., TIRCAZES, A., QUENEY, G., NACHMAN,
M.W. & FERRAND, N. (2011). The genetic structure of
domestic rabbits. Molecular Biology & Evolution,
28, 1801-1816.
[PDF] |
| |
WICOX, G. & STORDEUR, D. (2012). Large-scale cereal
processing before domestication during the tenth
millennium cal BC in northern Syria. Antiquity, 86,
99-114. |
|
DIAMOND, J. (1997/2000). Guns, germs, and steel : The fates
of human societies. New York : W.W. Norton &
Compagy. / De l’inégalité parmi les
sociétés. Essai sur l’homme et l’environnement dans
l’histoire. Paris : Gallimard. |
KUKEKOVA, A.V., TRUT, L.N., CHASE, K., KHARLAMOVA, A.V.,
JOHNSON, J.L., TEMNYKH, S.V., OSKINA, I.N., GULEVICH,
R.G., VLADIMIROVA, A.V., KLEBANOV, S., SHEPELEVA, D.V.,
SHIKHEVICH, S.G., ACLAND, G.M. & LARK, K.G. (2011).
Mapping loci for fox domestication :
deconstruction/reconstruction of a behavioral phenotype. Behavior
Genetics, 41 (4), 593-606. [PDF] |
| |
ZEDER, M.A. (2012). The domestication of animals. Journal
of Anthropological Research, 68, 161-190. |
|
ZOHARY, D., TCHERNOV, E. & HORWITZ, L. (1998). The
role of unconscious selection in the domestication of
sheep and goats. Journal of Zoology, 245,
129-135. |
LARSON, G., KARLSSON, E.K., PERRI, A., WEBSTER, M.T., HO,
S.Y.W., PETERS, J., PETER, W., STAHL, P.W., PIPER, P.J.,
LINGAAS, F., FREDHOLM, M., COMSTOCK, K.E., MODIANOM J.F.,
SCHELLING, C., AGOULNIK, P., LEEGWATERQ, A.I., DOBNEYR,
P.A., VIGNES, K., VILÀ J.-D., ANDERSSOND, L. &
LINDBLAD-TOHB, K. (2012). Rethinking dog domestication by
integrating genetics, archeology, and biogeography. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 109, 8878-8883. |
|
PRICE, E.O. (1999). Behavioral development in animals
undergoing domestication. Applied Animal Behaviour
Science, 65, 245-271. |
LARSON, G. & BURGER, J. (2013). A population genetic
theory of animal domestication. Trends in Genetics,
29, 197-205. |
|
TRUT, L. (1999). Early canid domestication : The
farm-fox experiment. American Scientist, 87,
160-169. |
LARSON, G. & FULLER, D.Q. (2014). The evolution of
animal domestication. Annual Review of Ecology,
Evolution, & Systematics, 45, 115-136. [PDF] |
| |
CHANSIGAUD, V. (2020). Histoire de la domestication
animale. Delachaux et Niestlé. |
|
| |
| ABERCROMBIE,
M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
Voir aussi
Coévolution, Sélection
artificielle et Chien |
|
|
Dominance
: Dominant : Dominer : Domination : Au sens large, dans une relation
ou un système,
prépondérance d'un élément sur les autres. Le terme a au moins
quatre acceptions : a) En biologie,
se dit d'un allèle qui
s'exprime phénotypiquement
tant à l'état hétérozygote
qu'à l'état homozygote.
b) On qualifie également de dominant l'hémisphère
cérébral responsable d'une fonction
cognitive donnée. = Latéralisation.
c) En éthologie,
le terme désigne l'individu qui possède un accès privilégier aux ressources
du milieu, accès qui favorise sa survie
et sa reproduction.
Cet accès résulte d'un certain nombre de facteurs parmi lesquels
on compte le poids, la
taille, le niveau d'agressivité,
les habiletés
sociales, les expériences (gagnant/perdant),
la familiarité avec
l'adversaire ou le lieu du conflit/duel/combat.
/subordonné.
Dominance et hiérarchie.
d) En sociologie,
il désigne dans une culture/ société
donnée, le groupe d'individus
qui possède et exerce le pouvoir,
généralement au détriment des autres groupes. =
bloc au pouvoir, groupe
dominant, classe
dominante, colonisateur. =
domination.
Dominant.
| |
|
| a |
|
FISHER, R.A. (1928). Two further notes on the origin of
dominance. American Naturalist, 62 (683),
571-574. |
|
|
Voir aussi Dominance
génétique |
| b |
|
LEVY, J. & SPERRY, R.W. (1971). Lateral specialization
and cerebral dominance in commissurotomy. Proc. 19th
Int. Cong. Psychol., 244. |
|
HAUSER, M.D. & ANDERSSON, K. (1994). Left hemisphere
dominance for processing vocalizations in adult, but not
infant rhesus monkeys : Field experiments. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 91, 3946-3948. |
|
|
Voir aussi
Latéralisation |
| c |
|
BEAUGRAND, J.P. & ZAYAN, R. (1985). An experimental
model of aggressive dominance in Xiphophorus helleri
(Pisces, Poeciliidae). Behavioural Processes, 10,
1-52. |
|
FUNNELL, T.R., FIALKOWSI, R.J. & DIJKSTRA, P.D.
(2022). Social dominance does not increase oxidative
stress in a female dominance hierarchy of an African
cichlid fish. Ethology, 128, 15-25. [PDF]
|
|
Voir aussi
Hiérarchie |
| d |
|
LORENZI-CIOLDI, F. (1988). Individus dominants et
groupes dominés. Images masculines et féminines.
Grenoble, PUG. |
|
SIDANIUS, J., PRATTO, F. & BRIEF, D. (1995). Group
dominance and the political psychology of gender : A
cross-cultural comparison. Political Psychology, 16,
381-396. |
|
LORENZI-CIOLDI, F. (2009). Dominants et dominés.
Grenoble : PUG. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Dominance sociale |
|
|
|
Dominance
génétique :
Dominance.
| |
|
|
FISHER, R.A. (1928). Two further notes on the origin of
dominance. American Naturalist, 62 (683),
571-574. |
|
FISHER, R.A. (1929). The evolution of dominance; Reply to
professor Sewall Wright. American Naturalist, 63 (689),
553-556. |
|
FISHER, R.A. (1931). The evolution of dominance.
Biological Reviews, 6 (4), 345-368. |
|
FISHER, R.A. (1934). Crest and Hernia in fowls due to a
single gene without dominance. Science, 80 (2074),
288-289. |
|
FISHER, R.A. (1935). Dominance in poultry.
Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B 225
(523), 197-226. |
|
|
Voir aussi Gène |
|
|
|
|
Dominance
sociale : Le concept a deux
acceptions très voisines : a) En psychologie
et en sociologie, il
renvoie à l'écart de ressources
qui existe entre les individus
d'un groupe, d'une société,
ainsi qu'aux comportements
- souvent autoritaires,
agressifs ou menaçants
- qui permettent de créer et de maintenir ces écarts, donnant
ainsi naissance à une hiérarchie
sociale. b) En éthologie,
relation d'ordre (A
> B) entre un A - un
dominant - et B - un dominé/subordonné - reposant sur des
comportements
agonistiques (agressifs
et défensifs) ou sociaux
(distribution de l'attention,
des renforcement
sociaux, etc.), et qui confère à A un accès privilégié aux ressources
du milieu (ressources alimentaires, ressources sexuelles,
ressources intellectuelles, lieu de ponte ou de mise-bas chez les
animaux, prestige, gloire, connaissance chez les humains, etc.).
Dominance, relation
dyadique et pouvoir.
= relation inégalitaire, ordre de dominance, relation
de pouvoir, relation de dominance, rapport de force. Dominance,
social dominance, dominance relation, pecking order.
| |
|
| a |
|
EISENBERG, P. (1937). Factors related to feeling of
dominance. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 1 (6),
89-92. |
PRATTO, F. & SHIH, M. (2000). Social dominance
orientation and group context in implicit group prejudice.
Psychological science, 11, 515-518. [PDF] |
|
GOUGH, H.G., McCLOSKY, H. & MEEHL, P.E. (1951). A
personality scale for dominance. Journal of Abnormal
& Social Psychology, 46, 360-366. |
BURGOON, J.K. & DUNBAR, N.E. (2000). An interactionist
perspective on dominance-submission : Interpersonal
dominance as a dynamic, situationally contingent social
skill. Communication Monographs, 67, 96-121. |
|
LANDAU, H.G. (1953). On dominance relations and the
structure of animal societies : III. The condition for a
score structure. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics,
15, 143-148. |
HEMELRIJK, C.K. (2000). Towards the integration of social
dominance and spatial structure. Animal Behaviour,
59, 1035-1048. |
|
LANDAU, H.G. (1965). Development of structure in a society
with a dominance relation when new members are added
successively. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics,
27, 151-160. |
SIDANIUS, J. LEVIN, S., LIU, J. & PRATTO, F. (2000).
Social dominance orientation, anti-egalitarianism and the
political psychology of gender : an extension and
cross-cultural replication. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 30 (1), 41-67. |
|
DEFRIES, J.C. & McCLEARN, G.E. (1970). Social
dominance and Darwinian fitness in the laboratory mouse. American
Naturalist, 104, 408-411. |
SIDANIUS, J. LEVIN, S., FREDERICO, C.M. & PRATTO, F.
(2001). Legitimizing ideologies : The social dominance
approach. In J.T. Jost & B. Major (Eds.), The
psychology of legitimacy : Emerging perspectives on
ideology, justice, and intergroup relations (pp.
307-331). Cambridge University Press. |
| |
QUIST, R.M. & RESENDEZ, M.G. (2002). Social dominance
threat : Examining social dominance theorys explanation of
prejudice as legitimizing myths. Basic & Applied
Social Psychology, 24 (4), 287-293. |
|
FREY, D.F. & MILLER, R.J. (1972). The establishment of
dominance relationships in the blue gourami, Trichogaster
trichopterus (Pallas). Behaviour, 42, 8-62. |
LEVIN, S., FEDERICO, C., SIDANIUS, J. & RABINOWITZ, J. (2002). Social dominance orientation and intergroup bias :
The legitimation of favoritism for high-status groups. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 144-157. |
|
SMITH, E.O. (1972). A review of the concept of social
dominance as the basis for nonhuman primate social
organization. Working Papers in Sociology &
Anthropology, 4, 18-29. |
VAN DOORN, G.S., HENGEVELD, G.M. & WEISSING, F.J.
(2003). The evolution of social dominance I : Two-player
models. Behaviour, 140 (10), 1305-1332. |
|
BROWN, R.E. (1974). Sexual arousal, the Coolidge effect
and dominance in the rat (Rattus norvegicus). Animal
Behaviour, 22, 634-637. |
LEVIN, S., HENRY, P.J., PRATTO, F. & SIDANIUS, J.
(2003). Social dominance and social identity in Lebanon :
Implications for terrorism and counterterrorism support. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 353-368. |
|
PITMAN, R.K. (1974). Dominance and sexual behavior related
to psychoanalytic literature. American Journal of
Psychiatr, 131, 1289. |
|
|
RICHARDS, S.M. (1974). The concept of dominance and
methods of assessment. Animal Behavior, 22,
914-930. |
SIDANIUS, J. & PRATTO, F. (2003). Social dominance
theory and the dynamics of inequality : A reply to
Schmitt, Branscombe, & Kappen and Wilson & Liu. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 42, 207-213. |
|
|
HAUSFATER, G. (1975). Dominance and reproduction in
baboons : A quantitative analysis. New York : S.
Karger, Basel. |
SCHMITT, M.T., BRANSCOMBE, N.R. & KAPPEN, D.M. (2003).
Attitudes toward group-based inequality : Social dominance
or social identity ? British Journal of Social
Psychology, 42 (2), 161-186. |
|
PITMAN, R.K. (1975). Differential bonding and triune
brain. American Journal of Psychiatry, 13 (6),
997-998. |
TURNER, J.C. & REYNOLDS, K.J. (2003). Why social
dominance theory has been falsified. British Journal
of Social Psychology, 42, 199-206. |
|
KUSE, A.R. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1976). Social dominance
and Darwinian fitness in laboratory mice : An alternative
test. Behavioral Biology, 16, 113-116. |
SIDANIUS, J., PRATTO, F., VAN LAAR. & LEVIN, S.
(2004). Social dominance theory : Its agenda and method. Political
Psychology, 25, 845-880.
[PDF] |
|
STRAYER, J. & STRAYER, F.F. (1978). Social aggression
and power relations among preschool children. Aggressive
Behavior, 4, 173-182. |
RUBIN, M. & HEWSTONE, M. (2004). Social identity,
system justification, and social dominance : Commentary on
Reicher, Jost et al. and Sidanius et al. Political
Psychology, 25 (6), 823-844. |
|
STOCKARD, J. & JOHNSON, M. (1979). The social origins
of male dominance. Sex Roles, 5, 199-218. |
SCHMID MAST, M. & HALL, J.A. (2004). When is dominance
related to smiling ? Assigned dominance, dominance
preference, trait dominance, and gender as moderators. Sex
Roles, 50, 387-399. [PDF] |
|
STRAYER, F.F. (1980). Current problems in the study of
dominance. In D.K. Omark, F.F. Strayer et D. Preedman
(Dirs.), Dominance relations : An ethological view of
human conflict and social inter-action (pp.
443-452). New York : Garland STPM Press. |
MICHINOV, N., DAMBRUN, M. & GUIMOND, S. (2005). Social
dominance orientation, prejudice, and discrimination : A
new computer-based method of studying discriminatory
behaviours. Behaviour Research Methods, 37,
91-98. |
|
VAUGHN, B.E. & WATERS, E. (1981). Attention structure,
sociometric status, and dominance : Interrelations,
behavioral correlates, and relationships to social
competence. Developmental Psychology, 17,
275-288. |
SETCHELL, J.M. & WICKINGS, E.J. (2005): Dominance,
status signals and coloration in male mandrills
(Mandrillus sphinx). Ethology 111, 25-50. |
|
STRAYER, F.F. & TRUDEL, M. (1984). Developmental
changes in the nature and functions of social dominance
during the preschool years. Ethology &
Sociobiology, 5, 279-295. |
MAZUR, A. (2005). Biosociology of dominance and
deference. Rowman & Littlefield Pub. |
|
HUMPHREYS, A.P. & SMITH, P.K. (1987). Rough and
tumble, friendships, and dominance in school children :
Evidence for continuity and change with age. Child
Development, 58, 201-212. |
KEMMELMEIER, M. (2005). The effects of race and social
dominance orientation in simulated juror decision making.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 35,
1030-1045. |
|
SAPOLSKY, R.M. & RAY, J. (1989). Styles of dominance
and their physiological correlates among wild baboons.
American Journal of Primatology, 18, 1-13. |
DUNBAR, N.E. & BURGOON, J.K. (2005). Perceptions of
power and interactional dominance in interpersonal
relationships. Journal of Social & Personal
Relationships, 22 (2), 207-233. [PDF] |
|
PETIT, G.S., BAKSHI, A. DODGE, K.A. & COIE, J.D.
(1990). The emergence of social dominance in young boys'
play groups : Developmental differences and behavior
correlates. Developmental Psychology, 26 (6),
1017-1025. |
BRUYNDONCKX, N., KARDILE, S.P. & GADAGKAR, R. (2006).
Dominance behaviour and regulation of foraging activity in
the primitively eusocial wasp Ropalidia marginata (Lep.)
(Hymenoptera : Vespidae). Behavioural Processes, 72,
100-103. |
|
BOULTON, M.J. (1992). Rough physical play in adolescents :
Does it serve a dominance function ? Early Education
& Development, 3 (4), 312-333. |
PRATTO, F., SIDANIUS, J. & LEVIN, S. (2006). Social
dominance theory and the dynamics of intergroup relations
: Taking stock and looking forward. European Review of
Social Psychology, 17, 271-320. [PDF] |
|
PRATTO, F., SIDANIUS, J., STALLWORTH, L.M. & MALLE,
B.F. (1994). Social dominance orientation : A personality
variable predicting social and political attitudes. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 67,
741-763. [PDF] |
SIDANIUS, J., SINCLAIR, S. & PRATTO, F. (2006). Social
dominance orientation, gender and increasing college
exposure. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 36,
1640-1653. |
| |
EIBACH, R.P. & KEEGAN, T. (2006). Free at last ?
Social dominance, loss aversion, and white and black
Americans' differing assessments of progress towards
racial equality. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 90, 453-467. |
|
CONDIT, V. & SMITH, E.O. (1994). Dominance hierarchy
methodology comparison. American Journal of
Primatology, 33, 202. |
GAGE, F.H. & LIEBERMAN, A.F. (2006). A multivariate
analysis of social dominance in children. Aggressive
Behavior, 4 (3), 219-229. |
|
UCHIDA, A. (1992). When "difference" is "dominance" : A
critique of the "anti-power-based" cultural approach to
sex differences. Language in Society, 21,
547-568. |
PELLEGRINI, A.D., ROSETH, C.J., MLINER, S., BOHN, C.M.,
VAN RYZIN, M., VANCE, N., CHEATHAM, C.L. & TARULLO, A.
(2007). Social dominance in preschool classrooms. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 121 (1), 54-64. [PDF] |
|
|
KOPROWKI, J.L. (1993). Behavioral tactics, dominance, and
copulatory success among male fox squirrels. Ethology
Ecology & evolution, 5, 169-176. [PDF]
|
LITTLE, A.C. & HILL, R.A. (2007). Attribution to red
suggests special role in dominance signaling. Journal
of Evolutionary Psychology, 5 (1-4), 161-168. [PDF] |
|
SIDANIUS, J. (1993). The psychology of group conflict and
the dynamics of oppression : A social dominance
perspective. In S. Iyengar & W. McGuire (Eds.), Explorations
in political psychology (pp. 183-219). Durham, NC :
Duke University Press. |
STRAUSS, M.A. (2007). Dominance and symmetry in partner
violence by male and female university students in 32
nations. Children & Youth Services Review, 30,
252-275. |
|
SIDANIUS, J., PRATTO, F. & BOBO, L. (1994). Social
dominance orientation and the political psychology of
gender : a case of invariance ? Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 67, 998-1011. |
THOMSEN, L., GREEN, E.G.T. & SIDANIUS, J. (2008). We
will hunt them down : How social dominance orientation and
right-wing authoritarianism fuel ethnic persecution of
immigrants in fundamentally different ways. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 44, 1455-1464. |
|
PRATTO, F., SIDANIUS, J., STALLWORTH, L. & MALLE, B.F.
(1994). Social dominance orientation : A personality
variable predicting social and political attitudes.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 67,
741-763. |
|
|
JENSEN-CAMPBELL, L.A., GRAZIANO, W.G. & WEST, S.G.
(1995). Dominance, prosocial orientation, and female
preferences : Do nice guys really finish last ? Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 68,
427-440. |
GUIMOND, S., KAMIEJSKI, R. & KANG, P. (2008).
Psychologie de la dominance sociale : Hiérarchie sociale
et relations entre groupes. Dans R.V. Joule & P.
Huguet (Eds.), Bilan et perspectives en psychologie
sociale (Vol. 2, pp. 15-42). Grenoble : Presses
Universitaires de Grenoble. |
|
PREMNATH, S., SINHA, A. & GADAGKAR, R. (1996).
Dominance relationship in the establishment of
reproductive division of labour in a primitively eusocial
wasp (Ropalidia marginata). Behavioral Ecology and
Sociobiology, 39, 125-132. |
|
|
CHAPAIS, B. (1996). Competing through co-operation in
nonhuman primates : Developmental aspects of matrilineal
dominance. International Journal of Behavioral
Development, 19 (1), 7-23. |
|
|
PRATTO, F., STALLWORTH, L., SIDANIUS, J. & SIERS, B.
(1997). The gender gap in occupational role attainment : A
social dominance approach. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 72 (1), 37-53. |
|
|
CUTHILL, I.C., HUNT, S., CLEARY, C. & CLARK, C.
(1997). Colour bands, dominance, and body mass regulation
in male zebra finches (Taeniopygia guttata).
Proceedings of the Royal Society of London Series B
-Biological Sciences 264, 1093-1099. |
|
|
CHENEY, D.L. & SEYFARTH, R.M. (1997). Reconciliatory
grunts by dominant females influence victims' behaviour. Animal
Behaviour, 54, 409-418. |
|
|
BURGOON, J.K., JOHNSON, M.L. & KOCH, P.T. (1998). The
nature and measurement of interpersonal dominance. Comunication
Monographs, 65, 309-335. |
|
|
MAZUR, A. & BOOTH, A. (1998). Testosterone and
dominance in men. Behavior & Brain Science, 21, 353-397.
[PDF] |
ZANETTE, L. & FIELD, J. (2009). Cues, concessions and
inheritance : dominance hierarchies in the paper wasp
Polistes dominulus. Behavioral Ecology, 20,
773-780. |
|
DABBS, J.M. (1998). Testosterone and the concept of
dominance. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 21, 370-371. |
RIOS MORRISON, K. & YBARRA, O. (2009). Symbolic threat
and social dominance among liberals and conservatives :
SDO reflects conformity to political values. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 39, 1039-1052. [PDF] |
|
TREMBLAY, R.E., SCHAAL, B., BOULERICE, B., ARSENEAULT, L.,
SOUSSIGNAN, R.G., PAQUETTE, D. & LAURENT, D. (1998).
Testosterone, physical aggression, dominance, and physical
development in early adolescence. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 22, 753-777. |
POGI, I. & D'ERRICO, F. (2010). Dominance signals in
debates. In. A.A. Saleh (Ed.), Human Behavior
Understanding. (Vol. 6219, pp 163-174). Berlin :
Springer-Verlag. [PDF] |
|
BURGOON, J.K. & LE POIRE, B.A. (1999). Nonverbal cues
and interpersonal judgments : Partitipant and observer
perceptions of intimacy, dominance, composure, and
formality. Communication Monographs, 66, 105-124. |
ROSENTHAL, L. & LEVY, S.R. (2010). Understanding
women's risk for HIV infection using social dominance
theory and the four bases of gendered power. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 34 (1), 21-35.[PDF] |
|
HAWLEY, P.H. (1999). The ontogenesis of social dominance :
A strategy-based evolutionary perspective. Developmental
Review, 19 (1), 97-132. |
COSTELLO, K. & HODSON, G. (2011). Social
dominance-based threat reactions to immigrants in need of
assistance. European Journal of Social Psychology,
41, 220-231. [PDF] |
|
SIDANIUS, J. & PRATTO, F. (199/2001). Social
dominance : An intergroup theory of social hierarchy and
oppression. New York : Cambridge University Press. |
LEVIN, S., MATTHEWS, M., GUIMOND, S., SIDANIUS J., PRATTO,
F., KTEILLY, N., PIPITAN, E.V. & DOVER T. (2012).
Assimilation, multiculturalism, and colorblindness :
Mediated and moderated relationships between social
dominance orientation and prejudice. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 48, 207-212. |
|
LEVIN, S. & SIDANIUS, J. (1999). Social dominance and
social identity in the united states and israel : Ingroup
favoritism or outgroup derogation ? Political
Psychology, 20 (1), 99-126. |
|
|
HAWLEY, P.H. (1999). The ontogenesis of social dominance :
A strategy-based evolutionary perspective. Developmental
Review, 19, 97-132. [PDF] |
VIRLEY, M. (2013). Social dominance theory : The
Explanation behind social hierarchy and oppression ? Sociological
Imagination : Western's Undergraduate Sociology Student
Journal, 2 (1), 1-20. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Pouvoir,
Hiérarchie sociale
et Ressource |
| b |
|
MASLOW, A.H. (1936). The role of dominance in the social
and sexual behavior of infra-human primates. Journal
of Genetic Psychology, 48, 261-277, 278-309,
310-338; 49, 161-198. |
BEAUGRAND, J.P., GOULET, C. & PAYETTE, D. (1991).
Outcome of dyadic conflict in male green swordtail fish
(Xiphophorus helleri) : Effects of body size and prior
dominance. Animal Behaviour, 41, 187-194. |
|
ALLEE, W.C., FOREMAN, D., BANKS, E.M. & HOLABIRD, C.H.
(1955). Effects of an androgen on dominance and
subordinance in six common breeds of Gallus gallus. Physiological
Zoology, 38, 89-115. |
|
|
BALPH, M.H. (1979). Flock stability in relation to social
dominance and agonistic behavior in wintering dark-eyed
juncos. Auk, 96, 714-722. |
OLIVEIRA, R.F., LOPES, M., CARNEIRO, L.A. & CANARIO,
A.V.M. (2001). Watching fights raises fish hormone levels
: cichlid fish wrestling for dominance induce an androgen
surge in male spectators. Nature, 409, 475. |
|
GADAGKAR, R. (1980). Dominance hierarchy and division of
labour in the social wasp, Ropalidia marginata (Lep.)
(Hymenoptera : Vespidae). Current Science, 49
(20), 772-775. [PDF] |
|
|
BERNSTEIN, I.S. & GORDON, T.P. (1980). The social
component of dominance relationships in rhesus monkeys
(Macaca mulatta). Animal Behaviour, 28, 1033-1039. |
|
|
FRANCIS, R.C. (1984). The effects of bidirectional
selection for social dominance on agonistic behavior and
sex ratios in the paradise fish (Macropodus opercularis).
Behaviour, 90, 25-45. |
|
|
BEAUGRAND, J.P. & ZAYAN, R. (1985). An experimental
model of aggressive dominance in Xiphophorus helleri
(Pisces, Poeciliidae). Behavioural Processes, 10, 1-52. |
MEHTA, P.J., JONES, A.C & JOSEPHS, R.A. (2008). The
social endocrinology of dominance : Basal testosterone
predicts cortisol changes and behavior following victory
and defeat. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 94 (6), 1078-1093. [PDF] |
|
ROBINSON, S.K. (1986). Benefits, costs, and determinants
of dominance in a polygynous oriole. Animal
Behaviour, 34, 241-255. |
|
|
CLUTTON-BROCK, T.H., ALBON, S.D. & GUINESS, F.E.
(1986). Great expectations : dominance, breeding success
and offspring sex ratios in red deer. Animal
Behaviour, 34, 460-471. [PDF] |
HOGAN, M.S. (2012). Adolescent male chimpanzees at Ngogo,
Kibale National Park, Uganda, have decided dominance
relationships. Folia Primatologica, 83, 67-75
[PDF] |
|
HARCOURT, A.H. & STEWART, K.J. (1987). The influence
of help in contests on dominance rank in primates : hints
from gorillas. Animal Behaviour, 35, 182-190. |
NANDI, A.K., BHADRA A., SUMANA A., DESHPANDE S.A. &
GADAGKAR R. (2013). The evolution of complexity in social
organization - A model using dominance-subordinate
behaviour in two social wasp species. Journal of
Theoretical Biology, 327, 34-44. [PDF] |
|
BEACHAM, J.L. & NEWMAN, J.A. (1987). Social experience
and the formation of dominance relationships in the
pumpkinseed sunfish, Lepomis gibbosus. Animal
Behaviour, 35, 1560-1563. |
SCARF, D. (2019). Pecking order. In J. Vonk & T.K.
Shackelford (Eds.), Encyclopedia of animal cognition
and behavior (pp. 1-3). Switzerland : Springer
Nature. |
|
| |
|
Voir Comportement
agonistique, Combat,
Subordination, Hiérarchie
sociale et Relation
dyadique |
| |
|
|
Dominance
sociale (Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
la dominance sociale. Measurement
of dominance.
| |
|
|
GOUGH, H.G., McCLOSKY, H. & MEEHL, P.E. (1951). A
personality scale for dominance. Journal of Abnormal
& Social Psychology, 46, 360-366. |
|
RICHARDS, S.M. (1974). The concept of dominance and
methods of assessment. Animal Behavior, 22,
914-930. |
|
CONDIT, V. & SMITH, E.O. (1994). Dominance hierarchy
methodology comparison. American Journal of
Primatology, 33, 202. |
|
BURGOON, J.K., JOHNSON, M.L. & KOCH, P.T. (1998). The
nature and measurement of interpersonal dominance. Comunication
Monographs, 65, 309-335. |
|
|
|
Dominance
verbale : Conversational
dominance, language dominance.
| |
|
|
McMANUS, I.C. (1985). Handedness, language dominance and
aphasia : a genetic model. Psychological Medicine,
Monograph, 8 (S), 1-40. [PDF] |
|
FALLON, J. & GUO, D. (1994). The relationship between
topic familarity and conversational dominance. Journal
of Human Behavior, 31, 53-57. |
|
|
|
Dominance
visuelle : Visual dominance.
| |
|
|
POSNER, M.I., NISSEN, M.J. & KLEIN, R.M. (1976).
Visual dominance : An information-processing account of
its origins and significance. Psychological Review,
83 (2), 157-171. |
|
|
|
|
|
Dominic
Interactif : Questionnaire,
sous forme de logiciel, qui aide les intervenants scolaires et en
santé mentale à évaluer la perception qu'un enfant ou un
adolescent a de ses comportements. Dominic
interactive Assessment.
| |
|
|
VALLA, J.P., BERGERON, L., BIDAUT-RUSSELL, M. ST-GEORGES,
M. & GAUDET, N (1997). Reliability of the Dominic-R :
A young child mental health questionnaire combining visual
and auditory stimuli. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines, 38,
717-724. |
|
VALLA, J.P., BERGERON, L., ST-GEORGES, M. et BERTHIAUME,
C. (2000.) Le Dominique Interactif : présentation, cadre
conceptuel, propriétés psychométriques, limites, et
utilisation. Revue Canadienne de Psycho-Éducation,
29, 327-347. |
|
DUGRÉ, S., TRUDEL, M. et VALLA, J.P. (2001).
Considérations individuelles et culturelles en santé
mentale des enfants : le Dominique à l'épreuve. Revue
Canadienne de Psycho-éducation, 30, 119-138. |
|
VALLA, J.P., KOVESS, V., CHAN CHEE, C., BERTHIAUME, C.,
VANTALON, V., GRAS- VINCENDON, A., MARTIN, C. &
ALLES-JARDEL, M. (2002). A French study of the Dominic
Interactive. Social Psychiatry & Epidemiology, 37,
441-448. |
|
LINARES SCOTT, T.J., SHORT, E.J., SINGER, L.T., RUSS, S.W.
& MINNES. S. (2006). Psychometric properties of the
Dominic interactive Assessment : A computerized
self-report for children. Assessment, 13 (1),
16-26. |
|
SHOJAEI, T., WAZANA, A., PITROU, I., GILBERT, F.,
BERGERON, L., VALLA, J.P., KOVESS-MASFETY, V. (2009).
Psychometric properties of the Dominic Interactive in a
large French sample. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry,
54 (11), 767-776. |
|
VALLA, J.P., ST.-GEORGES, M., BERTHIAUME, C., PICHÉ, G.
& BARBE, C. 2010). psychometric properties of a
pictorial instrument for assessing psychopathology in
youths aged 12 to. 15 years : the dominic interactive for
adolescents. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 55
(4), 69-79. |
|
|
|
Domjan
Michael ( ) :
Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste
canadien et spécialiste du conditionnment
répondant, plus particulièrement de l'éude des
aversions alimentaires. Il s'intéresse également à la caille.
Collaborateur de Akins, Amsel
et Galef.
|
DOMJAN, M.P. & ROWELL, J.W. (1969). The effects of
escape conditioning and shock intensity on responding
during inescapable shock. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 12 (6), 1045-1048. [PDF] |
|
DOMJAN, M. & WILSON, N.E. (1972). Contribution of
ingestive behaviors to taste-aversion learning in the rat.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
80, 403-412. |
|
DOMJAN, M., MILLER, V. & GEMBERLING, G.A. (1982). Note
on aversion learning to the shape of food by monkeys. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 38 (1),
87-91. [PDF] |
|
DOMJAN, M.P. (1994). Formulation of a behavior system for
sexual conditioning. Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 1, 421-428. [PDF] |
|
DOMJAN, M.P. (2005). Pavlovian conditioning : A functional
perspective. Annual Review of Psychology, 56, 179-206.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
SIEGEL, S. (2023). Michael Domjan and the functional
significance of the conditional response. Learning
& Behavior, 50, 271-272. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Don : Donner
: Comportement
d'aide qui consiste à offrir gratuitement une chose à
autrui, souvent dans le but d'aider.
Il peut s'agir d'argent, d'un
organe, de
sang, de temps,
d'un renseignement, d'un
conseil. etc. Don, altuisme
et
comportement d'aide.
( ): Voir
tableau ci-dessous. Donation.
| |
|
|
PILIAVIN, J.A. & LIBBY, D. (1986). Perceived social
norms, personal norms, and blood donation : aggregate and
individual level analyses. Humboldt Journal of Social
Relations, 13, 159-194. |
MARTINEZ, J.M., LOPEZ, J.S., MARTIN, A., MARTIN, M.J.,
SCANDROGLIO, B. & MARTIN, J.M. (2001). Organ donation
and familiy decision-taking within the Spanish donation
system. Social Science, & Medicine, 53, 405-421. |
|
CHARNG, H., PILIAVIN, J.A. & CALLERO, P.L. (1988).
Role-identity and reasoned action in the prediction of
blood donation. Social Psychology Quarterly, 51 (6),
303-317. |
SCHÜTT, G.R. (2002). 25 years of organ donation : European
initiatives to increase organ donation. Transplantation
Proceedings, 34, 2005-2006. |
|
PILIAVIN, J.A. (1990). Why do they give the gift of life ?
A review of blood donation research since Oswalt (1977). Transfusion,
30, 444-459. |
JACOBY, L.H., BREITKOPF, C.R. & PEASE, E.A. (2005). A
qualitative examination of the needs of families faced
with the option of organ donation. Dimensions of
Critical Care Nursing, 24, 183-189. |
|
PELLETIER, M. (1992). The organ donor family members'
perception of stressful situations during the organ
donation experience. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 17,
90-97. |
SANNER, M. (2006). People's attitudes and reactions to
organ donation. Mortality, 11, 133-150. |
|
DOMINGUEZ, J.M., MURILLO, F., MUNOZ, A. & PÉREZ, M.A.
(1992). Psychological aspects leading to refusal of organ
donation in southwest Spain. Transplantation
Proceedings, 24, 25-26. |
LOPEZ MARTINEZ, J.S., MARTIN LOPEZ, M.J., SCANDROGLIO, B.
& MARTINEZ GARCIA, J.M. (2008). Family Perception of
the process of organ donation. Qualitative psychosocial
analysis of the subjective interpretation of donor and
nondonor families. The Spanish Journal of Psychology,
11 (1), 125-130. [PDF] |
|
TYMSTRA, T.J., HEYINK, J.W., PRUIM, J. & SLOOFF,
M.J.H. (1992). Experience of bereaved relatives who
granted or refused permission for organ donation. Family
Practice, 9, 141. |
MELLSTROM, C. & JOHANNESSON, M. (2008). Crowding out
in blood donation : Was Titmuss right ? Journal of
the European Economic Association, 6 (4), 845-863. |
|
PELLETIER, M. (1993). Emotions experienced and coping
strategies used by family members of organ donors.
Canadian Journal of Nursing Research, 25, 63-73. |
JAPPE, A. (2009). Le "côté obscur" de la valeur et le don.
Revue du MAUSS, 4, 96-113. [PDF] |
| |
SOYER, E. & HOGARTH, R.M. (2011). The size and
distribution of donations : Effects of number of
recipients. Judgment & Decision Making, 6
(7), 616-628. |
|
SQUE, M. & PAYNE, S.A. (1996). Dissonant loss : The
experiences of donor relatives. Social Science &
Medicine, 43, 1359-1370. |
SIEGEL, J.T., NAVARRO, M.A., TAN, C.N. & HYDE, M.K.
(2014). Attitude-behavior consistency, the principle of
compatibility, and organ donation : A classic innovation.
Health Psychology, 33 (9), 1084-1091. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Don
d'organe, Altuisme
et Comportement
d'aide |
|
|
|
Don
d'organe : Comportement
d'aide qui consiste à offrir un de ses organes
à une personne qui en a besoin (et dont la survie et la santé
dépend de ce don). Un organe peut être prélevé lorque le doneur
est en vie ( EX: second rein, peau, etc.) ou
après son décès (EX: coeur, foie, etc).
Organ
donor.
|
|
|
OLBRISCH, M.E. & LEVENSON, J.L. (1990). Out of the
blue : Psychological profile of an unsolicited organ
donor. Clinical Transplantation, 4, 55-57. |
SCHÜTT, G.R. (2002). 25 years of organ donation : European
initiatives to increase organ donation. Transplantation
Proceedings, 34, 2005-2006. |
|
PELLETIER, M. (1992). The organ donor family members'
perception of stressful situations during the organ
donation experience. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 17,
90-97. |
JACOBY, L.H., BREITKOPF, C.R. & PEASE, E.A. (2005). A
qualitative examination of the needs of families faced
with the option of organ donation. Dimensions of
Critical Care Nursing, 24, 183-189. |
|
DOMINGUEZ-ROLDAN, J.M., MURILLO-CABEZAS, F.,
MUNÖZ-SÀNCHEZ, A. & PÉREZ-SAN-GREGORIO, M.A. (1992).
Psychological aspects leading to refusal of organ donation
in southwest Spain. Transplantation Proceedings, 24,
25-26. |
SANNER, M. (2006). People's attitudes and reactions to
organ donation. Mortality, 11, 133-150. |
| |
ALVARO, E.M., JONES, S.P., ROBLES, A.S.M. & SIEGEL, J.
(2006). Hispanic organ donation : Impact of a
Spanish-language organ donation campaign. Journal of
the National Medical Association, 98, 28-35. |
| |
MARSHALL, H.M. & FEELEY, T.H. (2006). A normative
approach to shaping college students' attitudes towards
organ donation. Communication Studies, 57,
435-453. |
| |
WEBER K., MARTIN, M.M. & CORRIGAN, M. (2007). Real
donors, real consent : Testing the theory of reasoned
action on organ donor consent. Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 37, 2435-2450. |
|
TYMSTRA, T.J., HEYINK, J.W., PRUIM, J. & SLOOFF,
M.J.H. (1992). Experience of bereaved relatives who
granted or refused permission for organ donation. Family
Practice, 9, 141. |
GODIN, G., BÉLANGER-GRAVEL, A., GAGNÉ, C. & BLONDEAU,
D. (2008). Factors predictive of signed consent for
posthumous organ donation. Progress in
Transplantation, 18, 109-117. |
| |
YUN, D. & PARK, H.S. (2010). Culture and the theory of
planned behaviour : Organ donation intentions in
Americans and Koreans. Journal of Pacific Rim
Psychology, 4, 130-137 |
|
PELLETIER, M. (1993). Emotions experienced and coping
strategies used by family members of organ donors.
Canadian Journal of Nursing Research, 25, 63-73. |
JOULE, R.V., BERNARD, F., GEISSLER, A., GIRANDOLA, F.
& HALIMI-FALKOWICZ, S. (2010). Binding communication
at the service of organ donations. International
Review of Social Psychology, 23 (3), 199-226. |
| |
ANKER, A.E., FEELEY T.H. & KIM, H. (2010). Examining
the attitude-behavior relationship in prosocial donation
domains. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 40,
1293-1324. |
| |
SIEGEL, J.T., ALVARO, E. M., CRANO, W.D., GONZALEZ, A.V.,
TANG, J.C. & JONES, S.P. (2010). Passive-positive
organ donor registration behavior: A mixed method
assessment of the IIFF model. Psychology, Health
& Medicine, 15, 198-209. |
| |
WU, A. & LU, L. (2011). Cognitive obstacles against
organ donation : The influence of negative attitudes,
norms, and traditional beliefs on Chinese people's
intention to donate organs after death. Journal
of Community & Applied Social Psychology, 21,
87-93. |
|
MARTINEZ, J.M., LOPEZ, J.S., MARTIN, A., MARTIN, M.J.,
SCANDROGLIO, B. & MARTIN, J.M. (2001). Organ donation
and familiy decision-taking within the Spanish donation
system. Social Science, & Medicine, 53, 405-421. |
SIEGEL, J.T., NAVARRO, M.A., TAN, C.N. & HYDE, M.K.
(2014). Attitude : behavior consistency, the principle of
compatibility, and organ donation : A classic innovation.
Health Psychology, 33 (9), 1084-1091. |
|
|
Voir aussi Transplantation,
Don, Don de sang,
Comportement
d'aide et Comportement
prosocial |
| |
|
|
Don
de sang :
Comportement d'aide qui consiste à offrir
son sang à autrui, sans rien attendre en retour (si ce n'est un
peu de reconnaissance...). Sang, altruisme
et don. Blood
donation.
| |
|
|
PILIAVIN, J.A. & PILIAVIN, I.M. (1972). Effect of
blood on reactions to a victim. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 23 (3),
353-361. |
PILIAVIN, J.A. (1989). The development of motives,
self-identities, and values tied to blood donation : A
Polish-American comparison study. In N. Eisenberg, J.
Reykowski & F. Staub (Eds.), Social and moral
values : Individual and societal perspectives.
Erlbaum. |
|
BRIGGS, N.C., PILIAVIN, J.A., LORENTZEN, D. & BECKER,
G.A. (1986). On willingness to be a bone marrow donor.
Transfusion, 26 (4), 324-330. |
PILIAVIN, J.A. (1990). Why do they give the gift of life ?
A review of blood donation research since Oswalt (1977). Transfusion,
30, 444-459. |
|
PILIAVIN, J.A. & LIBBY, D. (1986). Perceived social
norms, personal norms, and blood donation : aggregate and
individual level analyses. Humboldt Journal of Social
Relations, 13, 159-194. |
LEE, L., PILIAVIN, J.A. & CALL, V.R.A. (1999). Giving
money, time, and blood : Similarities and differences.
Social Psychology Quarterly, 62, 276-290. |
|
PILIAVIN, J.A. (1987). Temporary deferral and donor
return. Transfusion, 27, 199-200. |
MELLSTROM, C. & JOHANNESSON, M. (2008). Crowding out
in blood donation : Was Titmuss right ? Journal of
the European Economic Association, 6 (4), 845-863.
[PDF] |
|
CHARNG, H., PILIAVIN, J.A. & CALLERO, P.L. (1988).
Role-identity and reasoned action in the prediction of
blood donation. Social Psychology Quarterly, 51
(6), 303-317. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Don, Don
d'organe et Altruisme |
|
|
Donagan
Alan Harry (1925-1991) : Philosophe
australien. Il s'est notamment intéressé à la
religion.
|
DONAGAN, A. (1977). The theory of morality. Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. |
DONAGAN, A. (1987). Choice : The essential element in
human action. Routledge.
|
|
DONAGAN, A. (1989). Spinoza. Chicago : University
of Chicago Press. |
|
DONAGAN, A. (1995). The Philosophical Papers of
Alan Donagan, Volume 1: Historical Understanding and the
History of Philosophy Chicago : University of
Chicago Press. |
|
DONAGAN, A. (1999). Reflections on philosophy and
religion. Oxford University Press. |
|
|
BOYLE, J. (1991). Alan Donagan in Memoriam. The Journal
of Medicine & Philosophy : A Forum for Bioethics
& Philosophy of Medicine, 16 (5), 465.
|
|
DONAGAN, B. (1993). Alan Donagan : A memoir. Ethics, 104
(1), 148-153. |
|
|
|
Donahoe John W. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage
des nouveaux comportements et des règles
de contingences. Collaborateur de Burgos
et Palmer.
 |
DONAHOE, J.W. & PALMER, D.C. (1989). The
interpretation of complex behavior : Some reactions to
parallel distributed processing. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 51 (3), 399-416.
[PDF] |
|
DONAHOE, J.W. (1993). The unconventional wisdom of B.F.
Skinner : The analysis-interpretation distinction. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 60 (2),
453-456. [PDF] |
|
DONAHOE, J.W., PALMER, D.C. & BURGOS, J.E. (1997). The
S-R issue : Its status in behavior analysis and in Donahoe
and Palmer's Learning and Complex Behavior. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 67 (2),
193-211. [PDF] |
|
DONAHOE, J.W. & BURGOS, J.E. (2000). Behavior analysis
and revaluation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 74 (3), 331-346. [PDF] |
|
DONAHOE, J.W. (2004). Interpretation and
experimental-analysis : An underappreciated distinction. European
Journal of Behavior Analysis, 5 (2), 83-89. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Donald Janet Gail (1940-) : Psychologue
canadien et sécialiste de l'éducation.
Elle enseigne à l'université
Mcgill.
|
DONALD, J.G. (1986). Des principes et des paramètres de
l'évaluation de l'enseignement supérieur. Mesure et
Évaluation en Éducation, 8 (4), 5-30. |
|
DONALD, J.G. (1984). Quality indices for faculty
evaluation. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher
Education, 9 (1), 41-52. |
|
DONALD, J.G. (1982). A critical appraisal of the state of
evaluation in higher education in Canada. Assessment
& Evaluation in Higher Education, 7 (2),
108-126. |
|
DONALD, J.G. (1991). The measurement of learning in the
museum. Canadian Journal of Education, 16 (3),
371-382. |
|
DONALD, J.G. (2002). Motivation for higher-order learning.
New Directions for Teaching & Learnimg, 78,
27-35. |
|
|
|
|
|
Donnée : Partie de la réalité traduite en chiffre ou en mot. Plus précisément, il s'git du résultat
d'une mesure ou d'une évaluation
effectuée sur un phénomène
(variable y), souvent lors d'une recherche scientifique ou d'une intervention. Ce résultat peut être chiffré
ou non. Une donnée analysée
devient un résultat, qui
sera à son tour interprétée.
*Résultat.
Data.
| |
|
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1921). A tentative analysis of the primary
data of psychology. Journal of Philosophy,
Psychology, & Scientific Method, 18, 253-269. |
O’LEARY, K.D., KENT, R.N. & KANOWITZ, J. (1975).
Shaping data collection congruent with experimental
hypotheses. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 8
(1), 43-51. [PDF] |
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1922). An analysis of psychological language
data. Psychological Review, 29, 267-309. [LIRE] |
KRATOCHWILL, T.R. & WETZEL, R.J. (1977). Observer
agreement, credibility, and judgement : some
considerations in presenting observer agreement data. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (1), 133-139. [PDF] |
|
STEVENS, S.S. (1955). On the averaging of data. Science,
121, 113-116. |
EATON M.D. (1978). Data decisions and evaluations. In N.
Haring, T. Lovitt, M. Eaton & C. Hansen (Eds.), The
fourth R : Research in the classroom (pp.
167-190). Columbus, OH: Merrill. |
| |
ERICSSON, K.A. & SIMON, H.A. (1980). Verbal reports as
data. Psychological Review, 87, 215-251. [PDF] |
| |
ERICSSON, K.A. & SIMON, H.A. (1984/93/97). Protocol
analysis : Verbal reports as data. Cambridge, MA :
Bradford Books/MIT Press. [PDF] |
|
SIDMAN, M. (1960). Tactics of scientific research :
Evaluating experimental data in psychology. Boston
: Authors Cooperative, Inc. |
HOAGLIN, D.C., MOSTELLER, F. & TUKEY, J.W. (Eds.)
(1985). Exploring data tables trends and shapes.
Wiley. |
|
COOMBS, C. (1964). A theory of data. New York :
John Wiley. |
ACKERMAN, R.J. (1985). Data, instruments, and theory
: A dialectical approach to understanding Science.
Princeton, NJ : Princeton University Press. |
|
BIJOU, S.W., PETERSON, R.F. & AULT, M.H. (1968). A
method to integrate descriptive and experimental field
studies at the level of data and empirical concepts. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (2), 175-191. [PDF] |
DIACONIS, P. (1985/2006). Theories of data analysis : from
magical thinking through classical statistics. In D.C.
Hoaglin, F. Mosteller & J.W. Tukey (Eds.), Exploring
data tables trends and shapes. Wiley. |
|
SUPPES, P. (1969). Models of data. In Studies in the
methodology and foundations of science : Selected papers
from 1951 to 1969 (pp. 24-35). Dordrecht : D.
Reidel. |
ABRAMSON, J.H. (1988). Making sense of data. New
York : Oxford University Press. |
| |
STERLING, T.D. & WEINKAM, J.J. (1990). Sharing
scientific data. Communications of the ACM, 33
(8), 112-119. |
| |
SCHMIDT, F.L. (1992). What do data really mean ? Research
findings, meta-analysis, and cumulative knowledge in
psychology. American Psychologist, 47, 1173-1181. |
| |
WALDMAN, I.D. & LILIENFIELD, S.O. (2014). Thinking about data, research methods, and statistical analyses : Commentary on Sijtsma's (2014) "Playing with data". Psychometrica, 47, 1173-1181. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Résultat,
Graphique et Mesure |
|
|
Donnée
(Accessibilité) :
ADR : Vertu
épistémique qui stipule que pour augmenter l'objectivité
de l'analyse de données et de
l'interprétation
des résultats, les chercheurs devraient communiquer
les données brutes de
leur recherche de manière à les rendre accessibles à tous (ou du
moins à la
communauté scientifique). Accessibilité aux données brutes,
reproductibilité
scientifique et science
publique (open science. =
données ouvertes, données publiques, partage des données entre
chercheurs.
Open data, data
availability, data
availability system, DAS.
|
|
|
HUIJBOOM, N. & VAN DEN BROEK, T. (2011). Open data :
An international comparison of strategies. European
Journal of ePractice, 12 (1), 1-13.
|
| |
ZUIDERWICK, A. & JANSSEN, M. (2014). Open data
policies, their implementation and impact : A framework
for comparison. Government Information Quarterly, 31
(1), 17-29. |
|
BORGLUND, E. & ENGVALL, T. (2014). Open data ? Data,
information, document or record ? Records Management
Journal, 24 (2), 163-180. |
|
BARRY, E. & BANNISTER, F. (2014). Barriers to open
data release : A view from the top. Information
Polity, 19 (1, 2), 129–152. |
|
HOSAIN, M.A., DWIVEDI, Y.K. & RANA, N.P. (2016).
State-of-the-art in open data research : Insights from
existing literature and a research agenda. Journal of
Organizational Computing & Eectronic Commerce, 26 (1–2),
14–40. |
|
WITKOWSKI, T. (2017). A scientist pushes psychology
journals toward open data. Skeptical Inquirer, 41
(4), 6–7. |
|
COLAVIZZA, G., HRYNASZKIEWICZ, I., STADEN, I., WHITAKER,
K. & McGILLIVRAY, B. (2020). The citation advantage of
linking publications to research data. PLoS ONE, 15 (4),
1-18. [PDF] |
|
PRIEGO, L.P., WAREHAM, J. & ROMASANTA, A.K.S.
(2022). The puzzle of sharing scientific data. Industry
& Innovation. 29 (2), 219–250. |
|
|
Voir aussi Vertu
épistémique, Objectivité,
Citation sources et
Analyse de données |
|
|
|
|
|
Donnée
(Méga-) : Big
data.
|
|
|
|
|
Donnée binaire : Donnée nominale qui décrit des phénomènes binaires ( EX: le sexe, noir/blanc, gagne/perd, oui et non) ou des phénomènes plus complexes que l'on peut réduire à deux catégories/classes ( EX:
les couleurs sombres/les couleurs claires). Donnée
binaire et échelle
de données binaire.
= donnée dichotomique.
Dichotomous response data, binary data.
| |
|
|
COX, D.R. & SNELL, E.J. (1969/89). Analysis of
binary data. New York, NY : Chapman and Hall. |
PIERGORSCH, W.W. (1991). Multiple comparisons for
analyzing dichotomous response data. Biometrics, 47,
45-52. |
|
COX, D.R. (1970). The analysis of binary data.
London : Methuen. |
LIANGK, Y. & MCCULLAGH, P. (1993). Case studies in
binary dispersion. Biometrics, 49, 623-630. |
|
COX, D.R. (1972). The analysis of multivariate binary
data. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society :
Series C, 21,113-120. |
MacCALLUM, R.S., ZHANG, S., PREACHER, K.J. & RUCKER,
D.D. (2002). On the practice of dichotomization of
quantitative variables. Psychological Methods, 7 (1),
19-40. |
|
COHEN, J. (1983). The cost of dichotomization. Applied
Psychological Measurement, 7, 249-253. |
BERTOLI-BARSOTTI, L. & PUNZO, A. (2013). Rasch
analysis for binary data with nonignorable nonresponses. Psicologica
: International Journal of Methodology &
Experimental Psychology, 34 (1), 97-123 [PDF] |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Échelle de
données binaire et Donnée |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Donnée colligée : Toute donnée classée
ou regroupée selon certains critères ( EX: selon
le sexe ou l'âge) avant d'être compilée.
De nos jours, les logiciels de statistiques accomplissent
l'essentiel de ce travail.
| |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Donnée |
|
|
Donnée
compilée : Toute donnée
transforrmée pour être analysée
statistiquement. ( EX: fréquence, moyenne,
graphique, etc.) . Le
résultat de cette opération se nomme compilation.
Graphic data.
| |
|
|
PARSONSON, B.S. & BAER, D.M. (1978). The analysis and
presentation of graphic data. In T. Kratochwill (Ed.), Single
subject research (pp. 101-165). New York : Academic
Press. |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Compilation
et Donnée |
|
|
|
|
Donnée
expérimentale : Donnée empirique
obtenue dans le cadre d'une expérience
scientifique. Experimental data.
| |
|
|
REMMERS, H.H. & BRADENBURG, G.C. (1927). Experimental
data on the Purdue ratings scale for instructors. Educational
Administration & Supervision, 13, 519-527. |
|
MUELLER, C.G. (1949). Numerical transformations in the
analysis of experimental data. Psychological
Bulletin, 46, 198-223. |
|
SIDMAN, M. (1960). Tactics of scientific research :
Evaluating experimental data in psychology New York
: Basic Books. |
|
FREEDMAN, D.A. (2008). On regression adjustments to
experimental data. Advances in Applied Mathematics,
40 (2), 180-193. |
|
|
Voir aussi Expérience
scientifique et
Donnée |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Donnée
longitudinale : Longitudinal
data.
| |
|
|
SINGER, J.D. & WILLETT, J.B. (2003). Applied
longitudinal data analysis : Modeling change and event
occurrence. New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
|
Voir aussi
Recherche longitudinale et Donnée |
|
|
Donnée
manquante : Dans un questionnaire,
question à laquelle le participant n'a pas répondu ou dont la
réponse, trop illisible - ne peut être compilée. Dans une grille
d'observation, il s'agit d'indicateur non-opérationel que
l'observateur laisse en blanc faute de pouvoir correctement les
consigner. Dans une entrevue,
il s'agit parfois d'une absence de réponse de la part de
l'interviewer ou simplement d'une réponse tellement floue que le
chercheur choisit de ne pas la retranscrire. Missing
data, missing values.
| |
|
|
RUBIN, D.B. (1976). Inference and missing data. Biometrika,
63 (3), 581-592. [PDF] |
SINHARAY, S., STERN, H.S. & RUSSEL, D. (2001). The use
of multiple imputation for the analysis of missing data. Psychological
Methods, 6 (4), 317-329. |
|
RUBIN, D.B. SCHAFER, J.L. & SCHENKER, N. (1988).
Imputation strategies for missing values in
post-enumeration surveys. Survey Methodology, 14, 209-221. |
|
|
LITTLE, R.J.A. & RUBIN, D.B. (1990). The analysis of
social science data with missing values. In J. Fox &
J.S. Long (Eds.), Modern methods of data analysis
(pp. 374–409). Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
WEST, S.G. (2001). New approaches to missing data in
psychological research : Introduction to the special
section. Psychological Methods, 6 (4), 315-316. |
|
ROTH, P.L. (1994). Missing data : A conceptual review for
applied psychologists. Personnel Psychology, 47, 537-560.
[PDF] |
COLLINS, L.M., SCHAFER, J.L. & KAM, C.M. (2001). A
comparison of inclusive and restrictive strategies in
modern missing data procedures. Psychological
Methods, 6 (4), 330-351. |
|
GRAHAM, J.W., HOFER, S.M. & PICCININ, A.M. (1994).
Analysis with missing data in drug prevention research. In
L.M. Collins & L. Seitz (Eds.), Advances in data
analysis for prevention intervention research (pp.
13-63). Washington, DC : National Institute on Drug Abuse. |
GRAHAM, J.W., TAYLOR, B.J. & CUMSILLE, P.E. (2001).
Planned missing data designs in the analysis of change. In
L.M. Collins & A. Sayer (Eds.), New methods for the
analysis of change (pp. 335–353). Washington, DC :
American Psychological Association. |
|
LITTLE, R.J.A. & SCHENKER, N. (1995). Missing data. In
G. Arminger, C.C. Clogg & M.E. Sobel (Eds.),
Handbook of statistical modeling for the social and
behavioral sciences (pp. 39-75). New York, NY :
Plenum. |
ALLISON, P.D. (2002). Missing data. Thousand
Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
GRAHAM, J.W., HOFER, S.M. & MacKINNON, D.P. (1996).
Maximizing the usefulness of data obtained with planned
missing value patterns : An application of maximum like-
lihood procedures. Multivariate Behavioral Research,
31, 197–218. |
SCHAFER, J.L. & GRAHAM, J.W. (2002). Missing data :
Our view of the state of the art. Psychological
Methods, 7 (2), 147-177. [PDF] |
|
DOWNEY, R.G. & KING, C.V. (1998). Missing data in
Likert ratings : A comparison of replacement methods.
The Journal of General Psychology, 125, 175-191. |
GRAHAM, J.W., TAYLOR, B.J., OLCHOWSKI, A.E. &
CUMSILLE, P.E. (2006). Planned missing data designs in
psychological research. Psychological Methods, 11,
323-343. [PDF] |
|
SCHAFER, J.L. & OLSEN, M.K. (1998). Multiple
imputation for multivariate missing-data problems : A data
analyst's perspective. Multivariate
Behavioral Research, 33, 545-571. |
GRAHAM, J.W. (2012). Missing data : Analysis and
design. New York : Springer. |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Questionnaire
et Donnée |
|
|
Donnée
nominale : Donnée et
échelle nominale.
= donnée
catérogielle.
Nominal data, categorical data, nominal categories.
| |
|
|
LANDIS, J.R. & KOCH G.G. (1977). The measurement
of observer agreement for categorical data. Biometrics,
33, 159-174. |
AGRESTI, A. (1996). An introduction to categorical
data analysis. New York : Wiley. |
|
LANDIS, J.R. & KOCH G.G. (1977). A one-way
components of variance model for categorical data.
Biometrics, 33, 671-679. |
AGRESTI, A. (1990/2002). Categorical data
analysis. New York : Wiley. |
|
DAVIES, M. & FLEISS, J.L. (1982). Measuring
agreement for multinomial data. Biometrics, 38
(4), 1047-1051. |
KING, T.S. & CHINCHILLI, V.M. (2001). A
generalized concordance correlation coefficient for
continuous and categorical data. Statistics in
Medicine, 20, 2131-2147. |
|
PERREAULT, W.D. & LEIGH, L.E. (1989). Reliability
of nominal data based on qualitative judgments. Journal
of Marketing Research, 26, 135-148. [PDF] |
THISSEN, D., CAI, L. & BOCK, R.D. (2010). The
nominal categories item response model. In M.L. Nering
& R. Ostini (Eds.), Handbook of polytomous
item response theory models : development and
applications (pp. 43-75). New York, NY : Taylor
& Francis. |
|
|
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique.
Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin. |
Voir aussi Échelle
nominale et
Donnée |
|
|
Donnée
observable : Expression utilisée pour désigner les données
obtenues grâce à
l'observation plutôt que par inférence.
EX: Affirmer que les éléphants du zoo de Granby
sont gris est une donnée observable (je les ai vues, tous), alors
qu'affimer que tous les éléphants sont gris est une inférence (Je
n'ai vu que des éléphants gris, pas un seul rose, donc mes données
confirment cette inférence, jusqu'à maintenant, car je n'ai pas
encore vu tous les éléphants).
| |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir ausi Observation
et Donnée |
|
|
Donnée
obtenue par les pairs : Peer data.
| |
|
|
EPSTEIN, M.H. & CULLINAN, D. (1979). Social validation
: Use of normative peer data to evaluate LD interventions.
Learning Disability Quarterly, 2 (4), 93-98. |
|
Voir aussi Pairs et
Donnée |
|
|
|
|
Donnée pondérée : Toute donnée
transformée par un facteur
de pondération. Cette transformation mathématique est
souvent réalisée au moyen d'une simple multiplication.
|
Donnée
principale : Ensemble de données
qui ont été recueillies dans le but explicite de vérifier l'hypothèse
(ou l'objectif)
d'une recherche. Données principales et secondaires.
| |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Donnée |
|
|
Donnée probante : Résultat
de recherche indiscutable sur le plan méthodologique,
ou à tout le moins difficilement contestable, qui montrent
de façon empirique et hors de tout doute l'existence d'un phénomène
ou la relation entre deux phénomènes (les
variables X et y). Cette démonstration empirique confirme
souvent une hypothèse
(mais pas nécessairement la théorie de laquelle découle cette
hypothèse, si théorie il y a...). Donnée probante, consensus
scientifique et confirmation.
= fait scientifique appui
empirique, évidence empirique, validation empirique, vérité des
faits, preuve empirique, preuve par les faits, données admises,
èlèments probants, ce que l'on sait hors de tout doute
raisonnable, résultat
significatif, résultat probant. /résultat
non-significatif, idée
fausse.
Evidence, empirical evidence,
scientifically supported, research evidence, growing body of
evidence, empirically-supported.
| |
|
|
EDWARDS, A.G., RUSSELL, L.T. & STOTT, N.C.H. (1998).
Signal versus noise in the evidence base for medicine : An
alternative to hierarchies of evidence ? Family
Practice, 15, 319-322. |
PRESIDENTIAL TASK FORCE : (APA) (2006). Evidence-based
practice in psychology. [PDF] |
|
HORNER, R.H., SUGAI, G. & TODD, A.W. (2001). «Data»
need not be a four-letter word : Using data to improve
school-wide discipline. Beyond Behavior, 11 (1),
20-22. |
KLONSKY, E.D. (2007). The functions of deliberate
self-injury : A review of the evidence. Clinical
Psychology Review, 27, 226-239. [PDF] |
|
LOVIBOND, P.F. & SHANKS, D.R. (2002). The role of
awareness in Pavlovian conditioning : Empirical evidence
and theoretical implications. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 28, 3-26. |
BISSONNETTE, S., GAUTHIER, C. & RICHARD, M. (2010).
L'enseignement en 2010 : l'urgence de recourir aux données
probantes! Enjeux Pédagogiques, 14, 12-13. [PDF] |
|
SLAVIN, R.E. (2002). Evidence-based education policies :
Transforming educational practice and research. Educational
Researcher, 31 (7), 15-21. |
BISSONNETTE, S., GAUTHIER, C. et PÉLADEAU, N. (2010). Un
objet qui manque à sa place : les donées probantes dans
l'enseignement et la formation. In In B. Wentzel (Eds.), Recherche
et formation à l'enseignement - Spécificités et
interdépendance : Actes de la recherche de la
HEP-BEJUNE. [LIRE] |
|
ALVAREZ, C.X. & BROWN, S.W. (2002). What people
believe about memory despite the research evidence. The
General Psychologist, 37, 1-6. |
CHORPITA, B.F., DALEIDEN, E.L., EBESUTANI, C., BECKER,
K.D., NAKAMURA, B.J., PHILLIPS, L., WARD, A., LYNCH, R.,
TRENT, L., SMITH, R.L., OKAMURA, K. & STARACE, N.
(2011). Evidence-based treatments for children and
adolescents : An updated review of indicators of efficacy
and effectiveness. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 18 (2), 154-172.
[PDF] |
|
HATTIE, J.A. (2003). Teachers make a difference : What
is the research evidence ? Australian Council for
Educational Research Annual Conference on Building Teacher
Quality, Melbourne.
[PDF] |
|
|
OLIVE, T. (2004). Working memory in writing : Empirical
evidences from the dual-task technique. European
Psychologist, 9, 32-42. [PDF] |
TURCOTTE, C. (2011). Comment intéresser les cliniciens aux
pratiques basées sur les données probantes. Psychologie
Québec, 28 (1), 46. |
| CLEGG, S. (2005). Evidence-based practice in educational
research : a critical realist critique of systematic
review.British Journal of Sociology of Education, 26
(3), 415-428. [PDF] |
RUIZ, F.J. (2012). Acceptance and commitment therapy
versus traditional cognitive behavioral therapy : A
systematic review and meta-analysis of current empirical
evidence. International Journal of Psychology &
Psychological Therapy, 12 (2), 333-357.
[PDF] |
|
LILIENFELD, S.O. (2005). Scientifically supported and
unsupported treatments for childhood psychopathology. Pediatrics,
115, 761-764. |
DE MAAT, S., DE JONGHE, F., DE KRAKER, R., LEICHSENRING,
F., ABBASS, A., LUYTEN, P. BARBWER, J, VAN, R. &
DEKKER J. (2013). The current state of the empirical
evidence for psychoanalysis : A meta-analytic approach. Harvard
Review of Psychiatry, 21, 107-137. |
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P., STEEN, T.A., PARK, N. & PETERSON, C.
(2005). Positive psychology progress : empirical
validation of interventions. American Psychologist,
60 (5), 410-421. [PDF] |
|
|
LYON, G.R. (2005). Why scientific evidence must guide
educational policy and instructional practices in learning
disabilities. Learning Disabilities Quarterly, 28
(2), 140-145. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Donnée,
Consensus
scientifique, Résultat
significatif,
Confirmation et Empirisme |
|
|
|
|
|
Donnée qualitative : Une donnée qualitative
est une donnée non-chiffrée obtenue au
moyen d'outils de collecte de
données comme l'entrevue,
l'analyse de contenu,
les tests projectifs,
les questionnaires,
l'observation
(participante ou non), les groupes
de discussions, etc. Il peut s'agir d'un mot ou d'une chaîne
de mot (dans un texte), d'une phrase, d'une expression ou d'un
extrait (dans une entrevue), de l'interprétation d'un dessin ou
d'une scène (test projectif), du choix de réponse dans un
questionnaire ou de la description d'une situation particulière
(observation participante), d'un graphique ou d'une courbe de
réponse (analyse fonctionnelle), etc. Ces données peuvent ensuite
être transformée en chiffre lors du codage et de l'analyse des
données, et ainsi faire l'objet d'une analyse
statistique; s'ils sont transformées en chiffre, on
utilisera le terme analyse
quantitative pour désigner leur traitement; s'ils ne sont
pas transformées en chiffre, on parlera plutôt d'analyse
qualitative. Autrement dit, des données qualitatives
peuvent donner lieu aussi bien à une analyse qualitative qu' à une
analyse quantitative, selon qu'elles sont ou non transformées en
nombres. EX: Par exemple, dans l'analyse des
éditoriaux sur l'avortement, on peut noter chaque extrait en
faveur ou contre l'avortement et transformer ces extraits (données
qualitatve) en chiffre (1 = en faveur : 2 et + contre) afin de
permettre une analyse de l'occurence ou de la fréquence et par la
suite l'utilisation d'un khi-carré (X = Journaux de droite/gauche
: Y = En faveur/contre l'avortement). Il convient de noter qu'au
sens strict, ces données transformées ne sont pas quantitatives
mais nominales. Donnée, méthode
et analyse
des données.
= échelle
qualitative. /donnée quantitative.
Qualitative data.
|
|
| |
HALFPENNY, P. (1979). The analysis of qualitative data.
The Sociological Review, 27 (4), 799-825. |
RUST, R.T. & COOIL, B. (1994). Reliability measures
for qualitative data : Theory and implications.
Journal of Marketing Research, 31 (1), 1-14. [PDF] |
|
HOWE, K.R. (1988). Against the quantitative-qualitative
incompatibility thesis or dogmas die dard. Educational
Theory, 17 (8), 10-16. [PDF] |
COOIL, B. & RUST, R.T. (1995). General estimators for
the reliability of qualitative data. Psychometrika, 60
(2), 199-220. [PDF] |
|
PERREAULT, W.D. & LEIGH, L.E. (1989). Reliability of
nominal data based on qualitative judgments. Journal
of Marketing Research, 26, 135-148. [PDF] |
COX, D.R. & FAREWELL, V.T. (1997). Qualitative and
quantitative aspects should not be confused. British
Medical Journal, 314, 73-77. [PDF] |
| |
GUEST, G. & McLELLAN, E. (2003). Distinguishing the
trees from the forest : Applying cluster analysis to
thematic qualitative data. Field Methods, 15 (2),
186-201. |
|
HUBERMAN, A.M. & MILES, M.B. (1991/2003). Analyse
des données qualitatives : recueil de nouvelles
méthodes. Bruxelles/St-Laurent : De Boeck
Wesmael/ERPI. |
WHITE, C., WOODFIELD, K. & RITCHIE, J. (2003).
Reporting and presenting qualitative data. Dans J. Ritchie
& J. Lewis (Eds.), Qualitative research practice.
A guide for social science students and researchers
(pp. 287-320). London : Sage. |
|
HOWE, K.R. (1992). Getting over the
quantitative-qualitative debate. American Journal of
Education, 100, 236-256. [PDF] |
BAZELEY, P. (2006). The contribution of computer software
to integrating qualitative and quantitative data analyses.
Research in the Schools, 13 (1), 64-74. [PDF] |
| |
BAZELEY, P. (2007). Qualitative data analysis with
NVivo. London : Sage. |
|
|
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi :
Gaëtan Morin. |
Voir aussi Échelle
qualitative et Donnée |
|
|
Donnée quantitative : Au sens strict, toute donnée chiffrée
obtenue grâce à une méthode/technique qui permet de mesurer un
phénomène au moyen d'une échelle
quantitative (ce qui exclut les données nominale et
ordinale). Dans les faits, on utilise cette expression pour
désigner l'ensemble des données chiffrées qui font l'objet d'une analyse
statistique (donc, toutes les échelles
de mesure). Données, méthode
et analyse
quantitatives. /donnée
qualitative. Quantitative data.
|
|
| |
COX, D.R. & FAREWELL, V.T. (1997). Qualitative and
quantitative aspects should not be confused. British
Medical Journal, 314, 73-77. [PDF] |
|
BAZELEY, P. (2006). The contribution of computer software
to integrating qualitative and quantitative data analyses.
Research in the Schools, 13 (1), 64-74. [PDF] |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Donnée |
|
|
Donnée
résiduelle : Residuals, resudual
data.
| |
|
|
COX, D.R. & SNELL, E.J. (1968). A general definition
of residuals. Journal of the Royal Statistical
Society : Series B, 30, 248-275. |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Donnée |
|
|
Donnée secondaire : Ensemble de données
qui n'ont pas été recueillies dans le but de vérifier l'hypothèse
d'une recherche, mais qui peuvent néanmoins faire l'objet
d'une analyse
statistique. Données secondaires et analyse
secondaire. Secondary data.
| |
|
|
CHURCH, R.M. (2001). The effective use of secondary data.
Learning & Motivation, 33, 32-45. [PDF] |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Donnée |
|
|
|
|
Donnée
stratégique : Donnée
dont la valeur présente un intérêt sur le plan national ou militaire.
Strategic data.
|
|
|
Donnellan M. Brent (Springfield 1972-) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la personnalité
et de l'estime de soi. Il
s'intéresse aussi aux générations.
Collaborateur de Ackerman,
Caspi, Ferguson,
Gosling, Grilo,
Iacono, Ingersoll,
Krueger, McGue,
Moffitt, Navarette,
Paulhus, Robins et Trzesniewski.
|
DONNELLAN, M.B., TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H., ROBINS, R.W.,
MOFFITT, T.E. & CASPI, A. (2005). Low self-esteem is
related to aggression, antisocial behavior, and
delinquency. Psychological Science, 16 (4),
328-335. |
|
DONNELLAN, M.B., TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H. & ROBINS, R.W.
(2009). An emerging epidemic of narcissism or much ado
about nothing ? Journal of Research in Personality,
43, 498-501. |
|
DONNELLAN, M.B. & ROBINS, R.W. (2010). Keeping the
person in person-situation integration. European
Journal of Personality, 24, 485-488. |
|
DONNELLAN, M.B. & ROBINS, R.W. (2010). Resilient,
overcontrolled, and undercontrolled personality types :
Issues and controversies. Personality & Social
Psychology Compass, 4, 1070-1083. |
|
DONNELLAN, M.B., KENNY, D.A., TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H., LUCAS
R.E. & CONGER, R. D. (2012). Using trait-state models
to evaluate the longitudinal consistency of global self
esteem from adolescence to adulthood. Journal of
Research in Personality, 46, 634-645. |
|
|
|
Donnerstein
Edward (1945-) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'agression
sexuelle, de la pornographie
et des médias.
Collaborateur d'Anderson,
Berkowitz, Geen,
Huesmann, Linz
et Malamuth.
 |
DONNERSTEIN, E. & BARRETT, G. (1978). The effects of
erotic stimuli on male aggression toward women. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 36,
180-188. |
|
DONNERSTEIN, E. (1980). Pornography and violence against
women : experimental studies. Annals of the New York
Academy of Science, 347 (1), 277-288. |
|
DONNERSTEIN, E. (1984). Pornography : Its effect on
violence against women. In N.M. Malamuth & E.
Donnerstein (Eds.), Pornography and sexual aggression
(pp. 53-81). New York : Academic Press. |
|
DONNERSTEIN, E., LINZ, D. & PENROD, S. (1987). The
question of pornography : Research findings and policy
implications. New York : Free Press. |
|
DONNERSTEIN, E. (2012). Internet bullying. Pediatric
Clinics of North America, 59, 623-633. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
Doob Leonard W. (New York 1909-2000 Hamden) :
Psychologue behavioriste-cognitiviste
américain, spécialiste de l'étude de la propagande
et du changement
des attitudes et des opinions.
Étudiant d'Allport.
Professeur de Murdock. Collaborateur
de Dollard, Hovland,
Miller, Mowrer et Sears.
|
DOOB, L.W. (1935). Propaganda, its psychology and
technique. New York : Holt. |
|
DOOB, L.W. (1936). Variability and culture.
Psychological Monographs, 7 (2), 375-380. |
|
DOOB, L.W. & SEARS, R.R. (1939). Factors determining
substitute behavior and the overt expression of
aggression. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 34, 293-313. |
|
DOOB, L.W. (1947). The behavior of attitudes. Psychological
Review, 54 (3), 135-156. |
|
DOOB, L.W. (1964). Patriotism and nationalism : Their
psychological foundations. American Behavioral
Scientist, 8 (3), 27–27. |
|
|
|
Dooley David C. ( ) : Psychologue
écologiste américain. Il
étudie la relation entre les conditions économiques (sous-emploi,
chômage, récession, fermeture d'usine, endettement, etc.) et la santé
mentale. L'un des chefs de file de la médecine
béhaviorale. Collaborateur de Catalano.
 |
DOOLEY, D. & CATALANO, R. (1980). Economic change as a
cause of behavioral disorder. Psychological Bulletin,
87, 450-468. |
|
DOOLEY, D. & PRAUSE, J. (1998). Underemployment and
alcohol misuse in the National Longitudinal Survey of
Youth. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 59, 669-680.
[PDF] |
|
DOOLEY, D., PRAUSE, J. & HAM-ROWBOTOON, K.A. (2000).
Underemployment and depression : longitudinal
relationships. Journal of Health & Social
Behavior, 41, 421-437.
[PDF] |
|
DOOLEY, D. & CATALANO, R. (2003). Introduction to
underemployment and its social costs. American
Journal of Community Psychology, 32, 1-7. [PDF] |
|
DOOLEY, D. & PRAUSE, J. (2005). Birth weight and
mothers' adverse employment change. Journal of Health
& Social Behavior, 46, 141-155. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Doolittle
W. Ford (Urbana 1942-) : Biologiste
canadien, d'origine américaine, spécialiste de
l'évolution.
|
DOOLITTLE, W.F. (1999). Phylogenetic classification and
the Universal Tree. Science, 284, 2124-2128. |
|
DOOLITTLE, W.F. (2005). Some thoughts on the tree of life.
Harvey Lectures Series, 99, 111-128. |
|
DOOLITTLE, W.F. & BAPTESTE, E. (2007). Pattern
pluralism and the Tree of Life hypothesis. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 104,
2043-2049. |
|
DOOLITTLE, W.F. & ZHAXYBAYEVA, O. (2007). Evolution :
reducible complexity : the case for bacterial flagella. Current
Biology, 17, 510-512. |
|
DOOLITTLE, W.F. (2009). The attempt on the life of the
Tree of Life : science, philosophy and politics.
Philosophy & Biology, 25, 455-473. |
|
|
|
Dopamine
: Neurotransmetteur
qui joue un rôle important dans l'apprentissage,
la mémoire et les émotions.
La dopamine est aussi le neuromédiateur
de la substance noire.
Dans le cerveau, il y a
environ 400 000 neurones
qui synthétisent ce neurotransmetteur, ce qui constitue environs
0,3 % des effectifs. On en trouve une grande quantité dans le
striatum, plus précisément dans l'aire
tegmentale ventrale. Cette dopamine est libérée dans le noyau
accumbens, qui joue un role essentiel dans la motricité.
Dopamine, neurocircuit
de la récompense/renforcement et déséquilibre
chimique. Dopamine.
| |
|
|
BUCHANAN, F.H., PARTON, R.V., WARREN, J.W. & BAKER,
E.P. (1975). Double blind trial of L-dopa in chronic
schizophrenia. Australian & New Zealand Journal
of Psychiatry, 9, 269-271. |
VOLKOW, N.D., LOGAN, J., FOWLER, J.S., WANG, G.J., GUR,
R.C., WONG, C., FELDER, C., GATLEY, S.J., DING, Y.S.,
HITZEMANN, R. & PAPPAS, N. (2000). Association between
age-related decline in brain dopamine activity and
impairment in frontal and cingulate metabolism. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 75-80. |
| |
LEVENS, N. & AKINS, C.K. (2000). Dopamine D2 receptor
binding in the brain of male Japanese quail (Coturnix
japonica). Neuroscience Letters, 296, 77-80. |
|
YOKEL, R.A. & WISE, R.A. (1975). Increased lever
pressing for amphetamine after pimozide in rats :
Implications for a dopamine theory of reward. Science,
187, 547-549. |
BERKE, J.D. & HYMAN, S.E. (2000). Addiction, dopamine,
and the molecular mechanisms of memory. Neuron, 25, 515-532.
[PDF] |
|
MELTZER, H.Y. & STAHL, S.M. (1976). The dopamine
hypothesis of schizophrenia : a review.
Schizophrenia Bulletin, 2, 19-76. |
BRAVER, T.S. & COHEN, J.D. (2000). On the control of
control : The role of dopamine in regulating prefrontal
function and working memory. In Monsell S & Driver J
(Eds.), Attention and performance XVIII; Control of
cognitive processes (pp. 713-737). London : MIT
Press. [PDF] |
|
CROW, T.J., DEAKIN, J.F.W., JOHNSTONE, E.C. & LONGDEN,
A. (1976). Dopamine and schizophrenia. Lancet, 308 (7985),
563-566. |
SPROSON, E.J., CHANTREY, J., HOLLIS, C., MARSDEN, C A.
& FONEL, K.C. (2001). Effect of repeated
methylphenidate administration on presynaptic dopamine and
behavior in young adult rats. Journal of
Psychopharmacology, 15, 67-75. |
|
CARLSSON, A. (1977). Does dopamine play a role in
schizophrenia ? Psychological Medicine, 7 (4),
583-597. |
CAINE, S.B., NEGUS, S.S., MELLO, N.K. & BERGMAN, J.
(2000). Effects of dopamine D1-like and D2-like agonists
in rats trained to discriminate cocaine from saline :
influence of experimental history. Experimental &
Clinical Psychopharmacology, 8, 404-414. |
| |
SWANSON, J.N., FLODMAN, P., KENNEDY, J., SPENCE, M.A.,
MOYZIS, R., SCHUCK, S., MURIAS, M., MORIATY, J., BARR, C.,
SMITH, M. & POSNER, M. (2000). Dopamine genes and
ADHD. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 24,
21-25. |
|
FARLEY, I., PRICE, K. & HORNYKIEWICZ, O. (1977).
Dopamine in the limbic regions of the human brain : normal
and abnormal. Advances in biochemical
psychopharmacology, 16, 57-64. |
SEEMAN, P. & KAPUR, S. (2000). Schizophrenia : More
dopamine, more D2 receptors. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 97 (14), 7673-7675.
[PDF] |
| |
PICKRERING, A.D. & GRAY, J.A. (2001). Dopamine,
appetitive reinforcement, and the neuropsychology of human
learning : An individual differences approach. In A.
Eliasz & A. Angleitner (Eds.), Advances in
individual differences research. Lengerich, Germany
: PABST Science Publishers. |
|
CARLSSON, A. (1978). Does dopamine have a role in
schizophrenia ? Biological Psychiatry, 13, 3-21. |
DE LA FUENTE-FERNANDEZ, R., RUTH, T.J., SOSSI, V.,
SCHULZER, M., CALNE, D.B. & STOESSL, A.J. (2001).
Expectation and dopamine release : Mechanism of the
placebo effect in Parkinson's disease. Science, 293,
1164-1166. [PDF] |
|
MONTI, J.M. (1979). The effects of neuroleptics with
central dopamine and noradrenaline receptor blocking
properties in the L-DOPA and (+)-amphetamine-induced
waking EEG in the rat. British Journal of
Pharmacology, 67 (1), 87-91. [PDF] |
DATLA, K.P., AHIER, R.G., YOUNG A.M.J., GRAY J.A. &
JOSEPH, M.H. (2002). Conditioned appetitive stimulus
increases extracellular dopamine in the nucleus accumbens
of the rat. European Journal of Neuroscience, 16 (10),
1987-1993. |
|
CHOUINARD, G. & JONES, B.D. (1978). Schizophrenia as
dopamine-deficiency disease. Lancet, 312 (8080),
99-100. |
YOUNG, S.E., SMOLEN, A., CORLEY, R.P., KRAUTER, K.,
DEFRIES, J.C., CROWLEY, T.J. & HEWITT, J.K. (2002).
Dopamine transporter polymorphism associated with
externalizing behavior problems in children. American
Journal of Human Genetics, 114, 144-149. |
|
HOLROYD, C.B. & COLES, M.G.H. (2002). The neural basis
of human error processing : Reinforcement learning,
dopamine, and the error-related negativity.
Psychological Review, 109 (4), 679-709. |
|
KING, D.J. (1978). Dopamine agonists for negative symptoms
in schizophrenia. British Journal of Clinical
Pharmacology, 6 (6), 541-542. [PDF]
|
SCHULTZ, W. (2002). Getting formal with dopamine and
reward. Neuron, 36, 241-263. [PDF] |
|
OWEN, F., CROW, T.J., POULTER, M., CROSS, A.J, LONGDEN, A.
& RILEY, G.J. (1978). Increased dopamine-receptor
sensitivity in schizophrenia. Lancet, 312
(8083), 223-226. |
ITO, R., DALLEY, J.W., ROBBINS, T.W. & EVERITT, B.J.
(2002). Dopamine release in the dorsal striatum during
cocaine-seeking behavior under the control of a
drug-associated cue. Journal of Neuroscience, 22,
6247-6253. |
|
CROW, T.J. (1980). Positive and negative schizophrenic
symptoms and the role of dopamine. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 137, 383-386. |
BAUMEISTER, A.A. & FRANCIS, J. (2002). Historical
development of the dopamine hypothesis of schizophrenia, Journal
of the History of the Neurosciences, 11 (3),
265-277. [PDF] |
|
PYCOCK, C.J., KERWIN, R.W. & CARTER, C.J. (1980).
Effect of lesion of cortical dopamine terminals on
subcortical dopamine receptors in rats. Nature, 286,
74-76. |
KRAUSE, K.H., DRESEL, S.H., KRAUSE, J., FOUNGERE, C. &
ACKENHEIL, M. (2003). The dopamine transporter and
neuroimaging in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.
Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 27,
605-613. |
|
|
WEISS, J.M., GOODMAN, P.A., LOSITO, B.G., CORRIGAN, S.,
CHARRY, J.M. & BAILEY, W.H. (1981). Behavioral
depression produced by an uncontrollable stressor :
Relationship to norepinephrine, dopamine, and serotonin
levels in rats. Brain Research Reviews, 3, 167-205. |
PHILLIPS, P.E.M., STUBER, G.D., HEIEN, M.L.A.V., WIGHTMAN,
M.R. & CARELLI, R.M. (2003). Subsecond dopamine
release promotes cocaine seeking. Nature, 422, 614-618.
[PDF] |
|
DOOLEY D.J. & BOWDEN, D.M. (1983). Differential
effects of dopaminergic agonists on food-reinforced
operant behavior in the long-tailed macaque (Macaca
fascicularis). Psychopharmacologia, 81 (2),
170-176. |
FIORILLO, C.D., TOBLER, P.N. & SCHULTZ, W. (2003).
Discrete coding of reward probability and uncertainty by
dopamine neurons. Science, 299, 1898-1902. |
|
BENINGER, R.J. (1983). The role of dopamine activity in
locomotor activity and learning. Brain Research
Reviews, 6, 173-196. |
ASHBY, F.G. & CASALE, M.B. (2003). A model of dopamine
modulated cortical activation. Neural Networks, 16, 973-984. |
|
REYNOLDS, G.P. (1983). Increased concentrations and
lateral asymmetry of amygdala dopamine in schizophrenia. Nature,
305, 527-529. |
LARUELLE, M., KEGELES, L.S. & ABI-DARGHEM, A. (2003).
Glutamate, dopamine, and schizophrenia : From
pathophysiology to treatment. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 1003, 138-158. |
|
WOOLVERTON, W.L. & JOHANSEN, C.E. (1984). Preference
in rhesus monkeys given a choice between cocaine and d,1-
cathinone. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 41 (1), 35-43. [PDF] |
ABI-DARGHAM. A. (2004). Do we still believe in the
dopamine hypothesis ? New data bring new evidence. International
Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology, 7 (S1), 1-5. [PDF] |
|
PETTIT, H.O., ETTENBERG, A., BLOOM, F.E. & KOOB, G.F.
(1984). Destruction of dopamine in the nucleus accumbens
selectively attenuates cocaine but not heroin
self-administration in rats. Psychopharmacology, 84,
167-173. |
PICKRERING, A.D. & GRAY, J.A. (2001). Dopamine,
appetitive reinforcement, and the neuropsychology of human
learning : An individual differences approach. In A.
Eliasz & A. Angleitner (Eds.), Advances in
individual differences research. Lengerich, Germany
: PABST Science Publishers. |
|
CLARK, D., HJORTH, S. & CARLSSON, A. (1985).
Dopamine-receptor agonists : mechanisms underlying
autoreceptor selectivity. I. Review of the evidence.
Journal of Neural Transmission, 62, 1-52. |
HIRONAKA, N., IEDA, K., SORA, I., UHL, G.R. & NIKI, H.
(2004). Food-reinforced operant behavior in dopamine
transporter knockout mice : enhanced resistance to
extinction. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 1025, 140-145. |
|
FRECSKA, E., PERÉNYI, A., BAGDY, G. & RÉVAÏ, K.
(1985). CSF dopamine turnover and positive schizophrenic
symptoms after withdrawal of long-term neuroleptic
treatment. Psychiatry Research, 16, 221-226. [PDF] |
WILLIAMS, J.O.H. & TAYLOR, E. (2004). Dopamine
appetite and cognitive impairment in attention
deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Neural Plasticity, 11
(1), 115-132. |
|
CLARK, D., HJORTH, S. & CARLSSON, A. (1985). Dopamine
receptor agonists : Mechanisms underlying autoreceptor
selectivity. II. Theoretical considerations. Journal
of Neural Transmission, 62, 171-207. |
CRAGG, S.J., BAUFRETON, J., XUE, Y., BOLAM, J.P. &
BEVAN, M.D. (2004). Synaptic release of dopamine in the
subthalamic nucleus. European Journal of
Neuroscience, 20 (7), 1788-1802. [PDF] |
|
WOOLVERTON, W.L. (1986). Effects of a D1 and a D2 dopamine
antagonist on the self-administration of cocaine and
piribedil by rhesus monkeys. Pharmacology,
Biochemistry & Behavior, 34 531-535. |
PICKRERING, A.D. (2004). The neuropsychology of impulsive
antisocial sensation seeking personality traits : From
dopamine to hippocampal function ? In R.M. Stelmack (Ed.),
On the psychobiology of personality : Essays in honor
of Marvin Zuckerman (pp. 455-478). London :
Elsevier. |
|
SEEMAN, P (1987). Dopamine receptors and the dopamine
hypothesis of schizophrenia. Synapse, 1, 133-152.
[PDF] |
AKINS, C.K., LEVENS, N., PRATHER, R., COOPER, B. &
FRITZ, T. (2004). Dose-dependent cocaine place
conditioning and D1 dopamine antagonist effects in male
Japanese quail. Physiology & Behavior, 82,
309-315. |
|
BLACKBURN, J.R., PHILLIPS, A.G. & FIBIGER, H.C.
(1987). Dopamine and preparatory behavior : I. Effects of
pimozide. Behavioral Neuroscience, 101, 352-360. |
WISE, R.A. (2004). Dopamine, learning and motivation. Nature
Reviews Neuroscience, 5, 483-494. |
|
BLACKBURN, J.R., PFAUS, J.G. & PHILLIPS, A.G. (1992).
Dopamine functions in appetitive and defensive behaviours.
Progress in Neurobiology, 39, 247-279. |
CARLSSON, A. & LECRUBIER, Y. (2004). Progress in
dopamine research schizophrenia : A guide for
physicians. Taylor & Francis. |
|
PANDEY, R.S., RAO, B.S.S., SUBASH, M.N., SUBBA-KRISHNA,
D.K. & SRINIVAS, K.N. (1987). Central dopamine and
serotonin turnover in schizophrenia. Indian Journal
of Psychiatry, 29 (3), 203-211. [PDF] |
DASARI, S. & COOPER, R.L. (2004). Technical note :
Modulation of sensory-CNS-motor circuits by serotonin,
octopamine, and dopamine in semi-intact drosophila larva.
Neuroscience Research, 48, 221-227. [PDF] |
|
|
WEINBERGER, D.R., BERMAN K.F. & CHASE, T.N. (1988).
Mesocortical dopaminergic function and human cognition. Annals
of the New York Academy of Sciences, 537, 330-338. |
RIVEST, F., KALASKA, J. & BENGIO, J. (2005).
Alternative time representations in dopamine models. Journal
of Computational Neuroscience, 28 (1), 107-130. |
|
CARLSSON, A. (1988). The current status of the dopamine
hypothesis of schizophrenia. Neuropsychopharmacology,
1, 179-186. |
BRATCHER, N.A., FARMER-DOUGAN, V., DOUGAN, J.D.,
HEINDENREICH, B.A. & GARRIS, P.A. (2005). The role of
dopamine in reinforcement : Changes in reinforcement
sensitivity induced by D1-type, D2-type, and nonselective
dopamine receptor agonists. Journal of Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 84 (3), 371-399. [PDF] |
|
REYNOLDS, G.P. & CZUDECK, C. (1988). Status of the
dopaminergic system in post-mortem brain in schizophrenia.
Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 24, 345-347. |
CHOI, W-Y., BALSAM, P.D. & HORVITZ, J.C. (2005).
Dopamine mediation of an appetitive behavior decreases
with extended training. Journal of Neuroscience, 25,
6729-6733. |
|
WISE, R.A. & ROMPRE, P.-P. (1989). Brain dopamine and
reward. Annual Review of Psychology, 40, 191-225. |
TAMMINGA, C.A. (2005). Partial dopamine agonists and the
treatment of psychosis. Current Neuropharmacology, 3,
3-8.
[PDF] |
|
WOOLVERTON, W.L. & VIRUS, R.M. (1989). The effects of
a D1 and a D2 dopamine antagonist on behavior maintained
by cocaine or food. Pharmacology, Biochemistry &
Behavior, 32, 691-697. |
|
|
BENNINGER, R.J. (1989). Dopamine and learning :
Implications for attention deficit disorder and
hyperkinetic syndrome. In T. Sagvolden & T. Archer
(Eds.), Attention deficit disorder : Clinical and
basic research (pp. 323-338). Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
SEEMAN, P. (2005). Dopamine supersensitivity correlates
with D2 HIGH states, implying many paths to psychosis. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 102,
3513-3518. |
|
WISE, R.A. & ROMPRE, P.P. (1989). Brain dopamine and
reward. Annual Review of Psychology, 40, 191-225. |
YOUNG, A.M., MORAN, P.M. & JOSPH, M.H. (2005). The
role of dopamine in conditioning and latent inhibition :
What, when, where, and how ? Neuroscience &
Biobehavioral Reviews, 29, 963-976. |
|
REYNOLDS, G.P. (1989). Beyond the dopamine hypothesis. The
neurochemical pathology of schizophrenia. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 155, 305-316. |
BRATCHER, N.A., FARMER-DOUGAN, V., DOUGAN, J.D.,
HEINDENREICH, B.A. & GARRIS, P.A. (2005). The role of
dopamine in reinforcement : Changes in reinforcement
sensitivity induced by D1-type, D2-type, and nonselective
dopamine receptor agonists. Journal of Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 84 (3), 371-399. [PDF] |
|
ETTENBERG, A. (1989). Dopamine, neuroleptics and
reinforced behavior. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral
Reviews, 13 (2-3), 105-111. |
WILLIAMS, J.O.H. & DAYAN, P. (2005). Dopamine,
learning, and impulsivity : A biological account of
attention- deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Child & Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 15
(1), 160-179. [PDF] |
|
GOLDSTEIN, M. (1989). Dopaminergic mechanisms in
self-inflicted biting behavior. Psychopharmacology
Bulletin, 25, 349-352. |
TOBLER, P.N., FIORILLO, C.D. & SCHULTZ, W. (2005).
Adaptive coding of reward value by dopamine neurons. Science,
307, 1642-1645. [PDF] |
|
MINDEREAA, R.B., ANDERSON, G.M., VOLKMAR, F.R., AKKERHUIS,
G.W. & COHEN, D.J. (1989). Neurochemical study of
dopamine functioning in autistic and normal subjects. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 28, 190-194. |
GUILLIN, O. & LARUELLE, M. (2005). Neurobiology of
dopamine in schizophrenia. Cells cience Reviews, 2,
79-107. [PDF] |
|
WOOLVERTON, W.L. & VIRUS, R.M. (1989). The effects of
a D1 and a D2 dopamine antagonist on behavior maintained
by cocaine or food. Pharmacology, Biochemistry &
Behavior, 32, 691-697. |
SEEMAN, P. (2006). Targeting the dopamine D2 receptor in
schizophrenia. Expert Opinion on Therapeutic Targets,
10 (4), 515-531. [PDF] |
| |
MORRIS, G., NEVET, A., ARKADIR, D., VAADIA, E. &
BERGMAN, H. (2006). Midbrain dopamine neurons encode
decisions for future action. Nature Neuroscience, 9,
1057-1063 |
|
WISE, R.A. & ROMPRE, P.P. (1989). Brain dopamine and
reward. Annual Review of Psychology, 40,
191-225. |
WISE, R.A. (2006). Role of brain dopamine in food reward
and reinforcement. Philosophical Transactions of the
Royal Society of London B : Biological Sciences, 361,
1149-1158. [PDF] |
| |
FRANK, M.J. & O'REILLY, R.C (2006). A mechanistic
acount of striatal dopamine function in human cognition :
Psychopharmacological studies with cabergoline and
haloperidol. Behavioral Neuroscience, 120, 497-517. |
|
LIEBERMAN, J.A. KINON, B.L. & LOEBEL, A.D. (1990).
Dopaminergic mechanisms in idiopathic and drug-induced
psychoses. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 16, 97-110. |
NESTLER, E.J. & CALREZON, W.A. (2006). The mesolimbic
dopamine reward circuit in depression. Biological
Psychiatry, 59 (12), 1151-1159. [PDF] |
|
LEVY, F. (1991). The dopamine theory of attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Australian & New
Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 25, 277-283. |
VAN DER KOOIJA, M.A. & GLENNON, J.C. (2007). Animal
models concerning the role of dopamine in
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 31, 597-618. [PDF] |
|
DAVIS, K.L., KAHN, R.S., KO, G. & DAVIDSON, M. (1991).
Dopamine in schizophrenia : a review and
reconceptualization. American Journal of Psychiatry,
148, 1474-1486. |
SAMAHA, A. (2007). Breakthrough dopamine supersensitivity
during ongoing antipsychotic treatment leads to treatment
failure over time. Journal of Neuroscience, 27, 2979-2986.
[PDF] |
|
|
BLACKBURN, J.R., PFAUS, J.G. & PHILLIPS, A.G. (1992).
Dopamine functions in appetitive and defensive behaviours.
Progress in Neurobiology, 9, 247-279. |
EISENBERG, D.A., MACKILLOP, J., LUM, J.K. & WILSON,
D.S. (2007). Season of birth and dopamine receptor gene
associations with impulsivity, sensation seeking and
reproductive behaviors. PLoS ONE, 11, 1-10. [PDF] |
|
SPEALMAN, R.D., BERGMAN, J., MADRAS, B.K., KAMIEN, J.B.
& MELIA, K.F. (1992). Role of D1 and D2 dopamine
receptors in the behavioral effects of cocaine. Neurochemistry
International, 20 (S), 147-152. |
BJÖRKLUND, A. & DUNNETT, S.B. (2007). Dopamine neuron
systems in the brain : an update. Trends in
Neurosciences, 30 (5), 194-202. |
|
COHEN, J.D. & SERVAN-SCHREIBER, D. (1993). A theory of
dopamine functions and its role in cognitive deficits in
schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 19,
85-104. [PDF] |
GIBBS, A.A., NAUDTS, K.H., SPENCER, E.P. & DAVID, A.S.
(2007). The role of dopamine in attentional and memory
biases for emotional information. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 164, 1603-1609. [PDF] |
|
ROUGÉ-PONT, F., PIAZZA, P.V., KHAROUBY, M., LE MOAL, M.
& SIMON, H. (1993). Higher and longer stress-induced
increase in dopamine concentrations in the nucleus
accumbens of animals predisposed to amphetamine
self-administration. A microdialysis study. Brain
Research, 602, 169-174. |
BAYER, M., LAU, B. & GLIMCHER, P.W. (2007). Statistics
of midbrain dopamine neuron spike trains in the awake
primate. Journal of Neurophysiology, 98,
1428–1439. |
|
LIEBERMAN, J.A., JODY, D., ALVIR, J. ASHTARI, M., LEVY,
D.L, BOGERTS, B., DEGREEF, G., MAYERHOFF, D.I. &
COOPER, T. (1993). Brain morphology, dopamine, and
eye-tracking in first-episode schizophrenia. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 50, 357-367. |
PATERSON, N.E., BALFOUR D.J. & MARKOU, A. (2007).
Chronic bupropion attenuated the anhedonic component of
nicotine withdrawal in rats via inhibition of dopamine
reuptake in the nucleus accumbens shell. European
Journal of Neuroscience, 25, 3099-3108. |
|
COHEN, J.D. & SERVAN-SCHREIBER, D. (1993). Context,
cortex, and dopamine : a connectionist approach to
behavior and biology in schizophrenia. Psychological
Review, 99 (1), 45-77. |
FRANK, M.J., SANTAMARIA, A., O'REILLY, R.C. &
WILLCUTT, E. (2007). Testing computational models of
dopamine and noradrenaline dysfunction in attention
deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Neuropsychopharmacology,
32, 1583-1599. [PDF] |
|
CAINE, S. & KOOB, G.F. (1993) Modulation of cocaine
self-administration in the rat through D-3 dopamine
receptors. Science, 260, 1814-1816. |
KNUTSON, B. & GIBBS, S.E.B. (2007). Linking nucleus
accumbens dopamine and blood oxygenation. Psychopharmacology,
191, 813-822. [PDF] |
|
AOSAKI, T., GRAYBIEL, A.M. & KIMURA, M. (1994). Effect
of the nigrostriatal dopamine system on acquired neural
responses in the striatum of behaving monkeys.
Science, 265, 412-415. |
CAINE, S.B., THOMSEN, M., GABRIEL, K.I., BERKOWITZ, J.S.,
GOLD, L.H., KOOB, G.F., TONEGAWA S., ZHANG J. & XU, M.
(2007). Lack of self-administration of cocaine in dopamine
D1 receptor knock-out mice. Journal of Neuroscience,
27 (48), 13140-13150. [PDF] |
|
ELLISON, G. (1994). Stimulant-induced psychosis, the
dopamine theory of schizophrenia, and the habenula. Brain
Research Reviews, 19 (2), 223-239. |
SCHULTZ, W. (2007). Multiple dopamine functions at
different time courses. Annual Review of
Neuroscience, 30, 259-288. |
|
COOK, E.H., STEIN, M.A., KRASOWSKI, M.D., COX, N.J.,
OLKON, D.M., KIEFER, J.E. & LEVENTHAL, L.E. (1995).
Association of attention deficit disorder and the dopamine
transporter gene. American Journal of Human Genetics,
56 (4), 993-998. [PDF] |
VOLKOW, N.D., FOWLER, J.S., WANG, G.-J., SWANSON, J.M.
& TELANG, F. (2007). Dopamine in drug abuse and
addiction : Results of imaging studies and treatment
implications. Archives of Neurology, 64, 1575-1579. |
|
CAINE, S.B., HEINRICHS, S.C., COFFIN, V.L. & KOOB,
G.F. (1995). Effects of the dopamine D1 antagonist SCH
23390 microinjected into the accumbens, amygdala or
striatum on cocaine self-administration in the rat. Brain
Research, 692, 47-56. |
BERRIDGE, K.C. (2007) The debate over dopamine's role in
reward : the case for incentive salience. Psychopharmacology,
191, 391-431. |
|
VOLKOW, N.D., FOWLER, J.S. & WANG, G.J. (1995).
Imaging studies on the role of dopamine in cocaine
reinforcement and addiction in humans. Journal of
Psychopharmacology, 13 (4), 337-345. [PDF] |
D'ARDENNE, K., McCLURE, S.M., NYSTROM, L.E. & COHEN,
J.D. (2008). BOLD responses in the dopaminergic ventral
tegmental area during a classical conditioning task. Science,
319 (5867), 1264-1267.
[PDF] |
|
KNABLE, M.B., HYDE, T.M., MURRAY, A.M., HERMAN, M.M. &
KLEINMAN, J.E. (1996). A postmortem study of frontal
cortical dopamine D1 receptors in schizophrenics,
psychiatric controls, and normal controls. Biological
Psychiatry, 40, 1191-1199. |
BARRETT, S.P., PIHL, R.O., BENKELFAT, C., BRUNELLE, C.,
YOUNG, S.N. & LEYTON, M. (2008). The role of dopamine
in alcohol self-administration in humans : individual
differences. European Neuropsychopharmacology, 18,
439-447. |
|
ELLENBROEK, B.A., BUDDE, S. & COOLS, A.R. (1996).
Prepulse inhibition and latent inhibition : the role of
dopamine in the medial prefrontal cortex. Neuroscience,
75 (2), 535-542.
[PDF] |
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., NEWBERG, A., WINTERING, N., PLOESSL,
K., CONNOLLY GIBBONS, M.B., RING-KURTZ, S., GALLOP, R.
& PRESENT, J. (2008). Dopamine transporter levels in
cocaine dependent subjects. Drug & Alcohol
Dependence, 98, 70-76. |
|
MONTAGUE, P.R., DAYAN P. & SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (1996). A
framework for mesencephalic dopamine systems based on
predictive Hebbian learning. Journal of Neuroscience,
16 (5), 1936-1947. |
TRIPP, G. & WICKENS, J.R. (2008). Research review :
Dopamine transfer deficit : A neurobiological theory of
altered reinforcement mechanisms in ADHD. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry & Allied
Disciplines, 49, 691-704. [PDF] |
|
SALAMONE, J.D. (1996). The behavioral neurochemistry of
motivation : methodological and conceptual issues in
studies of the dynamic activity of nucleus accumbens
dopamine. Journal of Neuroscience Methods, 64
(2), 137–149. |
VAN DEN HEUVAL, D.M.A. & PASTERKAMP, R.J. (2008).
Getting connected in the dopamine system. Progress in
Neurobiology, 85, 75-93. |
|
SCHULTZ, W., DAYAN P. & MONTAGUE, P.R. (1997). A
neural substrate of prediction and reward. Science,
275, 1593-1599. |
LUDVIG, E.A., SUTTON, R.S. & KEHOE, E.J. (2008)
Stimulus representation and the timing of
reward-prediction errors in models of the dopamine system.
Neural Computation, 20, 3034-3054. [PDF] |
|
|
SEEMAN, P., CORBETT, R. & VAN TOL, H.H. (1997).
Atypical neuroleptics have low affinity for dopamine D2
receptors or are selective for D4 receptors. Neuropsychopharmacology,
16, 93-110. |
WISE, R.A. (2009). Roles for nigrostriatal - not just
mesocorticolimbic-dopamine in reward and addiction. Trends
Neuroscience, 32 (10), 517-524. [PDF] |
|
SALAMONE, J.D., COUSINS, M.S. & SNYDER, B.J. (1997).
Behavioral functions of nucleus accumbens dopamine :
Empirical and conceptual problems with the anhedonia
hypothesis. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews,
21, 341-359. |
BARDGETT, M.E., DEPENBROCK, M., DOWNS, N., POINTS, M.
& GREEN, L. (2009). Dopamine modulates effort-based
decision-making in rats. Behavioral Neuroscience,
123, 242-251. [PDF] |
| |
BRISCHOUX, F., CHAKRABORTY, S., BRIERLEY, D.I. &
UNGLESS, M.A. (2009). Phasic excitation of dopamine
neurons in ventral VTA by noxious stimuli. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States
of America, 106 (12), 4894-4899. |
|
BAYER, M., LAU, P. & GLIMCHER, P.W. (2007). Statistics
of midbrain dopamine neuron spike trains in the awake
primate. Journal of Neurophysiology, 98, 1428–1439. |
SALAMONE, J.D. & CORREA, M., FARRAR, A.M., NUNES, E.J.
& PARDO, M. (2009). Dopamine, behavioral economics,
and effort. Frontiers in Behavioral Neuroscience, 3,
1-12. [PDF] |
| |
SEEMAN, P. (2009). Schizophrenia model of elevated D2High
receptors : haloperidol reverses the 518
amphetamine-induced elevation in dopamine D2High. Schizophrenia
Research, 109 (1-3), 191-192. |
|
BERRIDGE, K.C. & ROBINSON, T.E. (1998). What is the
role of dopamine in reward : hedonic impact, reward
learning, or incentive salience ? Brain Research
Reviews, 28, 309-369. |
GOLDSTEIN, R.Z., TOMASI, D., ALIA-KLEIN, N., HONORIO
CARRILLO, J., MALONEY, T., WOICIK, P.A., WANG, R., TELANG,
F. & VOLKOW, N.D. (2009). Dopaminergic response to
drug words in cocaine addiction. Journal of
Neuroscience, 29, 6001-6006.
[PDF] |
|
BALL, D., HILL, L., ELEY, T.C., CHORNEY, M.J., CHORNEY,
K., THOMPSON, L.A., DETTERMAN, D.K., BENBOW, C.P.,
LUBINSKI, D., OWEN, M., McGUFFIN, P. & PLOMIN, R.
(1998). Dopamine markers and general cognitive ability. NeuroReport,
9, 347-349. |
WANAT, M.J., WILLUHN, I., CLARK, J.J. & PHILLIPS,
P.E.M. (2009). Phasic dopamine release in appetitive
behaviors and drug abuse. Current Drug Abuse Reviews,
2 (2), 195-213. [PDF] |
| |
HAZY, T.E., FRANK, M.J. & O'REILLY, R.C. (2010).
Neural mechanisms of acquired phasic dopamine responses in
learning. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews,
34, 701-720. [PDF] |
| |
SEEMAN, P. (2010). Dopamine D2 Receptors as treatment
targets in schizophrenia. Clinical Schizophrenia
& Related Psychoses, 4 (1), 56-73. |
|
SCHULTZ, W. (1998). Predictive reward signal of dopamine
neurons. The Journal of Neurophysiology, 80 (1),
1-27. [PDF] |
IKEMOTO, S. (2010). Brain reward circuitry beyond the
mesolimbic dopamine system : A neurobiological theory. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 35, 129-150.
[PDF] |
|
SERVAN-SCHREIBER, D., BRUNO, R., CARTER, C. & COHEN,
J.D. (1998). Dopamine and the mechanisms of cognition.
Part I: A neural network model predicting dopamine effects
on selective attention. Biological Psychiatry, 43, 713-722.
|
SEEMAN, P. (2011). All roads to schizophrenia lead to
dopamine supersensitivity and elevated dopamine D2High
receptors. CNS Neuroscience & Therapeutics, 17
(2), 118-132. [PDF] |
|
GLIMCHER, P.W. (2011). Understanding dopamine and
reinforcement learning : The dopamine reward prediction
error hypothesis. Proceedings of the National Academy
of Sciences 108 (S3), 15647-15654.
|
|
BENINGER, R.J. & MILLER, R. (1998). Dopamine D1-like
receptors and reward-related incentive learning. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 22 (2), 335-345. [PDF] |
QUICK, S.L., PYSZCZYNSKI, A.D., COLSTON, K.A. &
SHAHAN, T.A. (2011). Loss of alternative non-drug
reinforcement induces relapse of cocaine seeking : Role of
dopamine D1 receptors. Neuropsychopharmacology, 36,
1015-1020. |
|
OKOLOWSKI, J.D. & SALAMONE, J.D. (1998). The role of
accumbens dopamine in lever pressing and response
allocation : Effects of 6-OHDA injected into core and
dorsomedial shell. Pharmacology, Biochemistry &
Behavior, 59, 557-566. |
ZHANG, X.R., ZHANG, Z.J., ZHU, R.X., YUAN, Y.G., JENKINS,
T.A. & REYNOLDS, G.P. (2011). Sexual dysfunction in
male schizophrenia : influence of antipsychotic drugs,
prolactin and polymorphisms of the dopamine D2 receptor
gene. Pharmacogneomics, 12, 1127-1136. |
| |
BALLARD, I.C., MURTY, V.P., McKELL-CARTER, R., MacINNES,
J.J., HUETTEL, S.A. & ADCOK, R.A. (2011). Dorsolateral
prefrontal cortex drives mesolimbic dopaminergic regions
to initiate motivated behavior. The Journal of
Neuroscience, 31 (28), 10340-10346. [PDF] |
|
| |
GERFEN, C.R. & SURMEIER, D.J. (2012). Modulation of
striatal projection systems by dopamine. Annual Review
of Neuroscience, 34, 441-466.
[PDF] |
| |
AGGARWAL, M. & WICKENS, J.R. (2011). A role for phasic
dopamine neuron firing in habit learning. Neuron, 72,
892-894. [PDF] |
| |
HABR, S.F., BERNARDI, M.M, CONÇEICAO, I.M., FREITAS, T.A.
& FELICO, L.F. (2011). Open field behavior and
intra-nucleus accumbens dopamine release in vivo in virgin
and lactating rats. Psychology & Neuroscience, 4 (1),
115-121.
[PDF] |
| |
COLZATO, L.S., SLAGTER, H.A., DE ROVER, M. & HOMEL, B.
(2011). Dopamine and the management of attentional
resources : Genetic markers of striatal D2 dopamine
predict individual differences in the attentional blink. Journal
of Cognitive Neuroscience, 23 (11), 3576-3585. [PDF] |
| |
SEEMAN, P. (2012). Dopamine agonist radioligand binds to
both D2High and D2Low receptors, explaining why
alterations in D2High are not detected in human brain
scans. Synapse, 66, 88-93. |
| |
SALAMONE, J.D. & CORREA, M. (2012). The mysterious
motivational functions of mesolimbic dopamine. Neuron,
76 (3), 470-485. [PDF] |
|
SCHULTZ, W. (1999). The reward signal of midbrain dopamine
neurons. News in Physiological Science, 14, 249-255. |
TRIPP, G. & WICKENS, J.R. (2012). Reinforcement,
dopamine and rodent models in drug. Development for
ADHD Neurotherapeutics, 9 (3), 622-634. [PDF] |
|
GARRIS, P.A., KILPATRICK, M., BUNIN, M.A., WALKER, Q.D.
& WIGTMAN, R.M. (1999). Dissociation of dopamine
release in the nucleus accumbens from intracranial
self-stimulation. Nature, 398, 67-69. |
SEEMAN, P. (2013). Are dopamine D2 receptors out of
control in psychosis ? Progress in
Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry,
46, 146-152. |
|
NARGEOT, R., BAXTER, D.A., PATTERSON, G.W. & BYRNE,
J.H. (1999). Dopaminergic synapses mediate neuronal
changes in an analogue of operant conditioning. Journal
of Neurophysiology, 81, 1983-1987. |
HOLMES, N.M. & FAM, J. (2013). How does dopamine
release in the nucleus accumbens core relate to encoding
of a Pavlovian incentive stimulus ? The Journal of
Neuroscience, 33 (25), 10191-1019. [PDF] |
|
DEPUE, R. & COLLINS, P.F. (1999). Neurobiology of the
structure of personality : Dopamine, facilitation of
incentive motivation, and extraversion. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 22, 491-569. |
SEEMAN, P. (2013). Schizophrenia and dopamine receptors. Europeen
Neuropsychopharmacology, 23, 999-1009. |
|
SPANAGEL, R. & WEISS, F. (1999). The dopamine
hypothesis of reward : Past and current status. Trends
in Neuroscience, 22, 521-527. |
GROGER, A., KOLB, R., SCHÄFFER, R. & KLOSE, U. (2014).
Dopamine reduction in the substantia nigra of Parkinson's
disease patients confirmed by In vivo magnetic resonance
spectroscopic imaging. PLoS ONE, 9 (1), 1-6.
[PDF] |
|
SURI, R. & SCHULTZ, W. (1999). A neural network with
dopamine-like reinforcement signal that learns a spatial
delayed response task. Neuroscience, 91,
871-890. |
SEEMAN, M.V. & SEEMAN, P. (2014). Is schizophrenia a
dopamine supersensitivity psychotic reaction ? Progress
in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry,
48, 155-160. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
SEEMAN, P. & TALLERICO, T. (1999). Rapid release of
antipsychotic drugs from dopamine D2 receptors : An
explanation for low receptor occupancy and early clinical
relapse upon drug withdrawal of clozapine or quetiapine. The
American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 876-884. [PDF] |
TAKASE, M., KANAHARA, N., ODA Y., KIMURA, H., WATANABE, H.
& IYO, M. (2015). Dopamine supersensitivity psychosis
and dopamine partial agonist : A retrospective survey of
failure of switching to aripiprazole in schizophrenia.
Journal of Psychopharmacology, 29 (4), 383-389. [PDF] |
|
BRAVER, T.S., BARCH, D.M. & COHEN, J.D. (1999).
Cognition and control in schizophrenia : A computational
model of dopamine and prefrontal function. Biological
Psychiatry, 46 (3), 312-328. [PDF] |
ODA, Y., KANAHARA, N. & IYO, M. (2015). Alterations of
dopamine D2 receptors and related receptor-interacting
proteins in schizophrenia : The pivotal position of
dopamine supersensitivity psychosis in treatment-resistant
schizophrenia. International Journal of Molecular
Sciences, 16, 30144-30163. [PDF] |
| |
NUTT, D.J., LINGFORD-HUGHES, A., ERRITZOE, D. &
STOKES, P.R.A. (2015). The dopamine theory of addiction :
40 years of highs and lows. Nature Reviews
Neuroscience, 16, 305-312. |
|
CAINE, S.B. NEGUS, S.S., MELLO, N.K. & BERGMAN, J.
(1999). Effects of dopamine D1-like and D2-like agonists
in rats trained to discriminate cocaine from saline :
influence of experimental history. Journal of
Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 29
(1), 353-360. [PDF] |
EL HAGE, C., BÉDARD, A.-M. & SAMAHA, A.-N. (2015).
Antipsychotic treatment leading to dopamine
supersensitivity 66 persistently alters nucleus accumbens
function. Neuropharmacology, 99, 715-725. [PDF] |
|
VOLKOW, N.D., WANG, G.-J., FOWLER, J.S., GATLEY, J.,
LOGAN, J., DING, Y-DEWEY, S.L., HITZEMANN. R., GIFFORD,
A.N. & PAPPAS, N.R. (1999). Blockade of striatal
dopamine transporters by intravenous methylphenidate is
not sufficient to induce self-reports of "high". Journal
of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 288
(1), 14-20. [PDF] |
VOLKOW, N.D., KOOB, G.F. & McLELLAN, A.T. (2016).
Neurobiologic advances from the brain disease model of
addiction. The New England Journal of Medicine, 37
(4), 363–371. [PDF] |
|
SPANAGEL, R. & WEISS, F. (1999). The dopamine
hypothesis of reward : Past and current status. Trends
in Neuroscience, 22, 521-527. |
SOLINAS, M., BELUJON, P., FERGANUT, P.O., JABER, M. &
THIRIET, N. (2018). Dopamine and addiction : what have we
learned from 40 years of research. Journal of Neural
Transmission, 126 (4), 481-516. |
|
|
|
Voir
Hypersensibilité/dopamine, Sérotonine,
Noyau acumbens,
Neurocircuit
/récompense et Neurotransmetteur |
| |
|
|
Dopamine
(Hypersensibilité) : La prise
de neuroleptique
modifie le circuit
de la récompense/renforcement, dans lequel la dopamine
joue un rôle essentiel. Il existe deux formes d'hypersensibilité
bien documentées : L'une apparaît à à suite de l'arrêt d'un
neuroleptique (sevrage),
alors que le seconde se développe en raison de l'augmentation
progressive des doses. Supersensitivity.
| |
|
|
CHOUINARD, G. & JONES, B.D. & ANNABLE, L. (1978).
Neuroleptic-induced supersensitivity psychosis. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 135, 1409-1410. |
SEEMAN, P. (2005). Dopamine supersensitivity correlates
with D2 HIGH states, implying many paths to psychosis. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 102,
3513-3518. |
|
CHOUINARD, G. & JONES, B.D. (1980).
Neuroleptic-induced supersensitivity psychosis : Clinical
and pharmacologic characteristics. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 137 (1), 16-21. [PDF] |
SAMAHA, A. (2007). Breakthrough dopamine supersensitivity
during ongoing antipsychotic treatment leads to treatment
failure over time. Journal of Neuroscience, 27, 2979-2986. |
|
CHOUINARD, G. (1991). Severe cases of neuroleptic-induced
supersensitivity psychosis. Schiophrenia Research, 5,
21-33. |
SEEMAN, M.V. & SEEMAN, P. (2014). Is schizophrenia a
dopamine supersensitivity psychotic reaction ? Progress
in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry,
48, 155-160. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
| |
TAKASE, M., KANAHARA, N., ODA Y., KIMURA, H., WATANABE, H.
& IYO, M. (2015). Dopamine supersensitivity psychosis
and dopamine partial agonist : A retrospective survey of
failure of switching to aripiprazole in schizophrenia.
Journal of Psychopharmacology, 29 (4), 383-389. [PDF] |
| |
CHARRON, A., EL HAGE, C. & SAMAHA, A.-N (2015). 5-HT2
receptors modulate the expression of antipsychotic-induced
dopamine supersensitivity. European
Neuropsychopharmacology, 25 (12), 2381-2393. |
| |
ODA, Y., KANAHARA, N. & IYO, M. (2015). Alterations of
dopamine D2 receptors and related receptor-interacting
proteins in schizophrenia : The pivotal position of
dopamine supersensitivity psychosis in treatment-resistant
schizophrenia. International Journal of Molecular
Sciences, 16, 30144-30163. [PDF] |
| |
EL HAGE, C., BÉDARD, A.-M. & SAMAHA, A.-N. (2015).
Antipsychotic treatment leading to dopamine
supersensitivity 66 persistently alters nucleus accumbens
function. Neuropharmacology, 99, 715-725. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Sevrage
et Dopamine |
|
|
Dora
(1886-1945) : De son vrai nom Ida Bauer, célèbre
patiente
hystérique de Freud
(en thérapie à partir de 1900).
|
FREUD, S. (1905/2010). Fragment d'une analyse
d'hystérie. Paris : Payot. |
|
MADDI, S.R. (1974). Freud's most famous patient : The
victimization of Dora. Psychology Today, 8, 90-
101. |
|
KOHON, G. (1984). Reflections on Dora; the case of
hysteria. The International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 65, (1), 73-84. |
|
DECKER, H.S. (1991). Freud, Dora, and Vienna 1900.
New York : The Free Press. |
|
MAHONY, P. (2001). Dora s'en va, violence dans la
psychanalyse. Les Empêcheurs de penser en rond. |
| HUNT,
M. (1994). The story of psychology. New York :
Double Day. |
|
|
|
|
Doré
François-Yves (1951-) : Psychologue
cognitif européen
d'origine québécoise et professeur à l'Université
Laval. Collaborateur de Fiset.
 |
DORÉ, F.Y. & DUMAS, C. (1987). Psychology of
animal cognition : Piagetian studies. Psychological
Bulletin, 114, 219-233. |
|
GOULET, S., DORÉ, F.Y. & ROUSSEAU, R. (1994). Object
permanence and working memory in cats. Psychological
Bulletin, 120, 25-41. |
|
DORÉ, F.Y. & GOULET, S. (1998). The comparative
analysis of object knowledge. Dans J. Langer & M.
Killen (Eds.), Piaget, evolution, and development (pp.
55-72). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
DORÉ, F.Y. (2005). La recherche animale. Dans S. Bouchard
(Dir.), La méthode expérimentale et la recherche
scientifique en sciences sociales (p. 535-540).
Sillery : Presses de l'Université du Québec. |
|
POTVIN, O., DORÉ, F.Y. & GOULET, S. (2007).
Contributions of the dorsal hippocampus and the dorsal
subiculum to idiothetic information processing and spatial
memory. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 8, 669-678. |
| |
|
|
|
|
Dörnyei
Zoltan (Budapest 1960-) : Psycholinguiste
anglais, d'origine hongroise, et spécialiste de la motivation
à apprendre une seconde
langue (bilinguisme).
|
DÖRNYEI, Z. (1990). Conceptualizing motivation in
foreign-language learning. Language Learning, 40, 45-78. |
|
DÖRNYEI, Z. (1994). Motivation and motivating in the
foreign language classroom. Modern Language Journal,
78, 273-284. |
|
DÖRNYEI, Z. (1997). Psychological processes in cooperative
language learning : Group dynamics and motivation.
Modern Language Journal, 81, 482-493. |
|
DÖRNYEI, Z. (1998). Motivation in second and foreign
language learning. Language Teaching, 31, 117-135. |
|
DÖRNYEI, Z. & CSIZÉR, K. (1998). Ten commandments for
motivating language learners : Results of an empirical
study. Language Teaching Research, 2, 203- 229. |
|
|
|
Dorsey
Michael F. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialiste de l'étude et du traitement de l'automutilation.
Collaborateur de Azrin, Carr,
Favell,
Foxx, Iwata,
Lerman, Lovaas, Pace,
Rincover, Risley,
Smith,
Shore, Vollmer et Zarcone.
 |
DORSEY, M.F., IWATA, B.A., ONG, P. & McSWEEN, T.E.
(1980). Treatment of self-injurious behavior using a water
mist : initial response suppression and generalization.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 13 (2),
343-353. [PDF] |
|
DORSEY, M.F., IWATA, B.A., REID, D.H. & DAVIS, P.A.
(1982). Protective equipment : continuous and contingent
application in the treatment of self-injurious behavior. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 15 (2), 217-230. [PDF] |
|
FAVELL, J.E., AZRIN, N., BAUMEISTER, A., CARR, E.G.,
DORSEY, M.F., FOREHAND, R., FOXX, R.M., LOVAAS, I.O.,
RINCOVER, A., RISLEY, T., ROMANCZYK, R.G., RUSSO, D.C.,
SCHROEDER, S. & SOLNICK, J.V. (1982). The treatment of
self-injurious behavior. Behavior Therapy, 13,
529-554. |
|
SLIFER, K.J., IWATA, B.A. & DORSEY, M.F. (1984).
Reduction of eye gouging using a response interruption
procedure. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 15 (4), 369-375. |
|
DORSEY, M.F., WEINBERG, M., ZANE, T. & GUIDI, M.M.
(2009). The case for licensure of Applied Behavior
Analysts. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 2 (1),
53-58. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Dose
: Dosage : Quantité
administrée ou auto-administrée d'un
médicament. Dose, surdose
et
posologie. Dose.
| |
|
|
WERRY, J. & SPRAGUE, R. (1974). Methylphenidate in
children and effect of dosage. Australian & New
Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 8, 9-19. |
|
SPRAGUE, R. & SLEATOR, E.K. (1975). What is the proper
dose of stimulant drugs in children ? International
Journal of Mental Health, 14, 75-104. |
|
DOUGLAS, V.I., BARR, R.G., AMIN, K., O'NEIL, M.E. &
BRITTON, B.G. (1988). Dosage effects and individual
responsivity to methylphenidate in attention deficit
disorder. Journal of Child Psychiatry, 29 (4),
453-475. |
|
HOZA, B., PELHAM, W.E., SAMS, S.E. & CARLSON, C.
(1992). An examination of the «dosage» effects of both
behavior therapy and methylphenidate on the classroom
performance of two ADHD children. Behavior
Modification, 16, 164-192. |
|
BOLLINI, P., PAMPALLONA, S., TIBALI, G., KUPELNICK, B.
& MUNIZZA, C.L. (1999). Effectiveness of
antidepressants. Meta-analysis of dose-effect
relationships in randomised clinical trials. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 174, 297. |
|
|
|
Dose
(Sur-) : Dose
excessive d'une drogue
engendrant des troubles physiques et mentaux
graves, parfois mortels. Overdose.
| |
|
|
SIEGEL, S., HINSON, R.E., KRANK, M.D. & McCULLY, J.
(1982). Heroin "overdose" death : Contribution of
drug-associated environmental cues. Science, 216,
436-437. |
HENRY, J.A. (1991). Overdose and safety with fluvoxamine.
International Clinical Psychopharmacology, 6 (S3),
41-45. |
|
KATHOL, R.G. & HENN, E A. (1982). Tricyclies : The
most common agent used in potentially lethal overdoses. Journal
of Nervous & Mental Disease, 171, 250-252. |
HENRY, J.A., ALEXANDER, C.A. & SENER, E.K. (1995).
Relative mortality from overdose of antidepressants.
British Medical Journal, 310, 221-224. |
|
SIEGEL, S. (1984). Pavlovian conditioning and heroin
overdose : Reports by overdose victims. Bulletin of
the Psychonomic Society, 22, 428-430. |
RETZ, W., MAIER, S., MARIS, F. & RÖSLER, M. (1998).
Non-fatal mirtazapine overdose. International Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 13 (6), 277-279. |
| |
MARZUK, P.M., TARDIFF, K., LEON, A.C., HIRSCH, C.,
PORTERA, L., IQBAL, M.I., NOCK, M.K. & HARTWELL, N.
(1998). Ambient temperature and mortality from
unintentional cocaine overdose. Journal of the
American Medical Association, 279, 1795-1800. |
|
SIEGEL, S. & ELLSWORTH, D.W. (1986). Pavlovian
conditioning and death from apparent overdose of medically
prescribed morphine : A case report. Bulletin of the
Psychonomic Society, 24 (4), 278-280. [PDF] |
ISBISTER, G.K., O'REGAN, L., SIBBRITT, D. & WHYTE,
I.M. (2004), Alprazolam is relatively more toxic than
other benzodiazepines in overdose. British Journal of
Clinical Pharmacology, 58 (1), 88-95. [PDF] |
| |
ABRAMSON J. (2005). Overdosed America. New York
: Harper. |
| |
ASTHON, H. & HASSAN, Z. (2006). Best evidence topic
report : Intranasal naloxone in suspected opioid overdose.
Emergency Medicine Journal, 23, 221-223. |
|
|
|
|
|
Dostaler Gilles (1946-2011) : Économiste
québécois et professeur à l'Université
du Québec à Montréal.
 |
DOSTALER, G. (1979). La crise et le gouvernement du Parti
québécois. Les Cahiers du Socialisme, 4, 4-42. |
| DOSTALER, G. (1996). The formation of Keynes's vision. History of Economics Review, 25, 14-31. |
| DOSTALER, G. (1999). Hayek et sa reconstruction du
libéralisme. Cahiers de Recherche Sociologique, 32, 119-141. |
| DOSTALER, G. (2001). Le Libéralisme de Hayek. Paris : La Découverte. |
| DOSTALER, G. et HANIN, F. (2005). Keynes et le
keynésianisme au Canada et au Québec. Sociologie et
Sociétés, 37 (2), 153-181. |
|
|
|
BOURQUE, G., ÉLIE, B., NADEAU, R., PIOTTE, J.-M. et
PALLAGE, S. (2011). En mémoire de Gilles Dostaler
(1946-2011). L'Actualité Économique, 87 (1),
5-113. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Douance : Niveau d'intelligence
très supérieur à la moyenne.
=
surdoue, enfant doué, enfant surdoué.
*Talent.
Giftedness, exceptional abilities, children
with superior intellectual ability.
| |
|
|
WITMER, L. (1915). The exceptional child and the training
of teachers for exceptional children. School &
Society, 2, 217-229. |
STORFER, M.D. (1990). Intelligence and giftedness :
the contributions of heredity and early environment.
Jossey-Bass. |
|
WITMER, L. (1919). The raining of very bright children.
Psychological Clinic, 13, 88-96. |
HOWE, M.J.A. (1990). The origins of exceptional
abilities. Oxford : Basil Blackwell. |
| |
WALDRON, K.A. & SAPHIRE, D.G. (1990). An analysis of
WISC-R factors for gifted students with learning
disabilities. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 23,
491-498. |
|
TERMAN, L.M. & ODEN, H.H. (1947). The gifted
child grows up, genetic studies of genius.
Standford University Press. |
LUBINSKI, D. & HUMPHREYS, L.G. (1990). A broadly based
analysis of mathematical giftedness. Intelligence, 14,
327-355. |
|
De CRAEKER, R. (1951). L'enfanf intellectuellement
doué. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
GAGNÉ, F. (1991). Toward a differentiated model of
giftedness and talent. In N. Colangelo & G.A. Davis
(Eds.), Handbook of gifted education (pp.
65-80). Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
|
TORRANCE, E.P. (1962). Non-Test Ways of identifying the
creatively gifted. Gifted Child Quarterly, 6,
71-75. |
HOGE, R. & McSHEFFREY, R. (1991). An investigation of
self-concept in gifted children. Exceptional
Children, 57, 238-245. |
|
RENZULLI, J.S. & VASSAR, W.G. (1967). The gifted
child in Connecticut. Hartford, CT : Connecticut
State Department of Education. |
FORD, D.Y. & HARRIS, J.J. (1991). On discovering the
hidden treasure of gifted and talented Black children.
Roeper Review, 13 (1), 27-32. |
|
MARLAND, S. (1972). Education of the gifted and
talented : Report to the congress of the United States
by the U.S. Commissioner of Education. Washington,
DC : U. S. Government Printing Office. |
DELISLE, J.R. (1992). Guiding the social and
emotional development of gifted youth : A practical
guide foreducators and counselors. New York :
Longman. |
|
AJURIAGUERRA, J. De (1974/77). Problèmes
psychosociologiques posés par les enfants surdoués. In Manuel
de psychiatrie de l'enfant. Paris : Masson. |
WALDRON, K.A. & SAPHIRE, D.G. (1992). Perceptual and
academic patterns of learning disabled/gifted students. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 74, 599-609. |
|
CHAUVIN, R. (1975). Les surdoués. Paris : Stock. |
BIRELY, M., LANGUIS, M. & WILLIAMSON, T. (1992).
Physiological uniqueness : A new perspective on the learn-
ing disabled/gifted child. Roeper Review, 15,
101–108. |
|
BURT, C. (1975). The gifted child. New York :
Wiley. |
WILKINSON, S.C. (1993). WISC-R profiles of children with
superior intellectual ability. Gifted Child Quarterly,
37, 84-91. |
|
RENZULLI, J.S. (1976). The enrichment triad : A guide for
developing defensible programs for the gifted and
talented. Gifted Child Quarterly, 20 (3),
303-306. |
SAPON-SHEVIN, M. (1994). Playing favorites : Gifted
education and the disruption of community. SUNY
Press, NY. |
|
RENZULLI, J.S. (1977). The enrichment triad : A guide
for developing defensible programs for the gifted and
talented. Mansfield Center. Conn. : Creative
Learning Press. |
STERNBERG, R.J. & CLINKBEARD, P.R. (1995). The
triarchic model applied to identifying, teaching, and
assessing gifted children. Roeper Review, 17 (4),
255-260. |
|
VERNON, P.E., ADAMSON, G. & VERNON, D.F. (1977). The
psychology and education of gifted children.
Boulder, CO : Westview Press. |
MARSH, H.W., CHESSOR, D., CRAVEN, R.G. & ROCHE, L.
(1995). The effects of gifted and talented programs on
academic self-concept : The big fish strikes again. American
Educational Research Journal, 32, 285-319. |
|
RENZULLI, J.S. (1978). What makes giftedness ? Reexamining
a definition. Phi Delta Kappan, 60 (3), 180-184,
261. [PDF] |
CAMPBELL, J.R. (1995). Raising your child to be
gifted : Successful parents speak. Cambridge, MA :
Brookline Books. |
|
BARBE, W.B. & RENZULLI, J.S. (Eds.) (1981). Psychology
and education of the gifted. New York : Irvington. |
STERNBERG, R.J., FERRARI, M., CLINKENBEARD, P.R. &
GRIGORENKO, E.L. (1996). Identification, instruction, and
assessment of gifted children : A construct validation of
a triarchic model. Gifted Child Quarterly, 40, 129-137. |
|
TERRASSIER, J.-C. (1981/99). Les enfants surdoués ou
la précocité embarrassante. Paris : esf. |
MAKER, C.J. (1996). Identication of gifted minority
students : A national problem, needed changed and a
promising solution. Gifted Child Quarterly, 40
(1), 42-50. |
|
|
REIS, S.M. & RENZULLI, J.S. (1982). A case for the
broadened conception of giftedness. Phi Delta Kappan,
64, 619-620. |
SAPON-SHEVIN, M. (1996). Beyond gifted education :
Building a shared agenda for school reform. Journal
for the Education of the Gifted, 19 (2), 194-214. |
|
SAPON-SHEVIN, M. & SHEVIN, M. (1982). Issues for
parents : Implication of the gifted label. In R.M. Felker
(Ed.), A parent's guide to the education of preschool
gifted children. Washington : Council of State
Directors of Programs for the Gifted and the National
Association of State Boards of Education. |
WINNER, H. (1996). Gifted children : Myths and
realities. New York : Basic Books. |
| |
BRODY, L.E. & MILLS, C.J. (1997). Gifted children with
learning disabilities : A review of the issues. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 30, 282–-296. |
|
RENZULLI, J.S., SMITH, L.H. & REIS, S.M. (1982).
Curriculum compacting : An essential strategy for working
with gifted students. The Elementary School Journal,
82, 185-194. |
WINNER, H. (1997). Exceptionally high intelligence and
schooling. American Psychologist, 52, 1070-1081.
[PDF]
|
| |
ADA, A. (1999). Le livre de l'enfant doué. Paris :
Solar. |
|
KIRSCHENBAUM, R.J. (1983). Let's cut out the cut-off score
in the identification of the gifted. Roeper Review,
5, 6-10. |
KAPLAN, S. (1999). Reading strategies for gifted readers.
Teaching for High Potential, 1 (2), 1-2. |
|
GAGNÉ, F. (1983). Douance et talent : deux concepts à ne
pas confondre. Apprentissage et Socialisation, 6,
146-159. |
SAPON-SHEVIN, M. (2000). Gifted education. In Gabbard,
D.A. Knowledge and power in the global economy: Politics
and the rhetoric of school reform. London :
Lawrence Eribaum Associates. |
|
MILLER, A. (1983). Le drame de l'enfant doué.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
HELLER, K.A., MÖNKS, F.J., STERNBERG, R.J. & SUBOTNIK,
R. (Eds.) (2000). International handbook for research
on giftedness and talent. Oxford : Pergamon Press. |
|
REIS, S.M. & RENZULLI, J.S. (1984). Key features of
successful programs for the gifted and talented. Educational
Leadership, 41 (7), 28-34. [PDF]
|
RENZULLI, J.S. & PARK, S. (2000). Gifted dropouts :
The who and the why. Gifted Child Quarterly, 44
(4), 261-271. [PDF]
|
|
JANOS, E.M. & ROBINSON, N.M. (1985). Psychosocial
development in intellectually gifted children. In E.D.
Horowitz & M. O'Brien (Eds.), The gifted and
talented : Developmental perspectives (pp.
149-195). Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association. |
COLEMAN, L.J. & CROSS, T.L. (2001). Being gifted
in school : An introduction to development, guidance,
and teaching. Waco, TX : Prufrock Press. |
|
GANSCHOW, L. (1985). Diagnosing and remediating writing
problems of gifted students with language learning
disabilities. Journal for the Education of the
Gifted, 9 (1), 24-43. |
McCOACH, D.B., KEHLE, T.J., BRAY, M.A. & SIEGLE, D.
(2001). Best practices in the identification of gifted
students with learning disabilities. Psychology in the
Schools, 38, 403-411. |
|
YEWCHUCK, C. (1985). Gifted/learning disabled children :
An overview. Gifted Education International, 3 (2),
122-126. |
BUTTERWORTH, B. (2001). What makes a prodigy ? Nature
Neuroscience, 4 (1), 11-12. [PDF] |
| |
BALDWIN, A.Y. (2002). Culturally diverse students who are
gifted. Exceptionality, 10 (2), 139-147. |
|
CATRON, R.M. & WINGENBACH, N. (1986). Developing the
potential of the gifted reader. Theory Into Practice,
25 (2), 135–140. |
MARTIN, A.J. (2002). Motivating the gifted and talented :
Lessons from research and practice. Australasian
Journal of Gifted Education, 11 (2), 26–34. |
| |
CÔTÉ, S. (2002). Doué, surdoué, précoce. L'enfant
prometteur et l'école. Paris : Albin Michel. |
|
HOGE, R. & CUDMORE, L. (1986). The use of
teacher-judgment measures in the identification gifted
pupils. Teaching & Teacher Education, 2, 181-195. |
COLANGELO, N. & DAVIS, G.A. (2002). Handbook of
gifted education. Boston, MA : Allyn and Bacon. |
| |
SIAUD-FACCHIN, J. (2002). L'enfant surdoué. L'aider à
grandir, l'aider à réussir. Paris : Odile Jacob. |
|
| |
REIS, S.M. & McCOACH, D.B. (2002). Underachievement in
gifted and talented students with special needs. Exceptionality,
10 (2), 113-125. |
|
MckENZIE, J.A. (1986). The influence of identification
practices, race and SES on the identi cation of gifted
students. Gifted Child Quarterly, 30 (2),
93-95. |
NIELSEN, M.E. (2002). Gifted students with learning dis-
abilities : Recommendations for identification and
programming. Exceptionality, 10, 93-111. |
|
SAPON-SHEVIN, M. (1987). Explaining giftedness to parents
: Why it matters what professionals say. Roeper
Review, 9 (3), 180-184. |
SAPON-SHEVIN, M. (2003). Equity, excellence and school
reform : Where does gifted education fit and why is
finding common ground so hard ? In J. Borland & L.
Wright (Eds.). Rethinking gifted education :
Contemporary approaches to meeting the needs of gifted
students. NY : Teachers College Press. |
|
FRAISER, M.M. (1987). The identication of gifted Black
students : Developing new perspectives. Journal for
the Education of the Gifted, 10 (3), 155-180. |
JOHNSON, J., IM-BOLTER, N. & PASCUAL-LEONE, J. (2003).
Development of mental attention in gifted and mainstream
children : The role of mental capacity, inhibition, and
speed of processing. Child Development, 74,
1594-1614. |
|
BAUM, S.M. (1988). An enrichment program for the gifted
learning disabled students. Gifted Child Quarterly,
32, 226-230. |
McCOACH, D.B., KEHLE, T.J., BRAY, M.A. & SIEGLE, D.
(2004). Best practices in the identification of gifted
students with learning disabilities. Psychology in
the Schools, 38, 403-411. |
| |
DAVIS, G.A. & RIMM, S.B. (2004). Education of the
gifted and talented. Boston : Pearson. |
|
RENZULLI, J.S. (1988). The multiple menu model for
developing differentiated curriculum for the gifted and
talented. Gifted Child Quarterly, 32, 298-309. |
BERGEN, D. (2004). Le développement de l'humour chez les
enfants normaux et surdoués : Synthèse des connaissances
actuelles. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 25
(1), 21-42. |
|
BARTON, J.M. & STARNES, W.T. (1988). Distinguishing
characteristics of gifted and talented/learning disabled
students. Special Issue : Gifted students with
disabilities. Roeper-Review, 12 (1), 23-29. |
McCOACH, D.B., KEHLE, T.J., BRAY, M.A. & SIEGLE, D.
(2004). The identification of gifted students with
learning disabilities : Challenging, controversies, and
promising practices. In T.M. Newman & R.J. Sternberg
(Eds.), Students with both gifts and learning
disabilities (pp. 31-48). New York, NY : Kluwer. |
| |
HOH, P. S. (2005). The linguistic advantage of the
intellectually gifted child : An empirical study of
spontaneous speech. Roeper Review, 27, 178–185. |
| |
MARTIN, A.J., DIXON, R. & CRAVEN, R. (2006).
Underachievement in a whole city cohort of academically
gifted children : What does it look like ? Australasian
Journal of Gifted Education, 15 (2), 9–15. |
|
SILVERMAN, L.K. (1989). Invisible gifts, invisible
handicaps. Roeper Review, 12, 37-42 |
LOVETT, B.J. & LEWANDOSKI, L.J. (2006). Gifted
students with learning disabilities : Who are they ?
Journal of Learning Disabilities, 39, 515-527. |
| |
PLUCKER, J.A. & CALLAHAN, C. (Eds.). (2008).
Critical issues and practices in gifted education : What
the research says. Waco, TX : Prufrock Press. |
| |
ELHOWERIS, H. (2008). Teacher judgment in identifying
gifted/talented students. Multicultural Education, 15
(3) 35-38. [PDF] |
|
REIS, S.M. & RENZULLI, J.S. (2009). Systems and models for developing programs for the gifted and talented. In J.S. Renzulli (Eds.), The schoolwide enrichment model : A focus on student strengts and interests. Waco, TX : Prufrock Press. [PDF] |
|
JENSEN, A.R. (1989). New findings on the intellectually
gifted. New Horizons, 30, 73-80. |
THOMPSON, L.A. (2010). The etiology of giftedness. Learning & Individual Differences, 20 (4), 298-307. |
| |
PLUCKER, J.A. & CALLAHAN, C. (2014). Research
on giftedness and gifted education : Status of the field
and considerations for the future. Exceptional
children, 80 (4), 390-406. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Triade de Renzulii, Talent
et Intelligence |
|
|
Doudou
: Couverture préférée de certains jeunes enfants, qui
constitue souvent le premier objet d'attachement.
EX: Doudoune de Linus,
l'ami de Snoopy et Charly Brown. =
doudoune. Blanket.
| |
|
|
PASSMAN, R.H. & WEISBERG, P. (1975). Mothers and
blankets as agents for promoting play and exploration by
young children in a novel environment : The effects of
social and nonsocial attachment objects. Developmental
Psychology, 11, 170-177. |
|
MAHALSKI, P.A. (1983). The incidence of attachment objects
and oral habits at bedtime in two longitudinal samples of
children. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 24, 283-295. |
|
FRIMAN P.C. (1990). Concurrent habits. What would Linus do
with his blanket if his thumb-sucking were treated ? American
Journal of Diseases of Children, 144 (12),
1316-1318. |
|
|
|
Double
Duncan B. ( ) : Psychiatre
et critique des
pratiques en cette matière. Il s'intéresse également à l'histoire
de la psychiatrie. Collaborateur
de Leo, Moncrieff
et Timimi.
 |
DOUBLE, D.B. & WONG, T.I. (1997). What has happened to
patients from long-stay psychiatric wards ? Psychiatric
Bulletin, 15, 735-736. [LIRE] |
|
DOUBLE, D.B. (1997). Prescribing antidepressants in
general practice. People may become psychologically
dependent on antidepressants. British Medical
Journal, 314, 829. |
|
DOUBLE, D.B. (2002). The limits of psychiatry. British
Medical Journal, 324, 900-904. [PDF] |
|
DOUBLE, D.B. (2002). Can a biomedical approach to
psychiatric practice be justified ? Journal of Child
& Family Studies, 12, 379-384.
[LIRE] |
|
DOUBLE, D.B. (2011). Why were doctors so slow to recognise
antidepressant discontinuation problems ? In M. Rapley, J.
Moncrieff & J. Dillon (Eds.), Demedicalizing
misery : Psychiatry, psychology and the human condition.
Basingstoke : Palgrave Macmillan.
[LIRE] |
|
|
|
Double : Préfixe qui signifie "deux".
Double.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Doublon conceptuel : En épistémologie
et en logique, désigne la
coexistence au sein d'une même théorie
ou d'un même domaine de deux mots qui renvoient au même concept,
à la même réalité (mais que l'auteur de la dite théorie ne
considère pas comme de simples synoymes).
|
|
|
Dougher Michael J. (1950-2021) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'alcoolisme.
Professeur de Markam.
Collaborateur de Hayes.
 |
MARKHAM, M., DOUGHER, M.J. & WULFERT, E. (1993).
Effects of social consequences on alcoholics performance
in aversive learning situations. Behavior Therapy,
24, 277-284. |
|
WULFERT, E., GREENWAY, D.E., HAYES, S.C. & DOUGHER,
M.J. (1994). Correlation between self-reported rigidity
and rule-governed insensitivity to operant contingencies.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (4),
659-672.
[PDF] |
|
DOUGHER, M.J. (1997). Cognitive concepts, behavior
analysis, and behavior therapy. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 28, 65-70. |
|
DOUGHER, M.J. (1998). Stimulus equivalence and the
untrained acquisition of stimulus function. Behavior
Therapy, 29, 577-591. |
|
DOUGHER, M.J., PERKINS, D.R., GREENWAY, D., KOONS, A.
& CHIASSON, C. (2002). Contextual control of
equivalence-based transformation of functions. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 78 (1),
63-93.
[PDF] |
| |
|
|
Dougherty Donald M. ( ) : Psychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude et de la
mesure de l'impulsivité,
notamment en lien avec le suicide
et l'acoolisme.
Collaborateur de Barratt,
Moeller et Swann.
|
DOUGHERTY, D.M., BJORK, J.M., HUCKABEE, H.C.G., MOELLER,
F.G. & SWANN, A.C. (1999). Laboratory measures of
aggression and impulsivity in women with borderline
personality disorder. Psychiatry Research, 85,
315-326. |
|
DOUGHERTY, D.M., MARSH, D.M. & MATHIAS, C.W. (2002).
Immediate and delayed memory tasks : A computerized
measure of memory, attention, and impulsivity. Behavior
Research Methods, Instruments & Computers, 34, 391-398. |
|
DOUGHERTY, D.M., MATHIAS, C.W., MARSH, D.M., PAPAGEORGIOU,
T.D., SWANN, A.C. & MOELLER, F.G. (2004). Laboratory
measured behavioral impulsivity relates to suicide attempt
history. Suicide & Life Threatening Behavior, 34,
374–385. |
|
DOUGHERTY, D.M., MATHIAS, C.W., MARSH, D.M. & JAGAR,
A.A. (2005). Laboratory behavioral measures of
impulsivity. Behavior Research Methods, 37,
82-90. |
|
DOUGHERTY, D.M., MATHIAS, C.W., DAWES, M.A., FURR, R.M.,
CHARLES, N.E., LIGUORI, A, SHANON, E.E. & ACHESON, A.
(2013). Impulsivity, attention, memory, and
decision-making among adolescent marijuana users. Psychopharmacology,
226 (2), 307-319. |
| |
|
|
|
|
Douglas Karen M. ( ) :
Psychosociologue britannique spécialisée dans l'étude des théories
du complot. Professeure de Wood.
Collabortrice de Jolley,
Sutton et Van
Prooijen.
|
|
DOUGLAS, K.M., McGARTY, C., BLIUC, A.M. & LALA, G.
(2005). Understanding cyberhate : social competition and
social creativity in online white supremacist groups. Social
Science Computer Review, 23, 68-76. |
|
DOUGLAS, K.M. & SUTTON, R.M. (2008). The hidden impact
of conspiracy theories : perceived and actual influence of
theories surrounding the death of Princess Diana. The
Journal of Social Psychology, 148, 210-222. |
|
DOUGLAS, K.M. & SUTTON, R.M. (2011). Does it take one
to know one ? endorsement of conspiracy theories is
influenced by personal willingness to conspire. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 50, 544-552. |
|
DOUGLAS, K.M., SUTTON, R.M. & CICHOCKA, A. (2017). The
psychology of conspiracy theories. Current Directions
in Psychological Science, 26 (6), 538-542. [PDF] |
|
DOUGLAS, K.M., USCINSKI, J., SUTTON, R.M., CICHOCKA, A.,
NEFES, T., ANG, J. & DERAVI, F. (2019). Understanding
conspiracy theories. Advances in Political
Psychology, 40 (S1), 3-35. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Douglas Virginia I. (London 1927-2017 Halifax) :
Psychologue québécoise
et professeure de
l'Université Mcgill, spécialisée dans l'étude du
trouble du déficit de l'attention et de ses traitements,
notamment le ritalin.
Collaboratrice de Campbell,
Sykes,
Weiss et Werry.
 |
DOUGLAS, V.I. (1972). Stop, look, and listen : The problem
of sustained attention and impulse control in hyperactive
and normal children. Canadian Journal of Behavioural
Science, 4, 259-282. |
|
DOUGLAS, V.I. & PETERS, K.G. (1979). Toward a clearer
definition of the attentional deficit of hyperactive
children. In G.A. Hale & M. Lewis (Eds.), Attention
and the developments of cognitive skills (pp.
173-248). New York : Plenum. |
|
DOUGLAS, V.I. (1980). Higher mental processes in
hyperactive children : Implications for training. In R.
Knights & D. Bakker (Eds.), Treatment of
hyperactive and learning disordered children (pp.
65-92). Baltimore : University Park Press. |
|
DOUGLAS, V.I., BARR, R.G., O'NEIL, M.E. & BRITTON,
B.G. (1986). Short term effects of Methylphenidate on the
cognitive, learning and accademic performance of children
with attention deficit disorder in the laboratory and the
classroom. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 27 (2), 191-211. |
|
DOUGLAS, V.I., BARR, R.G., AMIN, K., O'NEIL, M.E. &
BRITTON, B.G. (1988). Dosage effects and individual
responsivity to Methylphenidate in attention deficit
disorder. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 29 (4), 453-475. |
|
|
|
Douleur : Sensation
désagréable ressentie par un organisme
pourvu d'un cerveau, et
dont l'intensité peut varier considérablement (de légère à atroce
ou insupportable). Il semble y avoir plusieurs centres de la
douleur dans le cerveau : le cortex
cingulaire antérieur situé dans la région du cerveau
responsable du contrôle des émotions,
le cortex somatosensoriel, qui reçoit des signaux de la peau
et des viscères, et finalement le cortex
de l'insula qui régit le système
nerveux autonome. On donne de la morphine
aux malades très souffrants ou en phase terminale. Douleur, membre
fantôme et
théorie des portillons. =
mal, bobo, souffrance. /plaisir.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Pain.
| |
|
|
CANNON, W.B. (1918). Bodily changes. In pain,
hunger, fear, and rage. New York/London :
Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
MELZACK, R. (1990). The tragedy of needless pain.
American Scientific, special issue : medicine. |
|
WOOLARD, H.H., WEDDELL, G. & HARPMAN, J.A. (1940).
Observations of the neuro-historical basis of cutaneous
pain. Journal of Anatomy, 74, 502-553 |
GROSSMAN, W.I. (1991). Pain, aggression, fantasy, and
concepts of sadomasochism. Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
60, 22-51. [PDF] |
|
LIVINGSTON, W.K. (1943). Pain mechanisms. New
York. Macmillan. |
LIEBESKIND, J.C. (1991). Pain can kill. Pain, 44,
3-4. |
|
WIKLER, A., GOODELL, H. & WOLFF, H.G. (1946). The Journal
of Nervous & Mental Disease, 103 (6), 702. |
|
|
BONICA, J.J. (1953). The management of pain.
Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger. |
LONG, D.M. (1991). Fifteen years of transcutaneous
electrical stimulation for pain control. Stereotactic
& Functional Neurosurgery, 56 (1), 2-19. |
|
HILL, H.E., BELLEVILLE, R.E. & WIKLER, A. (1954).
Reduction of pain-conditioned anxiety by analgesic doses
of morphine in rats. Proceedings of the Society For
Experimental Biology & Medicine, 88 (4),
881-884. |
|
|
HILL, H.E., BELLEVILLE, R.E. & WIKLER, A. (1955).
Studies on anxiety associated with anticipation of pain.
II. Comparative effects of pentobarbital and morphine. Archives
of Neurology & Psychiatry, 73, 602-608. |
|
|
CHURCH, R.M. (1959). Emotional reactions of rats to the
pain of others. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 52, 132-134. |
KEEFE, F.J., DUNSMORE, J. & BURNETT, R. (1992).
Behavioral and cognitive-behavioral approaches to chronic
pain : Recent advances and future directions. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 60 (4),
528-536. [PDF] |
|
MILLER, N.E. (1960). Learning resistance to pain and fear
: Effects of overlearning, exposure and rewarded exposure
in context. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 60, 137-145. |
GEIGER, G., TODD, D.D., CLARK, H.B., MILLER, R.P. &
KORI, S.H. (1992). The effects of feedback and contingent
reinforcement on the exercise behavior of chronic pain
patients. Pain, 49 (2), 179-185. |
|
SCHLUDERMANN, E. & ZUBEK, J.P. (1962). Effect of age
on pain sensitivity. Perceptual & Motor Skills,
14, 295-301. |
BERKOWITZ, L. (1993). Pain and aggression : Some findings
and implications. Motivation & Emotion, 17,
277-293. |
|
BARBER, T.X. (1963). The effect of "hypnosis" on pain : A
critical review of experimental and clinical findings. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 25, 303-333. |
MELZACK, R. (1993). Pain : past, present and future. Canadian
Journal Psychology, 47, 615-629. |
|
AZRIN, N.H., HUTCHINSON, R.R. & SALLERY, R.D. (1964).
Pain-aggression toward inanimate objects. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7,
223-228. [PDF] |
McGRATH, P.A. (1994). Psychological aspects of pain
perception. Archives of Oral Biology, 39, 55-62. |
| |
SLABY, A.E., GARFINKEL B.D. & GARFINKEL, L.F. (1994).
No one say my pain. New York : Norton. |
| |
WATANABE, S., SAKAMOTO, J. & WAKITA, M. (1995).
Pigeons' discrimination of paintings by Monet and Picasso.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 63
(2), 165-174. [PDF] |
|
MELZACK, R. & WALL, P. (1965). Pain mechanisms : A new
theory. Science, 150, 971-979. [PDF] |
STAATS, P.S., HEKMAT, H. & STAATS, A.W. (1996). The
psychological behaviorism theory of pain : A basis for
unity. Pain Forum, 5, 194-207. |
|
NISBETT, R.E. & SCHACHTER, S. (1966). Cognitive
manipulation of pain. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 2, 227-236. |
MURTOMAA, H., MILGROM, P., WEINSTEIN, P. & VUOPIO, T.
(1996). Dentists' perceptions and management of pain
experienced by children during treatment : a survey of
groups of dentists in the USA and Finland.
International Journal of Paediatric Dentistry, 6,
25-30. |
|
ULRICH, R. (1966). Pain as a cause of aggression.
American Zoologist, 6, 643-662. |
BACHANAS, P.J. & BLOUNT, R.L. (1996). The behavioral
approach - avoidance and distress sale : An investigation
of reliability and validity during painful medical
procedures. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 21,
671-681. |
|
HILGARD, E.R. (1967). A quantitative study of pain and its
reduction through hypnotic suggestion. Proceedings of
the National Academy of Science, 57, 1851-1856. |
CROMBEZ, G., ECCLESTON, C., BAEYENS, F. & EELEN, P.
(1996). The disruptive nature of pain : An experimental
investigation. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 34,
911-918. |
|
AZRIN, N.H. (1967). Pain and aggression. Psychology
Today, 1, 27-33. |
HIGGINS, E.T. (1997). Beyond pleasure and pain.
American Psychologist, 52, 1280-1300. [PDF] |
|
MELZACK, R. & CASEY, K.C. (1968). Sensory,
motivational, and central control determinants of pain : A
new conceptual model. In D. Kenshalo (Ed.) The skin
senses. Springfield, IL : Charles C. Thomas. |
STEVENS, B., TADDIO, A., OHLSSON, A. & EINARSON, T.
(1997). The efficacy of sucrose for relieving procedural
pain in neonates : A systematic review and meta-analysis.
Acta Paediatrica, 86, 837-842. |
|
|
KUGELMANN, R. (1997). The psychology and management of
pain : Gate control as theory and symbol. Theory
& Psychology, 7 (1), 43-65. |
|
HILGARD, E.R. (1969). Pain as a puzzle for psychology and
physiology. American Psychologist, 24, 103-113. |
MARCHAND, S. (1998). Le phénomène de la douleur.
Montréal : Chenelière McGraw-Hill. |
|
HILGARD, E.R. (1971). Pain : Its reduction and production
under hypnosis. Proceedings of the American
Philosophical Society, 115, 470-476. |
ANDERSON, K.B., ANDERSON, C.A., DILL, K.E. & DEUSER,
W.E. (1998). The interactive relations between trait
hostility, pain, and aggressive thoughts. Aggressive
Behavior, 24, 161-171. |
|
HILGARD, E.R. (1973). A neodissociation interpretation of
pain reduction in hypnosis. Psychological Review, 80,
403-419. |
McCRACKEN, L.M. (1998). Learning to live with pain :
Acceptance of pain predicts adjustment in persons with
chronic pain. Pain, 74, 21-27. |
|
HILGARD, E.R. & HILGARD, J.R. (1975). Hypnosis in
the relief of pain. Los Altos : Kaufmann. |
TREEDE, R.-D., KENSHALO, D.R., GRACELY, R.H. & JONES,
A.K.P. (1999). The cortical representation of pain. Pain,
79 (2-3), 105-111. |
|
WEISENBERG, M. (1977). Pain and pain control. Psychological
Bulletin, 84, 1008-1044. |
WALL, P.D. (1999). Pain : the science of suffering.
Weidenfeld & Nicolson. |
|
WILLER, J.C. (1977). Comparative study of perceived pain
and nociceptive flexion reflex in man. Pain, 3,
69-80. |
MELZACK, R. (1999). Pain and stress. In R.J. Gatchel &
D.C Turk (Eds.), Psychosocial factors in pain
(pp.89-106). New York : Guilford Press. |
|
MELZACK, R. & LOESER, JD. (1978). Phantom body pain in
paraplegics : evidence for a central 'pattern generating
mechanism' for pain. Pain, 4, 195-210. |
HAYES, S.C., BISSETT, R., KORN, Z., ZETTLE, R.D.,
ROSENFARB, I., COOPER, L. & GRUNDT, A. (1999). The
impact of acceptance versus control rationales on pain
tolerance. The Psychological Record, 49, 33-47. |
| |
FILLINGIM, R.B., EDWARDS, P.P. & POWELL, T. (2000).
Sex-dependent effects of reported familial pain history on
recent pain complaints and experimental pain responses.
Pain, 86 (1-2), 87-94. |
| |
TREEDE, R.-D., APAKARIAN, A.V., BROMM, B., GREENSPAN,
J.D., LENZ, F.A. (2000). Cortical representation of pain :
functional characterization of nociceptive areas near the
lateral sulcus. Pain, 87 (2), 113-119. |
|
WALL, P.D. (1978). The gate control of pain mecanism :
re-examination and restatement. Brain, 101 (1),
1-18. |
SCHERDDER, E.J.K. & BOUMA, A. (2000). Visual analogue
scales for pain assessment in Alzheimer’s disease. Gerontology,
46, 47-53. |
|
WALL, P.D. (1979). On the relation of injury to pain.
Pain, 6, 253-264. |
PRICE, D. (2000). Psychological and neural mechanisms of
the affective dimension of pain. Science, 288, 1769-1772. |
|
ORNE, M.T. (1980). Hypnotic control of pain : Toward a
clarification of the different psychological processes
involved. In J.J. Bonica (Ed.), Pain
(pp. 155-172). New York : Raven Press. |
CHAMBERS, C.T., CRAIG, K.D. & BENNETT, S.M. (2002).
The impact of maternal behavior on children's pain
experience : An experimental analysis. Journal of
Pediatric Psychology, 27, 293-301. |
|
LEWIS, D. (1980). Mad pain and Martian pian, and knowing what it's like. In D. Rosenthal (Ed.), The mature of the mind
(pp.159-174). New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
|
MELZACK, R. & WALL, P. (1982). The challenge of
pain. England : Penguin Books. |
WILLIAMS, A.C. (2002). Facial expression of pain : An
evolutionary account. Behavioral & Brain Sciences,
25, 439-488. [PDF] |
|
MELZACK, R. & WALL, P. (1982). Psychophysiology of
pain. International Anesthesiology Clinics, 8
(1), 3-34. |
KEEFE, F.J., LUMLEY, M.A., BUFFINGTON, A.L.H., CARSON,
J.L., STUDTS, J.L., EDWARDS, C.L., MACKLEM, D.J., ASPNES,
A.K., FOX, L. & STEFFEY, D. (2002). Changing face of
pain : The evolution of pain research in Psychosomatic
Medicine. Psychosomatic Medicine, 64, 921-938.
[PDF] |
|
| |
PETROVIC, P. & INGVAR, M. (2002). Imaging cognitive
modulation of pain processing. Pain, 95 (1/2),
1-5. |
| |
WILLIAMS, A.C. (2002). Facial expression of pain : an
evolutionary account. Behavioral & Brain Sciences,
25, 439-455. |
|
WORTHINGTON, E.L., MARTIN, G.A., SHUMATE, M. &
CARPENTER, J. (1983). The effect of brief Lamaze training
and social encouragement on pain endurance in a cold
pressor tank. Journal of Applied Social Psychology,
13, 223-233. |
PRICE, D. (2002). Central neural mechanisms that
interrelate sensory and affective dimensions of pain. Molecular
Interventions, 2, 392-403. |
|
TURK, D.C., MEICHENBAUM, D. & GENEST, M. (1983).
Pain and behavioral medicine : A cognitive-behavioral
perspective. New York, NY : Guilford Press. |
McCRACKEN, L.M. & ECCLESTON, C. (2003). Coping or
acceptance : What to do about chronic pain ? Pain,
105, 197-204. |
|
WILLER, J.C, ROBY, A. & LE BARS, D. (1984).
Psychophysical and electrophysiological approaches to the
pain-relieving effects of heterotopic nociceptive stimuli.
Brain, 107, 1095-1112. |
MOGIL, J. (Ed.) (2004). The genetics of pain.
Seattle : IASP Press. |
|
EISEMANN, C.H., JORGENSEN, W.K., MERRITT, D.J., RICE,
M.J., CRIBB, B.W., WEBB, P.D. & ZALUCKI, M.P. (1984).
Do insects feel pain ? A biological view. Experientia,
40, 164-167. |
KEEFE, F.J., RUMBLE, M.E., SCIPIO, C.D., GIARDANO, L.
& PERRI, L.M. (2004). Psychological aspects of
persistent pain : Current state of the science.
Journal of Pain, 5, 195-211. |
|
McCAUL, K.D. & MALOTT, J.M. (1984). Distraction and
coping with pain. Psychological Bulletin, 95,
516-533. |
SULLIVAN, M.J.L., ADAMS, H. & SULLIVAN, M.E. (2004).
Communicative dimensions of pain catastrophizing : social
cueing effects on pain behaviour and coping. Pain,
107, 220-226. [PDF] |
|
TURK, D.C. & SALOVEY, P. (1985). The reign of pain
falls mainly in the brain. The Behavioral and Brain
Sciences, 8, 72-73. |
LORENZ, J., HAUCK, M., PAUR, R.C., NAKAMURA, Y.,
ZIMMERMANN, R., BROMM, B. & ENGEL, A.K. (2005).
Cortical correlates of false expectations during pain
intensity judgments : A possible manifestation of
placebo/nocebo cognitions. Brain, Behavior, &
Immunity, 19 (4), 283-295. [PDF] |
|
RACHLIN, H. (1985). Pain and behavior. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 8, 43-83. |
HAYES, S.C. & DUCKWORTH, M.P. (2006). Acceptance and
commitment therapy and traditional cognitive behavior
therapy approaches to pain. Cognitive &
Behavioral Practice, 13, 185-187. |
|
FIORITO, G. (1986). Is there "pain" in invertebrates ? Behavior
Process, 12, 383-388. |
BUSCHNELL, M.C. & APKARIAN, A.V. (2006).
Representation of pain in the brain. In S.B. McMahon &
M. Koltzenburg (Eds.) Wall and Melzack’s textbook of
pain. Edinburgh : Elsevier/Churchill Livingston. |
|
MILLAN, M.J. (1986). Multiple opioid systems and pain. Pain,
27, 303-347. |
BLOUNT, R.L., PIIRA, T., COHEN, L.L. & CHENG, P.S.
(2006). Pediatric procedural pain. Behavior
Modification, 30, 24-49. [PDF] |
| |
PRICE D.D., CRAGGS, J., VERNE, G., PERLSTEIN, W. &
ROBINSON, M. (2007). Placebo analgesia is accompanied by
large reductions in pain-related brain activity in
irritable bowel syndrome patients. Pain, 127,
63-72. |
|
MISER, A.W., DOTHAGE, J.A., WESLEY, R.A. & MISER, J.S.
(1987). The prevalence of pain in a pediatric and young
adult cancer population. Pain, 29, 73-83. |
LEZENWERGER, M.F. & PASTORER, R.E. (2007). On
determining sensitivity to pain in borderline personality
disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 64
(6), 747-748. |
| |
FILLINGIM, R., WALLACE, M.R., HERBSTMAN, D.M.,
RIBEIRO-DASILVA, M. & STAUD, R. (2008). Genetic
contributions to pain : a review of findings in humans. Oral
Disorder, 14 (8), 673-682. [PDF] |
|
MELZACK, R. (1989). Phantom limbs, the self and the brain.
(The D.O. Hebb Memorial Lecture). Canadian
Psychology, 30, 1-14. |
COHEN, L.L., LEMANEK, K. BLOUNT, R.L. DAHLQUIST, L.M. LIM,
C.S., PALERMO, T.M. MCKENNA, K.D. & WEISS, K.E.
(2008). Evidence-based assessment of pediatric pain.
Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 33 (9), 939-955. [PDF] |
| |
VIGIL, J.M. & COULOMBE, P. (2011). Biological sex and
audience affects pain intensity and observational coding
of other people's pain behaviors. Pain, 152,
2125-2130. |
|
FERNANDEZ, E. & TURK, D.C. (1989). The utility of
cognitive coping strategies for altering pain perception :
A meta-analysis. Pain, 38, 123-135. |
CÀRDENAS-MORALES L., FLADUNG A.-K., KAMMER, T., SCHMAHL
C., PLENER P.L., CONNEMANN B.J. & SCHÖNFELDT-LECUONA,
C. (2011). Exploring the affective component of pain
perception during aversive stimulation in borderline
personality disorder. Psychiatry Research, 186 (2-3),
458-460. [PDF] |
|
CHAVES, J.F. (1989). Hypnotic control of clinical pain. In
N.P. Spanos & J.F. Chaves (Eds.), Hypnosis : The
cognitive-behavioral perspective. Buffalo, NY :
Prometheus Books. |
LATENBACHER, S. (2012). Experimental approaches in the
study of pain in the elderly. Pain Medicine, 13, 44-50.
[PDF] |
| |
BARTLEY, E.J. & FILLINGIM, R.B. (2013). Sex
differences in pain : a brief review of clinical and
experimental findings. British Journal of
Anaesthesia, 111 (1), 52-58. [PDF] |
|
PEDDAREDDYGARI, L.R., OBEROI, K. & GREWAL, R.P.
(2014). Congenital insensitivity to pain: a case report
and review of the literature. Case Reports in
Neurological Medicine, 2, 1-4. [PDF] |
| |
VIGIL, J.M. & STRENTH, C. (2014). No pain, no social
gains : A social-signaling perspective of human pain
behaviors. World Journal of Anesthesiology, 3
(1), 18-30. [PDF] |
| |
ENNS, M.W., BERNSTEIN, C.B., KROEKER, K., GRAFF, L.,
WALKER, J.R., LIX, L., HITCHON, C.A., EL-GABALAWY, R.,
FISK, J.D. & MARRIE, R.A. (2018). The association of
fatigue, pain, depression and anxiety with work and
activity impairment in immune mediated inflammatory
diseases. PLoS ONE, 13 (6), 1-18. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Souffrance
et Sensation |
|
|
Douleur (Traitements/Thérapies)
:
Pain management, pain therapy.
| |
|
|
BONICA, J.J. (1953). The management of pain.
Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger. |
|
|
NISBETT, R.E. & SCHACHTER, S. (1966). Cognitive
manipulation of pain. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 2 227-236. |
VARNI, J.W., BLOUNT, R.L., WALDRON, S.A. & SMITH, A.J.
(1995). Management of pain and distress. In M.C. Roberts
(Ed.), Handbook of pediatric psychology (pp.
105-123). New York : Guilford. |
|
WERNICK, R.L., JAREMKO, M. & TAYLOR, P. (1981). Pain
management in severely burned adults : A test of stress
inoculation. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 4,
103-109. |
KUGELMANN, R. (1997). The psychology and management of
pain : Gate control as theory and symbol. Theory
& Psychology, 7 (1), 43-65. |
|
BLANCHARD, E.B., ANDRASIC, F., NEFF, D.F., ARENA, J.G.,
AHLES, T.A., JURSH, S.E., PALLMEYER, T.P., SAUNDERS, N.L.
& TEDERS, S.J. (1982). Biofeedback and relaxation
training with three kinds of headache : Treatments effects
and their prediction. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 50, 562-575 |
McCRACKEN, L.M. (1998). Learning to live with pain :
Acceptance of pain predicts adjustment in persons with
chronic pain. Pain, 74, 21-27. |
|
LABBÉE, E.E. & WILLIAMSON, D. (1983). Temperature
biofeedback in the treatment of children with migraine
headaches. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 8
(4), 317-326. |
McCRACKEN, L.M. (2005). Contextual
cognitive-behavioral therapy for chronic pain. Seattle,
WA : IASP Press. |
|
WERNICK, R.L. (1983). Stress inoculation in the management
of clinical pain : Applications to burn patients. In D.
Meichenbaum & M. Jaremko (Eds.), Stress reduction
and prevention : A cognitive behavioral approach
(pp. 191-218). New York : Plenum Press. |
TURK, D.C. & BURWINKLE, T.M. (2005). Clinical
outcomes, cost-effectiveness, and the role of psychology
in treatments for chronic pain sufferers. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 36, 602-610. |
|
KABAT-ZINN, J., LIPWORTH, L., BURNEY, R. & SELLERS, W.
(1986). Four year follow-up of a meditation-based program
for the self-regulation of chronic pain : Treatment
outcomes and compliance. Clinical Journal of Pain, 2,
159-173. |
McCRACKEN, L.M., VOWLES, K.E. & ECCLESTON, C. (2005).
Acceptance- based treatment for persons with complex
longstanding chronic pain : A preliminary analysis of
treatment outcome in comparison to a waiting phase. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 43, 1335-1346. |
| |
LINTON, S.J. (2010). Applying dialectical behavior therapy
chronic pain : A case study. Scandinavian Journal of
Pain, 1, 50-54. |
| |
YARNITSKY, D, GRANOT, M. & GRANOVSKY, Y. (2014). Pain
modulation profile and pain therapy : between pro- and
antinociception. Pain, 55, 663-665. |
|
FERNANDEZ, E. & TURK, D.C. (1989). The utility of
cognitive coping strategies for altering pain perception :
A meta-analysis. Pain, 38, 123-135. |
McCRACKEN, L.M. & VOWLES, K.E. (2014). Acceptance and
commitment therapy and mindfulness for chronic pain. American
Psychologist, 69 (2), 178-187. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Douleur |
|
|
Douleur
(Insensibilité) : Congenital
insensitivity to pain.
| |
|
|
SWANSON, A.G. (1963). Congenital
insensitivity to pain with anhidrosis. Archives of
Neurology, 8, 299-306.
|
|
MIURA, Y., MARDY, S., AWAYA, Y., NIHEI, K.,
ENDO, F., MATSUDA, I. & INDO, Y. (2000). utation
and polymorphism analysis of the TRKA (NTRK1) gene
encoding a high-affinity receptor for nerve growth
factor in congenital insensitivity to pain with
anhidrosis (CIPA) families. Human Genetics, 1061
(1), 16-124.
[PDF] |
|
STAUD, R., PRICE, D.D., JANICKE, D., ANDRADE,
E., HADJIPANAYIS, A.G., EATON, W.T., KAPLAN, L. &
WALLACE, M.R. (2011). Two novel mutations of SCN9A
(Nav1.7) are associated with partial congenital
insensitivity to pain. European Journal of Pain, 15
(3), 223–230.
|
|
PEDDAREDDYGARI, L.R., OBEROI, K. & GREWAL, R.P.
(2014). Congenital insensitivity to pain: a case
report and review of the literature. Case Reports
in Neurological Medicine, 2, 1-4.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Douleur (Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic,
des tests et des
outils de collecte de données
qui permettent d'évaluer et
de mesurer la douleur.
Assessment of pain.
| |
|
|
MELZACK, R. (1987). The Short-Form McGill Pain
Questionnaire. Pain, 30, 191-197. |
|
McCRACKEN, L.M. & DHINGRA, L. (2002). A short version
of the pain anxiety symp- toms scale (PASS-20) :
preliminary development and validity. Pain Research
& Management, 7, 45-50. |
|
LEONG, I.Y., CHONG, M.S. & GIBSON, S.J. (2006). The
use of a self-reported pain measure, a nurse-reported pain
measure and the PAINAD in nursing home residents with
moderate and severe dementia : a validation study. Age
Ageing, 35, 252-256. |
|
WICKSELL, R.K., RENOFALT, J., OLSSON, G.L., BOND, F.W.
& MELIN, L. (2008). Avoidance and cognitive
fusion-central components in pain related disability ?
Development and preliminary validation of the
Psychological Inflexibility in Pain Scale (PIPS).
European Journal of Pain, 12 (4), 491-500. |
|
VOWLES, K.E., McCRACKEN, L.M., McCLEOD, C. &
ECCLESTON, C. (2008). The chronic pain acceptance
questionnaire : confirmatory factor analysis and
identification of patient subgroups. Pain, 140,
284-291. |
|
FILLINGIM, R.B., LOESNER, J.D., BARON, R. & EDWARDS,
R.R. (2016). Assessment of chronic pain : Domains,
methods, and mechanisms. Journal of Pain, 17
(S9), 10-20. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Douleur |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douleur
à la tête : Douleur à la tête,
migraine et blessure
à la tête. = mal de tête.
Headache.
| |
|
|
HOLROYD, K.A., ANDRASIK, F. & WESTBROOK, T. (1977).
Cognitive control of tension headache. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 1, 121-133. |
SARAFINO, E.P. & GOERING, P. (2000). Age comparisons
in acquiring biofeedback control and success in reducing
headache pain. Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 22,
1-9. |
|
BLANCHARD, E.B., ANDRASIC, F., NEFF, D.F., ARENA, J.G.,
AHLES, T.A., JURSH, S.E., PALLMEYER, T.P., SAUNDERS, N.L.
& TEDERS, S.J. (1982). Biofeedback and relaxation
training with three kinds of headache : Treatments effects
and their prediction. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 50, 562-575. |
STRÖM, L., PETTERSSON, R. & ANDERSSON, G. (2000). A
controlled trial of self-help treatment of recurrent
headache conducted via the internet. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68, 722-727. |
|
KOHLENBERG, R.J. & CAHN, T. (1982). Self-help for
migraine headaches : A controlled outcome study. Headache,
21, 196-200. |
HOLROYD, K.A., O'DONNELL, F.J., STENSLAND, M., LIPCHICK,
G.L., CORDINGLEY, G.E. & CARLSON, B.W. (2001).
Management of chronic tension-type headache with tricyclic
antidepressant medication, stress management therapy, and
their combination : A randomized controlled trial. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 285, 2208-2215. |
|
HOLROYD, K.A. & ANDRASIK, F. (1982). Do the effects of
cognitive therapy endure ? A two-year follow-up of tension
headache sufferers treated with cognitive therapy or
biofeedback. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 6 (3),
325-334. |
RASMUSSEN, B.K. (2001). Epidemiology of headache.
Cephalagia, 21, 774-777. |
|
LABBÉ, E.E. & WILLIAMSON, D. (1983). Temperature
biofeedback in the treatment of children with migraine
headaches. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 8
(4), 317-326. |
HERMANN, C. & BLANCHARD, E.B. (2002). Biofeedback in
the treatment of headache and other childhood pain.
Applied Psychophysiology & Biofeedback, 27 (2),
143-162. [PDF] |
| |
NASH, J.M., NICHOLSON, R., ESLER, J. & BACH, A.
(2003). Influence of physiological, emotional, and
cognitive factors on headache-related disability.
Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 25, S148. |
| |
MARTIN-ARAGUZ, A., BUSTAMANTE-MARTINEZ, C. & DE
PEDRO-PIJOAN, J.M. (2003). Treatment of chronic
tension-type headache with mirtazapine andamitriptyline. Revista
De Neurologia, 37 (2), 101-105. |
|
WORZ, R. & SCHERHAG, R. (1990). Treatment of chronic
tension headache with doxepin or amitriptyline : Results
of a double-blind study. Headache, 1 (3),
216-223. |
DOZ, C., ALTUNAYOGLU, V., VELIOGLU S. & OZMENOGLU, M.
(2003). Sertraline versus amitriptyline in the
prophylactic therapy of non-depressed chronictension-type
headache patients. Journal of Headache Pain, 4
(2), 72-78. |
|
HOLROYD, K.A. NASH, J.M., PINGEL, J.D., CORDINGLEY, G.E.
& JEROME, A.A. (1991). Comparison of pharmacological
(amitriptyline HCL) andnonpharmacological
(cognitive-behavioral) therapies for chronic
tensionheadaches. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 59 (3), 387-393. |
ANDERSSON, G. LUNDSTRÖM, P. & STRÖM, L. (2003).
Internet-based treatment of headache. Does telephone
contact add anything ? Headache, 43, 353-361. |
|
RASMUSSEN, B.K., JENSEN, R., SCHROLL, M. & OLESEN, J.
(1992) Epidemiology of headache in a general population-a
prevalence study. Journal of Epidemiology &
Community Health, 44, 1147-57. |
NASH, J.M., PARK, E.R, WALKER, B.B, GORDON, N.G. &
NICHOLSON, R.A. (2004). Behavioral group treatment for
disabling headache. Pain Medicine, 5, 178-186. |
|
RASMUSSEN, B.K., JENSEN, R. & OLESEN, J. (1992).
Impact of headache on sickness absence and utilisation of
medical services : a Danish population study. Journal
of Epidemiology & Community Health, 46, 443-446.
[PDF] |
LYNGBERG, A.C., RASMUSSEN, B.K., JORGENSEN, T. &
JENSEN, R. (2005). Has the prevalence of migraine and
tension-type headache changed over a 12- year period ? European
Journal of Epidemiology, 20 (3), 243-249. |
|
SHORTALL, T. (1996). Cognitive-behavioural treatment of
recurrent headache. The Rational Emotive Behaviour
Therapist, 4 (1), 27-33. |
RAINS, C., PENZIEN, D.B., McCORY, D.C. & GRAY, R.N.
(2005). Behavioral headache treatment : History, review of
the empirical literature, and methodological critique. Headache,
5 (S2), 92-109. [PDF] |
| |
NASH, J.M., PARK, E.R., WALKER, B.B., GORDON, N.G. &
NICHOLSON, R.A. (2004). Behavioral group treatment for
disabling headache. Pain Medicine, 5, 178-186. |
|
WALKER, Z., WALKER, R.W.H., ROBERTSON, M.M. &
STANSFELD, S. (1998). Antidepressanttreatment of chronic
tension-type headache : A comparison between fluoxetine
and desipramine. Headache, 38 (7), 523-552. |
NASH, J.M. & THEBARGE, R. (2007). Understanding
psychological stress, its biological processes, and impact
on primary headache. Headache, 46, 1377-1386. |
|
JAMES, J.E. (1998). Acute and chronic effects of caffeine
on performance, mood, headache, and sleep. Neuropsychobiology,
38, 32-41. |
DIENER, H.C., SCHORN, C.F., BINGEL, U. & DODICK, D.W.
(2008). The importance of placebo in headache research. Cephalagia,
28 (10), 1003-1011. |
| |
KOEHLER, P.J. & BOES, C.J. (2010). A history of
non-drug treatment in headache, particularly migraine.
Brain Journal of Neurology, 133, 2489-2500. [PDF] |
| |
ABU BAKAR, N., TANPRAWATE, S., LAMBRU, G., TORKAMANI, M.,
JAHANSHAHI, M. & MATHARU, M.V. (2016). Quality of life
in primary headache disorders : A review. Cephalalgia,
36 (1), 67-91. |
| |
BUHRAM, M., GORDH, T. & ANDERSSON, G. (2016). Internet
interventions for chronic pain including headache : a
systematic review. Internet Interventions, 4, 17-34.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi
Blessure à la tête, Commotion
cérébrale et
Traumatisme cérébral |
|
|
|
Douleur
aiguë :
| |
|
|
DUMOULIN, S., BOUCHARD, S. et RIVARD, V. (2007). Est-ce
que la réalité virtuelle est un moyen efficace de gérer la
douleur aigüe ? Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 28 (2),
65-91. |
|
|
Voir aussi Douleur |
|
|
Douleur au dos : Douleur au dos qui se concentre souvent autour de la ceinture pelvienne. = mal de dos.
Back pain.
| |
|
|
TROUP, J.D.G., FOREMAN, T.K., BAXTER, C.E. & BROWN, D.
(1987). The perception of back pain and the role of
psychophysical tests of lifting capacity. Spine, 12,
645-657. |
|
TURNER, J.A. & CLANCY, S. (1988). Comparison of
operant behavioral and cognitive-behavioral group
treatment for chronic low back pain. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 56, 261-266. |
|
GEIGER, G., TODD, D.D., CLARK, H.B., MILLER, R.P. &
KORI, S.H. (1992). The effects of feedback and contingent
reinforcement on the exercise behavior of chronic pain
patients. Pain, 49 (2), 179-185. |
|
BALAGUÉ, F., SKOVRON, M.L., NORDIN, M., DUTOIT, G. &
WALDBURGER, M. (1995). Low back pain in school children :
A study of familial and psychological factors. Spine,
20, 1265-1270. |
|
WHITFIELD, J., LEGG, S.J. & HEDDERLEY, D.I. (2001).
The weight and use of schoolbags in New Zealand secondary
schools. Ergonomics, 44, 819-824. |
|
WATSON, K.D., PPAPGEORGIOU, A.C., JONES, T.J., TAYLOR S.,
SYMMONS, D.P.M., SILMAN, A.J. & MaFARLANE, G.J.
(2002). Low back pain in school children : occurrence and
characteristics. Pain, 97, 87-92. |
|
HOFFMAN, B.M., PAPAS, R.K., CHATKOFF, D.K. & KERNS,
R.D. (2007). Meta-analysis of psychological interventions
for chronic low back pain. Health Psychology, 26, 1-9.
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Douleur |
|
|
Douleur
au ventre : Douleur
au ventre et syndrome
du côlon irritable. = mal au
ventre, douleurs abdominales. Abdominal pain.
| |
|
|
CHRISTENSEN, M.F. & MORTENSEN, O. (1975). Long term
prognosis in children with recurrent abdominal pain. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 50, 110-114. |
|
BARR, R.G., LEVINE, M.D. & WATKINS, J.B. (1979).
Recurrent abdominal pain of childhood due to lactose
intolerance : a prospective study. New England Journal
of Medecine, 300 (1449), 52-53. |
|
LEBENTHAL, E. (1980). Recurrent abdominal pain in
childhood. American Journal of Diseases of Children,
134, 347-348. |
|
McGRATH, P.J., GOODMAN, J.T., FIRESTONE, P., SHIPMAN, R.
& PETERS, S. (1983). Recurrent abdominal pain : a
psychogenic disorder ? Archives of Disease in
Childhood, 58, 888-890. |
|
BARR, R.G. & FEURSTEIN, M. (1983). Recurrent abdominal
pain syndrome. How appropriate are our basic clinical
assumptions ? In P.J. McGrath & P. Firestone (Eds.), Pediatric
found : issues in treatment. New York : Springer. |
|
|
Voir aussi Syndrome
du côlon irritable et
Douleur |
|
|
Douleur chronique : Douleur
persistante, qui varie en intensité mais qui ne semble jamais
disparaître.
Chronic pain, persistent pain.
| |
|
|
KHATAMI, M. & RUSH, A.J. (1982). A one-year follow-up
of the multimodal treatment of chronic pain. Pain,
14, 45-52. |
BLACKBURN, J. (2001). Anger, chronic pain and rational
emotive behaviour therapy. The Rational Emotive
Behaviour Therapist, 9 (1), 23-28. |
| |
TURK, D.C. & OKIFUJI, A. (2002). Psychological factors
in chronic pain : Evolution and revolution. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70 (3),
678-690.
[PDF] |
|
FRANCE, R.D., URBAN, B.J. & KEEFE, B.J. (1984).
Long-term use of narcotic analgesics in chronic pain.
Social Science & Medicine, 19, 1379-1382. |
GATCHEL, R.J. & OORDT, M.S. (2003). Acute and chronic
pain conditions. In R.J. Gatchel & M.S. Oordt (Eds.),
Clinical health psychology and primary care : Practical
advice and clinical guidance for successful
collaboration (pp. 117-134). Washington, D.C. :
American Psychological Association |
|
TURK, D.C. & SALOVEY, P. (1984). Chronic pain as a
variant of depressive disease : A critical reappraisal.
TheJournal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 172,
398-404. |
McCRACKEN, L.M. & ECCLESTON, C. (2003). Coping or
acceptance : What to do about chronic pain ? Pain,
105, 197-204. |
| |
JOHNSON, M. & KAZANTZIS, N. (2004). Cognitive
behavioral therapy for chronic pain : Strategies for the
successful use of homework assignments. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy, 22
(3), 189-218. |
|
KABAT-ZINN, J., LIPWORTH, L., BURNEY, R. & SELLERS, W.
(1986). Four year follow-up of a meditation-based program
for the self-regulation of chronic pain : Treatment
outcomes and compliance. Clinical Journal of Pain, 2,
159-173. |
MORLEY, S.J., SHAPIRO, D.A. & BIGGS, J. (2004).
Developing a treatment manual for attention management in
chronic pain. Cognitive Behavior Therapy, 33,
1-11. |
|
ALCOCK, J.E. (1986). Chronic pain and the injured worker.
Canadian Psychology, 27, 196-203. |
McCRACKEN, L.M., VOWLES, K.E. & ECCLESTON, C. (2004).
Acceptance of chronic pain : Component analysis and a
revised assessment method. Pain, 107 (1-2),
159-166. [PDF] |
|
JENSEN, M.P., TURNER, J.A., ROMANO, J.M. & KAROLY, P.
(1991). Coping with chronic pain : a critical review of
the literature. Pain, 47 (3), 249-280. |
KEEFE, F.J., RUMBLE, M.E., SCIPIO, C.D., GIARDANO, L.
& PERRI, L.M. (2004). Psychological aspects of
persistent pain : Current state of the science.
Journal of Pain, 5, 195-211. |
|
FISHBAIN, D.A., ROSOMOFF, H.L. & ROSOMOFF, D.S.
(1992). Drug abuse, dependence, and addiction in chronic
pain patients. Clinical Journal of Pain, 8,
77-85. |
VOWLES, K.E., McCRACKEN, L.M. & ECCLESTON, C. (2007).
Processes of change in treatment for chronic pain : The
contributions of pain, acceptance, and catastrophizing. European
Journal of Pain, 11, 779-787. |
|
HEWITT, P.L., FLETT, G.L. & MIKAIL, S. (1995).
Perfectionism and relationship maladjustment in chronic
pain patients and their spouses. Journal of Family
Psychology, 9, 335-347.
[PDF] |
SULLIVAN, M.J.M., ADAMS, H., HORAN, S., MAHER, D., BOLAND,
D. & GROSS, R. (2008). The role of perceived injustice
in the experience of chronic pain and disability : Scale
development and validation. Journal of Occupational
Rehabilitation, 18 (3), 249-261. [PDF] |
|
McCRACKEN, L.M. (1998). Learning to live with pain :
Acceptance of pain predicts adjustment in persons with
chronic pain. Pain, 74, 21-27. |
KRINGELBACH, M.L., PEREIRA E.A.C., GREEN, A.L., OWEN,
S.L.F. & AZIZ, T.Z. (2009). Deep brain stimulation for
chronic pain. Journal of Pain Management, 3, 301-314.
[PDF] |
| |
VOWLES, K.E. & McCRACKEN, L.M. (2008). Acceptance and
values-based action in chronic pain : A study of treatment
effectiveness and process. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 76, 397-407. |
|
FERREIRA-VALENTE, M.A. RIBEIRO, J.L.P. & JENSEN, M.P.
(2009). Coping, depression, anxiety, self-Efficacy and
social support : Impact on adjustment to chronic pain. Escritos
de Psicologia, 2 (3), 8-17. [PDF] |
|
MORLEY, S., ECCLESTON, C. & WILLIAM, A. (1999).
Systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized
controlled trials of cognitive behaviour therapy and
behaviour therapy for chronic pain in adults, excluding
headache. Pain, 80, 1-13. [PDF] |
VOWLES, K.E., WETHERELL, J.L. & SORRELL, J.T. (2009).
Targeting acceptance, mindfulness, and values-based action
in chronic pain : Findings of two preliminary trials of an
outpatient group-based intervention. Cognitive &
Behavioral Practice, 16, 49-58. |
| |
BORSOOK, D., ERPELDING, N. & BECERRA, L. (2013).
Losses and gains : chronic pain and altered brain
morphology. Expert Review of Neurotherapeutics, 13 (1),
221-1234. |
|
DUNFORD, E., GAUNTLETT-GILBERT, J. & THOMPSON, M.
(2014). Parental behaviour in pediatric chronic pain : A
qualitative observational study. Clinical Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 19 (4), 561-575. |
| |
FILLINGIM, R.B., LOESNER, J.D., BARON, R. & EDWARDS,
R.R. (2016). Assessment of chronic pain : Domains,
methods, and mechanisms. Journal of Pain, 17
(S9), 10-20. [PDF] |
| |
BUHRAM, M., GORDH, T. & ANDERSSON, G. (2016). Internet
interventions for chronic pain including headache : a
systematic review. Internet Interventions, 4, 17-34.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Douleur |
|
|
|
Doute : Douter : État cognitif doublé d'un sentiment
désagréable chez celui ou celle qui ne parvient pas à
expliquer ou à prédire
avec certitude le risque
(ou la probabilité
d'un événement ou d'un état désagréable ou aversif).
S'il persiste le doute peut se transformer en inquiétude.
Doute, Incertitude et
hésitation.
Doubt, uncertainty.
| |
|
|
CALDWELL, W. (1899). The will to believe and the duty to
doubt. International Journal of Ethics, 9 (3),
373-378. |
|
YOUNG, J.Z. (1950). Doubt and certainty in science : A
biologist’s reflections on the brain. Oxford :
Claredon Press. |
|
RESCHER, N. (1958). The legitimacy of doubt. The
Review of Metaphysics 31, 226-234. |
|
MOSER, P.K. (1984). Justified doubt without certainty. The
Pacific Philosophical Quarterly, 65 (1), 97-104. |
|
HECHT, J.M. (2004). Doubt : A History: The great
doubters and their legacy of innovation. San
Francisco : Harper. |
|
KEIL, F.C. (2006). Doubt, deference and
deliberation. In J. Hawthorne and T. Gendler (Eds.), Oxford
Studies in Epistemology. Oxford : Oxford University
Press. [PDF] |
|
GOSSELIN, P., LADOUCEUR, R., EVERS, A., LAVERDIÈRE, A.,
ROUTHIER, S. & TREMBLAY-PICARD, M. (2008). Evaluation
of intolerance of uncertainty : Development and validation
of a new self-report measure. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 22, 1427-1439. |
|
WICHMAN, A.L., BRINOL, P., PETTY, R.E., RUCKER, D.D.,
TORMALA, Z.L. & WEARY, G. (2010). Doubting one's doubt
: A formula for confidence ? Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 46, 350-355. |
|
BRASLOW, M.D., GUERRETTAZ, J., ARKIN, R.M. & OLESON,
K.C. (2012). Self-doudt. Social & Personality
Psychology Compass, 6 (6), 470-482. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi
Incertitude, Risque,
Inquiétude et Décision |
|
|
Doute
méthodique : Doute cartésien.
|
Doute raisonnable : Concept juridique.
|
Doute systématique : En science, vertu
épistémique de la pensée
scientifique qui consiste pour le chercheur à douter
de tout, même des choses qui semblent évidentes
ou que l'on tient pour acquis ou vrai. L'empire du doute est
vaste; les chercheurs doutent de la pertinence de leur recherche,
de la clarté de leur théorie, de la précision de leur méthode, de
l'exactitude de leurs calculs, de l'interprétation de leurs
résultats, de l'intérêt public de leur découverte, etc. Pour
certains scientifiques, rien n'est parfait, tout est perfectible,
à commencer par la plus récente étude de leurs collègues. Ce doute
systémique peut donc être contre-productif s'il accentue la
compétition plutôt que la coopération entre chercheurs ou s'il
diminue l'audace et la créativité
des scientifiques.
| |
|
|
LE COZ, P. (2022). Le doute : facteur d’inertie ou vecteur
de progrès pour la science ? Bulletin de l'Académie
Nationale de Médecine, 206 (1), 127-132. |
| |
|
|
Dovidio
John F. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialiste du comportement
d'aide et de la discrimination,
plus particulièrement le
racisme. Étudiant de Gaertner.
Professeur de Hodson.
Collaborateur de Dion, Fazio,
Ferrari,
Greenwad, Isen, Penner,
Piliavin et Pratto.
 |
DOVIDIO, J.F. & GAERTNER, S.L. (1996). Affirmative
action, unintentional racial biases, and intergroup
relations. Journal of Social Issues, 52, 51-75. |
|
DOVIDIO, J.F., GAERTNER, S.L., VALIDZIC, A., MATOKA, A.,
JOHNSON, B. & FRAZIER, S. (1997). Extending the
benefits of recategorization : Evaluations,
self-disclosure, and helping. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 33, 401-420. |
|
DOVIDIO, J.F., KAWAKAMI, K. & GAERTNER, S.L. (2002).
Implicit and explicit prejudice and interracial
interaction. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 82, 62-68. |
|
DOVIDIO, J.F., GAERTNER, S.L. & SAGUY, T. (2007).
Another view of "we" : Majority and minority group
perspectives on a common ingroup identity. European
Review of Social Psychology, 18, 296-330. [PDF] |
|
DOVIDIO, J.F., PEARSON, A.R. & ORR, P. (2008). Social
psychology and neuroscience : Strange bedfellows or happy
marriage ? Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 11, 249-265. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
|
|
Doyon
Julien (1957-) : Neuropsychologue
québécois, spécialisé dans les déterminants
neuro-génétiques de la mémoire
et de l'apprentissage,
notamment des habiletés
motrices. Il s'intéresse plus particulièrement aux noyaux
gris centraux. Il enseigne à l'Université
de Montréal. Étudiant de Milner.
|
DOYON, J. (1997). Skill learning. International Review
of Neurobiology, 41, 273-294. |
|
DOYON, J., LAFORCE, R., BOUCHARD, G., GAUDREAU, D., ROY,
J., POIRIER, M., BÉDARD, F. & BOUCHARD, J.P. (1998).
Role of the striatum, cerebellum and frontal lobes in the
automatization of a repeated visuomotor sequence of
movements. Neuropsychologia, 36 (7), 625-641. |
|
DOYON, J., PENHUNE, V. & UNGERLEIDER, L.G. (2003).
Distinct contribution of the cortico-striatal and
cortico-cerebellar systems to motor skill learning.
Neuropsychologia, 41, 252-262. [PDF] |
|
DOYON, J. (2008). Motor sequence learning and movement
disorders. Current Opinion in Neurology, 21, 478-483. |
|
DOYON, J., BELLEC, P., AMSEL, R., PENHUNE, V., MONCHI, O.,
CARRIER, J., LEHÉRICY, S. & BENALI, H. (2009).
Contributions of the basal ganglia and functionally
related brain structures to motor learning. Behavioural
Brain Research, 199 (1), 61-75. [PDF] |
|
|
|
| DO
- DRASH
- DRENTH - DRESSER - DRETSKE - DRIESSEN - DRIVE - DRIVER - DROGUE
- DROIT - DROITE
- DROSOPHILE - DSM - DU
|
Drapeau
: Pièce d'étoffe, généralement de forme carrée ou
rectangulaire, hissée au sommet d'une hampe, qui porte l'emblème
et les couleurs qui servent de symbole
à une nation,
un pays, une
idéologie
ou une entreprise.
etc.
| |
|
|
BAKER, W.D. & O’NEAL, J.R. (2001). Patriotism or
opinion leadership ? The nature and origins of the «rally
’round the flag» effect. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 45, 661-687. |
|
SKITKA, L.J. (2005). Patriotism or nationalism ?
Understanding post-September 11, 2001, flag-display
behavior. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 35, 1995-2011.
[PDF] |
|
BUTZ, D.A., PLANT, E.A. & DOERR, C.E. (2007). Liberty
and justice for all ? Implications of exposure to the U.S.
flag for inter-group relations. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 33, 396-408. |
|
FERGUSON, M.J., HASSIN, R.R., SHIDLOVSKI, D. & GROSS,
L. (2007). Subliminal exposure to national flags affects
political thought and behavior. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, USA, 104,
19757-19761. |
|
CARTER, T.J., FERGUSON, M.J. & HASSIN, R.R. (2011). A
single exposure to the American flag shifts support toward
Republicanism up to 8 months later. Psychological
Science, 22 (8), 1011-1018. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Patriotisme
et Nationalisme |
|
|
|
Drash
Philip W. (1939-2009) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'autisme
et du comportement
verbal.
|
DRASH, P.W. & LEIBOWITZ, J.M. (1973). Operant
conditioning of speech and language in the nonverbal
retarded child. Pediatric Clinics of North America,
20, 233-243. |
|
DRASH, P.W. (1982). Increasing intelligence and speech in
Down syndrome infants : A three to five year follow-up.
Down's Syndrome, 5, 2-3. |
|
DRASH, P.W. & TUDOR, R.M. (1991). A standard
methodology for the analysis, recording, and control of
verbal behavior. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 9,
49-60. [PDF] |
|
DRASH, P.W. & TUDOR, R.M. (1993). A functional
analysis of verba ldelay in preschool children :
Implications for prevention and total recovery. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 11, 19-29. [PDF] |
|
DRASH, P.W., HIGH, R.L. & TUDOR, R.M. (1999). Using
mand training to establish an echoic repertoire in young
children with autism. The Analysis of Verbal
Behavior, 16, 29-44. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
|
|
Drenth
Pier Johan Diederik (Applescha 1935-) :
Psychométrien
néérlandais, spécialisé dans l'étude des tests de selection, en éducation
et dans les entreprises.
|
DRENTH, P.J.D. (1977). Prediction of school performance :
School grades or psycho-
logical tests ?ournal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
8, 49-68. |
|
DRENTH, P.J.D. (1998). Research in work and organizational
psychology : principles and methods. In P.J.D. Drenth, Hk. Thierry, & Ch.J. de Wolff (Eds.), Handbook of work and organizational psychology (pp. 11-46).
Hove : Psychology Press. |
|
DRENTH, P.J.D. (1994). Scientific and social
responsibility : A dilemma for the psychologist as a
scientist ? European Work & Organisational
Psychologist, 3, 45-57. |
|
DRENTH, P.J.D. (1996). Psychology as a science : Truthful
or useful ? European Psychologist, 1, 3-13 |
|
DRENTH, P.J.D. (2001). Verity or applicability. Applied
Psychologist, 50, (2), 212-221. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Dresser : Dresseur : Dressage
: Consiste à conditionner
un animal (Chien,
cheval, dauphin,
chimpanzé, etc),
généralement au moyen des techniques
de modification du comportement. Dresser et
Animal Behavior Enterprises. = entrainer,
conditionner un animal. ( ): Bailey,
Breland, Breland,
Pryor. Training.
| |
|
|
SCOTT, J.P., SHEPARD, J.H. & WERBOFF, J. (1967).
Inhibitory training in dogs : Effects of age at traininq
in basenjis and Shetland sheepdogs. Journal of
Psychology, 66, 237-252. |
WILLIAMS, M. & JOHNSON, J.M. (2002). Training and
maintaining the performance of dogs (Canis familiaris) on
an increasing number of odor discriminations in a
controlled setting. Applied Animal Behavior Science,
78 (1), 55-65. |
|
FRANK, H. & FRANK, M.G. (1983). Inhibition training in
wolves and dogs ? Behavioural Processes, 8, 363-377.
[PDF] |
PRYOR, K. (2005). Getting started : Clicker training
for dogs. Waltham, MA : Sunshine Books. |
|
VOITH, V.L., WRIGHT, J.C. & DANNEMAN, P.J. (1992). Is
there a relationship between canine behavior problems and
spoiling activities, anthropomorphism, and obedience
training ? Applied Animal Behavior Science, 34,
263-272. [PDF] |
SMITH, S.M. & DAVIS E.S. (2007). Clicker increases
resistance to extinction but does not decrease training
time of a simple operant task in domestic dogs (Canis
familiaris). Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 110,
318-329. [PDF] |
|
SLABBERT, J.M. & RASA, O.A.E. (1997). Observational
learning of an acquired maternal behaviour pattern by
working dog pups : an alternative training method ? Applied
Animal Behaviour Science, 53, 309-316. |
BLACKWELL, E.J., TWELLS, C., SEAWRIGHT, A. & CASEY,
R.A. (2008). The relationship between training methods and
the occurrence of behavior problems, as reported by
owners, in a population of domestic dogs. Journal of
Veterinary Behavior, 3, 207-217. [PDF] |
|
KURLAND, A. (1998). Clicker training for your horse.
Waltham, MA : Sunshine Books. |
FRANK, H. (2011). Wolves, dogs, rearing and reinforcement
: Complex interactions underlying species differences in
training and problem-solving. Behavioral Genetics, 41
(6), 830-839. |
| |
| TAVRIS,
C., WADE, C., GAGNON, A., GOULET, C. et WIEDMANN, P.
(1999/2007). Introduction à la psychologie : les
grandes perspectives. St-Laurent : ERPI. |
|
|
|
|
Dreyfus
Hubert Lederer (Terre-Haute 1929-2017) : Philosophe
américain, spécialiste de la phénoménologie
et de l'herméneutique.
 |
DREYFUS, H.L. (1967). Why computers must have bodies In
order to be intelligent. Review of Metaphysics, 21
(1), 13-32. |
|
DREYFUS, H.L. (1971). Phenomenology and mechanism. Nous,
5 (1), 81-96. |
|
DREYFUS, H.L. & DREYFUS, S. (1985). Mind over
machine. Free Press. |
|
DREYFUS, H.L. (1989). Alternative philosophical
conceptualizations of psychopathology. In H.A. Durfee
(Ed.), Phenomenology and beyond : The self and its
language. Dordrecht : Kluwe. |
|
DREYFUS, H.L. (1991). Between man and nature. Harvard
Review of Philosophy, 1 (1), 6-19. |
| |
|
|
|
DRIESSEN, E., HEGELMAIER, L.M., ABBASS, A.A., BARBER,
J.P., DEKKER, J.J.M., VAN, H.L., JANSMA, E.P. &
CUIJPERS, P. (2015). The efficacy of short-term
psychodynamic psychotherapy for depression : a
meta-analysis update. Clinical Psychology Review, 42,
1–15.
|
DRIESSEN, E., HOLLON, S.D., BOCKTING, C.L.H., CUIJPERS, P.
& TURNER, E.H. (2015). Does publication bias inflate
the apparent efficacy of psychological treatment for major
depressive disorder ? A systematic review and
meta-analysis of us national institutes of health-funded
trials. PLoS ONE 10,
|
DRIESSEN, E., SMITS, N, DEKKER, J.J.M, PEEN, J.,
DON, F.J., KOOL, S., WESTRA, D., HENDRIKSEN, M., CUIJPERS,
P. & VAN, H.L. (2016). Differential efficacy of
cognitive behavioral therapy and psychodynamic therapy for
major depression : a study of prescriptive factors. Psychological
Medicine, 246, 731–744.
|
|
DRIESSEN, E., ABBASS, A.A., BARBER, J.P.,
CONNOLLY-GIBBONS, M.B., DEKKER, J.J.M., FOKKEMA, M.,
FONAGY, P., HOLLON, S., JANSMA, E.P., DE MAAT,
S.C.M., TOWN, J.M., TWISK, J.W.R., VAN, H.L., WEITZ,
J.W.R. & CUIJPERS, P. (2018). Which patients benefit
specifically from short-term psychodynamic psychotherapy
(STPP) for depression ? Study protocol of a systematic
review and meta-analysis of individual participant data. British
Medical Journal Open, 8, 1-8.
[PDF] |
|
DRIESSEN, E., COHEN, Z.D., LORENZO-LUCASES, L., HOLLON,
S.D., RICHARDS, D.A., DOBSON, K.S., DIMIDJIAN, S.,
DELGADILLO, J., VÁZQUEZ, F.L., MCNAMARA, K., HORAN, J.J.,
GARDNER, P., OEI, T.P., MEHTA, A.H.P., TWISK, J.W.R.,
CRISTEA, I.A. & CUIJPERS, P. (2022). Efficacy and
moderators of cognitive therapy versus behavioural
activation for adults with depression: study protocol of a
systematic review and meta-analysis of individual
participant data. Bristish Journal of Psychiatry Open,
8 (5), 1-7. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Driscoll
Margaret ( ) : Spécialiste de l'éducation.
Collaboratrice de Gagné.
 |
DRISCOLL, M. (1985). The teaching and learning of algebra.
In Research within reach : Secondary school
mathematics (pp. 119-133). Reston, VA : NCTM. |
|
GAGNÉ, R. & DRISCOLL, M. (1988). Essentials of
learning for instruction. Englewood Cliffs, NJ :
Prentice-Hall. |
|
DRISCOLL, M. (1995). The farther out you go : Assessment
in the classroom. Mathematics Teacher, 88 (5),
420-425. |
|
DRISCOLL, M. (2000). Teaching online. Technology for
Learning Newsletter. Lakewood Publications, 1,
4-5. |
|
DRISCOLL, M. (Ed.) (2005). Psychology of learning for
instruction. Boston : Allyn & Bacon. |
|
|
|
Driskell James E. ( ) : Psychologue
industriel et organisationnel américain, spécialisé dans
l'étude des groupes.
Collaborateur de Hogan et Salas.
|
DRISKELL, J.E. (1982). Personal characteristics and
performance expectations. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 45, 229-237. |
|
DRISKELL, J.E. & OLMSTEAD, B. (1989). Psychology and
the military : Research applications and trends. American
Psychologist, 44, 43-54. |
|
DRISKELL, J.E. & MULLEN, B. (1990). Status,
expectations, and behavior : A meta-analytic review and
test of the theory. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 16, 541-553. |
|
DRISKELL, J.E. & SALAS, E. (1991). Group decision
making under stress. Journal of Applied Psychology,
76 (3), 473-478. [PDF] |
|
DRISKELL, J.E. HOGAN, J., SALAS, E. & HOSKIN, B.
(1994). Cognitive and personality predictors of training
performance. Military Psychology, 6, 31-46. |
|
|
|
Drive D : Selon Hull,
force hypothétique, comparable à la motivation,
qui pousse les organismes
à agir, à émettre un comportement
dans un contexte donné. NDLR : Je ne sais
pas comment traduire ce concept; plusieurs auteurs francophones
utilisent ce terme. La motivation, est sans doute le concept qui
rend le mieux cette idée de force. Ou pulsion ? Si vous avez une
suggestion...
= motivation, poussée, pulsion, envie, désir, force.
Drive, D.
| |
|
|
WARDEN, C.J. & NISSEN, H.W. (1928). An experimental
analysis of the obstruction method of measuring animal
drives. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 8 (4),
325-342. |
HILL, W.F. (1956). Activity as an autonomous drive.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
49 (1), 15-19. |
|
HOLT, E.B. (1931). Animal drive and the learning
process, an essay toward radical empiricism. New
York : Holt. |
PORTER, L.W. & MILLER, N.E. (1957). Training under two
drives, alternately present, vs. training under a single
drive. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 54,
1-7. |
| |
MANDLER, J.M. (1957). Irregular maintenance schedules and
drive. Science, 126, 505-507. |
|
STONE, C.P. (1934). Motivation : Incentives and drives. In
F.A. Moss (Ed.), Comparative psychology (pp.
73-109). New York : Prentice-Hall. |
GEWIRTZ, J.L. & BAER, D.M. (1958). Deprivation and
satiation of social reinforcers as drive conditions.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 57 (2), 165-172. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1936). Conditioning and extinction and
their relation to drive. Journal of General
Psychology, 14, 296-317. |
GLANZER, M. (1958). Curiosity, exploratory, drive, and
stimulus satiation. Psychological Bulletin, 56,
302-315. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1936). Conditioning and extinction and
their relation to drive. Journal of General
Psychology, 14, 296-317. |
SPENCE, K.W. (1958). A theory of emotionally based drive
(D) and its relation to performance in simple learning
situations. American Psychologist, 13, 131-141. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1936). Thirst as an arbitrary drive.
Journal of General Psychology, 15, 205-210. |
VON HOLST, E. & VON ST-PAUL, U. (1961). On the
functional organization of drives. Animal Behavior,
11, 1-20. |
| |
EPSTEIN, S. (1962). Theory and experiment on the
measurement of drive and conflict. In M.R. Jones (Ed.), Nebraska
symposium on motivation (pp. 127-209). Lincoln :
University of Nebraska Press. |
|
MILLER, N.E. (1941). An experimental investigation of
acquired drives. Psychological Bulletin, 38,
534-535. |
EISENBERGER, R. (1966). Drives. reinforcement, and
personality. Psychological Reports, 18, 855-862. |
|
HULL, C.L. (1943). Principles of behavior. New
York : Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
TIMBERLAKE, W. (1967). Straight alley acquisition drive
and ad ad lib. test performance. Psychonomic Science,
9, 585-586. |
|
YOUNG, P. (1949). Food-seeking drive, affective process,
and learning. Psychological Review, 56, 98-121. |
WEINER, B. & SCHNEIDER, K. (1971). Drive versus
cognitive theory : a reply to Boor and Harmon. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 18,
258-262. |
|
GEEN, R.G. & GANGE, J.J. (1977). Drive theory of
social facilitation : twelve years of theory and research.
Psychological Bulletin, 84, 1267-1288. |
|
MILLER, N.E. (1951). Learnable drives and rewards. In S.S.
Stevens (Ed.), Handbook of experimental psychology
(pp. 435-472). New York : John Wiley & Sons. |
OLDS, J. (1977). Drives and reinforcements :
Behavioral studies of hypothalamic functions. New
York : Raven Press. |
|
DEESE, J.E. & CARPENTER, J.A. (1951). Drive level and
reinforcement. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
42, 236-238. |
GROSSBERG, S. (1982). A psychophysiological theory of
reinforcement, drive, motivation, and attention. Journal
of Theoretical Neurobiology, 1, 286-369. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. & MacCORQUODALE, K. (1953). Drive
conditioning as a factor in latent learning. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 45, 20-24. |
COMPTON, A. (1983). Status of psychoanalytic theory of
instinctual drives : I, II. Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
50, 190-223. |
| |
WISE, R.A. (1987). Sensorimotor modulation and the
variable action pattern (VAP) : Toward a noncircular
definition of drive and motivation. Psychobiology,
15, 7-20. |
|
HEBB, D.O. (1955). Drives and the C.N.S. (Conceptuel
Nervous System). Psychological Review, 62, 243-254.
[LIRE] |
PESKIN, M (1997). Drive theory revisited. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 66, 377-402. |
| |
LIPPA, R.A. (2007). The relation between sex drive and
sexual attraction to men and women: A cross-national study
of heterosexual, bisexual, and homosexual men and women. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 36, 209-222. |
|
YOVELL, Y. (2008). Is there a drive to love ? Neuropsychoanalysis
10, 117–144.
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Pulsion,
Motivation et Hull |
|
|
Drive
sexuelle : Force hypothétique, comparable à la motivation,
qui pousse les organismes
à émettre un comportement
sexuel.
Sex drive.
| |
|
|
LIPPA, R.A. (2006). Is high sex drive associated with
increased sexual attraction to both sexes ? It depends
on whether you are male or female. Psychological
Science, 17, 46-52.
|
LIPPA, R.A. (2009). Sex differences in sex
drive, sociosexuality, and height across 53 nations :
Testing evolutionary and social structural theories.
Archives of Sexual Behavior, 38, 631-651.
|
|
LIPPA, R.A. (2007). The relation
between sex drive and sexual attraction to men and
women: A cross-national study of heterosexual, bisexual,
and homosexual men and women. Archives of Sexual
Behavior, 36, 209-222. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Pulsion |
|
|
|
Driver Jon (Halifax 1962-2011) : Psychologue cognitiviste
américain, d'origine britannique, et spécialiste de l'attention,
notamment de l'attention
sélective. Il s'intéresse également à l'intégration
multisensorielle.
|
DRIVER, J. & TIPPER, S.P. (1989). On the
non selectivity of "selective" seeing" contrasts between
interference and priming in selective attention.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception
& Performance, 15, 304-314. |
|
DRIVER, J. & MATTINGLEY, J.B. (1995). Selective
attention in humans : normality and pathology. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 5, 191-197. |
|
DRIVER, J. & SPENCE, C. (1998). Cross-modal links in
spatial attention. Philosophical Transactions B, 353
(1373), 1319-1331. [PDF] |
|
DRIVER, J.A. & BAYLIS, G.C. (1998). Movement and
visual attention : The spotlight metaphor breaks down. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 15, 448-456. |
|
DRIVER, J.A. (2001). Selective review of selective
attention research from the past century. British
Journal of Psychology, 92, 53-78. [PDF] |
|
|
DOLAN, R.J., KOUSTA, S. & REES, G. (2012). Jon Driver
(1962-201). Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 16
(4), 189-191.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Drogue : Au sens large, toute substance naturelle ou synthétique (psychotrope)
qui altère le fonctionnement du cerveau. Les drogues sont utilisées par la psychiatrie
sous forme de médicaments
et de
thérapies médicamenteuses) pour traiter la plupart des troubles psychologiques. Drogue, toxicomanie
et dépendance.
=
substance illicite, substance illégale.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Drug, substance, substance use disorders.
| |
|
|
BRADY, J.V. (1956). Assessment of drug effects on
emotional behavior. Science, 123, 1033-1034. |
HARRISON, L.D. (1995), The validity of self-reported data
on drug use. Journal of Drug Issues, 25, 91-111.
[PDF] |
| |
HURSH, S. & WINGER, G. (1995). Normalized demand for
drugs and other reinforcers. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 64 (3),
373-384. [PDF] |
|
BRADY, J.V. (1959). Animal experimental evaluation of drug
effects upon behavior. In F.J. Braceland (Ed.), The
effect of pharmacological gents on the nervous system
(pp. 104-125). Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins. |
CATALANO, R.F., KOSTERMAN, R. & HAWKINS, J.D. (1996).
Modeling the etiology of adolescent substance use : A test
of the social development mode. Journal of Drug
Issues, 26 (2), 429-455.
[PDF] |
| |
FORSYTH, J.M., BARNARD, M. & McKEGANEY, N.P. (1997).
Music preference as an indicator of adolescent drug use. Addiction,
92, 1317-1325. |
| |
VALENSTEIN, E.S. (1998). Blaming the brain : The
truth about drugs and mental health. New York :
Free Press. |
| |
WISE, R.A. (1888). Drug-activation of brain reward
pathways. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 51,
13-22. [PDF] |
|
MIRSKY, A.F. & ROSVOLD, H.E. (1960). The use of
psychoactive drugs as a neuro- psychological tool in
studies of attention in man. In L. Uhr & J.G. Miller
(Eds.), Drugs and behavior (pp. 375-392). New
York : Wiley. |
GRIFFITHS, M. & SUTHERLAND, I. (1998). Adolescent
gambling and drug us. Journal of Community &
Applied Social Psychology, 8, 423-427. |
|
BINDRA, D. & AUCHEL, H. (1963). Immobility as an
avoidance response and its disruption by drugs. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6 (2),
213-218. [PDF] |
JACOBS, D. & COHEN, D. (1999). What is really known
about psychological alterations produced by psychiatric
drugs ? International Journal of Risk & Safety in
Medicine, 12 (1), 37-47. |
| |
ROQUES, B. (1999). La dangerosité des drogues,
Rapport au secrétariat d’État de la santé. Odile
Jacob, Paris. |
|
KELLEHER, R.T. & MORSE, W.H. (1968). Determinants of
the specificity of the behavioral effects of drugs. Ergebnisse
der Physiologie Biologischen Chemie und Experimentallen
Pharmakologie, 60, 1-56. |
APPEL, J.B., WEST, W.B., ROLANDI, W.G., LICI, T. &
ERCHERSKY, K. (1999). Increasing the selectivity of drug
discrimination procedures. Pharmacology,
Biochemistry, & Behavior, 64, 353-358. |
| |
ZITO, J.M., SAFER, D.J., DOSREIS, S., GARDNER, J.F.,
BOLES, M. & LYNCH, F. (2000). Trends in the
prescribing of psychotropic medications to preschoolers. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 283,
1025-1030. |
|
BRECHER, E.M. (1972). Licit and illicit drugs. Boston
: Little, Brown and Company. |
GRANT, S., CONTOREGGI, C. & LONDON, E.D. (2000). Drug
abusers show impaired performance in a laboratory test of
decision making. Neuropsychologia, 38,
1180-1187. |
|
FIDELL, L.S. (1973). Put her down on drugs :
Prescribed drug usage in women. ERIC Clearinghouse. |
WISLAR, J.S. & FENDRICH, M. (2000). Can self-reported
drug use data be used to assess sex risk behavior in
adolescents ? Archives of Sexual Behavior, 29
(1), 77-89. |
|
AYLLON, T., LAYMAN, D. & KANDEL, H.J. (1975). A
behavioral-educational alternative to drug control of
hyperactive children. Journal of Applied Behavioral
Analysis, 8, 137-146. [PDF] |
KELLEY, A.E. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (2002). The neuroscience
of natural rewards : relevance to addictive drugs. The
Journal of Neuroscience, 22 (9), 3306-3311. [PDF] |
|
DOUGLAS, V. (1975). Are drugs enough ? to treat or train
the hyperactive child. International Journal of
Mental Health, 5, 199-212. |
SUSSMAN, S., DENT, C.W. & STACY, A.W (2002). Project
towards no drug abuse : A review of the findings and
future directions. American Journal of Health
Behavior, 26, 354-364. [PDF] |
|
KANDEL, D. (1975). Stages in adolescent involvement in
drug use. Science, 190, 912-914. |
VALENSTEIN, E.S. (2002). Blaming the brain : The truth
about drugs and mental health. New York : Free
Press. |
|
| |
MATSUI, D., KWAN, C., STEER, E. & RIEDER, M.J. (2003).
The trials and tribulations of doing drug research in
children. CMAJ, 169 (10), 1033-1034. [PDF] |
|
BARKLEY, R. & CUNNINGHAM, C. (1978). Do stimulant
drugs improve the academic performance of hyperkinetic
children ? A review of outcome studies. Clinical
Pediatrics, 17 (1), 85-92. |
FORSYTH, J.P., PARKER, J. & FINLAY, C.G. (2003).
Anxiety sensitivity, controllability, and experiential
avoidance and their relation to drug of choice and
addiction severity in a residential sample of substance
abusing veterans. Addictive Behaviors, 28,
851-870. [PDF] |
|
JOHANSON, C.E. (1978). Drugs as reinforcers. In D.E.
Blackman & D.J. Sanger (Eds.), Contemporary
research in behavioral pharmacology (pp. 325-390).
New York : Plenum Press. |
BRYANT, A.L., SCHULENBERG, J.E., O'MALLEY, P.M., BACHMAN,
J.G. & JOHNSTON, L.D. (2003). How academic
achievement, attitudes, and behaviors relate to the course
of substance use during adolescence : a 6-year, multiwave
national longitudinal study. Journal of Research on
Adolescence, 13, 361-397. |
|
BARRETT, J.E. & KATZ, J.L. (1981). Drug effects on
behaviors maintained by different events. In T. Thompson,
P.B. Dews P.B. & W.A. McKim (Eds.), Advances in
behavioral pharmacology (Vol. III, pp. 119-168).
New York : Academic Press. |
PRINZ, R.J. & KERNS, S.E.U. (2003). Early substance
use by juvenile offenders. Child Psychiatry &
Human Development, 33, 263-278. |
|
ADLER, I. & KANDEL, D. (1981). Cross-cultural
perspectives on developmental stages in adolescent drug
use. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 42, 701-715. |
MONTOYA, I.D., ATKINSON, J. & McFADEN, W.C. (2003).
Best characteristics of adolescent gateway drug prevention
programs. Journal of Addictions Nursing, 14,
75-83. |
|
BREGGIN, P.R. (1983). Psychiatric drugs : Hazards to
the brain. New York : Springer. |
ADINOFF, B. (2004). Neurobiologic processes in drug reward
and addiction. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 12,
305-320. |
|
BLUM, K. (1984). Handbook of abusable drugs. New
York : Gardner Press. |
MONCRIEFF, J. & COHEN, D. (2005). Rethinking models of
psychotropic drug action. Psychotherapy &
Psychosomatics, 74, 145-153. [PDF] |
|
GRILLY, D.M. (1985). Drugs and human behavior.
Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
EVERITT, B.J. & ROBBINS, T.W. (2005.) Neural systems
of reinforcement for drug addiction : from actions to
habits to compulsion. Nature Neuroscience, 8, 1481-1489.
[PDF] |
|
NEWCOMB, M.D., CHOU, C., BENTLER, P.M. & HUBA, G.J.
(1988). Cognitive motivations for drug use among
adolescents : Longitudinal tests of gender differences and
predictors of change in drug use. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 35 (4), 426-438. |
WEINER M.D., SUSSMAN, S., SUN, P. & DENT, C.W. (2005).
Explaining the link between violence perpetration,
victimization and drug use. Addictive Behaviors, 30,
1261-1266. |
|
VALENSTEIN, E.S. (1988). Blaming the brain : The
truth about drugs and mental health. New York :
Free Press. |
MONCRIEFF, J. (2006). Psychiatric drug promotion and the
politics of neoliberalism. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 188, 301-302. [PDF] |
|
VALENSTEIN, E.S. (1988). Blaming the brain : The
truth about drugs and mental health. New York :
Free Press. |
MONCRIEFF, J. (2006). Psychiatric drug promotion and the
politics of neoliberalism. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 188, 301-302. [PDF] |
|
MONCRIEFF, J. & COHEN, D. (2006). Do antidepressants cure or create abnormal brain states. PLOS Medicine, 3, (7), 961-965. [PDF]
|
|
|
WOOLVERTON, W.L. & NADER M.A. (1990). Experimental
evaluation of the reinforcing effects of drugs. In M.W.
Adler & A. Cowan (Eds.), Testing and evaluation
of drugs of abuse (pp. 165-192). Oxford, England :
John Wiley & Sons. |
|
|
|
MAISTO, S., GALIZIO, M. & CONNORS, G. (1991/2004). Drug
use and abuse. Belmont, CA : Wadsworth Press. |
ROSAY, A.B., SKROBAN, S. & HERZ, D.C. (2007).
Differences in the validity of self-reported drug use
across five factors : Gender, race, age, type of drug, and
offense seriousness. Journal of Quantitative
Criminology, 23, 41-58. [PDF] |
|
BAILEY, S.L., FLEWELLING, R.L. & RACHAL, J.V. (1992).
Predicting continued use of marijuana among adolescents :
The relative influence of drug-specific and social context
factors. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 33,
51-66. |
AKINS, C.K. & LEVENS, N. (2007). Sexual effects and
drugs of abuse : Possible learning mechanisms. In S.K.
Turrini (Ed.), Consciousness and learning (pp.
79-95). Hauppauge, NY : Nova Science Publishers. |
|
FARRELL, A.D. & DANISH, S.J. ( 1993). Peer drug
associations and emotional restraint : Causes or
consequences of adolescents' drug use ? Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 61, 327-334. |
PAGANO, M.E., PHILLIPS, K.A., STOUT, R.L., MENARD, W.
& PILIAVIN, J.A. (2007). The impact of helping
behaviors on the course of substance use disorders. Journal
of Studies on Alcohol & Drugs, 68 (2), 291-295.
[PDF] |
|
ROBINSON, T.E. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (1993). The neural
basis of drug cravings : An incentive-sensitization theory of addiction. Brain Research Reviews. 18. 247–291. |
LANE, C. (2007). Psychiatrists and drug companies are
thoroughly redefining normal behaviour. London :
Institute of Ideas. |
|
AZRIN, N.H., MCMAHON, P.T., DONOHUE, B., BESALEL, V.A.,
KOGAN, E.S. & ACIERNO, R.E. (1994). Behavior therapy
for drug abuse : A controlled treatment outcome study.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 32, 857-866. |
FLORA, S.R. (2007). Taking america off drugs : Why
behavioral therapy is more effective for treating ADHD,
OCD, depression and other psychlogical problems.
New York : University of New York Press. |
|
COHEN, D. (1994). Les "nouveaux" médicaments de l'esprit.
Sociologie et Sociétés, 28 (2),17-33. |
KNIGHT, A., BAILEY, J. & BALCOMBE, J.P (2009). Which
drugs cause cancer ? British Medical Journal, USA, 5,
477-478. [PDF] |
|
AZRIN, N.H., DONOHUE, B., BESALEL, V.A., LAPINSKI, K.J.,
KOGAN, E.S. & ACIERNO, R.E. (1994). Youth drug abuse
treatment : A controlled outcome study. Journal of
Child & Adolescent Substance Abuse, 3, 1-16.
|
FLATEN, M.A. (2009) Drug effects : agonistic and
antagonistic processes. Scandinavian Journal of
Psychology, 50, 652-659. |
|
DONALDSON, S.I., GRAHAM, J.W. & HANSEN, W.B. (1994).
Testing the generalizability of intervening mechanism
theories : Understanding the effects of adolescent drug
use prevention. Interventions Journal of Behavioral
Medicine, 17 (2), 195-216. [PDF] |
KIRSCH, I. (2009). The emperor's new drugs :
Exploding the antidepressant myth. London : The
Bodley Head. |
| ABERCROMBIE,
M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
HUSAIN, M. & METHA, M.A. (2011). Cognitive enhancement
by drugs in health and disease. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 15 (1), 28-36.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir Cannabis/Marijuana,
Psychotrope,
Médicament et Dépendance
aux drogues |
|
|
|
|
Drogue
(Prévention) :
Substance abuse prevention.
| |
|
|
HAWKINS, J., CATALANO, R. & MILLER, J. (1992). Risk
and protective factors for alcohol and other drug problems
in adolescence and early adulthood : Implication for
substance abuse prevention. Psychological Bulletin,
112 (1), 64-105. [PDF] |
|
DONALDSON, S.I., GRAHAM, J.W. & HANSEN, W.B. (1994).
Testing the generalizability of intervening mechanism
theories : Understanding the effects of adolescent drug
use prevention. Interventions Journal of Behavioral
Medicine, 17 (2), 195-216. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Prévention
et Drogue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Drogué involontaire : Tout patient
à qui l'on prescrit une drogue pour soigner
ou soulager un problème de nature psychologique ( EX:
trouble d'attention) ou biologique ( EX:
cholestérol trop élevé), alors qu'il existe un traitement
alternatif sans drogue plus efficace ou aussi efficace mais sans
effets secondaires, ou moins coûteux. =
victime de l'industrie pharmaceutique, zombie qui s'ignore, cobaye
humain.
|
Droit : Ce terme a plusieurs significations : a)
Généralement, ce terme sert à désigner une permission
d'agir offerte à tous, d'émettre un comportement
précis dans un contexte donné, en vertu des principes
et des lois en vigueur
dans une société. En ce
sens, les droits ne sont pas éternels ou
universels, car ils dépendent toujours de la reconnaissance
formelle et officielle d'un tiers, qui lui seul possède le pouvoir
de les concevoir, de les voter,
de les amender et de les protéger. Il s'agit généralement de
l'état ou de ses mandataires, mais il peut aussi s'agir d'un
tiers comme une entreprise
ou une association. EX: Au Canada, la liberté
d'expression est un droit. Droit et prévilège.
= liberté d'agir d'une manière
précise.
Right, Human rights.
b)
Le droit est aussi une discipline
universitaire à deux têtes. Il s'agit à la fois d'une science
formelle qui a pour objet d'étude les lois
et les règlements d'un état (leur cohérence,
leurs conditions d'adoption et d'application, leur contradiction,
etc.) et une
technologie qui cherche à résoudre des conflits
sociaux au moyen de ces lois. EX:
J'étudie en droit à l'université. =
école de la magistrature, programme universitaire en sciences
juridiques, Barreau du Québec. c) On utilise
également le terme pour désigner les activités de l'appareil du
pouvoir judiciaire, les magistrats (juges,
avocats, procureurs, etc). EX: Ce juge a rendu
le droit en matière de garde partagée.
=
Justice. d) Finalement, il désigne une
somme d'argent que l'on verse en échange d'un service
généralement fourni par l'état. EX: Hier, j'ai
acquitté mes droits de scolarité. = Frais.
| |
|
| a |
|
GURVITCH, G. (1935). L'expérience juridique et la
philosophie pluraliste du droit. Paris : A. Pédone. |
DOISE, W. (2001). Droits de l’homme et force des
idées. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
LYONS, D. (1969). Rights, claimants and beneficiaries.
American Philosophical Quarterly, 6, 173-185. |
DOISE, W. (2002). Human rights as social
representations. London, New York : Routledge. |
|
VARGAS, E.A. (1975). Rights : A behavioristic analysis.
Behaviorism, 3 (2), 120-128. |
DHOQUOIS, R. (2002). Le
droit, idées reçues. Paris : Le Cavalier bleu. |
|
JESTAZ, P. (2002). Le
droit. Paris : Dalloz. |
|
BANNERMAN, D.J., SHELDON, J.B., SHERMAN, J.A. &
HARCHICK, A.E. (1990). Balancing the right to habilitation
with the right to personal liberties : the rights of
people with developmental disabilities to eat too many
doughnuts and take a nap. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysist, 23 (1), 79-89. [PDF] |
CHERNEY, I.D., GRETEMAN, A.J. & TRAVERS, B.G. (2008).
A cross-cultural view of adults’ perceptions of children’s
rights. Social Justice Research, 21 (4),
432-456. |
|
BARRETT, B.H., BECK, R., BINDER, C., COOK, D.A.,
ENGELMANN, S., GREER, R.D., KYRKLUND, S.J., JOHNSON, K.R.,
MALONEY, M., McCORKLE, N., VARGAS, J.S. & WATKINS,
C.L. (1991). The right to effective education. The
Behavior Analyst, 14, 79-82. [PDF] |
DOISE, W. (2009). Discriminations sociales et droits
universels. Grenoble : Presses Universitaires de
Grenoble. |
|
DOISE, W. (1998). Social psychology and human rights. European
Review, 6, 341-347. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Privilège,
éthique et Déontologie |
| b |
| |
|
Voir aussi Programme
scolaire |
| c |
| |
|
Voir aussi Justice
et Juge |
| d |
| |
|
Voir aussi Frais |
|
|
|
|
Droit d'exercice : Autorisation
légale d'exercer
une profession accordée par un état - et délivrée sous forme de permis, de brevet ou de licence. EX: Il faut un permis pour pratiquer
la psychologie ou
enseigner à l'école primaire/secondaire, mais n'importe qui peut
faire de l'astrologie
ou enseigner le hula hoop.
= droit de
pratique.
|
Droit des animaux : Droit, capativité et
bien-être des
animaux.
Animal rights.
| |
|
|
FINSEN L. & FINSEN, S. (1994). The animal rights
movement in America : From compassion to respect.
New York : Twayne Publishers. |
|
WÜRBEL, H. (2011). Rights for sentient animals.
Science, 332, 914. |
| |
|
|
Droit des clients/patients/malades : Droit,
code de déontologie et
client/patient/malade.
Code of conduct.
| |
|
|
SZASZ, T.S. (1958). Psychiatry, ethics and the criminal
law. Columbia Law Review, 58, 183-198. |
LÉCUYER, R. (2000). Déontologie de l'enseignement et
enseignement de la déontologie. Numéro spécial du
Bulletin de Psychologie, 53 (1), 87-95. |
| |
COIN, R. (2000). Ethique, deontologie et psychotherapie.
Resultats d'une enquete aupres des psychologues italiens.
Bulletin de Psychologie, 53 (1), 137-145. |
|
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (1992). Ethical
principles of psychologists and code of conduct.
American Psychologist, 47, 1597-1611. |
LAVALLARD, M.-H. (2000). Évaluation et déontologie.
Bulletin de Psychologie, 53 (1), 101-105. |
|
BOURRICAUD, F. (1998). Critique de l'individualisme
utilitaire et de la déontologie médicale. Sociologie
et Société, 21 (1), 25-38. |
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (2002). Ethical
principles of psychologists and code of conduct.
American Psychologist, 57, 1060-1073. |
|
BRUNET, L. (1999). L'expertise psycholégale. Balises
méthodologiques et déontologiques. Presses de
l'Université du Québec. |
BOURGUIGNON, O. (Dir.) (2003). Questions éthiques en
psychologie. Paris : Mardaga. |
| |
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (2010). Ethical
principles of psychologists and code of conduct -
Amendments. American Psychologist, 65 (5), 493. |
| |
| TAVRIS,
C., WADE, C., GAGNON, A., GOULET, C. et WIEDMANN, P.
(1999/2007). Introduction à la psychologie : les
grandes perspectives. St-Laurent : ERPI. |
|
|
|
|
Droit
des sujets/participants : Droit, recherche
et sujets/ participants.
| |
|
|
SABOURIN, M. et BÉLANGER D. (1988). Règles de déontologie
en recherche. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Recherche
scientifique en psycholoie (p. 367-397).
St-Hyacinthe : Édisem. |
LÉCUYER, R. (2000). Déontologie de l'enseignement et
enseignement de la déontologie. Numéro spécial du
Bulletin de Psychologie, 53 (1), 87-95. |
|
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (1992). Ethical
principles of psychologists and code of conduct.
American Psychologist, 47, 1597-1611. |
COIN, R. (2000). Ethique, deontologie et psychotherapie.
Resultats d'une enquete aupres des psychologues italiens.
Bulletin de Psychologie, 53 (1), 137-145. |
|
BRITISH PSYCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY (1993). Ethical principles
for conducting research with human participants. The
Psychologist : Bulletin of the British Psychological
Society, 6, 33-36. |
LAVALLARD, M.-H. (2000). Évaluation et déontologie.
Bulletin de Psychologie, 53 (1), 101-105. |
|
POMERANTZ, J.R. (1994). On criteria for ethics in science.
Psychological Science, 5, 135-136. |
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (2002). Ethical
principles of psychologists and code of conduct.
American Psychologist, 57, 1060-1073. |
|
BOURRICAUD, F. (1998). Critique de l'individualisme
utilitaire et de la déontologie médicale. Sociologie
et Société, 21 (1), 25-38. |
BOURGUIGNON, O. (Dir.) (2003). Questions éthiques en
psychologie. Paris : Mardaga. |
| BRUNET, L. (1999). L'expertise psycholégale. Balises
méthodologiques et déontologiques. Presses de
l'Université du Québec. |
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (2010). Ethical
principles of psychologists and code of conduct -
Amendments. American Psychologist, 65 (5), 493. |
| |
| TAVRIS, C., WADE, C., GAGNON, A., GOULET, C. et WIEDMANN, P.
(1999/2007). Introduction à la psychologie : les
grandes perspectives. St-Laurent : ERPI. |
|
|
Droit du premier : Avantage que procure le fait d'être le premier à faire une chose, à occuper un créneau, une niche, un territoire.
= Avantage du
premier, effet de nouveauté, effet de surprise. NDLR :
Ici le mot droit renvoie aux règles qui régissent les
rapports humains, et non au principe de répartition équitable des
biens et libertés.
First arrival.
| |
|
|
VERKUYTEN, M., SIERKSMA J. & THIJS, J. (2015). First
arrival and owning the land : How children reason about
ownership of territory. Journal of Environmental
Psychology, 41, 58-64. |
|
VERKUYTEN, M. & THIJS, J. (2019). Being here first :
Ethnic majority children’s autochthony beliefs and
attitudes toward immigrants. Journal of Youth &
Adolescence, 48, 1281-1295. |
| BÉLANGER,
J. (1978). Images et réalités du béhaviorisme.
Philosophiques, 5 (1), 3-110. |
|
|
Droit du seul et unique : Avantage que confère le fait d'être le seul à faire une chose, à occuper un créneau, une niche,
un territoire = monopole, absence de compétition.
NDLR : Ici le mot droit renvoie
aux règles qui régissent les rapports humains, et non au principe
de répartition équitable des biens et libertés.
= Monopole.
|
Droite : Le terme a plusieurs usages : a) En
psychologie, le terme est utilisé dans l'expression
«personnalité autoritaire de droite» pour désigner une forme de
personnalité, proposé par
Altemeyer, qui se distingue de la personnalité «normale» à
trois égards : 1) une grande
soumission à l'autorité
légitime ou perçues comme telle); 2) un haut degré d'hostilité et parfois d'agressivité
dirigée contre les individus qui s'opposent à l'autorité en place;
3) une forte adhésion aux conventions
sociales, à l'ordre établi (conformisme).
= Personnalité autoritaire de droite.
Right-wing authoritarianism.
b) En politique, ce terme est
utilisé pour désigner les
opinions politiques et les idéologies qui accordent ou souhaitent accorder au gouvernement
un rôle minimal dans la gestion des affaires politiques, sociales,
économiques et morales d'un état.En effet, les solutions
proposées par la droite reposent généralement sur le postulat. suivant : Pourquoi laisser le
gouvernement faire une chose que l'entreprise privée
parvient à mieux faire, à moindre coût.
/gauche.
Right-wing.
c) Sur le plan
anatomique, le terme désigne l'un des deux côtés du corps et
par extension certaines parties, notamment les mains. Droite et latéralisation
cérébrale.
/gauche.
Right hand, right-handedness.
d) Le terme renvoie aussi
à la représentation graphique d'une variable linéaire.
|
|
| |
a |
|
SHILS, E.A. (1954). Authoritarianism : "right" and "left".
In R. Christie & M. Jahuda (Eds.), Studies in the
scope and method of "The authoritarian personality" (pp.
24-49). Glencoe, IL : Free Press. |
TOMKINS, S.S. (1963). Left and right : A basic dimension
of ideology and personality. In R.W. White (Ed.), The
study of lives (pp. 388-411). Chicago : Atherton. |
|
|
Voir aussi Autoritarisme
et Droite
psychologique |
| b |
|
LAPONCE, J.A. (1981). Left and right : The topography
of political perceptions. Toronto : University of
Toronto Press. |
WILLIAMS, S. (1984). Left-right ideological differences in
blaming victims. Political Psychology, 5,
573-581. |
|
|
Voir aussi Droite
idéologique/politique, Idéologie,
Opinion
politique et Gauche
|
| c |
|
BIJOU, S.W. (1968). Studies in the experimental
development of left-right concepts in retarded children
using fading techniques. International Review of
Research in Mental Retardation, 3, 65-96. |
ELLIOTT, D., HEATH, M., BINSTED, G., RICKER, K.L., ROY,
E.A. & CHUA, R. (1999). Goal-directed aiming :
Correcting a force- specification error with the right and
left hands. Journal of Motor Behavior, 31,
309-324. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Droite
anatomique et Gauche |
| d |
|
|
Voir aussi
Droite de régression |
|
|
|
Droite (anatomique) : Sur le plan
anatomique, le terme désigne l'un des deux côtés du corps et par
extension certaines parties, notamment les mains et les yeux.
Droite et
latéralisation cérébrale.
/gauche.
Right hand, right-handedness.
| |
|
|
BIJOU, S.W. (1968). Studies in the experimental
development of left-right concepts in retarded children
using fading techniques. International Review of
Research in Mental Retardation, 3, 65-96. |
|
ELLIOTT, D., HEATH, M., BINSTED, G., RICKER, K.L., ROY,
E.A. & CHUA, R. (1999). Goal-directed aiming :
Correcting a force-specification error with the right and
left hands. Journal of Motor Behavior, 31,
309-324. |
|
RAZ, A. & DONCHIN, O. (2003). A Zetetic's perspective
on gesture, speech, and the evolution of right-handedness.
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 26 (2), 237-238. |
|
GORMLEY, G.J., DEMPSTER, M. & BEST, R. (2008).
Right-left discrimination among medical students :
questionnaire and psychometric study. British Medical
Journal, 337, 1-4. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi
Latéralisation cérébrale et Gauche |
|
|
Droite (Extrême-) : Position du spectre politique.
Il s'agit de la variante la plus extrême de la droite.
Dans ce contexte, le préfixe «extrême»,
souvent associé à la droite (et parfois à la gauche), ne devrait
être utilisé que pour qualifier un mouvement social,
un parti
ou un gouvernement
qui recourt à la violence,
ou menace de la faire, pour
parvenir à ses fins. Hélas, dans le langage courant, on qualifie
souvent «d'extrêmes» des idées avec lesquelles on est simplement en
profond désaccord ou qui nous semblent absurdes ou exagérées. Cette étiquette
vise davantage à disqualifier les idées d'autrui qu'à
décrire ou comprendre un phénomène. Les termes «droite radicale,
droite conservatrice et ultra-droite» conviennent sans doute mieux
pour décrire les partis à droite de la droite «classique». Le
fascisme italien et le nationale-socialisme
allemand sont souvent cités en exemple pour illustrer
ce mélange d'état minimal et de violence. Pourtant, avant et
pendant la guerre, le troisième Reich était
omniprésent dans les affaires de la société allemande, ce qui ne
plaide pas en faveur du «minimum d'intervention» si chère à la
droite. NDLR : Le gouvernement chilien, à la
suite du coup d'état de Pinochet contre Allende, est un exemple qui semble peut-être mieux convenir pour illustrer un état totalitaire, violent et fortement
désengagé des affaires de l'état.
= au plus fort la poche.
/gauche.
Extreme right, extreme right wing.
| |
|
|
BILLIG, M. (1989). The extreme right : continuities in
anti-semitic conspiracy theory in post-war Europe. In R.
Eatwell & N. O’Sullivan (Eds.), The nature of the
right : European and American politics and political
thought since 1789. (pp. 146–166). London : Pinter.
|
|
IGNAZI, P. (1992). The silent counter-revolution :
Hypotheses on the emergence of extreme right-wing parties
in Europe. European Journal of Political Research, 22,
3-34. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Droite
idéologique/politique, Idéologie,
Opinion
politique et Gauche
|
|
|
|
|
Droite
(idéologique/politique) : Position du spectre politique.
En science
politique, ce terme est utilisé pour désigner les
opinions politiques et les idéologies
qui accordent ou souhaitent accorder au gouvernement
un rôle moins important,
voire minimal, dans la gestion
des affaires politiques, sociales, économiques et morales d'un pays. En effet, les solutions
proposées par la droite reposent généralement sur le postulat suivant : Pourquoi laisser le
gouvernement faire une chose que l'entreprise privée
parvient à mieux faire, à moindre coût.
/gauche.
Par extension, on qualifie de droite tous les engagements et les
réalisations en accord avec cette position politique. Pour la
droite, l'entreprise privéet est
le moyen idéal pour maintenir (droite conservatrice) ou modifier
(droite progressiste) la société
dans l'intérêt
personnelde ses citoyens. Par exemple, la droite cherche systématiquement à
préserver/augmenter les libertés
individuelles. Dans sa version la plus simple, la moins
contraignante et donc la plus
radicale, la droite - que l'on qualifie alors de minarchiste
- propose de réduire l'état aux fonctions
régaliennes. Il s'agit des fonctions
minimales et essentielles que l'état doit remplir pour être
considéré comme un état
démocratique, et qui sont : la sécurité intérieure
(justice et police),
la sécurité extérieure/l'armée et la production et le contrôle de
la masse monétaire.
Le concept de «droite» fait l'objet de
nombreuses critiques. Quand il désigne une seule et unique
classe d'opinions,
homogène et par opposition à la gauche,
ce concept a une faible valeur scientifique. EX: Tous
ceux et celles qui n'acceptent pas les homosexuels sont à
droite, les autres sont forcément à gauche, et il n'y a rien entre
les deux. Cette conception binaire et sans nuance des idées,
qui réduit l'idéologie politique à deux grandes catégories
mutuellement exclusives - gauche ou droite, pour
ou contre, bons ou mauvais - doit être considérée comme
une simplification abusive de la réalité. Elle n'a pas sa place
en science, car elle exclue de l'analyse une trop grande part des faits.
Bref, sur le plan scientifique, il semble
plus indiqué d'utiliser ces concepts - gauche/droite -
pour fixer les deux pôles d'un même continuum,
afin de circonscrire les limites extrêmes des multiples formes et des nombreuses
variations du rôle de l'état. EX: Le marxisme
est à l'extrêmité gauche du pôle, et prône un maximun
d'intervention étatique, et donc un minimum d'activité privée,
alors que l'anarcho-capitalisme
est à l'extrême droite et milite en faveur d'un état en
veilleuse (car si sans état = anarchie). À noter que les deux
pôles de ce spectre politique se définissent par une attitude
antidémocratique et le recours à la violence,
parfois armée. Ainsi, le
préfixe «extrême»
souvent associé à la droite (parfois à la gauche) devrait être
reservé pour qualifier un parti, un mouvement social
ou un gouvernement antidémocratique, qui recourt à la violence, ou menace
d'y recourir, pour parvenir à ses fins.
/gauche.
Right-wing.
| |
| Pôle |
États intermédiaires |
Pôle |
| ÉTAT
= RÔLE MAXIMAL |
ÉTAT =
RÔLE +IMPORTANT |
ÉTAT = RÔLE MODÉRÉ |
ÉTAT= RÔLE -IMPORTANT |
ÉTAT
= RÔLE MINIMAL |
| VIOLENCE=OUI |
VIOLENCE
= NON = DÉMOCRATIE |
VIOLENCE=OUI |
| Extrême-gauche |
Gauche
radicale |
Gauche
|
Centre |
Droite
|
Droite
radicale |
Extrême-droite |
| |
|
|
LAPONCE, J.A. (1981). Left and right : The
topography of political perceptions. Toronto :
University of Toronto Press. |
|
WILLIAMS, S. (1984). Left-right ideological differences
in blaming victims. Political Psychology, 5,
573-581. |
|
McCLOSKEY, H. & CHONG, D. (1985). Similarities and
differences between left-wing and right-wing radicals. British
Journal of Political Science, 15 (3), 329-363. |
|
FUCHS, D. & KLINGEMANN, H.-D. (1990). The left-right
schema. In M.K. Jennings & J. Van Deth (Eds.), Continuities
in political action : A longitudinal study of
political orientations in three Western democracies. Berlim/New York : de Gruyter. |
|
GAUCHET, M. (1992). La Droite et la Gauche. Dans P. Nora
(Dir.), Les lieux de mémoire III, Les France : 1.
Conflits et Partages (p. 395-467). Paris :
Gallimard. |
|
DIAMOND, S. (1995). Roads to dominion. Right-wing
movements and political power in the United States.
New York : Guilford Press. |
|
BOBBIO, N. (1996). Left and right. Cambridge,
England : Polity Press. |
|
CYR, F. et BEAUDET, P. (2008). La montée de la droite :
une guerre de position. Possibles, 32 (1-2),
123-131. |
|
JOST, J.J. (2021). Left and right : The psychological
significance of a political distinction. Oxford
University Press. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Latéralisation cérébrale et Gauche |
|
|
Droite
(psychologique) : En
psychologie, le terme est utilisé dans l'expression
«personnalité autoritaire de droite» pour désigner une forme de
personnalité, proposée par
Altemeyer, qui se distingue de la personnalité «normale» à
trois égards : 1) l'individu qui a une telle personnalité se caractérise par une grande
soumission à l'autorité
légitime ou perçue comme telle); 2) un haut degré
d'hostilité et parfois d'agressivité
envers ceux ou celles qui s'opposent à l'autorité en place;
3) une forte adhésion aux conventions
sociales, à l'ordre établi (conformisme).
= Personnalité autoritaire de droite.
Right-wing authoritarianism.
|
|
|
SHILS, E.A. (1954). Authoritarianism : "Right" and "left".
In R. Christie & M. Jahuda (Eds.), Studies in the
scope and method of "The authoritarian personality" (pp.
24-49). Glencoe, IL : Free Press. |
HEAVEN, P.C.L. & BUCCI, S. (2001). Right-wing
authoritarianism, social dominance orientation and
personality : An analysis using the IPIP measure.
European Journal of Personality, 15, 49-56. |
|
TOMKINS, S.S. (1963). Left and right : A basic dimension
of ideology and personality. In R.W. White (Ed.), The
study of lives (pp. 388-411). Chicago : Atherton. |
HEAVEN, P.C.L. & CONNORS, J.R. (2001). A note on the
value correlates of social dominance orientation and
right-wing authoritarianism. Personality &
Individual Differences, 31, 925-930. |
|
ALTEMEYER, B. (1981). Right-wing authoritarianism. Winnipeg
: University of Manitoba Press. |
SMITH, A.G. & WINTER, D.G. (2002). Right-wing
authoritarianism, party identification and attitudes
toward feminism in student evaluations of the
Clinton–Lewinsky story. Political Psychology, 23,
355–383. |
|
ALTEMEYER, B. (1988). Enemies of freedom :
Understanding right-wing authoritarianism. San
Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
SMITH, R.B. (2003). Political extremism : Left, Center,
and Right. The American Sociologist, 34 (1/2),
70-80. |
|
DUCKITT, J. (1993). Right-wing authoritarianism among
white South African students : Its measurement and
correlates. Journal of Social Psychology, 133,
553–563. |
EKEHAMMAR, B., AKRAMI, N., GYLJE, M. & ZAKRISSON, I.
(2004). What matters most to prejudice : Big Five
personality, social dominance orientation or right-wing
authoritarianism ? European Journal of Personality,
18, 463-482. [PDF] |
|
AHRENS, C.R. & INNES, J.M. (1994). Attribution
of right-wing authoritarianism as a function of
self-perceived political opinion. Journal of Social
Psychology, 134, 383–385. |
VAN HIEL, A., MERVIELDE, I., DE FRUYT, F. (2004). The
relationship between maladaptive personality and
right-wing ideology. Personality & Individual
Differences, 36, 405–417. |
|
STONE, W.F. & SMITH, L.D. (1993). Authoritarianism :
Left and right. In W.F. Stone, G. Lederer & R.
Christie (Eds.), Strength and weakness : The
authoritarian personality today. New York :
Springer Verlag. |
ZAKRISSON, I. (2005). Construction of a short version of
the right-wing authoritarianism (RWA) scale. Personality
& Individual Differences 39, (5), 863–872. [PDF] |
|
BLASS, T. (1995). Right-wing authoritarianism and role as
predictors of attributions about obedience to authority. Personality
& Individual Differences, 19 (1), 99-100. [PDF]
|
HEAVEN, P.C.L., ORGAN, L., SUPAVEDEEPRASIT, S. &
LEESON, P. (2006). War and prejudice : A study in social
values, right-wing authoritarianism, and social dominance
orientation. Personality & Individual Differences,
40, 599-608. |
|
LEAK, G.K. & RANDALL, B.A. (1995). Clarification of
the link between right-wing authoritarianism and
religiousness : the role of religious maturity.
Journal for the Scientic Study of Religion, 34,
245-252. |
AKRAMI, N. & EKEHAMMAR, B. (2006). Right-wing
authoritarianism and social dominance orientation : Their
roots in Big-Five personality factors and facets. Journal
of Individual Differences, 27, 117-126. |
|
DUCKITT, J. & SIBLEY, C.G. (1993). Right-wing
authoritarianism social dominance orientation and the
dimensions of generalized prejudice. European Journal
of Personality, 21 (2), 113-130. |
|
VAN HIEL, A. & DE CLERCQ, B. (2009). Authoritarianism
is good for you : Right-wing authoritarianism as a
buffering factor for mental distress. European
Journal of Personality, 23, 33-50. |
|
WHITLEY, B.E. (1999). Right-wing authoritarianism, social
dominance orientation, and prejudice. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 77, 126-134. |
DURIEZ, B. & SOENENS, B. (2009). The intergenerational
transmission of racism : The role of right-wing
authoritarianism and social dominance orientation.
Journal of Research in Personality, 43 (5),
906-909. [PDF] |
| LAMBERT, A.J., BURROUGH, T. & NGUYEN,
T. (1999). Perceptions of risk and the buffering
hypothesis : The role of just world beliefs and right-wing
authoritarianism. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 25, 643–656. |
HEAVEN, P.C.L., CIARROCHI, J. & LEESON, P. (2011).
Cognitive ability, right-wing authoritarianism, and social
dominance orientation : A five-year longitudinal study
amongst adolescents. Intelligence, 39, 15-21. [PDF]
|
|
DURIEZ, B., KLIMSTRA, T.A., LUYCKX, K., BEYERS, W. &
SOENENS, B. (2012). Right-wing authoritarianism :
Protective factor against or risk factor for depression ?
European Journal of Personality, 26, 536-549. [PDF]
|
|
ONRAET, E., VAN HIEL, A. & DHONT, K. (2013).
The relationship between right-wing ideological attitudes
and psychological well-being. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 39, 509-522. [PDF]
|
|
BUTLER, J.C. (2000). Personality and emotional
correlates of right-wing authoritarianism. Social
Behavior & Personality, 28, 1–14. |
JOST, J.J. (2021). Left and right : The psychological
significance of a political distinction. Oxford University Press. |
|
|
Voir aussi Autoritarisme,
Idéologie, Opinion
politique et Gauche |
|
|
|
Droite radicale : Position du spectre politique.
Il s'agit d'un type de droite
qui propose d'instaurer un état public minimal
et, par opposition ou par entente, de laisser aux entreprises privées
le reste du pouvoir (balance of power). Le suffixe «radical»
n'est pas synonyme «d'extrême» ou de «force». Il signifie plutôt «racine» ou «origine» et renvoie
aux propriétés essentielles d'une chose, ici à l'état qui, comme on le sait, était à l'origine un état minimal dépourvu des fonctions de l'état-providence qu'on lui connaît de nos jours (santé, éducation, environnement, etc). La droite radicale milite donc en faveur d'un état beaucoup moins présent dans les affaires d'un pays, moins interventionniste. Contrairement à ce que l'on laisse souvent entendre, la droite radicale ne préconise pas le recours à la violence pour parvenir à ses fins, ce qui est plutôt l'exclusivité des extrémistes, tant de droite
que de gauche. La droite radicale compte plutôt sur le parlementarisme et la démocratie pour convaincre les citoyens du bien-fondé de son idéologie.
La droite radicale se distingue de la droite tout court par la nature des solutions envisagées pour restaurer cet état minimal, comme l'abolition des taxes,
la privatisation des services publics, la réduction des effectifs de la fonction publique, le recours à des non-élus au sein du caucus, etc.
Ces solutions tranchent avec les solutions habituelles de la droite classique ou moderne, car elles nécessitent des choix collectifs déchirants, souvent en rupture avec l'état des choses; elles vont même parfois jusqu'à accroitre les injustices économiques et sociales.
C'est sans doute pourquoi la droite radicale est rarement portée au pouvoir.
NDLR : La droite, quelqu'en soit la forme, n'est pas contre l'existence de l'état, comme le sont les anarchistes, mais plutôt favorable à
une réduction considérable de sa taille et de son rôle.
Si Dutronc avait été de droite radicale, il aurait chanté : «Moi je préfère les minis, mini-taxes, mini-dette,
minimum et minibus...». Droite radicale et pouvoir régalien.=
minarchisme
/
gauche
radicale.
Extreme right,
extreme right wing.
|
Droite de régression : Représentation
graphique de l'équation (y'=a+bx), qui constitue le meilleur
ajustement linéaire (droite) à un nuage de points (x;y) sur un plan
cartésien. Cette équation
réduit au minimum la somme
des carrés des écarts entre les valeurs prédites (y') et
les valeurs observées (y de la variable dépendante).
| |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
| |
 |
|
Dronkers Nina F. ( ) : Neuropsychologue,
d'origine anglaise, et spécialiste des troubles
du langage, notamment des aphasies.
Collaboratrice de Damasio
et Pinker.
|
DRONKERS, N.F., WILKINS, D.P., VAN VALIN, R.D.,
REDFERN, B.B. & JAEGER, J.J. (1994). A reconsideration
of the brain areas involved in the disruption of
morphosyntactic comprehension. Brain & Language,
47 (3), 461-463. |
|
DRONKERS, N.F., REDFERN, B.B. & LUDY, C. (1995).
Lesion localization in chronic Wernicke's aphasia. Brain
& Language, 51 (1), 62-65. |
|
DRONKERS, N.F. (1996). A new brain region for coordinating
speech articulation. Nature, 384 (6605),
159-161. |
|
DRONKERS, N.F., REDFERN, B.B., LUDY, C. & BALD, O.J.
(1998). Brain regions associated with conduction aphasia
and echoic rehearsal. Journal of the International
Neuropsychological Society, 4, 23-24. |
|
DRONKERS, N.F., WILKINS, D.P., VAN VALIN, R.D., REDFERN,
B.B. & JAEGER, J.J. (2004). Lesion analysis of the
brain areas involved in language comprehension.
Cognition, 92, 145-177. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Drosophile (Drosophila melanogaster/ pseudoobscura) : Insecte
utilisé comme modèle
dans les études en génétique sur l'hérédité
et les mutations.
= mouche du vinaigre, mouche des fruits.
= mouche à vinaigre.
Drosophila.
| |
|
|
MORGAN, T.H. (1910). Sex-limited inheritance in
Drosophila. Science, 32, (812), 120-122. |
HENDRICKS, J.C., FINN, S.M., PANCKERI, K.A., CHAVKIN, J.
& WILLIAMS, J.A. (2000). Rest in drosophila is a
sleep-like state. Neuron, 25, 129-138. [PDF] |
|
MORGAN, T.H. (1910). Hybridization in a mutating period in
drosophila. Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental Biology & Medicine, 7 (5),
160-161. |
BREMBS, B. & HEISENBERG, M. (2000). The operant and
the classical in conditioned orientation of drosophila
melanogaster at the flight simulator. Learning &
Memory, 7 (2), 104-115. [PDF] |
|
STURTEVANT, A.H. (1915). Experiments on sex recognition
and the problem of sexual selection in Drosophila.
Journal of Animal Behaviour, 5, 351-366. |
|
|
HERSH, A.H. (1924). The effects of temperature upon the
heterozygotes in the bar series of drosophila. Journal
of Experimental Zoology, 39, 55-71. |
|
|
MAYR, E. (1946). Experiments of sexual isolation in
Drosophila. VII. The nature of the isolating mechanisms
between Drosophila pseudoobscura and Drosophila
persimilis. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, U.S.A. 23, 128-137. |
|
|
RENDEL, J.M. (1951). Mating of ebony vestigial and wild
type Drosophila melanogaster in light and dark. Evolution, 5, 226-230. |
|
|
SPIETH, H.T. (1952). Mating behavior within the genus
Drosophila (Diptera). Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, 99, 401-474. |
BAKER, B.S., TAYLOR, B.J. & HALL, J.C. (2001). Are
complex behaviors specified review by dedicated regulatory genes ? Reasoning from drosophila. Cell, 105,
13-24. [PDF] |
|
ROLL-HANSEN, N. (1979). Reductionism in biological
research : Reflections on some historical case studies in
experimental biology. In J. Bärmark (Ed.),
Perspectives in metascience (pp. 157-172). Göteborg. |
SOKOLOWSKI, M.B. (2001). Drosophila : genetics meets
behaviour. Nature Reviews Genetics, 2, 879-892.[PDF] |
|
BASTOCK, M. & MANNING, A. (1955). The courtship of
Drosophila melanogaster. Behaviour, 8, 85-111. |
SHAW, P.J., CIRELLI, C., GREENSPAN, R.J. & TONONI, G.
(2000). Correlates of sleep and waking in drosophila
melanogaster. Science, 287, 1834-1837. [PDF] |
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1958). Prolongation of the life of
drosophila subobscura by a brief exposure of adults to a
high temperature. Nature, 181, 496-497. |
BREMBS, B. & HEISENBERG, M. (2001). Conditioning with compound stimuli in drosophila melanogaster in the flight simulator. Journal of Experimental Biology, 204, 2849-2859.
[PDF] |
|
DEFRIES, J.C. & TOUCHBERRY, R.W. (1961). A "maternal effect" on body weight in drosophila. Genetics, 46, 1261-1266. |
ST-JOHNSTON, D. (2002). The art and design of genetic
screens : drosophila melanogaster. Nature Reviews
Genetics 3, 176-188. [PDF] |
|
|
MANNING, A. (1965). Drosophila and the evolution of
behaviour. View points in Biology, 4, 125-169. |
KYRIACOU, C.P. (2002). Single gene mutations in Drosophila
: what can they tell us about the evolution of sexual
behaviour ? Genetica, 116, 197-220. |
|
BENZNER, S. (1967). Behavioral mutants of drosophila
isolated by coun-tercurrent distribution. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, U.S.A., 58, 1112-1119. |
CIRELLI, C. (2003). Searching for sleep mutants of
Drosophila melanogaster. BioEssays, 25, 940-949.
[PDF] |
|
QUINN, W.G., HARRIS, W.A. & BENZNER, S. (1974).
Conditioned behavior in Drosophila melanogaster. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 71, 708-712. |
DASARI, S. & COOPER, R.L. (2004). Technical note :
Modulation of sensory-CNS-motor circuits by serotonin,
octopamine, and dopamine in semi-intact drosophila larva.
Neuroscience Research, 48, 221-227. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, R., BURNET, B., EASTWOOD, L. & CONNOLLY, K.
(1976). Behavioural pleiotropy of yellow gene in
Drosophila melanogaster. Genetical Research, 28, 75-88. |
BILLETER, J.C., RIDEOUT, E.J., DORNAN, A.J. & GOODWIN,
S.F. (2006). Control of male sexual behavior in drosophila
by the sex determination pathway. Current Biology, 16,
766-776. [PDF] |
ROLL-HANSEN, N. (1978). Drosophila genetics : A
research program. Journal of the History of Biology,
11, 159-210.
|
|
|
LEWIS, E.B. (1978). A gene complex controlling
segmentation in drosophila. Nature, 276,
565-570. |
REAUME, C.J. & SOKOLOWSKI, M.B. (2006). The nature of
drosophila melanogaster. Current Biology, 16, 623-628. |
|
McMANUS, I.C. (1981). Wing-folding in Drosophila. Animal
Behaviour, 29, 626-627. [PDF] |
ROBERTS, D.B. (2006). Drosophila melanogaster : the model
organism. Entomologia Experimentalis et Applicata,
121, 93-103. [PDF] |
|
GADAGKAR, R., NANJUNDIAH, V., JOSHI, N.V. & SHARAT
CHANDRA, H. (1982). Dosage compensation and sex
determination in Drosophila : Mechanism of measurement of
the X/A ratio. Journal of Biosciences, 4,
377-390. |
|
|
GUPTA, A.P. & LEWONTIN, R.C. (1982). A study of
reaction norms in natural populations of Drosophila
pseudoobscura. Evolution, 36, 934-948. |
BREMBS, B. (2008). Operant learning of drosophila at the
torque meter. Journal of Visualized Experiments, 16,
- e731, DOI: 10.3791/731 [VOIR] |
|
CROW J.F. & SIMMONS, M.J. (1983). The mutation load in
drosophila. In M. Ashburner & Carson H.L. (Eds.),
The genetics and biology of drosophila (pp. 1–35).
London : Thompson. Academic Press. |
JEIBMANN, A. & PAULUS, W. (2009). Drosophila
melanogaster as a model organism of brain diseases. International
Journal of Molecular Sciences, 10, 407-440. [PDF] |
|
QUINN, W.G. & GREENSPAN, R.J. (1984). Learning and
courtship in Drosophila : two stories with mutants. Annual
Review of Neuroscience, 7, 67-93. |
MILLER, P.M., SALTZ, J.B., COCHRANE, V.A., MARCINKOWSKI,
C.M., MOBIN, R. & TURNER, T.L. (2011). Natural
variation in decision-making behavior in Drosophila
melanogaster. PLoS ONE, 6 (1), 1-7. [PDF] |
|
COLLINS, M.F. & HEWITT, J.K. (1985). Courtship between
and within inbred lines of Drosophila melanogaster. Animal
Behavior, 33 (2), 682-683. |
BURKE, C.J. & WADDELL, S. (2011). Remembering nutrient
quality of sugar in drosophila. Current Biology, 21,
746-750. [PDF] |
| ACKERMAN, S.L. & SIEGEL, R.W. (1986). Chemically
reinforced conditioned courtship in Drosophila : responses
of wild-type and the dunce, amnesiac and don giovanni
mutants. Journal of Neurogenetics, 3, 111-123. |
|
|
LEWIS, E.B. (1986). Regulation of the genes of the
bithorax complex in Drosophila. Cold Spring Harbor
Symposia on Quantitative Biology, 50, 155-164. |
CIRELLI, C. (2112). Brain plasticity, seep and aging. Gerontology,
DOI: 10.1159/000336149 [PDF] |
|
HOFFMANN, A.A. (1989). Geographic variation in the
territorial success of Drosophila melanogaster males. Behavior
Genetics, 19, 241-255. |
|
|
CELNIKER, C.E., SHARMA, S., KEELAN, D.J. & LEWIS, E.B.
(1990). The molecular genetics of the bithorax complex of
Drosophila : cisregulation in the Abdominal-B domain. EMBO
Journal, 9 (13), 4277-4286.
[PDF] |
|
|
KOHLER, R.E. (1994). Lords of the fly : Drosophila
genetics and the experimental life. Chicago :
Chicago University Press. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Insecte,
Modèle animal,
Hérédité et Mutation |
|
BURNIE, D. (Ed.) (2001). Animal / Le règne animal.
Londres : Dorling Kindersley /Saint-Laurent : Erpi. |
|
|
|
Drouilly
Pierre (1946-2014) : Mathématicien,
méthodologiste
québécois et spécialiste de
l'opinion publique et des
élections. Collaborateur de Cotnoir
et Guay.
|
DROUILLY, P. (1978). Le paradoxe canadien. Le Québec
et les élections fédérales. Montréal : Parti pris. |
|
GUAY, J.H., NOREAU, P., DROUILLY, P. et COTNOIR, P.A.
(1997). L’intellectuel dans la société. Bulletin
d’histoire politique, AQHP/Septentrion, 4 (2),
93-99. |
|
DROUILLY, P. (1998). Indépendance et démocratie :
Sondages, élections et référendum au Québec (1992-1997).
Paris : L'Harmattan. |
|
|
|
|
COMEAU, R. (2015). In memoriam : Pierre Drouilly
(1946-2014). Bulletin d'Histoire Politique, 23
(2), 7–8. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Drug & Alcohol Dependence :
Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui s'intéresse à la dépendance
aux drogues et à l'alcool.
Éditeur : Elsevier.
HIGGINS, S.T., STITZER, M.L., BIGELOW, G.E. &
LIEBSON, I.A. (1986). Contingent methadone delivery :
effects on illicit-opiate use. Drug & Alcohol
Dependence, 17 (4), 311-322.
|
| |
|
|
Drug
Safety :
Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui s'intéresse à
l'usage et à la toxicicité
des drogues. Éditeur :
IngentaConnect.
BESAG, F.M. (2000). Is generic prescribing acceptable in
epilepsy ? Drug Safety, 23, 173-182.
|
| |
|
|
Drupsteen Linda ( ) :
Psychologue néérlandaise. Elle s'intéresse notamment aux
considérations psychologiques liées aux accidents
et aux désastres.
|
DRUPSTEEN, L., GROENWEG, J. & ZWETSLOOT, G.I.J.M.
(2013). Critical steps in learning from incidents : using
learning potential in the process from reporting an
incident to accident prevention. Journal of
Occupational Safety & Ergonomics, 19 (1),
63-77. |
|
DRUPSTEEN, L. & GUIDENMUND, F.W. (2014). What is
learning ? A review of the safety literature to define
learning from incidents, accidents and disasters. Journal
of Contingencies & Crisis Management, 22 (2),
81-96. |
|
DRUPSTEEN, L. & HASLE, P. (2014). Why do
organizations not learn from incidents ? Bottlenecks,
causes and conditions for afailure to effectively learn. Accident
Analysis & Prevention, 72, 351–358. |
|
DRUPSTEEN, L., RASMUSSENM H.B., USTAILIEVA, E. &
VAN KAMPEN, J. (2015). Key aspects in managing
safety when working with multiple contractors : A case
study. Work, 51 (4), 715-720. |
DRUPSTEEN, L. & WYBO, J.L. (2015). Assessing
propensity to learn from safety-related events. Safety
Science, 71, 28–38.
|
|
|
|
Drury John ( ) :
Psychologue social et organisationnel
britannique, spécialiste de l'étude des foules
et de l'émancipation
collective.
|
DRURY, J. & REICHER, S.D. (1999). The intergroup
dynamics of collective empowerment : Substantiating the
social identity model. Group Processes &
Intergroup Relations, 2, 381-402. |
|
DRURY, J. (2002). «When the mobs are looking for witches
to burn, nobody’s safe» : Talking about the reactionary
crowd. Discourse & Society, 13, 41-73. |
|
DRURY, J. & REICHER, S.D. (2005). Explaining enduring
empowerment : A comparative study of collective action and
psychological outcomes. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 35, 35-58. |
|
DRURY, J., COCKING, C., BEALE, J., HANSON, C. &
RAPLEY, F. (2005). The phenomenology of empowerment in
collective action. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 44, 309-328. |
|
DRURY, J. (2009). Collective psychological empowerment as
a model of social change : Researching crowds and power. Journal
of Social Issues, 65 (4), 707-725. [PDF] |
|
|
|
DSM
: Manuel de Diagnostic et Statistique
des troubles mentaux,
dont la première version a été publié en 1952 à l'initiative de
l'Association Américaine de Psychiatrie. Il répertorie
l'ensemble des symptomes
et des critères qui permettent de diagnostiquer
les maladies mentales.
DSM et CIM-10.
( ): Voir tableau. Diagnostic
and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, DSM.
| |
|
|
AMERICAN PYSCHIATRIC ASSOCIATION (1952). Diagnostic
and statistical manual of mental disorders.
Washington D.C. : Amercian Psychiatric Association. |
FORSYTH, J.P. (2000). Further reflections on fidelity and
deceit at the bedside : DSM diagnosis, human suffering,
and managed behavioral health care. Journal of
Contemporary Psychotherapy, 30, 234-237. |
|
SANDIFER, M., PETTUS, B. & QUADE, D. (1964). A study
of psychiatric diagnosis. Journal of Nervous &
Mental Disease, 139, 350-356. |
KLONSKY, E.D. (2000). The DSM classification of
personality disorder : Clinical wisdom or empirical truth
? Journal of Clinical Psychology, 56, 1615-1621.
[PDF] |
|
SPITZER, R., COHEN, J., FLEISS, J. & ENDICOTT, J.
(1967). Quantification of agreement in psychiatric
diagnosis. Archives of General Psychiatry, 17,
83-87. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2001). The myth of DSM’s invention of new
categories of disorder : Houts's diagnostic discontinuity
thesis disconfirmed. Behavior Research & Therapy,
39, 575-624. |
| |
COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T. & GOOREN, L.J.G. (2001). Gender
identity disorder in the DSM ? Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
40, 391. |
|
SPITZER, R. & FLEISS, J. (1974). A re-analysis of the
reliability of psychiatric diagnosis. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 125, 341-347. |
BORSBOOM, D. (2002). The structure of the DSM. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 59 (6), 569-570. |
| |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. & FIRST, M.B. (2003). Clarifying the
distinction between disorder and nondisorder. In K.a.
Phillips, M.B. First & H.A. Pincus (Eds.), Advancing
DSM. Dilemmas in psychiatric diagnosis. (pp.
23-55). American Psychiatric Association, Washington DC. |
| |
McHUGH, P.R. (2005). Striving for coherence : Psychiatry’s
efforts over classification. Journal of the American
Medical Association, 293, 2526-2528. |
|
CAPLAN, P.J. (1991). How do they decide who is normal ?
The bizarre, but true, tale of the DSM process. Canadian
Psychology, 32 (2), 162-170. |
THYER, B.A. (2006). It is time to rename the DSM. Ethical
Human Psychology & Psychiatry, 8 (1), 61-67. |
|
SPITZER, R. (1991). An outsider-insider's views about
revising the DSMs. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
100, 294-296. |
FIRST, M.B. & WESTERN, D. (2007). Classification for
clinical practice : how to make ICD and DSM better able to
serve clinicians. International Review of Psychiatry,
19, 473-481. |
|
KIRK, S.A. & KUTCHINS, H. (1994). The myth of the
reliability of DSM. Journal of Mind & Behavior,
15, (1/2), 71-86. |
KRAEMER, H.C. (2007). DSM categories and dimensions in
clinical and research contexts. International Journal
of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 16 (S1),
S8-S15. |
|
CARSON, R.C. (1996). Aristotle, Galileo, and the DSM
taxonomy : The case of schizophrenia. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 64 (6),
1133-1139. [PDF] |
BINIK, Y.M. (2009). The DSM diagnostic criteria for
vaginismus. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 39 (2),
278-291. |
|
CARSON, R.C. (1997). Costly compromises : A critique of
the DSM. In S. Fisher & R. Greenberg (Eds.), Psychopharmacology
scientifically reappraised (pp. 98-114). New York
: Wiley. |
BROTTO, L.A. (2009). The DSM Diagnostic criteria for
sexual aversion disorder. Archives of Sexual Behavior,
39 (2), 271-277. [PDF] |
|
KUTCHINS, H. & KIRK, S.A. (1997). Making us crazy
: DSM- The psychiatric bible and the creation of mental
disorders. New York : Free Press. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2009). Disability and diagnosis : Should
role impairment be eliminated from DSM/ICD diagnostic
criteria ? World Psychiatry, 8, 87-88. [PDF] |
| |
LANGSTRÖM, N. (2010). The DSM diagnostic criteria for
exhibitionism, voyeurism, and frotteurism. The DSM
diagnostic criteria for fetishism. Archives of Sexual
Behavior, 39 (2), 357-362. [PDF] |
| |
KAFKA, M.P. (2010). The DSM diagnostic criteria for
fetishism. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 39 (2),
357-362. [PDF] |
| |
BLANCHARD, R. (2010). The DSM diagnostic criteria for
pedophilia. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 39,
304-316. [PDF] |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1998). Diagnosing DSM, Part 1 : DSM and
the concept of mental disorder. Behavior Research
& Therapy, 35, 633-650. |
KRUEGER, R.F. (2010). The DSM diagnostic criteria for
sexual sadism. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 39 (2),
325-345. [PDF] |
| |
ZUCKER, K.J. (2010). The DSM diagnostic criteria for
gender identity disorder in children. Archives of Sex
Behavior, 39 (2), 477-498. [PDF] |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1998). The DSM's theory-neutral nosology
is scientifically progressive : Response to Follette and
Houts. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 66, 846-852. |
KRUEGER, R.B. (2010). The DSM diagnostic criteria for
sexual masochism. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 39,
346-356. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
DSM -----» I - II
- III - IV
- 5 |
|
|
|
DSM-I
: Le premier Manuel de Diagnostic
et Statistique des troubles
mentaux a été rédigé en 1952 à l'initiative de l'Association
Américaine de Psychiatrie. Il répertorie l'ensemble des symptomes
qui permettent de diagnostiquer les maladies
mentales. Diagnostic and Statistical
Manual of Mental Disorders.
| |
|
|
AMERICAN PYSCHIATRIC ASSOCIATION (1952). Diagnostic
and statistical manual of mental disorders.
Washington D.C. : American Psychiatric Association. |
|
GROB, G.N. (1991). Origins of DSM-I : a study in
appearance and reality. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 148 (4), 421-431. |
|
DSM -----»II - III
- IV - 5 |
|
|
|
DSM-II
: Le deuxième Manuel de Diagnostic
et Statistique des troubles
mentaux a été rédigé en 1968 à l'initiative de l'Association
Américaine de Psychiatrie. Il répertorie l'ensemble des symptomes
qui permettent de diagnostiquer
les maladies mentales.
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental
Disorders.
| |
|
|
AMERICAN PYSCHIATRIC ASSOCIATION (1968). Diagnostic
and statistical manual of mental disorders.
Washington D.C. : American Psychiatric Association. |
|
BLASHFIELD, R.K. (1973). An evaluation of the DSM-II
classification of schizophrenia as a nomenclature.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 82, 382-389. |
|
CANTWELL, D., RUSSELL, A., MATTISON, R. & WILL, L.
(1979). A comparison of DSM-II and DSM-III in the
diagnosis of childhood psychiatric disorders. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 36, 1208-1222. |
|
WESTERMEYER, J.F. & HARROW, M. (1984). Prognosis and
outcome using broad (DSM II) and narrow (DSM III) concepts
of schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 10, 624-637. |
|
DSM -----»I - III
- IV - 5 |
|
|
|
DSM-III
: Le troisième Manuel de Diagnostic
et Statistique des troubles
mentaux a été rédigé en 1980 à l'initiative de l'Association
Américaine de Psychiatrie. Il répertorie l'ensemble des symptomes
qui permettent de diagnostiquer
les maladies mentales.
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental
Disorders.
| |
|
|
SPITZER, R., ENDICOTT, J. & ROBINS, E. (1975).
Clinical criteria for psychiatric diagnosis and DSM-III. American Journal of Psychiatry, 132, 1187-1192. |
DAHL, A. (1986). Some aspects of the DSM-III personality
disorders illustrated by a consecutive sample of
hospitalized patients. Acta Psychiatrica
Scandinavica, 328 (S), 61-66. |
|
SPITZER, R.L., FORMAN, J. & NEE, J. (1979). DSM-III
field trials : I. Initial interrater diagnostic
reliability. American Journal of Psychiatry, 136, 815-417. |
TURNER, S.M., MCCANN, B.S., BEIDEL, D.C. & MEZZICH,
J.E. (1986). DSM-III classification of the anxiety
disorders : A psychometric study. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 95, 168-172. |
|
SPITZER, R.L. & FORMAN, J. (1979). DSM-III field
trials : II. Initial experience with the multiaxial
system. American Journal of Psychiatry, 136, 818-820. |
KUTCHINS, H. & KIRK, S.A. (1986). The reliability of
DSM-III : A critical review. Social Work Research
& Abstracts, 22, 3-12. |
|
CANTWELL, D., RUSSELL, A., MATTISON, R. & WILL, L.
(1979). A comparison of DSM-II and DSM-III in the
diagnosis of childhood psychiatric disorders. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 36, 1208-1222. |
MOREY, L. (1988). Personality disorders in DSM-III and
DSM-IIIR : Convergence, age, and internal consistency. American Journal of Psychiatry, 145, 573-577. |
|
AMERICAN PYSCHIATRIC ASSOCIATION (1980). Diagnostic
and statistical manual of mental disorders.
Washington D.C. : Amercian Psychiatric Association. |
KUTCHINS, H. & KIRK, S.A. (1988). The business of
diagnosis : DSM-III and clinical social work. Social
Work, 33, 215-220. |
|
SPITZER, R.L., WILLIAMS, J.B.W. & SKODOL, A.E. (1980).
DSM-III : The major achievements and an overview. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 137, 151-164. |
TYRER, P. (1988). What's wrong with DSM-III personality
disorders ? Journal of Personality Disorders, 2
(4), 281-291. |
|
WERRY, J., METHUEN, R., FITZPATRICK, J. & DIXON, G.
(1983). The interrater reliability of DSM-III in children.
Journal of Abnormal Child Psychiatry, 11, 341-354. |
SPITZER, R., GIBBON, M., SKODAL, A., WILLIAMS, J. &
FIRST, M. (1989). The DSM-IIIR casebook.
Washington, D.C. : American Psychiatric Press. |
|
WESTERMEYER, J.F. & HARROW, M. (1984). Prognosis and
outcome using broad (DSM II) and narrow (DSM III) concepts
of schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 10, 624-637. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1992). Disorder as harmful dysfunction :
A conceptual critique of DSM-III-R's definition of mental
disorder. Psychological Review, 99, 232-247. |
|
VAILLANT, G.E. (1984). The disadvantages of DSM-III
outweigh its advantages. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 141, 542-545. |
COID, J.W. (1992). DSM-III diagnosis in criminal &
Mental Health, 2, 78-79. |
|
KLERMAN, G. (1984). The advantages of DSM-III. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 141, 539-542. |
WILSON, M. (1993). DSM-III and the transformation of
American psychiatry : A history. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 150, 399-410. |
|
ZIMMERMAN, M., PFOHL, B., STANGL, D. & CORYELL, W.
(1985). The validity of DSM-III Axis IV (severity of
psychosocial stressors). American Journal of
Psychiatry, 142, 1437-1441. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1998). The DSM's theory-neutral nosology
is scientifically progressive : Response to Follette and
Houts. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 66, 846-852. |
|
BAYER, R. & SPITZER, R.L. (1985). Neurosis,
psychodynamics, and DSM-III : A history of the
controversy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 42,
187-195. |
|
|
DRAKE, R. & VAILLANT, G.E. (1985). A validity study of
Axis II of DSM-III. American Journal of Psychiatry,
142, 553-558. |
ZUCKER, K.J. & SPITZER, R. (2005). Was the gender
identity disorder of childhood diagnosis introduced into
DSM-III as a backdoor maneuver to replace homosexuality ?
A historical note. Journal of Sex & Marital
Therapy, 31, 31-42. [PDF] |
|
BAYER, R. & SPITZER, R.L. (1985). Neurosis,
psychodynamics, and DSM-III: A history of the controversy.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 42, 187-195. |
MAYES, R. & HORWITZ, A.V. (2005). DSM-III and the
revolution in the classification of mental illness.
Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 41,
249-267. [PDF] |
|
|
| |
DSM ----- » I - II
- IV - 5 |
|
|
DSM-III-R
: Le troisième Manuel de Diagnostic
et Statistique des troubles
mentaux a été rédigé en 1980 à l'initiative de l'Association
Américaine de Psychiatrie. puis légèrement modifié en 1987.
Il répertorie l'ensemble des symptomes
qui permettent de diagnostiquer les maladies
mentales.
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders.
| |
|
|
AMERICAN PYSCHIATRIC ASSOCIATION (1987). Diagnostic
and statistical manual of mental disorders.
Washington D.C. : Amercian Psychiatric Association. |
RAPEE, R.M., BROWN, T.A., ANTONY, M.M. & BARLOW, D.H.
(1992). Response to hyperventilation and inhalation of
5.5% carbon dioxide-enriched air across the DSM-III-R
anxiety disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
101, 538-552. |
|
SPITZER, R., GIBBON, M., SKODAL, A., WILLIAMS, J. &
FIRST, M. (1989). The DSM-IIIR casebook.
Washington, D.C. : American Psychiatric Press. |
GERT, B. (1992). A sex inconsistency in DSM-III-R : The
definition of mental disorder and the definition of
paraphilias. Journal of Medicine & Philosophy, 17,
155-171. |
|
CRASKE, M.G., RAPEE, R.M., JACKEL, L. & BARLOW, D.H
(1989). Qualitative dimensions of worry in DSM-III-R
generalized anxiety disorder subjects and nonanxious
controls. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 27,
397-402. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1992). Disorder as harmful dysfunction :
A conceptual critique of DSM-III-R's definition of mental
disorder. Psychological Review, 99, 232-247. |
|
SPITZER, R., DAVIES, M. & BARKLEY, R. (1990). The
DSM-III-R field trial of disruptive behavior disorders.
Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 29, 690-697. |
RICHTERS, J. & CICCHETTI, D. (1993). Mark Twain meets
DSM-III-R : Conduct disorder, development and the concept
of harmful dysfunction. Development &
Psychopathology, 5, 5-29. |
| |
ZINBARG, R.E. & BARLOW, D.H. (1996). The structure of
anxiety and the DSM-III-R anxiety disorders : A
hierarchical model. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
105, 181-193. [PDF] |
| |
|
DSM ----- » I - II
- IV - 5 |
|
|
DSM-IV : La quatrième version du Manuel de
Diagnostic et Statistique des troubles
mentaux a été rédigé en 1994 à l'initiative de l'Association
Américaine de Psychiatrie. Cet ouvrage, actuellement en
usage dans le réseau de la santé au Québec et un peu partout en
Amérique du nord, repertorie et décrit l'ensemble des symptomes (nature des symptômes, fréquence, durée, critère d'exclusion, etc.)
qui permettent de diagnostiquer les maladies
mentales (410 troubles psychiatriques jusqu'à ce jour). Il
est athéorique c-à-d qu'il n'explique pas ces troubles (absence
d'étiologie). Malgré tout, son usage est contestée par de
nombreux béhavioristes
et psychanalystes. Il
en est actuellement à sa quatrième version (DSM-IV-TR).
Ailleurs dans le monde, on utilise surtout le CIM-10
développé par l'Organisation Mondiale de la Santé (OMS). Nosologie
et DSM-IV. =
classification, nosologie, taxonomie, typologie. Diagnostic
and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders.
| |
|
|
ZIMMERMAN, M. (1988). Why are we rushing to publish DSM-IV
? Archives of General Psychiatry, 45, 1135-1138. |
OHAYSON, M.M., SHAPIRO, C.M. & KENNEDY, S.H. (2000).
Differentiating DSM-IV anxiety and depressive disorders in
the general population : comorbidity and treatment
consequences. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 45 (2),
166-172. |
| |
OZONOFF, S., SOUTH, M. & MILLER, J.N. (2000).
DSM-IV-defined Asperger syndrome : Cognitive, behavioral,
and early history dif- ferentiation from high-functioning
autism. Autism, 4, 29-46. |
| |
ZITTERL, W., URBAN, C., LINZMAYER, L., AIGNER, M., DEMAL,
U. SEMLER, B. & ZITTERL-EGLSEER, K. (2001). Memory
deficits in patients with DSM-IV obsessive-compulsive
disorder. Psychopathology, 34, 113-117. |
| |
GRAETZ, B.W., SAWYER, M.G., HAZELL, P.L., ARNEY, F. &
BAGHURST, P. (2001). Validity of DSM-IV/ADHD subtypes in a
nationally representative sample of Australian children
and adolescents. Journal of the American Academy of
Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 40, 1410-1417. |
| |
WAKEFIELD, J.C., POTTICK, K.J. & KIRK, S.A. (2002).
Should the DSM-IV diagnostic criteria for conduct disorder
consider social context ? American Journal of
Psychiatry, 159, 380-386. |
|
LESIEUR, H.R. & ROSENTHAL, R.J. (1991) Pathological
gambling: a review of the literature (prepared for the
American psychiatric Association task Force on DSM-IV
committee on disorders of impulse control not elsewhere
classified). Journal of Gambling Studies, 7,
5-40. |
GRILO, C.M., SANISLOW, C.A. & MCGLASHAN, T.H. (2002).
Co-occurrence of DSM-IV personality disorders with
borderline personality disorder. Journal of Nervous
& Mental Disease, 190, 552-554. |
| |
NEIGHBORS, H.W., TRIERWEILER, S.J., FORD, B.C. &
MUROFF, J.R. (2003). Racial differences in DSM diagnosis
using a semi-structured instrument : The importance of
clinical judgment in the diagnosis of African Americans. Journal
of Health & Social Behavior, 43, 237-256. [PDF] |
| |
JACQUES, C. & LADOUCEUR, R. (2003). DSM-IV-J criteria
: A scoring error that may be modifying the estimates of
pathological gambling amongst youth. Journal of
Gambling Studies, 19, 427-432. |
|
CARSON, R.C. (1991). Dilemmas in the pathway of the
DSM-IV. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 100,
302-307. |
STINCHFIELD, R. (2003). Reliability, validity, and
classification accuracy of a measure of DSM-IV diagnostic
criteria for pathological gambling. American
Psychiatry, 160, 180-182. [PDF] |
| |
CANINO, G., SHROUT, P.E., RUBIO-STIPEC, B., BIRD, H.R.,
BRAVO, M., RAMIREZ, R., CHAVEZ, L., ALEGRIA, M.,
BAUEMEISTER, J.J., HOHMANN, A., RIBERA, J. GARCIA, P.
& MARTINEZ-TOBIAS, A. (2004). The DSM-IV rates of
child and ado- lescent disorders in Puerto Rico :
Prevalence, correlates, service use, and the effects of
impairment. Archives of General Psychiatry, 61, 85-93. |
| |
LAHEY, B.B., PELHAM, W.E., LONEY, J., LEE, S.S. &
WILLCUTT, E. (2005). Instability of the DSM-IV Subtypes of
ADHD from preschool through elementary school.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 896-902. |
| |
ELHAI, J.D., GRUBAUGH, A.L., KASHDAN, T.B. & FRUEH,
B.C. (2008). Empirical examination of a proposed
refinement to DSM-IV posttraumatic stress disorder symptom
criteria using the National Comorbidity Survey Replication
data. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 42 (4),
597-602. |
|
KIRK, S. & KUTCHINS, H. (1992/98). The selling of DSM
: the rhetoric of science in psychiatry. New York : Aldine
de Gruyter. / Aimez-vous le DSM ? Le triomphe de la
psychiatrie américaine. Éditions des Empêcheurs de
penser en rond. |
KESSLER, R.C., BERGLUND, P., DEMLER, O., JIN, R. &
WALTERS, E.E. (2005). Lifetime prevalence and age-of-
onset distributions of DSM-IV disorders in the national
comorbidity survey replication. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 62 (6), 593-602. |
|
KUTCHINS, H. & KIRK, S.A. (1993). DSM-IV and the hunt
for gold : A review of the treasure map. Research on
Social Work Practice, 3, 219-235. |
PETRY, N.M., STINSON, F.S. & GRANT, B.F. (2005).
Comorbidity of DSM-IV pathological gambling and other
psychiatric disorders : Results from the National
Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol & Related Conditions.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 66, 564-574. |
| |
NOCK, M.K. & KAZDIN, A.E., HIRPI, E. & KESSLER,
R.C. (2006). Prevalence, subtypes, and correlates of
DSM-IV conduct disorder in the National Comorbidity Survey
Replication. Psychological Medicine, 36,
699-710. |
|
NATHAN, P.E. (1994). DSM-IV : Empirical, accessible, not
yet ideal. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 50,
103-110. |
SAMUEL, D.B. & WIDIGER, T.A. (2006). Clinician's
judgments of clinical utility : A comparison of the DSM-IV
and Five-Factor models. Journals of Abnormal
Psychology, 115, 298-308. |
|
LAHEY, B., APPLEGATE, B., MCBURNETT, K., BIEDERMAN, J.,
GREENHILL, L., HYND, G., BARKLEY, R.A., NEWCOM, J.,
JENSEN, P., RICHTERS, J., GARFINKEL, B., KERDYK, L.,
FRICK, P.J., OLLENDICK, T., PEREZ, D., HART, E.L.,
WALDMAN, I. & SHAFFER, D. (1994). DSM-IV field trials
for attention-deficit/ hyperactivity disorder in children
and adolescents. American Journal of Psychiatry, 151
(1), 1673-1685. |
SPITZER, R.L., FIRST, M.B. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2007).
Saving PTSD from itself in DSM-V. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 21, 233-241. [PDF] |
|
VOLKMAR, F.R., KLIN, A., SIEGAL, B., SZATMARI, P., LORD,
C., CAMPBELL, M., FREEDMAN, B.J., CICCHETTI, D.V., RUTTER,
M. & KLINE, W. (1994). Field trial for autistic
disorder in DSM-IVAmerican Journal of Psychiatry, 151,
(9), 1361-1367. |
GELHORN, H., SAKAI, J., PRICE, R. & CROWLEY, T.
(2007). DSM-IV conduct disorder criteria as predictors of
antisocial personality disorder. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 48, 529-538. |
|
|
AMERICAN PYSCHIATRIC ASSOCIATION (1994). Diagnostic
and statistical manual of mental disorders.
Washington D.C. : Amercian Psychiatric Association. |
COOLIDGE, F.L., DAVIS, F.L. & SEGAL, D.L. (2007).
Understanding madmen : A DSM-IV assessment of Adolf
Hitler. Individual Differences Research, 5 (1),
30-46. [PDF] |
|
WIDIGER, T.A., CADORET, R., HARE, R., ROBINS, L.,
RUTHERFORD, M., ZANARINI, M., ALTERMAN, A., APPLE, M.,
CORBITT, E., FORTH, A., HART, S., KULTERMAN, J., WOODY, G.
& FRANCES, A.N. (1996). DSM-IV antisocial personality
disorder field trial. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
105, 3-16. |
DALLE, G.R. & CALUGI, S. (2007). Eating disorder not
otherwise specified in an inpatient unit: the impact of
altering the DSM-IV criteria for anorexia and bulimia
nervosa. European Eating Disorders Review, 15
(5), 340-349. |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1996). DSM-IV : Are we making diagnostic
progress ? Contemporary Psychology, 41, 646-652.
|
GOMEZ, R. (2007). Australian parent and teacher ratings of
the DSM- IV ADHD symptoms : Differential symptom
functioning and parent-teacher agreement and differences.
Journal of Attention Disorders, 11, 17-27. |
|
LANGENBUCHER, J., MORGENSTERN, J., LABOUVIE, E., MILLER,
K.J. & NATHAN, P.E. (1996). On criterion weighting in
DSM-IV. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 64, 343-356. |
ROSEN, G.M., SPITZER, R.L. & McHUGH, P.R. (2008).
Problems with the PTSD diagnosis and its future in DSM-V.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 192, 3-4. [PDF] |
|
MILLON, T. & DAVIS, R.D. (1996). Disorders of
personality : DSM IV and beyond. New York : John
Wiley and Sons. |
KENDLER, K.S., AGGEN, S.H., CZAJKOWSKI, N., ROYSAMB, E.,
TAMBS, K., TORGERSEN, S., NEALE, M.C. &
REICHBORN-KJENNERUD, T. (2008). The structure of genetic
and environmental risk factors for DSM-IV personality
disorders : a multivariate twin study. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 65 (12), 1438-1446. [PDF] |
|
JENSEN, P.S. & HOAGWOOD, K.Y. (1997). The book of
names : DSM-IV in context. Development &
Psychopathology, 9, 231-249. |
PÉREZ-ALVAREZ. M., SASS, L.A. & GARCIA-MONTES, J.M.
(2008). More Aristotle, less DSM : The ontology of mental
disorders in constructivist perspective. Philosophy,
Psychiatry & Psychology, 15 (3), 211-225. |
|
TRACEY, S.A., CHORPITA, B.F., DOUBAN, J. & BARLOW,
D.H. (1997). Empirical evaluation of DSM-IV generalized
anxiety disorder in children and adolescents. Journal
of Clinical Child Psychology, 26, 404-414. |
ARAGONA, M. (2009). The concept of mental disorder and the
DSM-V. Dialogues in Philosophy, Mental & Neuro
Sciences, 2 (1), 1-14. [PDF] |
|
ANTONY, M.M., BROWN, T.A. & BARLOW, D.H. (1997).
Heterogeneity among specific phobia types in DSM-IV. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 35, 1089-1100. |
ROSS, C.A. (2010). DSM-V and the "psychosis risk syndrome"
: Eight reasons to reject it. Psychosis, 2,
107-110. |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1997). Diagnosing DSM-IV, Part 2 :
Eysenck (1986) and the essentialist fallacy. Behavior
Research & Therapy, 35, 651-666. |
FIRST, M.B. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2010). Defining "mental
disorder" in DSM-IV. Psychological Medicine, 40, 1783-1785.
[PDF] |
|
LANGENBUCHER, J., CHUNG, T., MORGENSTERN, J., LABOUVIE,
E., NATHAN, P.E. & BAVLY, L. (1997). Physiological
alcohol dependence as a "specifier" of risk for medical
problems & relapse liability in DSM-IV. Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 58, 341-350. |
STEIN, D.J., PHILIPS, K.A., BOLTON, D., FULFORD, K.W.M.,
SADLER, J.Z. & KENDLER, K.S. (2010). What is a
mental/psychiatric disorder ? From DSM-IV to DSM-V. Psychoogical
Medicine, 40 (11), 1759-1765.
[PDF] |
|
WOLRAICH, M.L., HANNAH, J.N., BAUMGAERTEL, A. &
FEURER, I.D. (1998). Examination of DSM-IV critieria for
attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder in a county-wide
sample. Journal of Developmental & Behavioral
Pediatrics, 19, 162-168. |
WING, L., GOULD, J. & GILLBERG, C. (2011). Autism
spectrum disorders in the DSM-V : Better or worse than the
DSM-IV ? Research in Developmental Disabilities, 32,
768-773.
[PDF] |
|
DAWSON, D.A. & GRANT, B.F. (1998). Family history of
alcoholism and gender : their combined effects on DSM- IV
alcohol dependence and major depression. Journal of
Studies on Alcohol, 59, 97-106. |
REEF, J., DIAMANTOPOULOU, S.VAN MEURS, I., VERHULST, F.C.
& VAN DER ENDE, J. (2011). Developmental trajectories
of child to adolescent externalizing behavior and adult
DSM-IV disorder : results of a 24-year longitudinal study.
Social Psychiatry & Psychiatric Epidemiology, 46 (12),
1233-1241. [PDF] |
|
TUCKER, G. (1998). Putting DSM-IV in perspective. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 155, 159-161. [PDF] |
WAKEFIELD, J.C., SCHMITZ, M.F. & BAER, J.C. (2010).
Does the DSM-IV clinical significance criterion for major
depression reduce false positives ? : Evidence from the
NCS-R. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 167,
298-304. [PDF] |
| |
STEIN, D.J., GRANT, J.E., FRANKLIN, J.E., KEUTHEN, N.J.,
LOCHNER, C., SINGER, H.S. & WOODS, D.W. (2010).
Trichotillomania (hair pulling disorder), skin picking
disorder, and stereotypic movement disorder : toward
DSM-V. Depression & Anxiety, 27, 611-626.
[PDF] |
|
WOLRAICH, M.L., FEURER, I.D., BAUMGAERTAL, A. &
PINNOCK, T.Y. (1998). Obtaining systematic teacher reports
of disruptive behavior disorders utilizing DSM-IV.
Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 26 (2),
141-152. |
BEIDEL, D.C., RAO, P.A., SCHARFSTEIN, L.A., WONG, N. &
ALFANO, C.A. (2010). Social skills and social phobia : an
investigation of DSM-IV subtypes. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 48, 992-1001. |
| |
BLANCHARD, R. (2010). The DSM diagnostic criteria for
pedophilia. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 39,
304-316. [PDF] |
|
JENSEN, P.S. & HOAGWOOD, K.Y. (1997). The book of
names : DSM-IV in context. Development &
Psychopathology, 9, 231-249. |
CHOUINARD, G., CHOUINARD, V.A. & CORRUBLE, E. (2011).
Beyond DSM-IV bereavement exclusion criterion E for major
depressive disorder. Psychotherapy &
Psychosomatics, 80 (1), 804-809. |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1997). Diagnosing DSM-IV - Part 1 :
DSM-IV and the concept of disorder. Behavioral
Research & Therapy, 35, 633-649. |
REEF, J., DIAMANTOPOULOU, S. VAN MEURS, I., VERHULST, F.C.
& VAN DER ENDE, J. (2011). Developmental trajectories
of child to adolescent externalizing behavior and adult
DSM-IV disorder : results of a 24-year longitudinal study.
Social Psychiatry & Psychiatric Epidemiology, 46,
1233-1241. [PDF] |
|
SPITZER, R.L. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1999). DSM-IV
diagnostic criterion for clinical significance : does it
help solve the false positives problem ? American
Journal of Psychiatry, 156 (12), 1856-1864. [PDF] |
WILLCUTT, E.G. (2012). The prevalence of DSM-IV
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder : A meta analytic
review. Neurotherapeutics, 9, 490-499. [PDF] |
| |
EMMELKAMP, P.M. & POWER, P.M. (2012). DSM-5
personality disorders : stop before it is too late.
Clinical Psychology & Psychotherapy, 19 (5),
363. |
|
ZUCKER, K.J. (1999). Gender identity disorder in the
DSM-IV. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 25,
5-9. |
AMERINGER, K.J. & LEVENTHAL, A.M. (2013). Associations
between attention deficit hyperactivity disorder symptom
dmains and DSM-IV lifetime substance dependence. The
American Journal on Addictions, 22, 23–32. [PDF] |
| |
LACASSE, J.R. (2014). After DSM-5: A critical mental
health research agenda for the 21st century. Research
on Social Work Practice, 24 (1), 5-10. |
|
| |
|
DSM ----- » I - II
- III - 5 |
|
|
|
|
DSM-5 : Plus récente version du DSM,
lancée en 2013. = Manuel
de Diagnostic et Statistique
des troubles mentaux.
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental
Disorders.
| |
|
|
WIDIGER, T.A. & CLARK, L.A. (2000). Toward DSM-V and
the classification of psychopathology. Psychological
Bulletin, 126 (6), 946-963. [PDF] |
FIRST, M.B. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2010). Defining "mental
disorder" in DSM-IV. Psychological Medicine, 40, 1783-1785.
[PDF] |
|
KESSLER, R.C., MERIKANGAS, K.R., BERGLUND, P., EATON,
W.W., KORETZ, D.S. & WALTERS, E.E. (2003). Mild
disorders should not be eliminated from the DSM-V. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 60, 1117-1122. [PDF] |
KAFKA, M.P. (2010). Hypersexual disorder : A proposed
diagnosis for DSM-5. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 39,
377-400. [PDF] |
| |
BURKE, J.D., WALDMAN, I.D. & LAHEY, B.B. (2010).
Predictive validity of childhood oppositional defiant
disorder and conduct disorder : implications for the
DSM-V. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 119 (4),
739-751. |
|
WATSON, D. (2005). Rethinking the mood and anxiety
disorders : A quantitative hierarchical model for DSM-V. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 114, 522-536. |
STEIN, D.J., PHILIPS, K.A., BOLTON, D., FULFORD, K.W.M.,
SADLER, J.Z. & KENDLER, K.S. (2010). What is a
mental/psychiatric disorder ? From DSM-IV to DSM-V. Psychological
Medicine, 40 (11), 1759-1765.
[PDF] |
|
REGIER, D.A. (2007). Time for a fresh start ? Rethinking
Psychosis in DSM-V. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 33
(4), 843-845. [PDF] |
WALKUP, J.T., FERRAO, Y., LECKMAN, J.F., STEIN, D.J. &
SINGER, H. (2010). Tic disorders : Some key isue for
DSM-V. Depression & Anxiety, 27, 600-610. [PDF] |
|
KRUEGER, R.F., SKODOL, A.E., LIVESLEY, W.J., SHROUT, P.E.
& HUANG, Y. (2007). Synthesizing dimensional and
categorical approaches to personality disorders : refining
the research agenda for DSM-V Axis II. International
Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 16
(S1), 65-73. [PDF] |
MATAIX-COLS, D., FROST, R.O., PERTUSA, A., CLARK, L.A.,
SAXENA, S., LECKMAN, J.F., STEIN, D.J., MATSUNAGA, H.
& WILHELM, S. (2010). Hoaring disorder : A new
diagnosis for DSM-V ? Depression & Anxiety, 27,
556-572. [PDF] |
|
ROSEN, G.M., SPITZER, R.L. & McHUGH, P.R. (2008).
Problems with the PTSD diagnosis and its future in DSM-V.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 192, 3-4. [PDF] |
BORNSTEIN, R.F. (2011). Reconceptualizing personality
pathology in DSM-5: Limitations in evidence for
eliminating dependent personality disorder and other
DSM-IV syndromes. Journal of Personality Disorders,
25, 235-247. |
|
GAEBEL, W. & ZIELASEK, J. (2008). The DSM-V initiative
"deconstructing psychosis" in the context of Kraepelin's
concept on nosology". European Archives of Psychiatry
and Clinical Neuroscience, 258 (S2), 41-47. |
ZIMMERMAN, M. (2011). A critique of the proposed prototype
rating system for personality disorders in DSM-5.
Journal of Personality Disorders, 25, 206-221. |
|
STORCH, E.A., ABRAMOWITZ, J.S., GOODMAN, W.K (2008). Where
does obsessive compulsive disorder belong in DSM-V ?
Depress Anxiety, 25, 336-347.
[PDF] |
KRUEGER, R.F., EATON, N.R., CLARK, L A., WATSON, D.,
MARKON, K.E., DERRINGER, J., SKODOL, A. & LIVESLEY,
W.J. (2011). Deriving an empirical structure of
personality pathology for DSM-5. Journal of
Personality Disorders, 25, 170-191. |
STIEGEL-MOORE, R.H. & FRANKO, D.L. (2008). Should
binge eating disorder be included in the DSM-V ? A
critical review of the state of the evidence. Annual
Review of Clinical Psychology, 4, 305-324.
|
SKODOL, A.E., OLDHAM, J.M., MOREY, L.C., KRUEGER, R.F.,
BENDER, D.S., CLARK, L.A. & VERHEUL, R. (2011).
Proposed changes in prsonality and personality disorder
assessment and diagnosis for DSM-5 Part II : Clinical
Application. Personality disorders : Theory, Research
Treatment, 2 (1), 23-40. [PDF] |
|
FRANCES, A.J. (2009). Whither DSM-V ? The British
Journal of Psychiatry, 195, 391-392. [PDF] |
FIRST, M.B. (2011). The problematic DSM-5 personality
disorders proposal : Options for plan B. Journal
Clinical Psychiatry, 72 (10), 1341-1343. [PDF] |
|
|
BREWIN, C.R., LANIUS, R.A., NOVAC, A., SCHNYDER, U. &
GALEA, S. (2009). Reformulating PTSD for DSM-V : Life
After Criterion Journal of Traumatic Stress, 22 (5),
366-373. [PDF] |
WING, L., GOULD, J. & GILLBERG, C. (2011). Autism
spectrum disorders in the DSM-V : Better or worse than the
DSM-IV ? Research in Developmental Disabilities, 32,
768-773.
[PDF] |
|
FRANCES, A.J. (2009). A warning sign on the road to DSM-V
: Beware of Its unintended consequences. Psychiatric
Times, 26 (8), 1-4. |
FAIRBURN, C.G. & COOPER, Z. (2011). Eating disorders,
DSM-5 and clinical reality. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 198, 8-10.
[PDF] |
| |
MILLER, J.D. & LEVY, K.S. (2011). Personality and
personality disorders in the DSM-5 : Introduction to the
Special Issue. Personality Disorders : Theory,
Research, & Treatment, 2, (1), 1-3 [PDF] |
| |
KUPFER, D.J. & REGIER, D.A. (2011). Neuroscience,
clinical evidence, and the future of psychiatric
classication in DSM-5. American Journal of
psychiatry, 168 (7), 672-674. |
PINCUS, A.L. (2011). Some comments on nomology, diagnostic
process, and narcissistic personality disorder in the
DSM-5 proposal for personality and personality disorders.
Personality Disorders : Theory, Research, &
Treatment, 2, 41-53. |
|
FISCHER, B.A. & CARPENTER, W.T. (2009). Will the
kraepelinian dichotomy survive DSM-V ? Neuropsychopharmacology,
34 (9), 2081-2087. [PDF] |
SKODOL, A.E., BENDER, D.S., MOREY, L.C., ALARCON, R.D.,
SIEVER, L.J., CLARK, L.E., KRUEGER, R.F., VERHEUL, R.,
BELL, C.C. & OLDHAM, J.M. (2011). Proposed changes in
personality and personality disorder assessment and
diagnosis for DSM-5 part I : Description and Rational. Personality
Disorders : Theory, Research, & Treatment, 2
(1), 4-22. [PDF] |
|
BREWIN, C.R. (2009). Reformulating PTSD for DSM-V : Life
after criterion A. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 22 (5),
366-373. [PDF] |
WRIGHT, A.G.C., THOMAS, K.M., HOPWOOD, C.J., MARKO, K.E.,
PINCUS, A.L. & KRUEGER, R.F. (2012). The hierarchical
structure of DSM-5 pathological personality traits. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 121 (4), 951-957. [PDF] |
|
McNALLY, R.J. (2009). Can we fix PTSD in DSM-V ? Depression
& Anxiety, 26, 597-600. |
COCCARO, E.F. (2012). Intermittent explosive disorder as a
disorder of impulsive aggression for DSM-5. The
American Journal of Psychiatry, 6 (169), 577-588. |
|
PRIGERSON, H.G., HOROWITZ, M.J., JACOBS, S.C., PARKES,
C.M., ASLAN, M., GOODKIN, K., RAPHAEL, B., MARWIT, S.J.,
WORTMAN, C., NEIMEYER, R.A., BONANNO, G., BLOCK, S.D.,
KISSANE, D., BOELEN, P. MAERCKER, A., LITZ, B.T., JOHNSON,
J.G., FIRST, M.B. & MACIEJEWSKI, P.K. (2009).
Prolonged grief disorder : Psychometric validation of
criteria proposed for DSM-V and ICD-11. PLoS Medicine,
6, (8), 1-12. [PDF] |
WRIGHT, A.G.C., PINCUS, A.L., HOPWOOD, C.J., THOMAS, K.M.,
MARKON, K.E. & KRUEGER, R.F. (2012). An interpersonal
analysis of pathological personality traits in DSM-5. Assessment, 19, 263-275. |
| |
EMMELKAMP, P.M. & POWER, P.M. (2012). DSM-5
personality disorders : stop before it is too late.
Clinical Psychology & Psychotherapy, 19 (5),
363. |
| |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. & FIRST, M.B. (2012). Validity of the
bereavement exclusion to major depression : does the
empirical evidence support the proposal to eliminate the
exclusion in DSM-5 ? World Psychiatry, 11 (1),
3-10. [PDF] |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2010). Taking disorder seriously : A
critique of psychiatric criteria for mental disorders from
the harmful-dysfunction perspective. In T. Millon, R.F.
Krueger & E. Simonsen (Eds.), Contemporary
directions in psychopathology : Scientific foundations
of the DSM-V and ICD-11 (pp. 275-302). New York :
Guilford Press. |
PHILLIPS, J., FRANCES, A., CERULLO, M.A., CHARDAVOYNE, J.,
DECKER, J.H., FIRST, M.B., GHAEMI, N., GREENBERG, G.,
HINDERLITER, A.C., KINGHORN, W.A., LOBELLO, S.G., MARTIN,
E.B., MISHARA, A.L., PARIS, J., PIERRE, J.M., PIES R.W.,
PINCUS, H.A., PORTER, D., POUNCEY, C., SCHWARTZ, M.A.,
SZASZ, T., WAKEFIELD, J.C., WATERMAN, G.S., WHOOLEY, O.
& ZACHAR, P. (2012). The six most essential questions
in psychiatric diagnosis : A pluralogue. Part 1 :
Conceptual and definitional issues in psychiatric
diagnosis. Philosophy, Ethics, & Humanities in
Medicine, 7 (3), 1-29. [PDF] |
| |
MAZEFSKY, C.A., MCPARTLAND, J.C., GASTGEB, H.Z. &
MINSHEW, N.J. (2012). Brief report : Comparability of
DSM-IV and DSM-5 ASD research samples. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 43 (5),
1236-1242. |
| |
GIBBS, V., ALDRIDGE, F., CHANDLER, F., WITZLSPERGER, E.
& SMITH, K. (2012). An exploratory study comparing
diagnostic outcomes for autism spectrum disorders under
DSM-IV-TR with the proposed DSM-5 revision. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 42,
1750-1756. |
|
BLANCHARD, R. (2010). The DSM diagnostic criteria for
pedophilia. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 39,
304-316. [PDF] |
ESPIE, C.A., KYLE, S.D., HAMES, P., CYHLAROVA, E. &
BENZEVAL, M. (2012). The daytime impact of DSM-5 insomnia
disorder : comparative analysis of insomnia subtypes from
the Great British Sleep Survey (n=11, 129). Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 73, 1-7. |
|
| |
VOLKMAR, F.R. & REICHOW, B. (2013). Autism in DSM-5 :
Progress and challenges. Molecular Autism, 4 [13],
2-6. [PDF] |
|
REGIER, D.A., NARROW, W.E., CLARKE, D.E., KRAEMER, H.C.,
KURAMOTO, S., KUHL, E.A. & KUPFER, D.J. (2013). DSM-5
field trials in the United States and Canada, Part II :
Test-Retest Reliability of Selected Categorical Diagnoses.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 170 (1), 59-70. |
|
ORNSTEIN, R.M., ROSEN, D.S., MAMMEL, K.A., CALLAHAN, S.T.,
FORMAN, S., JAY, M.S., FISHER, M., ROME, E. &
WALSH, B.T. (2013). Distribution of eating disorders in
children and adolescents using the proposed DSM-5 criteria
for feeding and eating disorders. Journal of
Adolescent Health, 53 (2), 303-305. |
|
KOUKOPOULOS, A. & SANI, G & GHAEMI, S.N.
(2013). Mixed features of depression : why DSM-5 is
wrong (and so was DSM-IV). British Journal of
Psychiatry, 203 (1), 3-5. |
| |
BARTON, M.D., ROBINS, D., JASHAR, D., BRENNAN, L. &
FEIN, D. (2013). Sensitivity and specificity of proposed
DSM-5 criteria for autism spectrum disorder in toddlers. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 43 (5),
1184-1195. |
|
ANGST, J. (2013). Bipolar disorders in DSM-5 : strengths,
problems and perspectives. International Journal of
Bipolar Disorders, 1, [12], 1-3. [PDF] |
| |
KAFKA, M.P. (2013). The development and evolution of the
criteria for a newly proposed diagnosis for DSM-5 :
Hypersexual disorder. Sexual Addiction &
Compulsivity, 20, 19-26. |
| |
LACASSE, J.R. (2014). After DSM-5: A critical mental
health research agenda for the 21st century. Research
on Social Work Practice, 24 (1), 5-10. |
|
KOUKOPOULOS, A. & SANI, G. (2014). DSM-5 criteria for
depression with mixed features : a farewell to mixed
depression. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 129
(1), 4–16. |
| |
WILLS, C.D. (2014). DSM-5 and neurodevelopmental and other
disorders of childhood and adolescence. Journal of
the American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law, 42,
165-172. [PDF] |
|
ZUCKER, K.J. (2010). The DSM-5 diagnostic criteria for
gender dysphoria. In C. Trombetta, G. Liguor & M.
Bertolotto (Eds.), Management of gender dysphoria : A
multidisciplinary approach : The DSM-5 Diagnostic
Criteria for Gender Dysphoria. Springer-Verlag. |
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. & JACOBY, R.J. (2014).
Obsessive-compulsive disorder in the DSM-5. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 21, 221-235. [PDF] |
|
GUINA, J., WELTON, R. S., BRODERICK, P. J., CORRELL,
T. L. & PEIRSON, R.P. (2016). DSM–5 criteria and
its implications for diagnosing PTSD in military service
members and veterans. Current Psychiatry Reports, 18,
[43]. |
| |
ZUCKER, K.J. & DUSCHINSKY, R. (2017). Dilemmas
encountered by the sexual and gender identity disorders
Work Group for DSM-5 : An interview with Kenneth J.
Zucker. Psychology & Sexuality, 7, 23-33. |
| |
EPSTEIN, R. (2017). A DSM-5-based online mental health
referral inventory : A large-scale validation study. Journal
of Technology in Human Services, 35 (3), 231-246. [PDF] |
|
|
DSM ----- » I - II
- III - IV |
|
|
| DR
- DUALISME
- DUC - DUGATKIN
- DUMMETT - DUMONT - DUNBAR -
DUNCAN - DUNLAP -
DUPAUL - DUPUIS - DURÉE
- DURKHEIM - DWECK
- DY |
Dualisme
: Doctrine
philosophique qui postule chez l'humain
l'existence d'un corps
(monde physique) et d'un esprit
(monde mental). Dualisme et problème
du corps et de l'esprit. /Monisme.
( ): Voir tableau.
Dualism.
| |
|
|
DUCASSE, C. (1961). In defence of dualism. In S. Hook
(Ed.) Dimensions of mind (pp. 85–89). New York :
Collier. |
|
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1980). Mind-brain interaction : mentalism,
yes; dualism, no. Neuroscience, 5, 195-206. |
SUN, R. (2002). Duality of the mind. Mahwah, NJ
: Erlbaum. |
|
SUSSMAN, A. (1981). Reflections on the chances for a
scientific dualism. Journal of Philosophy, 78,
95–118. |
ZURIFF, G.E. (2003). Science and human behavior, dualism,
and conceptual modification. Journal of Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 80 (3), 345-352. [PDF] |
|
BANAJI, M.R. (1992). The physical and mental bases of
thought and the impending death of closet dualism - Review
of the book "How to build a person : A prolegomenon".
IEEE Expert, 7, 81-83. [PDF] |
WATSON, D.E. & WILLIAMS, B.O. (2003). Eccles' model of
the self controlling its brain : The irrelevance of
dualist-interactionism. NeuroQuantology, 1,
119-128. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
HART, W.D. (1994). Dualism. In S. Guttenplan (Ed.),
A companion to the philosophy of mind. (pp.
265–267.). Oxford : Blackwell. |
ZIMMERMAN, D.H. (2004). Should a Christian be a mind-body
dualist ? In Contemporary debates in philosophy of
religion (pp. pp. 341–352.) Malden, MA : Blackwell. |
|
COLLINS, C. (1997). Searle on consciousness and
dualism. International Journal of Philosophical
Studies, 5, 15–33. |
LOWE, E.J. (2006). Non-Cartesian substance dualism and the
problem of mental causation. Erkenntnis, 65 (1),
5–23.
|
|
CHIESA, M. (1998). Beyond mechanism and dualism :
Rethinking the scientific foundations of psychology. British
Journal of Psychology, 89, 353-370. |
MACPHERSON, F. (2006). Property dualism and the merits of
solutions to the mind-body problem : A reply to Strawson.
Journal of Consciousness Studies, 13 (10-11),
72-89. [PDF]
|
|
KIM, J. (1998). Mind in a physical world.
Cambridge, Mass. : MIT Press. |
SCHNEIDER, S. (2010). Why property dualists must reject
substance physicalis.
Philosophical Studies, 157 (1), 61-76.
[PDF] |
|
BLOCK, N. & STALNAKER, R. (1999). Conceptual analysis,
dualism and the explanatory gap. The Philosophical
Review, 108, 1-46. [PDF] |
RAKOVER, S.S. (2011). A plea for methodological dualism
and a multiexplanation framework in psychology.
Behavior & Philosophy, 39, 17-43. [PDF]
|
|
REDISH, A.D. (2013). The dangers of dualism : Implications
of the multiple decision-making system theory for free
will and responsibility. Cognitive Critique, 7, 1-28.
[PDF] |
|
YANG, E. (2015). The compatibility of property dualism and
substance materialism. Philosophical Studies, 172
(12), 3211-3219. |
|
BARLEV, M., MERMELSTEIN, S. & GERMAN, T.C. (2017).
Core intuitions about persons coexist and interfere with
acquired Christian beliefs about God. Cognitive
Science, 41, 425-454. |
| |
RIPOLL, T. (2017). Le dualisme esprit-matière derrière les
pseudosciences. Sciences et Pseudo-Sciences, 321, 53-60. |
|
CUCU, A.C. & PITTS, J.B. (2019). How a dualist should
(not) respond to the objection from energy conservation Mind
& Matter, 17, 95–121. |
| |
BARLEV, M. & SHTULMAN, A. (2021). Minds, bodies,
spirits, and gods : Does widespread belief in disembodied
beings imply that we are inherent dualists ? Psychological
Review, 128, 1007-1021. |
| |
| LEAHEY,
H.T. (1987). A history of psychology. New Jersey
: Prentice-Hall. |
Voir aussi Monisme,
Problème du
corps/esprit |
|
|
Dualisme fonctionnaliste : Doctrine philosophique selon laquelle le cerveau possède deux fonctions ou
deux niveaux d'organisation complémentaires mais irréductibles :
le niveau cognitif (ou psychique, ou mental) et le niveau
biologique. = dualisme émergentisme,
dualisme des propriétés. Dualisme et problème
du corps et de l'esprit.
/monisme.
| |
|
|
SEARLE, J.R. (1980). Minds, brains, and program.
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 3, 417-458. |
|
UTTAL, W.R. (2004). Dualism : The original sin of
cognitivism. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
BÉLANGER, J. (1978). Images et réalités du béhaviorisme.
Philosophiques, 5 (1), 3-110. |
|
|
Dualisme cartésien : Doctrine
philosophique selon laquelle l'humain est composé de deux
substances ou entités autonomes et complémentaires : le corps,
matériel et observable, et
l'esprit, immatériel et inobservable. En outre, cette
doctrine postule que les deux susbstances ou entités s'influencent
mutuellement. Dualisme et problème
du corps et de l'esprit. =
dualisme intéractioniste, dualisme classique.
cartesian interactionism, dualist-interactionism.
| |
|
|
RICHARDSON, R.C. (1982). The "scandal" of cartesian
interactionism. Mind, 90, 20-37 |
|
WATSON, D.E. & WILLIAMS, B.O. (2003). Eccles' model of
the self controlling its brain : The irrelevance of
dualist-interactionism. NeuroQuantology, 1,
119-128. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
HAWTHORNE, J., (2007). Cartesian dualism. In P. Van
Inwagen and D. Zimmerman (Eds.), Persons human and
divine (pp. 87–98.). Oxford : Oxford University
Press. |
|
SCHNEIDER, S. (2010). Why property dualists must reject
substance physicalis.
Philosophical Studies, 157 (1), 61-76.
[PDF] |
|
YANG, E. (2015). The compatibility of property dualism and
substance materialism. Philosophical Studies, 172
(12), 3211-3219. |
|
LEAHEY, H.T. (1987). A history of psychology. New
Jersey : Prentice-Hall. |
|
|
Dualisme structuraliste : Doctrine
philosophique selon laquelle l'humain est composé de deux
substances ou entités autonomes et complémentaires : le corps,
matériel et observable, et
l'esprit, immatériel et inobservable. Dualisme et
problème du corps
et de l'esprit.
= dualisme
substantialiste, dualisme intéractioniste, dualisme cartésien,
dualisme classique. /monisme.
| |
|
|
STRATTON, G.M. (1906). The difference between the mental
and physical. Psychological Bulletin, 3, 1-9. |
|
ZURIFF, G.E. (2003). Science and human behavior, dualism,
and conceptual modification. Journal Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 80 (3), 345-352. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Dube William V. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage
chez les déficents
intellectuels. Collaborateur de Ahearn,
Green et McIlvane.
|
DUBE, W.V., McILVANE, W.J., MACKAY, H.A. & STODDARDT,
L.T. (1987). Stimulus class membership established via
stimulus-reinforcer relations. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 47 (2),
159-175. [PDF] |
|
DUBE, W.V. & McILVANE, W.J. (1989).
Microcomputer-based implementation of stimulus control
technology with mentally retarded individuals.
International Journal of Rehabilitation Research, 12
(2), 226-227. |
|
DUBE, W.V., McILVANE, W.J., MAGUIRE, R.W., MACKAY, H.A.
& STODDARD, L.T. (1989). Stimulus class formation and
stimulus-reinforcer relations. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 51 (1), 65-76. [PDF] |
|
DUBE, W.V. & McILVANE, W.J. (2001). Behavioral
momentum in computer-presented discriminations in
individuals with severe mental retardation. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 75 (1),
65-76. [PDF] |
|
DUBE, W.V., MACDONALD, R.P., MANSFIELD, R.C., HOLCOMB,
W.L. & AHEARN, W.H. (2004). Toward a behavioral
analysis of joint attention. The Behavior Analyst, 27
(2), 197-207. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
|
|
Dubois Jean (1920-2015) : Linguiste
français et spécialiste de l'étude du français. Il s'intéresse également à la neurolonguistique.
Collaborateur de Hécaen.
|
DUBOIS, J. (1967). La neurolinguistique. Langages, 5,
6-17 [PDF] |
|
DUBOIS, J. (1972). Grammaire scientifique et grammaire
pédagogique. Langue Française, 14, 6-31. |
|
DUBOIS, J. (1977). De la linguistique à la
neurolinguistique : 1939-1976. Langage, 47, 3-39. |
|
DUBOIS, J.et DUBOIS-CHARLIER, F. (1997). Synonymie
syntaxique et classification des verbes français. Langages
128, 51-71. |
|
|
|
LEEMAN, D. (2015). Jean Dubois. Langue française, 188
(4), 137-142. [PDF] |
|
|
|
DuBois Marie Eugène François Thomas (Eijsden 1858-1940 Haelem) : Médecin et anatomiste
néerlandais. On lui doit la découverte, en 1891, des premiers
fossiles du pithécanthrope
(Homme de Java).
|
DUBOIS, E. (1894). Pithecanthropus erectus, eine
Menschenaehnli- che Uebergangsform aus Java.
Landesdruckerei, Batavia. |
|
DUBOIS, E. (1896). On Pithecanthropus erectus : a
transitional form between Man and the Apes.
Transactions of the Royal Dublin Society, 6 (1), 1. |
|
|
|
|
|
THEUNISSEN, B. (1989). Eugene Dubois and the ape-man
from Java. Dordrecht : The Netherlands : Kluwer
Academic Publishers. |
|
GOULD, S.J. (1993). Men of the thirty-third division. In Eight
little piggies. (pp. 124-37). New York :
W.W.Norton. |
|
SHIPMAN, P. (2001). The man who found the missing
link : the extraordinary life of Eugene Dubois. New
York : Simon & Schuster. |
|
|
|
Dubois Nicole (1944-) : Psychosociologue
française, spécialisée dans l'étude des normes
sociales. Collaboratrice de Beauvois.
|
DUBOIS, N. (1988). The norm of internality : social
valorisation of behavior and reinforcements in young
people. Journal of Social psychology, 128 (4),
431-439. |
|
DUBOIS, N. (2000). Self-presentation strategies and social
judgements- desirability and social utility of causal
explanations. Swiss Journal of Psychology, 59,
170-182. |
|
DUBOIS, N. (2005). Normes sociales de jugement et valeur :
ancrage sur l'utilité et ancrage sur la désirabilité. Revue
internationale de Psychologie Sociale, 18 (3),
43-79. |
|
DUBOIS, N. & BEAUVOIS, J.-L. (2005). Normativeness and
individualism. European Journal of Social Psychology,
35, 123-146. |
|
DUBOIS, N. & BEAUVOIS, J.-L. (2008). The social value
of internal explanations and the norm of internality. Social
& Personality Psychology Compass, 2 (4),
1737-1752. |
|
|
|
|
|
Du Bois-Reymond Emil Heinrich (Berlin 1818-1896 Berlin) :
Physiologiste allemand,
fondateur de l'électrophysiologie et précurseur de la neurophysiologie.
Il a notamment proposé une méthode pour mesurer
expérimentalement la vitesse de propagation de l'influx
nerveux. On lui doit également la découverte d'une onde
nerveuse chargée électriquement, à qui il donna le nom de potentiel
d'action. Étudiant de Müller.
Professeur de Wundt.
Collaborateur de Bechterev,
Brücke et Kühne.
 |
DU BOIS-REYMOND, E.H. (1848). Études de l'électricité
animale. |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ducheneaut Nicolas ( ) : Spécialiste de la communication.
Il s'intéresse aux jeux
vidéo et aux intéractions sociales réelles et virtuelles
des joueurs. Collaborateur
de Yee.
|
DUCHENEAUT, N. (2002). The social impacts of electronic
mail in organizations : a case study of electronic power
games using communication genres. Information,
Communication, & Society, 5 (2), 153-188. [PDF] |
|
DUCHENEAUT, N. & BELLOTTI, V. (2003). Ceci n’est pas
un objet ? Talking about things in email. Journal of
Human-Computer Interaction, 18 (1-2), 85-110. [PDF] |
|
DUCHENEAUT, N. & WATTS, L. (2005). In search of
coherence : A critical review of electronic mail research.
Human-Computer Interaction, 20 (1-2), 11-48. [PDF] |
|
DUCHENEAUT, N., YEE, N., NICKELL, E. & MOORE, R.J.
(2006). Building a MMO with mass appeal : A look at
gameplay in World of Warcraft. Games & Culture, 1
(4), 281-317. |
|
DUCHENEAUT, N. & YEE, N. (2012). Les jeux vidéo en
ligne, un miroir de la personnalité des internautes ? Questions
de Communication, 21, 49-72. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Duckitt John ( ) : Psychosociologue
nouveau-zélandais, spécialisé dans l'étude des préjugés
et des idéologies,
notamment en lien avec la
droite.
|
DUCKITT, J. (1993). Right-wing authoritarianism among
white South African students : Its measurement and
correlates. Journal of Social Psychology, 133,
553–563.
|
|
DUCKITT, J. (2001). A dual-process
cognitive-motivational theory of ideology and prejudice. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology 33, 41-113.
|
|
DUCKITT, J., WAGNER, C., DU PLESSIS, I. & BIRUM, I.
(2002). The psychological bases of ideology and prejudice
: Testing adual process model. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 83, 75–93. |
|
DUCKITT, J. & FISHER, K. (2003). The impact of social
threat on worldview and ideological attitudes. Political
Psychology, 24, 199-222. |
|
DUCKITT, J. & SIBLEY, C.G. (2010). Personality,
ideology, prejudice, and politics : A dual-process
motivational model. Journal of Personality, 78
(6), 1861-1894. |
|
|
|
Duckworth
Eleanor Ruth (Montréal 1935-) : Cognitiviste
européenne d'origine québécoise, spécialiste du développement
et traductrice des travaux de Piaget. Étudiante de Piaget.
|
DUCKWORTH, E.R. (1964). Piaget rediscovered. Journal
of Research in Science Teaching, 2 (3), 172-175. |
|
DUCKWORTH, E.R. (1973). Language and thought. In M.
Schwebel & J. Raph (Eds.), Piaget in the
classroom (pp. 132-154). New York : Basic Books. |
|
DUCKWORTH, E.R. (1987). Some depths and perplexities of
elementary arithmetic. Journal of Mathematical
Behavior, 6, 43-94. |
|
DUCKWORTH, E.R. & JULYAN, C. (2005). A constructivist
perspective on teaching and learning science. In C.T.
Fosnot (Ed.), Constructivism : Theory, perspectives,
and practice (pp. 61-79). New York : Teachers
College Press. |
|
DUCKWORTH, E.R. (2006). "The having of wonderful
ideas" and other essays on teaching and learning.
New York : Teachers College Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
Duda Joan L. ( ) : Psychologue
britannique et spécialiste de l'étude du sport.
Collaboratrice de Nicholls et
Roberts.
|
DUDA, J.L. (1989). The relationship between task and ego
orientation and the perceived purpose of sport among male
and female high school athletes. Journal of Sport
& Exercise Psychology, 11, 318-335. |
|
DUDA, J.L. & NICHOLLS, J.G. (1992). Dimensions of
achievement motivation in schoolwork and sport.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 84, 1-10. |
|
DUDA, J.L. (2000). Myths about motivation in sport and how
to counter them. Movimento, 21, 45-46. |
|
DUDA, J.L. (2002) Social cognitive theories of sport
motivation : Where have we pressed and how far can we push
? Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 24,
12-12. |
|
DUDA, J.L. (2008) Why the study of motivation (in the
physical domain) is still so motivating. Journal of
Sport & Exercise Psychology, 30 (S), 3. |
|
|
|
Duel : En éthologie,
désigne la rencontre de deux individus, ponctuée ou non d'échanges
agressifs (combat) ou non,
à l'issue de laquelle l'un des deux individus (le
gagnant) établira sa dominance sur
son adversaire (le perdant).
*combat.
Contest.
| |
|
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. & PARKER, G.A. (1976). The logic of
asymmetric contests. Animal Behaviour, 24,
159-175. |
|
MOSLER, H.-J. (1985). Making the decision to continue the
fight or to flee : an analysis of contests between
Haplochromis burtoni (Pisces). Behaviour, 92,
129-145 |
|
WHITEHOUSE, M.E.A. (1997). Experience influences male-male
contests in the spider Argyrodes antipodiana (Theridiidae
: Araneae). Animal Behaviour, 53, 913-923. |
|
BROWN, W.D., SMITH, A.T., MOSKALIK, B. & GABRIEL, J.
(2006). Aggressive contests in house crickets : size,
motivation and the information content of aggressive
songs. Animal Behaviour, 72, 225-233. |
|
BRIFFA, M. & SNEDDON, L.U. (2007). Physiological
constraints on contest behaviour. Functional Ecology,
21, 627-637. |
|
|
Voir aussi Habileté
du combat et Combat |
|
|
|
|
|
Duffy
Frank Hopkins ( ) :
Physiologiste et neurobiologiste
américain spécialisé dans l'utilisation des électro-enéphalogrammes
pour diagnostiquer les troubles
mentaux. Collaborateur de de Shankardass.
|
DUFFY, F.H., McANULTY, G.B. , McCREARY, M.C., CUCHURAL,
G.J. & KOMAROFF, A.L. (2011). EEG spectral coherence
data distinguish chronic fatigue syndrome patients from
healthy controls and depressed patients - A case control
study. BMC Neurology, 11 [82], 1-12. [PDF] |
|
DUFFY, F.H., SHANKARDASS, A., McANULTY, G.B. & ALS, H.
(2013). The relationship of Asperger's syndrome to autism
: a preliminary EEG coherence study. BMC Medicine, 11
[175], 1-12. [PDF] |
|
DUFFY, F.H. & ALS, H. (2012). A stable pattern of EEG
spectral coherence distinguishes children with autism from
neuro-typical controls - a large case control study.
BMC Medicine, 10 [64], 1-18. [PDF] |
|
DUFFY, F.H., SHANKARDASS, A., McANULTY, G.B. & ALS, H.
(2017). A unique pattern of cortical connectivity
characterizes patients with attention deficit disorders :
a large electroencephalographic coherence study. BMC
Medicine, 15 [51], 1-19. [PDF] |
|
DUFFY, F.H. & ALS, H. (2019). Autism, spectrum or
clusters ? An EEG coherence study. BMC Neurology, 19
(1), 1-13. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Duffy
Elizabeth (1904-1970) :
Psychologue et physiologiste américaine, spécialisée dans
l'étude des émotions.
 |
DUFFY, E. (1932). The measurement of muscular tension as a
technique for the study of emotional tendencies. American
Journal of Psychology, 44 (1), 146-162. |
|
DUFFY, E. (1934). Emotion : An Example of the need for
reorientation in psychology. Psychological Review, 41
(2), 184-198. [PDF] |
|
DUFFY, E. (1941). An explanation of "emotional" phenomena
without the use of the concept "emotion". The Journal
of General Psychology, 25, 283-293. |
|
DUFFY, E. (1948). Leeper's motivational theory of emotion.
Psychological Review, 55 (6), 324-328. |
|
DUFFY, E. (1951). The concept of energy mobilization.
Psychological Review, 58, 30-40. |
|
|
JOHNSTON, E. & VITELLO, M. (2021). Reconstructing the
history of emotions : Revisiting Elizabeth Duffy's
rejection of the term "emotion". History of
Psychology, 24 (4), 301-322. |
|
|
|
Duflo Esther (Paris 1972-) : Économiste
américaine d'origine française et
prix nobel d'économie. Elle s'intéresse notamment à la pauvreté.
Elle utilise une méthode
quasi-expérimentale pour vérifier l'efficacité des
programmes de luttes contre la pauvreté. Collaboratrice de Banerjee
et Kremer.
|
DUFLO, E. (2000). Child health and household resources :
Evidence from the South African old-age pension program. American
Economic Review : Papers & Proceedings, 90 (2),
393-398. |
|
DUFLO, E. (2001). Schooling and labor market consequences
of school construction in Indonesia : evidence from an
unusual policy experiment. American Economic Review,
91 (4), 795-813. [PDF] |
|
DUFLO, E. (2003). Grandmothers and granddaughters : Old
age pension and intra-household Aallocation in South
Africa. World Bank Economic Review, 17 (1),
1-25. |
|
DUFLO, E. & SAEZ, E. (2003) The role of information
and social interactions in retirement plan decisions :
Evidence from a randomized experiment. Quarterly
Journal of Economics, 118 (3), 815-842. [PDF] |
|
DUFLO, E. (2010). Le développement humain : Lutter
contre la pauvreté. Paris : Le Seuil. |
|
|
|
|
|
Dufour Jules (Jonquière 1941-2017 Québec) :
Géographe québécois et
spécialiste de l'étude des autochtones,
de la préservation de l'environnement et de l'occupation
militaire du territoire.
|
DUFOUR, J. (1988). La militarisation du Québec. Option
Paix, 6 (2), 17-19. |
|
DUFOUR, J. (1993). Les revendications territoriales des
peuples autochtones au Québec. Cahiers de Géographie
du Québec, 37 (101), 263-290. [PDF] |
|
DUFOUR, J. (1996). Le projet Grande-Baleine et l'avenir
des peuples autochtones au Québec. Cahiers de
géographie du Québec, 40 (110), 233-252. [PDF] |
|
DUFOUR, J. (2000). Les nations autochtones au Québec : les
enjeux de leur développement à l'aube du XXIe siècle. Dans
P. Bruneau (Dir), Le Québec en changement : entre
l'exclusion et l'espérance (p. 139-179). Sainte-Foy
: Presse de l'Université du Québec. |
|
DUFOUR, J. (2005). Le Nunavik, vers un gouvernement
autonome. Dans L'annuaire du Québec (p.
625-632). Montréal : Les Éditions Fides. |
|
|
PELLETIER, É. (2018). Hommage à Jules Dufour, professeur,
chercheur et humaniste (1941-2017). Le Naturaliste
Canadien, 142 (2), 18. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
Dufour Magali ( ) :
Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste
québécoise et professeure à l'Université
du Québec à Montréal, spécialisée dans l'étude du
jeu de hasard, de la cyberdépendance
et du jeu complusif.
Collaboratrice de Ladouceur.
|
DUFOUR, M. et NADEAU, L. (1995). L'efficacité des
programmes de prévention de la toxicomanie axés sur les
familles. Santé Mentale au Québec, 23 (2),
224-245. [PDF] |
|
DUFOUR, M., PETIT, S. et BRUNELLE, N. (2013). Pourquoi le
poker est-il si attirant ? Étude qualitative des
motivations auprès des joueurs en salle et sur Internet. Drogue,
Santé et Société, 12 (2), 120-135. |
|
DUFOUR, M., BRUNELLE, N., TREMBLAY, J., LECLERC, D.,
COUSINEAU, M.M., KHAZAAL, Y., LÉGARÉ, A.-A., ROUSSEAU, M.
& BERDICHE, J. (2016). Gender difference in internet
use and internet problems among Quebec high school
students. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry / La
Revue Canadienne de Psychiatrie, 61 (10) 663-668. [PDF] |
|
DUFOUR, M., MOVANNOU, A., BRUENELLE, N. et ROY, É. (2018).
Are poker players aware of the change in their poker
habits ? Point of vew of the players and the PGSI. International
Journal of Mental Health & Addiction, 16 (5),
1140-1155. |
|
DUFOUR, M., GAGNON, S.R., NADEAU, L.L., LÉGARÉ, A.-A.
& LAVERDIÈRE, É. (2019). Clinical profile of
adolescents being treated for problematic internet use. The
Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 64 (2), 136-144. |
| |
|
|
Dugas Michel J. ( ) :
Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste
québécois, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'anxiété,
de l'inquiétude et du trouble
de l'anxiété. Collaborateur de Freeston,
Gosselin et Ladouceur.
 |
DUGAS, M.J. LETARTE, H., RHEAUME, J., FREESTON, M.H. &
LADOUCEUR, R. (1995). Worry and problem solving : evidence
of a specific relationship. Cognitive Therapy &
Research, 19, 109-120. |
|
DUGAS, M.J., FREESTON, M.H. & LADOUCEUR, R. (1997).
Intolerance of uncertainty and problem orientation in
worry. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 21, 593-606. |
|
DUGAS, M.J., LADOUCEUR, R., LÉGER, E., FREESTON, M.H.,
LANGLOIS, F.P., PROVENCHER, M.D. & BOISVERT, J.M.
(2003). Group cognitive-behavioral therapy for generalized
anxiety disorder : treatment outcome and long-term
follow-up. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 71, 821-825. |
|
DUGAS, M.J. & KOERNER, N. (2005). Cognitive-behavioral
treatment for generalized anxiety disorder : current
status and future directions. Journal of Cognitive
Psychotherapy, 19, 61-68. |
|
DUGAS, M.J., LAUGESEN, N. & BUKOWAKI, W.M. (2012).
Intolerance of uncertainty, fear of anxiety, and
adolescent worry. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 40, 863-870. |
| |
|
|
Dugatkin
Lee Alan (1962-) :
Biologiste américain et spécialiste de l'écologie
béhaviorale. Il s'intéresse notamment au guppy.
Collaborateur de Bekoff, Burghart
et Wilson.
 |
DUGATKIN, L.A. (1992). Sexual selection and imitation :
females copy the mate choice of others. American
Nature, 139, 1384-1389. |
|
DUGATKIN, L.A. & GODIN, J.-G.J. (1992). Reversal of
female mate choice by copying. Proceedings of the
Royal Society of London : Series B, 249, 179-184. |
|
DUGATKIN, L.A. & REEVE, H.K. (1994). Behavioral
ecology and levels of selection : Dissolving the group
selection controversy. Advances in the Study of
Behavior, 23, 101-133. |
|
DUGATKIN, L.A. & MESTERTON-GIBBONS, M. (1996).
Cooperation among unrelated individuals : Reciprocal
altruism, by-product mutualism and group selection in
fishes. BioSystems, 37, 19-30. |
|
DUGATKIN, L.A. (1997). The evolution of cooperation.
Bioscience, 47 (6), 355-343. |
|
|
|
Duguid Paul (1954-) : Philosophe
socioconstructiviste
britannique. Collaborateur de Brown.
 |
BROWN, J.S., DUGUID, P. & COLLINS, A. (1989). Situated
cognition and the culture of learning. Education
Researcher, 18 (1), 32-42. |
|
BROWN, J.S. & DUGUID, P. (1991). Organizational
learning : Towards a unified view of working, learning,
and innovation. Organization Science, 2 (1),
40-57. |
|
DUGUID, P. & BROWN, J.S. (1996). The university in the
digital age. Change : Journal of the American
Association of Higher Education, (July/August),
11-19. |
|
BROWN, J.S. & DUGUID, P. (2000). The social life
of information. Boston : Harvard Business School
Press. |
|
DUGUID, P. (2005). The art of knowing : Social and tacit
dimensions of knowledge and the limits of the community of
practice. The Information Society, 21 (2),
109-118. |
| |
|
|
|
|
Duker Pieter C. ( ) :
Psychologue et
spécialiste de l'étude et du traitement de
l'automutilation. Il s'intéresse ègalement à l'effet des décharges
électriques (punition positive) sur les comportements.
|
DUKER, P.C. (1975). Intra-subject controlled time-out
(social isolation) in the modification of self-injurious
behaviour. Journal of Mental Deficience Research, 19
(2), 107-112. |
|
DUKER, P.C. & SEYS, D.M. (1996). Long-term use of
electrical aversion treatment with self-injurious
behaviors. Research in Developmental Disabilities,
17, 293-301. [PDF] |
|
DUKER, P.C. & SEYS, D.M. (2000). A quasi-experimental
study on the effect of electrical aversion treatment on
imposed mechanical restraint for severe self-injurious
behavior. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 21,
235-242. |
|
DUKER, P.C. & Van der MUNCKHOF, M. (2007). Heart rate
and the role of the active receiver during contingent
electric shock for severe self-injurious behavior.
Research in Developmental Disabilities, 28, 43-49. |
|
OORSOUW, W.M.W.J., ISRAEL, M.L., VON HEYN, R.E. &
DUKER, P.C. (2008). Side effects of contingent shock
treatment. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 29
(6), 513-52.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Dulany Donaldson E. ( ) : Psychologue
americain et spécialiste de l'étude de la conscience.
|
DULANY, D.E. (1961). Hypotheses and habits in verbal
"operant conditioning". Journal of Abnormal &
Social Psychology, 63 (2), 251-263. |
|
DULANY, D.E. (1968). Awareness, rules, and propositional
control : A confrontation with S-R behavior therapy. In Verbal
behavior and general behavior therapy (pp. 340–387).
Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice Hall.
|
|
DULANY, D.E. (1997). Consciousness in the explicit
(deliberative) and implicit (evocative). In J.D. Cohen
& J.W. Schooler (Eds.), Scientific approaches to
consciousness (pp. 179–211). Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum.
|
|
DULANY, D.E. (2006). What psychology means to me. Dulany
Mens Sana Monographs, 4 (1), 36.
|
|
DULANY, D.E. (2020) Human-controlled survival of
nonhumans. Animal Sentience 27 (14), 1-2.
[PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dumas Jean E. ( ) : Psychologue
suisse spécialisé dans l'étude du développement
et de ses pathologies.
Collaborateur de Prinz.
|
DUMAS, J.E. (1984). Indiscriminate mothering : Empirical
findings and theoretical speculations. Advances in
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 6, 13-27. |
|
DUMAS, J.E. & LECHOWICZ, J.G. (1989). When do
noncompliant children comply ? Implications for family
behavior therapy. Child & Family Behavior
Therapy, 11, 21-38. |
|
DUMAS, J.E. & SERKETICH, W.J. (1994). Maternal
depressive symptomatology and child maladjustment : A
comparison of three process models. Behavior Therapy,
25, 161-181. |
|
DUMAS, J.E. (2007). Psychopathologie de l'enfant et
de l'adolescent. Bruxelles : De Boeck. |
|
DUMAS, J.E., MORELAND, A.D., GITTER, A., PEARL, A. &
NORDSTROM, A. (2008). Engaging parents in preventive
parenting groups : Do ethnic, socioeconomic, attitude, and
value match between parents and group leaders matter ? Health Education & Behavior, 35, 619-633. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dumont Micheline (Montréal 1935-) : Historienne
et féministe québécoise.
Collaboratrice de Fahmy-Eid
et Toupin.
 |
DUMONT, M. & FAHMY-EID, N. (1983). Maîtresses de
maison, maîtresses d'école. Femmes, Familles et
Éducation dans l'histoire du Québec. Montréal :
Boréal. |
|
DUMONT, M. & FAHMY-EID, N. (1986). Les
couventines. L'Éducation des filles dans les pensionnats
de religieuses, 1840-1960. Montréal : Boréal. |
|
DUMONT, M. (1996). Les religieuses sont-elles
féministes ? Montréal : Bellarmin. |
|
DUMONT, M. (1997). Du féminin au féminisme. L'exemple du
Québec reconsidéré dans Clio. Histoire Femmes et
Société, 6, 204-216. |
|
DUMONT, M. et TOUPIN, L. (Dir.) (2003). La pensée
féministe au Québec. Anthologie (1900-1985). Montréal
: Éditions du remue-ménage. |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dunbar
Kevin ( ) : Neurocogniviste
et épistémologue
canadien. Il s'intéresse notamment à la pensée
et au raisonnement
scientifiques. Collaborateur de Cohen,
Macleod et McClelland.
|
DUNBAR, K. & MacLEOD, C.M. (1984). A horse race of a
different color : Stroop interference patterns with
transformed words. Journal of Experimental Psychology
: Human Perception & Performance, 10, 622-639. |
|
DUNBAR, K. (1993). Concept discovery in a scientific
domain. Cognitive Science, 17, 397-434.
[PDF] |
|
DUNBAR, K. & SUSSMAN, D. (1995) Toward a cognitive
account of frontal lobe function : Simulating frontal lobe
deficits in normal subjects. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 769, 289-304.
[PDF] |
|
DUNBAR, K. & FUGELSANG, J. (2005). Scientific thinking
and reasoning. In K.J. Holyoak & R. Morrison (Eds.), Cambridge
handbook of thinking and reasoning (pp. 705-726).
Cambridge University Press. [PDF] |
|
DUNBAR, K. & BLANCHETTE, I. (2001). The invivo/invitro
approach to cognition : the case of analogy. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 5, 334-339. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Dunbar Norah E. ( ) : Psychologue
sociale américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de la dominance
sociale et du pouvoir.
Collaboratrice de Burgoon.
|
DUNBAR, N.E. & BURGOON, J.K. (2005). Perceptions of
power and interactional dominance in interpersonal
relationships. Journal of Social & Personal
Relationships, 22 (2), 207-233. [PDF] |
|
DUNBAR, N.E., BIPPUS, AMY, M. & YOUNG, S.L. (2008).
Interpersonal dominance in relational conflict : a view
from dyadic power theory. Interpersona, 2 (1),
1-33. [PDF] |
|
DUNBAR, N.E. & ABRA, G. (2010). Observations of dyadic
power in interpersonal interaction. Communication
Monographs, 77 (4), 657-684. |
|
DUNBAR, N.E. (2015). A review of theoretical approaches to
interpersonal power. Review of
Communication, 15 (1), 1-18. [PDF] |
|
DUNBAR, N.E., GANGI, K., COVELSKI, S., ADAMS, A.,
BERNHOLD, Q. & GILES, H. (2016). When is it acceptable
to lie ? Interpersonal and intergroup perspectives on
deception. Communication Studies, 67, 129-146. |
|
|
|
Dunbar Robin I.M. (Liverpool 1947-) : Psychologue
évolutionniste et primatologue
britannique. Étudiant de Tinbergen.
Collaborateur de Barrett,
Call, Mesoudi,
Van Schaik, Van
Vugt et Whiten.
 |
DUNBAR, R.I.M. (2002). Modelling primate behavioural
ecology. International Journal of Primatology, 23,
785-819. |
|
DUNBAR, R.I.M. (2003). Evolution of the social brain. Science,
302, 1160-1161. |
|
DUNBAR, R.I.M. (2004). Gossip in an evolutionary
perspective. Review of General Psychology, 8, 100-110.
[PDF] |
|
DUNBAR, R.I.M., BARRETT, L. & LYCETT, J. (2005). Evolutionary
psychology : A beginner’s guide. Oxford : Oneworld
Publications. |
|
DUNBAR, R.I.M. (2005). Social cognition as a constraint on
social interaction : an evolutionary perspective. Journal
of Cultural & Evolutionary Psychology, 2,
181-194. |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
DUNCAN D.B. (1955). Multiple range and multiple F tests. Biometrics, 11 (1), 1-42. |
|
DUNCAN D.B. (1965). A bayesian approach to multiple
comparisons. Technometrics, 7, 171. |
|
WALLER, R.A. & DUNCAN D.B. (1965). A Bayes rule for
the symmetric multiple comparisons problem. Journal
of the American Statistical Association, 64 (1328),
1484-1503. |
|
DUNCAN D.B. (1974). Minimum Bayes risk t-intervals for
multiple comparisons. Journal Journal of the American
Statistical Association, 70 (352), 822-831. |
|
|
SHAFFER, J.P. (1999). A semi-Bayesian study of Duncan's
Bayesian multiple comparison procedure. Journal of
Statistical Planning & Inference, 82 (1-2),
197-213. |
|
|
Duncan Elaine ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américaine
d'origine écossaise, spécialiste de l'émotion.
Collaboratrice d'Oatley.
 |
DUNCAN, E. & GIDRON, Y. (1999). Written emotional
expression and health : evidence for a new
guided-disclosure technique. British Psychological
Society, 7 (1), 29. |
|
DUNCAN, E. & GRAZZANI-GAVAZZI, I. (2004). What makes
people happy ? A prospective diary study on positive
emotions in Scottish and Italian young adults. Journal
of Happiness Studies, 5, 359-384. |
|
DUNCAN, E. & GRAZZANI-GAVAZZI, I (2004). Positive
emotional experiences in Scottish and Italian young adults
: A diary study. Journal of Happiness Studies, 5
(4), 359-384 |
|
DUNCAN, E. (2005). Emotion and exercise : Reflections and
aspirations. Sport & Exercise Psychology Review,
1 (1), 5-11. |
|
DUNCAN, E., GIDRON, Y., RABIN, E., GOUCHBERG, L., MOSER,
A.M. & KAPELUSHNIK, J. (2007). The effects of guided
written disclosure on psychological symptoms among parents
of children with cancer. Journal of Family Nursing,
13 (3), 370-384. |
|
|
|
Duncan Greg J. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste du développement,
notamment des facteurs sociaux, comme la pauvreté
sociale et économique, qui
influencent ce phénomène. Collaborateur de Brooks-Gunn,
Huston, Magnuson
et Pagani.
|
DUNCAN, G.J. & HOFFMAN, S.D. (1981). The incidence and
wage effects of overeducation. Economics of Education
Review, 1 (1), 75-86. |
|
DUNCAN, G.J., YEUNG, W.J., BROOKS-GUNN, J. & SMITH,
J.R. (1998). How much does childhood poverty affect the
life chances of children ? American Sociological
Review, 63 (3), 406-423. |
|
DUNCAN, G.J. & BROOKS-GUNN, J. (2000). Family poverty,
welfare reform, and child development. Child
Development, 71 (1), 188-196. |
|
DUNCAN, G.J., DOWSETT, C.J., CLAESSENS, A., MAGNUSON, K.,
HUSTON, A.C., KLEBANOV, P., PAGANI, L.S., FEINSTEIN, L.,
ENGEL, M., BROOKS-GUNN, J.M., SEXTON, H., DUCKWORTH. K.
& JAPEL, C. (2007). School readiness and later
achievement. Developmental Psychology, 43 (6),
1428-1446. [PDF] |
|
DUNCAN, G.J. & MAGNUSON, K. (2013). The importance of
poverty early in childhood. Policy Quarterly, 9
(2), 12-17.
[PDF] |
|
|
Duncan John ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain,
d'origine anglaise, spécialiste de l'attention.
Il s'intéresse également à l'intelligence
fluide. Collaborateur de Bundesen.
|
DUNCAN, J. & HUMPHEYS, G.W. (1989). Visual search and
stimulus similarity. Psychological Review, 96
(3), 433-458. |
|
DUNCAN, J., BURGESS, P. & EMSLIE, H. (1995). Fluid
intelligence after frontal lobe lesions. Neuropsychologia,
33, 261-268. |
|
DUNCAN, J., SEITZ, R. J., KOLODNY, J., BOR, D., HERZOG,
H., AHMED, A., NEWELL, F. & EMSLIE, H. (2000). A
neural basis for general intelligence. Science, 289
(21), 457-460. [PDF] |
|
DUNCAN, J. (2010). The multiple-demand (MD) system of the
primate brain : mental programs for intelligent behaviour.
Trends in Cognitive Science, 14, 172-179. [PDF] |
|
DUNCAN, J. (2013). The structure of cognition :
Attentional episodes in mind and brain. Neuron, 80
(1), 35-50. [PDF] |
|
|
Duncan Lauren E. ( ) : Psychologue
et féminisme américaine,
spécialisée dans l'étude de l'activisme.
Collaboratrice de
Peterson.
|
DUNCAN, L.E. & AGRONICK, G.S. (1995). The intersection
of life stage and social events : Personality and life
outcomes. Journal of Personality & Social
Psycohology, 69, 558-568. |
|
DUNCAN, L.E. (1999). Motivation for collective action :
Group consciousness as mediator of personality, life
experiences, and women's rights activism. Political
Psychology, 20, 611-635. |
|
DUNCAN, L.E. & STEWART, A.J. (2000). A generational
analysis of women's rights activists. Psychology of
Women Quarterly, 24, 297-308. |
|
DUNCAN, L.E. & STEWART, A.J. (2007). Personal
political salience : The role of personality in collective
identity and action. Political Psychology, 28, 143-164. |
|
DUNCAN, L.E. (2010). Using group consciousness theories to
understand political activism : Case studies of Barack
Obama, Hillary Clinton, and Ingo Hasselbach. Journal
of Personality, 78 (6), 1601-1635. [PDF] |
|
|
Dunham Phillip J. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude la punition.
|
DUNHAM, P.J., MARINER, A. & ADAMS. H. (1969).
Enhancement of off-key pecking by on-key punishment. Journal
of Experimental Analysis Behavior, 12 (5),
789-797. [PDF] |
|
DUNHAM, P.J. (1971). Punishment : Method and theory. Psychological
Review, 78 (1), 58-70. |
|
DUNHAM, P.J. (1972). Some effects of punishment upon
unpunished responding. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 17, 443-450. [PDF] |
|
DUNHAM, P.J. (1980). Changes in unpunished responding
during response-contingent punishment. Animal
Learning & Behavior, 6, 174-180. |
|
DUNHAM, P.J. & GRANTMYRE, J. (1982). Changes in a
multiple-response repertoire during response-contingent
punishment and response restriction : Sequential
relationships. Journal of Experimental Analysis
Behavior, 37 (1), 123-133. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Dunkley David M. ( ) : Psychologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude du perfectionnisme.
Collaborateur de Blankstein
et Grilo.
|
DUNKLEY, D.M., BLANKSTEIN, K.R., HALSALL, J., WILLIAMS, M.
& WINKWORTH, G. (2000). The relation between
perfectionism and distress : Hassles, coping, and
perceived social support as mediators and moderators. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 47, 437-453. |
|
DUNKLEY, D.M. & BLANKSTEIN, K.R. (2000). Self-critical
perfectionism, coping, hassles, and current distress : A
structural equation modeling approach. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 24, 713-730. |
|
DUNKLEY, D.M., ZUROFF, D.C. & BLANKSTEIN, K.R. (2003).
Self-critical perfectionism and daily affect :
Dispositional and situational influences on stress and
coping. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 84, 234-252. |
|
DUNKLEY, D.M., BLANKSTEIN, K.R. & BERG, J.L. (2012).
Perfectionism dimensions and the five-factor model of
personality. European Journal of Personality, 26, 233-244. |
|
DUNKLEY, D.M., BERG, J.L. & ZUROFF, D.C. (2012). The
role of self-critical perfectionism in daily self-esteem,
attachment, and affect. Journal of Personality, 80, 633-663. |
|
|
|
|
|
Dunlap Glen ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'autisme. Collaborateur
de Egel, Kern,
Koegel et Vorndran.
 |
DUNLAP, G., KOEGEL, R.L. & EGEL, A.L. (1980).
Motivating autistic children through stimulus variation. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 13 (4), 619-627. [PDF] |
|
DUNLAP, G., KOEGEL, R.L., JOHNSON, J. & O'NEILL, R.E.
(1987). Maintaining performance of autistic clients in
community settings with delayed contingencies. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20, 184-191. [PDF] |
|
DUNLAP, G., KERN-DUNLAP, L., CLARKE, S. & ROBBINS,
F.R. (1991). Functional assessment, curricular revision,
and severe behavior problems. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 24 (2), 387-397.
[PDF] |
|
DUNLAP, G. (1996). Modifying instructional activities to
promote desirable behavior : A conceptual and practical
framework. School Psychology Quarterly, 11 (4),
297-312. [PDF] |
|
DUNLAP, G. & FOX, L. (1999). A demonstration of
behavioral support for young children with autism. Journal
of Positive Behavior Interventions, 1, 77-87. |
| |
|
|
Dunlap Knight (1875-1949) : Psychologue
américain et béhavioriste
avant la lettre. Il est un farouche opposant à l'usage de l'introspection
en psychologie. Président de l'APA
en 1922. Étudiant de Münsterberg.
Professeur de Mowrer et Murchisson.
Collaborateur de Calkins, Gardiner
et Warren.
 |
DUNLAP, K. (1912). The case against introspection. Psychological
Review, 19, 404-413. |
|
DUNLAP, K. (1919/1920). Are there any instincts ? Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 14, 307-311. |
|
DUNLAP, K. (1925). Mysticism, freudianism, and
scientific psychology. St. Louis : C.V. Mosby. |
|
DUNLAP, K. (1930). Repetition in the breaking of habits. Scientific
Monthly, 30, 66-70. |
|
DUNLAP, K. (1932). Are emotions teleological constructs ?
American Journal of Psychology, 44, 572-576. |
|
|
MOORE, K.G. (1949). Knight Dunlap : 1875-1949. Psychological
Review, 56 (6), 309-310. |
|
|
|
|
|
Dunn Adrian J. (1944-2022 Shreveport) : Neurobiologiste
américain, d'origine anglaise, et spécialiste de l'étude du noyau
locus coeruleus. Collaborateur de Berridge.
|
DUNN, A.J., ELFIN, K.L. & BERRIDGE, C.W. (1986).
Changes in plasma corticosterone and cerebral biogenic
amine catabolites during training and testing of mice in
passive avoidance behavior. Behavioral & Neural
Biology, 46, 410-423. |
|
DUNN, A.J., BERRIDGE, C.W., LAI, Y.I. & YACHABARACH,
T.L. (1987). CRF-induced excessive grooming behavior in
rats and mice. Peptides, 8, 841-844. |
|
DUNN, A.J. & BERRIDGE, C.W. (1987).
Corticotropin-releasing factor administration elicits a
stress-like activation of cerebral catecholaminergic
systems. Pharmacology Biochemistry & Behavior,
27, 685-691. |
|
DUNN, A.J. & BERRIDGE, C.W. (1990). Physiological and
behavioral responses to corticotropin-releasing factor
administration : is CRF a mediator of anxiety or stress
responses ? Brain Research Reviews, 15, 71-100. |
|
DUNN, A.J. (1993). Role of cytokines in infection-induced
stress. Annals of the New York Academy of Science,
667, 189-202. |
|
|
|
Dunn Rita (1929-2009) : Spécialiste de l'éducation
d'origine anglaise. Elle s'est notamment intéressée aux styles
d'apprentissage.
|
DUNN, R., DUNN, K.J. & PRICE, G.E. (1975/84). Learning
Style Inventory. Lawrence, KS : Price Systems. |
|
DUNN, R., BEAUDRY, J. & KLAVAS, A. (1989). Survey of
research on learning styles. Educational Leadership,
46, 50-58. |
|
DUNN, R. (2000). Learning styles : Theory, research, and
practice. National Forum of Applied Educational
Research Journal, 13 (1), 3-22. |
|
DUNN, R. (2001). Learning style differences of
nonconforming middl e-school students. NASSP
Bulletin, 85 (626), 68-75. |
|
DUNN, R. (2003). The Dunn and Dunn learning style model
and its theoretical cornerstone. In R. Dunn and S. Griggs
(Eds.), Synthesis of the Dunn and Dunn learning
styles model research : who, what, when, where and so
what - the Dunn and Dunn learning styles model and its
theoretical cornerstone (pp. 1-6). New York : St
John’s University. |
|
|
KAVALE, K.A., HIRSHOREN, A. & FORNESS, S.R. (1998).
Meta-analytic validation of the Dunn model of
learning-style preference : A critique of what was Dunn. Learning Disabilities : Research & Practice, 13 (2),
75-80. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
Dunn Roger M. (1929-2009) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude du comportement
de choix. Collaborateur de Fantino
et Williams.
|
DUNN, R.M. (1982). Choice, relative reinforcer duration,
and the changeover ratio. Journal of Experimental of
Analysis of Behavior, 38 (3), 313-319. [PDF] |
|
DUNN, R.M. & FANTINO, E. (1982). Choice and the
relative immediacy of reinforcement. Journal of
Experimental of Analysis of Behavior, 38 (3),
321-326. [PDF] |
|
DUNN, R.M. & SPETCH, M.L. (1990). Choice with
uncertain outcomes : conditioned reinforcement effects. Journal
of Experimental of Analysis of Behavior, 53 (2),
201-218. [PDF] |
|
DUNN, R.M. WILLIAMS, B. & ROYALTY, P. (1987).
Devaluation of stimuli contingent on choice : evidence for
conditioned reinforcement. Journal of Experimental of
Analysis of Behavior, 48 (1), 117-131. [PDF] |
|
DUNN, R.M. (1990). Time out from concurrent schedules.
Journal of Experimental of Analysis of Behavior, 53
(1), 163-174. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
|
|
Dunnett Charles William (Windsor 1921-2007 Hamilton) :
Mathématicien
et statisticien
canadien.
|
DUNNETT, C.W. & SOBEL, M. (1954). A bivariate
generalization of Student's t-distribution with tables for
certain special cases. Biometrika, 41, 153-169. |
|
DUNNETT, C.W. (1955). A multiple comparisons procedure for
comparing several treatments with a control. Journal
of the American Statistical Association, 50,
1096-1121. |
|
DUNNETT, C.W. (1964). New tables for multiple comparisons
with a control. Biometrics, 20 (3), 482-491. |
|
DUNNETT, C.W. (1982). Robust multiple comparisons.
Communications in Statistics, 11, 2611-2629. |
|
DUNNETT, C.W. & TAMHANE, A.C. (1995). Step-up multiple
testing of parameters with unequally correlated estimates.
Biometrics, 51, 217-227. |
| |
|
|
Dunnette Marvin D. (1926-2007) :
Psychologue organisationel
et industriel.
Il est un des signataires
du Groupe des 52.
|
DUNNETTE, M.D. (1953). The Minnesota Engineering Analogies
Test. Journal of Applied Psychology, 37 (3),
170–175. |
DUNNETTE, M.D. UPHOFF, W.H., AYLWARD, M. (1956). The
effect of lack of information on the undecided response in
attitude surveys. Journal of Applied Psychology, 40 (3),
150-153.
|
DUNNETTE, M.D. (1961). Incomes of industrial
psychologists. American Psychologist, 16 (8),
533-536.
|
|
DUNNETTE, M.D. (1963). A modified model for test
validation and selection research. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 47 (5), 317-323. |
|
DUNNETTE, M.D. (1966). Fads, fashions, and folderol in
psychology. American Psychology,
21 (4), 343–352. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Dunning David ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude la confiance.
Avec Kruger, il a découvert l'effet
Kruger-Dunning. Collaborateur de
Fetchenhauer et Kruger.
|
DUNNING, D. & PARPAL, M. (1989). Mental addition
versus subtraction in counterfactual reasoning: On
assessing the impact of personal actions and life events.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 57,
5-15. |
|
DUNNING, D., PERIE, M. & STORY, A.L. (1991).
Self-serving prototypes of social categories. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 61,
957-968. |
|
DUNNING, D. & HAYES, A.F. (1996). Evidence for
egocentric comparison in social judgment. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 71, 213-229. |
|
DUNNING, D., FETCHENHAUER, D. & SCHLOESSER, T. (2012).
Trust as a social and emotional act : Noneconomic
considerations in trust behavior. Journal of Economic
Psychology, 33, 686-694. [PDF] |
|
DUNNING, D., ANDERSON, J.E., SCHLOESSER, T., EHLEBRACHT,
D. & FETCHENHAUER, D. (2014). Trust at zero
acquaintance : More a matter of respect than expectation
of reward. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 107, 122-141. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Dupaul George J. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain , spécialisé
dans l'étude de l'hyperactivité
et du trouble d'hyperactivité
avec déficit d'attention. Collaborateur de Barkley,
Jitendra, Shapiro
et Weyandt.
 |
DUPAUL, G.J., GUEVERMONT, D.C. & BARKLEY, R.A. (1992).
Behavioral treatment of attention-deficit hyperactivity
disorder in the classroom. Behavior Modification, 16,
204-225. |
|
DUPAUL, G.J. & HENNINSON, P.N. (1993). Peer tutoring
effects on the classroom performance of children with
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. School
Psychology Review, 22, 134-143. |
|
DUPAUL, G.J., POWER, T.J. & ANASTOPAULOS, A.D. (1997).
Teacher ratings of attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder symptoms : Factor structure and normative data. Psychological
Assessment, 9, 436-444. |
|
DUPAUL, G.J., ERVIN, R.A., HOOK, C.L. & McGOEY, K.E.
(1998). Peer tutoring for children with attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder : Effects of classroom behavior and
academic performance. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 31 (4), 579-592. [PDF] |
|
DUPAUL, G.J. & STONER, G. (2003). ADHD in the
schools : Assessment and intervention strategies. New
York : Guilford. |
| |
|
|
Dupéré Véronique ( ) : Psychologue
québécoise et
spécialiste de l'éducation.
Elle s'intéresse notamment à l'adolescence,
notamment au décrochage
scolaire. Collaboratrice de
Janosz et Vitaro.
|
DUPÉRÉ, V., LEVENTHAL, T. & VITARO, F. (2012).
Neighborhood processes, self-efficacy, and adolescent
mental health. Journal of Health & Social
Behavior, 53 (2), 183-198. |
|
DUPÉRÉ, V., ARCHAMBAULT, I., LEVENTHAL, T., DION, E. &
ANDERSON, S. (2015). School mobility and school-age
children's social adjustment. Developmental
Psychology, 51 (2), 197-210. |
|
DUPÉRÉ, V., LEVENTHAL, T., DION, E., CROSNOE, R.,
ARCHAMBAULT, I. & JANOSZ, M. (2015). Stressors and
turning points in high school and dropout : A stress
process, life course framework. Review of Educational
Research, 85, 591-629. [PDF] |
|
DUPÉRÉ, V., DION, É., LEVENTHAL, T., ARCHAMBAULT, I.,
CROSNOE, R. & JANOSZ, M. (2018). High school dropout
in proximal context : The triggering role of stressful
life events. Child Development, 89 (2), 107-122. |
|
DUPÉRÉ, V., DION, É., NAULT-BRIÈRE, ARCHAMBAULT, I.,
LEVENTHAL, T. & LESAGE, A. (2018). Revisiting the link
between depression symptoms and high school dropout :
Timing of exposure matters. Journal of Adolescent
Health, 62 (2), 205–211. |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dupuis Gilles ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
québécois et
spécialiste de la médecine
béhaviorale. Il s'intéresse notamment à la qualité
de vie dans le milieu de la santé (personne agées) et du
travail. Il enesigne à à l'UQÀM.
Collaborateur d'Antono,
Marchand et Missotten.
 |
DUPUIS, G. et ROBICHAUD-EKSTRAND, S. (1992). Interventions
infirmières et psychologiques précoces post-infarctus du
myocarde : relations entre la dépression, l'auto-soin et
l'auto-efficacité. Science et Comportement, 22
(1). |
|
DUPUIS, G., MARCHAND, A., GOYER, L. & MAINGUY, N.
(1998). Personality disorders and the outcome of
cognitive-behavioural treatment of panic disorder with
agoraphobia. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science,
1. |
|
DUMAS, A., DUPUIS, G., SEARLE, N. & CARTIER, R.
(1999). Early versus late extubation after coronary artery
bypass grafting : Effects on cognitive function. Journal
of Cardiothoracic & Vascular Anesthesia, 13,
130-135. |
|
DUPUIS, G. et GUAY, I. (1992). Le syndrome de l'intestin
irritable. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 25
(2), 47-62. |
|
O'CONNOR, K., BÉLANGER, L., DUPUIS, G. et MARCHAND, A.
(2002). L'utilisation clinique des benzodiazépines pour le
traitement de l'anxiété : où en sommes-nous ? Santé
Mentale au Québec, 27 (2), 260-280. |
| |
|
|
Dupuis-Déri Francis ( ) : Politologue
québécois, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'anti-féminisme
et du mouvement altermondialiste. 
 |
DUPUIS-DÉRI, F. (1991). L’erreur humaine. Leméac.
|
|
DUPUIS-DÉRI, F. (1997). L’archipel identitaire. Boréal.
|
|
DUPUIS-DÉRI, F. (2007). L'éthique du vampire.
Lux. |
|
BLAIS, M. et DUPUIS-DÉRI, F. (2008). Le mouvement
masculiniste au Québec. Les Éditions du
Remue-Ménage. |
|
DUPUIS-DÉRI, F. (2009). L'altermondialisme.
Montréal : Boréal. |
|
|
BOUDREAU, P. (2009). Francis Dupuis-Déri,
L'altermondialisme. Nouveaux Cahiers du Socialisme,
2, 336-340. |
|
|
|
Duquet Francine ( ) : Sexologue
québécoise et spécialiste de l'étude de l'hypersexualisation.
Elle enseigne à l'UQÀM.
 |
DUQUET, F. (2006). L’hypersexualisation des jeunes.
Reflet : Journal de l’Association des Retraités du
Public et du Parapublic, 22 (4), 12. |
| DUQUET, F. et DASSA, C. (2007). Les représentations de la performance dans la séduction, les relations amoureuses et
les relations sexuelles des adolescents : élaboration et
validation d’un instrument de mesure. Dans H. Dorvil
(Éd.), Théories et méthodologies de la recherche (Tome
3, p. 85-126). Québec : Presses de l’Université du Québec. |
|
DUQUET, F. (2009). Perceptions et pratiques de jeunes
du secondaire face à l’hypersexualisation et à la
sexualisation précoce. Rapport de recherche. [PDF] |
|
DUQUET, F. (2013). L’hypersexualisation sociale et les
jeunes. L'Essentiel Cerveau et Psycho, 15,
38-45. [PDF] |
|
DUQUET, F., GAGNON, G. et FAUCHER, M. (2014). Oser
être soi-même : Outils didactiques en éducation à la
sexualité pour contrer l'hypersexualisation et la et la
sexualisation précoce auprès des jeunes. Montréal
: Université du Québec à Montréal. |
|
|
|
|
|
Durand Claire ( ) : Sociologue
québécoise et spécialiste des sondages
et des méthodes
quantitatives. Elle enseigne à l'Université
de Montréal. Collaboratrice de
Blais.
 |
DURAND, C. & BLAIS, A. (1999). Why did the polls go
wrong in the 1998 Quebec election ? The Answer from
post-election polls. Bulletin de Méthodologie
Sociologique, 62, 43-48. |
|
DURAND, C., BLAIS, A. & VACHON, S. (2001). A late
campaign swing or a failure of the polls ? The case of the
1998 Quebec election. Public Opinion Quarterly, 65, 108-123. |
|
DURAND, C., BLAIS, A. & VACHON, S. (2002). Accounting
for biases in election surveys : The case of the 1998
Québec election. Journal of Official Statistics, 18,
25-44. |
|
DURAND, C., BLAIS, A. & LAROCHELLE, M. (2004). The
polls in the 2002 French presidential election. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 68, 602-622. |
|
DURAND, C. (2008). À qui la faute ? Le référendum 10 ans
après. In A.-G. Gagnon (Ed.), D’un référendum à
l’autre : le Québec face à son destin (p. 27-50).
Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval. |
| |
|
|
Durand V. Mark ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude et du traitement de l'automutilation,
des terreurs
nocturnes et de l'autisme,
notamment de la communication
fonctionelle. Collaborateur de Carr.
|
DURAND, V.M. (1982). Analysis and intervention of
self-injurious behavior. Journal of the Association
for the Severely Handicapped, 7, 44-53. |
|
DURAND, V.M. & CARR, E.G. (1987). Social influences on
self-stimulatory behavior : Analysis and treatment
application. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20
(2), 119-132. [PDF] |
|
DURAND, V.M. & CRIMMINS, D.B. (1988). Identifying the
variables maintaining self-injurious behavior. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 18, 99-117. |
|
DURAND, V.M. (2001). Functional communication training : A
contemporary behavior analytic intervention for problem
behaviors. Focus on Autism & Other Developmental
Disabilities, 16 (2), 110-119. |
|
DURAND, V.M. & CHRISTODULU, K.V. (2004). A description
of a sleep restriction program to reduce bedtime
disturbances and night waking. Journal of Positive
Behavioral Interventions, 6, 83-91. |
|
|
|
Durée
(d'un phénomène) : Paramètre
d'une réponse. Il s'agit du temps qui s'écoule entre le début et
la fin d'un phénomène que
l'on cherche à mesurer. Duration.
| |
|
|
CHURCH, R.M., GETTY, D.J. & LERNER, M.D.
(1976). Duration discrimination by rats. Journal
of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior
Processes, 2, 303-312.
|
|
FRIDJA, N.H., MESQUITA, B., SONNEMANS, J. & VAN
GOOZEN, S.H.M. (1991). The duration of affective phenomena
or emotions, sentiments and passions. In K.T. Strongman
(Ed.), International review of studies on emotion
(Vol. 1., pp. 187-225). New York, NY : Wiley. |
|
|
|
Durham Robert C. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain, d'origine britannique, spécialisé dans l'étude et
le traitement de
l'anxiété et du trouble
d'anxiété généralisé.
|
DURHAM, R.C. & TURVEY, A.A. (1987). Cognitive therapy
vs behaviour therapy in the treatment of chronic general
anxiety. Behavioural Research & Therapy, 25
(3), 229-234. |
|
DURHAM, R.C., MURPHY, T., ALLAN, T., RICHARD, K.,
TRELIVING, L.R. & FENTON, G.W. (1994). Cognitive
therapy, analytic psychotherapy and anxiety management
training for generalised anxiety disorder. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 165 (3), 315-323. |
|
DURHAM, R.C., ALLAN, T. & HACKETT, C.A. (1997). On
predicting improvement and relapse in generalized anxiety
disorder following psychotherapy. British Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 36 (1), 101-119. |
|
DURHAM, R.C., FISHER, P.L., TRELIVING, L.R., HAU, C.M.,
RICHARD, K. & STEWART, J.B. (1999). One year follow-up
of cognitive therapy, analytic psychotherapy and anxiety
management training for generalized anxiety disorder :
symptom change, medication usage and attitudes to
treatment. Behavioural & Cognitive Psychotherapy,
27 (1), 19-35. |
|
DURHAM, R.C., CHAMBERS, J.A., MacDONALD, R.R., POWER, K.G.
& MAJOR, K. (2003). Does cognitive-behavioural therapy
influence the long-term outcome of generalized anxiety
disorder ? An 8-14 year follow-up of two clinical trials.
Psychological Medicine, 33 (3), 499-509. |
|
|
|
Duriez Bart ( ) : Psychosociologue
belge et spécialiste de l'étude des idéologies
(conservatisme, autoritarisme,
etc.). Il s'intéresse également à la religion,
à la religiosité
et au préjugé. Collaborateur
de Luyckx, Luyton,
Sidanius, Soenens, Van
Hiel et
Vansteenkiste.
|
DURIEZ, B. & VAN HIEL, A. (2002). The march of modern
fascism : A comparison of social dominance orientation and
authoritarianism. Personality & Individual
Differences, 32 (7), 1199-1213. [PDF] |
|
DURIEZ, B., SOENENS, B. & BEYERS, W. (2004).
Religiosity, personality, and identity styles : An
integrative study among late adolescents in Flanders
(Belgium). Journal of Personality, 72, 877-910. [PDF] |
|
DURIEZ, B. (2004). A research note on the relation between
religiosity and racism : The importance of the way in
which religious contents are being processed. The
International Journal for the Psychology of Religion,
14, 175-189. |
|
DURIEZ, B. (2011). The social costs of extrinsic relative
to intrinsic goal pursuits revisited : The moderating role
of general causality orientation. Personality &
Individual Differences, 50, 684-687. |
|
DURIEZ, B., KLIMSTRA, T.A., LUYCKX, K., BEYERS, W. &
SOENENS, B. (2012). Right-wing authoritarianism :
Protective factor against or risk factor for depression ?
European Journal of Personality, 26, 536-549. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Durkheim
Émile (Épinal France 1858-1917) : Sociologue
et méthodologiste français.
Il est l'un des fondateurs de la sociologie.
Il s'est notamment intéressé au suicide.
On lui doit également le concept d'anomie.
Professeur de Halbwachs
et Mauss.
 |
DURKHEIM, E. (1893/1947). De la division du travail
social / Division of labor in society. Paris :
Presses Universitaires de France/New York : Free Press. |
|
DURKHEIM, E. (1897/1967). Le suicide. Étude de
sociologie. Paris : Les Presses universitaires de
France. |
|
DURKHEIM, E. (1900/75). La sociologie et son domaine
scientifique. Paris : Éditions Minuit. |
|
DURKHEIM, E. (1967). Les règles de la méthode
sociologique. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
DURKHEIM, E. (1968). Les formes élémentaires de la
vie religieuse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
|
SELVIN, H.C. (1958). Durkheim's suicide and problems of
empirical research. American Journal of Sociology, 63
(6), 607-619. |
|
BLOOR, D. (1982). Durkheim and Mauss revisited : classification and the sociology of knowledge. Studies
in the History & Philosophy of Science, 13 (4),
267-297. |
|
BERKMAN, L.F., GLASS, T., BRISSETTE, I. & SEEMAN, T.E.
(2000). From social integration to health : Durkheim in
the new millennium. Social Science & Medicine,
51, 843-857. |
|
FOURNIER, M. (2007). Émile Durkheim 1858-1917.
Paris : Fayard Éditions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Durrant Gabriele B. ( ) : Statisticienne
et méthodologiste
américaine. Collaboratrice de Groves.
|
DURRANT, G.B. & SKINNER, C. (2006). Using data
augmentation to correct for nonignorable nonresponse when
surrogate data are available : An application to the
distribution of hourly pay. Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society, Series A, 169 (3), 605-623. |
|
DURRANT, G.B. (2009). Imputation methods for handling
item-nonresponse in practice : Methodological issues and
recent debates, International Journal of Social
Research Methodology, 12 (4), 291-302. |
|
DURRANT, G.B., GROVES, R.M. STAETSKY, L. & STEELE, F.
(2010). Effects of interviewer attitudes and behaviors on
refusal in household surveys. Public Opinion
Quarterly, 74 (1), 1-36. |
|
DURRANT, G.B., D'ARRIGO, J. & STEELE, F. (2013).
Analysing interviewer call record data by using a
multilevel discrete-time event history modelling approach.
Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A,
Special issue : The Use of Paradata in Social Survey
Research, 176 (1), 251-269. |
|
DURRANT, G.B. & D'ARRIGO, J. (2014). Doorstep
interactions and interviewer effects on the process
leading to cooperation or refusal. Sociological
Methods & Research, 43, 490-518. |
|
|
|
Durrant Joan E. ( ) : Psychologue
canadienne spécialisée dans l'étude du développmement
des enfants, notamment de la maltraitance
et de la punition
physique.
|
DURRANT, J. (2008). Physical punishment, culture, and
rights : current issues for professionals. Journal of
Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 29,
55-66. |
|
DURRANT, J. & SMITH, A.B. (2011). Global pathways
to abolishing physical punishment : Realizing children's
rights. New York (NY) : Routledge. |
|
DURRANT, J. & ENSOM, R. (2013). Physical punishment of
children : lessons from 20 years of research. CMAJ,
184 (12) 1373-1377. [PDF] |
|
DURRANT, J. & ENSOM, R. (2017). Twenty-five years of
physical punishment research : What have we learned ? Journal of the Korean Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
28, 20-24. |
|
DURRANT, J. & STEEWART-TUFESCU, A. (2017). What is
"discipline" in the age of children's rights ? International
Journal of Children's Rights, 25, 359-379. |
| |
|
|
Dweck Carol S. (1946-) : Psychosociologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'éude des théories
naïves/implicites de la personnalité, de la motivation
et de l'intelligence.
Collaboratrice de Banaji, Bandura,
Erdley,
Gross, Heckhausen,
Langer Levy, Spelke,
Trzesniewski et Yeager.
 |
DWECK, C.S. & REPPUCCHI, N.D. (1973). Learned
helplessness and reinforcement responsibility in children.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 25
(1), 109-116. |
|
DWECK, C.S. (1975). The role of expectations and
attributions in the alleviation of learned helplessness. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 31,
674-685. |
|
DWECK, C.S. (1986). Motivational processes affecting
learning. American Psychologist, 41, 1040-1048. |
|
DWECK, C.S. (1999). Self-theories : Their role in
motivation, personality and development. Philadelphia
: The Psychology Press. |
|
DWECK, C.S. (2008). Can personality be changed ? : The
role of beliefs in personality and change. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 17 (6),
391-394. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dworkin Ronald (Worcester 1931-2013 Londres) :
Philosophe anglais,
d'origine américaine, et spécialiste de l'étude du droit.
Collaborateur de Nagel,
Nozick et Rawls.
 |
DWORKIN, R. (1981). What is equaly of resources. Part 1 :
Equality of welfare. Philosophy & Public Affairs,
10 (3), 185-246. |
|
DWORKIN, R. (1981) What is equality ? Part 2 : Equality of
resources. Philosophy & Public Affairs, 10
(4), 283-345. [PDF] |
|
DWORKIN, R. (1989). Liberal community. California Law
Review, 77, 479-504. [PDF] |
|
DWORKIN, R. (1994). Law's empire. Cambridge,
Harvard UP. / L'empire du droit. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
|
DWORKIN, R. (1996). Freedom's law : The moral reading
of the American constitution. Cambridge : Harvard
UP. |
|
|
GUEST, S. (1997). Ronald Dworkin. Edimbourg,
Edinburgh UP. |
|
CHAMPEAU, S. (2001). Ronald Dworkin. Cités, 5,
208-214. [PDF] |
|
|
|
| DU
- DYMOND
- DYS
- DYSCALCULIE - DYSKÉNISIE
TARDIVE - DYSLEXIE - DYSORTHOGRAPHIE
- DYSPHORIE DE GENRE - DZURILLA
- Fin |
Dyade
: Relation,
généralement étroite et asymétrique,
entre deux organismes ou
individus (humains ou animaux). EX: Un père et
sa fille forment une dyade.
= couple,
relation dyadique.
Dyad, dyadic interaction,
dyadic team, two-person relationships, two person interaction.
| |
|
|
ROSENBERG, S. & HALL, R.L. (1958). The effects of
different social feedback conditions upon performance in
dyadic teams. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 57, 271-277. |
BEAUGRAND, J.P., GOULET, C. & PAYETTE, D. (1991).
Outcome of dyadic conflict in male green swordtail fish
(Xiphophorus helleri) : Effects of body size and prior
dominance. Animal Behaviour, 41, 187-194. |
|
ROSENBERG, S. (1960). Cooperative behavior in dyads as a
function of reinforcement parameters. Journal of
Abnormal & Social Psychology, 60 (3), 318-333. |
KENNY, D.A. & KAHY, D A. (1991). Analyzing
interdependence in dyads. In B. Montgomery & S. Duck
(Eds.), Studying interpersonal interaction (pp.
275-285). New York : Guilford. |
|
ROSENBERG, S. (1963). Influence and reward in strucured
two person interactions. Journal of Abnormal &
Social Psychology, 67, 379-387. |
FISH, M., STIFER, C. & BELSKY, J. (1993). Early
patterns of mother-infant dyadic interaction : Infant,
mother, and demographic antecedents. Infant Behavior
& Development, 16, 1-18. |
|
GOOD, T.L. & BROPHY, J.E. (1970). Teacher-child dyadic
interactions : A new method of classroom observation.
Journal of School Psychology, 8 (2), 131-137. |
BERNIERI, F.J., GILLIS, J.S., DAVIS, J.M. & GRAHE,
J.E. (1996). Dyad rapport and the accuracy of its judgment
across situations : A lens model analysis. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 71, 110-129. |
|
LEFEBVRE, L.M. (1973). An experimental approach to the use
of ingratiation tactics under homogeneous and
heterogeneous dyads. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 3, 427-445. |
BEAUGRAND, J.P., PAYETTE, D. & GOULET, C. (1996).
Conflict outcome in male green swordtail fish dyads
(Xiphophorus helleri) : Interaction of body size, prior
dominance/subordination experience and prior residency. Behaviour,
133, 303-319. |
|
BAVELAS, J.B. (1978). Systems analysis of dyadic
interaction : Prediction from individual parameters.
Behavioral Science, 23, 177-186. |
DUMAS, J.E., LEMAY, P. & DAUWALDER, J.-P. (2001).
Dynamic analyses of mother-child interactions in
functional and dysfunctional dyads : A synergetic
approach. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 29, 317-329. |
|
KENNY, D.A. (1986). Methods for measuring dyads and
groups. In W.D. Crano & M.B. Brewer (Eds.),
Principles and methods of social research (pp.
301-320). Boston : Allyn & Bacon. |
BAUER, E.B. & SMUTS, B.B. (2007). Cooperation and
competition during dyadic play in domestic dogs, Canis
familiaris. Animal Behaviour, 73, 489-499. [PDF] |
|
KENNY, D.A. (1988). The analysis of data from two-person
relationships. In S. Duck (Ed.), Handbook of interpersonal
relations (pp. 57-77). London : Wiley. |
ACKERMAN, R.A., LEDERMANN, T. & KASHY, D. (2010).
Using dyadic analysis in health psychology. European
Health Psychologist, 10, 12-14. |
|
KENNY, D.A. (1990). Design issues in dyadic research. In
C. Hendrick & M.S. Clark (Eds.), Review of
personality and social psychology : Research methods in
personality and social psychology (Vol. 11, pp.
164-184). Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
MÉHU, M. (2011). Smiling and laughter in naturally
occurring dyadic interactions : Relationship to
conversation, body contacts, and displacement activities.
Human Ethology Bulletin, 26 (1), 10-28. [PDF] |
|
KENNY, D.A. (1990). What makes a relationship special ? In
T.W. Draper & A.C. Marcos (Eds.), Family variables
: Conceptualization, measurement, and use (pp.
161-178). Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
BESNARD, T., VERLAAN, P., CAPUANO, F., POULIN, F. et
VITARO, F. (2011). Les pratiques parentales des parents
d'enfants en difficultés de comportement : Effets de la
dyade parent-enfant. Revue Canadienne des Sciences du
Comportement, 43, 254-266.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Triade |
|
|
Dymond Simon ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
irlandais. Collaborateur de
Barnes-Holmes, Dixon et
Forsyth.
 |
DYMOND, S. & BARNES D. (1994). A transfer of
self-discrimination response functions through equivalence
relations. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 62 (2), 251-267. [PDF]
|
|
DYMOND, S. & BARNES D. (1995). A transformation of
self-discrimination response functions in accordance with
the arbitrarily applicable relations of sameness, more
than, and less than. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 64 (2), 163-184. [PDF]
|
|
DYMOND, S. & BARNES D. (1997). Behavior analytic
approaches to self-awareness. The Psychological
Record, 47, 181-200. [PDF]
|
|
DYMOND, S., ROCHE, B. & BARNES-HOLMES, D. (2003). The
continuity strategy, human behavior, and behavior analysis
The Psychological Record, 53, 333-347. [PDF]
|
|
DYMOND, S., BATEMAN, H. & DIXON, M.R. (2010). Derived
transformation of childrens pregambling game playing.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 94, 353-363.
[PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dys- : Préfixe grec qui signifie «difficulté ou incapacité»
et qui renvoie, en psychologie
et en médecine, au concept de
trouble.
|
|
|
Dyscalculie
: Du grec dys qui signifie «difficulté ou
incapacité» et calculie qui veut dire «compter».
Trouble d'apprentissage des mathématiques
qui se traduit par l'incapacité ou la difficulté à manier de façon
adéquate les nombres chez
les enfants d’intelligence
dite normale. Dyscalculie, conception
du nombre et littéracie
mathématique. /habileté
en mathématique. = poche en
math, nul en chiffre.
*acalculie.
Dyscalculia, mathematics difficulties,
arithmatics difficultie, arithmetic disabilities.
| |
|
|
COHN, R. (1961). Dyscalculia. Archives of Neurology,
4, 301-307. |
WERTMANELAD, R. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (1995). Developmental
dyscalculia and brain laterality. Cortex, 31,
357-365. |
|
COHN, R. (1968). Developmental dyscalculia. Pediatric
Clinics of North America, 15 (3), 651-668. |
SHALEV, R.S., AUERBACH, J. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (1995).
Developmental dyscalculia behavioral and attentional
aspects : A research note. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 36 (7), 1261-1268. |
| |
GROSS-TSUR, V., MANOR, O. & SHALEV, R.S. (1996).
Developmental dyscalculia : Prevalence and demographic
features. Developmental Medicine & Child
Neurology, 38 (1), 25-33. |
|
SLADE, P.D. & RUSSELL, G.F.M. (1971). Developmental
dyscalculia : A brief report on four cases. Psychological
Medicine, 1 (4), 292-298. |
MILLER, S.P. & MERCER, D. (1997). Educational aspects
of mathematics disabilities. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 30, 47-56. |
| . |
TA'IR, J., BREZNER A. & ARIEL, R. (1997). Profound
developmental dyscalculia : Evidence for a
cardinal/ordinal skills acquisition device. Brain
& Cognition, 35, 184-206. |
|
KOSC, L. (1974). Developmental dyscalculia. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 7 (3), 46-59. |
SHALEV, R.S., MANOR, O. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (1997).
Neuropsychological aspects of developmental dyscalculia. Mathematical
Cognition, 3 (2), 105-120. |
|
COLLIGNON, R. (1977). Symptomatology of dyscalculia in the
presence of cortical lesions. Acta neurologica
Belgica, 77 (5), 257-275. |
LINDSAY, R.L., TOMAZIC, T., LEBIVNE, M.D. & ACCARDO,
P.J. (1999). Impact of attentional dysfunction in
dyscalculia. Developmental Medicine & Child
Neurology, 41, 639-642. |
| |
GEARY, D.C., HOARDD, M.K. & HAMSON, C.O. (1999).
Numerical and arithmetical cognition: Patterns of
functions and deficits in children at risk for a
mathematical disability. Journal of Experimental
Child Psychology, 74, 213-239. |
|
SPELLACY, F. & PETER, B. (1978). Dyscalculia and
elements of the developmental Gerstmann syndrome in school
children. Cortex, 14, 197-206. |
BADIAN, N.A. (1999). Persistent arithmetic, reading, or
arithmetic and reading disability. Annals of
Dyslexia, 49, 45-70. |
|
SVIEN, K. & SHELOCK, D. (1979). Dyscalculia and
dyslexia. Bulletin of the Orton Society, 29,
269-276. |
VON ASTER, M. (2000). Developmental cognitive
neuropsychology of number processing and calculation:
varieties of developmental dyscalculia. European Child
Adolescent Psychiatry, 9 (2), 114-157. |
|
LELEUX, C., KAISER, G. & LEBRUN, Y. (1979).
Dyscalculia in a right-handed teacher of mathematics with
right cerebral damage. In Y. Lebrun & R. Hoops (Eds.),
Problems in aphasia (pp. 141-158). Lisse : Swets
and Zeitlinger. |
SHALEV, R.S., AUERBACH, J, MANOR, O. & GROSS-TSUR, V.
(2000). Developmental dyscalculia : prevalence and
prognosis. Steinkopff Verlag. |
|
LEVY, W.K. (1979). Dyscalculia : Critical analysis and
future directions. Focus on Learning Problems in
Mathematics, 1 (3), 41-51. |
ISAACS, E.B., EDMONDS, C.J., LUCAS, A. & GADIAN, D.G.
(2001). Calculation difficulties in children of very low
birthweight : A neural correlate. Brain, 124 (9),
1701-1707. |
|
| |
LINDSAY, R.L., TOMAZIC, T., LEVINE, M.D. & ACCARDO,
P.J. (2001). Attentional function as measured by a
continuous performance task in children with dyscalculia.
Journal of Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics,
22 (5), 287-293. |
|
CECI, S.J. & PETERS, D.J. (1980). Dyscalculia and the
perceptual deficit hypothesis : A correlational study. Focus
on Learning Problems in Mathematics, 2 (1), 11-14. |
VAN HOUT, A. et MELJAC, C. (2001). Troubles du calcul
et dyscalculies chez l'enfant. Paris : Masson. |
| |
SHALEV, R.S., MANOR, B., KEREM, B., AYALI, M., BALDICHI,
Y., FRIEDLANDER, V. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (2001).
Developmental dyscalculia is a familial learning
disability. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 34,
59-65. |
|
BLOCK, G. (1980). Dyscalculia and the minicalculator : The
ALP Program. Academic Therapy, 16 (2), 175-181. |
SHALEV, R.S. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (2001). Developmental
dyscalculia. Pediatric Neurology, 24 (5),
337-342. |
|
PONTIUS, A. (1983). Finger misrepresentation and
dyscalculia in an ecological context : Toward an
ecological (cultural) evolutionary neuro-psychiatry.
Perceptual & Motor Skills, 57 (3), 1191-1208. |
RAMAA, S. & GOWRAMMA, I.P. (2002). A systematic
procedure for identifying and classifying children with
dyscalculia among primary school children in India. Dyslexia,
8, 67-85. |
|
BADIAN, N.A. (1985). Dyscalculia and nonverbal disorders
of learning. In B.P. Ranly (Eds.), Neuropsychology of
learning disabilities : Essentials of subtype analysis (pp.
235-264). New York : Gullford Press. |
KAUFMANN, L. (2002). More evidence for the role of the
central executive in retrieving arithmetic facts - a case
study of severe developmental dyscalculia. Journal of
Clinical & Experimental Neuropsychology, 24
(3), 302-310. |
|
McCLOSKEY, M., CARAMAZZA, A. & BASILI, A. (1985).
Cognitive mechanisms in number processing and calculation
: Evidence from dyscalculia. Brain & Cognition, 4
(2), 171-196. [PDF] |
GEARY, D.C. & HOARD, M.K. (2002). Learning
disabilities in basic mathematics : Deficits in memory and
cognition. In J.M. Royer (Ed.), Mathematical
cognition (pp. 93-115). Greenwich, CT : Information
Age Publishing. |
|
GEIMAN, R.M. (1986). Measures for dyscalculia : A validity
and reliability study. Focus on Learning Problems in
Mathematics, 8 (3-4), 121-127. |
JORDAN, N.C., HANICH, L.B. & KAPLAN, D. (2003). A
longitudinal study of mathematical competencies in
children with specific mathematics difficulties versus
children with comorbid mathematics and reading
difficulties. Child Development, 74 (3),
834-850. |
|
SHARMA, M.C. (1986). Dyscalculia and other learning
problems in arithmetic : A historical perspective.
Focus on Learning Problems in Mathematics, 8 (3-4),
7-45. |
MOLKO, N., CACHIA, A., RIVIÈRE, D., MANGIN, J., BRUANDET,
M., LE BIHAN, D., COHEN, L. & DEHAENE, S. (2003).
Functional and structural alterations of the intraparietal
sulcus in a developmental dyscalculia of genetic origin.
Neuron, 40, 847-858. |
|
SHARE, D.L., MOFFITT, T.E. & SILVA, P.A. (1988).
Factors associated with arithmetic-and-reading disability
and specific arithmetic disability. Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 21, 313-320. |
LANDERL, K., BEVAN, A. & BUTTERWORTH, B. (2004).
Developmental dyscalculia and basic numerical capacities :
a study of 8-9-year-old students. Cognition, 93,
99-125. [PDF] |
|
TEMPLE, C.M. (1989). Digit dyslexia : A category-specific
disorder in developmental dyscalculia. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 6 (1), 93-116. |
BUTTERWORTH, B. & YEO, D. (2004). Dyscalculia
guidance. London : Nelson Publishing. |
|
SHALEV, R.S., WERTMAN, R. & AMIR, N. (1988).
Developmental dyscalculia. Cortex, 24, 555-561. |
GEARY, D.C. (2004). Mathematics and learning disabilities.
Journal of Learning Disabilities, 37 (1), 4-15. |
| |
SHALEV, R.S. (2004). Developmental dyscalculia.
Journal of Child Neurology, 19 (10), 765-771. [PDF] |
| |
LANDERL, K., BEVAN, A. & BUTTERWORTH, B. (2004).
Developmental dyscalculia and basic numerical capacities :
a study of 8-9-year-old students. Cognition, 93 (2),
99-125. [PDF] |
|
SOKOL, S.M., McCLOSKEY, M. & COHEN, N.J. (1989).
Cognitive representations of arithmetic knowledge :
Evidence from acquired dyscalculia. In A.F. Bennett &
K.M. McConkie (Eds.), Cognition in individual and
social contexts (pp. 577-591). Amsterdam :
Elsevier. |
GERSTEN, R.M. JORDAN, N.C. & FLOJO, J.R. (2005). Early
identification and interventions for students with
mathematics difficulties. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 38 (4), 293-304. [PDF] |
|
TEMPLE, C. (1991). Procedural dyscalculia and number fact
dyscalculia : Double dissociation in developmental
dyscalculia. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 8 (2),
155-176. |
MONUTEAUX, M.C., FARAONE, S.V., HERZIG, K., NAVSARIA, N.
& BIEDERMAN, J. (2005). ADHD and dyscalculia :
Evidence for independent familial transmission. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 38 (1), 86-93. [PDF] |
|
BUTTERWORTH, B. (2005). Developmental dyscalculia. In
J.I.D. Campbell (Ed.), The handbook of mathematical
cognition (Vol. 1. pp. 455-468). Psychology Press. |
|
SHALEV, R.S. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (1993). Developmental
dyscalculia and medical assessment. Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 26 (2), 134-137. |
LYYTINEN, H., GUTTORM, T., HUTTUNEN, T., HÄMÄLÄINEN, J.,
LEPPÄNEN, P. & VESTERINEN, M. (2005). Psychophysiology
of developmental dyslexia : a review of findings including
studies of children at risk for dyslexia. Journal of
Neurolinguistics, 18 (2), 167-195. |
|
| |
BERCH, D.B. (2005). Making sense of number sense :
Implications for children with mathematical disabilities.
Journal of Learning Disabilities, 38 (4), 333-339.
[PDF] |
|
ROURKE, B.P. (1993). Arithmetic disabilities, specific and
otherwise : A neuropsychological perspective. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 26 (4), 214-226. |
BUTTERWORTH, B. (2005). Developmental dyscalculia. In
J.I.D. Campbell (Ed.), Handbook of mathematical
cognition (pp 455-467). Hove : Psychology Press. |
|
SHALEV, R.S., MANOR, O., AMIR, N. & GROSS-TSUR, V.
(1993). The acquisition of arithmetic in normal children.
Assessment by a cognitive model of dyscalculia. Developments
in Medical Child Neurology, 35, 593-601. |
RUBINSTEN, O. & HENIK, A. (2006). Double dissociation
of functions in developmental dyslexia and dyscalculia. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 98 (4), 854-867. |
|
ROURKE, B.P. (1993). Arithmetic disabilities, specific and
otherwise : A neuropsychological perspective. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 26 (4), 214-226. |
GEARY, D.C., HOARD, M.K., BYRD-CRAVEV, J., NUGENT, L.
& NUMTEE, C. (2007). Cognitive mechanisms underlying
achievement deficits in children with mathematical
learning disability. Child Development, 78,
1343-1359. |
| |
WILSON, A.J. & DEHAENE, S. (2007). Number sense and
developmental dyscalculia. In D. Coch, G. Dawson &
K.W. Fischer (Eds.), Human Behavior, learning and the
developing brain : atypical development (pp.
212-238). Guilford Publications. |
|
MANOR, O., AMIR, N. & GROSS TSUR, V. (1993). The
acquisition of arithmetic in normal children : assessment
by a cognitive model of dyscalculia. Developmental
Medicine & Child Neurology, 35, 593-601. |
VON ASTER, M.G. & SHALEV, R.S. (2007). Number
development and developmental dyscalculia. Developmental
Medicine & Child Neurology, 49, 868-873. |
|
GEARY, D.C. (1993). Mathematical disabilities : Cognitive,
neuropsychological and genetic components.
Psychological Bulletin, 114 (2), 345-362. [PDF] |
AUERBACH, J.G., GROSS-TSUR, V., MANOR, O. & SHALEV,
R.S. (2008). Emotional and behavioral characteristics over
a six year period in youths with persistent and
non-persistent dyscalculia. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 41, 263-273. |
|
GROSS-TSUR, V., MANOR, O. & SHALEV, R.S. (1993).
Developmental dyscalculia, gender and the brain. Archives
of Disease in Childhood, 68, 510-512. |
FUCHS, L.S., FUCHS, D., POWELL, R., SEETHALER, P.M.,
CIRINO, P.T. & FLETCHER, J.M. (2008). Intensive
intervention for students with mathematics disabilities :
Seven principles of effective practice. Learning
Disability Quarterly, 31 (2), 79-92. |
|
SHALEV, R.S., MANOR, O. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (1993). The
acquisition of arithmetic in normal children : Assessment
by a cognitive model of dyscalculia. Developmental
Medicine & Child Neurology, 35 (7), 593-601. |
RUBINSTEN, O. & HENIK, A. (2009). Developmental
Dyscalculia : heterogeneity might not mean different
mechanisms. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 13 (2),
92-99. [PDF] |
| |
GEARY, D.C. (2010). Mathematical disabilities :
Reflections on cognitive, neuropsychological, and genetic
components. Learning & Individual Differences,
20, 130-133. [PDF] |
| |
BEYGI, A., PADAKANNAYA, P. & GOWRAMMA, I. (2010). A
remedial intervention for addition and subtraction in
children with dyscalculia. Journal of the Indian
Academy of Applied Psychology, 36 (1), 9-17. [PDF] |
|
ASTER, V. (1994). Developmental dyscalculia in children :
Review of the literature and clinical validation. Acta
Paedo-psychiatrica, 56, 169-178. |
GEARY, D.C. (2010). Mathematical learning disabilities. In
J. Holmes (Ed.), Advances in child development and
behavior (Vol. 38, pp. 45-77). San Diego, CA :
Academic Press. |
|
TEMPLE, C.M. (1994). The cognitive neuropsychology of the
developmental dyscalculias. Cahiers de Psychologie
Cognitive, 13 (3), 351-370. |
ASKENAZI, S. & HENIK, A. (2010). Attentional networks
in developmental dyscalculia. Behavioral & Brain
Functions, 6, 2. [PDF] |
| |
SZÜCS, D., DEVINE, A., SOLTESZ, F., NOBES, A. &
GABRIEL, F. (2013). Developmental dyscalculia is related
to visuo-spatial memory and inhibition impairment.
Cortex, 49, 2674-2688. |
|
LEWIS, C., HITCH, G.J. & WALKER, P. (1994). The
prevalence of specific arithmetic difficulties and
specific reading difficulties in 9- to 10-year old boys
and girls. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines, 35 (2),
283-292. |
FIAS, W., MENON, V. & SZUCS, D. (2013). Multiple
components of developmental dyscalculia. Trends in
Neuroscience & Education, 2 (2), 43-47. |
| |
WILSON, A.J., ANDREWES, S.G., STRUTHERS, H., ROWE, V.M.,
BOGDANOVIC, R. & WALDIE, K.E. (2015). Dyscalculia and
dyslexia in adults : cognitive bases of comorbidity.
Learning & Individual Differences, 37, 118-132.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Littéracie
mathématique, Enseignement des mathématique et Habileté
en mathématique |
|
|
|
Dysfonction
érectile : Du grec dys qui signifie
«difficulté ou incapacité». Trouble
sexuel qui se traduit par une difficulté ou une incapacité
à obtenir et conserver une érection
( NDLR : On parle ici de l'organe, et non d'une
statue équestre, sabre au clair). Dysfonction érectile, thérapie
sexuelle et satisfaction
sexuelle. Erectile dysfunction.
| |
|
|
FICHTEN, C.S., LIBMAN, E., TAKEFMAN, J. & BRENDER, W.
(1988). Self-monitoring and self-focus in erectile
dysfunction. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 14
(2), 120-128. [PDF] |
|
|
LIBMAN, E., FICHTEN, C.S., CRETI, L., WEINSTEIN, N.,
AMSEL, R. & BRENDER, W. (1989). Sleeping and waking
state measurement of erectile function in an aging male
population. Psychological Assessment : A Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 1 (4),
284-291. [PDF] |
|
|
LOPICOLLO, J. (1992). Postmodern sex therapy for erectile
failure. In R.C. Rosen & S.R. Leiblum (Eds.), Erectile
disorders : Assessment and treatment (pp. 171-197).
New York : Guilford Press. |
NICOLOSI, A., MOREIRA, E.D., SHIRAI M., TAMBI, M.I.I.M.
& GLASSER, D.B. (2003). Epidemiology of erectile
dysfunction in four countries : Cross-national study of
the prevalence and correlates of erectile dysfunction. Urology,
61, 201-206. |
|
ACKERMAN, M.D. & CAREY, M.P. (1995). Psychology's role
in the assessment of erectile dysfunction. Journal of
Clinical and Consulting Psychology, 63 (6),
862-876 |
JACKSON, G. (2007). The importance of risk factor
reduction in erectile dysfunction. Current Urology
Reports, 8, 463-466. |
|
ALTHOF, S.E. & SEFTEL, A.D. (1995). The evaluation and
management of erectile dysfunction. Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 18 (1), 171-192. |
ABDO, C.H., AFIF-ABDO, J., OTANI, F. & MACHADO, A.C.
(2008). Sexual satisfaction among patients with erectile
dysfunction treated with counseling, sildenafil, or both.
Journal of Sexual Medicine, 5 (7), 1720-1726. |
|
ALTHOF, S.E. (1998). New roles for mental; health
professionals in the treatment of erectile dysfunction. Journal
of Sex Education & Therapy, 23, 229-231. |
WYLIE, K. (2008). Erectile dysfunction. Advances in
Psychosomatic Medicine, 29, 33-49. |
|
LOPICOLLO, J. (1999). Psychological evaluation of erectile
failure. In C.C. Carson, R.S. Kirby & I. Goldstein
(Eds.), Textbook of male erectile dysfunction. Oxford,
England : Isis Media Ltd. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Érection
et Pénis |
|
|
|
|
Dysgraphie : Du grec dys qui signifie «difficulté ou
incapacité» et de graphia qui signifie «écrire».
Difficulté à tracer les lettres
de l'alphabet, à accomplir sur le plan moteur les comportements d'écrire.
Dysgraphia, acquired dysgraphia, handwriting
difficulty.
| |
|
|
MACKAY, D.G. (1969). The repeated letter effect in the
misspellings of dysgraphics and normals. Perception
& Psychophysics, 5, 102-106. |
BOWERS, T., DEMULDER, J., STRUCK, D. & BEDARD, B.
(2003). Expressive writing disorders : An analysis of
theoretical views. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 96,
528-538. |
|
MICELI, G., SILVERI, M.C. & CARAMAZZA, A. (1985).
Cognitive analysis of a case of pure dysgraphia. Brain
Language, 25, 187-212. |
ZESIGER, P. (2003). Acquisition et troubles de l'écriture.
Enfance, 55 (1), 56-64. [PDF] |
| |
RAYMER, A., CUDWORTH, C. & HALEY, M. 2003). Spelling
treatment for an individual with dysgraphia : Analysis of
generalisation to untrained words. Aphasiology, 17
(6/7), 607-624. |
|
CARAMAZZA, A., MICELI, G., VILLA, G. & ROMANI, C.
(1987). The role of the graphemic buffer in spelling :
evidence from a case of acquired dysgraphia. Cognition,
26, 59-85. [PDF] |
WARD, J. & ROMANI, C. (2000). Consonant-vowel encoding
and ortho-syllables in a case of acquired dysgraphia. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 17, 641-663. |
|
BERHMANN, M. (1987). The rites of righting writing :
Homophone mediation in acquired dysgraphia. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 4, 365-384. |
KAN, I.P., BIRAN, I., THOMPSON-SCHILL, S.L. &
CHATTERJEE, A. (2006). Letter selection and letter
assembly in acquired dysgraphia. Cognitive Behavior
Neurology, 19 (4), 225-236. [PDF] |
|
O'HARE, A.E. & BROWN, J.K. (1989). Childhood
dysgraphia. Part 1. An illustrated clinical
classification. Child : Care, Health &
Development, 15, 79-104. |
JEFFERIES, E., SAGE-MATTHEW, K. & LAMBON RALPH, M.A.
(2007). Do deep dyslexia, dysphasia and dysgraphia share a
common phonological impairment ? Neuropsychologia,
45, 1553-1570. [PDF] |
|
LIMINOSA, D., McCLOSKEY, M., GOODMAN-SHULMAN, R. &
SOKOL, S. (1993). Remediation of aquired dysgraphia as a
technique for testing interpretations of deficits.
Aphasiology, 7, 55-69. |
BERNINGER, V. (2008). Defining and differentiating
dyslexia, dysgraphia, and language learning disability
within a working memory model. In E.R. Silliman & M.
Mody (Eds.), Language impairment and reading
disability-interactions among brain, behavior, and
experience (pp. 103-134). New York : Guilford
Press. |
|
DEUEL, R.K. (1995). Developmental dysgraphia and motor
skills disorders. Journal of Child Neurology, 10 (S),
6-8. |
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (2009). Dyslexia,
dysgraphia, procedural learning and the cerebellum. Cortex,
47 (1), 117-127. |
| |
SNOWDEN, J.S., KINDELL, J., THOMPSON, J.C.,
RICHARDSON, A.M.T. & NEARY, D (2012). Progressive
aphasia presenting with deep dyslexia and dysgraphia. Cortex,
48 (9), 1234-1239. |
|
SMITS-ENGELSMAN, B.C.M. & VAN GALEN, G.P. (1997).
Dysgraphia in children : lasting psychomotor deficiency or
transient developmental delay ? Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 67 (2), 164-184. |
BERNINGER, V. & RICHARDS, T. (2010).
Inter-relationships among behavioral markers, genes,
brain, and treatment in dyslexia and dysgraphia. Future
Neurology, 5 (4), 597-617. [PDF] |
| |
BERNINGER, V.W., RICHARDS, T. & ABBOTT, T.L. (2015)
Differential diagnosis of dysgraphia, dyslexia, and OWL LD
: behavioral and neuroimaging evidence. Reading &
Writing, 28 (8), 1119-1153. [PDF] |
| |
DÖHLA, D. & HEIM, S. (2016). Developmental dyslexia
and dysgraphia : What can we learn from the one about the
other ? Frontiers in Psychology, 6, [2045],
1-12. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Agraphie,
Dysorthographie
et Écrire |
|
|
Dyskinésie
: Du grec dys qui signifie «difficulté ou
incapacité» et et kinesis qui veut dire «mouvement».
| |
|
|
STONE, R.K., MAY, J.E., ALVAREZ, W.F. & ELLMAN, G.
(1989). Prevalence of dyskinesia and related movement
disorders in a developmentally disabled population. Journal
of Mental Deficiency Research, 33, 41-53. |
|
|
|
Dyskinésie
tardive : Du grec dys qui signifie
«difficulté ou incapacité» et kinesis qui veut dire
«mouvement». Il s'agit d'une activité motrice involontaire et
stéréotypée du visage et les membres (tremblement) induite par un
traitement au neuroleptique
(ou antipsychotique). Chez l'adulte, cet effet
secondaire apparaît à la fin du
traitement.
| |
|
|
SINGH, M.M., NASRALLAH, H.A., LAL, H., PITMAN, R.K.,
BECKER, R.E., KUCHARSKI, T., KARKALAS, J. & FOX, R.
(1975). Treatment of tardive dyskinesia with diazepam :
indirect evidence for the involvement of limbic, possibly
GABA-ergic mechanisms. Brain Research Bulletin, 52
(S), 673-680. |
MOSS, L.E., NEPPE, V.M. & DREVETS, W.C. (1993).
Buspirone in the treatment of tardive dyskinesia.
Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 13,
204-209. |
|
KAPIT, R.M. (1977). Schizophrenia and tardive dyskinesia :
is schizophrenia also a "denervation hypersensitivity" ? Medical
Hypotheses, 3, 207-210. |
SPRAGUE, R.L., VAN EMMERIK, R.E.A., SLOBOUNOV, S.M. &
NEWELL, K.M. (1995). Facial stereotypic movements and
tardive dyskinesia in a mentally retarded population. American
Journal on Mental Retardation, 100, 345-358. |
|
TAMMINGA, C.A., CRAYTON, J.W. & CHASE, T.N. (1979).
Improvement in tardive dyskinesia after muscimol therapy.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 36, 595-598. |
NEWELL, K.M., WSZOLA, B., SPRAGUE, R.L., MAHORNEY, S.L.
& BODFISH, J.W. (2001). The changing effector pattern
of tardive dyskinesia during the course of neuroleptic
withdrawal. Experimental & Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 9, 262-268. |
|
CHOUINARD, G., DE MONTIGNY, C. & ANNABLE, L. (1979).
Tardive dyskinesia and antiparkinsonian medication. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 136, 228-229. |
EGAN, M.F., APUD, J. & WYATT, R.T. (1997). Treatment
of tardive dyskinesia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 23
(4), 583-609. |
|
HUANG, C.C., WANG, R.I., HASEGAWA, A. & ALVERNO, L.
Reserpine and alpha-methyldopa in the treatment of tardive
dyskinesia. Psychopharmacology, 73, 359-362. |
VALDOVINOS, M.G., ROBERTS, C. & KENNEDY, C.H. (2004).
Analogue functional analysis of movements associated with
tardive dyskinesia. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 37 (3), 391-393. [PDF] |
|
CHOUINARD, G. (1982). Neuroleptic-induced supersensitivity
psychos, the "hump course" and tardive dyskinesia.
Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 2, 143-144. |
CORRELL, C.U., LEUCHT, S. & KANE, J.M. (2004). Lower
risk for tardive dyskinesia associated with
second-generation antipsychotics : a systematic review of
1-year studies. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161,
414-425. |
|
KANE, J.M. & SMITH, J.M. (1982). Tardive dyskinesia :
prevalence and risk factors, 1959 to 1979. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 39, 473-481. |
MARGOLESE, H., CHOUINARD, G., KOLIVAKIS, T., BEAUCLAIR,
L., MILLER, R. & ANNABLE, L. (2005). Tardive
dyskinesia in the era of typical and atypical
antipsychotics (Part 2) : Incidence and management
strategies in patients with schizophrenia. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry/Revue Canadienne de Psychiatrie,
50, 541-547. [PDF] |
|
TARSY, D. (1983). History and definition of tardive
dyskinesia. Clinical Neuropharmacology, 6,
91-99. |
ASCHER-SVANUM, H., ZHU, B., FARIES, D., PENG, X., KINON,
B.J. & TOHEN, M. (2008). Tardive dyskinesia and the
3-year course of schizophrenia : results from a large,
prospective, naturalistic study. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 69, 1580-1588. |
|
TAMMINGA, C.A., THAKER, G.K., HARE, T. & FERARO, T.
(1983). GABA agonist therapy improves tardive dyskinesia.
Lancet, 2, 97-98. |
CHONG, S.A., TAY, J.A., SUBRAMANIAM. M., PEK, E. &
MACHIN, D. (2009).Mortality rates among patients with
schizophrenia and tardive dyskinesia. Journal of
Clinical Psychopharmacology, 29, 5-8. |
|
ROSS, C.A. (1987). Buspirone in the treatment of tardive
dyskinesia. Medical Hypotheses, 22, 321-328. |
SEEMAN, P. & TINAZZI, M. (2013). Loss of dopamine
neuron terminals in antipsychotic-treated 536
schizophrenia; relation to tardive dyskinesia. Progress
in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological, 44,
178-183. |
|
GAIO, J.M., POLLAK, P., HOMMEL, M. & PERRET, J.
(1987). Clinical and biochemical of gamma-vinyl Gaba in
tardive dyskinesia. Journal of Neurology,
Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 50 (12), 1674-1678.
[PDF] |
KIM, J., MacMASTER, E.C. & SCHWATRZ, T.L. (2014).
Tardive dyskinesia in patients treated with atypical
antipsychotics : case series and brief review of etiologic
and treatment considerations. Drugs Context, 3,
1-9.
[PDF] |
|
GOLDEN, G.S. (1988). Tardive dyskinesia and developmental
disabilities. In M.G. Aman & N. Singh (Eds.), Psychopharmacology
of the developmental disabilities (pp. 197-215).
New York : Springer-Verlag. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Effet
secondaire et Neuroleptique |
|
|
|
|
|
Dyslexie
: Du grec dus qui signifie «difficulté ou
incapacité» et lexis qui veut dire «mot ou langage». Il
s'agit donc d'un
trouble d'apprentissage de la lecture.
Identifiée pour la première fois par l'opthalmologiste Oswald
Berkhan en 1881. Si le terme dyslexie a été proposé par
Berlin (1887), c'est à Pringle Morgan que revient la paternité du
premier diagnostic (1896), alors que les premières études
systématiques du phénomène, elles, sont généralement attribuées à
Orton. On distingue deux
formes de dyslexie : la dyslexie acquise consécutive à une lésion
cérébrale (alexie) et
la dyslexie développementale qui survient lorsque l'enfant ou
l'adulte apprend (mal) à lire. Pour de nombreux psychologues, le
faible niveau de conscience
phonémique serait l'une des causes de cette forme de
dyslexie. Généralement, la dyslexie s'accompagne d'une difficulté
ou d'un trouble de l'écriture (Dysortographie).
Dyslexie, tâche de
dénomination rapide et
littéracie. = alexie, difficulté
de lecture. Dyslexia, reading disorders,
dyslexic children, reading disabilities, reading problems,
reading retardation.
| |
|
|
PRINGLE MORGAN, W. (1896). Congenital word blindness. British
Medical Journal, 2, 1378. |
SPRENGER-CHAROLLES L., COLÉ P., LACERT P. &
SERNICLAES, W. (2000). On subtypes of developmental
dyslexia : Evidence from processing time and accuracy
scores. Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology,
54, 88-104. [PDF] |
|
HINSHELWOOD, J.A. (1896). A case of dyslexia : A peculiar
form of word-blindness. Lancet, 2, 1451. |
MOLFESE, D. (2000). Predicting dyslexia at 8 years of age
using neonatal brain responses. Brain Language, 72, 238-245. |
|
THOMAS, C.J. (1905). Congenital word blindness and its
treatment. Ophthalmoscope, 3, 380-385. |
McARTHUR, G.M., HOGBEN, J.H., EDWARDS, V.T., HEATH, S.M.
& MENGLER, E.D. (2000). On the «specifics» of specific
reading disability and specific language impairment. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 41, 869-874. |
|
ORTON, S.T. (1925). "Word-blindnes" in school children." Archives
of Neurology & Psychiatry, 14, 285-516. |
JOANISSE, M.F., MANIS, F.R., KEATING, P. & SEIDENBERG,
M.S. (2000). Language deficits in dyslexic children :
Speech perception, phonology and morphology. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 71, 30-60. [PDF] |
|
ORTON, S.T. (1937). Reading, writing and speech
problems in children. New York : Norton. |
HABIB, M. (2000). The neurological basis of developmental
dyslexia : an overview and working hypothesis. Brain,
123, 2373-2399. |
|
HATCHER, P.J., HULME, C. & ELLIS, A.W. (1994)
Ameliorating early reading failure by integrating the
teaching of reading and phonological skills : the
phonological linkage hypothesis. Child Development,
65, 41-57. |
GEIGER, G. & LETTVIN, J.Y. (2000). Developmental
dyslexia : A different perceptual strategy and how to
learn a new strategy for reading. Saggi, 26 (1),
73-89. [PDF] |
|
HALLGREN, B. (1950). Specic dyslexia («congenital
word-blindness») : A clinical and genetic study. Acta
Psychiatrica et Neurologica Scandinavia, 65 (S),
1-287. |
SHAYWITZ, S.E., PUGH, K.R., JENNER, A.R., FULBRIGNT, R.K.,
FLETCHER, J.M. & GORE, J.C. (2000). The neurobiology
of reading disability (dyslexia). In M.L. Kamil, P.B.
Mosenthal & P.D. Barr (Eds.), Handbook of reading
research (Vol. 3, pp. 141-151). New York : Erlbaum. |
|
STAMBAK, M. (1951). Le problème du rythme dans le
développement de l'enfant et dans les dyslexies
d'évolution. Revue Enfance, 5, 480-502. |
GOSWANI, U. (2000). Phonological representations, reading
development, and dyslexia : Towards a cross-linguistic
theoretical framework. Dyslexia, 6, 133-151. |
|
BIRCH, H.G. (1962). Dyslexia and maturation of visual
function. In J. Money (Ed.), Reading disability :
Progress and research needs in dyslexia (pp.
161-169). Baltimore : Johns Hopkins Press. |
CESTNICK, L. & JERGER, J. (2000). Auditory temporal
processing and lexical/nonlexical reading in developmental
dyslexics. Journal of American Academy of Audiology,
11 (9), 501-513. |
|
LEFAVRAIS, P. (1967). Du diagnostic de la dyslexie à
l'étude clinique de la lecture. Un nouvel instrument = le
test de l'Alouette. Revue de Psychologie Appliquée,
13, 189-207. |
LAMBON RALPH, M.A. & GRAHAM, N.L. (2000). Acquired
phonological and deep dyslexia. Neurocase : The
Neural Basis of Cognition, 6 (2), 141-178. [PDF] |
|
RYBACK, D. & STAATS, A.W. (1970). Parents as behavior
therapy-technicians in treating reading deficits
(dyslexia). Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 1, 109-117. |
CASALIS, S. (2000). Prédire et dépister précocement les
dyslexies de l'enfant. Quelques questions théoriques et
méthodologiques. Rééducation Orthophonique, 204,
19-33. |
| |
GALLAGHER, A., FRITH, U. & SNOWLING, M.J. (2000).
Precursors of literacy-delay among children at genetic
risk of dyslexia. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 41, 203-213. |
|
CRITCHLEY, M. (1970). The dyslexic child.
Springfield, IL : Charles C. Thomas. |
SPENCER, K. (2000). Is english a dyslexic language ?
Dyslexia : an international journal of research and
practice, 6, 152-162. |
|
NAIDOO, S. (1972). Specific dyslexia. Pitman
Publishing. |
PIOTROWSKI, J. & REASON, R. (2000). The National
Literacy Strategy and dyslexia : a comparison of teaching
methods and materials. Support for Learning, 15 (2),
51-57. |
|
BODER, E. (1973). Developmental dyslexia : A diagnostic
approach based on three atypical reading-spelling
patterns. Developmental Medicine & Child
Neurology, 15, 663-687. |
SHAYWITZ, S.E., PUGH, K.R., JENNER, A.R., FULBRIGHT, R.K.,
FLETCHER, J.M. & GORE, J.C. (2000). 2000). The
neurobiology of reading and reading disability (dyslexia).
In M.L. Kamil, P.B. Mosenthal, P.D. Pearson and R. Barr
(Eds.), Handbook of reading research (Vol. 3,
pp. 229-249). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
WAGNER, R. (1973). Rudolf Berlin : Originator of the term
dyslexia. Annals of Dyslexia, 23 (1), 57-63. |
SNOWLING, M.J., BISHOP, D.V.M. & STOTHAR, S.E. (2000).
Is pre-school language impairment a risk factor for
dyslexia in adolescence ? Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 41, 587-600. |
| |
STEIN, J., TALCOTT, J. & WALSH, V. (2000). Controversy
about the visual magnocellular deficit in developmental
dyslexics. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 4 (6),
209-211. |
|
TALLAL, P. & PIERCY M. (1973). Defects of non-verbal
auditory perception in children with developmental
aphasia. Nature, 24, 468-469. |
SNOWLING, M. (2000). Dyslexia. Oxford, UK :
Blackwell Publishers, Inc. |
| |
PUGH, K.R., MENCL, W.E., SHAYWITZ, B.A., SHAYWITZ, S.E.,
FULBRIGHT, R.K., CONSTABLE, R.T., SKUDLARSKI, P.,
MARCHIONE, K.E., JENNER, A.R., FLETCHER, J.M., LIBERMAN,
A.M., SHANKWEILER, D.P., KATZ, L., LACADIE, C. & GORE,
J.C. (2000). The angular gyrus in dvelopmental dyslexia :
Task-specific differences in functional connectivity
within posterior cortex. Psychological Science, 11 (1),
51-56. |
|
STANLEY, G., KAPLAN, I. & POOLE, C. (1975). Cognitive
and nonverbal perceptual processing in dyslexics.
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 93, 67-72. |
MILLER-GURON, L. & LUNDBERG, I. (2000). Dyslexia and
second language reading : A second bite at the apple ? Reading
& Writing : An Interdisciplinary Journal, 12, 41-61. |
|
STOMER, R. (1975). Modifying letter and number reversals
in elementary school children. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 8 (2), 211. |
OUZILOU, C. (2001). Dyslexie, une vraie fausse
épidémie. Paris : Presses de la Renaissance. |
| |
GRIFFITHS, Y.M. & SNOWLING, M.J. (2001). Auditory word
identification and phonological skills in dyslexic and
average readers. Applied Psycholinguistics, 22
(3), 419-439. |
|
DENCKLA, M.B. & RUDEL, R.G. (1976). Naming of objects
by dyslexic and other learning-disabled children.
Brain & Language, 3, 1-15. |
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. & DEAN, P. (2001).
Developmental dyslexia : the cerebellar deficit
hypothesis. Trends in Neurosciences, 24 (9),
508-516. [PDF] |
|
DENCKLA, M.B. & RUDEL, R.G. (1976). Rapid automatized
naming (R.A.N.) : Dyslexia differentiated from other
learning disabilities. Neuropsychologia, 14,
471-479. |
PIND, J.L. & GUDMUNDSDOTTIR, A. (2001). Reading
difficulty : an update. Trends in Cognitive Sciences,
5, 130-132. |
|
VELLUTINO, F. (1977). Alternative conceptualizations of
dyslexia : Evidence in support of a verbal-deficit
hypothesis. Harvard Educational Review, 47,
334-354. |
SERNICLAES, W., SPRENGER-CHAROLLES, L., CARRÉ, R. &
DÉMONET, J.F. (2001). Perceptual categorization of speech
sounds in dyslexics. Journal of Speech, Language
& Hearing Research, 44, 384-399. |
|
BOUMA, H. & LEGEIN, C.P. (1977). Foveal and parafoveal
recognition of letters and words by dyslexics and average
readers. Neuropsychologia, 15, 68-80. |
STEIN, J. (2001). The magnocellular theory of
developmental dyslexia. Dyslexia, 7, 12-36. [PDF] |
|
COLLETTE-HARRIS, M. & MINKE, K.A. (1978). A behavioral
experimental analysis of dyslexia. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 16 (4), 291-295. |
FISHER, S. & SMITH, S. (2001). Progress towards the
identification of genes influencing developmental
dyslexia. In A.J. Fawcett (Ed.), Dyslexia : Theory
and good practice. London : Whurr. |
|
|
BENTON, A.L. & PEARL, D. (Eds.) (1978). Dyslexia.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
GRIGORENKO, E.L. (2001). Developmental dyslexia : An udate
on genes, brains and environments. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 42 (1), 91-125. |
|
RUTTER, M. (1978). Prevalence and types of Dyslexia. IN
A.L. Benton and D. Pearl (Eds.), Dyslexia : An
appraisal of current knowledge. New York : Oxford
University Press). |
LYYTINEN, H., AHONEN, T., EKLUND, K., GUTTORM, T., LAAKSO,
M.-L., LEINONEN, S., LEPPÄNEN, P. & LYYTINEN, P.,
POIKKEUS, A.-M., PUOLAKANAHO, A., RICHARDSON, U. &
VIHOLAINEN, H. (2001). Developmental pathways of children
with and without familial risk for dyslexia during the
first years of life. Developmental Neuropsychology,
20 (2), 539-558. |
|
SHANKWEILER, D. & LIBERMAN, I.Y. (1978). Reading
behavior in dyslexia : Is there a distinctive pattern ? Annals
of Dyslexia, 28 (1), 114-123. |
RAMUS, F. (2001). Dyslexia - Talk of two theories. Nature,
412, 393-395. |
|
BAKKER, D.J. (1979). Hemispheric differences and reading
strategies : Two dyslexias ? Bulletin of the Orton
Society, 29, 84-100. |
ZEFFIRO, T. & EDEN, G. (2001). The cerebellum and
dyslexia : Perpetrator or innocent bystander ?: Comment
from Thomas Zeffiro and Guinevere Eden to Nicolson et al.
Trends in Neurosciences, 24 (9), 512–513. |
|
VELLUTINO, F. (1979). Dyslexia : Theory and research.
Cambridge : MIT Press. |
FIJALKOW, J. (2001). Dyslexie : le retour. Psychologie
et Education, 47, 111-128. |
|
SNOWLING, M.J. (1980). The development of grapheme-phoneme
correspondence in normal and dyslexic readers. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 29, 294-305. |
RAMUS, F. (2001). Outstanding questions about phonological
processing in dyslexia. Dyslexia, 7, 197-216. |
|
NELSON, H.E. & WARRINGTON, E.K. (1980). An
investigation of memory functions in dyslexic children. British
Journal of Psychology, 71, 487-503. |
|
|
WARRINGTON, E.K. & SHALLICE, T. (1980). Word-form
dyslexia. Brain, 103, 99-112. |
LUNDBERG, I. & HOÏEN, T. (2001). Dyslexia and
phonology. In A. Fawcett (Ed.), Dyslexia : Theory and
good practice (pp. 109-123). London : Whurr
Publishers. |
|
BRANDT, J. & ROSEN, J.J. (1980). Auditory phonemic
perception in dyslexia : Categorical identification and
discrimination of stop consonants. Brain &
Language, 9, 324-337. |
RIDDICK, B. (2001). Dyslexia and inclusion : time for a
social model of disability perspective ? International
Studies in Sociology of Education, 11 (3), 223-236.
[PDF] |
|
COLTHEART, M. (1980). Deep dyslexia : A right-hemisphere
hypothesis. In M. Coltheart, K. Patterson & J.C.
Marshall (Eds.), Deep dyslexia (pp. 326-380).
London : Routledge & Kegan Paul. |
LYYTINEN, P., POIKKEUS, A.-M., LAASKO, M.-L., EKLUND, K.
& LYYTINEN, H. (2001). Language development and
symbolic play in children with and without familial risk
for dyslexia. Journal of Speech, Language, &
Hearing Research, 44 (4), 873-885. [PDF] |
|
FRITH, U. (1981). Experimental approaches to developmental
dyslexia : an introduction. Psychology Research, 43 (2),
97-109 |
HARM, W.M. & SEIDENBERG, M.S. (2001). Are there
orthographic impairments In phonological dyslexia ? Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 18 (1), 71-92. [PDF] |
|
GODFREY, J.J., SYRDAL-LASKY, A.K., MILLAY, K.K. &
KNOX, C.M. (1981). Performance of dyslexic children on
speech perception tests. Journal of Experimental
Child Psychology, 32 (3), 401-424. |
PAULESCU, E. et al. (2001). Dyslexia : cultural
diversity and biological unity. Science, 291, 2165-2167. |
|
NICOLSON, R.I. (1981). The relationship between memory
span and processing speed. In M. Friedman, J.P. Das &
N. O'Connor (Eds.), Intelligence and learning. London
: Plenum. |
HOOK, P.E., MARACUSO, P. & JONES, S. (2001). Efficacy
of fast forword training in facilitating acquisition of
reading skills by children with reading difficulties : a
longitudinal study. Annals of Dyslexia, 51,
75-96. |
|
SNOWLING, M.J. (1981). Phonemic deficits in developmental
dyslexia. Psychological Research, 43 (2),
219-234. |
PENNINGTON, B.F. & LEFLY, D.L. (2001). Early reading
development in children at family risk for dyslexia. Child
Development, 72 (3), 816-833. |
|
BADDELEY, A., ELLIS, N.C., MILES, T.C. & LEWIS, V.J.
(1982). Developmental and acquired dyslexia : a
comparison. Cognition, 11, 185-199. |
WOOD, F.B. & GRIGORENKO, E.L. (2001). Emerging issues
in the genetics of dyslexia : A methodological preview. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 34, 503-512. |
|
STEIN, J. & FOWLER, S. (1982). Diagnosis of dyslexia
by means of a new indicator of eye dominance. British
Journal of Ophthalmology, 66 (5), 332-336. |
SHAYWITZ, B.A., SHAYWITZ, S.E., PUGH, K.R., FULBRIGHT,
R.K., MENCL, W.E., CONSTABLE, R.T., SKUDLARSKI, P.,
FLETCHER, J.M., LYON, G.R. & GORE, J.C. (2001). The
neurobiology of dyslexia. Clinical Neuroscience
Research, 1, 291-299. |
|
|
VELLUTINO, F. (1983). Childhood dyslexia : A language
disorder. In H. Myklebust (Ed.), Progress in learning
disabilities (pp. 135-173). Cambridge : MIT Press. |
DAVIS, C.J. & COLTHEART, M. (2002). Paying attention
to readind errors in acquired dyslexia. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 6 (9), 259-261. [PDF] |
|
BRADLEY, L. & BRYANT, P.E. (1983). Categorizing sounds
and learning to read : a causal connection. Nature,
30 (2), 419-421. |
REID, G. (2002) Dyslexia and literacy.
Chichester, Wiley. |
|
GOTTFREDSON, L.S., FINUCCI, J.M. & CHILDS, B. (1984).
Explaining the adult careers of dyslexic boys : Variations
in critical skills for high-level jobs. Journal of
Vocational Behavior, 24, 355-373. |
OLSON, R.K. (2002). Dyslexia : Nature and nurture. Dyslexia,
8, 143-159. |
|
WOLF, M. (1984). Naming, reading, and the dyslexias - a
longitudinal overview. Annals of dyslexia, 34, 87-115. |
WOLFF, U. & LUNDBERG, I. (2002). The prevalence of
dyslexia among art students. Dyslexia, 8, 34-42. |
|
GALABURDA, A.M., SHERMAN, G.F., ROSEN, G.D., ABOITIZ, F.
& GESCHWIND, N. (1985). Developmental dyslexia : four
consecutive patients with cortical anomalies. Annals
of Neurology, 18, 222-233. |
SPENCE, I. (2002). Reducing the time required by dyslexic
readers to become fluent : A comparison of two approaches.
Journal of Precision Teaching & Celeration, 18
(1), 2-9. |
|
FLAX, N., MOZLIN, R. & SOLAN, H.A. (1984). Learning
disabilities, dyslexia and vision. Journal of Amercan
Optical, 55, 399-403. |
RAE, C., HARASTY, J., DZENDROWSKYJ, T.E., TALCOT, J.B.
SIMPSON, J.M., BLAMIRE, A.M., DIXON, R.M., LEE, M.A.,
THOMPSON, C.H., STYLES, P., RICHARDSON, A.J. & STEIN,
J.F. (2002). Cerebellar morphology in developmental
dyslexia.Neuropsychologia, 40, 1285-1292. [PDF] |
|
WOLF, M. (1984). Naming, reading, and the dyslexias. Annals
of Dyslexia, 34, 87-115. |
NUNES, T., BRYANT, P., PRETZILIK, U. & HURRY, J.
(2002). Teaching to the strengths or overcoming weaknesses
: what is best for dyslexic children ? Literacy
Today, 30, 20-21. |
|
SEYMOUR, P.H.K. & MacGREGOR, C.J. (1984).
Developmental dyslexia : A cognitive experimental analysis
of phonological, morphemic and visual impairments. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 1, 43-83. |
LEPPÄNEN, P.H.T., RICHARDSON, U., PIHKO, E., EKLUND, K.M.,
GUTTORM, T.K., ARO, M. & LYYTINEN, H. (2002). Brain
responses to changes in speech sound durations differ
between infants with and without familial risk for
dyslexia. Developmental Neuropsychology, 22,
407-422. |
|
WILSHER, C.R. (1985). Dyslexia and monocular occlusion. The
Lancet, 2 (8460), 883-883. |
HATCHER, J., SNOWLING, M.J. & GRIFFITHS, Y.M. (2002).
Cognitive assessment of dyslexic students in higher
education. British Journal of Psychology, 72, 119-133. |
|
CARAMAZZA, A., MICELI, G., SILVERIM, C. & LAUDANNA, A.
(1985). Reading mechanisms and the organization of the
lexicon : Evidence from acquired dyslexia. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 2, 81-114. |
SIMOS, P.G., FLETCHER, J.M., BERGMAN, E., BREIER, J.I.,
FOORMAN, B.R., CASTILLO, E.M., FITZGERALD, M. &
PAPANICOLAU, A.C. (2002). Dyslexia-specific brain
activation profile becomes normal following successful
remedial training. Neurology, 58, 1203-1213. |
|
GALABURDA, A.M., SHERMAN, G.F., ROSEN, G.D., ABOITIZ, F.
& GESCHIND, N. (1985). Developmental dyslexia : Four
consecutive patients with cortical anomalies. Annals
of Neurology, 18 (2), 222-233. |
HABIB, M., REY, V., DAFFAURE, V., CAMPS, R., ESPRESSER, R.
& DÉMONET, J.-F. (2002). Phonological training in
dyslexics using temporally modified speech : A three-step
pilot investigation. International Journal of
Language & Communication Disorders, 37 (3),
289-308. |
|
FRITH, U. (1985). Beneath the surface of developmental
dyslexia. In K. Patterson, J. Marshall & M. Coltheart
(Eds.), Surface dyslexia : Neuropsychological and
cognitive studies of phonological reading (pp.
301-330). London : Erlbaum. |
GALLAGHER, A., FRITH, U. & SNOWLING, M.J. (2000).
Precursors of literacy-delay among children at genetic
risk of dyslexia. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 41, 203-213. |
|
FINUCCI, J.M., GOTTFREDSON, L.S. & CHILDS, B. (1985).
A follow-up study of dyslexic boys. Annals of
Dyslexia, 35, 117-136. |
SHAYWITZ, B.A. SHAYWITZ, S.E., PUGH, K.R., MENCL, W.E.,
FULBRIGHT, R.K., SKUDLARSKI, P., CONSTABLE, R.T.,
MARCHIONE, K.E., FLETCHER, J.M., LYON, G.R. & GORE,
J.C. (2002). Disruption of posterior brain systems for
reading in children with developmental dyslexia.
Biological Psychiatry, 52 (2), 101-110.
[PDF] |
|
MILES, T.R. & HASLUM, M.N. (1986). Dyslexia : anomaly
or normal variation. Annals of Dyslexia, 36,
103-117. |
FISHER, S.E. & DeFRIES, J.C. (2002). Developmental
dyslexia : genetic dissection of a complex cognitive
trait. Nature Review Neuroscience, 3, 767-780. |
|
UNDERWOOD, N.R. & ZOLA, D. (1986). The span of letter
recognition of good and poor readers. Reading
Research Quarterly, 21, 6-19. |
WOLFF, P.H. (2002). Timing precision and rhythm in
developmental dyslexia. Reading & Writing : An
Interdisciplinary Journal, 15 (1-2), 179-206. |
|
WOLF, M. (1986). Rapid Alternating Stimulus (R.A.S.)
Naming : A longitudinal study in average and impaired
readers. Brain & Language, 27, 360-379. |
TEMPLE, E. (2002). Brain mechanisms in normal and dyslexic
readers. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 12, 178-183. |
|
WOLF, M. (1986). The question of essential differences in
dyslexia. Applied Psycholinguistics, 97, 69-76. |
PLAZA, M., COHEN, H. & CHEVRIE-MULLER, C. (2002). Oral
language deficits in dyslexic children : weaknesses in
working memory and verbal planning. Brain &
Cognition, 48, 505-512. |
|
BRYANT, P.E. & IMPEY, L. (1986). The similarities
between normal readers and developmental and acquired
dyslexics. Cognition, 24, 121-137. |
NICOLSON, R.I. (2002). The dyslexia ecosystem. Dyslexia,
8, 55-66. |
|
HELFGOTT, E., RUDEL, R.G. & KAIRAM, R. (1986). The
effect of Piracetam on short-and long-term verbal
retrieval in dyslexic boys. International Journal of
Psychophysiology, 4 (1), 53-61 |
GANG, M. & SIEGEL, L.S. (2002). Sound-symbol learning
in children with dyslexia. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 35, 137-157. |
|
WOLF, M. & GOODGLASS, H. (1986). Dyslexia, dysnomia,
and lexical retrieval. Brain & Language, 28, 154-168. |
STEUBING, K., FLETCHER, J.M., LEDOUX J., LYON, G.R.,
SHAYWITZ, S.E. & SHAYWITZ, B.A. (2002). Validity of
IQ-discrepancy classifications of reading disabilities.
American Educational Research Journal, 39, 469-518. |
|
GALABURDA, A.M. & ABOITIZ, F. (1986). Biological
foundations of dyslexia. A review. Archivos de
Biología y Medicina Experimentales, 19 (1), 57-65.
|
HATCHER, J., SNOWLING, M.J. & GRIFFITHS, Y.M. (2002).
Cognitive assessment of dyslexic students in higher
education. British Journal of Educational Psychology,
72 (1), 119-133. |
|
AARON, P.G. (1987). Developmental dyslexia : Is it
different from other forms of reading disability. Annals
of Dyslexia, 37, 109–125. |
GOSWANI, U. (2003). Why theories about developmental
dyslexia require developmental designs. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 7 (12), 534-540. |
|
STEIN, J.F., RIDDELL, P.M. & FOWLER, M.S. (1987). Fine
binocular control in dyslexic children. Eye, 1,
433-438. |
SPRENGER-CHAROLLES L. & COLLÉ, P. (2003). Lecture
et dyslexie. Approche Cognitive. Paris : Edition
Dunod. |
|
VELLUTINO, F. & SCANLON, D.M. (1987). Phonological
coding, phonological awareness, and reading ability:
Evidence from a longitudinal and experimental study. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 33, 321-363. |
|
|
|
BISGAARD, M.L., EIBERG, H., MOLLER, N., NIEBUHR, E. &
MOHR, J. (1987). Dyslexia and chromosome 15
hetero-morphism : Negative lod score in a Danish material.
Clinical Genetics, 32, 118-119. |
CASALIS, S. (2003). Concept of dyslexia. In T. Nunes &
P. Bryant (Eds.), Handbook of child's literacy (pp.
257-273). Kluwer. |
|
GEIGER, G. & LETTVIN, J.Y. (1987). Peripheral vision
in persons with dyslexia. New England Journal of
Medicine, 316, 1238-1243. |
RABERGER, T. & WIMMER, H. (2003). On the
automaticity/cerebellar deficit hypothesis of dyslexia :
balancing and continuous rapid naming in dyslexic and ADHD
children. Neuropsychologia, 41, 1493-1497. [PDF] |
|
VELLUTINO, F. (1987). Dyslexia. Scientific American,
1, 34-41. |
SHAYWITZ, S.E. (2003). Overcoming dyslexia : A new and complete
science-based program for reading problems at any level.
New York : Alfred A. Knopf. |
|
WAGNER, R. & TORGESEN, J. (1987). The nature of
phonological processes and its causal role in the
acquisition of reading skills. Psychological Bulletin,
101, 192-212. |
GOULANDRIS, N. (2003). Dyslexia in different
languages : Cross-linguistic comparisons. London :
Whurr Publishers. |
|
SHARE, D.L., MOFFITT, T.E. & SILVA, P.A. (1988).
Factors associated with arithmetic-and-reading disability
and specific arithmetic disability. Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 21, 313-320. |
PIOTROWKI, J. & REASON, R. (2003). The national
literacy strategy and dyslexia : a comparison of teaching
methods and materials. Support for Learning, 15
(2), 51-57. |
|
HORWITZ B., RUMSEY, J.M. & DONOHUE, B.C. (1988).
Functional connectivity of the angular gyrus in normal
reading and dyslexia. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences - USA, 95, 8939-8944. |
VON KAROLYI, C., WINNER, E., GRAY, W. & SHERMAN, G.F.
(2003). Dyslexia linked to talent : Global visual-spatial
ability. Brain & Language, 85, 427-431. |
|
AARON, P.G., KUCHTA, S. & GRAPENTHIN, C.T. (1988). Is
there a thing called dyslexia ? Annals of Dyslexia,
38, 33-49. |
ZIEGLER, J.C., PERRY, C., MA-WYATT, A., LADNER, D. &
SCHULTE-KORNE, G. (2003). Developmental dysxia in
different languages : language-specific or universal ? Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 86, 169-193. [PDF] |
|
SNOWLING, M., VAN WAGTENDONK, B. & STAFFORD, C.
(1988). Object-naming deficits in developmental dyslexia.
Journal of Research in Reading, 11, 67-85. |
DE JONG, P.F. & VAN DER LEIJ, A. (2003). Developmental
changes in the manifestation of a phonological deficit in
dyslexic children learning to read a regular orthography.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 95, 22-40. |
|
HO, H-S., GILGER, J.W. & DECKER, S.N. (1988). A twin
study of bannatyne's "gentic dyslexic" subtype. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 29 (1),
63-72. |
SPRENGER-CHAROLLES L. (2003). Apprentissage de la lecture
et dyslexie. Médecine & Enfance, 23 (4),
249-253. |
|
STANOVICH, K.E. (1988). Explaining the differences between
the dyslexic and the garden-variety poor reader : the
phonological-core variable-difference model. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 21 (10), 590-604. |
|
|
BECKHAM, P.B. & BIDDLE M.L. (1989). Dyslexia
training program books. Cambridge, Mass. :
Educators Publishing Service. |
|
|
SNOWLING, M. & HULME, C. (1989). A longitudinal case
study of developmental phonological dyslexia.
Cognitive Neuropsychology, 6 (4), 379-401. |
|
|
HÖIEN, T., LUNDBERG, I., LARSEN, J.P. & TONNESEN, F.E.
(1989). Profiles of reading related skills in dyslexic
families. Reading & Writing : An
Interdisciplinary Journal, 1, 381-392 |
EDEN, G.F., STEIN, J.F. & WOOD, F.B. (2003). Clock
drawing in developmental dyslexia. Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 36 (3), 216-228. |
|
LUNDBERG, I. & HÖIEN, T. (1989). Phonemic deficits - a
core symptom of developmental dyslexia ? The Irish
Journal of Psychology, 10, 579-592. |
RAMUS, F., PIDGEON, E. & FRITH, U. (2003). The
relationship between motor control and phonology in
dyslexic children. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 44, 712-722. |
|
PERRY, A.R., DEMBER, W.N., WARM, J.S. & SACKS, J.G.
(1989). Letter identification in normal and dyslexic
readers : A verification. Bulletin of the Psychonomic
Society, 27, 445-448. |
SCRABOROUG, H.S. & PARKER, J.D. (2003). Effects in
children with learning disabilities : Development of
reading, IQ, and psychosocial problems from grade 2 to
grade 8. Annals of Dyslexia, 53, 47-71. |
|
PIND, J.L. (1989). Advances in dyslexia research. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 2, 1-12. |
LYON, G.R., SHAYWITZ, S.E. & SHAYWITZ, B. (2003). A
definition of dyslexia. Annals of Dyslexia, 53,
1-14. |
|
RAYNER, K., MURPHY, L.A., HENDERSON, J.M. & POLLATSEK,
A. (1989). Selective attentional dyslexia. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 6, 357-378. |
SHAYWITZ, S.E. (2003). Overcoming dyslexia. New
York : Alfred A. Knopf. |
|
OLSON, R.K., WISE, B.W. & RACK, J.P. (1989). Dyslexia
: Deficits, genetic aeitology and computer based
remediation. The Irish Journal of Psychology, 10
(4), 530-544. |
LOVETT, M.W. & BARRON, R.W. (2003). Developmental
reading disorders. In T.E. Feinberg & M.J. Farah
(Eds.), Behavioral neurology and neuropsychology
(pp. 801-819). New York, NY : The McGraw-Hill Companies,
Inc. |
|
SCABOROUGH, H.S. (1990). Very early language deficits in
dyslexic children. Child Development, 61,
207-220. |
|
|
BISHOP, D.V.M. & ADAMS, C. (1990). A prospective study
of the relationship between specific language impairment,
phonological disorders and reading retardation. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 31 (7),
1027-1050. |
|
|
LARSEN, J.P., HÖIEN, T., LUNDBERG, I. & ÖDEGAARD, H.
(1990). MRI evaluation of the size and symmetry of the
planum temporale in adolescents with developmental
dyslexia. Brain & Language, 39, 289-301. |
DEMONT, E. (2003). Developmental dyslexia and sensitivity
to rhymes : A perspective for remediation. Current
Psychology Letters, 10 (1), 1-18. [PDF] |
|
LUNDBERG, I. & HÖIEN, T. (1990). Patterns of
information processing skills and word recognition
strategies in developmental dyslexia. Scandinavian
Journal of Educational Research, 34, 231-240. |
RAMUS, F. (2003). Developmental dyslexia : specific
phonological deficit or general sensorimotor dysfunction ?
Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 13 (2),
212-218. [PDF] |
|
|
BRUCK, M. (1990). Word recognition skills of adults with
childhood diagnoses of dyslexia. Developmental
Psychology, 26, 439-454. |
HELLAND, T. & ABSJORNSEN, A. (2003). Digit Span in
dyslexia : Variations according to language comprehension
and mathematics skills. Neuropsychology, Development,
& Cognition, 26 (1), 31-42. |
|
BAKKER, D.J., BOUMA, A. & GARDIAN, C. (1990).
Hemisphere-specific treatment of dyslexia subtypes : A
field experiment. Journal of Learning Disabilities,
23, 433-438. |
BOSSE, M.L. & VALDOIS, S. (2003). Patterns of
developmental dyslexia according to a multi-trace memory
model of reading. Current Psychology Letters, 1, 10. |
|
SCARBOROUGH, H.S. (1990). Very early language deficits in
dyslexic children. Child Development, 61 (6),
1728-1743. |
VAUGHN, S. & FUCHS, L. (2003). Redefining learning
disabilities as inadequate response to instruction : The
promise and potential problems. Learning Disabilities
Research & Practice, 18, 137-146. [PDF] |
|
SHAYWITZ, S.E., SHAYWITZ, B.A., FLETCHER, J.M. &
ESCOBAR, M.D. (1990). Prevalence of reading disability in
boys and girls : Results of the Connecticut longitudinal
study. Journal of the American Medical Association,
264, 998-1002. |
OLITSKY, S.E. & NELSON, L.B. (2003). Reading disorders
in children. Pediatric Clinics of North America, 50
(1), 213-240. |
|
ACKERMAN, P.T., DYKMAN, R.A. & GARDNER, M.Y. (1990).
ADD students with and without dyslexia differ in
sensitivity to rhyme and alliteration. Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 23, 279-283. |
RAMUS, F., ROSEN, S., DAKIN, S., DAY, B., CASTELLOTE, J.,
WHITE, S. & FRITH, U. (2003). Theories of
developmental dyslexia : Insights from a multiple case
study of dyslexic adults. Brain, 126, 841-865. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, S.D., PENNINGTON, B.F., KIMBERLING, W.J. & ING,
P.S. (1990). Familial dyslexia : use of genetic linkage
data to define subtypes. Journal of American Academic
Child Adolescent Psychiatry, 29 (2), 204-213. |
FAWCETT, A.J. & NICOLSON, R.I. (2003). Developmental
dyslexia : the cerebellar deficit hypothesis.
Electronic Journal of Research in Educational
Psychology, 2 (2), 35-58. [PDF] |
|
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (1990). Automaticity :
a new framework for dyslexia research ? Cognition,
35, 159-182. |
RAMUS, F. (2003). Developmental dyslexia : specific
phonological deficit or general sensorimotor dysfunction ?
Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 13 (2),
212-218. |
|
SNOWLING, M.J. (1990). Dyslexia : A cognitive
developmental perspective. Oxford, Blackwell. |
LYON, G.R., SHAYWITZ, S.E. & SHAYWITZ, B.A. (2003). A
definition of dyslexia. Annals of Dyslexia, 53,
1-14. |
|
PENNINGTON, B.F. (1990). The genetics of dyslexia. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 31, 193-201. |
SNOWLING, M.J., GALLAGHER, A.M. & FRITH, U. (2003).
Family risk of dyslexia is continuous : Individual
differences in the precursors of reading skill. Child
Development, 74 (2), 358-373. |
|
FAWCETT, A.J. & NICOLSON, R.I. (1990). Naming speed in
children with dyslexia. Learning Disabilites, 27, 641-646.
|
WOLFF, U. & LUNDBERG, I. (2003). A technique for group
screening of dyslexia among adults. Annals of
Dyslexia, 53, 324-339. |
|
PENNINGTON, B.F., VAN ORDEN, G.C., SMITH, S.D., GREEN,
P.A. & HAUTH, M.M. (1990). Phonological processing
skills and deficits in adult dyslexics. Child
Development, 61, 1753-1778. |
|
|
HUMPHREYS, P., KAUFMANN, W.E. & GALABURDA, A.M.
(1990). Developmental dyslexia in women :
Neuropathological findings in three patients. Annals
of Neurology, 28 (6), 727–738. |
BEEN, P.H. & ZWARTS, F. (2003). Developmental dyslexia
and discrimination in speech perception : A dynamic model
study. Brain & Language, 86 (3), 395-412. |
|
WOLF, M. (1991). The word-retrieval deficit hypothesis and
developmental dyslexia. Learning & Individual
Differences, 3 (3), 205-223. |
EDEN, G.F., JONES, K.M., CAPPELL, K., GAREAU, L., WOOD,
F.B., ZEFFIRO, T.A., DIETZ, N.A.E., AGNEW, & J.A. FLOWERS,
D.L. (2004). Neural changes following remediation in adult
developmental dyslexia. Neuron, 44, (3),
411-422. |
|
WOLF, M. (1991). Dyslexia. International Encyclopedia
of Linguistics. New York : Oxford. |
VELLUTINO, F.R., FLETCHER, J.M., SNOWLING, M.J. &
SCANLON, D.N. (2004). Specific reading disability
(dyslexia) : what have we learned in the past four decades
? Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 45
(1), 2-40. [PDF] |
|
DUARA, R., KUSHCH, A., GROSS-GLENN, K., BARKER, W.,
JALLAD, B., PASCAL, S., LOEWENSTEIN, D.A., SHELDON, J.,
RABIN, M., LEVIN, B. & LUBS, H.E. (1991).
Neuroanatomic differences between dyslexic and normal
readers on magnetic resonance imaging scans.
Archives of Neurology, 48, 410-416. |
ALEXANDER, A.W. & SLINGER-CONSTANT, A-M. (2004).
Current status of treatment for dyslexia : Critical
review. Journal of Child Neurology, 19 (10),
711-757. |
|
HINTON, G.E. & SHALLICE, T. (1991). Lesioning an
attractor network : investigations of acquired dyslexia. Psychological
Review, 98 (1), 74-95. |
LYYTINEN, H., EKLUND, K., ERSKINE, J., GUTTORM, T.,
LAAKSO, M.-L., LEPPÄNEN, P. & TORPPA, M. (2004).
Development of children at familial risk for dyslexia
before school age. Enfance, 56 (3), 289-309. |
|
ATKINSON, J. (1991). Review of human visual development :
Crowding and dyslexia. In J. Stein (Ed.), Vision and
visual dyslexia (pp. 44-57). Boca Raton : CRC
Press. |
RAMUS, F. (2004). Neurobiology of dyslexia : A
reinterpretation of the data. Trends in
Neurosciences, 27 (12), 720-726.
[PDF] |
|
McMANUS, I.C. (1991). The genetics of dyslexia. In J.F.
Stein (Ed.), Vision and visual dysfunction :
Dyslexia (Vol. 13, pp. 94-112). London : MacMillan Press.
[PDF] |
BAILEY, C.E., MANIS, F.R., PEDERSEN, W.C. &
SEIDENBERG, M.S. (2004). Variation among developmental
dyslexics : Evidence from a printed-word-learning task. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 87, 125-154. [PDF] |
|
SCARBOROUGH, H.S. (1991). Antecedents to reading
disability : Preschool language development and literacy
experiences of children from dyslexic families. Reading
& Writing, 3 (3-4), 219-233. |
BISHOP, D.V.M. & SNOWLING, M. (2004). Developmental
dyslexia and specific language impairment : Same or
different ? Psychological Bulletin, 130 (6),
858-886. |
|
LEFLY, D.L. & PENNINGTON, B.F. (1991). Spelling errors
and reading fluency in compensated adult dyslexics. Annals
of Dyslexia, 41 (1), 141-162. |
DÉMONET, J.F., TAYLOR, M.J. & CHAIX, Y. (2004).
Developmental dyslexia. Lancet, 363 (9419),
1451-1460. |
|
PRESLAND, J. (1991). Explaining away dyslexia, Educational
Psychology in Practice, 6 (4), 215-221. |
LAAKSO, M.-L., POIKKEUS, A-M., EKLUND, K. & LYYTINEN,
P. (2004). Children's interest in early shared reading,
and it's relation to later language and letter knowledge
in children with and without a genetic risk for dyslexia.
First Language, 24 (3), 323-345. |
|
COHEN, L. & DEHAENE, S. (1991). Neglect dyslexia for
numbers ? A case report. Cognitive Neuropsychology,
8, 39-58. |
VISSER, A.W.T., BODEN, C. & GIASCHI, D.C. (2004).
Children with dyslexia : evidence for visual attention
deficits in perception of rapid sequences of objects.
Vision Research, 44 (21), 2521-2535. |
|
LIVINGSTONE, M.S., ROSEN, G.D., DRISLANE, F.W. &
GALABURDA, A.M. (1991) Physiological and anatomical
evidence for a magnocellular defect in developmental
dyslexia. Proceedings of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 88, 7943-7947. |
|
|
YIN, W. & BUTTERWORTH, B. (1992). Deep and Surface
Dyslexia in Chinese In H.C. Chen & O.J.L. Tzeng
(Eds.), Language processing in chinese (pp.
349-366). Elsevier Science Publishers.
[PDF] |
MUNEAUX, M., ZIEGLER, J.C., TRUC, C., THOMSON, J. &
GOSWAMI, U. (2004). Deficits in beat perception and
dyslexia : Evidence from French. Neuroreport, 15, 1255-1259. |
|
SIEGEL, L.S. (1992) An evaluation of the discrepancy
definition of dyslexia. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 25, 618-629. |
|
|
SHAYWITZ, S.E., ESCOBAR, M.D., SHAYWITZ, B.A., FLETCHER,
J.M. & MAKUCH, R. (1992). Evidence that dyslexia may
represent the lower tail of a normal distribution of
reading disability. The New England Journal of
Medicine, 326, 145-150. |
LAAKSO, M.-L., AHONEN, T., EKLUND, K., GUTTORM, T., KULJU,
P., LAAKSO, M-L., LEIWO, M., LEPPÄNEN, P., LYYTINEN, P.,
POIKKEUS, A-M., RICHARDSON, U., TORPPA, M. &
VIHOLAINEN, H. (2004). Early development of children at
familial risk for dyslexia - Follow-up from birth to
school age. Dyslexia, 10, 146-178. |
|
GILGER, J.W., PENNINGTON, B.F. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1992).
A twin study of the etiology of comorbidity :
Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and dyslexia. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 31, 343-348. |
CASALIS, S., COLÉ, P. & SOPO, D. (2004). Morphological
awareness in developmental dyslexia. Annals of
Dyslexia, 54 (1), 114-138. [PDF] |
|
|
BRUCK, M. (1992). Persistence of dyslexics' phonological
awareness deficits. Developmental Psychology, 28 (5),
874-886. |
SHAYWITZ, S.E. (2004). Overcoming dyslexia : A new
and complete science-based program for reading problems
at any level. New York : Knopf. |
|
WOLF, M. & OBREGON, M. (1992). Early naming deficits,
developmental dyslexia, and a specific-deficit hypothesis.
Brain & Language, 42, 219-247. |
ALEXANDER, A.W. & SLINGER-CONSTANT, A.-M. (2004).
Current status of treatments for dyslexia : Critical
review. Journal of child neurology, 19 (10),
744-758. |
|
RACK, J.P., SNOWLING, M. & OLSON, R.K. (1992) The
nonword reading deficit in developmental dyslexia. Reading
Research Quarterly, 1, 71-83. |
|
|
BADIAN, N.A. (1992). Nonverbal learning disability, school
behavior, and dyslexia. Annals of Dyslexia, 42,
159-178. |
ROACH, N.W. & HOGBEN, J.H. (2004). Attentional
modulation of visual processing in adult dyslexia. Psychological
Science, 15 (10), 650-654. |
|
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (1993). Children with
dyslexia automatize temporal skills more slowly. Annals
of the New York Academy of Sciences, 682, 390-392. |
BLOMERT, L. & MITTERER, H. (2004). The fragile nature
of the speech-perception deficit in dyslexia : Natural vs.
synthetic speech. Brain & Language, 89 (1),
21-26. |
|
FLETCHER, J.M., FRANCIS, D.J., ROURKE, B.P., SHAYWITZ,
B.A. & SHAYWITZ, S.E. (1993). Classification of
learning disabilities : Relationships with other childhood
disorders. In G.R. Lyon, D. Gray, J. Kavanagh & N.
Krasnegor (Eds.) Better understanding learning
disabilities. (pp. 27-55). New York : Paul H.
Brookes. |
BISHOP, D.V.M. & SNOWLING, M.J. (2004). Developmental
dyslexia and specific language impairment : same or
different ? Psychological Bulletin, 130, 858-886. |
|
GEIGER, G. & LETTVIN, J.Y. (1993). Manifesto on
dyslexia. In S.F. Wright & R. Groner (Eds.), Facets
of dyslexia and its remediation (pp. 51-63). North
Holland : Elsevier. |
ZESIGER, P. (2004). Neuropsychologie développementale et
dyslexie. Enfance, 3, 237-243. |
|
DAUTRICH, B. (1993). Visual perceptual differences in the
dyslexic reader : Evidence of greater visual peripheral
sensitivity to color and letter stimuli. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 76, 755-764. |
LACROIX, G.L., CONSTANTINESCU, I., COUSINEAU, D., ALMEIDA,
R.G., SEGALOWITZ, N. & VON GRÜNAU, M. (2004).
Attentional blink differences between adolescent dyslexic
and normal readers. Brain & Cognition, 57,
115-119. |
|
PLAUT, D.C. & SHALLICE, T. (1993). Deep dyslexia - A
case-study of connectionist neuropsychology. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 10 (5), 377-500. |
KATZIR, T., BREZNITZ, A., SHAUL, S. & WOLF, M. (2004).
Universal and the unique : A cross-linguistic
investigation of reading and reading fluency in Hebrew-and
English- speaking children with dyslexia. Journal of
Reading & Writing, 17 (7-8), 739-768. |
|
SOLAN, H.A. (1993). Dyslexia and learning disabilities :
an overview. Optometry & Vision Science, 70,
343-347. |
JUMEL, B. (2005). Comprendre et aider l'enfant
dyslexique. Dunod. |
|
GALABURDA, A.M. (1993). Neurology of developmental
dyslexia. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 3 (2),
237-242. |
RAMUS, F. (2005). De l'origine biologique de la dyslexie.
Psychologie & Education, 51, 81-96. [PDF] |
|
YAP, R. & VAN DER LEIJ, A. (1993). Word processing in
dyslexics. An automatic decoding deficit ? Reading
& Writing, 5, 261-279. |
ELLIOTT, J.G. (2005). Dyslexia : diagnoses, debates and
diatribes. Special Children. 169, 19-23. [PDF] |
|
TÖNNESSEN, F.E., LÖKKEN, A., HÖLEN, T. & LUBDBERG, I.
(1993). Dyslexia, left-handedness, and immune disorders. Archives
of Neurology, 50, 411-416. |
TORGESEN, J.K. (2005). Remedial interventions for students
with dyslexia : National goals and current
accomplishments. In S. Richardson & J. Gilger (Eds.),
Research-based education and intervention : What we
need to know (pp. 103-124). Boston : International
Dyslexia Association. |
|
CASTLES, A. & COLTHEART, M. (1993). Varieties of
developmental dyslexia. Cognition, 47 (2),
149-180. |
GIBBS, S.J. (2005). The interaction of vocabulary and
short-term memory in predicting phonological awareness : A
comparison of dyslexic and non-dyslexic children. Journal
of Research in Special Educational Needs, 5 (2),
62-67. |
|
GALABURDA, A.M. (1993). Neuroanatomic basis of
developmental dyslexia. Neurologic Clinics, 11
(1), 161-173. |
MARINO, C., GIORDA R., LORUSSO, M.L., VANZIN, L. SALANDI,
N. NOBILE, M., CITTERIO, A., BERI, S., CRESPI, V.,
BATTAGLIA, M. & MOLTEN, M. (2005). Family-based
association study does not support DYX1C1 on 15q21.3 as a
candidate gene in developmental dyslexia. Europeen
Journal of Human Genetic, 13, 491-499. |
|
|
MILES, T.R. (1993). Dyslexia : the pattern of
difficulties. London : Whurr. |
CATTS, H.W., ADLOF, S.M., HOGAN, T.P. & WEISMER, S.E.
(2005). Are specific language impairment and dyslexia
distinct disorders ? Journal of Speech, Hearing &
Language Research, 48 (6), 1378-1396. |
|
GEIGER, G. & LETTVIN, J.Y. (1993). Manifesto on
dyslexia. In S.F. Wright & R. Groner (Eds.), Facets
of dyslexia and its remediation (pp. 51-63). North
Holland : Elsevier. |
CARAVOLAS, M. (2005). The nature and causes of dyslexia in
different languages. In M.J. Snowling & C. Hulme
(Eds.), The science of reading : A handbook (pp.
336-355). Oxford : Blackwell. |
|
MORTON, J. & FRITH, U. ( (1993). Approche de la
dyslexie développementale par la modéllisation causale. In
J.-P. Jaffré (Ed.), Les actes de la villette (pp.
263-278). Paris : Nathan. |
|
|
MORTON, J. & FRITH, U. (1993) What lesson for dyslexia
from Down Syndrome ? Comments on Cossu, Rossini and
Marshall. Cognition, 48, 289-296. |
ZIEGLER, J.C. & GOSWANI, U. (2005). Reading
acquisition, developmental dyslexia, and skilled reading
across languages : a psycholinguistic grain size theory. Psychological Bulletin, 131 (1), 3-29. |
|
BOWERS, P.G. & WOLF, M. (1993). Theoretical links
among naming speed, precise timing mechanisms, and
orthographic skill in dyslexia. Reading &
Writing, 5, 69-85. |
KOBAYASHI, M.S., HAYNES, C.W., MACARUSO, P., HOOK, P.E.
& KATO, J. (2005). Effects of mora deletion, nonword
repetition, rapid naming, and visual search performance on
beginning reading in Japanese. Annals of dyslexia, 55
(1), 105-128. |
|
BRUCK, M. (1993). Component spelling skills of college
students with childhood diagnoses of dyslexia. Learning
Disabilities Quarterly, 16, 171-184. |
BECKER, C., ELLIOTT, M. & LACHMANN, T. (2005).
Evidence for impaired visuoperceptual organisation in
developmental dyslexics and its relation to temporal
processes. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 22 (5),
499-522. |
|
LOVEGROVE, W. (1994). Visual deficit in dyslexia :
evidence and implications. In A. Fawcett and R. Nicolson
(Eds.), Dyslexia in Children(pp. 113-135). Hemel
Hempstead : Harvester Wheatsheaf. |
|
|
HENNIGHAUSSEN, K., REMSCHMIDT H. & WARNKE, A. (1994).
Visually evoked potentials in boys with developmental
dyslexia. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
3 (2), 72-81. |
ZIEGLER, J.C. & GOSWAMI, U. (2005). Reading
acquisition, developmental dyslexia, and skilled reading
across languages : A psycholinguistic grain size theory. Psychological Bulletin, 131 (1), 3-29. |
|
CARDON, L.R., SMITH, S.D., FULKER, D.W., KIMBERLING, W.J.,
PENNINGTON, B.F. & DeFRIES, J.C. (1994). Quantitative
trait locus for reading disability on chromosome 6. Science,
266, 276-279. |
ZIEGLER, J.C. (2005). Do differences in brain activation
challenge universal theories of dyslexia ? Brain &
Language, 98, 341-343. |
|
FLETCHER, J.M., FOORMAN, B.R., FRANCIS, D.J., SHAYWITZ,
B.A. & SHAYWITZ, S.E. (1994). Treatment of dyslexia.
In K.P. van de Bos, D.J. Bakker & L.S. Siegel (Eds.),
Current research about dyslexia (pp. 223-233).
Amsterdam : Swets. |
LYYTINEN, H., GUTTORM, T., HUTTUNEN, T., HÄMÄLÄINEN, J.,
LEPPÄNEN, P. & VESTERINEN, M. (2005). Psychophysiology
of developmental dyslexia : a review of findings including
studies of children at risk for dyslexia. Journal of
Neurolinguistics, 18 (2), 167-195. |
|
STANOVICH, K.E. (1994). Annotation : Does dyslexia exist ?
Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 24,
579-595. [PDF] |
LYON, G.R. (2005). Dyslexia. In R. Kliegman, R. Behrman,
H. Jenson & B. Stanton (Eds.), Nelson testbook of
pediatrics. New York : Saunders. |
|
CARDON, L.R., SMITH, S.D., FULKER, D.W. KIMBERLING, W.J.,
PENNINGTON, B.F. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1994). Quantitative
trait locus for reading disability on chromosome 6. Science,
266, 276-279. |
MOORHEAD, J. (2005). Is dyslexia just a myth ?
London : Guardian Unlimited. |
|
GEIGER, G., LETTVIN, J.Y. & FAHLE, M. (1994). Dyslexic
children learn a new visual strategy for reading : a
controlled experiment. Vision Research, 34 (9),
1223-1233. [PDF] |
WOLF, M. & ASHBY, J. (2005). A brief history of time,
phonology, and other dimensions of developmental dyslexia.
In K. Fischer, J. Bernstein & M.H. Immordino-Young
(Eds.), Mind, brain, and education in learning
Disorders (pp. 61-79). Cambridge, UK : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
FAWCETT, A.J. & NICOLSON, R.I. (1994). Persistence of
phonological awareness deficits in older children with
dyslexia. Reading & Writing, 7, 361-376. |
PENNINGTON, B.F. & OLSON, R.K. (2005). Genetics of
dyslexia. In M.J. Snowling & C. Hulme (Eds.), The
science of reading : A handbook. (pp. 296-315).
Oxford : Blackwell. |
|
WEAVER, C. (1994). Reconceptualizing reading and dyslexia.
Journal of Childhood Communication Disorders, 16 (1),
23-35. |
SPERLING, A.J., LU, Z.L., MANIS, F.R. & SEIDENBERG,
M.S. (2005). Deficits in perceptual noise exclusion in
developmental dyslexia. Nature : Neurosciences, 8
(7), 862-863.
[PDF] |
|
LOVETT, M.W., BORDEN, S.L., LACRENZA, L., BENSON, N.J.
& BRACKATONE, D. (1994). Treating the core deficits of
developmental dyslexia : Evidence of transfer of learning
after phonologically-and strategy-based reading training
programs. Journal of Educational Psychology, 30,
805-822. |
WADLINGTON E. & WADLINGTON, P. (2005). What educators
really believe about dyslexia. Reading Improvement,
42, 16-32. |
|
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (1994). Reaction times
and dyslexia. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 47A, 29-48. |
CASSAR, M., TREIMAN, R., MOATS, L., POLLO, T.C. &
KESSLER, B. (2005). How do the spellings of children with
dyslexia compare with those of nondyslexic children ? Reading
& Writing, 18 (1), 27-49. |
|
GALABURDA, A.M. (1994). Development dyslexia and animal
studies : At the interface between cognition and
neurology. Cognition, 50, 133-149. |
RAYNER, K. & JOHNSON, R.L. (2005). Letter-by-letter
acquired dyslexia is due to the serial encoding of
letters. Psychological Science, 16, 530-534. |
|
MASUTTO, C., BRAVAR, L. & FABRO, F. (1994).
Neurolingvistic differentiation of children with subtypes
of dyslexia. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 27
(8), 520-526. |
RAMUS, F. (2005). Neurobiology of dyslexia : A
reinterpretation of data. Trends in Neurosciences,
27, 720-726. |
| |
NATION, K. (2005). Children's reading comprehension
difficulties. In M.J. Snowling & C. Hulme (Eds.), The
science of reading : A handbook (pp. 248-265).
Blackwell Publishing. [PDF] |
|
WOLF, M., PFEIL, C., LOTZ, R. & BIDDLE, K. (1994).
Towards a more universal understanding of the
developmental dyslexias : The role of orthography. In V.
Berninger (Ed.), The varieties of orthographic
knowledge : Theoretical and developmental issues
(pp. 137-171). Dordrecht, The Netherlands : Kluwer. |
BRIZZOLARA, D, CHILOSI, A, CIPRIANI, P, DI FILIPPO, G,
GASPERINI, F, MAZZOTTI, S. & ZOCCOLOTTI, P. (2006). Do
phonologic and rapid automatized naming deficits
differentially affect dyslexic children with and without a
history of language delay ? A study of italian dyslexic
children. Cognitive & Behavioral Neurology, 19 (3),
141-149. |
|
BRUCK, M. (1993). Word recognition and component
phonological processing skills of adults with childhood
diagnosis of dyslexia. Developmental Review, 13
(3), 258-268. |
LESAUX, N.K., PEARSON, M.R. & SIEGEL, L.S. (2006) The
effects of timed and untimed testing conditions on the
reading comprehension performance of adults with reading
disabilities. Reading & Writing, 19, 21-48. |
|
BISALDI, M., FISHER, B. & AIPLE, F. (1994). Saccadic
eye movements of dyslexic and normal reading children. Perception,
23 (1), 45-64. |
SPRENGER-CHAROLLES L. et COLÉ, P. (2006). Lecture
et dyslexie : Approches cognitives. Paris : Dunod. |
| |
WHITE, S., MILNE, E., ROSEN, S., HANSEN, P., SWETTENHAM,
J., FRITH, U. & RAMUS, F. (2006). The role of
sensorimotor impairments in dyslexia : A multiple case
study of dyslexic children. Developmental Science, 9
(3), 237-255. |
|
ELBRO, C., NIELSEN, I. & PETERSEN, D. (1994). Dyslexia
in adults : Evidence for deficits in non-word reading and
in the phonological representation of lexical items.
Annals of Dyslexia, 44 (1), 203-226. |
BOADA, R. & PENNINGTON, B.F. (2006). Deficient
implicit phonological representations in children with
dyslexia. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
95 (3), 153-193. |
|
FRIEDMANN, N. & GRODZINSKY, Y. (1994). A linguistic
approach to developmental dyslexia. Brain &
Cognition, 26, 249-255. [PDF] |
LYYTINEN, H., ERSKINE, J., TOLVANEN, A., TORPPA, M.,
POIKKEUS, A.-M. & LYYTINEN, P. (2006). Trajectories of
reading development : A follow-up from birth to school age
of children with and without risk for dyslexia. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 52 (3), 514-546. |
|
LUNDBERG, I. (1995). Trends in dyslexia research in
Sweden. Dyslexia : An International Journal of
Research & Practice, 1, 46-48. |
SHU, H., WU, S., McBRIDE-CHANG, C. & LIU, H. (2006).
Understanding chinese developmental dyslexia :
Morphological awareness as a core cognitive construct. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 98 (1), 122-133. [PDF] |
|
SNOWLING, M.J. (1995) Phonological processing and
developmental dyslexia. Journal of Research in
Reading, 18, 132-138. |
CARROLL, J.M. & ILES, J.E. (2006). An assessment of
anxiety levels in dyslexic students in higher education, British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 76 (3),
651-662. |
|
CASALIS, S. (1995). Lecture et dyslexies de l'enfant.
Lille : Presses Universitaires du Septentrion. |
TORGESEN, J.K. (2006). Recent discoveries from research on
remedial interventions for children with dyslexia. In M.
Snowling and C. Hulme (Eds.). The Science of reading
: A handbook. Oxford : Blackwell Publishers. [PDF] |
|
FARMER, M.E. & KLEIN, R. (1995). The evidence for a
temporal processing deficit linked to dyslexia : A review.
Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 2, 460-493. |
DESROCHES, A.S., JOANISSE, M.F. & ROBERTSON, E.K.
(2006). Specific phonological impairments in dyslexia
revealed by eyetracking. Cognition, 100, B32-B42.
[PDF] |
|
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (1995). Dyslexia is
more than a phonological disability. Dyslexia : An
International Journal of Research & Practice, 5, 155-177. |
GALABURDA, A.M., LOTURCO, J.J., RAMUS, F. & FITCH,
R.H. (2006). From genes to behavior in developmental
dyslexia. Nature Neuroscience, 9 (10),
1213-1217. |
|
ACKERMAN, P.T., WEIR, N.L., HOLLOWAY, C.A. & DYKMAN,
R.A. (1995). Adolescents earlier diagnosed as dyslexic
show major IQ declines on the WISC-III. Reading &
Writing, 7, 163-170. |
ALTIERI, J. (2006). Children's contemporary realistic
fiction portraying dyslexic characters : an examination of
the issues confronted and the gender of the characters. Reading
Research & Instruction, 45, 161-178. |
|
BJAALID, I.-K., HOIEN, T. & LUNDBERG, I. (1995). A
comparision of components in word recognition between
dyslexic and normal readers. Scandinavian Journal of
Educational Research, 39, 51-59. |
PUGH, K. (2006). A neurocognitive overview of reading
acquisition and dyslexia across languages. Developmental
Science, 9 (5), 448-450. |
|
FAHLE, M. & LUBERICHS, J. (1995). Extension of recent
therapy for dyslexia. German Journal of
Ophthalmology, 4, 350-354. |
WHITE, S., MILNE, E., ROSEN, S., HANSEN, P., SWETTENHAM,
J., FRITH, U. & RAMUS, F. (2006). The role of
sensorimotor impairments in dyslexia : a multiple case
study of dyslexic children. Developmental Science, 9
(3), 237-255. |
|
TÖNNESSEN, F.E. (1995). On defining "dyslexia." Scandinavian
Journal of Educational Research, 39 (2), 139-156. |
RUBINSTEN, O. & HENIK, A. (2006). Double dissociation
of functions in developmental dyslexia and dyscalculia. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 98 (4), 854-867. |
|
LYYTINEN, H. LEINONEN, S., NIKULA, M., ARO, M. &
LEIWO, M. (1995). In search of the core features of
dyslexia : Observations concerning dyslexia in the highly
orthographically regular Finnish language. In V.W.
Berninger (Ed.), The varieties of orthographic
knowledge II : Relationships to phonology, reading and
writing (pp. 177-204). Dordrecht : Kluwer. |
BLYTHE, J.M. (2006). Computer-based phonological skills
training for primary students with mild to moderate
dyslexia - a pilot study. Australian Journal of
Educational & Developmental Psychology, 6,
39-49. |
|
|
MUNRO, J. (1995). Explaining developmental dyslexia
Orthographic processing difficulties. Australian
Journal of Remedial Education, 27 (1), 5-15. |
CASALIS, S., COLÉ, P. et MATHIOT, E. (2006). La
reconnaissance de mots morphologiquement complexes chez
les dyslexiques. Rééducation Orthophonique, 225, 111-128. |
|
TORGESEN, J.K. (1995). Phonological awareness : A
critical factor in dyslexia, Orton Dyslexia
Society. |
ROCHELLE, K.S.H. & TALCOTT, J.B. (2006). Impaired
balance in developmental dyslexia ? A meta-analysis of the
contending evidence. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines, 47 (11),
1159-1166. |
|
MILES, E. (1995) Can there be a single definition of
dyslexia ? Dyslexia, 1, 37-45. |
AVRIT, K., ALLEN, C., CARLSEN, K., GROSS, M., PIERCE, D.
& RUMSEY, M. (2006). Take flight : A
comprehensive intervention for students with dyslexia.
Texas Scottish Rite Hospital for Children. Dallas, Texas. |
|
LYON, G.R. (1995). Towards a definition of dyslexia : II.
Annals of Dyslexia, 45, 3-27. |
FISET, D., GOSSELIN, F., BLAIS, C. & ARGUIN, M.
(2006). Inducing letter-by-letter dyslexia in normal
readers. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 18, 1466-1476. |
|
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (1995). Balance,
phonological skill and dyslexia : Towards the Dyslexia
Early Sreening Test. Dyslexia Review, 7, 8-11. |
ECALLE, J. & MAGNAN, A. (2006), Des difficultés en
lecture à la dyslexie : problèmes d'évaluation et de
diagnostic. Glossa, 97, 4-19. |
|
FINK, R.P. (1995). Successful dyslexics : A constructivist
study of passionate interest reading. Journal of
Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 39 (4), 268-280. |
SHALLICE, T. & ROSAZZA, C. (2006). Patterns of
peripheral paralexia : pure alexia and the forgotten
visual dyslexia ? Cortex, 42 (6), 892-897. |
|
SALTER, R. (1995) Teaching dyslexic children in Europe. Dyslexia
: an international journal of research & practice, 1,
123-124. |
FISET, D., ARGUIN M. & McCABE, E. (2006). The
break-down of parallel letter processing in
letter-by-letter dyslexia. Cognitive Neuropsychology,
23, 240-260. |
| |
RIDDICK, B. & ENGLISH, E. (2006). Meeting the
standards ? Dyslexic students and the selection process
for initial teacher training. European Journal of
Teacher Training, 29, 203-222. |
|
EDEN, G.F., STERN, J.F., WOOD, M.H. & WOOD, B. (1995).
Verbal and visual problems in dyslexia. Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 28, 272-290. |
JEFFERIES, E., SAGE-MATTHEW, K. & LAMBON RALPH, M.A.
(2007). Do deep dyslexia, dysphasia and dysgraphia share a
common phonological impairment ? Neuropsychologia,
45, 1553-1570. [PDF] |
|
FINK, R. (1996). Successful dyslexics : A constructionist
study of passionate interest reading. Journal of
Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 39 (4), 268-280. |
RACK, J.P., SNOWLING, M.J., HULME, C. & GIBBS, S.
(2007). No evidence that an exercise-based treatment
programme (DDAT) has specific benefits for children with
reading difficulties. Dyslexia, 13 (2), 97-104. |
|
REASON, R. & FREDERICKSON, N. (1996). Discrepancy
definitions or phonological assessment ? In G. Reed (Ed.),
Dimensions of dyslexia (pp. 41-58). Edinburgh :
Moray House Publications. |
SCHIFF, R. & RAVEH, M. (2007). Deficient morphological
processing in adults with developmental dyslexia : another
barrier to efficient word recognition ? Dyslexia, 13 (2),
110-129. |
|
SHAYWITZ, S.E. (1996). Dyslexia. Scientific American,
275 (5), 98-104. |
PRADO, C., DUBOIS, M. & VALDOIS, S. (2007). The eye
movements of dyslexic children during reading and visual
search : impact of the visual attention span. Vision
Research, 47, 2521-2530. |
|
MOATS, L.C. (1996). Phonological spelling errors in the
writing of dyslexic adolescents. Reading & Writing
: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 8, 105-119. |
FRIEDMANN, N. & RAHAHIM, E. (2007). Developmental
letter position dyslexia. Journal of Neuropsychology,
1 (2), 201-236. |
|
EDEN, G.F., VANMETER, J.W., RUMSEY, J.M., MAISOG, J.M.,
WOODS, R.P. & ZEFFIRO, T.A. (1996). Abnormal
processing of visual motion in dyslexia revealed by
functional brain imaging. Nature, 382, 66-69. |
BOETS, B., GHESQUIERE, P., VAN WIERINGEN, A. &
WOUTERS, J. (2007). Speech perception in preschoolers at
family risk for dyslexia : Relations with low-level
auditory processing and phonological ability. Brain
& Language, 101, 19-30. |
|
CASALIS, S. (1996). Dyslexies du développement :
présentation de deux cas contrastés. Revue de
Neuropsychologie, 6 (2), 189-203. |
BISHOP, D.V.M. (2007). Curing dyslexia and
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder by training motor
co-ordination : Miracle or myth ? Journal of
Paediatrics & Child Health, 43 (10), 653-655.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
WEEKES, B. & COLHEART, M. 1996). Surface dyslexia and
surface dysgraphia : Treatment studies and their
theoretical implications. Cognitive Neuropsychology,
13, 277-315. |
BOETS, B., WOUTERS, J., VAN WIERINGEN, A. &
GHESQUIÈRE, P. (2007). Auditory processing, speech
perception and phonological ability in pre-school children
at high-risk for dyslexia : A longitudinal study of the
auditory temporal processing theory. Neuropsychologia,
45 (8), 1608-1620. |
|
FAWCETT, A.J., NICOLSON, R.I. & DEAN, P. (1996).
Impaired performance of children with dyslexia on a range
of cerebellar task. Annals of Dyslexia, 46, 259-283.
|
JEFFERIES, E., SAGE-MATTHEW, K. & RALPH, A.L. (2007).
Do deep dyslexia, dysphasia and dysgraphia share a common
phonological impairment ? Neuropsychologia, 45,
1553-1570. [PDF] |
|
|
PENNINGTON, B.F. & GILGER, J.W. (1996). How is
dyslexia transmitted ? In C.H. Chase, G.D. Rosen &
G.F. Sherman (Eds.), Developmental dyslexia. Neural,
cognitive, and genetic mechanisms (pp. 41-61).
Baltimore : York Press. |
SNOWLING, M.J., MUTER, V. & CARROLL, J. (2007).
Children at family risk of dyslexia : A follow-up in early
adolescence. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 48 (6), 609-618. |
|
CARBONNEL, S.L., GILLET, P., MARTORY, M.-D. et VALDOIS, S.
(Dirs.) (1996). Approche cognitive des troubles de la
lecture et de l'écriture chez l'enfant et l'adulte.
Marseille : SOLA. |
TRESSOLDI, P.E., VIO, C. & IOZZIN, R. (2007). Efficacy
of an intervention to improve fluency in children with
developmental dyslexia in a regular orthography. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 40 (3), 203-209. |
|
MANIS, F.R., SEIDENBERG, M.S., DOI, L.M., McBRIDE-CHANG,
C. & PETERSEN, A. (1996). On the basis of two subtypes
of developmental dyslexia. Cognition, 58, 157-195. |
SIEGEL, L.S. (2007). Perspectives on dyslexia. Paediatrics
& Child Health, 11, 581-588. |
|
SAFFRAN, E.M. & COSLETT, B. (1996). Attentional
dyslexia in Alzheimer's disease : A case study. Cognitive
Neuropsychlogy, 13, 205-208. |
AHISSAR, M. (2007). Dyslexia and the anchoring-deficit
hypothesis. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 11
(11), 458-465. |
|
LAMBON RALPH, M.A., SAGE, K. & ELLIS, A.W. (1996).
Word meaning blindness : A new form of acquired dyslexia.
Cognitive Neuropsychology, 13, (5), 617-639. |
NEAULT, I. & GUAY, M.-C. (2007). Ces enfants qui
souffrent en silence de la dyslexie : un diagnostic
méconnu, souvent tardif et confondu avec le TDAH.
Revue de Psychoéducation, 36 (1), 129-148. |
|
WIMMER, H. (1996). The nonword reading deficit in
developmental dyslexia : Evidence from children learning
to read German. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 61, 80-90. |
DI FILIPPO, G., ZOCCOLOTTI, P. & ZIEGLER, J.C. (2008).
Rapid naming deficits in dyslexia : a stumbling block for
the perceptual anchor theory of dyslexia. Developmental
Science, 11, 40-47. |
|
CATTS, H.W. (1996). Defining dyslexia as a developmental
disorder : An expanded view. Topics in Language
Disorders, 16 (2), 14-23. |
VASIC, N., LOHR, C., STEINBRINK, C., MARTIN, C. &
WOLF, R.C. (2008). Neural correlates of working memory
performance in adolescents and young adults with dyslexia.
Neuropsychologia, 46, 640-648. |
|
EVANS, J.R. & PARK, N.-S. (1996). Quantitative EEG
Abnormalities in a sample of dyslexic persons. Journal
of Neurotherapy, 2 (1), 1-5. [PDF] |
KATZIR, T., KIM, Y.-S., WOLF, M., MORRIS, R. & OVETT,
M. (2008). The varieties pathways to dysfluent reading.
Comparing subtypes of children with dyslexia at letter,
word, and connected text levels of reading. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 41 (1), 47-66. |
|
PAULESU, FRITH, U., SNOWLING, M., GALLAGHER, A., MORTON,
J., FRACKOWIAK, R.S.J. & FRITH, C.D. (1996). Is
developmental dyslexia a disconnection syndrome ? Evidence
from PET scanning. Brain, 119, 143-157. |
SNOWLING, M.J. (2008). Specific disorders and broader
phenotypes : The case of dyslexia. The Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 61 (1),
142-156. |
|
MANIS, F.R., SEIDENBERG, M.S., DOI, L.M., MCBRIDE-CHANG,
C. & PETERSEN, A. (1996). On the bases of two subtypes
of developmental dyslexia. Cognition, 58, 157-195. |
BERNINGER, V.W., NIELSEN, K., BBOTT, R., WIJSMAN, E. &
RASKIND, W. (2008). Writing problems in developmental
dyslexia : Under-recognized and under-treated. Journal
of School Psychology, 46, 1-21. [PDF] |
| |
EVERATT, J., WEEKS, S. & BROOKS, P. (2008). Profiles
of strengths and weaknesses in dyslexia and other learning
difficulties. Dyslexia, 14 (1), 16-41. |
| |
BOGLIOTTI, C., SERNICLAES, W., MESSAOUD-GALUSI, S. &
SPRENGER-CHAROLLES, L. (2008). Discrimination of speech
sounds by dyslexic children : Comparisons with
chronological age and reading level controls. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 101, 137-155. |
|
ADLARD, A. & HAZAN, V. (1997). Speech perception in
children with specific reading difficulties (dyslexia). Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 51, 152-177. |
CASTEL, C., PECH-GEORGEL, C., GOERGE, F. et ZIEGLER,
J.C. (2008). Lien entre dénomination rapide et lecture
chez les enfants dyslexiques. L'Année Psychologique,
108, 395-422. [PDF] |
|
RUMSEY, J.M., DONOHUE, B.C., BRADY, D.R., NACE, K., GIEDD,
J.N. & ANDREASON, P. (1997). Magnetic resonance
imaging study of planum temporale asymmetry in men with
developmental dyslexia. Archives of Neurology, 54 (12),
1481-1489. |
BERNINGER, V.W., NIELSEN, K., ABBOTT, R., WIJSMAN, E.
& RASKIND, W. (2008). Writing problems in
developmental dyslexia : Under-recognized and
under-treated. Journal of School Psychology, 46 (1),
1-21. [PDF] |
|
EVERATT, J. (1997). The abilities and disabilities
associated with adult developmental dyslexia. Journal
of Research in Reading, 20 (1), 13-21. |
ELLIOTT, J.G. & GIBBS, S. (2008). Does dyslexia exist
? Journal of Philosophy of Education, 42 (3-4),
475-491. [PDF] |
|
GRIGORENKO, E.L., WOOD, F.B., MEYER, B.C., HART, L.A.,
SPEED, W.C., SCHUSTER, A. & PAULS, D. (1997).
Susceptibility loci for distinct components of
developmental dyslexia on chromosomes 6 and 15. The
American Journal of Human Genetics, 60 (1), 27-39. |
WADLINGTON, E., ELLIOT, C. & KIRYLO, J. (2008). The
dyslexia simulation : impact and implications. Literacy
Research & Instruction, 47, 264-272. |
|
HABIB, M. (1997). Dyslexie : le cerveau singulier. Marseille,
France : Solal. |
BERNINGER, V.W., RASKIND, W., RICHARDS, T., ABBOTT, R.
& STOCK, P. (2008). A multidisciplinary approach to
understanding developmental dyslexia within working-memory
architecture : genotypes, phenotypes, brain, and
instruction. Developmental Neuropsychology, 33
(6), 707-744. |
|
WOLF, M. (1997). A provisional, integrative account of
phonological and naming-speed deficits in dyslexia :
Implications for diagnosis and intervention. In B.
Blachman (Ed.), Foundations of reading acquisition
and dyslexia (pp. 67-92). Hillsdale, NY : Erlbaum. |
ZIEGLER, J.C., CASTEL C., PECH-GEORGEL, C., GEORGE, F.,
ALARIO, F.X. & PERRY, C. (2008). Developmental
dyslexia and the dual route model of reading : simulating
individual differences and subtypes. Cognition, 107,
151-178. [PDF] |
|
SNOWLING, M.J., NATION, K., MOXHAM, P., GALLAGHER, A.
& FRITH, U. (1997). Phonological processing skills of
dyslexic students in higher education : A preliminary
report. Journal of Research in Reading, 20 (1),
31-41. |
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (2009). Dyslexia,
dysgraphia, procedural learning and the cerebellum. Cortex,
47 (1), 117-127. |
|
BREZNITZ, Z. (1997). Enhancing the reading of dyslexics by
reading acceleration and auditory masking. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 89, 103-113. |
JONES, M.W., BRANIGAN, H.P. & KELLY, M.L. (2009).
Dyslexic and nondyslexic reading fluency : Rapid
automatized naming and the importance of continuous lists.
Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 16 (3),
567-572. [PDF] |
|
TÖNNESSEN, F.E. (1997). Testerone and dyslexia. Pediatric
Rehabilitation, 1 (1), 51-58. |
VAESSEN, A., GERRETSEN, P. & BLOMERT, L. (2009).
Naming problems do not reflect a second independent core
deficit in dyslexia : Double deficits explored. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 103, 202-221. |
| |
PENNINGTON, B.F. & BISHOP, D. (2009). Relations among
speech, language, and reading disorders. Annual Review
of Psychology, 60 (1), 283-306. |
|
HANLEY, J.R. (1997). Reading and spelling impairments in
undergraduate students with developmental dyslexia. Journal
of Research in Reading, 20, 22-30. |
STARRFELT, R., HABEKOST, T. & LEFF, A.P. (2009). Too
little, too late : Reduced visual span and speed
characterize pure alexia. Cerebral Cortex, 19,
2880-2890. |
|
STEIN, J. & WALSH, V. (1997). To see but not to read;
the magnocellular theory of dyslexia. Trends in
Neurosciences, 20, 147-152.
[PDF] |
WOLFF, U. (2009). Phonological and surface subtypes among
university students with dyslexia. International
Journal of Disability, Development & Education, 56,
73-91. |
|
|
LANDERL, K., WIMMER, F. & FRITH, U. (1997) The impact
of orthographic consistency on dyslexia : a German-English
comparison. Cognition, 63, 315-334. |
FLETCHER, J.M. (2009). Dyslexia : The evolution of a
scientific concept. Journal of the International
Neuropsychological Society, 15, 501-508. |
|
TÖNNESSEN, F.E. (1997). How can we best define dyslexia ?
Dyslexia, 3 (2), 78-92. |
DYSZY-CHUDZINSKA, P. (2009). Developmental dyslexia vs.
japanese writing systems’ neuronal processing. Investigationes
Linguitacae, 18, 27-45. [PDF] |
|
SWAN, D. & GOSWAMI, U. (1997). Phonological awareness
deficits in developmental dyslexia and the phonological
representations hypothesis. Journal of Experimental
Child Psychology, 66, 18-41. |
DAVIS, R.D. (2010). The gift of dyslexia. Why some of
the smartest people can't read and how they can learn.
New York, NY : Perigee. |
| |
GÖBEL, S.M. & SNOWLING, M.J. (2010). Number-processing
skills in adults with dyslexia. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 63 (7), 1361-1373 |
|
SWAN, D. & GOSWAMI, U. (1997). Picture naming deficits
in developmental dyslexia : the phonological
representations hypothesis. Brain & Language, 56,
334-353. |
BERNINGER, V. & RICHARDS, T. (2010).
Inter-relationships among behavioral markers, genes,
brain, and treatment in dyslexia and dysgraphia. Future
Neurology, 5, 597-617. [PDF] |
|
WOLF, M. & BIDDLE, K. (1997). The double-deficit
Hypothesis for developmental dyslexia : The role of timing
in the reading process. Learning Disabilities Network
Exchange, 15, 1-5. |
CARVALHAIS, L. & SILVA, C. (2010). Developmental
dyslexia : perspectives on teacher training and learning
disabilities in Portugal. Learning Disabilities : A
Contemporary Journal, 8, 1-8. |
|
BADIAN, N.A. (1997). Dyslexia and the double deficit
hypothesis. Annals of Dyslexia, 47, 69-87. |
JIMENEZ, J.E., GARCIA DE LA CADENA, C., SIEGEL, L.S.,
O'SHANAHAN., I., GARCIA, E. & RODRIGUEZ, C. (2009)
Gender ratio and cognitive profiles in dyslexia : A
cross-national study. Reading & Writing, 24,
(7) 729-747. |
|
MORGAN, W. (1997). Dyslexia and crime. Dyslexia, 3
(4), 247-248. |
UNDHEIM, A.M. (2009). A thirteen-year follow-up study of
young Norwegian adults with dyslexia in childhood :
Reading development and educational levels. Dyslexia,
15 (4), 291-303. |
|
OTT, P. (1997). How to detect and manage dyslexia : A
reference and resource manual. Heinemann. |
GABRIELI, J.D.E. (2009). Dyslexia : A new synergy between
education and cognitive neuroscience. Science, 325, 280-283. |
| |
BENEVENTI, H., TÖNNESSEN, F.E. & ERSLAND, L. (2009).
Dyslexic children show short-term memory deficits in
phonological storage and serial rehearsal : An fMRI Study.
International Journal of Neuroscience, 119,
2017-2043. |
| |
MARTIN, J., COLÉ, P., LEUWRS, C., CASALIS, S., ZORMAN, M.
& SPRENGER-CHAROLLES, L. (2010). Reading in
French-speaking adults with dyslexia. Annals of
Dyslexia, 60 (2), 238-264. |
| |
BERNINGER, V. & RICHARDS, T. (2010).
Inter-relationships among behavioral markers, genes,
brain, and treatment in dyslexia and dysgraphia. Future
Neurology, 5 (4), 597-617. [PDF] |
| |
BENEVENTI, H., TÖNNESSEN, F.E., ERSLAND, L. & HUGDAHL,
K. (2010). Executive working memory processes in dyslexia
: behavioral and fMRI evidence. Scandinavian Journal
of Psychology, 51 (3), 192-202. |
| |
CHUNG, K.K., HO, C.S., CHAN, D.W., TSANG, M.E. & LEE,
S.H. (2010). Cognitive profiles of Chinese adolescents
with dyslexia. Dyslexia, 16 (1), 2-23. |
| |
BEKEBREDE, J., VAN DER LEIJ, A., PLAKAS, A., SHARE, D.
& MORFIDI, E. (2010). Dutch dyslexia in adulthood :
Core features and variety. Scientific Studies of
Reading, 14 (2), 183-210. |
| |
NATION, K., COCKSEY, J., TAYLOR, J. & BISHOP, D.
(2010). A longitudinal investigation of the early language
and reading skills in children with reading comprehension
impairment. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 51, 1031-1039. [PDF] |
| |
TORPPA, M., LYYTINEN, P., ERSKINE, J., EKLUND, K. &
LYYTINEN, H. (2010). Language development, literacy
skills, and predictive connections to reading in Finnish
children with and without familial risk for dyslexia. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 43, 308-321. |
| |
GOBEL, S.M. & SNOWLING, M.J. (2010). Number-processing skills in adults with dyslexia. The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 63 (7), 1361-1373. |
| |
WIMMER, H. & SCHURZ, M. (2010). Dyslexia in regular
orthographies : Manifestation and causation. Dyslexia,
16 (4), 283-299. |
| |
BENEVENTI, H., TÖNNESSEN, F.E., ERSLAND, L. & HUGDAHL,
K. (2010). Working memory deficit in dyslexia : behavioral
and fMRI evidence. International Journal of
Neuroscience, 120, 51-59. |
| |
VIDYASAGAR, T.R. & PAMMER, K. (2010). Dyslexia : A
deficit in visuo-spatial attention, not in phonological
processing. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 14
(2), 57-63. |
| |
RIDDICK, B. (2010). Living with dyslexia : The social
and emotional consequences of specific learning
difficulties. London : Routledge. |
| |
BOETS, B., DE SMEDT, B., CLEUREN, L., VANDEWALLE, E.,
WOUTERS, J. & GHESQUIÈRE, P. (2010). Towards a further
characterization of phonological and literacy problems in
Dutch-speaking children with dyslexia. British
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 28, 5-31. |
| |
SNOWDEN, J.S., KINDELL, J., THOMPSON, J.C. &
RICHARDSON, A.M.T. & NEARY, D. (2012). Progressive
aphasia presenting with deep dyslexia and dysgraphia. Cortex,
48 (9), 1234-1239. |
| |
HUC-CHABROLLE, M., BARTHEZ, M.A., TRIPI, G., BARTHÉLÉMY,
C. & BONNET-BRILHAULT, F. (2010). Psychocognitive and
psychiatric disorders associated with developmental
dyslexia : A clinical and scientific issue. Encephale,
36 (2), 172-179. |
| |
BOETS, B., DE SMEDT, B., CLEUREN, L., VANDEWALLE, E.,
WOUTERS, J. & GHESQUIERE, P. (2010). Towards a further
characterization of phonological and literacy problems in
Dutch-speaking children with dyslexia. British
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 28, 5-31. |
| |
LIND, P.A., LUCIANO, M., MONTGOMEREY, G.W., MARTIN, N.G.
& WRIGHT, M.J.J. (2010). Dyslexia and DCDC2 : normal
variation in reading and spelling is associated with DCDC2
polymorphisms in an Australian population sample. European
Journal of Human Genetics, 18 (6), 668-763. |
| |
GIBBS, S.J. & ELLIOTT, J.G. (2010). Dyslexia : a
categorical falsehood without validity or utility. In T.E.
Scruggs & M.A. Mastropieri (Eds.), Advances in
learning and behavioral disabilities (Vol. 2).
Emerald Literacy and Learning. |
| |
ZIEGLER, J.C., PECH-GEORGEL, C., DUFAU, S. & GRAINGER,
J. (2010). Rapid processing of letters, digits, and
symbols : what purely visual-attentional deficit in
developmental dyslexia ? Developmental Science, 13,
8-14. [PDF] |
| |
MCBRIDE-CHANG, C., LAM, F., LAM, C., CHAN, B., FONG,
C.Y.C. & WONG, T.T.Y. (2011). Early predictors of
dyslexia in chinese children : familial history of
dyslexia, language delay, and cognitive profiles.
Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 52,
204-211 |
| |
STOODLEY, C.J. & STEIN, J.F. (2011). The cerebellum
and dyslexia. Cortex, 47, 101-116. [PDF] |
|
| |
VAN BERGEN, E., DE JONG, P.F., REGTVOORT, A., OORT, F.,
VAN OTTERLOO, S. & VAN DER LEIJ, A. (2011). Dutch
children at family risk of dyslexia : Precursors, reading
development, and parental effects. Dyslexia, 17
(1), 2-18. [PDF] |
| |
SPRENGER-CHAROLLES, L., SIEGEL, L.S., JIMENEZ, J. &
ZIEGLER, J. (2011). Prevalence and reliability of
phonological, surface, and mixed profiles in dyslexia : A
review of studies conducted in languages varying in
orthographic depth. Scientific Study of Reading, 15
(6), 498-521. [PDF] |
| |
GOSWANI, U. (2011). A temporal sampling framework for
developmental dyslexia. Trends in Cognitive Sciences,
15 (1), 3-10. [PDF] |
|
FREDERICKSON, N. & FRITH, U. (1998). Identifying
dyslexia in bilingual children : a phonological approach
with Inner London Sylheti speakers. Dyslexia, 4,
119-131. |
HUSS, M., VERNEY, J.P., FOSKER, T., MEAD, N. &
GOSWANI, U. (2011). Music, rhythm, rise time perception
and developmental dyslexia : Perception of musical meter
predicts reading and phonology. Cortex, 47, 674-689. |
|
FRITH, U. & HAPPÉ, F. (1998). Why specific
developmental disorders are not specific; on-line and
developmental effects in autism and dyslexia. Developmental
Science, 1, 276-272. |
MARINUS, E. & DE JONG, P.F. (2011). Dyslexic and
typical-reading children use vowel digraphs as perceptual
units in reading. The Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 64 (3), 504-516. |
|
EDEN, G.F. & ZEFFIRO, T.A. (1998). Neural systems
affected in developmental dyslexia revealed by functional
neuroimaging. Neuron, 21, 279-282. |
BORELLA, E., CHICHERIO, RE, A.M., SENSINI, V. &
CORNODI, V. (2011). Increased intraindividual variability
is a marker of ADHD but also of dyslexia : A study on
handwriting. Brain & Cognition, 77, 33-39.
[PDF] |
|
RAE, C., LEE, M.A., DIXON, R.M., BLAMIRE, THOMPSON, C.H.,
STYLES, P., TALCOTT, J., RICHARDSON, A.J. & STEIN,
J.F. (1998). Metabolic abnormalities in developmental
dyslexia detected by H. Magnetic resonance spectroscopy. The
Lancet, 351 (119), 1893-1952. |
ZIEGLER, J.C., PECH-GOERGEL, C., GEORGE, F. & FOXTON
J.M. (2012). Global and local pitch perception in children
with developmental dyslexia. Brain & Language,
120 (3), 265-270. [PDF] |
|
ELBRO, C., BORSTROM, I. & PETERSEN, D.K. (1998).
Predicting dyslexia from kindergarten : The importance of
distinctness of phonological representations of lexical
items. Reading Research Quarterly, 33 (1),
36-60. |
DARKI, F. PEYRARD-JANVID, M., MATSSON, H., KERE, J. &
KLINBERG, T. (2012). Three dyslexia susceptibility genes,
DYX1C1, DCDC2, and KIAA0319, affect temporo-parietal white
matter structure. Biological Psychiatry, 72 (8),
671-676. [PDF] |
|
SHAYWITZ, S.E. (1998). Current concepts : Dyslexia. New
England Journal of Medicine, 338 (5), 307-312. |
VAN BERGEN, E., DE JONG, P.F., PLAKAS, A., MAASSEN, B.
& VAN DER LEIJ, A. (2012). Child and parental literacy
levels within families with a history of dyslexia. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 53 (1),
28-36. [PDF] |
|
SNOWLING, M.J. (1998). Reading development and its
difficulties. Educational & Child Psychology, 15
(2), 44-58. |
VANDERMOSTEN, M., BOETS, B., POELMANS, H., SUNAERT, S.,
WOUTERS, J. & GHESQUIÈRE, P. (2012). A tractography
study in dyslexia : Neuroanatomic correlates of
orthographic, phonological and speech processing. Brain,
135 (3), 935-948. |
|
SCHULTE-KORNE G., GRIMM, T., NOTHEN, M.M., MÜLLER-MYHSOK,
B., CICHON, S., VOGT, I.R., PROPPING, P. & REMSCHMIDT,
H. (1998). Evidence for linkage of spelling disability to
chromosome 15. American Journal of Human Genetic, 63 (1),
279-282. |
SNOWLING, M.J., DAWES, P., NASH, H. & HULME, C.
(2012). Validity of a protocol for adult self-report of
dyslexia and related difficulties. Dyslexia, 18 (1),
1-15. |
|
SHAYWITZ, S.E., SHAYWITZ, B.A., PUGH, K., FULBRIGHT, R.K.,
CONSTABLE, T., MENCL, E.W., SHANKWEILER, D.P., LIBERMAN,
A.M., SKUDLARSKI, P., FLETCHER, J., KATZ, L., MARCHIONE,
K. & LACADIE, C. (1998). Functional disruption in the
organization of the brain for reading in dyslexia. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, USA, 95 (5),
2636-2641. [PDF] |
RAMUS, F. & AHISSAR, M. (2012). Developmental dyslexia
: The difficulties of interpreting poor performance, and
the importance of normal performance. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 39 (1-2), 104-122. [PDF] |
|
PERRY, C.A. & RICE, R.E. (1998). Scholarly
communication in developmental dyslexia : influence of
network structure on change in a hybrid problem area. Journal
of the American Society for Information Science, 49,
151-168. |
VANDERMOSTEN, M., BOETS, B., POELMANS, H., SUNAERT, S.,
WOUTERS, J. & GHESQUIÈRE, P. (2012). A tractography
study in dyslexia : Neuroanatomic correlates of
orthographic, phonological and speech processing. Brain,
135 (3), 935-948. |
|
MILES, T.R., HASLUM, M.N. & WHEELER, T.J. (1998).
Gender ratio in dyslexia. Annals of Dyslexia, 48
27-55. |
LOPES, J. (2012). Biologising reading problems : The
specific case of dyslexia. Contemporary Social
Science, 7, 215–229. |
|
SHAYWITZ, S.E. (1998). Dyslexia. New England Journal
of Medicine, 338 (5), 307-312. |
MACDONALD, J.T., KUTZBACH, B.R., HOLLESCHAU, A.M.,
WYCKOFF, S. & SUMMERS, C.G. (2012). Reading skills in
children and adults with albinism : the role of visual
impairment. Journal of Pediatric Ophthalmology &
Strabismus, 49 (3), 184-188. |
|
FINK, R.P. (1998). Literacy development in successful men
and women with dyslexia. Annals of Dyslexia, 48, 311-346. |
AL-LAMKI, L. (2012). Dyslexia : Its impact on the
individual, parents and society. Sultan Qaboos
University Medical Journal, 12 (3), 269. |
|
ARTER, C. (1998). Braille dyslexia : Does it exist ?
British Journal of Visual Impairment, 16 (2),
61-64. |
VLACHOS, F., AVRAMIDIS, E.G., DEDOUSIS, G., CHALMPE, M.,
NTALLA, I. & GIANNAKOPOULOU, M. (2012). Prevalence and
gender ratio of dyslexia in Greek adolescents and its
association with parental history and brain injury.
American Journal of Educational Research, 1 (1),
22-25. [PDF] |
|
SNOWLING, M.J. (1998). Dyslexia as a phonological deficit
: Evidence and implications. Child Psychology &
Psychiatry Review, 3 (1), 4-11. |
GOSWANI, U., MEAD, N., FOSKER, T., HUSS, M., BARNES, L.
& LEONG, V. (2013). Impaired perception of syllable
stress in children with dyslexia : A longitudinal study.
Journal of Memory & Language, 69 (1), 1-17. |
| ADLARD, A. & HAZAN, V. (1998). Speech perception
abilities in children with developmental dyslexia.
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 51A, 153-177. |
GOSWANI, U. (2013). Dyslexia - In tune but out of time. Psychologist,
26 (2), 106-109. [PDF] |
|
| |
ZIEGLER, J.C., PERRY, C. & ZORZI, M. (2013). Modelling reading development through phonological decoding and
self-teaching : implications for dyslexia.
Philosophical Transactions, Royal Society Soc. B, 369
(1634), 1-9. [PDF] |
| |
VAN DER LEIJ, A., VAN BERGEN, E. & DE JONG, P. (2013).
Longitudinal family-risk studies of dyslexia : why some
children develop dyslexia and others don’t. In A.J.
Fawcett (Ed.), British Dyslexia Association Handbook
2013. Bracknell : British Dyslexia Association. [PDF] |
| |
BERNINGER, V. & ABBOTT, R. (2013). Children with
dyslexia who are and are not gifted in verbal reasoning. Gifted
Child Quarterly, 57 (4), 223-233. |
| |
BAVELIER, D., GREEN, C.S. & SEIDENBERG, M.S. (2013).
Cognitive development : Gaming your way out of dyslexia ?
Current Biology, 23 (7), 282-283.
[PDF] |
|
RIDDICK, B., FARMER, M. & STERLING, C. (1999). Students
and dyslexia : growing up with a specific learning
difficulty. London : Whurr. |
FOSS, B. (2013). The dyslexia empowerment plan.
New York, NY : Ballantine Books. |
|
THOMSON, M.E. (1999). Subtypes of dyslexia : a teaching
artefact ? Dyslexia, 5, 127-137. |
VAN BERGEN, E., DE JONG, P.F., MAASSEN, B., KRIKHAAR, E.,
PLAKAS, A. & VAN DER LEIJ, A. (2013). IQ of
four-year-olds who go on to develop dyslexia. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 47 (5), 475-484. [PDF] |
|
FLETCHER, J.M., FOORMAN, B.R., SHAYWITZ, S.E. &
SHAYWITZ, B.A. (1999). Conceptual and methodological
issues in dyslexia research : A lesson for develop- mental
disorders. In H. Tager-Flugsberg (Ed.), Neuro-developmental
disorders (pp. 271-306). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
SPRENGER-CHAROLLES, L. & SIEGEL, L.S. (2013). Reading
acquisition and dyslexia in languages varying in
orthographic depth : From behavior to brain.
Perspectives on Language & Literacy, 39, 23-32.
[PDF] |
|
MILES, T.R. & MILES, E. (1999). Dyslexia a
hundred years on. Buckingham : Open University
Press. |
SPRENGER-CHAROLLES, L. & SIEGEL, L.S. (2013). Reading
acquisition and dyslexia in languages varying in
orthographic depth : From behavior to brain. Perspectives
on Language & Literacy, 23-33. [PDF] |
|
SINGLETON, C. (1999). Dyslexia in Higher Education :
policy, provision and practice. Hull : The
National Working Party on Dyslexia in Higher Education. |
YOUMAN, M. & MATHER, N. (2013). Dyslexia laws in the
USA. Annals of dyslexia, 63 (2), 133-153. |
|
FRITH, U. (1999). Paradoxes in the definition of dyslexia.
Dyslexia, 5 (4), 192-214. |
ZHONG, R., YANG, B., TANG, H., ZOU, L., SONG, R., ZHU,
L.-Q. & MIAO, Z. (2013). Meta-analysis of the
association between DCDC2 polymorphisms and risk of
dyslexia. Molecular Neurobiology, 47 (1),
435-442. |
|
SHAYWITZ, S.E., FLETCHER, J., HOLAHAN, J.M., MARCHIONE,
K., STUEBING, K.K. & SHAYWITZ, B. (1999). Persistence
of dyslexia : The Connecticut longitudinal study at
adolescence. Pediatrics, 104, 1351-1359. |
McCLOSKEY, M. FISHER-BAUM, S. & SCHUBERT, T. (2014).
Representation of letter position in single-word reading :
Evidence from acquired dyslexia. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 30 (6), 396-428. |
|
RIDDICK, B., STERLING, C., FARMER, M. & MORGAN, S.
(1999). Self-esteem and anxiety in the educational
histories of adult dyslexic students. Dyslexia, 5,
227-248. |
STARRFELT, R. & SHALLICE, T. (2014). What's in a name
? The characterisation of pure alexia. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 31 (5-6), 367-377. [PDF] |
|
HARI, R., VALTA, M. & UUTELA, K. (1999). Prolonged
attentional dwell time in dyslexic adults. Neuroscience
Letters, 271, 101-124. |
MELANÇON, C., BASTIEN, Y., CARMEL, C., GREENDALE, C.,
LAGACÉ, J.-P., MAZUR, N., MORIN, F., PROVOST, G., PROVOST,
M.-C. et RONIS, M. (2014). La vision, les problèmes
d'apprentissage et la dyslexie : Partie 1. Revue
Canadienne d'Optométrie, 77 (2), 1-18. [PDF] |
|
FAWCETT, A.J. & NICOLSON, R.I. (1999). Performance of
dyslexic children on cerebellar and cognitive tests. Journal
of Motor Behaviour, 31, 68-78. |
MELANÇON, C., BASTIEN, Y., CARMEL, C., GREENDALE, C.,
LAGACÉ, J.-P., MAZUR, N., MORIN, F., PROVOST, G., PROVOST,
M.-C. et RONIS, M. (2014). La vision, les problèmes
d'apprentissage et la dyslexie : Partie 2. Revue
Canadienne d'Optométrie, 77 (2), 1-14. [PDF] |
|
LEPPÄNEN, P.H.T., PIHKO, E., EKLUND, K.M. & LYYTINEN,
H. (1999). Cortical responses of infants with and without
a genetic risk for dyslexia : II. Group effects.
NeuroReport, 10, 901-905. |
VAN BERGEN, E., DE JONG, P.F., MAASSEN, B. & VAN DER
LEIJ, A.J. (2014). The effect of parents' literacy skills
and children's preliteracy skills on the risk of dyslexia.
Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 42 (7),
187-200. [PDF] |
|
FAGERHEIMA, T., RAEYMAEKERBS, P., TÖNNESSEN, F.E.,
PADERSENA, M., TRANEBJARGA, L. & LUBS, H.A. (1999). A
new gene (DYX3) for dyslexia is located on chromosome 2. Medical
Genetics, 36, 664-669. |
SCHUBERT, T. & McCLOSKEY, M. (2014). Pre-lexical
representations and processes in reading : Evidence from
acquired dyslexia. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 30, 360-395. |
| |
ELLIOTT, J.G. & GRIGORENKO, E.L. (2014). The
dyslexia debate. Cambridge University Press. |
|
LAAKSO, M.-L., POIKKEUS, A.-M. & LYYTINEN, P. (1999).
Shared reading interaction in families with and without
genetic risk for dyslexia : Implications for toddlers'
language development. Infant & Child Development,
8, 179-195. |
NERGARD-NILSSEN, T. & HULME, C. (2014). Developmental
dyslexia in adults : Behavioural manifestations and
cognitive correlates. Dyslexia, 20,191-207. |
|
HO, C.S.-H. & LAI, D.N.-C. (1999). Naming-speed
deficits and phonological memory deficits in Chinese
developmental dyslexia. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 11 (2), 173-186. |
FERNANDES, T., VALE, A.P., MARTINS, B., MORAIS, J. &
KOLINSKY, R. (2014). The deficit of letter processing in
developmental dyslexia : Combining evidence from
dyslexics, typical readers and illiterate adults. Developmental
Science, 17 (1), 125-141. [PDF] |
|
|
WYDELL, T.N. & BUTTERWORTH, B. (1999). A case study of
an English-Japanese bilingual with monolingual dyslexia. Cognition,
70 (3), 273-305. |
CARROLL, J.M., MUNDY, I.R. & CUNNINGHAM, A.J. (2014).
The roles of family history of dyslexia, language, speech
production and phonological processing in predicting
literacy progress. Developmental Science, 17
(5), 727-742. [PDF] |
|
MEYER, M.S. & FELTON, R.H. (1999). Repeated reading to
enhance fluency : Old approaches and new directions. Annals
of Dyslexia, 49, 283-306. |
STEIN, J. (2014). Dyslexia : the role of vision and visual
attention. Current Developmental Disorders Reports,
1, 267-280. [PDF] |
|
SHANKARDAS, A., NICOLSON, R.I., FAWCETT, A.J. &
PASCALIS, O. (1999). Even related brain potentials in
dyslexia. Society for Neuroscience Abstract, 25,
490. |
THORWARTH, C. (2014). Debunking the myths of dyslexia. Leadership
& Research in Education, 1, 51-66. [PDF] |
|
WOLF, M. & BOWERS, P.G. (1999). The "double-deficit"
hypothesis for the developmental dyslexias. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 91, 415-438. |
BIOTTEAU, M., CHAIX, Y. & ALABARET, J.-M. (2015).
Procedural learning and automatization process in children
with developmental coordination disorder and/or
developmental dyslexia. Human Movement Science, 43, 78-89.
[PDF] |
|
LUNDBERG, I. (1999). Towards a sharper definition of
dyslexia. In I. Lundberg, F.E. Tönnessen & I. Austad
(Eds.), Dyslexia : advances in theory and practice (pp.
9-29). Dordrecht : Kluwer. |
WILSON, A.J., ANDREWES, S.G., STRUTHERS, H., ROWE, V.M.,
BOGDANOVIC, R. & WALDIE, K.E. (2015). Dyscalculia and
dyslexia in adults : cognitive bases of comorbidity.
Learning & Individual Differences, 37, 118-132.
[PDF] |
|
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (1999). Developmental
dyslexia : The role of the cerebellum. Dyslexia, 5, 515-177.
[PDF] |
CHRISTMANN, C.A., LACHMANN, T. & STEINBRINK, C.
(2015). Evidence for a general auditory processing deficit
in developmental dyslexia from a discrimination paradigm
using speech versus nonspeech sounds matched in
complexity. Journal of Speech Language & Hearing
Research, 58 (1), 107-121. |
|
HARM, M.W. & SEIDENBERG, M.S. (1999). Phonology,
reading acquisition, and dyslexia : insights from connec-
tionist models. Psychological Review, 10 (3),
491-528. |
BERNINGER, V.W., RICHARDS, T. & ABBOTT, T.L. (2015)
Differential diagnosis of dysgraphia, dyslexia, and OWL LD
: behavioral and neuroimaging evidence. Reading &
Writing, 28 (8), 1119-1153. [PDF] |
| |
HULME, C., NASH, H.M., GOOCH, D., LERVÄG A. &
SNOWLING, M.J. (2015). The foundations of literacy
development in children at familial risk of dyslexia. Psychological
Science, 26 (12), 1877-1886. |
|
PERRY, C.A. & RICE, R.E. (1999). Network influences on
involvement in the hybrid problem area of developmental
dyslexia. Science Communication, 21 (1), 38-74. |
HAMILTON, L.G., HAYIOU-THOMAS, M.E., HULME, C. &
SNOWLING, M.J. (2016). The Home Literacy Environment as a
predictor of the early literacy development of children at
family-risk of dyslexia. Scientific Studies of
Reading, 20 (5), 401-419. [PDF] |
| |
SNOWLING, M.J. & MELBY-LERVÄG, M. (2016). Oral
language deficits in familial dyslexia : A meta-analysis
and review. Psychological Bulletin, 142 (5),
498-545. |
|
STEIN, J.F. & TALCOTT, J.B. (1999). Impaired neuronal
timing in developmental dyslexia - the Magnocellular
hypothesis. Dyslexia, 5, 59-77. |
VAN VIERSEN, S., KROESBERGEN, E.H., SLOT, E.M. & DE
BREE, E.H. (2016). High reading skills mask dyslexia in
gifted children. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 49
(2), 189-199. [PDF] |
| |
SAKSIDA, A., IANNUZZI, S., BOGLIOTTI, C., CHAIX, Y.,
DÉMONET, J.F., BRICOUT, L., BILLARD, C., NGUYEN-MOREL,
M.-A., LE HEUZEY, M.-F., SOARES-BOUCAUD, I., GEORGE, F.,
ZIEGLER, J.C. & RAMUS, F. (2016). Phonological skills,
visual attention span, and visual stress in developmental
dyslexia : Insights from a population of French children.
Developmental Psychology, 52 (10), 1503-1516. |
|
PENNINGTON, B.F., FILIPEK, P.A., LEFLY, D., CHURCHWELL,
J., KENNEDY, D.N., SIMON, J.H., FILLEY, C.M., GALABURDA,
A., ALARCON, M. & DeFRIES, J.C. (1999). Brain
morphometry in reading-disabled twins. Neurology, 53,
723-729. |
DÖHLA, D. & HEIM, S. (2016). Developmental dyslexia
and dysgraphia : What can we learn from the one about the
other ? Frontiers in Psychology, 6, [2045],
1-12. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
TÖNNESSEN, F.E. (1999). Options and limitations of the
cognitive psychological approach to the treatment of
dyslexia : Special Series : Prevention and Treatment of
Dyslexia. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 32
(5), 386-393. |
ARNETT, A.B., PENNINGTON, B.F., PETERSON, R.L., WILLCUTT,
E.G., DeFRIES, J.C. & OLSON, R.K. (2017). Explaining
the sex difference in dyslexia. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 58 (6), 719-727. |
|
VAN DAAL, V. & VAN DER LEIJ, A. (1999). Developmental
dyslexia : Related to specific or general deficits ?
Annals of Dyslexia, 49 (1), 71-104. |
HUETTIG, F., LACHMANN, T., REIS, A. & PETERSSON, K.M.
(2017). Distinguishing cause from effect - Many deficits
associated with developmental dyslexia may be a
consequence of reduced and suboptimal reading experience.
Language, Cognition & Neuroscience, 33 (3),
333-350. [PDF] |
|
SHAYWITZ, S.E., FLETCHER, J.M., HOLAHAN, J.M., SCHNEIDER,
A.E., MARCHIONE, K.E., STUEBING, K.K. & SHAYWITZ, B.
(1999). Persistence of dyslexia : The Connecticut
longitudinal study at adolescence. Pediatrics, 104,
1351-1359. |
GONZÁLEZ, G.F., KARIPIDIS, I.I. & TIJMS, J. (2018).
Dyslexia as a neurodevelopmental disorder and what makes
it different from a chess disorder. Brain Sciences, 8,
1-12. [PDF] |
|
PENNINGTON, B.F. (1999). Toward an integrated
understanding of dyslexia : Genetic, neurological and
cognitive mechanisms. Developmental Psychopathology,
11, 629-654. |
PROTOPAPAS, A. & PARRILA, R. (2018). Is dyslexia a
brain disorder ? Brain Sciences, 8, 1-12. [PDF] |
| |
PERRY, C., ZORZI, M. & ZIEGLER, J.C. (2019).
Understanding dyslexia through personalized large-scale
computational models. Psychological Science, 30
(3), 386-395. |
| |
SNOWLING, M.J. (2019). Dyslexia : A very short
introduction. Oxford University Press. |
| |
NATION, K. & MAK, M.H.C. (2019). Orthographic learning
and learning to read : Implications for developmental
dyslexia. In D. L. Compton, J. Washington, & P.
McCardle (Eds.), Dyslexia 101 : Revisiting etiology,
diagnosis, treatment and policy (pp. 71-81).
Brookes Publishing. |
| |
SNOWLING, M.J., NASH, H.M., GOOCH, D.C., HAYIOU-THOMAS,
M.E., HULME, C. & WELLECOME LANGUAGE & READING
PROJECT TEAM (2019). Developmental outcomes for children
at high risk of dyslexia and children with developmental
language disorder. Child Development, 90 (5),
548-564. |
|
NICOLSON, R.I., FAWCETT, A.J., BERRY, E.L., JENKINS, H.,
DEAN, P. & BROOKS, D. (1999). Association of abnormal
cerebellar activation with motor learning difficulties in
dyslexic adults. The Lancet, 353, 1662-1667. |
SNOWLING, M.J., HULME, C. & NATION, K. (2020).
Defining and understanding dyslexia : past, present and
future. Oxford Review of Education, 46 (4),
501-553.
[PDF] |
|
HELENIUS, P., TARKIAINEN, A., CORNELISSEN, P., HANSEN,
P.C. & SALMELIN, R. (1999). Dissociation of normal
feature analysis and deficient. Processing of
letter-strings in dyslexic adults. Cerebral Cortex, 9
(5), 476-483. |
ODEGARD, T.N., FARRIS, E.A., MIDDLETON, A.E., OSLUND, E.
& RIMRODT-FRIERSON, S. (2020). Characteristics of
Students Identified With Dyslexia Within the Context of
State Legislation. Journal of Learning Disabilities,
53 (5), 366-379. |
|
CATTS, H.W., HOGAN, T. (2021). Dyslexia : An ounce of
prevention is better than a pound of Diagnosis and
treatment. The Reading League Journal, 2, 6-13. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Conscience
phonémique, Alexie,
Lecture et
Littéracie |
|
|
|
Dyslexie (Mesures/Évaluations) : Ensemble
des critères de
diagnostic, des tests
et des outils de collecte de
données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
la dyslexie. Assessment
of dyslexic
| |
|
|
LEFAVRAIS, P. (1967). Du diagnostic de la dyslexie à
l'étude clinique de la lecture. Un nouvel instrument = le
test de l'Alouette. Revue de Psychologie Appliquée,
13, 189-207. |
MUTER, V., HULME, C. & SNOWLING, M. (1997). Phonological
abilities test. London : Psychological Corporation. |
|
GODFREY, J.J., SYRDAL-LASKY, A.K., MILLAY, K.K. &
KNOX, C.M. (1981). Performance of dyslexic children on
speech perception tests. Journal of Experimental
Child Psychology, 32 (3), 401-424. |
TORGESEN, J.K., WAGNER, R. & RASHOTTE, C. (1999).
Test of Word Reading Efficiency. Austin, TX :
PRO-ED. |
|
REYNOLDS, C. (1984-1985). Critical measurement issues in
learning disabilities. Journal of Special Education,
18, 451-476. |
WIEFERHOLT, J.L & BRYANT, B.R. (2001). Gray Oral
Reading test. Austin, TX : PRO-ED. |
|
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (1995). Balance,
phonological skill and dyslexia : Towards the Dyslexia
Early Screening Test. Dyslexia Review, 7, 8-11. |
HATCHER, J., SNOWLING, M.J. & GRITFFITHS, Y.M. (2002).
Cognitive assessment of dyslexic students in higher
education. British Journal of Educational Psychology,
72, (1), 119-133. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Dyslexie |
|
|
|
|
Dysménorrhée : Du grec dys qui signifie «difficulté ou
incapacité» et ménorrhée qui veut dire «menstruation». Menstruations
douloureuses.
Dysmenrrhea.
| |
|
|
YARYURA-TOBIAS, J.A., NEZIROGLU, F.A. & KAPLAN, S.
(1995). Self-mutilation, anorexia, and dysmenorrhea in
obsessive-compulsive disorder. International Journal
of Eating Disorders, 17, 33-38. |
|
|
Voir aussi Menstruation |
|
|
|
Dysmorphie musculaire : Du grec dys qui signifie
«difficulté ou incapacité» et morphe qui signifie
«forme». Trouble
alimentaire, observé surtout chez les hommes, qui consiste à
modifier son régime alimentaire afin d'augmenter sa masse
musuclaire. L'individu au prise avec ce trouble diminue
l'absorption de matières grasses, augmente les protéines, prend
des suppléments alimentaires et vitaminiques et ajoute parfois à
cette diète des stéroïdes
anabolisants. /anorexie.
Muscle dysmorphia, body dysmorphic disorder,
bigorexia, reverse anorexia.
| |
|
|
POPE, H.G., KATZ, D.L. & HUDSON, J.I. (1993).
"Anorexia nervosa" and "reverse anorexia" among 108 male
bodybuilders. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 34 (6),
406-409. |
|
OLIVARDIA, R., POPE, H.G. & HUDSON, J.I. (2000).
Muscle dysmorphia in male weightlifters : A case-control
study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157,
1291-1296. |
|
OLIVARDIA, R. (2001). Mirror, mirror on the wall, who's
the largest of them all ? The features and phenomenology
of muscle dysmorphia. Harvard Review of Psychiatry,
9, 254-259. |
|
POPE, H.G., PHILLIPS, K.A. & OLIVERDIA, R. (2000). The
Adonis complEX: The secret crisis of male body
obsession. New York : Free Press. |
|
LEONE, J.E., SEDORY, E. & GRAY, K.A. (2005).
Recognition and treatment of muscle dysmorphia and related
body image disorders. Journal of Athletic Training,
40 (4), 352-359. |
|
BEHAR, R & MOLINARI,D. (2010). Muscle dysmorphia, body
image and eating behaviors in two male populations.
Revista Médica de Chile, 138 (11), 1386-1394. |
|
|
Voir aussi Trouble
alimentaire |
|
|
|
Dysorthographie : Du grec dys qui signifie «difficulté ou
incapacité» et ortho qui veut dire «correct ou juste» et
graphie qui signifie «écriture». Trouble
d'apprentissage de l'écriture.
= trouble de l'écriture,
difficulté à écrire, trouble de l'acquisition de l'expression
écrite. Dysgraphia, dysorthographia,
handwriting disorders, expressive writing disorders.
| |
|
|
MACKAY, D.G. (1969). The repeated letter effect in the
misspellings of dysgraphics and normals. Perception
& Psychophysics, 5, 102-106. |
BOWERS, T., DEMULDER, J., STRUCK, D. & BEDARD, B.
(2003). Expressive writing disorders : An analysis of
theoretical views. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 96,
528-538. |
|
O'HARE, A.E. & BROWN, J.K. (1989). Childhood
dysgraphia. Part 1. An illustrated clinical
classification. Child : Care, Health &
Development, 15, 79-104. |
ZESIGER, P. (2003). Acquisition et troubles de l'écriture.
Enfance, 55 (1), 56-64. [PDF] |
|
DEUEL, R.K. (1995). Developmental dysgraphia and motor
skills disorders. Journal of Child Neurology, 10 (S),
6-8. |
JEFFERIES, E., SAGE-MATTHEW, K. & RALPH, A.L. (2007).
Do deep dyslexia, dysphasia and dysgraphia share a common
phonological impairment ? Neuropsychologia, 45,
1553-1570. [PDF] |
|
SMITS-ENGELSMAN, B.C.M. & VAN GALEN, G.P. (1997).
Dysgraphia in children : lasting psychomotor deficiency or
transient developmental delay ? Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 67 (2), 164-184. |
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (2009). Dyslexia,
dysgraphia, procedural learning and the cerebellum. Cortex,
47 (1), 117-127. |
|
|
Voir aussi Écrire |
|
|
Dysparunie : Du grec dys qui signifie «difficulté ou
incapacité» et pareunie qui signifie «accouplement».
Dysfonction sexuelle de nature organique qui entraîne de la
douleur pendant les relations
sexuelles, puis la crainte d'avoir ces douleurs
(donc l'évitement
des relations sexuelles). Dyspareunia.
| |
|
|
WABREK, A.J. & WABREK, C.J. (1975). Dyspareunia. Journal
of Sex & Marital Therapy, 1 (3), 234-241. |
|
BINIK, Y. M., BERGERON, S. & KHALIFE, S. (2007).
Dyspareunia and vaginismus : So-called sexual pain. In
S.R. Leiblum (Ed.), Principles and practice of sex
therapy (pp. 124-156). New York : Guilford Press. |
|
|
Voir aussi
Dysfonction sexuelle |
| |
|
|
Dysphasie : Du grec dys qui signifie «difficulté ou
incapacité» et phasia qui signifie «parole, langage».
Trouble du langage (expression et compréhenson).
= trouble primaire du langage, audimutité. (
): trouble de production phonologique, trouble
lexical-syntaxique, trouble réceptif, trouble
pnonologique-syntaxique, trouble sémantique-pragmatique. Dysphasia.
| |
|
|
WARRINGTON, E.K. & McCARTHY, R. (1983). Category
specific access dysphasia. Brain, 106, 859-878. |
MARTIN, N. & SHAFFRAN, E.M. & DELL, G.S. (1996).
Recovery in deep dysphasia : Evidence for a relation
between auditory-verbal STM capacity and lexical errors in
repetition. Brain & Language, 52, 83-113. |
|
MICHEL, F. & ANDREEWSKY, E. (1983). Deep dysphasia :
An analog of deep dyslexia in the auditory modality. Brain
& Language, 18, 212-223. |
OUELLET, C., COHEN, H., LE NORMAND, M.-T. & BRAUN, C.
(2000). Asynchronous language acquisition in developmental
dysphasia. Brain & Cognition, 43, 352-357. |
|
ALLPORT, D.A. (1985). Distributed memory, modular systems
and dysphasia. In S.K. Newman & R. Epstein (Eds.), Current
perspectives in dysphasia. Edinburgh : Churchill
Livingstone. |
ALCOCK, K. J., PASSINGHAM, R.E., WATKINS, K.E. &
VARGHA-KHADEM, F. (2000). Oral dyspraxia in inherited
speech and language impairment and acquired dysphasia. Brain
& Language, 75, 17-33. |
|
MARTIN, N. & SHAFFRAN, E.M. (1992). A computational
account of deep dysphasia : Evidence from a single case
study. Brain & Language, 43, 240-274. |
WILSHIRE, C.E. & FISHER, C.A. (2004). "Phonological"
dysphasia : A cross-modal phonological impairment
affecting repetition, comprehension, and production. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 21, 187-210. |
|
MARTIN, N., DELL, G.S., SAFFRAN, E.M. & SCHWARTZ, M F.
(1994). Origins of paraphasias in deep dysphasia : Testing
the consequences of a decay impairment to an interactive
spreading activation model of language. Brain &
Language, 47, 609-660. |
JEFFERIES, E., SAGE-MATTHEW, K. & RALPH, A.L. (2007).
Do deep dyslexia, dysphasia and dysgraphia share a common
phonological impairment ? Neuropsychologia, 45,
1553-1570. [PDF] |
|
MARTIN, N. (1996). Models of deep dysphasia. Neurocase,
2 (1), 73-80. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Langage
et Trouble du
langage |
|
|
Dysphorie : Du grec dys qui signifie «difficulté ou
incapacité» et phoros qui signifie «à supporter». Humeur
changeante, instable. Dysphorie, dysphorie
de genre et trouble
bipolaire. Dysphoria.
| |
|
|
MORETTI, M.M., REIN, A.S. & WIEBE, V.J. (1998).
Relational self-regulation : Gender differences in risk
for dysphoria. Canadian Journal of Behavioural
Science, 30 (4), 243-252. |
|
WENZLAFF, R.M. & EISENBERG, A. (2001). Mental control
after dysphoria : Evidence of a suppressed, depressive
bias. Behavior Therapy, 32 (1), 27-45. |
|
TEASDALE, J.D. & WILLIAMS, R.M. (2003). Contextual
questions prevent mood primes from maintaining
experimentally induced dysphoria. Cognition &
Emotion, 17, 455-476. |
|
JOORMANN, J. (2004). Attentional bias in dysphoria : The
role of inhibitory processes. Cognition & Emotion,
18, 125-147. |
|
DIRENFELD, D.M. & ROBERTS, J.E. (2006). Mood congruent
memory in dysphoria : The roles of state affect and
cognitive style. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 44,
1275-1285. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Dysphorie de
genre, Humeur
et Dépression |
|
|
Dysphorie de genre : Du grec dys qui signifie
«difficulté ou incapacité» et phoros qui signifie «à
supporter», donc souffrance engendrée par la difficulté ou
l'incapacité à accepter d'être une femme
ou un homme (dissonance),
à s'identifier
à son genre/sexe
et à se comporter
comme tel, que ces comportements soient ou non
conforme au sexe/genre. Les individus qui ne parviennent pas
à accepter leur sexe peuvent s'adapter ou s'ajuster à leur
condition, cesser d'agir conformément à ce sexe (transgenrisme)
et, dans certains cas même, subir une
chirurgie de réattribution (transsexualisme).
Auparavant, on utilisait le terme «trouble
de l'identité sexuelle». =
incongruence de genre.
Gender-dysphoric
children, gender dysphoria, dysphoria syndrome, dysphoric
children.
| |
|
|
MEYER, J.K. & HOOPES, J.E. (1974). The gender
dysphoria syndromes : A position statement on so-called
transsexualism. Plastic & Reconstructive Surgery,
54 (4), 444-451. |
ZUCKER, K.J. (2010). The DSM diagnostic criteria for
gender identity disorder in children. Archives of
Sexual Behavior, 39 (2), 477-498. [PDF] |
| |
DE VRIES, A.L., NOENS, I.L., COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T., van
BERCKLEKAR-ONNES, I.A., DORELEIJERS, T.A. (2010). Autism
spectrum disorders in gender dysphoric children and
adolescents. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 40 (8), 930-936. [PDF] |
|
STEINER, B. (Ed.) (1985). Gender dysphoria :
Development, research, management. New York :
Plenum Press. |
ZUCKER, K.J. (2010). The DSM-5 diagnostic criteria for
gender dysphoria. In C. Trombetta, G. Liguor & M.
Bertolotto (Eds.), Management of gender dysphoria : A
multidisciplinary approach : The DSM-5 Diagnostic
Criteria for Gender Dysphoria. Springer-Verlag. |
|
BLANCHARD, R., CLEMMENSEN, LH. & STEINER, B.W. (1987).
Heterosexual and homosexual gender dysphoria. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 16 (2), 139-152. |
STEENSMA, T.D., BIEMONT, R., DE BOER, F. &
COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T. (2011). Desisting and persisting
gender dysphoria after childhood : A qualitative follow-up
study. Clinical Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 16
(4), 499-516. |
| |
STEIN, D. (2012). Commentary of the treatment of gender
variant and gender dysphoric children and adolescents :
Common themes and ethical reflections. Journal of
Homosexuality, 59 (3), 480-500. |
|
BLANCHARD, R. (1989). The concept of autogynephilia and
the typology of male gender dysphoria. The Journal of
Nervous & Mental Disease, 177 (10), 616-623. |
STEENSMA, T.D., MCGUIRE, J.K., KREUKELS, B.P., BEEKMAN,
A.J. & COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T. (2013). Factors associated
with desistence and persistence of childhood gender
dysphoria : A quantitative follow-up study. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 52 (6), 582-590. |
|
BLANCHARD, R. (1989).The classification and labeling of
nonhomosexual gender dysphorias. Archives of Sexual
Behavior, 18 (4), 315-334. |
GARCIA-FALGUERAS, A. (2014). Gender dysphoria and body
integrity identity disorder : Similarities and
differences. Psychology, 5 (2), 160-165. |
|
BLANCHARD, R. (1993). Partial versus complete
autogynephilia and gender dysphoria. Journal of Sex
& Marital Therapy, 19 (4), 301-307. |
STEENSMA, T.D., COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T.A. (2015). More than
two developmental pathways in children with gender
dysphoria ? Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 54
(2), 147-148 |
|
BUTTERS, N. & DELIS, D.C. (1995). Clinical assessment
of memory disorders in amnesia and dementia. Annual
Review of Psychology, 46, 493-523. |
STEENSMA, T.D., McGUIRE, J.K., KREUKELS, B.P.C., BEEKMAN,
A.J. & COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T.A. (2015). Factors
associated with desistence and persistence of childhood
gender dysphoria : A quantitative follow-up study. Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 54 (6), 582-590. |
|
MORETTI, M.M., REIN, A.S. & WIEBE, V.J. (1998).
Relational self-regulation : Gender differences in risk
for dysphoria. Canadian Journal of Behavioural
Science, 30 (4), 243-252. |
AITKEN, M., STEENSMA, T.D., BLANCHARD, R., VANDERLAAN,
D.P., WOOD, H., FUENTES, A., SPEGG, C., WASSERMAN, L.,
AMES, M., FITZSIMMONS, C.L., LEEF, J H., LISHAK, V., REIM,
E., TAKAGI, A., VINIK, J., WREFORD, J., COHEN-KETTENIS,
P.T., DE VRIES, A.L.C., KREUKELS, B.P.C. & ZUCKER,
K.J. (2015). Evidence for an altered sex ratio in
clinic-referred adolescents with gender dysphoria. Journal
of Sexual Medicine, 12, 756-763. |
|
MUKKADES, N.M. (2002). Gender identity problems in
autistic children. Child : Care, Health &
Development, 28 (6), 529-532. |
SCHWARZ, K., FONTANARI, A.M.V., MUELLER, A., SOLL, B., DA
SILVA, D.C., SALVADOR, J., ZUCKER, K. J., SCHNEIDER, M.A.
& LOBATO, M.I.R. (2016). Neural correlates of
psychosis and gender dysphoria in an adult male. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 45, 761-765. |
|
JOORMAN, J. & SIEMER, M. (2004). Memory accessibility,
mood regulation, and dysphoria : Difficulties in repairing
sad mood with happy memories ? Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 113, 179-188. |
ZUCKER, K.J., LAWEENCE, A.A. & KREUKELS, B.P.C.
(2017). Gender dysphoria in adults. Annual Review of
Clinical Psychology, 12, 217-247. |
|
MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L. (2005). Introduction : gender
dysphoria and gender change in persons with
intersexuality. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 34, 371-373. |
RISTORI, J. & STEENSMA, T.D. (2016) Gender dysphoria
in childhood. International Review of Psychiatry, 28 (1),
3-20. |
|
DEOGRACIAS, J., JOHNSON, L.L., MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L.,
KESSLER, S.J., SHOBER, J.M. & ZUCKER, K.J. (2007). The
gender identity/gender dysphoria questionnaire for
adolescents and adults. Journal of Sex Research, 44 (4),
370-379. |
SHIFFMAN, M., VANDERLAAN, D.P., WOOD, H., HUGHES, S. K.,
OWEN-ANDERSON, A., LUMLEY, M. M., LOLLIS, S.P. &
ZUCKER, K. (2016). Behavioral and emotional problems as a
function of peer relationships in adolescents with gender
dysphoria : A comparison to clinical and non-clinical
controls. Psychology of Sexual Orientation &
Gender Diversity, 3, 27-36. |
| |
ZUCKER, K.J. (2017). Epidemiology of gender dysphoria and
transgender identity. Sexual Health, 14, 404-411. |
|
WALIEN, M.S.C. & COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T. (2008).
Psychosexual outcome of gender-dysphoric children.
Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 47 (12), 1413-1423. |
STEENSMA, T.D., COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T. & ZUCKER, K.J.
(2018). Evidence for a change in the sex ratio of children
referred for gender dysphoria : Data from the Center of
Expertise on Gender Dysphoria in Amsterdam (1988-2016).
Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 44 (7),
713-715. |
|
DE GRAAF, N.M., CARMICHAEL, P., STEENSMA, T.D. &
ZUCKER, K.J. (2018). Evidence for a change in the sex
ratio of Children Referred for Gender Dysphoria : Data
from the Gender Identity Development ervice in London
(2000-2017). Journal of Sexual Medicine, 15 (10),
1381-1383.
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Dissonance,
Genre, Orientation
sexuelle, Transsexualisme,
Chirurgie
de réattribution, TIS
et Identité |
|
|
|
Dysphorie de genre (Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic,
des tests et des
outils de collecte de données
qui permettent d'évaluer et
de mesurer la dysphorie
de genre.
The
gender identity/gender dysphoria questionnaire.
| |
|
|
DEOGRACIAS, J., JOHNSON, L.L., MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L.,
KESSLER, S.J., SHOBER, J.M. & ZUCKER, K.J. (2007).
The gender identity/gender dysphoria questionnaire for
adolescents and adults. Journal of Sex Research, 44
(4), 370-379. |
SINGH, D, DEOGRACIAS, J.J., JOHNSON, L.L., BRADLEY,
S.J., KIBBLEWHITE, S.J., OWEN-ANDERSON, A.,
PETERSON-BADALI, M., MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F. &
ZUCKER, K.J. (2010). The gender identity/gender
dysphoria questionnaire for adolescents and adults :
further validity evidence. Journal of Sex Research,
47 (1), 49-58.
|
|
CHEN, R., FENG, Y., SU, D., WILSON, A., HAN, M. &
WANG, Y. (2023). Utrecht Gender Dysphoria Scale -
Gender Spectrum in a Chinese population : scale
validation and associations with mental health,
self-harm and suicidality. British Journal of
Psychiatry Open, 9 (1), 1-9. [PDF] |
LI, Z. & ZHENG, L. (2023). Validation of two
measures of gender dysphoria/incongruence in
transgender and cisgender populations in China. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 52 (3), 1019-1030.
|
|
|
Voir aussi Trouble de
l'identité sexuelle et Transsexualisme,
|
|
|
|
Dyspraxie : Du grec dys qui
signifie «difficulté ou incapacité» et praxie qui
signifie «mouvement». Trouble de la coordination, de
l’organisation et de l’exécution motrice, d'origine neurologique.
Developmental coordination disorder,
dyspraxia.
| |
|
|
GAZZANIGA, M.S., BOGEN, J.E. & SPERRY, R.W. (1967).
Dyspraxia following division of the cerebral
commissures. Archives of Neurology, 16,
606-612. |
HENDERSON, S.E. & BARNETT, A.L. (1998). The
classification of specific motor coordination disorders
in children : some problems to be solved. Human
Movement Science, 17, 449-469. |
|
CRARY, M. (1984). A neurolinguistic perspective on
developmental verbal dyspraxia. Journal of
Communication Disorders, 9, 33-49. |
WILSON, P.H. & McKENZIE, B.E. (1998). Information
processing deficits associated with developmental
coordination disorder : A meta-analysis of research
findings. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 39, 829-840. |
|
CULP, D.M. (1989). Developmental apraxia and
augmentative or alternative communication : A case
example. Augmentative & Alternative
Communication, 5, 27-34. |
|
|
MAELAND, A.F. (1992). Identification of children with
motor coordination problems. Adapted Physical
Activity Quarterly, 9, 330-342. |
WRIGHT, H.C. & SUGDEN, D.A. (1998). A school based
intervention programme for children with developmental
coordination disorder. European Journal of Physical
Education, 3, 35-50. |
|
HENDERSON, L., ROSE, L. & HENDERSON, S.E. (1992).
Reaction time and movement time in children with
developmental coordination disorde. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 33, 895-905. |
ALCOCK, K. J., PASSINGHAM, R.E., WATKINS, K.E. &
VARGHA-KHADEM, F. (2000). Oral dyspraxia in inherited
speech and language impairment and acquired dysphasia. Brain
& Language, 75, 17-33. |
|
MISSIUNA, C. & OLATAJKO, H.J. (1995). Developmental
dyspraxia by any other name : are they all just clumsy
children ? American Journal of Occupational
Therapy, 49, 619-627. |
PLESS, M. & CARLSSON, M. (2000). Effects of motor
skill intervention on developmental co-ordination
disorder : A meta-analysis. Adapted Physical
Activity Quarterly, 17, 381-401. |
|
BARRY, R.M. (1995). The relationship between dysarthria
and verbal dyspraxia in children : A comparative study
using profiling and instrumental analyses. Clinical
Linguistics and Phonetics, 9, 277-309. |
MILLER, L.T., POLATAJKO, H.J., MISSIUNA, C., MANDICH,
A.D. & MACNAB, J.J. (2001). A pilot trial of
cognitive treatment for children with developmental
coordination disorder. Human Movement Science, 20,
183-210. |
|
SPINELLI, M., ROCHA, A.C., GIACHETI, C.M. &
RICBIERI-COSTA, A. (1995). Word-finding difficulties,
verbal paraphasias, and verbal dyspraxia in ten
individuals with fragile X syndrome. American
Journal of Medical Genetics, 60, 39-43. |
|
|
BARRY, R.M. (1995). A comparative study of the
relationship between dysarthria and verbal dyspraxia in
adults and children. Clinical Linguistics &
Phonetics, 9, 311-332. |
MANDICH, A.D., POLATAJKO, H.J., MACNAB, J.J. &
MILLER, L.T. (2001). Treatment of children with
developmental coordination disorder : what is the
evidence ? Physical & Occupational Therapy in
Pediatrics, 20, 51-68. |
|
POLATAJKO, H.J., FOX, M. & MISSIUNA, C. (1995). An
international consensus on children with developmental
coordination disorder. Canadian Journal of
Occupational Therapy, 62, 4-6. |
BELTON, E., SALMOND, C.H., WATKINS, K.E., VARGHA-KHADEM,
F. & GADIAN, D.G. (2003). Bilateral brain
abnormalities associated with dominantly inherited
verbal orofacial dyspraxia. Human Brain Mapping,
18, 194-200. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Apraxie et
Habileté
motrice |
|
|
Dysthymie : Du grec dys qui signifie «difficulté ou incapacité» et
thymia qui signifie «parfum ou saveur». Forme mineure ou atténuée de
dépression, qui se caractérise par des
troubles du sommeil, de la
fatigue, des ruminations, une
faible estime de soi et des
difficultés de concentration.
Dysthymic disorder.
| |
|
|
MAKOWITZ, J.C. (1998). Interpersonal psychotherapy for
dysthymic disorder. Washington, D.C. : American
Psychiatric Pres. |
|
HUPRICH, S.K., PORCELLI, J., KEASCHUCK, R., BINIENDA, J.
& ENGLE, B. (2008). Depressive personality disorder,
dysthymia and their relationship to perfectionism. Depression
& Anxiety, 25, 207-217. [PDF] |
|
GAUDIANO, B.A., UEBELACKER, L.A., EPSTEIN-LUBOW, G. &
MILLER, I.W. (2009). Premature conclusions about
psychotherapy for dysthymia [Letter]. Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 70, 1188. |
| DSM-IV-TR
(2004). Critères diagnostiques. Paris : Masson. |
|
|
Dystonie
: Du grec dys qui signifie «difficulté ou incapacité» et
tonie qui signifie «tension». Contractions musculaires
involontaire qui entraînent notamment des tremblements, une perte de contrôle moteur. Peut être un symptôme de la maladie de Parkinson.
Dysonia.
| |
|
|
McDANIEL, K., CUMMINGS, J. & SHAIN, S. (1989). The
"yips" : A focal dystonia of golfers. Neurology, 39,
192-195. |
|
GRAFMAN, J., COHEN, L. & HALLET, M. (1991). Is focal
hand dystonia associated with psychopathology.
Movement Disorder, 6, 29-35. |
|
KOLLE, B. (2000). Psychological approach to focal dystonia
in musicians. In R. Tubiana and P. Amadio (Eds.), Medical
problems of the instrumentalist musician. London :
Martin & Dunitz. |
|
SMITH, A., ADLER, C., CREWS, D., WHARREN, R., LASKOWSKI,
E., BARNES, K., VALONE, B.C., PELZ, D., BRENNAN, R.D.,
SMITH, J., SORENSON, M.C. & KAUFMAN, K.R. (2003). The
"yips" in golf : A continuum between a focal dystonia and
choking. Sports Medicine, 33, 13-31. |
|
|
|
D'zurilla
Thomas J. (1939-2021) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la résolution
de problème et de la modification
de comportement. Collaborateur de Goldfried,
Nezu, Nezu
et Sanna.
 |
D'ZURILLA, T.J. & GOLDFRIED, M.R. (1971). Problem
solving and behavior modification. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 78, 107-126. |
|
D'ZURILLA, T.J., MAYDEU-OLIVARES, A. & KANT, G.L.
(1998). Age and gender differences in social
problem-solving ability. Personality & Individual
Differences, 25, 242-251. [PDF] |
|
D'ZURILLA, T.J. & NEZU, A.M. (2000). Problem-solving
therapies. In K.S. Dobson (Ed.), Handbook of
cognitive-behavioral therapies. New York :
Guilford. |
|
D'ZURILLA, T.J., CHANG, E.C. & SANNA, L.J. (2003).
Self-esteem and social problem solving as predictors of
aggression in college students. Journal of Social
& Clinical Psychology, 22, 424-440. |
|
D'ZURILLA, T.J. & NEZU, A.M. & MAYDEU-OLIVARES, A.
(2004). Social problem solving : theory and assessment
social problem solving In E.C. Chang, T.J. D'Zurilla &
L.J. Sanna (Eds.), Theory, research, and training
(pp. 11-27). American Psychological Association. [PDF] |
|
|
|
| DAH
- DAM - DARWIN - DE -
DEF - DEN
- DEP - DET - DEUTSCH
- DEV - DI - DIFFÉRENCE
- DIS - DIV -
DO - DR - DSM - DU
- DY - Début |
|
|
Comment
citer ce site ?  |
|
Pl@nètePsy©/Claude
Goulet |
![[]](http://m3.moostik.net/img/?pseudo=gouc&cpt=definitionsz&option=invisible)
![[]](http://m3.moostik.net/img/?pseudo=gouc&cpt=definitionsd&option=invisible)
Déroulement
